Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive  . 

in  2008  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/compilationofgenOOunitrich 


COMPILATION 

OF 


General  Orders 
Circulars  and  Bulletins 


n 


OF  THE 


WAR  DEPARTMENT 


Issued  between  February  15,  1881,  and 
December  31,  1915 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

1916 


\^\:^^ 


LETTER  OP  TRANSMITTAL. 


WAR  DEPARTMENT, 

Washington,  Novemher  1,  1916. 

The  following  is  a  compilation  of  general  orders,  circulars, 
and  bulletins  of  the  War  Department,  issued  since  February 
15,  1881,  the  date  of  General  Orders,  No.  20,  of  that  year,  the 
last  order  included  in  the  codification  of  the  regulations  and 
general  orders  in  force  on  February  17,  1881,  which  codifica- 
tion was  published  as  the  1881  edition  of  Army  Regulations. 

This  compilation  includes  general  orders,  circulars,  and 
bulletins  issued  up  to  and  including  December  31,  1915,  which 
are  still  in  force,  which  are  of  general  application,  and  which 
have  not  been  incorporated  in  Army  Regulations  or  other 
regulations  or  manuals  of  the  War  Department,  and  it  super- 
sedes all  orders,  circulars,  and  bulletins,  or  parts  thereof,  that 
are  contained  in  it. 

In  addition  to  the  orders,  circulars,  and  bulletins  which  are 
still  in  force,  but  which  have  been  omitted  from  this  compila- 
tion because  of  their  limited  application  or  because  of  having 
been  embodied  in  Army  Regulations,  or  other  regulations  and 
manuals  of  the  War  Department,  other  orders,  circulars,  and 
bulletins  have  been  omitted — 

(a)  Because  of  their  unimportance ;  or 

( b )  Because  the  customs  and  practices  of  the  service  in  the 
particulars  they  covered  were  believed  to  be  so  well  estab- 
lished that  their  republication  would  be  superfluous ;  or 

(c)  Because  of  recommendations  of  the  staff  bureaus  con- 
cerned that  they  be  not  republished ;  or 

(d)  Because  of  their  periodical  character;  or 

(e)  Because  of  their  bulk. 

Orders,  circulars,  and  bulletins  of  classes  (d)  and  (e)  are 
referred  to  by  notes  in  the  proper  places  in  the  compilation. 

(3) 


357437 


The  subjects  are  arranged  as  nearly  as  practicable  in  the 
order  of  arrangement  of  related  subjects  in  the  Army  Regu- 
lations. 

[2273190  A,  A.  G.  0.1 
By  obdeb  of  the  Seceetaby  of  Was  : 

H.  L.  SCOTT, 
Ma^or  General,  Chief  of  Staff. 
Official  : 

H.  P.  McCain, 

The  Adjutant  General. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Article  I. 

Restrictions  on  activities  of  offi- 
cers and  employees  outside 
regular  duties 

Article  II, 

Appointment  and  promotion  of 
officers 

Article  III. 

Assignments  and  details;  de- 
tached service  of  officers 

Article  IV. 

Foreign  service,  officers  and  en- 
listed men 

Article  V. 

Annual  physical  tests  of  officers. 

Article  VI. 

Veterinarians,  Cavalry  and 
Field  Artillery 

Article  VII. 

Enlisted  men 

Article  VIII. 

Medals  and  badges;  certificates 
of  merit;  honorable  mention. . 

Article  IX. 
Posts,  reservations,  and  camps. 

Article  X. 
Enlisted  strength  of  Army;  sta- 
tistical data  reports  of  organi- 
zations; historical  record  of 
organizations;  training,  in- 
struction, and  employment  of 
troops 

Article  XI. 
Coast  Artillery  Corps 


Par. 


1-4 


6-10 


11-14 


15-20 


21-25 


26-27 


28-62 


6»-71 


72-81 


94-103 


Article  XII. 

Par. 
Company,  mess,  and  hospital 
funds 104-113 

Article  XIII. 

Post  exchanges  and  post  laun- 
dries   114-117 

Article  XIV, 
Military  education 118-131 

Article  XV. 
Public  property  and  funds 132-152 

Article  XVI. 

Damage  to  private  property 
from  military  operations 153 

Article  XVn. 

Civilian  employees 154-167 

Article  XVIIL 
General  Staff  Corps 168-170 

Article  XIX. 
Adjutant  General's  Department  171-173 

Article  XX. 

Military  correspondence  and 
record  keeping 174-185 

Article  XXI. 

Changes  in  regulations  and  man- 
uals; orders,  blank  forms  and 
military  publications 186-191 

Article  XXII. 
Pay  rolls  and  muster  rolls 192-194 

Article  XXIII, 
"Efficiency  records  of  officers..  195-197 


(5) 


6 


Article  XXIV. 

Par. 
Penalty  envelopes  and  soldiers' 
letters 198-199 

Article  XXV. 
Courts-martial 200-203 

Article  XXVI. 
Quartermaster  Corps 204-270 

Article  XXVn. 

Medical  Department 271-283 

Article  XXVm. 
Engineer  Department 


Article  XXIX. 

Par. 
Ordnance  Department 289-305 

Article  XXX. 
Signal  Corps 306-316 

Article  XXXI. 
Equipment 317-327 

Article  XXXII. 

Army  Reserve 328-331 

Article  XXXIII. 
Permanent  boards 332-334 


COMPILATION  OF  GENERAL  ORDERS,  CIRCULARS,  AND 

BULLETINS  OF  THE  WAR  DEPARTMENT, 

1881-1915. 


ARTICLE  I. 


RESTEICTIONS  ON"  ACTIVITIES  OF  OFFICERS  AND 
EMPLOYEES  OUTSIDE  REGULAR  DUTIES. 

1.  Officers  to  refrain  from  publication  of  views  on  mili- 
tary situation. — Officers  of  the  Army  will  refrain,  until  fur- 
ther orders,  from  giving  out  for  publication  any  interview, 
statement,  discussion,  or  article  on  the  military  situation  in 
the  United  States  or  abroad,  as  any  expression  of  their  views 
on  this  subject  at  present  is  prejudicial  to  the  best  Interests 
of  the  service.     (O.  O.  10,  1915—2260070,  A.  G.  O.) 

2.  Commercial  interests  in  Philippine  Islands. — Officers 
of  the  Army  on  the  active  list  now  or  hereafter  holding  office 
or  employment  under  the  Philippine  Government  are  hereby 
prohibited  from  entering  into  any  commercial  enterprise  or 
from  owning  any  stock  or  interest  in,  or  having  any  connection 
with,  any  association,  company,  or  corporation,  whose  activi- 
ties come  into  contact  with  that  Government  or  in  any  manner 
involve  the  use  of,  or  any  right,  privilege,  or  concession  in,  the 
property  or  public  rights  of  the  Philippine  people.  And  if  any 
such  officer  be  now  engaged  or  interested  in,  or  connected  with, 
any  such  enterprise,  association,  company,  or  corporation,  he 
will  forthwith  make  a  bona  fide  disposition  of  all  his  interest 
therein  and  sever  all  connection  with  such  enterprise,  associa^ 
tion,  company,  or  corporation.  (Par.  I,  O.  O.  4,  1914 — 2116873, 
A.  G.  O.) 

3.  Contributions  for  and  acceptance  of  gifts  or  pres- 
ents.— ^The  attention  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  is  drawn  to 
the  following  provision  of  the  Revised  Statutes : 

1784.  No  officer,  clerk,  or  employee  in  the  United  States 
Government  employ  shall  at  any  time  solicit  contributions  from 

(7) 


8 

other  officers,  clerks,  or  employees  in  the  Government  service 
for  a  gift  or  present  to  those  in  a  superior  official  position; 
nor  shall  any  such  officials  or  clerical  superiors  receive  any 
gift  or  present  offered  or  presented  to  them  as  a  contribution 
from  persons  in  Government  employ  receiving  a  less  salary 
than  themselves;  nor  shall  any  officer  or  clerk  make  any 
donation  as  a  gift  or  present  to  any  official  superior.  Every 
person  who  violates  this  section  shall  be  summarily  discharged 
from  the  Government  employ. 

The  foregoing  enactment  includes  within  the  statutory  pro- 
hibition the  soliciting  of  contributions  by  one  officer  or  fem- 
ployee  from  other  officers  or  employees  of  the  United  States 
when  such  contributions  are  to  constitute  gifts  or  presents  or 
are  to  be  used  for  the  purchase  of  gifts  or  presents  to  those  in 
superior  official  position.  The  receiving  of  presents  by  officers 
as  contributions  from  those  under  their  command  or  control, 
in  either  the  military  or  civil  service,  also  falls  within  the 
prohibition  of  the  section,  which  imposes  the  penalty  of  sum- 
mary dismissal  upon  all  official  superiors  and  those  under 
their  command  or  control  who,  by  soliciting  or  receiving  con- 
tributions, or  by  giving  presents,  become  subject  to  its  penal 
operation. 

The  practice  of  receiving  presents  from  persons  not  in  the 
military  establishment  or  in  the  employ  of  the  Government  in 
recognition  of  services  rendered,  though  not  expressly  for- 
bidden, is  opposed  to  the  spirit  of  the  statute  and  for  that 
reason  is  not  approved  by  the  department. 

The  requirements  of  the  statute  above  cited  will  hereafter 
be  strictly  observed  in  all  branches  of  the  military  establish- 
ment. {Cir.  46,  1904,  as  amended  by  Cir.  77,  1909—1584316, 
A.  O.  O.) 

4.  Instruction  of  persons  for  Civil  Service  and  other 
examinations. — ^No  officer  or  employee  of  the  Government 
shall,  directly  or  indirectly,  instruct  or  be  concerned  in  any 
manner  in  the  instruction  of  any  person  or  classes  of  persons, 
with  a  view  to  their  special  preparation  for  the  examinations 
of  the  United  States  Civil  Service  Commission  or  of  the  boards 
of  examiners  for  the  diplomatic  and  consular  services. 

The  fact  that  any  officer  or  employee  is  found  so  engaged 
shall  be  considered  sufficient  cause  for  his  removal  from  the 
service.  {Executive  Order,  Oct.  13,  1905,  G.  O.  183,  1905— 
1065280,  M,  S.  O.;  Executive  Order,  Dec.  23,  1910,  Par.  II, 
G.  O.  5,  1911—1731023,  A.  G.  0.) 


ARTICLE  II. 

APPOINTMENT  AND  PROMOTION  OF  OFFICERS. 

APPOINTMENTS. 

6.  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  Coast  Artillery  Corps,  and 
Infantry. — Requirements  and  procedure  in  the  case  of  appli- 
cants for  appointment  to  the  positions  of  second  lieutenant, 
Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  Coast  Artillery  Corps,  and  Infantry : 

1.  Notice  of  appointments  and  letters  of  designation  are 
issued  by  the  War  Department  through  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army.  Oaths  of  office  of  officers  of  the  Army  will  be 
taken  before  some  officer  who  is  authorized  by  the  law  of  the 
United  States  or  by  the  local  municipal  law  to  administer 
oaths,  before  the  judge  advocate  of  a  department,  or  of  a  court- 
martial,  or  before  the  trial  officer  of  a  summary  court. 

Officers  of  the  Army,  other  than  those  above  specified,  are 
not  authorized  by  law  to  administer  oaths. 

Appointment  as  Second  Lieutenant  of  the  Line. 

2.  Vacancies  in  the  grade  of  second  lieutenant  in  the  Cav- 
alry, Field  Artillery,  Coast  Artillery  Corps,  and  Infantry  oc- 
curring in  any  fiscal  year  will  be  filled  by  appointment  as 
required  by  law:  First,  of  cadets  graduated  from  the  United 
States  Military  Academy  during  that  fiscal  year;  second,  of 
enlisted  men  whose  fitness  for  promotion  shall  have  been  de- 
termined by  examination;  third,  of  candidates  from  civil  life 
between  the  ages  of  21  and  27  years.  Candidates  from  civil 
life  will  be  selected  by  competitive  examination  from  those 
designated  by  the  War  Department.  No  candidate  will  be 
designated  who  is  married  or  who  is  not  a  citizen  of  the 
United  States,  and  no  candidate  will  be  designated  who  is  not 
eligible  for  appointment  on  date  set  for  the  examination. 

3.  All  vacancies  occurring  after  June  30,  and  not  needed  for 
the  graduates  of  that  fiscal  year  of  the  Military  Academy,  will 
be  held  for  the  next  graduating  class  of  the  academy. 

(9)     ,. 

i 


10 

4.  No  person  who  has  been  a  cadet  at  the  United  States 
Military  Academy  will,  under  any  circumstances,  receive  a 
commission  in  advance  of  his  class ;  nor  will  anyone  who  has 
been  a  midshipman  at  the  United  States  Naval  Academy  re- 
ceive a  commission  in  advance  of  the  class  at  the  Military 
Academy  corresponding  to  his  class  at  the  Naval  Academy. 

No  cadet  who  has  been  expelled  from  the  Military  Academy 
for  hazing  will  be  commissioned  until  two  years  after  the 
graduation  of  his  class. 

5.  Applicants  who  are  graduates  of  certain  institutions 
(par.  36)  will  be  entitled  to  exemption  in  certain  subjects, 
as  follows: 

(a)  Honor  graduates  of  institutions  which  are  designated 
as  "  distinguished  colleges  "  will  be  exempt  from  the  mental 
examination,  but  must  undergo  the  physical  test  prescribed  in 
paragraph  10  of  this  order. 

(&)  Honor  graduates  of  institutions  formerly  classed  as 
"  distinguished  institutions "  will  not  be  required  to  include 
any  subject  of  Group  III,  paragraphs  21  or  23. 

(c)  Graduates  of  institutions  rated  as  class  MC  or  class  C 
and  graduates  of  recognized  colleges  or  universities  will  not 
be  required  to  include  any  of  Group  I,  paragraphs  21  or  23. 

Each  applicant  should  state  the  branch  of  service  for  which 
he  desires  to  compete,  with  second  and  third  choice.  Those 
desiring  exemptions  should  submit  to  the  War  Department 
diplomas,  certificates,  or  other  evidence  of  such  graduation 
when  applying  for  the  letter  of  designation  or  with  the  appli- 
cation referred  to  in  paragraphs  8  and  28  of  this  order.  If 
exempted,  candidates  will  be  so  informed. 

Duties  of  Examining  Boabds. 

6.  Boards  for  the  examination  of  candidates  for  appoint- 
ment as  second  lieutenant  will  be  governed  by  the  following: 

The  duties  of  the  medical  officers  shall  be  confined  to  in- 
quiring into  and  reporting  upon  the  physical  qualifications  of 
the  applicants.  The  duties  of  the  line  officers  shall  be  to  pass 
upon  the  moral  qualifications  of  each  candidate,  as  far  as  prac- 
ticable from  all  available  data;  to  inquire  into  the  general 
suitability  of  candidates,  and  the  suitability  for  mounted  serv- 
ice of  candidates  applying  therefor;  and  to  supervise  the 
mental  examination. 


11 

The  physical  examination  will  be  first,  the  examination  into 
the  moral  character  and  general  qualifications  next,  and  this 
will  be  followed  by  the  mental  examination,  which  will  be 
written  and  will  take  place  in  the  presence  of  the  line  officers 
of  the  board,  at  least  one  of  whom  must  be  present  at  all  times 
during  the  examination.  Each  examination  paper  will  contain 
a  certificate  from  one  of  the  line  officers  of  the  board  that  the 
candidate  has  undergone  the  examination  in  his  presence  and 
without  assistance  from  anyone. 

Appointments  of  Second  Lieutenants  from  the  Abmy. 

7.  A  soldier  to  be  eligible  to  compete  for  appointment  to  the 
grade  of  second  lieutenant  must  be  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States,  unmarried,  and  under  30  years  of  age  on  the  1st  day 
of  July  of  the  year  in  which  he  is  to  enter  the  competition,  and 
must  have  served  honorably  not  less  than  two  years  in  the 
Army  as  an  enlisted  man  on  or  before  that  date ;  he  must  also 
be  physically  sound  and  of  good  moral  character  before  and 
after  enlistment,  and  must  be  an  enlisted  man  of  the  Army 
when  he  submits  his  application  and  when  he  appears  for 
examination,  and  if  appointed  a  second  lieutenant  must  be 
an  enlisted  man  at  the  date  of  his  appointment. 

Applications. 

8.  An  enlisted  man  who  desires  to  appear  for  examination 
will  submit,  through  military  channels,  an  application  so  that 
it  will  reach  his  post  commander  on  or  before  March  1,  or  if 
in  Alaska  or  the  Philippines,  before  January  1,  of  the  year  in 
which  he  desires  to  take  the  examination.  Any  applications 
received  after  those  dates  will  not  be  considered  unless  it  be 
shown  that  the  delay  was  through  no  fault  of  the  applicant. 
The  application  will  be  accompanied  by  the  "  Form  for  indi- 
vidual record  of  candidate  "  (p.  12),  filled  out  and  sworn  to  as 
indicated. 

The  applicant's  immediate  commander,  in  forwarding  such 
.application,  will  verify  the  statement  of  service  as  given,  and 
will  state  specifically  whether,  in  his  opinion,  the  soldier  fulfills 
each  of  the  conditions  hereinbefore  required,  adding  his  re> 
marks  in  each  case  as  to  the  aptitude  of  the  applicant  for  the 
position  sought,  and  whether,  in  the  event  of  his  appointment 


12 

as  second  lieutenant  in  the  Army,  he  would  object  to  the  appli- 
cant's assignment  to  his  organization,  should  a  vacancy  exist 
therein,  giving  his  reasons,  if  any,  for  the  objection. 

Form  for  Individual  Record  of  Candidate. 

(1)  Give  the  exact  date  and  place  of  your  birth. 

(2)  Are  you  married  or  single? 

(3)  Are  you  a  citizen  of  the  United  States?  If  so,  state 
whether  native  born  or  naturalized. 

(4)  What  schools  have  you  attended  and  for  what  periods? 
Answer  explicitly,  giving  dates  and  designations  of  schools, 
as  public  schools,  academies,  district  schools,  colleges,  manual- 
training  schools,  night  schools,  etc.  Give  also  names  and  pres- 
ent addresses  of  presidents,  superintendents,  commandants, 
principals,  professors,  or  teachers  under  the  supervision  of 
whom  you  were  while  attending  schools,  academies,  colleges,  etc. 

(5)  In  what  profession  or  occupation  have  you  been  em- 
ployed? Answer  explicitly,  giving  time,  character  of  employ- 
ment, etc. 

(6)  During  what  time  have  you  supported  yourself,  totally 
or  partially  by  your  own  labor? 

(7)  Have  you  ever  served  in  the  Volunteers  or  Organized 
Militia,  or  as  a  cadet  at  the  United  States  Military  Academy? 
Answer  explicitly,  giving  State,  arm  of  service,  rank,  dates,  etc. 

(8)  State  concisely  your  service  in  the  Regular  Army,  giv- 
ing organizations  in  which  you  have  served  and  names  of 
officers  under  whom  you  have  served,  with  periods  of  such 
service  (as  near  as  possible)  in  each  case. 

(9)  Statp  the  places  of  your  residence  since  your  twelfth 
birthday,  giving  dates  between  which  you  resided  at  each  place. 

(10)  State  the  name  and  present  address  of  each  person  by 
whom  you  were  employed  since  your  twelfth  birthday,  giving 
in  each  instance  the  nature  of  the  employment  and  date  of  its 
beginning  and  ending.     ( Signature  with  full  name,  rank,  etc. ) 

Sworn  to  and  subscribed  before  me 

the day  of ,  A.  D.  191 


13 
Pbemminaby  Examination  for  Appointment  as  Second 

LdEUTENANT    FEOM    THE    ArMY. 

general  provisions. 

9.  The  commanding  officer  of  each  post  where  applications 
are  received  will  convene  a  board,  consisting  of  at  least  one 
medical  and  two  line  officers,  exclusive  of  the  immediate  com- 
mander of  any  applicant,  to  conduct  the  preliminary  exam- 
ination. Should  the  appointment  of  such  board  be  imprac- 
ticable, or  should  the  applicant  be  not  serving  at  a  post,  the 
application  will  be  forwarded  through  military  channels  to 
the  commander  of  the  district,  territorial  department,  or  divi- 
sion (if  in  the  field),  who  will  designate  the  board  before 
which  the  candidate  is  to  appear.  These  boards  will  be  con- 
vened as  soon  as  practicable  after  March  1,  or,  if  in  the  Philip- 
pines or  Alaska,  after  January  1. 

Physical  Examination. 

10.  Each  applicant  will  be  first  subjected  to  a  rigid  physical 
examination,  and  if  any  cause  of  disqualification  is  found  to 
exist  it  will  be  specified  in  the  report,  and  the  applicant  will 
be  rejected  and  his  examination  will  cease,  unless,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  medical  officers  of  the  board,  the  physical  de- 
fects are  temporary  in  nature  and  such  as  may  be  overcome 
by  the  time  the  applicant  is  to  appear  for  final  examination, 
in  which  case  the  physical  defects  and  the  reasons  which  in- 
fluenced the  board  to  continue  the  examination,  notwith- 
standing such  defects,  will  be  fully  set  forth  in  the  report. 
Examination  as  to  physical  qualifications  will  conform  to  the 
standard  required  of  recruits,  except  that  any  applicant  whose 
degree  of  vision  is  less  than  20/40  in  either  eye  or  who  is  color 
blind  for  red,  green,  or  violet,  will  be  rejected. 

The  physical  examination  will  be  made  complete  in  each 
case,  even  though  a  disqualifying  defect  be  discovered,  so  as 
to  ascertain  whether  any  other  defects  exist.  It  is  highly 
desirable  that  where  a  candidate  is  rejected  for  any  physical 
cause,  the  cause  of  rejection  should  be  so  clearly  established 
as  to  be  conclusive  of  the  reasonableness  and  propriety  of  the 
rejection,  and  in  cases  where  physical  fitness  appears  doubtful 
the  board  may  require  the  production  of  such  testimony  as  to 
the  medical  history  of  the  candidate  and  of  his  family  as  may 
be  obtainable. 


14 

Examination  as  to  Moeal  Chaeacter  and  Fitness. 

11.  The  moral  character  of  each  applicant  found  physically 
qualified  will  then  be  inquired  into,  and  any  applicant  who  has 
not  borne  a  good  moral  character  before  and  after  enlistment 
will  be  rejected,  and  his  examination  will  cease. 

Each  applicant  will  submit  to  the  oflicer  conducting  the 
examination  testimonials  or  certificates  as  to  his  moral  char- 
acter and  fitness  for  the  position  of  a  commissioned  officer,  and 
these  testimonials  and  certificates  will  be  forwarded  with  the 
report  of  the  board. 

12.  The  board  will  conduct  such  inquiries  as  will  enable  it 
to  render  an  opinion,  based  on  observation,  verbal  questioning 
of  the  applicant,  and  upon  all  available  data,  as  to  whether  the 
candidate  possesses  the  qualifications  to  be  desired  in  a  com- 
missioned officer  and  as  to  his  probable  ability  to  pass  satisfac- 
torily the  final  mental  examination. 

Repoet  of  the  Boaed. 

13.  Upon  the  conclusion  of  the  preliminary  examination  the 
board  will  render  a  full  report  as  to  its  proceedings  and  find- 
ings in  the  case  of  each  applicant,  and  will  forward  this  report 
with  all  papers  pertaining  thereto  through  military  channels 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

Final  Examination  foe  Appointment  as  Second  Lieutenant 

FEOM  THE  AeMY. 
GENEEAL  PEOVISIONS. 

14.  Each  year  in  which  there  remain  vacancies  in  the  grade 
of  second  lieutenant  for  appointment  to  which  enlisted  men 
are  eligible,  the  War  Department  will,  on  July  1,  or  subsequent 
thereto,  convene  such  boards  as  may  be  deemed  necessary, 
consisting  of  two  or  more  line  officers  and  two  medical  officers, 
before  which  those  who  have  successfully  passed  the  prelimi- 
nary examination  will  be  ordered  to  appear  to  compete  in  the 
final  examination  for  appointment  to  such  vacancies. 

15.  No  applicant  will  be  ordered  before  the  final  board  in 
any  calendar  year  who  has  not  successfully  passed  the  pre- 
liminary post  or  departmental  board  during  that  calendar  year 
or  the  one  immediately  preceding.    An  applicant  who  twice 


15 

fails  to  pass  the  preliminary  examination  in  years  in  which 
final  examinations  are  held  or  who  twice  fails  in  his  final 
examination  will  not  be  permitted  to  compete  again  for  ap- 
pointment to  the  grade  of  second  lieutenant  in  the  Army. 

16.  The  records  of  the  preliminary  examinations  of  candi- 
dates ordered  to  take  the  final  examination,  and  the  papers 
pertaining  thereto,  together  with  such  official  records  in  the 
AVar  Department  as  relate  to  the  character  and  qualifications 
of  such  candidates  for  commission,  will  be  submitted  to  the 
final  board. 

Physical  Examination. 

17.  Each  candidate  will  first  be  subjected  to  a  rigid  physical 
examination,  and  any  candidate  who  fails  to  pass  it  will  be 
rejected  by  the  board ;  but  should  he  so  desire,  he  will  be  per- 
mitted to  undergo  the  mental  examination  with  the  distinct 
understanding  that  such  examination  will  not  confer  upon  him 
any  right  to  appointment  should  his  physical  disability  finally 
be  regarded  as  disqualifying.  This  examination  will  conform 
to  the  rules  laid  down  in  paragraph  10  of  this  order,  and  the 
report  of  the  preliminary  board  as  to  the  physical  qualifica- 
tions of  the  candidate  will  be  considered.  A  certificate  of 
physical  examination  by  the  medical  officers  of  the  board  will 
accompany  the  proceedings  of  the  board  in  each  case. 

Mental  Examination. 

18.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  physical  examination  will 
follow  the  mental  examination,  which  will  be  written,  and  the 
questions  for  which  will  be  furnished  by  The  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral of  the  Army  to  the  senior  line  officer  of  the  board.  Each 
examination  paper  will  contain  a  certificate  from  one  of  the 
line  officers  of  the  board  that  the  applicant  has  undergone  the 
examination  in  his  presence  and  without  assistance  from 
anyone. 

Suitability  fob  Mounted  Service. 

19.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  mental  examination,  the 
board  will  examine  the  applicants  for  mounted  service  and 
will  report  upon  their  suitability  therefor,  taking  into  consid- 
eration only  proficiency  in  riding,  horsemanship,  and  size  when 
so  great  as  to  indicate  present  or  future  unsuitability  for 
mounted  service,  and  the  board  will  report  them  by  name  in 


16 

two  groups  as  determined  by  the  result  of  the  examination, 
viz :  First,  those  considered  qualified ;  second,  those  considered 
not  qualified. 

Completion  of  Proceedings. 

20.  The  proceedings  of  the  board  will  be  completed  and  all 
papers  connected  with  the  case  of  each  candidate  will  be  for- 
warded in  accordance  with  instructions  furnished  by  The  Ad- 
jutant General  of  the  Army. 

Subjects  fob  Mental  Examination  of  Candidates  fbom  the 
Abmy  foe  Appointment  as  Second  Lieutenant  in  the 
Cavaley,  Field  Artillery,  and  Infantry. 

[Civilian  candidates  are  examined  in  these  subjects.     See  par.  32.] 

21.  Each  applicant  who  is  physically  qualified  or  desires  to 
undergo  the  mental  examination  notwithstanding  his  physical 
defects,  will  be  examined  mentally  in  the  following  subjects, 
subject  to  the  exemptions  noted  in  paragraph  5. 

Group  I. 

Weight. 

1.  United  States  History  and  Constitution 1 

2.  Geography 1 

3.  Elementary  English 1 

4.  Algebra 1 

5.  Geometry 1 

6.  Trigonometry 1 

Group  II. 

1.  Elementary  French,  German,  or  Spanish,  as  the  applicant  may 

elect 8j 

2.  General  history 1 

S.  Elementary  surveying 1 

Also  in  one  of  the  following  subjects : 

Group  III. 

1.  Advanced  English 2 

2.  Advanced  French . 2 

8.  Advanced  German 2 

4.  Advanced  Spanish 2 

5.  Analytical  geometry 2 

6.  Calculus  (differential  and  integral) ,      ^ 

7.  Military  art  and  field  engineering Z'' 

8.  Advanced  surveying 


17 

OPTION. 

The  candidate,  before  entering  upon  the  mental  examination, 
will  submit  to  the  board  in  writing  his  choice  of  subject  in 
Group  III  and  in  1  of  Group  II,  and  thereafter  no  change  of 
subject  will  be  allowed. 

Scope  of  the  Examination. 

22.  The  general  scope  of  the  examination  in  each  subject  will 
be  as  follows: 

Geoup  I. 

1.    UNITED  STATES  HISTORY  AND  CONSTITUTION. 

A  knowledge  of  prominent  persons  and  events  connected 
with  the  origin,  growth,  and  Government  of  the  United  States, 
from  the  discovery  of  the  American  continent  to  the  present 
time.  The  examination  will  not  be  concerned  with  mere 
annals  and  dates,  but  will  require  an  intelligent  insight  into 
causes  and  effects;  also,  a  knowledge  of  the  evolution  and 
principal  characteristics  of  government  and  their  relation  to 
history. 

The  textbooks  used  will  be  any  good  high-school  history  of 
the  United  States,  Upton's  Military  Policy,  and  Constitutional 
Law,  by  E.  G.  Davis. 

2.    GEOGBAPHY. 

A  general  knowledge,  based  on  information  obiainable  from 
he  best  school  textbooks,  with  especial  reference  to  the  United 
tates.  The  examination  will  require  knowledge  of  the  prin- 
cipal land  and  water  features  of  the  world  and  of  their  rela- 
tions to  one  another ;  of  commercial  routes,  navigable  rivers, 
principal  centers  of  population  and  manufacture,  general  loca- 
tion of  races,  political  boundaries,  and  the  natural  products 
of  certain  areas. 

3.    ELEMENTARY  ENGLISH. 

■  Knowledge  of  English  composition,  grammar,  and  spelling, 
and  the  ability  to  express  clearly  ideas  on  subjects  of  common 
knowledge  or  on  subjects  connected  with  the  candidate's  exam- 

[.■'littion.     The  candidate  will  be  required  to  write  one  or  more 

"•       40062°— 16 2 


18 

letters  or  compositions  on  subjects  lie  may  select  from  a  list 
given  in  the  examination  papers,  to  explain  the  meaning  of 
certain  words  or  phrases  contained  in  given  quotations,  and 
will  be  tested  generally  as  to  his  knowledge  of  English  con- 
struction. Special  attention  will  be  paid  to  effective  arrange- 
ment of  material,  power  of  exact  statement,  correct  grammat- 
ical construction,  and  spelling. 

4,   5,  AND   G.    MATHEMATICAL  SUBJECTS. 

The  scope  of  the  mathematical  subjects  will  be  that  usually 
considered  necessary  as  a  general  foundation  or  preparation 
for  undertaking  a  scientific  course  of  study  such  as  is  covered 
by  the  following,  or  any  other  recognized  textbooks  on  the 
same  subjects  of  an  equivalent  standard,  namely  : 

Ne^v  School  Algebra  (Wentworth). 

Plane  and  Solid  Geometry,  Revised  (Wentworth). 

New  Plane  and  Spherical  Trigonometry  (Wentworth). 

Group  II. 

1.    ELEMENTARY  FRENCH,   GERMAN,   OR   SPANISH. 

The  scope  of  the  examination  in  elementary  French,  Ger- 
man, or  Spanish  will  include  the  construction  of  the  language, 
ability  to  read  and  write  the  simple  forms,  translation  from 
English  into  French  (German  or  Spanish),  and  vice  versa; 
the  knowledge  to  be  as  extended  as  that  which  would  ordi- 
narily be  acquired  by  a  college  student  taking  a  course  of  in- 
struction in  a  first  year's  college  course  extending  over  about 
200  recitation  periods  of  an  hour  each. 

It  is  covered  by  the  following-named  or  any  other  recognized 
textbook : 

( A )  Elementary  French. 

1.  Grammar: 

Elementary  French  Grammar  (Olmsted). 
Aldrich  and  Foster,  Elementary  French  (or) 
AVhitney,  French  Grammar. 
Marchand,  French  Idioms ;  Martin,  French  Verb. 

2.  Composition: 

Frangois,  Introductory  French  Composition. 

Frangois,  Advanced  French  Composition  (or) 

Weekley,  French  Prose  Composition.    (London,  W.  B.  Olive.) 


19 

3.  Reading :  ^ 

(a)  Plays. — 

Moliere,  le  Bourgeois  Gentilhomme. 

Les  Precieuses  Kidicules,  L'Avare,  Le  Misanthrope. 

The  plays  of  Scribe,  Labiche,  Augier,  Dumas  fils,  Pailleron, 
Rostand,  or  of  any  other  standard  modern  dramatic  author. 

(&)  Prose  proper. — The  works  of  Chateaubriand,  Hugo, 
Balzac,  Maupassant,  or  of  any  other  standard  modern  author. 

(c)  Poetry. — Lamartine,  de  Musset,  Hugo,  SuUy-Prodhomme, 
Coppee. 

(B)  Elementary  German. 

1.  Grammar :  Whitney's  German  Grammar  or  Thomas's 
Practical  German  Grammar. 

2.  Composition:  Collar's  Eysenbach,  Graded  German  Les- 
sons. 

3.  Reading:^ 
(a)  Plays. — 

Lessing,  Goethe,  and  Scliiller. 

Any  modern  plays  of  standard  character. 

( & )  Prose  proper. — Heine — Die  Harzreise ;  Hoffmann — Mei- 
ster  Martin  der  Kiifner,  Das  Fraulein  Von  vScuderi ;  Rield-- 
Der  Fluch  der  Sch(5nheit;  Whitney's  German  Reader;  any 
standard  modern  prose. 

(c)  Poetry. — Goethe — Hermann  and  Dorothea;  Heine's 
poems;  Scheffel — Der  Trompeter  Von  Sakkingen. 

(C)  Elementary  Spanish. 

1.  Grammar: 

A  Spanish  Grammar  (Olmsted  and  Gordon). 
Ramsey's  Textbook  on  Modern  Spanish   (or)    De  Arteaga, 
Practical  Spanish. 

2.  Composition:  Crawford's  Spanish  Composition. 

3.  Reading :  * 

(a)  Plays. — Calderon — La  Vida  es  Sueno;  Moratin — El  si 
de  las  niiias ;  Galdos — Electra ;  any  other  modern  standard 
plays. 

1  The  Indications  under  "  3.  Reading "  do  not  mean  that  all  the 
autliors  mentioned  will  be  required,  nor  that  all  of  a  given  author's 
worlis  must  be  read.  The  scope  is  made  purposely  broad,  so  as  to 
cover  possible  variations  in  the  course  of  study  pursued  by  the 
candidate. 


20 

(&)  Prose  proper. — Valera — Pepita  Jimenez;  Alarcon — El 
Capitan  Veneno,  El  Sombrero  de  Tres  Picos ;  or  any  standard 
modern  prose. 

2.    GENERAL  HISTORY. 

So  much  of  the  history  of  ancient  Greece  and  Rome  as  is 
contained  in  good  high-school  textbooks  on  those  subjects  and 
the  important  facts  in  general  ancient  history  and  in  the  his- 
tory of  mediaeval  Europe  to  the  end  of  the  fifteenth  century ; 
also  so  much  of  the  political,  social,  and  economic  history  from 
the  end  of  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present  day  and  the  funda- 
mental principles  of  civil  government  historically  considered 
as  is  contained  in  the  following  or  any  other  recognized  text- 
books of  an  equivalent  standard,  namely : 

Outline  of  the  World's  History  (Swinton). 

A  Political  History  of  Modern  Europe  (F.  Schwill). 

The  Development  of  Modern  Europe  (J.  H.  Robinson  and 
C.  A.  Beard). 

Readings  in  Modern  European  History,  Volume  II  (Robin- 
son and  Beard). 

The  Development  of  the  State  (Dealy). 

3:   ELEMENTARY  SURVEYING. 

The  applicant  need  not  be  a  practical  surveyor.  He  must 
have,  however,  a  good  general  knowledge  of  the  instruments 
and  methods  used  in  topographical  surveying  and  must  be 
proficient  in  reading  a  contoured  map. 

The  requirements  are  fully  covered  in  Part  I,  Chapters  I-IV, 
inclusive;  Part  II,  Chapters  I  (omitting  paragraphs  68-70, 
inclusive),  II,  IV  (omitting  paragraphs  118  and  119),  V  (omit- 
ting paragraphs  130-133,  inclusive),  VI  (omitting  paragraph 
159),  VIII,  IX,  and  X  of  Military  Topography  for  the  Mobile 
Forces,    Sherrill,   third   edition. 

Group  III. 

1.    ADVANCED  ENGLISH. 

(a)  Such  general  knowledge  of  American  and  English  liter- 
ature and  their  history  as  is  covered  by  works  on  these  sub- 
jects of  the  standard  of  the  following: 

History  of  English  (Champneys). 

English  Literature  (Long). 


21 

A  History  of  English  Literature  (Moody  and  Lovett). 

Introduction  to  American  Literature  (Pancoast). 

American  Literature  (Bronson). 

(&)  Ability  to  write  understandingly  on  the  subject  matter 
of  the  works  of  the  principal  American  and  English  authors. 

One  or  more  compositions  will  be  required  on  subjects  taken 
from  10  of  the  works  in  the  following  list.  Preparation  is  ex- 
pected on  two  works  in  each  group,  and  the  choice  of  subjects 
indicated  in  the  examination  will  be  broad  enough  to  cover  the 
special  preparation  of  the  candidate. 

The  candidate  is  not  expected  to  have  a  minute  knowledge 
of  the  subject  matter  of  these  books;  and  he  may  not  offer 
mere  knowledge  of  the  books  as  a  substitute  for  the  ability 
to  write  good  English.  His  aim  should  be  to  acquire  through 
his  reading  the  power  to  express  his  own  thought.  He  is  ex- 
pected, however,  to  have  such  a  general  knowledge  of  the 
books  as  would  come  from  fresh  and  thoughtful  reading. 

I.  Shakespeare's  As  You  Like  It;  Henry  V;  Julius  Caesar; 
The  Merchant  of  Venice ;  Twelfth  Night ;  Midsummer  Night's 
Dream. 

II.  Bacon's  Essays ;  The  Sir  Roger  de  Coverly  Papers  in  the 
Spectator;  Franklin's  Autobiography;  Goldsmith's  The  Vicar 
of  Wakefield ;  Scott's  Ivanhoe ;  Scott's  Quentin  Durward ; 
Hawthorne's  The  House  of  the  Seven  Gables;  Thackeray's 
Henry  Esmond;  Mrs.  Gaskell's  Cranford;  Dickens's  A  Tale 
of  Two  Cities;  George  Eliot's  Silas  Marner;  Blackmore's 
Lorna  Doone;   Stevenson's  Treasure  Island. 

III.  Bunyan's  Pilgrim's  Progress,  Part  I ;  Macaulay's  Essays 
on  Lord  Clive  and  Warren  Hastings;  Thackeray's  English 
Humourists ;  Selections  from  Lincoln,  including  the  two  Inau- 
gurals, the  Speeches  in  Independence  Hall  and  at  Gettysburg, 
the  Last  Public  Address,  and  a  brief  memoir  or  estimate; 
Parkman's  Oregon  Trail;  Thoreau's  Walden;  Stevenson's 
Inland  Voyage  and  Travels  with  a  Donkey. 

IV.  Irving's  Sketch  Book;  Lamb's  Essays  of  Ella;  De 
Quincey's  Joan  of  Arc  and  the  English  Mail-Coach ;  Carlyle's 
Hero  as  Poet,  as  Man  of  Letters,  and  as  King;  Emerson's 
Essays  (selected)  ;  Ruskin's  Sesame  and  Lilies. 

V.  Palgrave's  Golden  Treasury  (first  series),  Book  II  and 
III,  with  especial  attention  to  Dryden,  Collin,  Gray,  Cowper, 
and  Burns ;  Gray's  Elegy  in  a  Country  Churchyard  and  Gold- 
smith's The  Deserted  Village;  Coleridge's  The  Ancient  Mari- 


22 

ner  and  Lowell's  The  Vision  of  Sir  Launfal ;  Scott's  The  Lady 
of  .the  Lake;  Byron's  Childe  Harold,  Canto  IV,  and  the 
Prisoner  of  Chillon  ;  Palgrave's  Golden  Treasury  (first  series),* 
Book  IV,  with  especial  attention  to  Wordsworth,  Keats,  and 
Shelley;  Foe's  The  Raven;  Longfellow's  Tlie  Courtship  of 
Miles  Standish,  and  Whittier's  Snow  Bound ;  Macaulay's  Lays 
of  Ancient  Rome,  and  Arnold's  Sohrab  and  Rustum;  Tenny- 
son's Gareth  and  Lynette,  Lanceolot  and  Elaine,  and  the 
Passing  of  Arthur;  Browning's  Cavalier  Tunes,  The  Lost 
Leader,  How  They  Brought  the  Good  News  from  Ghent  to 
Aix,  Home  Thoughts  from  Abroad,  Home  Thoughts  from  the 
Sea,  Incident  of  the  French  Camp,  Herve  Riel,  Plieidippides, 
My  Last  Duchess,  Up  at  a  Villa — Down  in  the. City, 
(c)  Questions  will  be  asked  on  the  following  books: 
Shakespeare's  Macbeth ;  Tennyson's  Idylls  of  the  King,  or 
Milton's  Comus,  L'Allegro,  and  II  Penseroso ;  Burke's  Speech 
on  Conciliation  with  America,  or  Washington's  Farewell  Ad- 
dress and  Webster's  First  Bunker  Hill  Oration;  Macaulay's 
Life  of  Johnson,  or  Carlyle's  Essay  on  Burns. 

This  part  of  the  examination  will  be  upon  subject  matter, 
form,  and  structure,  and  presupposes  the  thorough  study  of 
each  of  the  books  named.  In  addition,  the  candidate  may  be 
required  to  answer  questions  on  the  leading  facts  in  those 
periods  of  English  literary  history  to  which  the  prescribed 
M'orks  belong. 

2,  3,  AND  4.    MODERN  LANGUAGES. 

(Either  French,  German,  or  Spanish  may  be  chosen.) 

Thorough  knowledge  of  the  grammar  and  construction  of 
the  language  chosen,  with  ability  to  translate  idiomatically  to 
or  from  English,  and  to  write  original  compositions  on  a  sub- 
ject chosen  from  a  given  list. 

The  examination  will  generally  include: 

(a)  One  or  more  translations  from  the  language  chosen  into 
English  of  quotations  from  various  authors. 

(h)  Translations  from  English  into  the  language  chosen. 

(c)  Translations  to  and  from  English  of  selected  sentences, 
with  especial  regard  to  idiomatic  peculiarities. 

(d)  Paraphrases   of  quotations. 

(e)  Grammatical  construction,  declensions,  conjugations, 
etc.,  usually  of  selected  words  and  phrases  from  preceiling  quo- 
tations or  sentences. 


23 

(/)  A  composition  of  at  least  250  words  in  the  Uingua^e 
stlected  on  a  subject  chosen  from  a  list  given  in  the  examina- 
tion papers. 

5   AND   6.    ANALYTICAL  GEOMETRY  AND  Cx'iLCULUS. 

The  scope  of  the  examination  in  higher  mathematics  will  be 
that  of  a  final  examination  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  or 
junior  years  in  the  scientific  courses  of  recognized  colleges 
and  technical  schools,  and  is  covered  by  the  following  or  any 
other  recognized  textbooks  of  an  equivalent  standard,  namely  : 

Analytical  geometry.  Tanner  and  Allen. 

Differential  calculus,  McMahon  and  Snyder. 

Integral  calculus,   D.  A.   Murray. 

7.    MILITARY    ART    AND    FIELD    ENGINEERING. 

Handling  of  commands  not  larger  than  a  battalion,  map 
reading,  principles  of  military  topography,  and  field  fortifica- 
tion, to  the  extent  covered  by  the  following  books : 

Drill  Regulations  of  the  Three  Arms  (Combat  only),  Field 
Service  Regulations,  1914  (Parts  I,  II,  and  III). 

Studies  in  Minor  Tactics. 

Military  Topography — Sherrill  (Chapters  I,  II,  and  III, 
Part  I,  and  Chapters  I,  II,  III,  IV,  V,  and  VI,  Part  III  only). 

Applied  Principles  of  Field  Fortification  for  Line  Officers — 
Woodruff  (Chapters  II,  IV,  VII,  IX,  X,  and  XI). 

The  examination  will  consist  of  map  problems  and  exercises 
designed  to  test  the  candidate's  intelligent  perception  of  the 
subjects,  and  ability  to  apply  to  concrete  cases  his  knowledge 
of  principles. 

8.    ADVANCED    SURVEYING. 

Part  I. — General  theoretical  knowledge  of  the  methods  em- 
ployed in  mapping  large  areas ;  control  of  the  survey ;  astro- 
nomical observations  for  azimuth,  time,  latitude,  and  longi- 
tude; trigonometrical  leveling;  barometric  leveling;  filling-in 
methods;  projection  methods. 

Part  II. — Special  knowledge  of  either  (a)  Topographical 
Surveying,  (6)  Hydrographic  Surveying,  or  (c)  Railroad 
Surveying. 


24 

A  candidate  who  elects  advanced  surveying  as  his  optional 
subject  will  take  Part  I  and  either  (a),  (b),  or  (c)  of  Part  II 
as  he  may  elect. 

Theoretical  and  practical  knowledge  required  will  conform 
to  the  following  standards  or  their  equivalents: 

Part  I. — The  Principles  and  Practice  of  Surveying — Breed 
and  Hosmer. 

The  Theory  and  Practice  of  Surveying — Johnson. 

Part  II. —  {a)  Topographic  Surveying — Wilson;  Breed  and 
Hosmer,  Vol.  II,  Parts  I  and  II;  Methods  in  Use  by  U.  S. 
Geological  Survey. 

(&)  Breed  and  Hosmer,  Vol.  II,  Part  III;  Methods  in  Use 
by  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey ;  Methods  in  Use  by  U.  S. 
Lake  Survey. 

(c)  Johnson,  Chapters  IX  and  XIII,  and  Railroad  Con- 
struction—Webb, Part  I,  Chapters  I,  II,  and  III. 

Subjects  foe  Mental  Examination  of  Candidates  from  the 
Abmy  fob  Appointment  as  Second  Lieutenant  in  the 
Coast  Artillery  Corps. 

[Civilian   candidates  are  examined  in   these  subjects.     See  par.   32.] 

23.  Each  applicant  who  is  physically  qualified  or  desires  to 
undergo  the  mental  examination  notwithstanding  his  physical 
defects,  will  be  examined  mentally  in  the  following  subjects, 
subject  to  the  exemptions  noted  in  paragraph  5. 

Geoup  I. 

Weigh 

1.  United  States  History  and  Constitution 

2.  Geography 

3.  Elementary  English 

4.  Algebra 

5.  Geometry 

6.  Trigonometry 

Group  II. 

1.  Elementary  French,  German,  or  Spanish,  as  the  applicant  may 

elect 

2.  General   history 

3.  Elementary  electricity 

4.  Elementary  mechanics 

5.  Elementary  chemistry _ 


25 

Also  in  one  of  the  following  subjects : 

Group  III.  Weight. 

1.  Advanced   English 2 

2.  Advanced  French 2 

3.  Advanced  German 2 

4.  Advanced  Spanish 2 

5.  Advanced  surveying 2 

6.  Advanced  mathematics , 2 

7.  Advanced   electricity 2 

8.  Advanced  mechanics 2 

OPTION. 

The  candidate,  before  entering  upon  the  mental  examination 
will  submit  to  the  board  in  writing  his  choice  of  subject  in 
Group  III,  and  in  1  of  Group  II,  and  thereafter  no  change  of 
subjects  will  be  allowed. 

The  scope  of  the  examination  in  the  subjects  of  Groups  I,  II 
(except  subjects  3,  4,  and  5),  and  III  (except  subjects  6,  7, 
and  8)  is  given  in  paragraph  22  of  this  order. 

24.  The  scope  of  the  examination  in  elementary  electricity, 
mechanics,  and  chemistry  will  be  that  of  a  high  school  or  pre- 
paratory school  examination  in  these  subjects  and  will  cover 
only  so  much  of  the  subjects  as  is  usually  considered  necessary 
as  a  general  foundation  or  preparation  for  beginning  one  oC 
the  scientific  courses  at  recognized  colleges  or  technical 
schools.  The  scope  of  the  subjects  is  that  covered  by  the  fol- 
lowing, or  any  other  recognized  textbooks  of  an  equivalent 
standard,  viz: 

Lessons  in  Practical  Electricity  (Swoope,  lessons  1  to  23). 

A  Text  Book  of  Physics  (Wentworth  and  Hill). 

Elementary  Chemistry  (Clarke  and  Dennis). 

The  scope  of  the  examination  in  advanced  mathematics,  elec- 
tricity, or  mechanics  will  be  that  of  a  final  examination  in 
these  subjects  given  by  certain  correspondence  schools,  and  by 
recognized  colleges  and  technical  schools  at  the  end  of  the 
sophomore  or  junior  years  in  the  scientific  courses,  and  the 
scope  of  the  subjects  covered  by  the  following  or  any  other 
recognized  textbooks  of  an  equivalent  standard,  viz : 

For  advanced  mathematics: 

Differential  calculus,  McMahon  and  Snyder. 
Integral   calculus,   D.   A.   Murray. 
Analytical  geometry.  Tanner  and  Allen. 

For  advancel  electricity:  Elements  of  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing, Vol.  1,  Franklin  and  Esty. 


26 

For  advanced  mechanics:  International  Library  of  Tech- 
nology, covering  the  subjects  of  steam  engines,  steam  boilers, 
gas-engine  management,  carburetors,  electrical  ignition  and 
gas  producers. 

Appointments. 

25.  The  final  examination  is  competitive  and  for  a  specified 
number  of  vacancies.  The  board  which  conducts  the  final 
examination  will  recommend  for  appointment  only  such  num- 
ber, in  the  order  of  merit  established  by  the  final  examination, 
as  will  equal  the  number  of  vacancies  apportioned  to  enlisted 
competitors  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  and  no  greater  number 
will  be  reported  as  having  passed.  No  competitor  will  be  rec- 
ommended by  the  board  who  is  not  physically  and  morally 
qualified  for  the  position  of  second  lieutenant  in  the  Army, 
nor  any  whose  general  average  on  the  mental  examination  is 
less  than  70  p^r  cent,  or  less  than  65  per  cent  in  any  subject, 
but  the  mere  fact  that  a  candidate  makes  a  general  average 
of  70  per  cent  or  more  will  not  give  him  any  right  or  title 
to  appointment. 

Awarding  of  Marks. 


26.  The  board  convened  to  mark  the  papers  will  award 
marks  in  each  subject  on  a  scale  of  100;  these  marks  will 
then  be  multiplied  by  the  relative  weight  of  the  correspond- 
ing subject,  as  given  in  paragraphs  21  or  23  of  this  order,  and 
the  total  of  the  products  divided  by  the  total  weight,  as  in  the 
following  example : 

Candidate's  name:  A.  B.,  Class  D. 


No. 


Subject. 


United  States  History  and  Constitution. . 

Geography 

Elementary  English 

Algebra 

Geometry 

Trigonometry 

Elementary  Spanish  (French  or  German). 

General  history 

Elementary  surveying 

Advanced  Spanish 


Total. 


General  average . 


Mark. 


Weight. 


Product 
of  marks 

by 
weights. 


87 
77 
90 
166 


111 


926 


84.18 


27 

Appointments  of  Second  Lieltexants  fkom  Civil  Life, 
general  provisions. 

27.  An  appointment  as  second  lieutenant  in  the  Army  will  be 
awarded  annually  to  one  honor  graduate  of  each  institution 
designated  as  a  "  distinguished  college,"  provided  sufficient 
vacancies  exist  after  the  appointment  of  graduates  of  the 
United  States  Military  Academy  and  of  the  successful  com- 
petitors in  the  annual  examination  of  enlisted  men. 

The  honor  graduate  of  the  "  distinguished  college  "  must  be 
a  member  of  the  class  graduating  from  that  institution  in  the 
year  in  which  his  appointment  to  the  Army  is  made.  He  will 
not  be  required  to  take  any  mental  examination. 

APPLICATIONS. 

28.  Applications  for  designation  should  be  addressed  upon 
the  prescribed  form  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 
Copies  of  the  prescribed  form  may  be  obtained  upon  applica- 
tion to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  and,  when  filled 
and  returned,  should  be  accompanied  by  three  or  four  letters 
of  recommendation  as  to  character  from  persons  of  the  com- 
munity in  which  the  applicant  has  lived. 

29.  Upon  receipt  of  such  application  The  Adjutant  General 
will  issue  letters  of  designation  to  those  applicants  whom  the 
War  Department  desires  to  appear  for  examination. 

EXAMINING   BOARDS. 

30.  Candidates  will  be  authorized  to  report  for  examination 
at  such  military  posts  in  the  vicinity  of  their  homes  as  may  be 
designated  in  each  case.  The  examination  will  be  conducted 
by  a  board  to  consist  of  two  medical  officers  and  two  or  more 
line  officers,  appointed  by  the  commanding  officer  at  the  post 
designated. 

PHYSICAL   EXAMINATION. 

31.  The  physical  examination  will  bo  as  prescribed  in  para- 
graph 10. 

MENTAL   EXAMINATION. 

32.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  physical  examination,  the 
mental  examination  as  prescribed  in  paragraphs  18,  21,  and 
22,  or  18,  23,  and  24,  as  the  case  may  be,  will  follow. 


28 

MORAL    CHARACTER. 

33.  All  candidates  shall  submit  to  the  officer  conducting  the 
mental  examination  testimonials  or  certificates  as  to  their 
moral  character  and  fitness  for  the  position  of  a  commissioned 
officer,  and  these  testimonials  and  certificates  will  be  for- 
warded with  the  examination  papers. 

SUITABILITY   FOR   MOUNTED    SERVICE. 

34.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  mental  examination  the  ex- 
amination prescribed  in  paragraph  19  will  follow. 

COMPLETION    OF   PROCEEDINGS. 

35.  Examination  papers  when  completed  will  be  forwarded 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  Marks  upon  the  exam- 
ination papers  will  be  awarded  by  the  War  Department. 

CLASSIFICATION    OF    CANDIDATES. 

36.  Candidates  will  be  classified  as  follows: 

Class  A. — Honor  graduates  of  "  distinguished  colleges,"  who 
must  be  members  of  the  classes  graduating  from  the  several 
institutions  in  the  year  in  which  appointments  to  the  Army 
are  made. 

Class  B. — Honor  graduates  of  institutions  of  learning  at 
which  Army  officers  are  detailed  as  professors  of  military 
science  and  tactics,  who  have  at  any  time  been  designated  as 
honor  graduates  of  "  honor  schools,"  as  well  as  those  graduates 
who  have  been  reported  in  the  past  as  honor  graduates  of  insti- 
tutions formerly  designated  as  "  distinguished  institutions," 
and  who  may  at  any  time  become  candidates  for  commission  in 
the  Army,  shall  be  given  certain  privileges  of  precedence  in 
appointment  as  indicated  in  paragraph  39. 

Class  C. — Other  graduates  of  institutions  of  learning  at 
which  Army  officers  are  detailed  as  professors  of  military  sci- 
ence and  tactics  and  which  are  classified  as  class  MO  and  class 
C  at  date  of  the  candidate's  graduation  ;  members  of  the  Organ- 
ized Militia  of  not  less  than  three  years'  creditable  service  in 
the  militia. 

Class  D. — Other  candidates. 


29 

GBADING   OF    CANDIDATES. 

37.  Candidates  will  be  graded  according  to  merit  as  estab- 
lished by  their  averages.  Those  whose  general  average  is  85 
per  cent  or  more  will  be  graded  separately  in  their  several 
classes,  as  described  in  paragraph  36.  Those  whose  general 
average  is  75  per  cent  or  more  and  less  than  85  per  cent  will 
l)e  graded  in  one  list  without  regard  to  class. 

AWARDING   OF    MARKS. 

38.  Marks  will  be  awarded  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  26. 

APPOINTMENTS. 

39.  Vacancies  remaining  after  the  appointment  of  qualified 
enlisted  candidates  will  be  filled :  First,  from  those  candidates 
belonging  to  class  A ;  second,  from  those  candidates  whose  gen- 
eral average  is  85  per  cent  or  more  by  taking  first  those  of 
class  B,  second  those  of  class  C,  and  third  those  of  class  D ; 
third,  the  remaining  available  vacancies  will  then  be  filled  in 
order  of  merit  from  the  list  of  candidates,  without  regard  to 
the  classification,  whose  general  average  upon  the  competitive 
examination  is  75  per  cent  or  more. 

No  candidate  will  be  appointed  who  is  not  physically  or 
morally  qualified,  nor  whose  general  average  is  less  than  75 
per  cent,  or  whose  mark  in  any  subject  is  less  than  70  per  cent, 
except  those  candidates  belonging  to  class  A,  who  are  exempt 
from  any  mental  examination.  The  mere  fact  that  a  candidate 
makes  a  general  average  of  75  per  cent  or  more  will  not  give 
him  any  title  to  an  appointment. 

The  examination  will  be  competitive,  and  the  board  will 
recommend  for  appointment  only  such  number  of  candidates 
as  equal  the  number  of  vacancies  apportioned  by  the  Secretary 
of  War  for  civilian  candidates.  (G.  O.  64,  1915—2301790, 
A.  G.  O.) 

6.  Corps  of  Engineers,  from  civil  life. — 1.  Regulations 
regarding  the  examination  and  appointment  of  persons  in  civil 
life  to  be  second  lieutenants  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers. 

2.  The  law  governing  the  appointment  of  persons  in  civil  life 
as  second  lieutenants  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers  is  given  in  the 


30 

following  extracts  from  the  act  of  Congress  ai)i)roved  Febru- 
ary 27,  1911 : 

*  *  *  Vacancies  in  the  grade  of  second  lieutenant  in  the 
Gorps  of  Engineers  shall  hereafter  be  filled,  as  far  as  may  be 
consistent  with  the  interests  of  the  military  service,  by  promo- 
tions from  the  Corps  of  Cadets  at  the  United  States  Military 
Academy :  Provided,  That  vacancies  remaining  in  any  fiscal 
year  after  the  assignment  of  cadets  of  the  class  graduating  in 
that  fiscal  year  may  be  filled  from  civil  life  as  hereinafter 
provided :     *     *     * 

To  become  eligible  for  examination  and  appointment,  a 
civilian  candidate  for  the  appointment  as  second  lieutenant 
must  be  an  unmarried  citizen  of  the  United  States  between 
the  ages  of  twenty-one  and  twenty-nine,  who  holds  a  diploma 
showing  graduation  in  an  engineering  course  from  an  ap- 
proved technical  school,  and  is  eligible  for  appointment  as  a 
junior  engineer  under  the  Engineer  Bureau  of  the  War  De- 
partment. Selection  of  eligible  civilians  for  appointment,  in- 
cluding term  of  probation,  shall  be  made  as  the  result  of  such 
competitive  examination  into  the  mental,  moral,  and  physical 
qualifications,  and  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  shall 
be  recommended  by  the  Chief,  of  Engineers  and  approved  by 
the  Secretary  of  War. 

Candidates  from  civil  life  will  be  selected  by  competitive  ex- 
amination from  those  designated  by  the  War  Department  on 
the  recommendation  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers.  Applications 
for  designation  should  be  addressed  to  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army,  and  must  include  a  signed  statement  showing  the 
applicant's  date  of  birth,  also  whether  he  is  married  or  single, 
and  also  whether  or  not  he  is  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  by 
birth  or  naturalization.  Applications  will  be  accompanied  by 
the  original  or  a  certified  copy  of  a  diploma  or  other  sufficient 
certificate  showing  graduation  in  an  engineering  course  of  a 
well-established,  high-grade  technical  school,  and  evidence  that 
the  applicant  is  eligible  for  appointment  as  a  junior  engineer  in 
the  Engineer  Bureau  of  the  War  Department.  No  applicant 
will  be  designated  for  examination  who  is  not  eligible  for  ap- 
pointment on  the  date  set  for  the  examination.  No  person  who 
has  been  a  cadet  in  the  United  States  Military  Academy  or  a 
midshipman  at  the  United  States  Naval  Academy  will,  under 
any  circumstances,  be  commissioned  ahead  of  his  class  or  the 
corresponding  class  at  the  Military  Academy;  and  any  per- 
son already  in  the  Army  or  Navy  must  become  a  civilian  be- 
fore he  can  be  considered  for  examination. 

Diplomas  or  certificates  will  be  accepted,  in  determining 
eligibility  of  candidates,  only  from  well-recognized  technical 


31 

schools  in  which  are  giveu  engineering  courses  of  liigh  order, 
and  which  may  be  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  War  on  the 
recommendation  of  tlie  Chief  of  Engineers. 

3.  Eligibilty  for  original  appointment  as  junior  engineer 
(civil,  mechanical,  and  electrical)  under  the  Engineer  Bureau 
of  the  War  Department  is  determined  by  the  rules  of  the 
United  States  Civil  Service  Commission  and  may  be  secured 
(1)  by  passing  successfully  the  examination  prescribed  by  the 
Civil  Service  Commission  for  such  position  in  its  manual  of 
examinations,  (2)  by  promotion  in  the  Engineer  Bureau  of 
the  War  Department  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  7 
(Section  III),  General  Orders,  No.  14,  Office  of  the  Chief  of 
Engineers,  December  27,  1910,  and  (3)  by  transfer  from  an- 
other branch  of  the  departmental  service  to  the  Engineer 
Bureau  under  Rule  X  of  the  Rules  of  the  Civil  Service. 
Eligibility  for  reappointment  as  junior  engineer  of  persons 
who  have  been  separated  from  the  service  is  governed  by  the 
regulations  prescribed  in  Section  V,  General  Orders,  No.  14, 
Office  of  the  Chief  Engineers,  December  27,  1910.  Copies  of 
the  Manual  of  Examinations  (issued  semiannually)  and  the 
Rules  of  the  Civil  Service  may  be  obtained  by  application  to 
the  United  States  Civil  Service  Commission,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Copies  of  General  Orders,  No.  14,  Office  of  the  Chief  of  En- 
gineers, December  27,  1910,  may  be  obtained  by  application  to 
the  Chief  of  Engineers,  Washington,  D.  C. 

4.  Eligible  candidates  designated  by  the  War  Department 
to  take  the  prescribed  competitive  examinations  will  be  author- 
ized to  report  for  examination  at  such  military  posts  as  may 
be  designated  in  each  case,  and  the  examination  will  be  con- 
ducted by  a  board  to  consist  of  two  medical  officers  and  one 
or  more  other  commissioned  officers,  designated  by  the  post 
commander.  The  duties  of  the  medical  officers  shall  be  con- 
fined to  inquiring  into  and  reporting  upon  the  physical  quali- 
fications of  the  candidates,  and  the  duty  of  the  other  conunis- 
sioned  officers  shall  be  to  supervise  the  mental  examination, 
which  will  be  written.  The  questions  for  this  examination 
will  be  prepared  under  the  supervision  of  the  Chief  of  En- 
gineers and  furnished  by  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army 
to  the  senior  officer  of  the  board  other  than  a  medical  officer. 
The  physical  examination  will  be  conducted  first  and  will  be 
followed  by  the  mental  examination,  which  will  take  place  in 
the  presence  of  the  officers  of  the  board  other  than  medical 


32 

officers,  at  least  one  of  whom  must  be  present  at  all  times 
during  the  mental  examination. 

Each  examination  paper  will  contain  a  certificate  from  one 
of  the  officers  of  the  board  other  than  medical  officers  that  the 
candidate  has  undergone  the  examination  in  his  presence  and 
without  assistance  from  any  one. 

Examination  papers  when  completed  will  be  forwarded  with 
the  certificate  of  the  medical  officers  to  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army.  Marks  upon  the  examination  papers  will  be 
awarded  by  a  board  of  three  officers  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers 
designated  by  the  War  Department. 

MORAL   CHARACTEB. 

5.  All  candidates  shall  submit  to  the  officer  supervising  the 
mental  examination  testimonials  or  certificates  as  to  their 
moral  character  and  fitness  for  the  position  of  a  commissioned 
officer,  as  well  as  statements  of  their  practical  experience  in 
an  engineering  capacity,  and  these  testimonials,  certificates, 
and  statements  will  be  forwarded  with  the  examination 
papers. 

PHYSICAL   EXAMINATION. 

6.  Any  candidate  who  fails  to  pass  this  examination  will  be 
rejected,  but  should  he  so  desire  he  will  be  permitted  to 
undergo  the  mental  examination  with  the  distinct  understand- 
ing that  such  examination  will  not  confer  upon  him  any 
right  to  appointment  should  his  physical  disability  finally  be 
regarded  as  disqualifying.  Examination  as  to  physical  quali- 
fications will  conform  to  the  standard  required  of  recruits, 
except  that  any  candidate  whose  degree  of  vision  is  less  than 
20/40  in  either  eye,  or  who  is  color  blind  for  red,  green,  or 
violet,  will  be  rejected.  The  physical  examination  will  be 
made  complete  in  each  case,  even  though  a  deficiency  be  dis- 
covered, so  as  to  ascertain  whether  any  other  defects  exist. 
It  is  highly  desirable  that  where  a  candidate  is  rejected  for 
any  physical  cause,  the  cause  of  rejection  should  be  so  clearly 
established  as  to  be  conclusive  of  the  reasonableness  and  pro- 
priety of  the  rejection,  and  in  cases  where  physical  fitness  ap- 
pears doubtful  the  board  should  require  the  production  of  such 
testimony  as  to  the  medical  history  of  the  candidate  and  of 
his  family  as  may  be  obtainable. 


33 


COMPETITIVE    MENTAL   EXAMINATION. 

7.  Each  candidate  who  is  physically  qualified  or  who  desires 
to  undergo  the  competitive  mental  examination  notwithstand- 
ing his  physical  defects,  will  then  be  examined  mentally  in 
the  following  subjects,  which  will  have  the  relative  weights 
indicated : 


No. 


Subject. 


Relative 
weight. 


English  grammar  and  orthography,  both  to  be  judged  by  all  the 
papers  submitted  by  the  candidate 

Elementary  French,  German,  or  Spanish,  as  the  applicant  may 
elect 

Optional  subject 

Under  this  subject  the  applicant  will  be  examined  upon  one  of 
the  following,  as  he  may  elect: 

(a)  General  nistory,  to  include  the  important  facts  of  ancient 
history,  of  the  history  of  medieval  Europe,  and  of  the  po- 
litical, social ,  and  economic  history  of  modern  times.  Also 
the  fundamental  principles  of  civil  government,  histori- 
cally considered  with  special  reference  to  the  United  States. 
(6)  The  elements  of  constitutional  and  international  law. 
(c)  A  thorough  working  knowledge  of  any  modern  language. 

Physics,  including  electricity  and  magnetism,  heat,  sound,  and 
light 

Chemistry,  geology,  and  mineralogy 

Topographic .  hydrographic,  and  geodetic  surveying,  including  the 
elements  of  practical  astronomy 

Descriptive  geometry  and  drawing 

Theoretical  and  applied  mechanics 

Theory  and  practice  of  engineering  construction,  including  build- 
ings, highways,  bridges,  retaining  walls,  dams,  foundations, 
water-supply  and  sewerage  systems,  and  materials  of  construo- 
tion 


The  scope  of  the  examination  in  each  subject  is  as  indi- 
cated in  the  following:  Where  textbooks  are  given,  it  is  cov- 
ered by  these  books  or  other  well-recognized  books  of  equiva- 
lent standard : 

(1)  English  grammar  and  orthography:  Any  standard 
United  States  public-school  textbooks. 

(2) Elementary  French,  German,  and  Spanish: 

(a)  French:  Grammar  and  composition  —  Elementary 
French,  Aldrich  and  Foster ;  Introductory  French  Composition, 
Francois.  Reading  and  translation  —  Elementary  French 
Reader,  Douay ;  standard  French  authors,  Guerlac. 

(&)   German:    Grammar   and    composition — Practical    Ger- 
man Grammar,  Thomas  (1905  edition).    Reading  and  transla- 
tion— Wilhelm  Tell,  Schiller;  Hermann  and  Dorothea,  Goethe; 
Der  Trompeter  von  Sakkingen,  Scheffel. 
40002° — ir. 3 


34 

(c)  Spanish:  Grammar  and  composition — Spanish  gram- 
mar, Olmsted  and  Gordon;  Spanish  prose  composition,  Craw- 
ford. Reading  and  translation — Spanish  reader  and  trans- 
lation, Tolon;  Spanish  tales.  Hill;  Lecturas  Hispanas 
Modernas,  Elias. 

(3)  Optional  subject: 

(a)  General  history :  Outlines  of  Universal  History,  Fisher ; 
School  History  of  United  States,  Fiske. 

(&)  The  Elements  of  Constitutional  and  International  Law  : 
Constitutional  law,  E.  G.  Davis;  international  law  G.  B. 
Davis. 

(c)  A  thorough  working  knowledge  of  any  modern  lan- 
guage: A  candidate  selecting  as  his  optional  subject  "A  thor- 
ough working  knowledge  of  any  modern  language"  will  be 
assumed  to  have  a  general  knowledge  of  the  literature  of  the 
language,  and  an  ability  to  speak  it,  and  will  be  required  to 
write  in  the  language  selected  a  composition  of  not  less  than 
300  words  upon   an  assigned  subject. 

(4)  Physics,  including  electricity  and  magnetism,  heat, 
sound,  and  light:  Ganot's  Physics  (18th  edition). 

(5)  Chemistry,  Geology,  and  Mineralogy:  General  Chem- 
istry, Smith;  The  Elements  of  Geology,  Norton;  Important 
Minerals  and  Rocks,  Tillman. 

(6)  Topographic,  hydrographic,  and  geodetic  surveying,  in- 
cluding the  elements  of  practical  astronomy:  Theory  and 
Practice  of  Surveying,  Johnson-Smith. 

(7)  Descriptive  geometry  and  drawing:  Descriptive  geom- 
etry. Church ;  technic  of  mechanical  drafting,  Reinhardt. 

(8)  Theoretical  and  applied  mechanics:  Mechanics  of  En- 
gineering,  Church. 

(9)  Theory  and  practice  of  engineering  construction,  includ- 
ing buildings,  highways,  retaining  walls,  dams,  foundations, 
water-supply  and  sewerage  systems,  and  materials  of  construc- 
tion; Civil  Engineering,  Fiebeger;  A  Treatise  on  Masonry 
Construction,  Baker,  10th  Edition;  Theory  of  Structures, 
Spofford;  Elements  of  Sanitary  Engineering,  Merriman;  Ma- 
terials of  Construction,  Johnson. 

Each  candidate  in  submitting  his  application  for  designa- 
tion will  indicate  in  writing  the  language  he  elects  for  his 
examination  in  subject  No.  2,  and  also  which  of  the  optional 
subjects  given  under  subject  No.  3,  he  selects.  After  having 
once  indicated  the  language  and  the  optional  subject  no  change 
will  be  allowed. 


35 

8.  Ill  awarding  marks  the  general  average*  of  the  candidate 
will  be  computed  as  follows: 

Each  question  will  be  marked  according  to  its  relative 
weight  and  the  aggregate  of  marks  thus  obtained  in  each  sub- 
ject will  be  reduced  to  a  scale  in  which  100  corresponds  to 
perfect.  The  result  will  give  the  mark  in  the  subject.  The 
mark  in  each  subject  will  be  multiplied  by  the  number  indi- 
cating the  relative  weight  of  the  subject  and  the  sum  of  the 
products  will  be  divided  by  the  sum  of  the  relative  weights. 
The  result  will  be  the  general  average  for  the  examination. 

No  candidate  will  be  considered  as  having  passed  a  satis- 
factory mental  examination  who  fails  to  attain  a  general 
average  of  at  least  80  per  cent  on  such  examination,  or  who 
fails  to  attain  a  mark  of  at  least  67  per  cent  in  each  and  every 
subject  included  therein. 

When  the  board  of  Engineer  officers  marking  the  papers 
shall  have  acted  on  the  examination  papers  of  all  the  candi- 
dates, it  will  prepare  separate  proceedings  in  the  case  of  each 
candidate  and  also  a  tabulated  statement  showing  the  order 
of  their  relative  merit  as  developed  by  the  competitive  mental 
examination,  and  forward  the  proceedings  with  all  papers  per- 
taining thereto  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

9.  From  those  candidates  who  pass  the  physical  and  mental 
examinations  satisfactorily  and  who  are  found  to  be  morally 
qualified,  selections  will  be  made  by  the  War  Department  on 
the  recommendation  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers  in  order  of 
relative  merit,  excepting  as  hereinafter  provided,  as  deter- 
mined by  the  competitive  mental  examination,  for  probational 
appointment  as  second  lieutenants  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers. 
The  number  of  probational  appointments  will  not  exceed  the 
number  of  vacancies  existing  in  the  grade  of  second  lieutenant 
at  the  end  of  the  previous  fiscal  year  after  the  assignment  of 
cadets  of  the  class  graduating  from  the  United  States  Military 
Academy  in  that  fiscal  year,  and  the  mere  fact  that  a  candi- 
date has  passed  satisfactorily  the  competitive  mental  examina- 
tion will  not  give  him  any  right  or  title  to  a  probational  ap- 
pointment. No  candidate,  whatever  may  be  his  mark,  will 
be  held  over  to  fill  a  subsequent  vacancy. 

Acceptable  candidates  from  approved  technical  schools  who 
can  show  also  at  least  one  year's  continuous  service  as  a  com- 
missioned officer  in  State  military  organizations,  or  at  least 
one  year's  training  in  a  well-established  military  organization 


of  their  technical  school,  and  who  receive  at  their  mental  ex- 
amination an  average  of  90  per  cent  or  more,  shall  be  given 
preference  over  all  others  who  can  not  show  proof  of  such 
military  service  or  training. 

No  person  who  fails  to  pass  satisfactorily  the  competitive 
mental  examination  will  be  admitted  to  a  subsequent  exami- 
nation before  the  next  general  examination,  and  no  person 
who  fails  twice  to  pass  satisfactorily  the  examination  will 
thereafter  be  admitted  to  examination. 

Probational  appointment  as  second  lieutenant  in  the  Corps 
of  Engineers  will  be  made  for  a  period  of  one  year,  and  per- 
sons so  appointed  shall  be  entitled  to  the  rank,  pay,  and  allow- 
ances of  second  lieutenants  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  Rules 
and  Articles  of  War  and  regulations  for  the  government  of  the 
Army  of  the  United  States. 

Candidates,  on  the  acceptance  of  their  probational  appoint- 
ments as  second  lieutenants  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  and  on 
taking  the  prescribed  oath  of  office,  will  be  assigned  for  in- 
struction and  observation  during  their  year  of  probation  to 
a  battalion  of  Engineers  stationed  in  the  United  States. 

Probational  appointment  as  second  lieutenant,  unless  va- 
cated sooner  by  resignation  or  dismissal,  shall  cease  and  deter- 
mine one  year  from  the  date  of  such  appointment,  and  persons 
holding  such  appointments  will,  subject  to  passing  satisfac- 
torily their  final  examinations,  be  appointed  as  second  lieu- 
tenants in  the  Corps  of  Engineers  to  rank  as  such  from  the 
date  of  their  probational  appointments,  and  will  then  be  imme- 
diately assigned  to  duty  with  engineer  troops. 

Shortly  before  the  expiration  of  their  probational  appoint- 
ments they  will  be  given  a  final  examination  to  determine  their 
general  physical,  moral,  and  professional  qualifications  for  per- 
manent appointment  in  the  military  service.  This  examination 
will  be  conducted  by  boards  of  officers  convened  by  the  War 
Department  at  the  military  posts  where  the  officers  to  be  ex- 
amined are  serving  or  at  such  other  place  as  may  be  most 
convenient. 

The  organization  and  procedure  of  these  boards  for  final 
examinations  will  conform  to  that  prescribed  for  boards  con- 
vened for  the  examination  of  ofliicers  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers 
to  determine  their  fitness  for  promotion  ;  and  at  this  examina- 
tion physical,  mental,  and  moral  qualifications  will  again  be 
considered. 


37 

The  iiual  examination  will  be  upon  the  following  subjects : 

a.  Administration. 

b.  Duties  of  Engineer  officers  and  trooi)s  in  war. 

c.  Field  Service  Regulations. 

d.  Drill  Regulations  and  Ponton  Manual. 

e.  Small-Arms  Firing  Manual. 
/.  Military  law. 

g.  Military  engineering. 

h.  Ordnance  and  gunnery. 

i.    Military  hygiene. 

;'.    Hippology. 

k.  Military  record  and  aptitude  as  certified  to  by  company, 
post,  and  battalion  commanders  and  judged  by  the  examining 
board. 

The  scope  of  this  final  examination  shall  include  such  knowl- 
edge of  subjects  a  to  j,  inclusive,  as  should  reasonably  be 
acquired  in  about  one  year's  service,  including  the  course  of 
the  garrison  school,  and  supplemented  by  professional  reading 
and  study. 

The  examination  in  subject  k  will  include  such  practical 
exercises  as  the  board  may  deem  necessary  to  demonstrate  the 
capacity  of  the  officer  being  examined  for  the  proper  perform- 
ance of  the  duties  of  second  lieutenant  in  the  Corps  of  Engi- 
neers. 

To  pass  successfully  the  final  examination  a  mark  of  75  per 
cent  will  be  required  in  each  subject  included  therein,  and 
probational  officers  who  fail  to  attain  such  percentages  in  the 
final  examination,  or  who  fail  to  pass  a  satisfactory  physical 
examination,  or  who  have  for  other  satisfactory  reason  been 
found  to  be  unsuited  for  the  service,  will  be  honorably  dis- 
charged the  service  of  the  United  States  on  the  expiration  of 
their  probational  appointments. 

The  record  of  the  examining  board  shall  be  submitted  as 
required  for  examining  boards  for  promotion,  the  findings  of 
the  board  being  stated  according  to  circumstances  as  indicated 
below. 

"  The  board  is  of  the  opinion  that has  the 

physical,  moral,  and  professional  qualifications  to  perform  the 
duties  of  second  lieutenant  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  and  does 
recommend  his  appointment  thereto,"  or  "  has  not  the  physical, 
moral,  and  professional  qualifications  to  perform  the  duties  of 
second  lieutenant  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers  and  does  not 
recommend  his  appointment  thereto." 


38 

The  recommendation  of  the  examining  board  shall  be  final 
as  to  the  mental  and  moral  qualifications  of  probational 
officers  for  appointment  as  second  lieutenants  in  the  Corps  of 
Engineers,  and  no  probational  officer  shall  be  so  appointed 
excepting  on  the  recommendation  of  that  board.  (G.  O.  20, 
1914—1832776,  A.  O.  O.) 

7.  Chaplains. — Information  respecting  the  appointment  and 
duties  of  chaplains  in  the  Army  and  regulations  to  govern  the 
examination  of  candidates  for  appointment  as  chaplains. 

The  existing  laws  prescribe  the  following  requirements, 
which  must  be  met  as  preliminary  to  an  appointment  by  the 
President  as  chaplain :  First,  that  the  candidate  is  a  regularly 
ordained  minister  of  some  religious  denomination;  second, 
that  he  is  in  good  standing  in  such  denomination ;  third,  that 
he  is  recommended  for  appointment  by  some  authorized  eccle- 
siastical body  or  by  not  less  than  five  accredited  ministers  of 
the  same ;  fourth,  that  he  shall  not  have  passed  the  age  of  40 
years;  and,  fifth,  that  he  shall  have  "passed  satisfactorily 
such  examination  as  to  his  moral,  mental,  and  physical  quali- 
fications as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  President,"  unless  he  has 
demonstrated  such  qualifications  in  service  as  chaplain  during 
the  war  with  Spain.  (Sec.  1123,  R.  S. ;  acts  Mar.  2,  1899,  and 
Feb.  2,  1901.) 

The  duties  required  by  law  of  chaplains  are  that  they  shall 
hold  appropriate  religious  services  for  the  benefit  of  the  com- 
mands to  which  assigned ;  that  they  shall  perform  appropriate 
burial  services  at  the  burial  of  officers  and  soldiers  who  may 
die  in  such  commands,  and  that  they  shall  give  instruction  to 
the  enlisted  men  in  the  common  English  branches  of  educa- 
tion.    (Sees.  1124,  1125,  R.  S.) 

EXAMINATION    OF    CANDIDATES. 

Boards  of  examination,  which  shall  include  at  least  one 
medical  officer,  will  be  appointed  by  the  Secretary  of  War  for 
the  examination  of  candidates  who  may  be  designated  by  the 
President. 

No  candidate  will  be  examined  who  is  not  a  citizen  of  the 
United  States,  or  who  does  not  conform  to  the  preliminary 
requirements  prescribed  by  law. 

The  examination  as  to  fitness  will  cover  physical,  educa- 
tional, and  professional  or  clerical  qualifications. 

A  thorough  physical  examination  will  be  made  by  the  medi- 
cal member  or  members  of  the  board  whose  certificate  shall 


39 

accompany  its  proceedings.  If  there  be  found  to  exist  any 
disqualification  that  might  impair  the  efficiency  of  the  candi- 
date as  a  chaplain,  the  cause  thereof  will  be  fully  stated  in  the 
certificate. 

The  examination  as  to  educational  and  professional  qualifi- 
cations will  be  in  writing  and  will  include  the  following 
subjects : 

1.  Extent  of  school,  academic  or  collegiate,  and  theological 
education. 

2.  Pastoral  work  as  clergyman. 

3.  Experience  in  teaching. 

4.  English  grammar  and  composition. 

5.  Writing  and  spelling. 

6.  Arithmetic,  elementary,  including  addition,  subtraction, 
multiplication,  and  fractions,  with  general  statement  of  the 
candidate  as  to  what  knowledge  he  may  possess,  if  any,  of 
other  mathematics. 

7.  Geography,  particularly  in  reference  to  the  United  States. 

8.  History,  particularly  of  the  United  States,  and  outlines 
of  general  history. 

In  awarding  marks  the  board  will  give  an  aggregate  weight 
of  1,600,  to  be  distributed  and  attached  to  the  several  subjects 
of  examination  as  follows : 

1.  Physical   examination 100 

2.  Attendance  at  schools  and  academies 100 

.3.  Attendance  at  college 200 

4.  Attendance  at  theological  seminary 100 

.5.  Pastoral  work  as  clergyman 300 

6.  Teaching 200 

7.  Writing  and  spelling 150 

8.  Arithmetic 100 

9.  English  grammar  and  composition 150 

10.  Geography 100 

11.  History 100 

A  candidate  will  not  be  passed  by  the  board  who  shall  not 
be  awarded  an  average  of  65  per  cent  in  each  subject  of  exami- 
nation, excepting  attendance  at  school  or  college  and  at  a 
theological  seminary  and  experience  in  teaching  (numbered 
2,  3,  4,  and  6,  respectively),  and  a  general  average  of  70  per 
cent  in  the  subjects  other  than  those  excepted. 

QUESTIONS  FOR  PERSONAL  RECORD  OF  CANDIDATE. 

1.  Give  date  and  place  of  your  birth. 

2.  Are  you  married  or  single? 


40 

3.  Are  you  a  citizen  of  the  United  States?  If  so,  state 
whether  native  born  or  naturalized. 

4.  What  district,  select,  or  graded  schools,  or  what  acade- 
mies or  preparatory  schools,  if  any,  have  you  attended?  De- 
scribe the  schools  thoroughly  and  give  limiting  dates  in  each 
case. 

5.  Are  you  a  graduate  of  a  regularly  incorporated  college, 
or  have  you  passed  through  any  portion  of  a  regular  college 
course?    Answer  in  the  same  detail  as  in  question  4. 

6.  Have  you  ever  pursued  a  course  of  study  at  a  theological 
seminary  ?  State  what  portion  of  such  course  of  study,  if  any, 
has  been  taken  by  you.  Have  you  ever  attended  what  is 
known  as  a  "  school  for  Christian  workers "  ?  If  so,  state 
name  of  school  and  the  time  during  which  you  were  in 
attendance. 

7.  When  and  where  were  you  ordained  or  licensed  to 
preach?     In  what  denomination  were  you  ordained? 

8.  Give  a  brief  history  of  the  pastoral  charges  which  you 
have  had  since  entering  the  ministry,  with  dates,  location  of 
church,  the  membership,  etc. 

9.  What  experience,  if  any,  have  you  had  as  a  teacher? 
Give  name  and  grade  or  character  of  schools  taught  by  you, 
with  length  of  service  as  a  teacher  in  each  case. 

10.  Have  you  ever  attended  a  normal  school?  Have  you  a 
teacher's  certificate  received  by  you  from  a  board  authorized 
to  give  such  certificate?  Please  submit  copies  of  such  certifi- 
cates in  answer  to  this  question.  iCir.24,  1908 — 1203905  A, 
M.  8.  O.) 

PBOMOTIONS. 

8.  Examinations  for  promotion  of  oflRcers. — 1.  Laws  and 
regulations  governing  the  examination  for  promotion  of  oflEi- 
cers  of  the  permanent  military  establishment  and  for  the 
reappointment  and  selection  for  promotion  of  officers  of 
Philippine  Scouts. 

LAWS. 

(a)  AN  ACT  To  provide  for  the  examination  of  certain  ofllcers  of  the 
Army  and  to  regulate  promotions  therein. 

Be  it  enacted  dy  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled,  That 
hereafter  promotion  to  every  grade  in  the  Army  below  the 
rank  of  brigadier  general,   throughout  each   arm,   corps,   or 


41 

department  of  the  service,  shall,  subject  to  the  examination 
hereinafter  provided  for,  be  made  according  to  seniority  in 
the  next  lower  grade  of  that  arm,  corps,  or  department: 
Provided,  That  in  the  line  of  the  Army  all  officers  now  above 
the  grade  of  second  lieutenant  shall,  subject  to  such  examina- 
tion, be  entitled  to  promotion  in  accordance  with  existing 
laws  and  regulations. 

Sec.  2.  That  officers  of  grades  in  each  arm  of  the  service 
shall  be  assigned  to  regiments  and  transferred  from  one  regi- 
ment to  another  as  the  interests  of  the  service  may  require, 
by  orders  from  the  War  Department,  and  hereafter  all  ap- 
pointments in  the  line  of  the  Army  shall  be  by  commission 
in  an  arm  of  the  service  and  not  by  commission  in  any 
particular  regiment. 

Sec.  3.  That  the  President  be,  and  he  is  hereby,  authorized 
to  prescribe  a  system  of  examination  of  all  officers  of  the 
Army  below  the  rank  of  major  to  determine  their  fitness  for 
promotion,  such  an  examination  to  be  conducted  at  such  times 
anterior  to  the  accruing  of  the  right  to  promotion  as  may  be 
best  for  the  interests  of  the  service :  Provided,  That  the  Presi- 
dent may  waive  the  examination  for  promotion  to  any  grade 
in  the  case  of  any  officer  who  in  pursuance  of  existing  law  has 
jiassed  a  satisfactory  examination  for  such  grade  prior  to 
the  passage  of  this  act:  And  provided.  That  if  any  officer 
fails  to  pass  a  satisfactory  examination  and  is  reported  unfit 
for  promotion  the  officer  next  below  him  in  rank,  having 
passed  said  examination,  shall  receive  the  promotion :  And 
provided.  That  should  the  officer  fail  in  his  physical  exami- 
nation and  be  found  incapacitated  for  service  by  reason  of 
physical  disability  contracted  in  line  of  duty  he  shall  be  re- 
tired with  the  rank  to  which  his  seniority  entitled  him  to  be 
promoted ;  but  if  he  should  fail  for  any  other  reason  he  shall 
be  suspended  from  promotion  for  one  year,  when  he  shall  be 
reexamined,  and  in  case  of  failure  on  such  reexamination  he 
shall  be  honorably  discharged  with  one  year's  pay  from  the 
Army:  And  provided  further.  That  the  examination  of  offi- 
cers appointed  in  the  Army  from  civil  life,  or  of  officers  who 
were  officers  of  volunteers  only,  or  were  officers  of  the  militia 
of  the  several  States  called  into  the  service  of  the  United 
States,  or  were  enlisted  men  in  the  regular  or  volunteer  serv- 
ice, either  in  the  Army,  Navy,  or  Marine  Corps,  during  the 
"War  of  the  Rebellion,  shall  be  conducted  by  boards  composed 


42 

entirely  of  officers  who  were  appointed  from  civil  life  or  of 
officers  wlio  were  officers  of  volunteers  only  during  said  war, 
and  such  examination  shall  relate  to  fitness  for  practical 
service  and  not  to  technical  and  scientific  knowledge;  and  in 
case  of  failure  of  any  such  officer  in  the  reexamination  here- 
inbefore provided  for  he  shall  be  placed  upon  the  retired  list 
of  the  Army ;  and  no  act  now  in  force  shall  be  so  construed  as 
to  limit  or  restrict  the  retirement  of  officers  as  herein  pro- 
vided for. 
Approved,  October  1,  1890. 

(6)  AN  ACT  Amending  the  act  of  October  first,  eighteen  hundred  and 
ninety,  entitled  "An  act  to  provide  for  the  examination  of  certain 
Officers  of  the  Army  and  to  regulate  promotion  therein." 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled,  That 
section  three  of  the  act  of  October  first,  eighteen  hundred  and 
ninety,  entitled  "An  act  to  provide  for  the  examination  of 
certain  officers  of  the  Army  and  to  regulate  promotions 
therein,"  is  hereby  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following: 
''And  provided  further,  That  officers  entitled  by  this  section 
to  examination  by  a  board  composed  entirely  of  officers  who 
were  appointed  from  civil  life,  or  who  were  officers  of  volun- 
teers only  during  the  war,  may,  by  written  waiver  filed  with 
the  War  Department,  relinquish  such  right,  in  which  case  the 
examination  of  such  officers  shall  be  conducted  by  boards  com- 
posed as  shall  be  directed  by  the  Secretary  of  War." 

Sec.  2.  That  the  examination  of  officers  of  the  Corps  of  En- 
gineers and  Ordnance  Department  who  were  officers  or  enlisted 
men  in  the  regular  or  volunteer  service,  either  in  the  Army, 
Navy,  or  the  Marine  Corps,  during  the  War  of  the  Rebellion, 
shall  be  conducted  by  boards  composed  in  the  same  manner 
as  for  the  examination  of  other  officers  of  their  respective 
corps  and  department ;  and  the  examination  shall  embrace  the 
same  subjects  prescribed  for  all  other  officers  of  similar 
grades  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers  and  Ordnance  Department, 
respectively. 

Approved,  July  27,  1892. 

(c)  AN  ACT  To  increase  the  efficiency  of  the  Medical  Department  of 
the  United  States  Army. 

Hf  *  Hf  *  its 

Sec.  5.  That  no  officer  of  the  Medical  Corps  below  the  rank 
of  lieutenant  colonel  shall  be  promoted  therein  until  he  shall 


43 

have  successfully  passed  an  examination  before  an  Army 
medical  board  consisting  of  not  less  than  three  officers  of  the 
Medical  Corps,  to  be  designated  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  such 
examination  to  be  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  War  and 
to  be  held  at  such  time  anterior  to  the  accruing  of  the  right 
to  promotion  as  may  be  for  the  best  interests  of  the  service : 
Provided,  That  should  any  officer  of  the  Medical  Corps  fail 
in  his  physical  examination  and  be  found  incapacitated  for 
service  by  reason  of  physical  disability  contracted  in  the  line 
of  duty,  he  shall  be  retired  with  the  rank  to  which  his  sen- 
iority entitled  him  to  be  promoted ;  but  if  he  should  be  found 
disqualified  for  promotion  for  any  other  reason  a  second 
examination  shall  not  be  allowed,  but  the  Secretary  of  War 
sliall  appoint  a  board  of  review  to  consist  of  three  officers  of 
the  Medical  Corps  superior  in  rank  to  the  officer  examined, 
none  of  whom  shall  have  served  as  a  member  of  the  board 
which  examined  him.  If  the  unfavorable  finding  of  the 
examining  board  is  concurred  in  by  the  board  of  review,  the 
officer  reported  disqualified  for  promotion  shall,  if  a  first 
lieutenant  or  captain,  be  honorably  discharged  from  the  serv- 
ice with  one  year's  pay;  and,  if  a  major,  shall  be  debarred 
from  promotion,  and  the  officer  next  in  rank  found  qualified 
shall  be  promoted  to  the  vacancy.  If  the  action  of  the 
examining  board  is  disapproved  by  the  board  of  review,  the 
officer  shall  be  considered  qualified  and  shall  be  promoted. 
*  «  «  *  * 

Approved,  April  23,  1908. 

id)  AN  ACT  Making  appropriation  for  the  support  of  the  Army  for 
the  fiscal  year  ending  June  thirtieth,  nineteen  hundred  and  ten, 

***** 
Provided,  That  any  major  of  the  Medical  Corps  on  the  ac- 
tive list  of  the  Army  who,  at  his  first  examination  for 
promotion  to  the  grade  of  lieutenant  colonel  in  said  corps, 
has  been  or  shall  hereafter  be  found  disqualified  for  such  pro- 
motion for  any  reason  other  than  physical  disability  incurred 
in  the  line  of  duty  shall  be  suspended  from  promotion  and 
his  right  thereto  shall  pass  successively  to  such  officers  next 
below  him  in  rank  in  said  corps  as  are  or  may  become  eligible 
to  promotion  under  existing  law  during  the  period  of  his 
suspension;  and  any  officer  suspended  from  promotion,  as 
hereinbefore  provided,  shall  be  reexamined  as  soon  as  prac- 
ticable after  the  expiration  of  one  year  from  the  date  of  the 


44 

completion  of  the  examination  that  resulted  in  his  suspen- 
sion; and  if  on  such  reexamination  he  is  found  qualified  for 
promotion,  he  shall  again  become  eligible  thereto;  but  if  he 
is  found  disqualified  by  reason  of  physical  disability  incurred 
in  line  of  duty,  he  shall  be  retired,  with  the  rank  to  which 
his  seniority  entitled  him  to  be  promoted;  and  if  he  is  not 
found  disqualified  by  reason  of  such  physical  disability,  but 
is  found  disqualified  for  promotion  for  any  other  reason,  he 
shall  be  retired  without  promotion. 

***** 
Approved,  March  3,  1909. 

(e)   AN  ACT  Fixing  the  status  of  the  Porto  Rico  Provisional  Regiment 
of  Infantry, 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of 
the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled,  That  on 
and  after  the  thirtieth  day  of  June,  nineteen  hundred  and 
eight,  the  Porto  Rico  Provisional  Regiment  of  Infantry  shall 
be  designated  the  Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry  of  the 
United  States  Army.     *     *     * 

Sec.  2.  That  the  field  officers  of  said  regiment  shall  be 
one  lieutenant  colonel  and  two  majors,  who  shall  be  detailed 
for  four  years  by  the  President  from  officers  not  below  the 
rank  of  captain  of  the  Array. 

Sec.  3.  That  the  present  captains  and  lieutenants  of  the 
Porto  Rico  Provisional  Regiment  of  Infantry  appointed  or 
who  were  reappointed  after  a  mental,  physical,  and  profes- 
sional examination,  may  be  recommmissioned  as  officers  of  the 
Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry, 

Sec.  4.  That  vacancies  in  the  grade  of  second  lieutenant 
may  be  filled  by  the  President  in  his  discretion  by  the  appoint- 
ment of  citizens  of  Porto  Rico  whose  qualifications  for  commis- 
sion shall  be  established  by  examination. 

Sec.  5.  That  promotions  to  the  grade  of  first  lieutenant  and 
captain  shall  be  according  to  seniority  within  the  regiment, 
subject  to  the  examination  provided  by  law.  All  appoint- 
ments and  promotions  herein  provided  for  shall  be  made  with 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate.  Officers  of  the  Porto 
Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry  shall  have  the  same  rank,  pay, 
rights,  and  allowances  provided  by  law  for  officers  of  similar 
rank  in  the  Army  of  the  United  States,  except  as  herein 
provided  with  regard  to  promotion.  Any  of  the  officers  pro- 
vided for  by  section  three  who  may  have  become  incapaci- 


45 

tated  for  active  service  by  reason  of  disability  incident  to 
tlie  service  shall  be  placed  upon  the  retired  list  with  the  rank 
to  which  they  would  otherwise  be  entitled. 

Sec.  6.  That  all  laws  or  parts  of  laws  inconsistent  with  the 
provisions  of  this  act  are  hereby  repealed. 

Approved,  May  27,  1908. 

if)    AN  ACT  To  increase  the  efficiency  of  the   permanent  military 
establishment  of  the  United  States. 

*  *  *  *  * 

Sec.  32.  That  when  the  exigencies  of  the  service  of  any 
officer  who  w^ould  be  entitled  to  promotion  upon  examination 
require  him  to  remain  absent  from  any  place  where  an  ex- 
amining board  could  be  convened,  the  President  is  hereby 
authorized  to  promote  such  officer,  subject  to  examination, 
and  the  examination  shall  take  place  as  soon  thereafter  as 
practicable.  If  upon  examination  the  officer  be  found  dis- 
qualified for  promotion,  he  shall,  upon  the  approval  of  the 
proceedings  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  be  treated  in  the  same 
manner  as  if  he  had  been  examined  prior  to  promotion. 

♦  *  *  *  * 
Sec.  36.  That  wlien  in  his  opinion  the  conditions   in   the 

Philippine  Islands  justify  such  action  the  President  is  author- 
ized to  enlist  natives  of  those  islands  for  service  in  the  Army, 
to  be  organized  as  scouts,  with  such  officers  as  he  shall  deem 
necessary  for  their  proper  control,  or  as  troops  or  companies, 
as  authorized  by  this  Act,  for  the  Regular  Army.  The  Presi- 
dent is  further  authorized,  in  his  discretion,  to  form  com- 
panies organized  as  are  companies  of  the  Regular  Army,  in 
squadrons  or  battalions,  with  officers  and  noncommissioned 
officers  corresponding  to  similar  organizations  in  the  Cavalry 
and  Infantry  arms.     *     *     * 

The  majors  to  command  the  squadrons  and  battalions  shall 
be  selected  by  the  President  from  captains  of  the  line  of  tlie 
Regular  Army,  and  wliile  so  serving  they  shall  have  the  rank, 
pay,  and  allowances  of  the  grade  of  major.  The  captains  of 
tlie  troops  or  companies  shall  be  selected  by  the  President 
from  first  lieutenants  of  the  line  of  the  Regular  Army,  and 
while  so  serving  they  shall  have  the  rank,  pay,  and  allowances 
of  captain  of  the  arm  to  which  assigned.  The  squadron 
and  battalion  staff  officers,  and  first  and  second  lieutenants 
of   companies,   may   be   selected   from   the   noncommissioned 


46 

officers  or  enlisted  men  of  the  Regular  Army  of  not  less  than 
two  years'  service,  or  from  officers  or  noncommissioned  officers 
or  enlisted  men  serving  or  who  have  served  in  the  volunteers 
subsequent  to  April  twenty-first,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety- 
eight,  and  officers  of  those  grades  shall  be  given  provisional 
appointments  for  periods  of  four  years  each,  and  no  such 
appointments  shall  be  continued  for  a  second  or  subsequent 
term  unless  the  officer's  conduct  shall  have  been  satisfactory 
in  every  respect.     *     *     * 

When,  in  the  opinion  of  the  President,  natives  of  the  Philip- 
pine Islands  shall,  by  their  services  and  character,  show  fit- 
ness for  command,  the  President  is  authorized  to  make  pro- 
visional appointments  to  the  grade  of  second  and  first  lieu- 
tenants from  such  natives,  who,  when  so  appointed,  shall  have 
the  pay  and  allowances  to  be  fixed  by  the  Secretary  of  War, 
not  exceeding  those  of  corresponding  grades  of  the  Regular 
Army. 

Approved,  February  2,  1901. 

iff)  AN  ACT  To  create  the  oflSce  of  captain  in  the  Philippine  Scouts. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled,  That 
the  office  of  captain  in  the  Philippine  Scouts  is  hereby  created 
as  a  grade  of  rank  in  the  military  establishment.  Such  cap- 
tains shall  be  selected  from  officers  of  the  grade  of  first  lieu- 
tenants in  said  scouts,  and  shall  be  given  provisional  appoint- 
ments for  periods  of  four  years  each,  and  no  such  appoint- 
ments shall  be  continued  for  a  second  or  subsequent  period 
unless  the  officers'  conduct  shall  have  been  satisfactory  in  every 
respect:  Provided,  That  the  number  of  officers  provisionally 
appointed  under  the  terms  of  this  Act  shall  not  at  any  time 
exceed  the  number  of  companies  of  said  native  troops  which 
may  be  formed  by  the  President  from  time  to  time  for  service 
in  the  Philippine  Islands. 

Approved,  May  16,  1908. 

{h)   AN  ACT  To  recognize  and  promote  the  efficiency  of  Army 
chaplains. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives 
of  the  United  States  of  America  w  Congress  assembled,  That 
hereafter  the  President  may,  from  time  to  time,  select  from 
among  the  chaplains  of  the  Army  any  chaplains  having  not 
less  than  ten  years'  service,  in  the  grade  of  captain,  who  shall 


47 

liave  been  commended  as  worthy  of  special  distinction  for  ex- 
ceptional efficiency  by  the  regimental  or  district  commanders 
with  whose  commands  they  may  be  serving  as  chaplains,  ap- 
proved through  regular  military  channels,  and  may,  with  the 
advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  promote  such  regimental  or 
Artillery  chaplains  to  be  chaplains  with  the  grade,  pay,  and 
allowances  of  major ;  every  such  promotion  being  made  with 
a  view  to  active  service  until  the  statutory  age  for  the  com- 
pulsory relinquishment  thereof,  except  in  cases  of  physical 
disability  incurred  in  the  line  of  duty:  Provided,  That  the 
total  number  in  active  service  so  promoted  shall  not  at  an,v 
time  exceed  fifteen,  *  *  * 
Approved,  April  21,  1904. 

Regulations. 

I. 

2.  The  following  regulations  under  the  foregoing  laws  are 
prescribed  by  the  President  for  the  examination  of  officers  of 
the  Regular  Army  and  of  the  Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry. 

EXAMINING   BOARDS. 

Canstitution. 

3.  Boards  for  the  examination  of  officers  of  the  several 
staff  corps  and  departments  and  of  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps 
Mill  be  convened  by  the  War  Department;  those  for  the 
examination  of  officers  of  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  and  Infan- 
try by  the  commanders  of  territorial  departments  of  tactical 
divisions  and  of  separate  brigades. 

4.  Boards  for  the  examination  of  officers  of  the  several 
staff  corps  and  departments  and  of  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps 
serving  within  the  continental  limits  of  the  United  States^ 
will  be  convened  at  the  following  places : 

Medical  Corps. — Washington,  D.  C,  and  Presidio  of  San 
Francisco,  Cal. 

Corps  of  Engineers. — New  York  City,  N.  Y.,  and  San  Fran- 
cisco, Cal. 

Signal  Corps. — Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans. 

Coast  Artillery  Corps. — Fort  Monroe,  Va.,  and  Presidio  of 
San  Francisco,  Cal. 

1  Includes  Alaska  and  the  Canal  Zone. 


48 

When  it  is  probable  that  the  time  for  the  examination  of 
an  officer  of  any  of  the  staff  corps  or  departments  or  of  an 
officer  of  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps  will  arrive  while  he  is 
serving  without  the  continental  limits  of  the  United  States 
he  will,  if  practicable,  be  examined  prior  to  his  departure  for 
such  service.  Should  it  become  necessary,  hovvever,  to  ex- 
amine him  while  on  such  tour  of  duty,  he  will  be  examined 
by  a  board  convened  in  the  territory  where  he  is  serving.  If, 
however,  it  be  impracticable  to  convene  such  board  because 
of  the  lack  of  officers  having  the  requisite  technical  knowl- 
edge, the  professional  examination  will  be  prepared  by  one  of 
the  boards  hereinbefore  authorized  and  will  be  sent  to  the 
commander  of  the  territorial  department,  tactical  division,  or 
separate  brigade  under  whom  the  officer  is  serving.  This  com- 
mander will  cause  the  examination  to  be  conducted  by  one  of 
the  permanent  boards  in  his  command,  but  the  professional 
part  will  be  conducted  in  writing  and  will  be  returned  to  the 
War  Department  unmarked,  with  the  board's  findings  and 
recommendations  in  other  respects,  as  directed  in  this  order. 
The  professional  examination  will,  when  received,  be  returned 
to  the  board  that  prepared  the  professional  part  and  will  be 
passed  upon  by  it.  The  recommendations  of  the  latter  board 
are  limited  to  the  matter  of  the  professional  examination.  In 
such  cases  both  boards  will  be  governed  by  the  provisions  of 
this  order  as  to  the  oaths  administered  and  challenges. 

5.  The  commander  of  each  territorial  department,  tactical 
division,  or  separate  brigade  will  convene  (when  necessary)  a 
l>ermanent  board  for  each  arm,  as  authorized  in  paragraph  3 
of  this  order,  at  the  most  suitable  place  within  his  command 
provided  with  the  necessary  troops  and  materiel.  He  will 
order  before  the  proper  board  such  officers  as  the  War  Depart- 
ment  may  direct,  subject  to  the  following  restrictions : 

(a)  Officers  of  the  line  (except  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers, 
of  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps,  and  of  the  Field  Artillery)  serv- 
ing in  the  Canal  Zone,  Panama,  will  be  examined  by  boards, 
permanent,  if  possible,  in  that  Zone. 

(&)  Officers  of  Field  Artillery  serving  within  the  conti- 
nental limits  of  the  United  States  will  be  examined  as  follows : 

Heavy,  Light,  and  Horse  Artillery  at  Fort  Sill,  Okla. ; 
Mountain  Artillery  at  Fort.  D.  A.  Russell,  Wyo.,  or  another 
place  where  a  battalion  of  Mounted  Artillery  may  be  serv- 
ing. 


49 

Officers  of  the  Field  Artillery  who  have  been  transferred 
within  a  year  from  organizations  equipped  with  materiel 
different  from  that  of  the  organization  with  which  they  are 
serving  at  the  date  of  examination  may,  at  their  own  request, 
take  the  examination  prescribed  for  officers  of  the  organization 
with  which  they  served  prior  to  the  date  of  transfer. 

(c)  Officers  of  the  Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry  (except 
the  field  officers)  will  be  examined  at  San  Juan,  P.  R. 

6.  When,  on  account  of  active  operations  in  the  field,  the 
occupation  of  foreign  territory,  or  other  cause,  officers  are  pre- 
vented from  appearing  before  examining  boards  convened 
as  hereinbefore  provided,  they  will  be  examined  as  the  War 
Department  may  direct,  or  they  may  be  promoted  subject  to 
examination  as  provided  in  section  32  of  the  act  of  Congress 
approved  February  2,  1901,  hereinbefore  quoted  (/). 

7.  So  far  as  practicable,  examining  boards  will  be  perma- 
nent, members  being  replaced  one  at  a  time  and  at  suflEicient 
intervals  apart  to  preserve  a  continuity  of  purpose  and  policy. 
They  will  be  convened  at  the  most  suitable  season  for  the 
work  in  hand  so  as  to  interfere  as  little  as  possible  with  the 
routine  work  of  the  Army.  When  a  board  is  first  convened  for 
the  year's  work,  it  will,  as  a  rule,  dispose  of  all  cases  that  are 
to  come  before  it  during  the  year,  officers  to  be  examined  being 
called  before  the  board  by  the  president  thereof  so  that  the 
business  of  the  board  may  proceed  with  thoroughness  and  dis- 
patch. 

Composition. 

8.  Except  for  the  examination  of  officers  of  the  Medical 
Corps,  an  examining  board  will  consist  of  five  officers,  two 
from  the  Medical  Corps,  selected  without  regard  to  rank,  and 
three,  senior  in  rank  to  the  officer  being  examined,  and,  when 
practicable,  chosen  from  the  corps,  department,  or  arm  (in 
the  Field  Artillery,  the  branch)  to  which  he  belongs.  The 
junior  of  these  three  will  be  the  recorder  of  the  board.  Ex- 
cept where  the  action  of  the  entire  board  is  required  by  this 
order,  the  medical  officers  will  participate  in  the  proceedings 
connected  with  the  physical  examination  only.  In  the  exam- 
ination of  chaplains,  one  member  of  the  board  will,  when 
practicable,  be  a  chaplain. 

9.  Boards  for  the  examination  of  officers  of  the  Medical 
Corps  will  consist  of  three  officers  of  that  corps  senior  in  rank 
to  the  officer  being  examined.    The  junior  will  act  as  recorder. 

40062°— 16 1 


50 

10.  Officers  detailed  as  members  of  examining  boards  will 
be  selected  with  special  reference  to  tlieir  fitness  for  such 
detail  and,  so  far  as  practicable,  will  be  continued  on  that 
duty  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  two  years.  When  engaged 
in  the  work  of  examination,  they  will  not,  as  a  rule,  be  re- 
quired to  perform  duties  that  will  interfere  with  their  proper 
functions  as  members  of  the  board.  Specially  qualified  officers 
may  be  directed  by  the  War  Department  to  report  to  com- 
manders of  departments,  of  tactical  divisions,  and  of  separate 
brigades  for  duty  on  examining  boards. 

11.  As  soon  as  practicable  after  January  1  of  each  year 
the  War  Department  will  furnish  commanders  of  territorial 
departments,  tactical  divisions,  and  separate  brigades  the 
names  of  officers  that  will  be  examined  by  boards  convened 
by  them  within  their  respective  commands  during  the  year. 
If  any  officer  so  named  is  not  serving  under  the  department, 
division,  or  separate  brigade  commander,  as  the  case  may 
be,  he  will  be  directed  by  the  War  Department  to  report  by 
letter  to  the  proper  commander  for  examination,  s 

Procedure. 

12.  An  examining  board  (including  medical  members)  hav- 
ing assembled  and  the  officer  to  be  examined  having  appeared 
before  it,  the  recorder  will  read  the  orders  convening  the 
board  and  directing  the  officer  to  report  for  examination. 
Members  may  then  be  challenged  for  cause,  the  relevancy  and 
validity  of  the  challenge  being  determined  by  the  full  board. 
If  the  number  of  members  be  reduced  by  challenge  or  other- 
wise, the  board  will  adjourn,  and  the  president  thereof  will 
report  tlie  facts  to  the  convening  authority  for  action.  In 
matters  of  challenge  and  where  the  introduction  of  testimony 
becomes  necessary,  officers  being  examined  may  employ  coun- 
sel if  they  so  desire. 

13.  The  right  of  challenge  having  been  accorded,  and  all 
the  members  being  present,  the  recorder,  in  the  presence  of 
the  officer  to  be  examined,  will  administer  the  following  oath 
to  the  members :  "  You  ( naming  the  members  other  than  him- 
self) do  swear  (or  affirm)  that  you  will  faithfully  and  im; 
partially  discharge  your  duties  as  members  of  this  board  in 
the  matter  now  before  you.  So  help  you  God."  The  president 
will  then  administer  the  following  oath  to  the  recorder :  "  You 
(naming  him)  do  swear  (or  affirm)  that  you  will  faithfully 


51 

and  impartially  discharge  your  duties  as  a  member  of  this 
board  in  the  matter  now  before  you,  and  that  you  will,  ac- 
cording to  your  best  ability,  accurately  and  impartially  record 
the  proceedings  of  this  board  and  the  evidence  to  be  given  in 
the  case  in  hearing.     So  help  you  God." 

In  case  of  affirmation,  the  closing  sentence  of  adjuration 
Will  be  omitted. 

14.  Should  anything  arise  during  the  examination  requiring 
the  introduction  of  evidence,  the  testimony  of  witnesses  will 
be  taken,  orally,  if  the  witnesses  are  immediately  available 
and  it  can  be  done  without  expense  to  the  Government, 
otherwise,  as  a  rule,  by  interrogatories  and  depositions  pre- 
pared in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  Manual 
for  Courts-Martial.  Should  it  become  necessary,  in  the  opin- 
ion of  the  board,  to  procure  the  oral  testimony  of  a  witness 
not  immediately  available,  the  facts  will  be  reported  to  the 
t?onvening  authority  for  action.  All  witnesses  examined 
orally  will  be  sworn  by  the  recorder,  the  oath  being  the  same 
as  that  administered  to  witnesses  in  trials  by  courts-martial. 
During  such  proceedings  the  officer  being  examined  will  be 
permitted  to  cross-examine  witnesses  and  to  submit  evidence 
in  his  own  behalf.  All  hearings  of  this  nature  will  be  con- 
ducted in  open  board  and  in  the  presence  of  the  officer  being 
examined.  The  conclusions  reached  and  the  recommendations 
made  in  each  case  will  be  regarded  as  confidential. 

15.  The  examination  of  an  officer  for  promotion  will  be 
conducted  in  the  following  order : 

(a)  As  to  physical  fitness  and  skill  in  horsemanship. 

(b)  As  to  general  efficiency. 

(c)  As  to  professional  fitness. 

Examination  as  to  physical  fitness  and  skill  in  horsemanship. 

16.  After  a  careful  consideration  of  the  medical  history 
referred  to  the  board  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  20  of  this 
order,  the  medical  officers  will  make  a  thorough  physical 
examination  of  the  officer  being  examined.  In  doubtful  cases 
they  will  be  guided  by  the  following  decision  of  the  Secretary 
of  War : 

"An  incurable  disease  or  injury,  or  a  disease  or  injury 
not  curable  within  a  reasonable  time,  either  of  which  is  of 
such  a  character  as  to  disqualify  an  officer  for  duty  on  the 
active  list,  constitutes  incapacity  for  service  under  tills  act 


62 

(act  of  Oct.  1,  1890).  If,  however,  a  disease  or  injury  be 
curable  within  a  reasonable  time,  the  officer  should  be  re- 
garded as  physically  qualified  for  promotion.  The  question 
as  to  the  curability  of  a  disease  or  injury  is  one  for  an  ex- 
amining board  to  determine  upon  the  advice  of  its  medical 
members.  If  a  board  be  unable  to  determine  such  question, 
it  should  recommend  that  the  officer  be  reexamined  after 
such  period  as,  in  its  opinion,  may  be  necessary  to  permit  a 
determination  to  be  reached." 

17.  On  the  conclusion  of  the  physical  examination,  the 
medical  officers  will  report  their  findings  in  writing  to  the 
board,  which  will  then  assemble  to  consider  and  act  thereon. 
All  questions  pertaining  to  the  physical  fitness  of  an  officer 
for  promotion  then  or  thereafter  arising  will  be  determined 
by  a  majority  vote  of  the  board  (including  the  medical 
members). 

18.  When  the  board  finds  an  officer  incapacitated  for  active 
service  by  reason  of  physical  disability,  the  examination,  ex- 
cept as  noted  in  this  paragraph,  will  cease  and  the  board  will, 
report  its  findings  (par.  30),  stating  in  full  the  cause  of  dis- 
ability and  whether  or  not  it  was  contracted  in  line  of  duty. 
Where  a  medical  officer  on  his  first  examination  for  promotion 
to  any  grade  is  found  physically  unfit  for  promotion  by  reason 
of  disability  not  contracted  in  line  of  duty,  the  examination 
will  be  completed. 

19.  If  the  board  finds  an  officer  physically  qualified  for 
active  service,  it  will  then  test  his  skill  in  horsemanship. 
Such  test,  under  the  supervision  of  at  least  one  member  of 
the  board,^  will  consist  in  his  riding  from  15  to  18  miles  in 
three  consecutive  hours,  and  for  officers  of  Cavalry  and  Field 
Artillery  of  such  additional  exercises  as  are  especially  appli- 
cable to  those  arms. 

If  during  such  test  an  officer  displays  excessive  fatigue  or 
appears  unduly  distressed,  the  examination  will  be  suspended, 
and  as  soon  thereafter  as  practicable  he  will  be  reexamined 
physically  by  the  medical  members.    If  he  is  then  found  physi- 

1  In  special  cases  the  War  Department  may  direct  this  portion  of 
the  test  to  be  supervised  by  an  officer  not  a  member  of  the  board  ; 
when  this  is  done  the  certificate  of  the  officer  detailed  will  be  for- 
warded to  the  board  and  will  be  evidence  of  the  proficiency  of  the 
officer  being  examined  or  of  the  necessity  for  the  board  to  proceed 
witb  the  additional  test. 


53 

cally   incapacitated,   the  board   will  proceed   as  provided   in 
paragraph  18  of  this  order. 

If  the  test  should  develop  no  physical  disability,  but  indi- 
cate deficiency  of  skill  in  horsemanship,  the  officer  will  then 
be  examined  by  the  full  board  (less  medical  officers)  in  re- 
gard thereto.  The  examination  in  this  case  will  consist  of  a 
series  of  exercises,  marked  by  the  board  as  explained  in  para- 
graph 24  of  this  order;  and  will  form  part  of  the  examination 
as  to  his  professional  fitness. 

Examination  as  to  general  etficiency. 

20.  Under  this  head  the  board  will  consider  (1)  the  use  an 
officer  has  made  of  his  opportunities,  (2)  his  ability  to  apply 
practically  his  professional  knowledge,  (3)  his  general  trust- 
worthiness and  ability  in  performance  of  his  official  duties, 
and  (4)  his  ability  to  command  troops  or  control  men.  To 
this  end,  when  an  officer  is  to  be  examined  for  promotion,  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  will  forward  to  the  board,  if 
it  is  convened  by  the  War  Department,  otherwise  to  the  con- 
vening officer  for  transmission  to  the  board,  all  papers  on  file 
in  his  office  (including  medical  history)  relating  to  the  officer's 
efficiency.  In  addition,  any  officer  under  whom  the  officer  to 
be  examined  has  served  will  forward  in  writing  directly  to 
the  board  any  information  in  his  possession  relating  to  the 
general  efficiency  of  the  said  officer  which  has  not  already 
been  reported  to  the  War  Department  in  time  to  reach  the 
board,  and  the  board  is  authorized  to  communicate  directly 
with  any  such  officer  in  regard  to  the  general  efficiency  of  the 
officer  being  examined.  Should  any  such  information  be  of  a 
disqualifying  nature,  the  board  will  furnish  a  copy  thereof  to 
the  officer  concerned  and  make  such  investigation  in  regard 
thereto  as  the  circumstances  warrant.  In  the  absence  of  com- 
petent evidence  to  the  contrary,  an  officer's  fitness  as  to  gen- 
eral efficiency  will  be  presumed.  The  report  of  the  board  will 
follow  the  form  prescribed  in  paragraph  30  of  this  or<ler,  and 
when  the  board  finds  an  officer  not  qualified  the  reasons  for 
such  finding  will  be  fully  stated  in  the  report. 

Examination  as  to  professional  fitness. 

21.  The  examination  of  an  officer  is  for  the  purpose  of 
testing  his  knowledge  of  the  duties  that  may  devolve  upon 
him  when  promoted.    It  will  be  in  no  sense  scholastic,  or  such 


54 

as  to  require  him  to  memorize  data  and  statistics  ordinarily 
found  in  reference  tables.  Practical  exercises  and  problems 
will  not  be  framed  so  as  to  require  a  knowledge  or  training 
greater  than  may  be  required  of  him  when  promoted  to  the 
next  higher  grade.  The  board  will  be  governed  by  the  spirit 
of  the  law,  which  is  to  ascertain  if  the  officer  being  examined 
is  fully  prepared  to  discharge  the  duties  that  may  come  with 
his  promotion,  and  not  whether  he  has  successfully  memorized 
the  rules  and  tenets  of  certain  texts.  In  judging  an  officer's 
professional  qualifications,  the  board  will  take  into  considera- 
tion his  age,  service,  and  the  duties  he  has  been  required  to 
perform. 

22.  The  character  of  the  examination  for  promotion  as  to 
professional  fitness  will  be  as  follows : 

(a)  Where  an  officer  has  been  declared  deficient  in  an  oral 
or  written  examination  on  any  subject  in  the  garrison  or 
service  schools,  and  an  examination  (oral  or  written)  on 
that  subject  is  required  by  this  order,  such  examination  will 
be  in  writing;  but  this  provision  will  apply  only  to  the  first 
examination  for  promotion  following  such  deficiency. 

(&)  In  all  other  cases  the  examination  will  be  oral,  practi- 
cal, or  written,  or  some  combination  of  these  as  indicated 
opposite  the  names  of  the  subjects.^ 

(c)  Should  an  officer  (other  than  of  the  Medical  Corps) 
fail  in  the  oral  examination  on  any  subject  as  required  by 
this  order,  he  will  be  reexamined  at  once  on  that  subject  in 
writing.  Should  an  officer  of  the  Medical  Corps  fail  to  make 
a  general  average  of  75  per  cent,  he  will  be  reexamined  at 
once  in  writing  on  all  subjects  of  the  oral  examination  per- 
taining to  his  grade. 

(d)  In  case  of  failure  in  the  practical  part  of  any  exam- 
ination, the  board  will  conduct  a  second  practical  test  of 
sufficient  scope  to  determine  beyond  doubt  the  officer's  knowl- 
edge of  the  subject. 

23.  The  board  will  prepare  in  writing  for  each  oral  and 
written  examination  such  questions  on  each  subject  as  may 
be  necessary  to  test  the  theoretical  knowledge  of  the  officer 
being  examined;  and,  similarly,  such  practical  exercises,  in- 
cluding problems,  appropriate  to  each  practical  examination 
as  may  be  necessary  to  test  his  ability  to  perform  the  duties 
of  the  office  to  which  he  may  be  promoted.     For  convenience 

1  See  par.  .^5,  ct  seq.  of  this  order. 


55 

in  calculating  percentages,  the  board  will  assign  to  each  ques- 
tion asked  and  to  each  exercise  or  problem  required  a  value 
which  will  be  entered  upon  the  margin  of  the  paper.  These 
values  nmst  total  100  or  some  multiple  thereof  in  each  lettered 
subject. 

24.  During  the  examination  only  such  questions  or  prac- 
tical work  will  be  given  the  officer  at  any  one  time  as  he  may 
be  able  to  answer  or  complete  before  a  recess  or  adjournment 
is  taken.  Each  member  of  the  board  will  note  his  estimate 
of  the  value  of  each  answer  given  and  of  each  exercise  com- 
pleted ;  the  mean  of  the  three  estimates  as  to  any  answer  or 
exercise  will  be  the  mark  of  the  board  for  that  particular 
answer  or  exercise.  From  the  marks  thus  determined  the 
percentage  made  in  each  subject  will  be  computed. 

25.  In  written  examinations  and  in  the  solutions  of  prob- 
lems involving  calculations  or  writing,  the  board  may  be  rep- 
resented by  one  member  until  the  officer  being  examined  sub- 
mits his  work.  When  original  research  is  permitted,  the  work 
may  be  done  without  supervision. 

26.  Commanding  officers  of  posts  where  boards  are  con- 
vened will  furnish,  upon  request,  such  available  troops  and 
materiel  as  may  be  required  in  the  execution  of  this  order. 
In  case  of  unfavorable  weather,  practical  exercises  may  be 
postponed  from  day  to  day  until  satisfactory  conditions  obtain. 

Standard  of  proficiency. 

27.  No  officer  will  be  recommended  by  the  board  as  quali- 
fied for  promotion  who  fails  to  pass  a  satisfactory  examina- 
tion as  to  his  physical  fitness,  general  efficiency,  and  profes- 
sional fitness.  For  the  examination  as  to  professional  fitness 
the  following  standards  are  required,  due  regard  being  paid 
to  the  provisions  of  paragraph  21  of  this  order:  For  all 
officers  except  those  of  the  Medical  Corps,  a  minimum  of  75 
per  cent  in  each  subject;  for  medical  officers,  a  minimum 
general  average  of  75  per  cent. 

Exemptions. 

28.  There  are  no  exemptions  from  examination  as  to  physi- 
cal fitness  and  skill  in  horsemanship,  as  to  general  efficiency, 
or  where  practical  drills  or  exercises  are  prescribed  involving 
the  actual  command  of  troops  or  the  conduct  of  tactical  rides 
or  walks.     Subject  to  these  provisions,  officers  are  exempt 


56 

from  the  oral,  written,  and  practical  examinations  as  to  their 
professional  fitness  for  promotion  to  the  next  higher  grade 
under  the  conditions  and  with  the  limitations  hereinafter  set 
forth. 

(a)  Officers  holding  certificates  of  proficiency  in  the  Gar- 
rison School  course: 

(1)  Those  who  receive  95  per  cent  or  more  on  the  review 
of  their  first  written  examination  in  any  subject — exempt  in 
that  subject  for  5  years  from  date  of  examination. 

(2)  Those  who  similarly  receive  90  per  cent  or  more — 
exempt  for  3i  years. 

(h)  Officers  who  have  pursued  satisfactorily  the  course  at 
the  following  service  schools :  * 

(1)  The  Mounted  Service  School — exempt  in  hippology. 
with  no  limitations  as  to  time. 

(2)  The  Engineer  School — exempt  for  4  years  in  all  sub- 
jects which  they  have  pursued  satisfactorily  at  that  school. 

(3)  The  Field  Engineer  School — exempt  for  4  years  in 
all  subjects  which  they  have  pursued  satisfactorily  at  that 
school. 

(4)  The  Army  Signal  School — exempt  for  4  years  in  all 
subjects  which  they  have  pursued  satisfactorily  at  that 
school. 

(5)  The  Army  School  of  the  Line — exempt  as  set  forth 
below  in  all  subjects,  including  military  law,  which  they 
have  pursued  satisfactorily  at  that  school. 

Honor  graduates,  6  years. 
Distinguished  graduates,  5  years. 
Other  graduates,  4  years. 

(6)  The  Coast  Artillery  School — exempt  as  set  forth  be- 
low in  all  subjects  which  they  have  pursued  satisfactorily 
at  that  school. 

Regular  course:  Honor  graduates,  6  years;   distinguished 
graduates,  5  years ;  other  graduates,  4  years. 
Advanced  course :  All  graduates,  6  years. 

(7)  The  Army  Staff  College^ — exempt  in  all  subjects,  in- 
cluding military  and  international  law,  which  they  have 
pursued  satisfactorily  at  that  college  or  at  the  Army  School 
of  the  Line,  6  years. 

1  The  exemptions  are  from  date  of  graduation. 

2  Graduates  of  the  Army  War  College  and  of  the  Army  Staff  Col- 
lege who  have  been  granted  Indefinite  exemptions  under  orders  issued 
prior  to  Apr.  25,  1912,  will  be  entitled  to  exemption  for  a  period 
of  6  years  from  Jan,   10,  1914, 


57 

(8)  The  Army  War  College^ — exempt  in  all  subjects  for  a 
period  of  6  years,  except  that  officers  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers 
shall  not  be  exempt  from  examination  in  military  engineering 
(permanent  fortifications)  and  civil  engineering. 

(9)  Officers  detailed  to  the  General  Staff  Corps  are  ex- 
empt in  all  subjects  during  detail,  and  for  four  years  from 
date  of  relief  from  detail  in  said  corps,  subject  to  the  pro- 
hibitions as  to  exemptions  contained  in  the  first  section  of 
this  paragraph. 

(c)  Officers  detailed  in  the  Ordnance  Department : 

(1)  Those  who  have  passed  satisfactory  examinations  for 
detail  in  that  department  in  the  grade  to  which  they  are  to 
be  promoted  in  the  line — exempt  in  all  subjects  during  the 
period  of  detail  in  that  department  and  for  three  years  after 
relief  from  such  detail. 

(2)  An  officer  is  exempt  from  examination  for  promotion  in 
any  particular  subject,  providing  that  within  the  preceding 
four  years  he  shall  have  passed  a  satisfactory  examination  in 
that  subject  for  detail  in  the  Ordnance  Department  and  shall 
have  been  detailed  to  fill  a  vacancy  in  that  department. 

Record. 

29.  The  board  will  prepare  a  separate  report  (one  copy)  on 
the  form  furnished  by  the  War  Department  for  each  officer 
examined.  Should  any  member  or  members  dissent  from  the 
opinion  of  the  board,  this  fact  and  the  reasons  therefor  will 
be  incorporated  in  the  record.  The  report  when  completed  will 
be  forwarded  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  the 
final  action  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  and  when  officers  have 
been  ordered  before  the  board  by  a  department  or  other  com- 
mander such  commander  will  be  notified  of  the  conclusion  of 
the  examination  in  each  case. 

30.  The  report  will  show : 

(a)  The  name,  rank,  and  organization  ol  the  officer  exam- 
ined, with  the  number  and  paragraph  of  the  order  directing 
him  to  report. 

(b)  The  name,  rank,  and  organization  of  each  member  of 
the  board,  with  the  number  and  paragraph  of  the  order  detail- 

1  Graduates  of  the  Army  War  College  and  of  the  Army  Staff  College 
who  have  been  granted  indefinite  exemptions  under  orders  issued  prior 
to  Apr.  25,  1912,  will  be  entitled  to  exemption  for  a  period  of  6  years 
from  Jan.  10,  1914. 


58 

ing  him,  and  whether  or  not  present.  Should  a  member  be 
excused  after  challenge,  this  fact,  with  the  name,  etc.,  of  his 
successor,  will  be  stated. 

(c)  The  date  of  assembling  of  the  board  and  the  appear- 
ance before  it  of  the  officer  to  be  examined. 

(d)  The  notification  to  the  officer  of  his  right  to  challenge, 
whether  or  not  such  right  was  exercised ;  the  name  of  the 
counsel,  if  any,  introduced  by  the  officer  being  examined ; 
and  the  decision  of  the  board  as  to  the  validity  of  each 
challenge. 

(e)  The  administering  of  the  oath  to  the  members  of  the 
board. 

(/)    (1)  For  officers  other  than  of  the  Medical  Corps. 

The  result  of  the  examination  as  to  the  officer's  physical 
fitness,  and  if  found  qualified  in  this  regard,  then  as  to  his 
general  efficiency  and  professional  fitness. 

(2)   For  officers  of  the  Medical  Corps. 

The  result  of  the  examination  as  to  the  officer's  physical 
fitness,  and  if  found  qualified  in  this  respect,  or  if  found 
disqualified  by  reason  of  disability  not  contracted  in  line  of 
duty,  then  as  to  his  general  efficiency  and  professional  fitness. 
An  exception  is  the  case  of  a  major  undergoing  reexamina- 
tion after  suspension,  where  the  record  will  be  as  provided  in 
(1)  above. 

(g)  The  dissent  of  any  member  or  members  and  the  reasons 
tlierefor. 

(h)  The  date  of  adjournment. 

(i)  The  signature  of  the  members.  All  members  will  sign 
the  proceedings  in  the  following  cases : 

(1)  Examination  of  a  medical  officer. 

(2)  When  an  officer  is  found  physically  unfit  for  promotion. 

(3)  When  the  right  of  challenge  was  exercised. 

In  all  other  cases  the  Medical  Corps  members  of  the  l)oard 
will  not  sign. 

31.  Oral  testimony  taken  during  the  exercise  of  the  right 
of  challenge  will  be  incorporated  in  the  body  of  the  record. 
Oral  testimony  taken  during  the  examination  as  to  general 
efficiency  will  be  recorded  and  appended  to  the  record.  It 
must  appear  that  each  witness  was  duly  sworn.  Depositions 
will  be  appended.  Reference  to  exhibits  will  be  made  in  the 
body  of  the  report. 


59 

32.  There  will  also  be  appended  to  the  record  a  copy  of  all 
questions  asked  during  the  examination  and  a  description  of 
each  practical  exercise  required.  In  written  examinations 
each  question  will  be  followed  by  the  answer. 

33.  Where  an  officer,  other  than  of  the  Medical  Corps,  is 
found  proficient  or  deficient  in  any  oral  or  practical  examina- 
tion, the  recorder  will  indicate  that  fact  by  the  word  "  Satis- 
factory "  or  "  Unsatisfactory  "  over  his  signature  on  the  proper 
exhibit.  A  similar  entry  will  be  made  in  case  of  an  officer 
found  deficient  in  any  subject  on  the  first  examination  but 
proficient  on  reexamination.  In  the  case  of  medical  offi- 
cers the  percentage  made  in  each  numbered  subject  will  be 
entered  on  the  proper  exhibit  in  lieu  of  the  word  "  Satis- 
factory "  or  "  Unsatisfactory."  Should  the  officer  be  found 
finally  deficient  in  one  or  more  of  the  professional  subjects 
(including  skill  in  horsemanship),  the  record  will  show  the 
marks  given  by  each  member  of  the  board  to  each  answer 
and  practical  exercise  pertaining  to  the  subject  or  subjects 
in  which  he  is  deficient  and,  in  addition  thereto,  a  sum- 
mary of  the  entire  examination,  showing  the  percentage  at- 
tained in  each  subject,  his  general  average,  and  any  facts 
bearing  markedly  on  his  general  efficiency. 

34.  The  procedure  prescribed  in  this  order  for  the  exami- 
nation of  officers  for  promotion  will  be  followed  in  the  re- 
examination of  officers  suspended  from  promotion  under  the 
third  proviso,  section  3,  of  the  acts  of  Congress  approved 
October  1,  1890,  hereinbefore  quoted  (a),  and  March  3,  1909, 
hereinbefore  quoted  (d). 

For  the  procedure  to  be  followed  in  the  case  of  officers  of 
the  Medical  Corps  failing  in  their  examination  for  promotion 
(except  majors  undergoing  reexamination  after  suspension), 
see  act  of  Congress  approved  April  23,  1908,  hereinbefore 
quoted  (c).  Boards  of  review  appointed  under  the  provisions 
of  this  act  will  review  the  entire  record  of  the  exami- 
nation. In  case  of  a  major  of  the  Medical  Corps  being  re- 
examined after  suspension  under  the  act  approved  March 
3,  1909,  hereinbefore  quoted  (d),  the  action  of  a  board  of 
review  is  not  required. 


60 

SUBJECTS   OF  THE   EXAMINATION   AS  TO   PROFESSIONAL 
FITNESS. 

35.    FOR   OFFICERS    OF   THE    MEDICAL   CORPS. 


First  lieutenant  to  captain. 

(a)  Medical  Department  Administration.  Oral.  Army 
Regulations,  so  far  as  they  relate  to  the  Medical  Department 
or  to  the  medical  officer  as  an  officer  of  the  Army ;  Manual  for 
the  Medical  Department;  Drill  Regulations  and  Outlines  of 
First  Aid  for  the  Hospital  Corps ;  Manual  for  Courts-Martial, 
so  far  as  it  relates  to  general  and  inferior  courts-martial. 

(6)  Hygiene,  General  and  Military.     Oral.^ 

(c)  Practice  of  Medicine,  including  tropical  diseases  and  re- 
cent progress  in  etiology,  pathology,  and  therapeutics.     OraV 

(d)  Surgery,  including  recent  progress  in  etiology,  pathol- 
ogy, therapeutics,  and  new  operative  procedures.     OraV 

Captain  to  major. 

(e)  Organization  and  Administration  of  Medical  Service  in 
War.  Oral.  Army  Regulations;  Field  Service  Regulations, 
omitting  Appendices  Nos.  1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The  appendices 
omitted,  except  Appendix  No.  6^  are  for  reference  only ;  in  an 
examination  requiring  the  use  of  data  contained  in  any  of 
them,  either  the  textbook  or  the  appropriate  data  will  be  fur- 
nished. The  subject  matter  contained  in  Appendix  No.  6  is 
also  contained  in  Rules  of  Land  Warfare)  ;  Rules  of  Land 
Warfare ;  Manual  for  the  Medical  Department ;  Medical  Serv- 
ice in  Campaign  (Straub)  ;  A  study  in  Troop  Leading  and 
Management  of  the  Sanitary  Service  in  War  (Morrison  and 
Munson)  ;  The  Principles  of  Sanitary  Tactics  (Munson)  ; 
Manual  of  Courts-Martial ;  International  Agreements  Control- 
ling Medical  Administration  in  Campaign  (Manual  for  the 
Medical  Department,  purs.  802,  803). 

(/)  Recent  Progress  (last  decade)  in  Medicine,  Surgery, 
and  Hygiene.  Oral.  Such  books,  periodicals,  and  journals  as 
have  been  or  may  be  issued  from  time  to  time  by  the  Medical 
Department. 

1  Such  books,  periodicals,  and  journals  as  have  been  or  may  l)e 
issued  from  time  to  time  by  the  Medical  Department. 


61 

(g)  If  desired  by  the  candidate,  an  examination  in  one  of 
tlie  following  optional  subjects.     Oral. 

(1)  State  medicine,  including  municipal  sanitation,  pre- 
ventive medicine,  the  epidemiology  of  diseases,  and  hospital 
and  barrack  construction. 

(2)  Operative  general  surgery. 

(3)  Bacteriology  (including  the  preparation  and  use  of  sera 
and  vaccines)  ;  the  zoology  of  human  parasites  and  suctorial 
insects;  clinical  microscopy  and  pathology. 

(4)  Ophthalmology,  otology,  laryngology,  and  rhinology. 

(5)  Psychiatry  and  nervous  diseases. 

(6)  Gynecology,  midwifery,  and  pediatrics. 

(7)  The  purchase,  storage,  and  issue  of  medical  supplies; 
the  practical  testing  of  the  quality  of  drugs  and  other  sup- 
plies; money  disbursements;  reports  and  returns  and  admin- 
istrative methods  of  supply  depots  in  peace  and  war. 

The  subject  will  be  selected  by  the  candidate,  and  the  ex- 
amination will,  so  far  as  possible,  test  his  practical  and  theo- 
retical knowledge  of  that  subject.  If  an  optional  subject  is 
selected,  it  will  be  given  a  value  equal  to  that  assigned  to 
each  of  the  preceding  numbered  subjects.  Upon  the  receipt  of 
an  order  to  report  for  examination  for  promotion  to  the  grade 
of  major,  the  candidate  will  at  once  inform  the  Surgeon  Gen- 
eral, in  writing,  of  the  optional  subject,  if  any,  selected  for 
examination. 

Major  to  lieutenant  colonel. 

(h)  General  and  military  hygiene,  including  epidemiology 
of  infectious  diseases,  quarantine,  and  other  applications  of 
sanitary  science  and  preventive  medicine ;  demography,  so  far 
as  it  relates  to  the  vital  statistics  of  armies.    Oral. 

Such  books,  periodicals,  and  journals  as  have  been  or  may 
be  issued  from  time  to  time  by  the  Medical  Department. 

(i)  Medico-Military  Administration.    Oral  and  written. 

Oral.  Duties  of  chief  surgeons — ^Army  Regulations,  Field 
Service  Regulations,  omitting  Appendices  Nos.  1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and 
8.  (The  appendices  omitted,  except  Appendix  No.  6,  are  for 
reference  only ;  in  an  examination  requiring  the  use  of  data 
contained  in  any  of  them,  either  the  textbook  or  the  appro- 
priate data  will  be  furnished.  The  subject  matter  contained 
in  Appendix  No.  6  is  also  contained  in  Rules  of  Land  War- 
fare) ;  Rules  of  LaiiU  Warfare;  Manual  for  the  Medical  De- 


62 

partment,  and  such  books,  periodicals,  and  journals  bearing 
upon  the  subject  as  may  have  been  or  may  be  issued  from  time 
to  time  by  the  Medical  Department. 

Written.  Medico-Military  Problem.  This  problem  will  be 
drawn  so  as  to  test  the  ability  of  the  candidate  to  apply  his 
knowledge  in  the  practical  solution  of  questions  of  organiza- 
tion, supply,  sanitary  precautions,  etc.,  which  may  confront 
the  chief  surgeon  of  an  independent  command  at  home  or 
abroad  in  time  of  war.  The  candidate  will  be  permitted  to 
consult  books,  maps,  and  other  sources  of  information  under 
such  limitations  as  the  board  may  impose. 

(j)  If  desired  by  the  candidate,  an  examination  in  one  of  the 
optional  subjects  listed  in  the  examination  for  captains. 

Oral.  The  subject  will  be  selected  by  the  candidate,  and  the 
examination  will,  so  far  as  possible,  test  his  practical  and 
theoretical  knowledge  of  that  subject.  ,If  an  optional  subject 
is  selected,  it  will  be  given  a  value  equal  to  that  assigned  to 
each  of  the  preceding  lettered  subjects.  Upon  the  receipt  of 
an  order  to  report  for  examination  for  promotion  to  the  grade 
of  lieutenant  colonel,  the  candidate  will  at  once  inform  the 
Surgeon  General,  in  writing,  of  the  optional  subject,  if  any, 
selected  for  examination. 

36.    FOB  OFFICEKS   OF  THE  CORPS   OF  ENGINEERS. 
SUBJECTS, 

Second  lieutenant  to  first  lieutenant. 

(a)  Field  Service  Regulations.  Oral.  Field  Service  Regu- 
lations, omitting  Appendices  Nos.  1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The 
appendices  omitted,  except  Appendix  No.  6,  are  for  reference 
only;  in  an  examination  requiring  the  use  of  data  contained 
in  any  of  them  either  the  textbook  or  the  appropriate  data 
will  be  furnished.) 

(&)  Administration.  Oral.  So  much  of  Army  Regulations, 
War  Department  orders,  staff  department  manuals,  and  notes 
on  blank  forms  as  pertain  to  company  administration. 

(c)  Drill  Regulations.  Oral.  Infantry  Drill  Regulations — 
Part  I,  omitting  schools  of  the  battalion,  regiment,  and 
brigade ;  Part  II ;  Part  IV,  company  inspection  only ;  Part  V, 
manuals  of  the  saber  and  of  tent  pitching  only. 


63 

(d)  Military  law.  Oral.  A  Treatise  on  the  Military  Law  of 
the  United  States  (Davis),  Chapters  I  to  XII,  inclusive,  and 
XV ;  Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

(e)  Military  hygiene.  Oral.  Elements  of  Military  Hygiene 
(Ashburn). 

(/)  Military  engineering.     Oral. 

(1)  Field  engineering,  based  upon  the  texts  used  at  the  Mili- 
tary Academy,  The  Engineer  Field  Manual,  and  the  I'onton 
Manual. 

(2)  Permanent  fortifications,  based  upon  the  texts  used  at 
the  Military  Academy. 

(g)  Civil  engineering.  Oral.  Based  upon  the  texts  used  at 
the  Military  Academy,  or  in  his  entrance  examination,  and 
upon  the  general  principles  and  practice  involved  in  the  pub- 
lic works  with  which  the  officer  shall  have  come  in  contact  on 
duty  during  his  period  of  service. 

(h)  Electrical  engineering.  Oral.  Elements  of  Electrical 
Engineering,  Direct  and  Alternating  CuiTent  (Franklin  and 
Esty). 

First  lieutenant  to  captain. 

(i)  Field  Service  Regulations.  Oral.  Field  Service  Regu- 
lations, omitting  appendices  Nos.  1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The 
appendices  omitted,  except  Appendix  No.  6,  are  for  reference 
only ;  in  an  examination  requiring  the  use  of  data  contained  in 
any  of  them,  either  the  textbook  or  the  appropriate  data  will 
be  furnished.  The  subject  matter  contained  in  Appendix  No.  6 
is  also  contained  in  Rules  of  Land  Warfare)  ;  Rules  of  Land 
Warfare. 

(;)  Administration.  Oral.  Army  Regulations  relating  spe- 
cifically to  the  duties  of  engineer  officers  and  troops ;  Regula- 
tions and  Digest  of  Orders  and  Circulars,  Office  of  the  Chief 
of  Engineers. 

(k)  Drill  Regulations  and  Military  History.    Oral. 

(1)  Infantry  Drill  Regulations — Part  I  to  include  the  school 
of  the  battalion ;  Part  II. 

(2)  Campaigns  treated  in  texts  used  at  the  Military 
Academy. 

(1)  Military  law.  Oral.  A  Treatise  on  the  Military  Law 
of  the  United  States  (Davis),  Chapters  XIII  to  XIX,  inclusive. 

(m)  Technical  paper.  Written.  The  officer  to  prepare  in 
advance  and  submit  at  the  time  of  his  examination  a  techni- 


64 

cal  paper  of  not  less  than  5,000  words  upon  a  subject  (selected 
by  tbe  examining  board)  witbin  the  scope  of  this  examination. 
That  ample  time  may  be  available,  selection  will  be  made  as 
nearly  as  practicable  one  year  in  advance  of  the  prospective 
examination.  In  making  the  selection,  the  board  will  be 
guided  by  the  special  spheres  of  activity  of  the  officer  con- 
cerned and  will  consult  him  with  a  view  to  selecting  a  subject 
upon  which  he  should  be  able  to  prepare  an  original  discus- 
sion or  report  of  value,  such  as  will  constitute  a  useful  con- 
tribution to  engineering  literature.  These  papers  will  be 
available  for  publication  by  the  Engineer  Department  and, 
when  applicable,  for  use  as  text. 
(n)  Military  engineering.     Oral. 

(1)  Field  Engineering,  based  upon  texts  used  at  the  Field 
Engineer  School  and  upon  the  Engineer  Field  Manual. 

(2)  Permanent  Fortifications  and  Development  of  Art  of 
Fortifications,  based  upon  the  texts  used  at  the  Engineer 
School. 

(0)  Civil    engineering.      Oral. 

(1)  Surveying,  based  upon  the  texts  used  at  the  Engineer 
School  and  upon  the  practice  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers. 

(2)  General  construction,  based  upon  the  texts  used  at  the 
Engineer  School. 

(3)  River  and  harbor  improvement,  based  upon  the  texts 
used  at  the  Engineer  School  and  upon  the  general  principles 
involved  in  the  public  works  with  which  the  officer  shall  have 
come  in  contact  on  duty  during  his  period  of  service. 

(p)  Electrical  and  mechanical  engineering.  Oral.  Based 
upon  the  texts  used  at  the  Engineer  School. 

Captain  to  major. 

,  (q)  Field  Service  Regulations.  Oral.  Field  Service  Regu- 
lations, omitting  appendices  Nos.  1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The 
appendices  omitted,  except  Appendix  No.  6,  are  for  reference 
only ;  in  an  examination  requiring  the  use  of  data  contained 
in  any  of  them,  either  the  textbook  or  the  appropriate  data 
will  be  furnished.) 

(r)  Administration.  Oral.  Regulations  and  Digest  of 
Orders  and  Circulars,  Office  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers. 

(s)  The  art  of  war  and  military  policy  of  the  United 
States.  Oral.  Based  upon  the  Elements  of  Strategy  (Fie- 
beger).  Conduct  of  War  (Von  der  Goltz),  and  American  Cam- 


65 

paigns  (Steele),  general  lessons  from  Franco-Prussian,*Turko- 
Russian,  and  Russo-Japanese  Wars;  Upton's  Military  Policy 
of  the  United  States,  pages  vii  to  xv,  1  to  67,  107  to  142,  195 
to  222,  225  to  268,  and  402  to  443,  omitting  tables  of  statistics 
and  the  details  of  military  and  naval  operations. 

(t)  International  law.  Oral.  Elements  of  International 
Law  (Davis),  Chapters  I  to  IV,  inclusive,  IX,  X,  XII  to  XIV, 
inclusive;   Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 

(u)  Technical  paper.  Written.  The  officer  to  prepare  in 
advance  and  submit  at  the  time  of  his  examination  a  technical 
paper  of  not  less  than  10,000  words  upon  a  subject  (selected 
by  the  examining  board )  within  the  scope  of  this  examination. 
That  ample  time  may  be  available,  selection  will  be  made 
as  nearly  as  practicable  one  year  in  advance  of  the  prospective 
examination.  In  making  the  selection  the  board  will  be 
guided  by  the  special  spheres  of  activity  of  the  officer  con- 
cerned ;  and  will  consult  him  with  a  view  to  selecting  a  subject 
upon  which  he  should  be  able  to  prepare  an  original  discussion 
or  report  of  value,  such  as  will  constitute  a  useful  contribution 
to  engineering  literature.  These  papers  will  be  available  for 
publication  by  the  Engineer  Department  and,  when  applicable, 
for  use  as  text. 

(v)  Civil  engineering.     Oral. 

.(1)  Surveying  and  field  astronomy,  based  upon  the  texts 
used  at  the  Engineer  School,  and  upon  the  practice  of  the 
Corps  of  Engineers. 

(2)  General  construction,  based  upon  the  texts  used  at  the 
Engineer  School,  current  engineering  periodicals  and  publi- 
cations, and  upon  the  best  practice  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers 
in  public  works. 

(3)  River  and  harbor  improvement,  based  upon  the  texts 
used  at  the  Engineer  School,  current  engineering  periodicals 
and  publications,  and  upon  the  best  practice  of  the  Corps  of 
Engineers  in  all  classes  of  improvements. 

(w)  Electrical  and  mechanical  engineering.  Oral.  Based 
upon  the  texts  used  at  the  Engineer  School,  and  upon  the 
practice  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers  in  fortifications  and  public 
works. 

II.  In  applying  this  order,  engineer  examining  boards  for 
promotion  will  consider  paragraphs  36  (/),  36  (j),  and  S6  (n) 
as  separated  into  two  parts,  each  of  which  shall  constitute  a 
separate  and  distinct  subject  of  examination  as  follows : 
40062"— 16 5 


66 

36  (/).  Military  engineering.  Oral.  Field  engineering, 
based  upon  the  texts  used  at  the  Military  Academy,  the  Engi- 
neer Field  Manual,  and  the  Ponton  Manual. 

36  (f).  Military  engineering.  Oral.  Permanent  fortifica- 
tions, based  upon  the  texts  used  at  the  Military  Academy. 

36  (;■).  Administration.  Oral.  Army  Regulations  relating 
specifically  to  the  duties  of  Engineer  officers  and  troops. 

36  (;^).  Administration.  Oral..  Regulations  and  Digest  of 
Orders  and  Circulars,  Office  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers. 

36  (n).  Military  engineering.  Oral.  Field  engineering, 
based  upon  texts  used  at  the  Field  Engineer  School,  and  upon 
the  Engineer  Field  Manual. 

36  (n^).  Military  engineering.  Oral.  Permanent  fortifica- 
tions and  development  of  art  of  fortification,  based  upon  the 
texts  used  at  the  Engineer  School. 

37.    FOR   OFFICERS    OF    THE    SIGNAL    CORPS. 

SUBJECTS.  ' 

Captain  to  major. 

(a)  Field  Service  Regulations.  Oral.  Field  Service  Regu- 
lations, Part  I ;  Part  II,  Articles  I,  II,  III,  and  IV. 

(&)  Administration.  Oral.  Army  Regulations  so  far  as 
they  relate  to  the  duties,  administration,  and  personnel  of  the 
Signal  Corps ;  Signal  Corps  Manuals  Nos.  2,  7,  and  8. 

(c)  Signal  troops  in  campaign.  Oral.  Drill  Regulations 
for  Field  Companies  of  the  Signal  Corps ;  Bulletins  issued  by 
the  Signal  Corps  on  this  subject. 

(d)  International  law.  Oral.  Elements  of  International 
Law  (Davis),  Chapters  I  to  IV,  inclusive,  IX,  X,  XII  to  XIV, 
inclusive;  Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 

(e)  Visual  signaling.     Oral  and  practical. 
Oral.     Signal  Corps  Manual  No.  6. 

Practical.  A  test  of  the  officer's  ability  to  send  and  receive 
messages. 

(./)  Power.     Oral. 

(1)  Electricity — Signal  Corps  Manual  No.  3;  Lessons  in 
Practical  Electricity  (Swoope). 

(2)  Steam  Boilers  and  Engines — A  Textbook  on  Mechanical 
and  Electrical  Engineering  (International  Correspondence 
Schools  of  Scranton,  Pa.). 


67 

(3)  Gas  and  Oil  ICngines — Principles  of  Gas  Engines,  Car- 
bureters, Electric  Ignition  Devices  (International  Corre- 
spondence Schools  of  Scranton,  Pa.,  Pamphlet). 

{g)  Telegraphy  and  telephony  (including  wireless).  Oral. 
Signal  Corps  Manual  No.  3;  American  Telegraphy  (Maver)  ; 
I*rinciples  of  Wireless  Telegraphy  (Pierce). 

(7i)  Military  aeronautics  (aerostation  and  aviation).  Oral. 
Signal  Corps  Bulletins  Nos.  9  and  10,  and  any  subsequent  bul- 
l(^tins  relating  to  the  subject. 

(t)  Communications  and  Fire  Control  for  Field  and  Sea- 
coast  Artillery.  Oral.  Signal  Corps  Manual  No.  8  and  Cir- 
cular No.  4,  Signal  Office,  War  Department,  1910. 

(;)  Photography  and  topography.     Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  The  A  B  C  of  Photography  (Clute)  ;  Map  reproduc- 
tions under  field  conditions — Engineer  Field  Manual,  pp.  60  t© 
62,  inclusive. 

Practical.  Practical  tests  in  map  reading  and  sketching — 
Military  Topography  (Sherrill). 

38.    FOR  CHAPLAINS. 


First  lieutenant  to  captain. 

{a)  Administration.  Oral.  So  much  of  Army  Regulations 
and  of  General  Orders  of  the  War  Department  as  relate  to 
the  duties  of  chaplains. 

(&)  Military  law.  Oral.  A  treatise  on  the  Military  Law 
of  the  United  States  (Davis),  omitting  appendices;  Manual 
for  Courts-lNIartial. 

(c)  International  law.  Oral.  Elements  of  International 
Law  (Davis)  ;  Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 

{d)  Essay.  Written.  An  essay  of  not  less  than  8,000  words 
upon  the  work  of  a  chaplain  in  the  military  service  and  the 
methods  by  which  it  may  best  be  accomplished. 

Captain  to  major. 

Chaplains  of  the  grade  of  captain  may  be  promoted  by  the 
President  to  the  grade  of  major  (selection)  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  of  the  act  of  Congress  approved  April  21,  1904, 
hereinbefore  quoted  {h).    No  Special  examination  is  required. 


68 

3  0.    FOR    OFFICERS    OF    CAVALRY    AND    INFANTRY     (INCLUDING    THE 
PORTO    RICO    REGIMENT    OF    INFANTRY). 

SUBJECTS. 

Second  lieutenant  to  first  lieutenant. 

{a)  Field  Service  Regulations.     Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Field  Service  Regulations,  omitting  Appendices  Nos. 
1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The  appendices  omitted,  except  Appendix 
No.  6  are  for  reference  only ;  in  an  examination  requiring  the 
use  of  data  contained  in  any  of  them,  either  the  textbook  or 
the  appropriate  data  will  be  furnished. ) 

Practical.  Terrain  exercise  involving  command  of  a  body  of 
troops  not  greater  than  a  company  at  war  strength  acting 
alone  or  as  part  of  a  larger  force. 

(&)  Administration.  Written.  Preparation  of  the  ordinary 
returns,  rolls,  requisitions,  and  other  papers  with  which  an 
officer  must  be  familiar  in  order  to  perform  the  duties  of  a 
battalion  adjutant,  quartermaster,  and  commissary  in  post 
and  in  the  field.  The  officer  will  be  furnished  the  necessary 
blank  forms  and  be  permitted  to  consult  the  following :  Army 
Regulations,  manuals  for  the  staff  departments,  War  Depart- 
ment General  Orders,  notes  on  blank  forms.  Circular  7,  Q.  M. 
G.  O.,  1909,  and  Circular  9,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1910. 

(c)   Drill  Regulations.    Oral  and  practical. 

(1)  For  Cavalry:  Oral.  Cavalry  Drill  Regulations — defini- 
tions, signals,  general  principles,  school  of  the  soldier,  school 
of  the  trooper,  school  of  the  troop,  employment  of  Cavalry,  sta- 
ble duty,  troop  inspection,  tent  pitching.  Practical.  The  offi- 
cer to  demonstrate  his  ability  (a)  to  instruct  and  drill  a  pla- 
toon or  troop  of  his  arm  at  war  strength;  (5)  to  command  a 
platoon  or  troop  of  his  arm  at  war  strength,  acting  alone  or 
as  part  of  a  larger  force,  in  a  combat  exercise. 

(2)  For  Infantry :  Oral.  Infantry  Drill  Regulations — Part 
I,  omitting  paragraphs  263  to  289  and  327  to  341,  inclusive ; 
Part  II ;  Part  IV,  company  inspection  only ;  Part  V,  manuals 
of  the  saber  and  of  tent  pitching  only.  Practical.  The  officer 
to  demonstrate  his  ability  (a)  to  instruct  and  drill  a  platoon 
or  company  at  war  strength;  (b)  to  command  a  platoon  or 
company  at  war  strength,  acting  alone  or  as  part  of  a  larger 
force,  in  a  combat  exercise. 


69 

(d)  Small-arms  firing.    Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Small-Arms  Firing  Manual,  omitting  special  courses, 
targets,  and  ranges,  competitions,  and,  for  Infantry  officers, 
the  mounted  pistol  course. 

Practical.  The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability  to  command 
a  platoon  at  war  strength  in  a  problem  in  field  firing  with  ball 
cartridges,  based  upon  the  principles  of  Small-Arms  Firing 
Manual  and  the  drill  regulations  of  the  arm  of  service  to 
which  the  officer  belongs.  The  expenditure  of  40  rounds  of 
ammunition  (ball  cartridges)  for  each  soldier  participating  iu 
the  problem  is  hereby  authorized. 

(e)  Minor  tactics.    Written  and  practical. 

Written.  The  officer  to  solve  a  map  problem  requiring  an 
estimate  of  the  situation  and  the  writing  of  appropriate  orders 
to  carry  out  his  decision  as  commanding  oflicer  of  a  company 
at  war  strength  acting  alone  or  as  part  of  a  larger  force. 

Practical.  The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability  to  command 
a  company  at  war  strength,  acting  alone  or  as  part  of  a  larger 
force,  in  a  field  exercise:  Based  upon  Field  Service  Regula- 
tions; Tactical  Principles  and  Problems  (Hanna)  ;  Parts  II 
and  III  of  the  Infantry  Drill  Regulations  for  Infantry  officers, 
and  for  Cavalry  officers  the  corresponding  features  of  the 
drill  regulations  of  that  arm. 

(/)  Military  law.  Oral.  A  treatise  on  the  Military  Law  of 
the  United  States  (Davis),  Chapters  I  to  XII,  inclusive,  and 
XV ;  Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

(g)  Military  field  engineering.  Oral.  Manual  of  Military 
Field  Engineering  (Beach),  omitting  Chapter  XIV. 

(h)  Military  hygiene.  Oral.  Elements  of  Military  Hygiene^ 
(Ashburn). 

(i)  Hippology  (Cavalry  only).  Oral.  The  Army  Horse  in 
Accident  and  Disease  (War  Department)  ;  Horses,  Saddles, 
and  Bridles  (Carter),  Chapters  III,  IV,  VIII,  XV,  and  XVI. 

(j)  Military  topography.  Practical.  The  officer  to  make  t\ 
topographical  reconnaissance  requiring  either  a  road  or  posi- 
tion sketch  and  a  written  report  of  the  same — Military  Topog- 
raphy (Sherrill,  Part  III). 

First  lieutenant  to  captain. 

(k)  Field  Service  Regulations.     Oral  and  practical. 
Oral.  Field  Service  Regulations  omitting  Appendices  Nos. 
1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.     (The  appendices  omitted,  except  Appendix 


70 

No.  6,  are  for  reference  only ;  in  an  examination  requiring  the 
use  of  data  contained  in  any  one  of  tliem,  eitlier  the  textbook 
or  tlie  appropriate  data  will  be  furnished.  The  subject  mat- 
ter contained  in  Appendix  No.  6  is  also  contained  in  Rules  of 
Land  Warfare)  ;  Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 

Practical,  Terrain  exercise  involving  the  command  of  a 
company  at  war  strength  acting  alone  or  as  part  of  a  larger 
force. 

(0  Administration.  Written.  Preparation  of  the  ordinary 
returns,  rolls,  requisitions,  and  other  papers  Avith  which  an 
officer  must  be  familiar  in  order  to  perform  the  duties  of  a 
troop  or  company  commander,  and  of  an  adjutant,  quarter- 
master and  commissary  of  a  post,  and  of  a  regiment  in  the 
field.  The  officer  will  be  furnished  the  necessary  blank  forms, 
and  be  permitted  to  consult  the  following :  Army  Regulations, 
manuals  for  the  staff  departments.  War  Department  General 
Orders,  notes  on  blank  forms.  Circular  7,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1909,  and 
Circular  9,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1910. 

(m)  Drill  regulations.     Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  The  Drill  Regulations  of  the  arm  of  service  to  which 
the  officer  belongs. 

Practical.    The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability — 

(1)  To  instruct  and  drill  a  company  or  troop  at  war 
strength. 

(2)  To  command  a  company  or  troop  at  war  strength,  acting 
alone  or  as  part  of  a  larger  force  in  a  combat  exercise. 

{n)   Small-arms  firing.    Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Small-Arms  Firing  Manual,  omitting  special  courses, 
and  for  Infantry  officers  the  mounted  pistol  course. 

Practical.  The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability  to  command 
a  company  or  troop  at  war  strength  in  a  problem  in  field  fir- 
ing with  ball  cartridges,  based  upon  the  principles  of  Small- 
Arms  Firing  Manual  and  the  drill  regulations  of  the  arm  of 
the  service  to  which  the  officer  belongs.  The  expenditure  of 
40  rounds  of  ammunition  (ball  cartridges)  for  each  soldier 
participating  in  the  problem  is  hereby  authorized. 

(o)  Minor  tactics.    Written  and  practical. 

Written.  The  officer  to  solve  a  map  problem  requiring  an 
estimate  of  the  situation  and  the  writing  of  appropriate  orders 
to  carry  out  his  decision  as  commanding  officer  of  a  company 
or  troop  at  war  strength  acting  alone  or  as  part  of  a  larger 
force. 


71 

Practical.  The  officer  to  den^onstrate  his  ability  to  com- 
mand a  company  or  troop  at  war  strength,  acting  alone  or  as 
part  of  a  larger  force,  in  a  field  exercise:  Based  upon  Field 
Service  Regulations;  Tactical  Principles  and  Problems 
(Hanna)  ;  Parts  II  and  III  of  the  Infantry  Drill  Regulations 
for  Infantry  officers,  and  for  Cavalry  officers  the  correspond- 
ing features  of  the  drill  regulations  of  that  arm. 

(p)  Military  law.  Oral.  A  Treatise  on  the  Military  Law 
of  the  United  States  (Davis),  Chapters  XIII  to  XIX,  inclu- 
sive; Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

(q)  Field  fortification.  Practical.  The  officer,  r.nder  the 
assumption  that  he  is  a  staff  officer  of  a  squadron  or  bat- 
talion of  his  arm,  to  be  given  a  problem  in  field  fortification 
involving  the  reconnaissance  and  selection  of  a  defensive  posi- 
tion for  the  command.  He  w^ill  make  a  written  report  upon 
the  position  selected  and  upon  the  location  and  nature  of  the 
works  that  he  would  cause  to  be  executed.  The  report,  in- 
cluding the  necessary  sketches,  will  be  completed  within  a 
time  limit  fixed  by  the  board.  Based  upon  Notes  on  Field 
Fortification  (Army  Field  Engineer  School),  and  upon  Engi- 
neer Field  Manual,  Part  V. 

(r)  Hippology  (Cavalry  only).  Practical.  Exercises  in 
judging  horses  for  conformation,  soundness,  and  age. 

(s)  Military  topography.  Practical.  Problems  in  military 
map  reading — Military  Topography  (Sherrill,  Part  I). 

(t)  Packing  (Cavalry  only).  Practical.  The  officer  to  dem- 
onstrate his  ability  to  instruct  men  in  the  elements  of  pack- 
ing, including  the  fitting  of  the  saddle,  saddling,  loading  a 
cargo  of  side  packs,  unloading,  and  unsaddling. 

Captain  to  major,  Cavalry  and  Infantry. 

(u)  Field  Service  Regulations.'  Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Field  Service  Regulations,  omitting  Appendices  Nos. 
1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The  appendices  omitted,  except  Appen- 
dix No.  6,  are  for  reference  only ;  in  an  examination  requiring 
the  use  of  data  contained  in  any  of  them,  either  the  textbook 
or  the  appropriate  data  will  be  furnished.) 

Practical.  Terrain  exercises  involving  the  command  of  a 
battalion  of  Infantry  or  a  regiment  of  Cavalry  at  war  strength, 
acting  alone  or  as  part  of  a  larger  force. 


72 

(v)  Drill  Regulations.     Oral  and  practical. 

***** 
Practical.    The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability — 

(1)  To  instruct  and  drill  a  battalion  of  Infantry  or  a  regi- 
ment of  Cavalry. 

(2)  To  command  a  battalion  of  Infantry  or  a  regiment  of 
Cavalry,  acting  alone  or  as  part  of  a  larger  force,  in  a  combat 
exercise. 

(w)  Minor  tactics.     Written  and  practical. 

Written.  The  officer  to  solve  a  map  problem  requiring  an 
estimate  of  the  situation  and  the  writing  of  appropriate  orders 
to  carry  out  his  decision  as  commanding  officer  of  a  battalion 
or  squadron  at  war  strength  acting  alone  or  as  part  of  a  larger 
force. 

Practical.  The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability  to  com- 
mand a  battalion  or  squadron  at  war  strength,  acting  alone 
or  as  part  of  a  larger  force,  in  a  field  exercise:  Based  upon 
Field  Service  Regulations;  Tactical  Principles  and  Problems 
(Hanna)  ;  Parts  II  and  III  of  the  Infantry  Drill  Regulations 
for  Infantry  officers,  and  for  Cavalry  officers  the  corresponding 
features  of  the  drill  regulations  of  that  arm. 

(a?)  Field  fortification.  Practical.  The  officer,  under  the 
assumption  that  he  is  a  staff  officer  of  an  independent  brigade 
of  all  arms,  to  be  given  a  problem  in  field  fortification  involv- 
ing the  reconnaissance  and  selection  of  a  defensive  position 
for  the  command  under  the  conditions  of  the  problem.  He  will 
make  a  written  report  upon  the  position  selected  and  upon  the 
location  and  nature  of  the  works  that  he  would  cause  to  be 
executed.  The  report,  including  the  necessary  sketches,  will 
be  completed  within  a  time  limit  fixed  by  the  board.  Based 
upon  Notes  on  Field  Fortification  (Army  Field  Engineer 
School)  and  upon  Engineer  Field  Manual,  Part  V. 

(y)  International  law.  Oral.  Elements  of  International 
Law  (Davis),  Chapters  I  to  IV,  inclusive;  IX,  X,  XII  to  XIV, 
inclusive ;  Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 

(z)  Military  history  and  policy  of  the  United  States.     Oral. 

(1)  A  general  knowledge  of  the  military  history  of  the 
United  States,  and  a  detailed  knowledge  of  the  following: 
The  First  Battle  of  Bull  Run ;  Jackson's  Valley  Campaign ; 
The  Battle  of  Chancellorsville ;  Grant's  Campaign  of  1864. 
Based  upon  American  Campaigns  (Steele). 


73 

(2)  A  general  knowledge  of  the  development  of  the  military 
policy  of  the  United  States,  based  on  Military  Policy  of  the 
United  States  (Upton),  pages  vii  to  xv,  1  to  67,  107  to  142, 
195  to  222,  225  to  268,  and  402  to  443,  omitting  tables  of  sta- 
tistics and  the  details  of  military  and  naval  operations. 

40.  FOR  OFFICERS  OF  FIELD  ARTILLERY. 


Second  lieutenant  to  first  lieutenant. 

(a)  Field  Service  Regulations.     Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Field  Service  Regulations,  omitting  Appendices  Nos. 
1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The  appendices  omitted,  except  Appendix 
No.  6,  are  for  reference  only ;  in  an  examination  requiring  the 
use  of  data  contained  in  any  of  them,  either  the  textbook  or 
the  appropriate  data  will  be  furnished.) 

Practical.  Terrain  exercise  involving  command  of  a  platoon 
or  battery  at  war  strength  as  part  of  a  larger  force  (see 
"Notes  on  Field  Artillery"  by  Spaulding). 

(&)  Administration.  Written.  Preparation  of  the  ordi- 
nary returns,  rolls,  requisitions,  and  other  papers  with  which 
an  officer  must  be  familiar  in  order  to  perform  the  duties  of 
battalion  quartermaster  and  commissary  in  post  and  in  the 
field.  The  officer  will  be  furnished  the  necessary  blank  forms 
and  be  permitted  to  consult  the  following:  Army  Regulations, 
manuals  for  the  staff  departments,  War  Department  General 
Orders,  notes  on  blank  forms.  Circular  7,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1909, 
and  Circular  9,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1910. 

(c)  Drill  Regulations.     Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  (1)  Light  and  Horse  Artillery — Drill  Regulations 
for  Field  Artillery  (Light  and  Horse),  omitting  Chapters  V 
and  VI,  Part  IV. 

(2)  Mountain  Artillery — Drill  Regulations  for  Mountain 
Artillery,  Provisional,  1908,  omitting  Chapters  V  and  VI,  Part 
IV;  Drill  Regulations  for  Field  Artillery  (Light  and  Horse), 
Provisional,  1911,  Part  VII. 

(3)  Heavy  Field  Artillery — Drill  Regulations  for  Field 
Artillery  (Light  and  Horse),  omitting  Chapters  I,  II,  and 
III,  Part  III,  and  Chapters  V  and  VI,  Part  IV. 

Practical.  The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability  to  com- 
mand a  battery  of  Field  Artillery  fully  manned  and  equipped, 
in  the  solution,  on  the  terrain,  of  a  tactical  problem.     The 


74 

board  will  assume  a  tactical  situation  calling  for  the  employ- 
ment of  Field  Artillery,  and  will  indicate  the  positions  occu- 
pied by  friendly  and  hostile  troops.  The  officer  will  recon- 
noiter  and  select  a  position,  post  his  battery,  and  conduct 
simulated  fire  to  meet  the  conditions  as  communicated  to  him 
by  the  board. 

(d)  Gunnery.  Oral.  Gunnery  and  Explosives  for  Field 
Artillery  OflJicers,  Part  I. 

(e)  Field  Artillery  materiel.     Oral. 

(1)  Light  and  Horse  Artillery — Ordnance  Pamphlet,  No. 
1659,   edition  of  1911. 

(2)  Mountain  Artillery — Ordnance  Pamphlet,  No.  1761,  and 
Ordnance  Pamphlet,  No.  1G59,  edition  of  1911,  from  "  Sights," 
page  106,  to  "  Targets  for  the  Field  Artillery,"  page  134. 

(3)  Heavy  Field  Artillery — Ordnance  Pamphlet,  No.  1771. 
(/)  Explosives.     Oral.     Gunnery  and  Explosives  for  Field 

Artillery  Officers,  Part  II. 

(g)  Military  Law.  Oral.  A  Treatise  on  the  Military  Law 
of  the  United  States  (Davis),  Chapters  I  to  XII,  inclusive, 
and  XV;  Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

(h)  Military  Field  Engineering.  Oral.  Manual  of  Military 
Field  Engineering  (Beach),  omitting  Chapter  XIV. 

(t)  Military  Hygiene.  Oral.  Elements  of  Military  Hy- 
giene   (Ashburn). 

(/)  Hippology.  Oral.  The  Army  Horse  in  Accident  and 
Disease  (War  Department)  ;  Horses,  Saddles,  and  Bridles 
(Carter),  Chapters  III,  IV,  VIII,  XV,  and  XVI. 

(k)  Packing  (Mountain  Artillery  only).  The  officer  to 
demonstrate  his  ability  to  instruct  men  in  the  elements  of 
packing,  including  the  fitting  of  the  saddle,  saddling,  loading 
a  cargo  of  side  packs,  unloading,  and  unsaddling. 

(l)  Military  topography.  Practical.  The  officer  to  make  a 
topographical  and  tactical  reconnaissance  under  assumed  con- 
ditions (involving  the  use  of  Artillery  with  other  arms)  com- 
municated to  him  in  writing  by  the  board.  The  board  will  in- 
dicate the  point  from  which  the  start  is  to  be  made  and  will 
notify  the  officer  as  to  the  time  allowed  him  to  complete  the 
reconnaissance,  including  the  preparation  on  the  ground  of  the 
reports  and  sketches  prescribed  in  paragraphs  827  and  828, 
Drill  Regulations  for  Field  Artillery  (Horse  and  Light),  Pro- 
visional, 1911,  and  in  paragraphs  614  and  615,  Drill  Regula- 
tions for  Mountain  Artillery,  Provisional,  1908. 


75 

First  lieutenant  to  captain. 

(m)  Field  Service  Regulations.    Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Field  Service  Regulations,  omitting  Appendices  Nos.  1, 
4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The  appendices  omitted,  except  Appendix 
No.  6,  are  for  reference  only ;  in  an  examination  requiring  the 
use  of  data  contained  in  any  of  them,  either  the  textbook  or 
the  appropriate  data  will  be  furnished.  The  subject  matter 
contained  in  Appendix  No.  6  is  also  contained  in  Rules  of  Land 
Warfare.)     Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 

Practical.  Terrain  exercise  involving  command  of  a  bat- 
tery at  war  strength  as  part  of  a  parger  force.  (See  "Notes 
on  Field  Artillery,"  by  Spaulding.) 

(n)  Administration.  Wi'ittcn.  Preparation  of  the  ordinary 
returns,  rolls,  requisitions,  and  other  papers  with  which  an 
officer  must  be  familiar  in  order  to  perform  the  duties  of  a 
battery  commander  and  of  an  adjutant,  quartermaster  and 
commissary  of  a  post  and  of  a  regiment  in  the  field.  The 
officer  will  be  furnished  the  necessary  blank  forms  and  be 
permitted  to  consult  the  following:  Army  Regulations,  man- 
uals for  the  staff  departments.  War  Department  General  Or- 
ders, notes  on  blank  forms,  Circular  7,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1909,  and 
Circular  9,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1910. 

(o)  Drill  Regulations.    Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  (1)  Light  and  Horse  Artillery — Drill  Regulations  for 
Field  Artillery  (Light  and  Horse),  Provisional,  1911,  omitting 
Chapters  V  and  VI,  Part  IV. 

(2)  Mountain  Artillery — Drill  Regulations  for  Mountain 
Artillery,  Provisional,  1908,  omitting  Chapters  V  and  VI, 
Part  IV;  Drill  Regulations  for  Field  Artillery,  Provisional, 
1911,  Part  VII. 

(3)  Heavy  Field  Artillery — Drill  Regulations  for  Field  Ar- 
tillery (Light  and  Horse),  Provisional,  1911,  omitting  Chap- 
ters I,  II,  and  III,  Part  III,  and  Chapters  V  and  VI,  Part  IV. 

Practical.  The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability  to  command 
a  battery  of  Field  Artillery,  fully  manned  and  equipped,  in  the 
solution,  on  the  terrain,  of  a  tactical  problem.  The  board  will 
assume  a  tactical  situation  calling  for  the  employment  of  Field 
Artillery  and  will  indicate  the  positions  occupied  by  friendly 
and  hostile  troops  and  the  particular  target  to  be  attacked. 
The  officer  will  reconnoiter  and  select  a  position,  post  his  bat- 
tery, and  conduct  its  fire  to  meet  the  conditions  communicated 
to  him  by  the  board.    The  firing  will  be  executed  with  service 


76 

ammunition,  and  for  this  purpose  the  expenditure  of  16  shrap- 
nel is  authorized  for  each  first  lieutenant  examined, 

(p)  Gunnery.  Oral.  Gunnery  and  Explosives  for  Field 
Artillery  Officers,  Part  I. 

iq)  Field  Artillery  materiel.     Oral. 

(1)  Light  and  Horse  Artillery — Ordnance  Pamphlet,  No. 
1659,  edition  of  1911. 

(2)  Mountain  Artillery — Ordnance  Pamphlet,  No.  1761,  and 
Ordnance  Pamphlet,  No.  1659,  edition  of  1911,  from  Sights, 
page  106,  to  Targets  for  the  Field  Artillery,  page  134. 

(3)  Heavy  Field  Artillery — Ordnance  Pamphlet,  No.  1771. 
(r)  Military  law.    Oral.    A  Treatise  on  the  Military  Law  of 

the  United  States  (Davis),  Chapters  XIII  to  XIX,  inclusive; 
Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

(s)  Field  fortifications.  Practical.  The  officer,  under  the 
assumption  that  he  is  a  staff  officer  of  a  battalion  of  his  arm. 
to  be  given  a  problem  in  field  fortification  involving  the  recon- 
naissance and  selection  of  a  defensive  position  for  the  com- 
mand under  the  conditions  of  the  problem.  He  will  make  a 
written  report  on  the  position  selected,  and  upon  the  location 
and  nature  of  the  works  that  he  would  cause  to  be  executed. 
The  report,  including  the  necessary  sketches,  will  be  com- 
pleted within  a  time  limit  fixed  by  the  board.  Based  upon 
Notes  on  Field  Fortifications  (Army  Field  Engineer  School), 
and  upon  Engineer  Field  Manual,  Part  V. 

Captain  to  major. 

(t)  Field  Service  Regulations.     Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Field  Service  Regulations,  omitting  Appendices  Nos. 
1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The  appendices  omitted,  except  Appendix 
No.  6,  are  for  reference  only ;  in  an  examination  requiring  the 
use  of  data  contained  in  any  of  them,  either  the  textbook  or 
the  appropriate  data  will  be  furnished.) 

Practical.  Terrain  exercise  involving  command  of  a  bat- 
talion at  war  strength  as  part  of  a  larger  force.  ( See  "  Notes 
on  Field  Artillery  "  by  Spaulding. ) 

Practical.  (Field  exercise.)  The  officer  to  be  given  com- 
mand of  a  battalion  of  his  arm  equipped  for  the  field,  and  to 
be  required  to  conduct  a  march  of  such  distance  and  under 
such  conditions  as  the  board  may  prescribe,  involving  the 
making  and  breaking  of  camp,  the  reconnaissance,  selection, 
and  occupation  of  a  position,  and  the  movement  to  and  occu- 


77 

pation  of  a  new  position  by  night.  Tlie  conditions  of  the 
exercise  will  be  furnished  the  officer  in  writing.  The  board 
is  authorized  to  combine  this  exercise  with  the  tactical  prob- 
lem required  in  the  examination  in  Drill  Regulations. 

(u)  Drill  Regulations.  Practical.  The  officer  to  demon- 
strate his  ability  to  command  a  battalion  of  Field  Artillery, 
fully  manned  and  equipped,  in  the  solution,  on  the  terrain, 
of  a  tactical  problem.  The  board  will  assume  (in  writing) 
a  tactical  situation  calling  for  the  employment  of  the  arms 
combined,  and  will  indicate  the  positions  occupied  by  friendly 
and  hostile  troops,  and  the  particular  targets  to  be  attacked. 
The  officer  will  reconnoiter  and  select  a  position,  post  his 
battalion,  and  conduct  its  fire  to  meet  the  conditions  communi- 
cated by  the  board.  The  firing  Mill  be  executed  with  service 
ammunition,  and  for  this  purpose  the  expenditure  of  36 
shrapnel  is  authorized  for  each  captain  examined. 

(v)  Field  fortification.  Practical.  The  officer,  under  the 
assumption  that  he  is  a  staff  officer  of  an  independent  brigade 
of  all  arms,  to  be  given  a  problem  in  field  fortification  involv- 
ing the  reconnaissance  and  selection  of  a  defensive  position 
for  the  command  under  the  conditions  of  the  problem.  He 
will  make  a  written  report  upon  the  position  selected  and  upon 
the  location  and  nature  of  the  works  that  he  would  cause  to 
be  executed.  The  report,  including  the  necessary  sketches, 
will  be  completed  within  a  time  limit  fixed  by  the  board. 
Based  upon  Notes  on  Field  Fortification  (Army  Field  Engi- 
neer School),  and  upon  Engineer  Field  Manual,  Part  V. 

(w)  International  law.  Oral.  Elements  of  International 
Law  (Davis),  Chapters  I  to  IV,  inclusive,  IX,  X,  XII  to  XIV, 
inclusive ;  Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 

(x)  Military  history  and  policy  of  the  United  States.     Oral. 

(1)  A  general  knowledge  of  the  military  history  of  the 
United  States  and  a  detailed  knowledge  of  the  following: 
The  First  Battle  of  Bull  Run,  Jackson's  Valley  Campaign, 
The  Battle  of  Chancellorsville,  Grant's  Campaign  of  1864. 
Based  upon  American  Campaigns  (Steele). 

(2)  A  general  knowledge  of  the  development  of  the  military 
policy  of  the  United  States,  based  upon  Military  Policy  of  the 
United  States  (Upton),  pages  vii  to  xv,  1  to  67,  107  to  142, 
195  to  222,  225  to  268,  and  402  to  443,  omitting  tables  of  sta- 
tistics and  the  details  of  military  and  naval  operations. 


78 

41.   FOE  OFFICERS    OF   COAST  ARTILLERY   CORPS. 

SUBJECTS. 

Second  lieutenant  to  first  lieutenant. 

(a)  Field  Service  Regulations.  Oral.  Field  Service  Regu- 
lations, omitting  Appendices  Nos.  1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The 
appendices  omitted,  except  Appendix  No.  G,  are  for  reference 
only ;  in  an  examination  requiring  the  use  of  data  contained 
in  any  of  them,  either  the  textbook  or  the  appropriate  data 
will  be  furnished.) 

(&)  Administration.  Written.  Preparation  of  the  ordinary 
returns,  rolls,  requisitions,  and  other  papers  with  which  an 
officer  must  be  familiar  in  order  to  perform  the  duties  of  adju- 
tant, quartermaster,  and  commissary  of  a  small  Artillery  post 
and  of  a  battalion  of  Coast  Artillery  serving  as  Infantry  in 
the  field.  The  officer  will  be  furnished  the  necessary  blank 
forms  and  be  permitted  to  consult  the  following :  Array  Regu- 
lations, manuals  for  the  staff  departments.  War  Department 
General  Orders,  notes  on  blank  forms,  Circular  7,  Q.  M.  G.  O., 
1909,  and  Circular  9,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1910. 

(c)   Drill  Regulations.    Oral  and  practical. 

(1)  Oral.  Drill  Regulations  for  Coast  Artillery,  omitting 
parts  relating  to  the  duties  of  field  officers. 

(2)  Practical.  Such  exercises  at  the  battery  as  the  board 
may  prescribe.  The  examination  will  be  held  at  a  battery  as 
nearly  similar  as  practicable  to  that  to  which  the  officer  is,  or 
was  last,  assigned. 

(3)  Oral.  Infantry  Drill  Regulations — Part  I,  omitting 
schools  of  the  battalion,  regiment,  and  brigade ;  Part  II,  omit- 
ting intrenchments ;  Part  IV,  company  inspection  only;  Part 
V,  manuals  of  the  saber  and  of  tent  pitching  only. 

(4)  Practical.  The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability  to  drill 
a  platoon  in  the  manual  of  arms,  bayonet  exercises,  and  in 
close  and  extended  order. 

{d)  Military  law.  Oral.  A  Treatise  on  the  Military  Law 
of  the  United  States  (Davis),  Chapters  I  to  XII,  inclusive, 
and  XV ;  Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

(e)  Military  field  engineering.  Oral.  Manual  of  Military 
Field  Engineering  (Beach),  omitting  Chapter  XIV. 

(/)  Seacoast  engineering.  Oral  and  practical.  A  test  of 
the  officer's  knowledge  of  the  use  and  adjustments  of  the  en- 


79 

gineer's  transit  and  level,  and  of  the  measurement  and  estab^ 
lishment  of  base  lines. 

(g)  Military  hygiene.  Oral.  Elements  of  Military  Hy- 
giene  (Ashburn). 

(h)  Artillery  materiel.    Oral  and  practical. 

(1)  For  officers  assigned  to  gun  companies — a  test  of  the 
officer's  familiarity  with  Artillery  materiel  sufficiently  ex- 
tended to  determine  whether  he  has  a  detailed  knowledge  of 
the  coast  gun  and  carriage  with  which  he  has  last  drilled,  a 
detailed  knowledge  of  primers,  fuses,  and  the  method  of  load- 
ing projectiles,  and  a  general  knowledge  of  other  ordnance 
and  ordnance  materiel  and  of  the  mine  system. 

(2)  For  officers  assigned  to  mine  companies — a  test  of  the 
officer's  familiarity  with  Artillery  materiel  sufficiently  ex- 
tended to  determine  whether  he  has  a  detailed  knowledge  of 
the  casemate  apparatus  and  its  operation,  of  one  of  the  coast 
guns  and  carriages  assigned  to  the  mine  command  of  which 
the  officer  is  a  member,  of  primers,  fuses,  and  the  method 
of  loading  projectiles,  and  a  general  knowledge  of  other 
ordnance  and  ordnance  materiel. 

(3)  For  officers  not  assigned  to  companies — (1)  or  (2)  at 
the  option  of  the  officer  being  examined.  Based  on  Drill  Regu- 
lations for  Coast  Artillery,  pamphlets  issued  by  the  Ordnance 
Department,  the  Submarine  Mine  Manual,  and  Signal  Corps 
Manual,  No.  8. 

(i)  Ballistics.  Written.  High  Angle  Fire  (Hamilton). 
Published  in  Vol.  40,  No.  2,  Journal  U.  S.  Artillery  (Whole 
No.  123).  Notes  on  Direct  Fire  (Wildrick).  Published  in 
Vol.  43,  No.  1,  Journal  IT.  S.  Artillery  (Whole  No.  131). 

First  lieutenant  to  captain. 

(;)  Field  Service  Regulations.    Oral  and  written. 

Oral.  Field  Service  Regulations,  omitting  Appendices  Nos. 
1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The  appendices  omitted,  except  Appendix 
No.  6,  are  for  reference  only ;  in  an  examination  requiring  the 
use  of  data  contained  in  any  of  them,  either  the  textbook  or 
the  appropriate  data  will  be  furnished.  The  subject  matter 
contained  in  Appendix  No.  6  is  also  contained  in  Rules  of 
Land  Warfare)  ;  Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 

Written.  The  officer,  under  the  assumption  that  he  is 
adjutant  of  a  regiment  of  Infantry,  to  be  given  a  tactical  map 


80 

problem,  together  with  the  regimental  commander's  estimate 
of  the  situation,  and  required  to  write  the  orders  necessary  to 
carry  out  the  commander's  will,  and  to  indicate  on  the  map 
the  positions  of  the  companies  as  prescribed  in  the  order. 

(k)  Administration.  Written.  Preparation  of  the  ordinary 
returns,  rolls,  requisitions,  and  other  papers  with  which  an 
officer  must  be  familiar  in  order  to  perform  the  duties  of  a 
company  commander,  of  a  district  adjutant,  ordnance  officer, 
and  Artillery  engineer,  and  of  an  adjutant,  quartermaster 
and  commissary  of  a  regiment  of  Coast  Artillery  serving 
as  Infantry  in  the  field.  The  officer  will  be  furnished  the 
necessary  blank  forms  and  be  permitted  to  consult  the 
following:  Army  Regulations,  manuals  for  the  staff  depart- 
ments, War  Department  General  Orders,  notes  on  blank 
forms.  Circular  7,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1909,  and  Circular  9,  Q.  M.  G.  O., 
1910. 

(1)  Drill  Regulations.     Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Drill  Regulations  for'Coast  Artillery,  and  the  current 
instruction  order. 

Practical.  (1)  Such  exercises  at  the  battery  as  the  board 
may  prescribe.  The  examination  will  be  held  at  a  battery  as 
nearly  similar  as  practicable  to  that  to  which  the  officer  is  or 
was  last  assigned. 

(2)  The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability  to  instruct  and 
drill  a  company  as  Infantry  in  close  and  extended  order. 

(m)  Military  law.  Oral.  A  Treatise  on  the  Military  Law 
of  the  United  States  (Davis),  Chapters  XIII  to  XIX,  inclu- 
sive ;  Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

(n)  Military  topography.  Practical.  Problems  in  military 
map  reading — Military  Topography  (Sherrill). 

(o)  Field  fortification.  Practical.  The  officer,  under  the 
assumption  that  he  is  a  staff  ofllcer  of  a  battalion  of  Infantry, 
to  be  given  a  problem  in  field  fortification  involving  the  recon- 
naissance and  selection  of  a  defensive  position  for  the  com- 
mand. He  will  make  a  written  report  upon  the  position 
selected  and  upon  the  location  and  nature  of  the  works  that 
he  would  cause  to  be  executed.  The  report,  including  the  nec- 
essary sketches,  will  be  completed  within  a  time  limit  fixed  by 
the  board.  Based  upon  Notes  on  Field  Fortification  (Army 
Field  Engineer  School)  and  upon  Engineer  Field  Manual, 
Part  V. 


81 

(p)  Artillery  materiel.  Oral  and  practical.  A  test  of  the 
officer's  familiarity  with  Artillery  materiel  sufficiently  ex- 
tended to  determine  whether  he  has  a  detailed  knowledge  of 
the  following :  One  model  of  mortar  and  carriage,  one  model  of 
gun  and  carriage  of  the  primary  armament,  one  model  of  the 
gun  and  carriage  of  the  secondary  or  intermediate  armament, 
the  subject  matter  of  the  Submarine  Mine  Manual,  sights, 
quadrants,  and  fire-control  apparatus.  Based  on  Drill  Regula- 
tions for  Coast  Artillery,  pamphlets  issued  by  the  Ordnance 
Department,  Submarine  Mine  Manual,  and  Signal  Corps  Man- 
ual No.  8.  The  officer  will  be  permitted  to  select  the  model  of 
the  pieces  and  carriages  on  wiiich  he  is  to  be  examined. 

(q)  Mechanical  engineering.  Oral  and  practical.  A  test 
of  the  officer's  knowledge  of  the  care  and  operation  of  steam 
boilers,  steam  engines,  and  internal  combustion  engines : 
Based  on  Power  and  Power  Transmission  (Kerr),  and 
pamphlets  issued  with  the  various  machines. 

(r)  Electrical  engineering.  Oral  and  practical.  A  test  of 
the  officer's  knowledge  of  electrical  units  and  measurements 
and  of  his  ability  to  supervise  the  care  and  operation  of  dyna- 
mos, motors,  storage  batteries,  and  searchlights.  Based  on 
Elements  of  Electrical  Engineering,  D.  C.  (Franklin  and 
Esty),  and  pamphlets  issued  with  the  various  electrical  appli- 
ances. 

Captain  to  major. 

(s)  Field  Service  Regulations.    Written  and  practical. 

Written.  The  officer,  under  the  assumption  that  he  is  chief 
of  staff  of  an  independent  brigade  of  all  arms,  to  be  given 
a  tactical  map  problem,  together  with  his  commander's  esti- 
mate of  the  situation,  and  required  to  write  the  orders  neces- 
sary to  carry  out  the  commander's  will,  and  indicate  on  the 
map  the  positions  of  the  troops  as  prescribed  in  the  order. 

Practical.  The  officer  to  take  a  tactical  walk  or  ride,  it 
being  assumed  that  he  is  the  commander  of  a  battalion  of 
Infantry  on  a  march  under  conditions  to  be  stated  by  the 
board.  Within  limits  fixed  by  the  board,  he  will  select  a  camp 
site  for  his  troops,  and  explain  how  the  camp  would  be  estab- 
lished, including  his  dispositions  for  security  for  the  remainder 
of  the  day  and  for  the  night. 

(t)  Drill  Regulations,     Oral.     Drill  Regulations  for  Coast 
Artillery,  and  the  current  instruction  order. 
40002'— 16 6 


82 

(u)  Minor  tactics.     Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Tlie  officer  to  solve  a  map  problem  involving  the  em- 
ployment of  a  battalion  of  Infantry  under  conditions  assumed 
by  the  board.  The  solution  (stated  orally  to  the  board)  will 
include  an  estimate  of  the  situation  and  the  consequent  order 
or  orders,  the  officer  indicating  on  the  map  the  movements  of 
the  troops. 

Practical.  The  officer  to  command  a  battalion  as  Infantry 
in  a  combat  exercise  under  conditions  assumed  by  the  board. 

(v)  International  law.  Oral.  Elements  of  International 
Law  (Davis),  Chapters  I  to  IV,  inclusive,  IX,  X,  XII  to  XIV, 
inclusive;  Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 

(w)  Artillery  materiel.  Oral.  A  general  knowledge  of  all 
materiel  used  by  the  Coast  Artillery. 

(x)  Problem  in  coast  defense.  Written.  The  officer  to  be 
furnished  the  hydrographic  map  of  a  harbor,  and  to  prepare, 
without  personal  assistance,  a  project  of  defense,  giving : 

(1)  The  number  and  caliber  of  guns,  the  number  of  mines, 
and  of  searchlights. 

(2)  The  locations  of  mortar  and  gun  batteries,  mine  fields, 
fire-control  stations,  and  searchlights. 

(3)  The  organization  of  the  elements  of  defense  into  battle, 
fire,  and  mine  commands. 

(4)  A  full  discussion  of  the  project. 

The  maps  for  this  problem  will  be  furnished  the  officer,  if 
practicable,  about  a  year  in  advance  of  his  examination.  The 
problem  should  be  solved  with  great  care  and  thoroughness, 
and  the  solution  should  be  followed  by  an  exhaustive  discus- 
sion of  the  project  and  of  the  various  phases  of  the  attack, 
treating  in  conjunction  the  operations  on  the  land  and  water 
sides. 

This  problem  should  be  prepared  by  the  ofllcer  prior  to  his 
appearance  before  the  board  for  examination  in  the  other  sub- 
jects and  submitted  at  that  time  to  the  board.  The  officer  will 
not  receive  assistance  from  any  person,  but  he  may  and  should 
Lsecure  aid  bv  consulting  available  books,  papers,  and  maps, 

(y)  Military  History  and  Policy  of  the  United  States. 
Oral. 

(!)  A  general  knowledge  of  the  military  history  of  the 
United  States  and  a  detailed  knowledge  of  the  following :  The 
First  Battle  of  Bull  Run,  Jackson's  Valley  Campaign,  The  Bat- 
tle of  Chancellorsville ;  Grant's  Campaign  of  1864.  Based  upon 
American  Campaigns  (Steele). 


83 

(2)  A  general  kno%vleclge  of  the  development  of  the  military 
policy  of  the  United  States,  based  upon  Military  Policy  of  the 
United  States  (Upton),  pages  vii  to  xv,  1  to  67,  107  to  142. 
195  to  222,  225  to  268,  and  402  to  443,  omitting  tables  of  sta- 
tistics and  the  details  of  military  and  naval  operations. 

In  addition  to  the  text  and  reference  books  indicated  in  the 
details  of  examinations  above,  the  examinations  may  cover 
so  much  of  the  text  of  the  Artillery  notes  and  memoranda, 
issued  from  time  to  time,  as  relate  to  the  subjects  for  exami- 
nation. 

II. 

42.  The  following  regulations,  under  the  laws  quoted  in 
paragraph  1  of  this  order,  are  prescribed  by  the  President  for 
the  examination  for  reappointment  and  selection  for  promo- 
tion of  officers  of  the  Philippine  Scouts. 

43.  Subject  to  the  examination  herein  prescribed  and  to 
the  exception  noted  below,  promotions  to  the  grades  of  first 
lieutenant  and  captain,  Philippine  Scouts,  will  be  made  from 
the  next  low^er  grade,  according  to  the  general  rule  of  senior- 
ity. Exception  may  be  made  where  officers  display  such  dis- 
tinguished gallantry  or  perform  such  exceptionally  meritori-' 
ous  service  as  to  justify,  in  the  President's  opinion,  a  depar- 
ture from  this  rule.  Officers  of  the  Philippine  Scouts  pro- 
moted under  this  order  will  be  commissioned  as  of  the  date 
when  the  vacancy  occurred  and  will  be  entitled  to  the  pay  and 
allowances  of  the  new  grade  from  that  date. 

44.  Before  reappointment  under  the  acts  of  February  2, 
1901,  or  May  16,  1908  (quoted  in  paragraph  1— (/)  and  (g)  — 
of  this  order),  an  officer  of  the  Philippine  Scouts  will  be  re- 
quired to  pass  satisfactorily  the  examination  hereinafter  set 
forth. 

Examining  hoard — Constitution,  composition,  procedure. 

45.  Once  each  year,  preferably  about  January  1,  the  com- 
manding general,  Philippine  Department,  will  constitute  an 
examining  board  composed  so  far  as  practicable  as  prescribed 
in  paragraphs  8  and  10  of  this  order,  the  line  members  being 
selected  from  officers  serving,  or  who  have  served,  with  the 
Philippine  Scouts.  The  medical  members  of  the  board  will 
be  changed  whenever  such  action  will  result  in  an  appreciable 
saving  in  transportation  or  mileage,  but  no  other  change  in 


84 

the  composition  of  tlie  board  will  be  made  except  for  urgent 
reasons. 

46.  The  board  will  be  directed  to  visit  the  station  of  each 
officer  of  the  Philippine  Scouts  whose  position  on  the  lineal 
list  renders  his  promotion  probable  within  the  calendar  year 
or  whose  provisional  appointment  will  expire  within  that  year. 
The  names  and  stations  of  such  officers  will  be  communicated 
to  the  board  by  the  department  adjutant,  Philippine  Depart- 
ment, and  each  officer  will  be  directed  to  report  to  the  presi- 
dent of  the  board  upon  its  arrival  at  his  station. 

47.  The  procedure  will  conform  to  that  prescribed  in  para- 
graphs 12  to  15,  inclusive,  of  this  order,  except  that  where 
the  number  of  line  members  of  the  board  is  reduced  by  chal- 
lenge or  otherwise,  the  board  w^ill  continue  the  examination 
as  long  as  two  such  members  remain;  and  except  that  the 
examination  as  to  skill  in  horsemanship  will  be  omitted. 

Examination  as  to  physical  fitness  and  general  efficiency. 

48.  The  physical  examination  and  examination  as  to  gen- 
eral efficiency  will  be  conducted  according  to  the  principles 
prescribed  in  paragraphs  16,  17,  18,  and  20  of  this  order  with 
the  following  exceptions : 

(a)  The  papers  referred  to  in  paragraph  20  will  be  for- 
warded to  the  board  by  the  department  adjutant,  Philippine 
Department,  and  in  addition  to  the  consideration  of  such 
papers,  the  board  will  visit  the  command  with  which  the  officer 
is  on  duty  and  will  institute  a  searching  inquiry  as  to  his  zeal, 
ability,  and  habits. 

( h )  Should  the  officer  be  found  physically  incapacitated  the 
nature  and  degree  of  the  disability  will  be  noted  in  the  record 
as  provided  in  paragraph  30,  but  the  board  will  continue  the 
examination  unless  the  officer's  physical  condition  prevents. 

Examination  as  to  professional  fitness. 

49.  The  examination  as  to  professional  fitness  will  be  con- 
ducted as  prescribed  in  paragraphs  21  to  26,  inclusive,  of  this 
order. 

Standard  of  proficiency. 

50.  No  officer  will  be  recommended  by  the  board  for  promo- 
tion or  reappointment  who  fails  to  pass  a  satisfactory  exami- 
nation as  to  his  physical  fitness,  general  efficiency,  and  pro- 


85 

fessional  fitness.  For  the  examination  as  to  professional 
fitness  a  nuninnun  of  GO  per  cent  in  each  subject  and  a  mini- 
mum general  average  of  75  per  cent  in  the  examination  as  a 
whole  will  be  required,  due  regard  being  paid  to  the  provi- 
sions of  paragraph  21  of  this  order.  When  an  officer  is 
exempt  from  examination  in  any  subject,  under  the  provisions 
of  paragraph  51  of  this  order,  the  mark  given  by  the  examin- 
ing board  on  the  review  of  the  garrison  school  examination  in 
that  subject  will  be  used  in  calculating  his  general  average. 

Exemptions. 

51.  There  are  no  exemptions  from  examination  as  to  phys- 
ical fitness  or  general  efficiency.  Officers  of  the  Philippine 
Scouts  are  exempt  from  the  oral,  written,  and  practical  exam- 
inations as  to  their  professional  fitness  under  the  following 
conditions : 

(a)  Those  who  have  passed  an  examination  for  reappoint- 
ment within  the  year  preceding  the  issuance  of  the  order  for 
their  examination  for  promotion  will  be  excused  from  the 
entire  examination  as  to  their  professional  fitness. 

(&)  Those  who  have  received  a  rating  of  90  per  cent  or 
more  on  the  first  written  examination  in  any  subject  of  the 
garrison  school  course,  may,  if  less  than  five  years  have 
elapsed  since  such  examination,  request  that  the  papers  be 
sent  to  the  examining  board  for  review.  If  upon  review  the 
papers  receive  a  rating  of  95  per  cent  or  more,  the  officer  will 
be  exempt  from  examination  in  that  subject  except  where 
practical  exercises  are  prescribed  involving  the  actual  com- 
mand of  troops.  Should  the  papers  receive  a  rating  of  90 
per  cent  or  more,  but  less  than  95  per  cent,  he  will  be  simi- 
larly exempt,  provided  that  not  more  than  three  and  one-half 
years  have  elapsed  since  completion  of  the  garrison  school 
course  in  that  subject. 

Record. 

52.  In  the  preparation  of  the  record  the  board  will  be 
guided  by  the  instructions  contained  in  paragraphs  29  to  34, 
inclusive,  of  this  order.  The  proceedings  will  be  prepared  in 
duplicate  and  will  be  forwarded  as  soon  as  practicable  to  the 
commanding  general,  Philippine  Department.  The  depart- 
ment commander  will  retain  the  duplicate  copy  and  forward 
the  original  with  his  action  thereon  to  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army. 


86 

53.  In  case  of  the  examination  of  an  officer  for  promotion, 
tlie  record  will  state  whether  or  not  in  the  board's  opinion 
the  officer  is  qualified  to  perform  the  duties  that  he  may  be 
required  to  perform  when  promoted.  In  case  of  an  adverse 
decision,  the  board  will  either  recommend  his  discharge  from 
the  service,  or  his  suspension  from  promotion  for  one  year 
with  reexamination. 

54.  In  case  of  the  examination  of  an  officer  for  reappoint- 
ment, the  record  will  state  whether  or  not  in  the  board's 
opinion  the  officer  should  be  reappointed  at  the  expiration  of 
his  provisional  appointment,  or  should  be  discharged  in  the 
interest  of  the  service  either  at  that  time  or  at  an  earlier 
date. 

55.  The  record  will  be  made  on  forms  furnished  by  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  the  language  being  modified 
to  suit  the  special  requirements  of  the  case. 

SUBJECTS     OF    THE     EXAMINATION     AS    TO     PROFESSIONAL 
FITNESS. 

nt).    SECOND    LIEUTENANT    TO    FIRST    LIEUTENANT    AND    EEAPPOINT- 
MENT    AS    SECOND   LIEUTENANT. 

SUBJECTS. 

(a)  Field  Service  Regulations.  Oral.  Field  Service  Regu- 
lations, omitting  Appendices  Nos.  1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  and  8.  (The 
appendices  omitted  are  for  reference  only ;  in  an  examination 
requiring  the  use  of  data  contained  in  any  of  them,  either  the 
textbook  or  the  appropriate  data  will  be  furnished — suffi- 
ciently extended  to  determine  whether  the  officer  being  exam- 
ined has  a  general  knowledge  of  the  subject  as  a  whole  and  a 
detailed  knowledge  of  the  articles  referring  to  the  service  of 
information,  orders,  and  the  service  of  security.) 

(h)  Administration.  Written.  Preparation  of  the  ordinary 
returns,  rolls,  requisitions,  and  other  papers  with  which  an 
officer  must  be  familiar  in  order  to  perform  the  duties  of  a 
battalion  adjutant,  quartermaster,  and  commissary  in  post 
and  in  the  field.  The  officer  will  be  furnished  the  necessary 
blank  forms  and  be  permitted  to  consult  the  following :  Army 
Regulations,  manuals  for  the  staff  departments.  War  Depart- 
ment and  Philippine  Department  General  Orders,  notes  on 
blank  forms.  Circular  7,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1909,  and  Circular  9, 
Q.  M.  .G.  O.,  1910. 


87 

(c)  Drill  Regulations,  Infantry.    Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Infantry  Drill  Regulations — Part  I,  omitting  schools 
of  the  battalion,  regiment,  and  brigade;  Part  II;  Part  IV, 
company  inspection  only ;  Part  V,  manuals  of  the  saber  and  of 
tent  pitching  only. 

Practical.  The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability  to  instruct 
and  drill  a  platoon  of  Infantry  at  war  strength  in  the  manual 
of  arms,  bayonet  exercises,  and  in  close  and  extended  order. 

(d)  Small-Arms  Firing  Manual.  Oral.  Sufficiently  ex- 
tended to  determine  the  officer's  ability  to  instruct  troops  in 
the  nomenclature  and  care  of  small  arms,  sighting  drills,  posi- 
tion and  aiming  drills  (both  rifle  and  revolver),  deflection  and 
elevation  correction  drills,  and  estimation  of  distances. 

(e)  Guard  duty.  Oral.  Manual  of  Guard  Duty,  to  include 
the  duties  of  the  officer  of  the  day,  officer,  noncommissioned 
officers,  and  privates  of  the  guard,  including  sentinels  in 
charge  of  prisoners. 

(/)  Military  law.    Oral  and  written. 

Oral.  Manual  for  Courts-Martial,  from  the  beginning,  to 
Include  Inferior  Courts-Martial. 

Written.  Preparation  of  charges  and  specifications,  in  ac- 
cordance with  data  furnished  by  the  board,  for  trial  before 
general,  garrison,  and  summary  courts-martial ;  also  method 
of  keeping  the  record  of  a  summary  court. 

(g)  Spanish,  or  a  dialect  used  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  at 
the  option  of  the  officer  being  examined.  Oral.  Translation 
at  sight  of  simple  English  sentences  into  Spanish  or  the  dia- 
lect selected,  and  vice  versa.  Also  a  test  of  the  officer's  ability 
to  hold  ordinary  conversation  in  Spanish  or  in  the  dialect 
selected. 

First  lieutenant  to  captain  and  reappointment  as  first 
lieutenant. 

(h)  Field  Service  Regulations  and  Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 
Oral.  Field  Service  Regulations  and  Rules  of  Land  Warfare — 
sufficiently  extended  to  determine  whether  the  officer  being 
examined  has  a  general  knowledge  of  the  subject  as  a  whole 
and  a  detailed  knowledge  of  the  articles  relating  to  marches 
and  convoys,  shelter,  transportation,  and  combat. 

(i)  Administration.     Oral  and  written. 

Oral.  Army  Regulations  and  General  Orders  of  the  War 
Department  and  Philippine  Department,  as  far  as  knowledge 


88 

thereof  is  essential  to  a  correct  discliarge  of  the  duties  of  an 
officer  of  the  Philippine  Scouts. 

Written.  Preparation  of  the  papers  used  in  company  ad- 
ministration. The  board  will  furnish  the  blank  forms  and  the 
necessary  data,  and  the  officer  will  be  permitted  to  consult  the 
notes  on  the  forms. 

ij)  Drill  Regulations,  Infantry.    Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Infantry  Drill  Regulations — Part  I,  omitting  schools 
of  the  regiment  and  brigade ;  Part  II,  omitting  intrenchments ; 
Part  IV,  company  inspection  only ;  Part  V,  manuals  of  the 
saber  and  of  tent  pitching  only. 

Practical.  The  officer  to  demonstrate  his  ability  to  instruct 
and  drill  a  company  of  Infantry  at  war  strength  in  the  man- 
ual of  arms,  bayonet  exercises,  and  in  close  and  extended 
order. 

(fc)  Small-Arms  Firing  Manual.  Oral.  Sufficiently  ex- 
tended to  determine  the  officer's  ability  to  supervise  the  small- 
arms  practice  of  a  company  of  Philippine  Scouts,  including 
records  and  reports,  and  the  extent  of  his  knowledge  of  the 
effect  of  fire,  influence  of  ground,  and  the  employment  of  fire 
in  action  as  treated  in  the  Small-Arms  Firing  Manual. 

(Z)  Military  hygiene.  Oral.  Elements  of  Military  Hygiene 
(Ashburn). 

(m)  Military  field  engineering.  Oral.  Manual  of  Military 
Field  Engineering  (Beach),  Chapters  IV,  V,  IX,  XIII,  XIV, 
XV,  XVI,  and  XVII. 

(n)  Military  topography.     Oral  and  practical. 

Oral.  Test  of  the  officer's  ability  to  understand  a  military 
map,  directions,  conventional  signs,  course  of  streams,  and 
form  lines. 

Practical.  The  making  of  a  road  or  position  sketch  as  di- 
rected by  the  board. 

(o)  Spanish,  or  a  dialect  used  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  at 
the  option  of  the  officer  being  examined.  Oral.  Translation 
at  sight  of  simple  English  sentences  into  Spanish  or  the  dia- 
lect selected,  and  vice  versa.  Also  a  test  of  the  officer's  ability 
to  hold  ordinary  conversation  in  Spanish  or  in  the  dialect 
selected. 

Reappointment  of  captains  (Philippine  Scouts). 

(p)  The  list  of  subjects  will  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed 
for  the  reappointment  of  first  lieutenants,  the  board  extending 


89 

the  scope  of  the  examination  so  as  to  test  fully  the  officer's 
ability  in  the  grade  of  captain. 

57.  In  each  case  of  examination  for  reappointment,  the  re- 
port of  the  board  will  state  whether  or  not  the  officer's  con- 
duct has  been  satisfactory  in  every  respect.  (G.  O.  Uh  ^912, 
as  amended— 1890800,  A.  O.  O.) 

9.  Exemptions  of  graduates,  Coast  Artillery  School,  in 
examination  for  promotions. — Officers  of  the  Coast  Artillery 
Corps  who  are  graduates  of  the  Coast  Artillery  School  are, 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  paragraph  28,  (&)  (6),  General 
Orders,  No.  14,  War  Department,  1912,  as  amended,  para- 
graph 8,  this  compilation,  exempt  from  examination  for  pro- 
motion in  the  subjects  which  they  pursued  satisfactorily  at 
the  school,  as  indicated  herein.  For  convenience  in  reference, 
the  exemptions  are  given  in  the  order  of  the  subjects  of  the 
examination  in  paragraph  41,  General  Orders,  No.  14,  War 
Department,  1912. 

41.  For  officers  of  Coast  Artillery.  Exemption  of  graduates 
of  Coast  Artillery  School. 

Second  lieutenant  to  first  lieutenant. 

(a)  Field  Service  Regulations.    Exempt. 

(c)  Drili  Regulations:  (1)  Oral.  Drill  Regulations  for 
Coast  Artillery.  Exempt.  (3)  Oral.  Infantry  Drill  Regula- 
tions.   Exempt. 

(/)   Seacoast  Engineering.     Oral  and  practical.    Exempt. 

(h)  Artillery  materiel.     Oral  and  practical.     Exempt. 

(i)  Ballistics.    Exempt. 

First  lieutenant  to  captain. 

ij)  Field  Service  Regulations.    Oral  and  written.    Exempt. 
(0  Drill  Regulations.     Oral.     Drill  Regulations  for  Coast 
Artillery  and  the  Current  Instruction  Order.    Exempt. 
(n)  Military  Topography.    Practical.    Exempt. 
(p)  Artillery  materiel.     Oral  and  practical.    Exempt. 
(q)  Mechanical  Engineering.    Oral  and  practical.    Exempt, 
(r)  Electrical  Engineering.     Oral  and  practical.     Exempt. 

Captain  to  major. 

(s)  Field  Service  Regulations.    Written.    Exempt. 
(t)  Drill  Regulations.     Drill  Regulations  for  Coast  Artil- 
lery and  the  Current  Instruction  Order.    Exempt. 


90 

(u)  Minor  Tactics.    Oral.    Exempt 

(w)  Artillery  materiel.  Exempt.  (Par.  11,  Bui.  33,  1915— 
2S15331,  A.  G.  O.) 

10.  Examination  for  commission  in  Yolunteers. — The  fol- 
lowing arei  provisions  of  an  act  approved  January  21,  1903, 
to  promote  the  efficiency  of  the  Militia,  and  for  other  purposes, 
and  regulations  established  to  carry  the  same  into  effect: 

Sec.  23.  That  for  the  purpose  of  securing  a  list  of  persons 
specially  qualified  to  hold  commissions  in  any  volunteer  force 
which  may  hereafter  be  called  for  and  organized  under  the 
authority  of  Congress,  other  than  a  force  composed  of  Organ- 
ized Militia,  the  Secretary  of  War  is  authorized  from  time  to 
time  to  convene  boards  of  officers  at  suitable  and  convenient 
Army  posts  in  different  parts  of  the  United  States,  who  shall 
examine  as  to  their  qualifications  for  the  command  of  troops 
or  for  the  performance  of  staff  duties  all  applicants  who  shall 
have  served  in  the  Regular  Army  of  the  United  States,  In  any 
of  the  Volunteer  forces  of  the  United  States,  or  in  the  Organized 
Militia  of  any  State  or  Territory  or  District  of  Columbia,  or 
who,  being  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  shall  have  attended 
or  pursued  a  regular  course  of  instruction  in  any  military 
school  or  college  of  the  United  States  Army,  or  shall  have 
graduated  from  any  educational  institution  to  which  an  officer 
of  the  Army  or  Navy  has  been  detailed  as  superintendent  or 
professor  pursuant  to  law  after  having  creditably  pursued  the 
course  of  military  instruction  therein  provided.  S^ach  exami- 
nations shall  be  under  rules  and  regulations  prescribed  by  the 
Secretary  of  War,  and  shall  be  especially  directed  to  ascertain 
the  practical  capacity  of  the  applicant.  The  record  of  previous 
service  of  the  applicant  shall  be  considered  as  a  part  of  the 
examination.  Upon  the  conclusion  of  each  examination  the 
board  shall  certify  to  the  War  Department  its  judgment  as  to 
the  fitness  of  the  applicant,  stating  the  office,  if  any,  which  it 
deems  him  qualified  to  fill,  and  upon  approval  by  the  President, 
the  names  of  the  persons  certified  to  be  qualified  shall  be  in- 
scribed in  a  register  to  be  kept  in  the  War  Department  for 
that  purpose.  The  persons  so  certified  and  registered  shall, 
subject  to  a  physical  examination  at  the  time,  constitute  an 
eligible  class  for  commissions  pursuant  to  such  certificates  In 
any  Volunteer  force  hereafter  called  for  and  organized  under 
the  authority  of  Congress,  other  than  a  force  composed  of 
Organized  Militia,  and  the  President  may  authorize  persons 
from  this  class  to  attend  and  pursue  a  regular  course  of  study 
at  any  military  school  or  college  of  the  United  States  other 
than  the  Military  Academy  at  West  Point  and  to  receive  from 
the  annual  appropriation  for  the  support  of  the  Army  the 
same  allowances  and  commutations  as  provided  in  this  act  for 
officers  of  the  Organized  Militia :  Provided,  That  no  person 
shall  be  entitled  to  receive  a  commission  as  a  second  lieuten- 
ant after  he  shall  have  passed  the  age  of  thirty ;  as  first  lieu- 


91 

tenant  after  he  shall  have  passed  the  age  of  thirty-five ;  as  cap- 
tain after  he  shall  have  passed  the  age  of  forty  ;  as  major  after 
he  shall  have  passed  the  age  of  forty-five ;  as  lieutenant  colonel 
after  he  shall  have  passed  the  age  of  fifty ;  or  as  colonel  after 
he  shall  have  passed  the  age  of  fifty-five:  And  provided  fur- 
ther. That  such  appointments  shall  be  distributed  proportion- 
ately, as  near  as  may  be,  among  the  various  States  contribut- 
ing such  Volunteer  force:  And  provided,  That  the  appoint- 
ments in  this  section  provided  for  shall  not  be  deemed  to  in- 
clude appointments  to  any  office  in  any  company,  troop,  bat- 
tery, battalion,  or  regiment  of  the  Organized  Militia  which 
volunteers  as  a  body  or  the  officers  of  which  are  appointed 
by  the  governor  of  a  State  or  Territory. 

I.  Boards  for  the  examination  of  applicants  for  commission 
in  Volunteer  forces  will  be  appointed  by  the  Secretary  of  War, 
and  will  consist  of  five  commissioned  officers  of  the  Regular 
Army  of  the  United  States,  including  two  medical  officers  and 
a  recorder.  The  duties  of  the  medical  officers  will  be  confined 
to  inquiry  into  and  report  upon  the  physical  condition  of  the 
applicants. 

In  the  case  of  applications  for  examination  as  to  fitness  for 
commission  as  medical  officers  of  Volunteers  the  board  shall 
consist  of  three  medical  officers  of  the  Regular  Army,  the 
junior  acting  as  recorder. 

The  proceedings  of  the  boards  will  be  forwarded  to  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

II.  No  applicant  will  be  examined  who  is  not  a  citizen  of  the 
United  States  or  has  not  declared  his  intention  to  become 
such;  who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  board,  is  not  physically 
qualified  to  discharge  all  the  duties  of  an  officer  in  active 
service;  who  has  any  mental  infirmity  or  deformity  of  body, 
or  whose  moral  fitness  has  not  been  clearly  established;  who 
shall  be  less  than  21  years  of  age,  or  who,  being  an  applicant 
for  commission  as  second  lieutenant,  shall  be  more  than  30,  as 
first  lieutenant  more  than  35,  as  captain  more  than  40,  as 
major  more  than  45,  as  lieutenant  colonel  more  than  50,  or  as 
colonel  more  than  55  years  of  age. 

III.  No  person  shall  be  examined  unless  he  has  a  letter  from 
the  War  Department  authorizing  his  examination. 

If  an  applicant  has  served  in  the  Regular  Army  of  the 
United  States,  or  in  any  of  the  Volunteer  forces  of  the  United 
States,  or  in  the  Organized  Militia  of  any  State  or  Territory 
or  the  District  of  Columbia,  he  shall  submit  his  discharge 
papers  for  each  term  of  service ;  if  still  in  service  in  any  of 


92  /^^ 

the  organizations  mentioned,  he  shall  submit  recommendations 
of  his  immediate  and  higher  commanders. 

If  an  applicant  has  attended  or  pursued  a  regular  course  of 
instruction  in  any  military  school  or  college  of  the  United 
States  Army,  or  has  graduated  from  any  educational  institu- 
tion to  which  an  officer  of  the  Army  or  Navy  has  been  detailed 
as  superintendent  or  professor  pursuant  to  law,  he  shall  be 
required  to  present  the  diploma  or  certificate  of  graduation 
from  such  military  school,  college,  or  educational  institution. 

Applications  for  examination,  accompanied  by  recommenda- 
tions and  other  documents  of  a  commendatory  character  as 
above  indicated,  should  be  made  to  the  adjutant  general  of 
the  State,  Territory,  or  the  District  of  Columbia,  according  to 
the  legal  residence  of  the  applicant,  in  the  month  of  May  or 
November,  to  the  end  that  the  governor  of  the  State  or  Terri- 
tory, or  the  commanding  general  of  the  National  Guard  of  the 
District  of  Columbia,  may  forward  the  accumulated  applica- 
tions, with  his  reconmiendations  in  each  case  indorsed  thereon, 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  about  January  1  and 
July  1  of  each  year :  Provided,  That  persons  who  have  served 
in  the  Regular  Army  or  Navy  of  the  United  States,  or  in  the 
United  States  Volunteers,  shall  be  authorized  to  send  their 
applications  and  the  papers  therewith  direct  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army. 

IV.  The  organization  of  the  boards  shall  conform  to  that  of 
retiring  boards,  the  recorder  swearing  the  several  members, 
including  the  medical  officers,  faithfully  and  impartially  to 
examine  and  report  upon  the  applicant  about  to  be  examined, 
and  the  president  of  the  board  then  swearing  the  recorder  to 
the  faithful  performance  of  his  duty.  Separate  proceedings 
shall  be  made  for  each  case. 

Medical  ofTicers  shall  not  take  part  in  the  professional  ex- 
amination except  on  boards  composed  exclusively  of  medical 
officers.  They  shall  make  the  necessary  physical  examination 
of  all  applicants  and  shall  submit  to  the  president  of  the  board 
their  opinions  in  writing.  All  questions  relating  to  the  physi- 
cal condition  of  applicants  shall  be  determined  by  the  full 
board. 

All  public  proceedings  shall  be  in  the  presence  of  the  appli- 
cant under  examination;  the  conclusions  reached  and  the 
recommendations  entered  will  be  regarded  as  confidential. 


93 

v.  Every  applicant  will  be  subjected  to  a  rigid  physical 
examination  which  shall  include  the  ordinary  analysis  of  the 
urine,  and  if  there  be  found  to  exist  any  cause  of  disqualifica- 
tion which  might  in  the  future  impair  his  efficiency  as  an 
officer  of  Volunteers  he  will  be  rejected.  Defects  of  vision 
resulting  from  errors  of  refraction  which  are  not  excessive, 
and  wiiich  may  be  entirely  corrected  by  glasses,  do  not  dis- 
qualify unless  they  are  due  to  or  are  accompanied  by  organic 
disease.  The  board  will  be  required  to  report  concerning  each 
fipplicant  whether  he  is  of  good  moral  character  and  not 
addicted  to  the  use  of  intoxicating  liquors  or  drugs.  Exami- 
nation as  to  physical  qualifications  will  conform  to  the  stand- 
ard required  of  recruits  for  the  United  States  Army,  and  will 
include  a  certificate,  to  accompany  the  proceedings  of  the 
board,  of  physical  examination  by  two  medical  officers,  which 
certificate  will  embrace  all  the  information  required  in  the 
form  for  the  examination  of  recruits. 

Before  proceeding  with  the  physical  examination  the  appli- 
cant about  to  be  examined  shall  be  required  to  submit,  for  the 
information  of  the  board,  a  certificate  as  to  his  physical  condi- 
tion. In  case  no  cause  for  disqualification  exists,  the  certifi- 
cate shall  take  the  following  form: 

I  certify  that,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,  I  am 
not  affected  with  any  form  of  disease  or  disability  which 
would  interfere  with  the  performance  of  the  duties  under  the 
commission  for  which  I  am  undergoing  examination. 

When  the  board  finds  an  applicant  physically  incapacitated 
for  service,  it  shall  conclude  the  examination  by  finding  and 
reporting  the  cause  which,  in  its  judgment,  has  produced  the 
disability. 

VI.  Whenever  for  any  cause  the  board  finds  an  applicant 
disqualified  for  commission,  the  record  shall  contain  a  full 
statement  of  the  case. 

When  the  board  finds  an  applicant  qualified  for  commission, 
the  fact  shall  be  stated  in  the  following  form : 

The  board  is  of  the  opinion  that  has  the 

physical,   moral,   and   professional   qualifications   to  perform 

efficiently  all  the  duties  of  ^  ,  and  recommends  that  he 

be  commissioned  as  such  in  the  Volunteers. 

1  Here  insert  the  grade  and  arm  of  the  service,  or  staff  corps,  or 
department,  for  a  commission  in  which  the  applicant  is  recom- 
mended. 


94 

VII.  Examinations  in  all  subjects  shall  be  oral  or  practical, 
or  both,  with  the  exceptions  hereinafter  mentioned. 

If,  at  the  conclusion  of  the  oral  examination  in  any  subject, 
the  board  arrives  at  the  definite  opinion  that  the  answers  do 
not  indicate  a  degree  of  proficiency  up  to  the  required  stand- 
ard, the  applicant  shall,  as  soon  as  practicable,  be  informed  of 
the  decision  of  the  board  and  of  his  privilege  to  undergo  a 
written  examination  in  that  subject ;  and  in  case  the  applicant 
then  signifies  his  desire  to  be  examined  in  writing  the  board 
shall  prepare  a  set  of  questions  and  proceed  with  a  written 
examination  of  the  applicant  in  that  subject  in  the  manner 
hereinafter  specified. 

The  examinations  shall  be  sufficiently  comprehensive  in 
scope  to  test  properly  the  applicant's  knowledge  of  the  whole 
subject;  in  case  of  written  examinations  the  questions  and 
answers  shall  be  attached  to  the  proceedings. 

The  examination  shall  be  especially  directed  to  ascertain  the 
practical  capacity  of  the  applicant,  and  the  record  of  previous 
service  of  the  applicant  shall  be  considered  as  a  part  of  the 
examination. 

During  oral  and  practical  examinations  all  the  members 
excepting  the  medical  ofiicers  shall  be  present. 

Written  examinations  may  be  conducted  in  the  presence  of 
one  member  of  the  board,  for  which  purpose  the  board  may  be 
divided  into  committees  before  whom  the  examination  shall  be 
conducted  from  day  to  day  until  completed;  after  which  the 
board  shall  reassemble  to  consider  its  finding. 

Papers  should  be  given  out  so  that  everything  in  the  hands 
of  the  applicant  may  be  answered  before  a  recess  or  adjourn- 
ment. A  statement  showing  that  such  was  the  procedure  dur- 
ing the  written  examinations  shall  be  embodied  in  the  record. 
In  the  oral  and  practical  examinations  the  examining  board 
shall  give  a  numerical  value  to  each  head  under  which  ques- 
tions are  asked  or  exercises  given.  In  written  examinations 
the  board  shall  give  a  numerical  weight  (to  be  previously 
entered  on  the  margin)  to  each  question,  and  in  like  manner 
shall  subsequently  enter  the  estimated  weight  of  each  answer. 
In  all  cases,  for  convenience  in  calculating  percentages,  the 
weights  of  the  questions  must  be  such  as  to  aggregate  100  or 
some  simple  multiple  thereof  in  each  oral,  written,  or  practical 
examination  in  each  subject. 


95 

VIII.  Boards  are  authorized  to  ask  any  questions  selected 
from  tlie  publications  recommended  for  study.  Where  black- 
board or  other  illustrations  will  facilitate  the  examinations, 
their  use  is  authorized.  Examinations  will  be  conducted  in  a 
sufficiently  exhaustive  manner  to  determine  not  only  that  the 
subject  is  thoroughly  comprehended  but  also  to  determine  the 
degree  of  proficiency  of  the  applicant  being  examined,  and 
until  the  board  is  positively  satisfied  as  to  his  ability  to  im- 
part instruction  in  the  various  subjects. 

IX.  In  case  of  unpropitious  weather,  practical  examinations 
will  be  postponed  from  day  to  day,  but  never  omitted  or  ma- 
terially curtailed. 

In  case  ol  failure  in  the  practical  examination  in  any  sub' 
ject,  the  board  will  at  once  proceed  with  a  second  practical 
examination  of  sufficient  scope  to  test  properly  the  applicant's 
efficiency.  If  successful  upon  this  second  examination,  the 
record  shall  show  that  he  had  two  practical  examinations. 
In  case  of  failure,  an  outline  of  the  exercises  given  and  the 
percentages  attained  in  both  practical  examinations  will  be 
attached  to  the  record. 

X.  Commanding  officers  of  posts  at  or  in  the  vicinity  of 
which  boards  may  be  appointed  to  meet  shall,  without  further 
instructions,  furnish,  upon  request,  such  available  troops  and 
material  as  may  be  required  by  boards  in  the  execution  of 
this  order. 

XI.  At  the  conclusion  of  a  w^ritten  examination,  the  ap- 
plicant shall  be  called  upon  to  sign  and  submit  a  certificate  in 
his  own  handwriting  to  the  effect  that  he  has  not  received 
assistance  from  any  unauthorized  sources. 

XII.  The  board  shall  report  in  each  subject  the  percentage 
attained  in  all  the  examinations,  whether  oral,  written,  or 
practical,  and  will  also  report  the  general  average  of  all  the 
subjects.  The  procedure  will  be  as  follows:  In  each  subject, 
mark  each  question  on  the  basis  of  its  weight.  Add  up  the 
marks  and  reduce  the  total  to  a  basis  of  100.  Then,  to  deter- 
mine the  general  average,  assign  to  each  subject  the  relative 
v/eight  stated  below. 

Grammar,    etc 3 

Arithmetic 3 

Geography 2 

History 2 

Administration 3 


In-ill   Regulations 4 

Small-Arms  Firing  Regulations 1 

Field  Service  Regulations 2 

Manual  of  Guard  Duty 3 

Revised  Statutes,  etc 3 

Military  law 3 

International  law 3 

Hippology ^ 2 

Topography 1 

Explosives 2 

Electricity  (for  Coast  Artillery) 4 

Mechanical  and  Electrical  Engineering 3 

Field  fortifications,  mines,  demolitions,  and  explosives 3 

Military  bridges 2 

I'ractical  electricity  (for  engineer  ofllcers) 2 

Surveying 2 

Field   Artillery   material 3 

Reconnaissance 3 

Roads 2 

Railroads 2 

Animal   transportation 2 

Practice  of  medicine 4 

Surgery .  4 

Military   sanitation 4 

Construction,    including    foundations,     building    materials,     and 

plant 2 

Duties  of  engineer  officers  and  troops  in  war 3 

Duties  of  ordnance  officers 3 

Mechanics  of  engineering 2 

Transportation    (Quartermaster  Corps) 2 

General  duties  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps 5 

Signaling 2 

Telegraphy,   including   radiotelegraphy   and   telephony 3 

Construction  and  installation,  engines,  etc.    (for  field  officers  of 

Signal   Corps) 2 

Minor   tactics 2 

Practical  efficiency 6 

No  weights  will  be  assigned  to  moral  character  or  physical 

condition ;  they  will  be  reported  simply  as  "  satisfactory  "  or 
"  unsatisfactory." 

Multiply  the  percentage  in  each  subject  by  the  relative 
weight  as  above  given;  then  divide  the  sum  of  the  products 
by  the  sum  of  the  weights.  This  will  give  the  general  aver- 
age.   The  method  is  elucidated  in  the  following: 


97 

Example. 


No, 


Subjects. 


Percent- 


Relative 
weights. 


Products. 


ELEMENTARY  EXAMINATION. 


Grammar,  etc. 
Arithmetic  — 

Geography 

History 


PROFESSIONAL  EXAMINATION. 


Administration 

Drill  Regulations 

Field  Service  Regulations 

Small- Arms  FiringRegulations 

Manual  of  Guard  Duty 

Military  law 

Topography 


240 
231 
152 
162 


210 

288 
142 

68 
249 
270 

75 


27 


2,087 


General  average . 


77.32 


No  applicant  shall  be  passed  wJio  fails  to  receive  a  general 
average  of  70  per  cent  or  more,  or  who  receives  less  than  65 
per  cent  in  any  subject,  be  the  examination  oral,  written,  or 
practical. 

The  numerous  questions  which  may  be  formulated  by  the 
board  admit  of  considerable  variation,  and  make  it  possible  to 
arrange  examinations  radically  different  as  regards  particular 
Questions,  but  essentially  the  same  in  respect  to  scope  and 
character.  It  is  desirable  that  the  questions  be  selected  indis- 
criminately in  each  case,  to  the  end  that  each  applicant  under- 
going examination  may  have  a  different  arrangement  of  ques- 
tions, even  when  simultaneous  examinations  of  a  similar  char- 
acter are  being  conducted. 

Such  of  the  following  publications  as  are  applicable  are 
recommended  for  study  by  persons  preparing  for  examination : 

Army  Regulations. 

Drill  Regulations. 

Small-Arms  Firing  Regulations. 

Manual  of  Guard  Duty. 

Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

Field  Service  Regulations ;  Tables  of  Organization. 

Artillery  Circulars. 

General  Orders  and  Bulletins,  War  Department, 
40062"— la 7 


98 

Manuals,  orders,  and  circulars  of  the  staff  departments. 

Horses,  Saddles,  and  Bridles — Carter. 

A  Treatise  on  the  Military  Law  of  the  United  States — Davis. 

Rules  of  Land  Warfare,  War  Department. 

Military  Topography — Sherrill. 

Instruction  pamphlets  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Department 
bearing  on  Coast  Artillery  materiel. 

Ordnance  and  Gunnery — Lissak. 

Artillery  Notes. 

Military  Explosives — Weaver. 

Elements  of  Electrical  Engineering  (D.  C.) — Franklin  and 
Esty. 

Internal  Combustion  Engines — Carpenter  and  Deidrichs. 

Power  and  Power  Transmission — Kerr. 

Armor  and  Ships — Journal  United  States  Artillery. 

Theory  and  Practice  of  Surveying — Johnson. 

The  Storage  Battery — Tread  well. 

Lessons  in  Practical  Electricity — Swoope. 

United  States  Signal  Corps  publications. 

United  States  Torpedo  Manual. 

Article  on  Coast  Defense — Journal  of  the  United  States 
Artillery,  November  and  December,  1904. 

International  Law — Davis. 

General  Orders,  Nos.  4  and  52,  Adjutant  General's  Office, 
1902. 

Instruction  pamphlets  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Department 
bearing  on  Field  Artillery  materiel. 

Revised  Statutes  of  the  United  States  and  acts  of  Congress 
affecting  the  military  establishment. 

An  applicant  presenting  a  diploma  from  any  of  the  military 
schools  of  the  United  States  Army  or  from  the  United  States 
Naval  Academy  shall  be  excused,  if  he  so  desire,  from  exami- 
nation in  the  subjects  covered  by  said  diploma,  his  mark  in 
said  subjects  being  rated  at  75  per  cent  of  the  maximum. 

XIII.  All  applicants,  except  for  positions  as  company  officers 
of  Infantry  or  Coast  Artillery,  will  be  required  to  undergo  a 
practical  and  oral  examination  in  equitation  and  in  equip- 
ment of  saddle  horses,  the  scope  of  which  will  be  sufficient  to 
decide  upon  their  ability  to  accompany  a  mounted  command 
on  ordinary  marches,  to  perform  the  duties  of  mounted  staff 
officers,  to  carry  dispatches  in  the  field,  and  to  saddle,  un- 
saddle, and  care  for  a  horse  in  emergencies.     This  examina- 


99 

tion  will  ordinarily  be  held  in  connection  with  the  practical 
examination  in  drill  regulations. 

XIV.  The  board,  being  satisfied  as  to  the  moral  and  physi- 
cal qualifications  of  the  applicant,  wall  proceed  with  the 
mental  examination,  which  will  consist  of  two  parts,  (1)  the 
elementary  examination,  and  (2)  the  professional  examination. 
In  the  elementary  examination  the  board  will  examine  the 
applicant : 

1.  In  his  knowledge  of  English  grammar  and  his  ability  to 
read,  write,  and  spell  with  facility  and  correctness. 

2.  In  his  knowledge  of  arithmetic  and  his  ability  to  apply  its 
rules  to  practical  questions. 

3.  In  his  knowledge  of  geography,  particularly  in  reference 
to  North  America. 

4.  In  his  knowledge  of  the  history  of  the  United  States. 
This  elementary  examination  may  be  waived  by  the  board  in 

case  the  applicant  produces  a  diploma  or  certificate  of  gradua- 
tion from  some  educational  institution  of  good  repute,  or  when 
the  board  is  satisfied  from  the  record  of  the  applicant  or  other 
circumstances  that  he  has  been  sufficiently  educated  in  the 
subjects  mentioned;  these  modifications  in  regard  to  the  ele- 
mentary examination  are  of  special  importance  in  the  cases  of 
applicants  over  40  years  of  age. 

When  the  applicant  desires  that  the  elementary  examination 
be  waived  and  the  board,  after  deliberation,  decides  to  omit  it, 
the  mark  assigned  to  each  of  the  four  subjects  thereof  shall  be 
70  per  cent  of  the  maximum. 

XV.  In  the  professional  examination  the  subjects  will  vary 
with  the  nature  of  the  position  sought  by  the  applicant,  as 
follows : 

FOR   INFANTBY. 

Captains,  first  lieutenants,  and  second  lieutenants. 

Administration.  Oral.  Army  Regulations  and  important 
general  orders,  in  the  discretion  of  the  board,  special  attention 
being  paid  to  Articles  I-XXIII,  inclusive,  XXIX-XXXIII, 
inclusive,  and  Articles  XXXIX,  XL,  LIII,  LV,  and  LX. 

Drill  Regulations.  Practical.  School  of  the  Soldier.  School 
of  the  Squad.    School  of  the  Company. 

Field  Service  Regulations.  Oral.  Service  of  information. 
Service  of  security.    Marches.    Shelter. 

Tables  of  organization  to  include  the  company. 


100 

Small-Arms  Firing  Regulations.  Oral.  Theoretical  princi- 
ples.   Estimating  distances. 

Manual  of  Guard  Duty.    Oral.    Entire  book. 

Military  law.    Oral.    Manual  of  Courts-Martial  (official). 

Topography.  Practical.  Making  of  a  topographical  map. 
Map  reading. 

Field  officers. 

The  examination  of  applicants  for  positions  as  field  officers 
of  Infantry  will  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  company 
officers,  adding  thereto : 

Drill  Regulations.  Practical  and  oral.  Parts  I,  II,  III,  and 
IV,  Infantry  Drill  Regulations. 

Field  Service  Regulations.     Oral.    Entire  text. 

Tables  of  organization  to  include  the  Infantry  regiment. 

Military  law.  Oral.  The  law  of  war.  Civil  functions  and 
relations  of  the  military.  Instructions  for  the  government  of 
armies  of  the  United  States  in  the  field  (Rules  of  Land  War- 
fare ;  General  Orders,  Nos.  4  and  52,  A.  G.  O.,  1902,  and  Cir- 
cular No.  65,  W.  D.,  1907). 

FOR  CAVALBY. 

Captains,  first  lieutenants,  and  second  lieutenants. 

Administration.     Oral.    Same  as  for  Infantry. 

Drill  Regulations.  Practical.  School  of  the  Soldier.  School 
of  the  Trooper.    The  troop. 

Field  Service  Regulations.  Tables  of  organization  to  in- 
clude the  Troop,  Small-Arms  Firing  Regulations,  Manual  of 
Guard  Duty,  Military  I^aw,  and  Topography.  Same  as  for  In- 
fantry. 

Hippology.  Oral.  The  Cavalry  horse:  Nomenclature;  con- 
formation ;  examination  for  soundness ;  age  of  horses ;  endur- 
ance of  horses.  Bits,  bitting,  and  training;  saddles;  seats; 
transportation  of  horses ;  the  horse's  foot ;  stable  management ; 
forage. 

Field  officers. 

The  examination  will  be  the  same  as  for  troop  officers,  add- 
ing thereto : 

Drill  Regulations.  Practical  and  oral.  The  squadron,  in- 
cluding extended  order.  The  regiment,  including  extended 
order.    Employment  of  Cavalry. 


101     , 

Field  Service  Regulations  and  military  law.  Oral.  Same  as 
for  field  officers  of  Infantry.  Tables  of  organization  to  include 
Cavalry  regiment. 

FOR   yiELW   ARTILLERY. 

Second  lieutenants. 

Administration.     Oral.    Same  as  for  Infantry. 

Field  Artillery  Drill  Regulations.  Practical  and  oral.  The 
soldier,  dismounted ;  tlie  battery,  dismounted ;  the  cannoneer ; 
the  gun  squad ;  the  firing  battery ;  preparation  and  conduct  of 
fire;  the  driver;  the  battery  mounted. 

Field  Service  Regulations,  Small-Arms  Firing  Regulations, 
Manual  of  Guard  Duty,  Military  Law,  and  Topography.  Same 
as  for  Infantry.    Tables  of  organization  to  include  the  battery. 

Hippology.  Oral.  The  Cavalry  horse ;  draft  horses:  Nomen- 
clature; conformation;  examination  for  soundness;  age  of 
horses,  endurance  of  horses.  Bits,  bitting,  and  training;  sad- 
dles ;  seats ;  transportation  of  horses ;  the  horse's  foot ;  stable 
management;  forage. 

Field  Artillery  materiel.  Oral  and  practical.  General  de- 
scription and  knowledge  of  the  use  of  Field  Artillery  materiel 
and  accessories. 

First  lieutenants. 

To  the  requirements  for  second  lieutenants  add :  The  soldier 
mounted  ;  the  gun  squad  mounted  ;  Field  Artillery  information 
service. 

Captains. 

To  the  requirements  for  first  lieutenants  add:  Artillery  in 
the  field. 

Field  officers. 

The  examination  w^ill  be  the  same  as  for  battery  officers, 
adding  thereto: 

Field  Service  Regulations  and  military  law.  Oral.  Same  as 
for  field  officers  of  Infantry.  Tables  of  organization  to  include 
Artillery  regiment. 

Field  Artillery  Drill  Regulations.  Oral  and  practical.  En- 
tire text. 


102 

FOB  COAST  ARTILLERY  CORPS. 

First  lieutenants  and  second  lieutenants. 

1.  Administration.     Oral.     Same  as  for  Infantry. 

2.  Drill  Regulations.     Oral  and  practical: 

(a)  Coast  Artillery  Drill  Regulations  so  far  as  relates  to 
the  formation  of  the  company  and  marching  maneuvers  and 
the  drill  for  one  piece,  to  be  selected  by  the  candidate;  the 
current  instruction  order  for  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps. 

(&)  Infantry  Drill  Regulations,  to  include  the  school  of  the 
company. 

3.  Field  Service  Regulations,  Manual  of  Guard  Duty,  Mili- 
tary Law,  and  Topography.     Same  as  for  Infantry. 

4.  Explosives.    Oral.    Including  primers  and  fuzes. 

5.  Electricity.  Oral.  To  include  theoretical  electricity, 
basis  of  electrical  measurements,  including  units ;  Ohm's  law, 
including  its  application  to  shunts;  electromagnetism  and  in- 
duced currents ;  methods  of  measurement  of  voltage,  current, 
electrical  energy  and  resistance  of  apparatus  therefor;  pri- 
mary cells ;  general  principles  of  storage  batteries,  generators, 
and  motors. 

Captains. 

The  subjects  for  captains  are  the  same, as  for  lieutenants, 
and  in  addition  thereto : 

1.  Elementary,  mechanical,  and  electrical  engineering.  Oral 
and  practical.  To  include  elementary  and  applied  mechanics ; 
care  and  operation  of  steam  boilers,  steam  engines,  and  in- 
ternal combustion  engines;  theory,  care,  and  operation  of 
dynamos,  motors,  storage  batteries,  telephones,  and  search- 
lights. 

2.  Coast  Artillery  Drill  Regulations.  Oral  and  practical. 
Fire  and  mine  command. 

3.  Ceremonies  of  Infantry  Drill  Regulations. 

Field  officers. 

For  field  officers,  Coast  Artillery  Corps,  the  subjects  are  the 
same  as  for  captains,  and  in  addition  thereto : 

1.  Coast  Artillery  Drill  Regulations.  Oral  and  practical. 
Entire  text. 

2.  Infantry  Drill  Regulations.  Oral  and  practical.  School 
of  the  battalion. 

3.  Military  law  and  Field  Service  Regulafions.  Same  ns 
for  field  officers  of  Infantry. 


103 
Engineers. 

1.  All  candidates  for  positions  on  the  list  of  eligibles  for 
commission  as  volunteer  engineer  officers  will  be  required  to 
appear  before  boards  of  officers  of  tbe  Corps  of  Engineers 
and  of  tbe  Medical  Corps,  United  States  Army,  constituted 
as  hereinbefore  prescribed.  Those  candidates  passing  a  satis- 
factory physical  and  moral  examination  will  personally  submit 
to  the  board  evidence  of  their  technical  qualifications  as  here- 
inafter set  forth,  together  with  a  full  statement  of  their  pro- 
fessional experience. 

2.  The  board  will  question  the  candidates  generally  as  to 
their  experience  and  will  examine  the  documents  and  other 
evidence  submitted  to  them.  Based  upon  such  evidence,  the 
board  will  arrange  the  candidates  in  order  of  merit  and 
recommend  them  for  the  grades  to  which  they  appear  to  be 
fitted. 

3.  Qualifications  for  the  grades  of  lieutenant: 

(a)  The  candidate  must  be  an  engineer  in  the  active  prac- 
tice of  his  profession  or  in  some  business  immediately  con- 
nected with  or  concerned  in  engineering  matters. 

(&)  He  must  either  hold  the  grade  of  junior  engineer,  civil, 
electrical,  or  mechanical,  or  higher  grade  in  the  civil  service, 
or  he  must  be  a  graduate  from  an  approved  engineering  col- 
lege or  belong  to  one  of  the  following  national  engineering 
societies  in  a  grade  not  lower  than  that  shown  opposite  to 
each : 

The  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers Junior  member. 

The  American  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers Member. 

The  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers Junior. 

The  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers Associate. 

or  he  must  be  or  have  been  a  noncommissioned  officer  of  the 
grade  of  sergeant  or  above  from  one  of  the  regular  battalions 
of  engineers. 

4.  Qualfications  for  the  grade  of  captain: 
(a)   Same  as  3  (a). 

(&)  He  must  either  hold  the  grade  of  assistant  engineer  in 
the  Engineer  Department  at  Large  or  a  corresponding  engineer 
grade  in  the  civil  service  in  another  department  of  the  Gov- 
ernment service,  or  be  an  associate  member,  or  member  of  one 
of  the  national  engineering  societies  enumerated  under  3  ( b ) , 
above,  or  have  held  a  commission  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers  of 
the  Regular  Army. 


104 

(c)  Sufflcient  knowledge  of  Field  Service  Regulations,  Army 
Regulations,  and  Tables  of  Organization  to  understand  the 
type  of  information  of  which  these  regulations  are  the  source. 

5.  Qualifications  for  the  grade  of  field  officer: 
(a)   Same  as  3  (a). 

(&)  He  must  either  hold  the  grade  of  assistant  engineer  in 
the  Engineer  Department  at  Large  or  a  corresponding  engineer 
grade  under  the  civil  service  in  another  department  of  the 
Government  service,  or  be  a  member  of  one  of  the  first  three 
national  engineering  societies  enumerated  in  3  (&),  or  be  a 
fellow  of  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers,  or 
have  held  a  commission  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers  of  the 
Regular  Army  not  more  than  two  grades  below  that  for  which 
he  desires  to  be  listed. 

(c)  In  addition  to  fulfilling  the  qualifications  given  in  5  (a) 
and  (&),  the  candidate  will  be  required  to  pass  the  examina- 
tion prescribed  herein  for  a  field  oflEicer  of  Infantry  and  an 
examination  on  the  duties  of  engineer  officers  and  troops  in 
war,  w^hat  they  are  and  how  they  are  performed. 

Equal  weights  wull  be  given  to  each  of  these  examinations. 

6.  Candidates  who  desire  a  restricted  rating  on  the  eligible 
list  for  positions  on  the  military  railway  staff  or  with  rail- 
way troops,  in  the  operative  department,  in  lieu  of  the  quali- 
fications enumerated  in  paragraphs  3,  4,  and  5,  may  submit 
evidence  that  they  are  actually  employed  in  a  corresponding 
or  higher  position  upon  a  first-class  railway,  and  references  to 
higher  railway  officials  under  whom  they  have  been  employed. 

Such  officials,  or  others,  will  be  communicated  with,  and 
upon  all  the  evidence  submitted  or  otherwise  obtained  the 
board  will  base  its  recommendations,  and  recommend  the 
appropriate  grades  for  the  successful  candidates. 

Such  restricted  ratings  will  lapse  in  case  the  candidate  is 
reduced  in  his  rating  in  the  railway  employ  or  in  case  he 
separates  himself  from  such  railway  employ  for  a  period  of 
six  consecutive  months. 

Field  officers. 

Same  as  for  field  oflEicers  of  Infantry,  adding  thereto  the  pro- 
fessional examination  above  stated  for  company  officers  of 
engineers.  The  applicant  will  also  be  examined  orally  in  the 
following  subjects : 

1.  Duties  of  engineer  officers  and  troops  in  war. 

2.  Mechanics  of  engineering. 


105 

FOR  SIGNAL  CORPS. 

Captains  and  lieutenants. 

Administration.  Oral.  Army  Regulations:  Same  as  for 
company  officers  of  Infantry.  Also  regulations  pertaining 
specially  to  the  Signal  Corps.    Laws  relating  to  Signal  Corps. 

Signaling.  Oral  and  practical.  Theoretical  and  practical 
knowledge  of  modern  methods  of  visual  signaling,  including 
ability  to  transmit  and  receive  messages  by  flag,  lantern,  and 
heliograph. 

Telegraph  and  telephony.  Oral  and  practical.  Theoretical 
and  applied  knowledge  of  electricity  and  telephony,  covering 
{a)  installation  and  repair  of  telephones,  testing  for  faults, 
etc.;  (&)  construction,  maintenance,  and  operation  of  per- 
manent telegraph  and  telephone  lines;  (c)  installation,  main- 
tenance, and  operation  of  field  lines;  {d)  skill  in  transmission 
and  receipt  of  messages  on  telegraph  lines;  (e)  dynamos,  mo- 
tors, and  batteries  {oral  and  practical)  ;  (/)  radiotelegraphy. 

Military  law.  Oral.  Manual  of  Courts-Martial  (official). 
Instructions  for  the  government  of  armies  of  the  United  States 
in  the  field  (General  Orders,  Nos.  4  and  52  of  1902,  A.  G.  O., 
and  Circular  No.  65,  W.  D.,  1907,  Rules  of  Land  Warfare). 

Topography.    Practical.    Map  reading  and  field  sketching. 

Field  officers. 

The  examination  will  be  the  same  as  the  foregoing,  adding 
thereto  scheme  as  to  material,  cost,  time,  etc.,  and  method  of 
constructing  a  permanent  telegraph  line  in  such  portion  of  the 
United  States  as  may  be  designated;  scheme  for  assembling, 
organizing,  and  transporting  a  mobile  telegraph  train  for 
building  light  semipermanent  lines  for  telegraph  or  telephone 
communication  under  conditions  to  be  designated  by  the  ex- 
amining board. 

Engines,  boilers,  internal-combustion  engines,  automobile 
traction. 

FOR  ADJUTANT  GENERAL'S  DEPARTMENT. 

All  officers. 

1.  Administration.  Oral.  Army  Regulations,  in  the  discre- 
tion of  the  board,  special  importance  being  attached  to  the  por- 
tions relating  to  the  usual  duties  of  the  officers  of  The  Adju- 


106 

tant  General's  Department,  including  the  subjects  of  "  Military 
correspondence,"  "  Orders,"  "  Muster  rolls,"  "  Returns  of 
troops,"  and  "  Records." 

2.  Manual  of  Guard  Duty,    Oral.    Entire  text. 

3.  Military  law.    Oral.    Manual  of  Courts-Martial  (official). 

4.  Field  Service  Regulations.    Oral.    Entire  text. 

FOB  INSPECTOR  GENERAL'S  DEPARTMENT. 

All  officers. 

Administration.  Oral.  Army  Regulations,  in  the  discretion 
of  the  board,  special  attention  being  devoted  to  the  articles 
"  Inspector  General's  Department,"  "  Money  accountability," 
and  "  Public  property." 

Drill  Regulations  of  the  three  arms.  Oral.  Same  as  for 
company,  troop,  battery,  and  field  officers. 

Manual  of  Guard  Duty.    Oral.    Entire  text. 

Field  Service  Regulations.     Oral.    Entire  text. 

Military  law.  Oral.  Manual  of  Courts-Martial  (official). 
Instructions  for  the  government  of  armies  of  the  United 
States  in  the  field  (Rules  of  Land  Warfare,  General  Orders, 
Nos.  4  and  52  of  1902,  A.  G.  O.,  and  Circular  No.  65,  W.  D., 
1907). 

FOR  QUARTERMASTER  CORPS. 

All  officers. 

Administration.  Oral  and  practical.  Army  Regulations, 
1913:  Article  XLIX — Advertising  and  printing;  Article  L — 
Purchase  of  supplies  and  engagement  of  service ;  Article  LI — 
Bonds  of  disbursing  officers,  bidders,  and  contractors ;  Article 
IjII — Money  accountability  ;  Article  LIII — Public  property  ac- 
countability and  responsibility ;  Article  LIV — ^Lands,  build- 
ings, and  improvements;  Article  LV — Surveys  on  property; 
Article  LVI — Civilian  employees,  general  provisions;  Article 
LXXIII — Quartermaster  Corps. 

General  duties.  United  States  Army  Transport  Regula- 
tions, 1908,  and  circulars  of  the  Quartermaster  General's  Office 
relating  to  supplies,  payment,  and  services.  Subsistence  and 
pay  manuals. 

Blanks  should  be  furnished  and  the  applicant  required  to 
exemplify  their  use  in  the  preparation  of  contracts,  bonds, 
returns,  accounts  current,  etc. 


107 

Military  law.  Oral.  Manual  of  Courts-Martial  (official). 
Ilie  law  of  war.  Civil  functions  and  relations  of  the  military. 
Instructions  for  the  government  of  armies  of  the  United  States 
in  the  field  (Rules  of  Land  Warfare,  General  Orders,  Nos.  4 
and  52  of  1902,  A.  G.  O.,  and  Circular  No.  65,  W.  D.,  1907). 

Hippology.  Oral.  The  Cavalry  horse:  Draft  horses  and 
mules;  inspection  and  purchase;  care  of;  feeding;  watering. 
Stables:  Construction;  lighting;  ventilation.  Forage:  Kinds 
and  relative  value;  inspection  of;  causes  of  deterioration; 
proper  care  of. 

Transportation.  Oral.  By  land  (rail,  wagon,  and  pack) 
and  water.  Care  of  animals  on  cars  and  transports.  Con- 
struction and  repairs  of  roads,  railroads,  bridges,  etc. 

FOR    ORDNANCE    DEPARTMENT. 

The  examination  for  the  Ordnance  Department  will  consist 
of  two  parts,  the  first  part  being  designed  for  applicants  desir- 
ing service  in  the  field  and  the  second  part  for  applicants 
desiring  technical  duty.  It  is  optional  with  the  applicant  to 
take  either  part,  or  both. 

FIRST    PART. 

Captains  and  first  lieutenants. 

Administration.  Oral.  Army  Regulations  and  important 
general  orders,  in  the  discretion  of  the  board,  special  attention 
being  devoted  to  Articles  1-5,  9-13,  and  29-32,  all  inclusive, 
and  Articles  39,  40,  50-56,  60,  61,  76  A.  R.  1913 ;  also.  Ordnance 
Regulations,  1907,  and  Ordnance  Property  Regulations,  1909. 

Small- Arms  Firing  Regulations.  Oral.  Same  as  for  com- 
pany officers  of  Infantry. 

Duties  of  ordnance  officers.  Oral,  (a)  General  War  Plans 
of  the  Ordnance  Department,  General  Order  No.  3,  Office  of 
the  Chief  of  Ordnance,  August  25,  1913;  duties  of  chief  ord- 
nance officers  and  commanding  officers  of  ordnance  depots  in 
the  field,  General  Orders,  Nos.  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  and  11,  Office  of  the 
Chief  of  Ordnance,  1912 ;  practical  duties  of  ordnance  officers 
in  the  field,  including  minor  repairs  of  arms  and  equipment. 
(6)  Practical  knowledge  of  the  arms,  ammunition,  and  equip- 
ments of  Infantry,  Cavalry,  and  Field  Artillery. 


108 

Field  officers. 

The  examination  will  be  ttie  same  as  the  foregoing,  but  the 
board  will,  in  addition,  inquire  into  the  business  capacity  of 
the  applicant  and  his  experience  in  handling  affairs  and  men. 
The  examination  under  "Administration  "  and  "  Duties  of  ord- 
nance officers  "  will  also  be  more  extended  than  for  the  grades 
of  captain  and  first  lieutenant,  by  reason  of  the  greater  re- 
sponsibility pertaining  to  the  duties  of  officers  of  field  rank. 

SECOND  PART. 

Captains  and  first  lieutenants. 

Administration.  Oral.  Army  Regulations,  1913,  and  im- 
portant general  orders  in  the  discretion  of  the  board,  special 
attention  being  devoted  to  Articles  1-5,  9-13,  29-32,  all  in 
elusive,  and  Articles  39,  40,  50-56,  60,  61,  76,  also.  Ordnance 
Regulations,  1907. 

Military  law.  Oral.  Same  as  for  company  officers  of  In- 
fantry. 

Duties  of  ordnance  officers.  Oral,  (a)  Knowledge  of  boil- 
ers, engines,  tools,  including  practical  handling  of  tools. 

(&)  Practical  electricity  and  electrical  machines. 

(c)  Experience  in  the  manufacture  of  articles  composed  of 
steel,  of  wood,  of  leather. 

Field  officers. 

The  examination  will  be  the  same  as  the  foregoing,  but  the 
board  will,  in  addition,  inquire  into  the  business  capacity  of 
the  applicant,  his  experience  with  mechanics  and  machinists, 
and  his  ability  in  the  management  of  manufacturing  establish- 
ments. 

FOR  MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT. 

[Examinations  will  be  conducted  under  special  instructions  from  tlie 
Surgeon  General.] 

Captains  and  first  lieutenants. 

1.  Administration.  Army  Regulations  so  far  as  they  relate 
to  the  Medical  Department  or  ;,o  the  medical  officer,  as  an 
officer  of  the  Army. 


109 

Manual  for  the  Medical  Department. 

(Blanks  should  be  furnished  and  the  applicants  required  to 
exemplify  their  use  in  the  preparation  of  reports  and  returns.) 

2.  Drill  Regulations  for  the  Hospital  Corps. 

3.  Practice  of  medicine. 

4.  Surgery. 

5.  Military  sanitation. 

6.  Military  law.  Manual  of  Courts-Martial  (official).  In- 
structions for  the  government  of  armies  of  the  United  States 
in  the  field  (General  Orders,  Nos.  4  and  52  of  1902,  A.  G.  O., 
and  Circular,  No.  65,  W.  D.,  1907,  Rules  of  Land  Warfare). 

Field  officers. 

1.  Administration.  Army  Regulations  so  far  as  they  relate 
to  the  Medical  Department  or  to  the  medical  officer  as  an 
officer  of  the  Army. 

Field  Service  Regulations  in  so  far  as  they  relate  to  the 
Medical  Department. 

Manual  for  the  Medical  Department. 

(Blanks  should  be  furnished  and  the  applicants  required  to 
exemplify  their  use  in  the  preparation  of  reports  and  returns.) 

2.  Practice  of  medicine. 

3.  Surgery. 

4.  Military  sanitation  and  epidemiology. 

5.  Military  law.  Manual  of  Courts-Martial  (official).  In- 
structions for  the  government  of  armies  of  the  United  States 
in  the  field  (General  Orders,  4  and  52  of  1902,  A.  G.  O.,  and 
Circular,  No.  65,  W.  D.,  1907,  Rules  of  Land  Warfare). 

FOE  JUDGE  ADVOCATE  GENERAL' S  DEPARTMENT. 

The  applicant  shall  produce  a  diploma  from  a  regularly 
established  law  school  of  good  reputation  and  shall  submit 
evidence  that  he  has  been  a  practicing  attorney  in  good  stand- 
ing for  a  period  of  at  least  two  years. 

For  all  officers. 

Administration.  Oral.  Army  Regulations:  In  the  discre- 
tion of  the  board,  special  importance  being  attached  to  Article 
XLIV  (The  Organized  Militia),  (Employment  of  troops  in  the 


110 

enforcement  of  the  laws)  ;  Articles  XLVII  and  LXVIII  (Judge 
Advocate  General's  Department)  ;  Article  LXIX  (Arrest  and 
confinement)  ;  Article  LXX  (Courts-martial)  ;  Article  LXXI 
Civilian  witnesses)  ;  Article  LXXII  (Employment  of  civil 
counsel — Habeas  corpus).    The  Articles  of  War. 

Military  law.    Oral.    Manual  of  Courts-Martial  (official). 

International  law  and  the  law  of  war.     Oral. 

1.  States  and  their  essential  attributes. 

2.  Perfect  and  imperfect  rights. 

3.  National  character. 

4.  The  conflict  of  international  rights. 

5.  War. 

6.  Neutrality ;  the  rights  and  duties  of  neutrals. 

7.  Law  of  military  occupation. 

8.  Rules  of  Land  Warfare  and  Bulletin  6,  W.  D.,  1913. 

9.  The  Geneva  Convention,  1906  (Circular  No.  65,  W.  -D., 
1907). 

10.  The  Hague  Conference  (General  Orders,  Nos.  4  and  52, 
A.  G.  O.,  1902). 

11.  Military  Government  and  Martial  Law  (Birkhimer). 

Revised  Statutes  and  acts  of  Congress  relating  to  the  organ- 
ization, etc.,  of  the  Military  Establishment  of  the  United 
States.  Oral.  In  the  discretion  of  the  board,  the  scope  of 
the  examination  to  be  sufficient  to  test  the  applicant's  knowl- 
edge of  the  fundamental  principles  and  more  important  details 
of  the  laws  relating  to  the  Army  of  the  United  States  and  the 
militia. 

TETTER    OF    APPLICATION    FOR    EXAMINATION    FOR    COMMISSION    IN 
VOLUNTEER  FORCE. 

[Under  sec.  23,  act  of  Jan.  21,  1903.] 

,  19-. 

The  Adjutant  General, , 


Sie:  I  have  the  honor  to  apply  for  examination  for  a  com- 
mission as  ^ of  ^ \  ^ ,  in  any  volunteer  force 

which  may  hereafter  be  called  for  and  organized  under  the 

1  Insert  grade. 

2  Insert  branch  of  service,  as  Cavah-y,  Field  Artillery,  Coast  Artil- 
lery, or  Infantry. 

3  Name  staff  position,  and  in  this  case  rule  out  {})  and  {"). 


Ill 

fiutliority  of  Cougi-ess,  other  than  a  force  composed  of  Organ- 
ized Militia. 

I  have  served years  in  * . 

I  have  pursued  a  regular  course  of  instruction  for  

years  in  ^ . 

I  graduated  in  the  year  from  " ,  after  having 

creditably  pursued  the  course  of  military  instruction  therein 
provided. 

I  was  born ,  1 ,  and  am  ' a  citizen  of  the 

United  States. 

Respectfully,  , 


The  correctness  of  the  statements  above  made  was  sworn  to 
and  subscribed  before  me,  ,  19 — . 


(O.  O.  5Jt,  19U—lJf75535  P,  A,  O.  O.  as  amended  hy  Par.  I, 
G.  0.  50,  1915— U1 5535  8,  A.  G.  O.) 

*  Insert  service  in  Regular  Army  of  the  United  States,  or  volunteer 
forces  of  the  United  States,  or  Organized  Militia  of  any  State,  Terri- 
tory, or  District  of  Columbia ;  also  state  in  what  capacity. 

5  Insert  name  and  location  of  the  military  school  or  college  of  the 
United  States  Army. 

8  Insert  the  name  and  location  of  the  educational  institution  to 
which  an  officer  of  the  Army  or  Navy  has  been  detailed  as  superin- 
tendent or  professor  pursuant  to  law. 

"^  Insert  "  not "  if  in  accordance  with  fact. 

8  Oath  to  be  taken  before,  and  signature  to  be  made  by,  officer 
authorized  by  law  to  administer  oaths. 

Note. — The  foregoing  is  the  form  to  be  followed  in  applying  for 
examination,  and  is  to  be  addressed  to  the  adjutant  general  of  a 
State  or  Territory,  or  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  accord- 
ing as  the  applicant  comes  within  the  classes  indicated  in  the  fourth 
paragraph  of  Section  III,  and  must  embody  all  the  information  indi- 
cated In  the  blanks.  Blank  forms  are  not  supplied  ty  the  War 
Department. 


ARTICLE  III. 

ASSIGNMENTS  AND  DETAILS— DETACHED  SERVICE 
OF  OFFICERS. 

11.  Employment  of  outside  influence  to  obtain  assign- 
ments, etc. — ^Attention  is  hereby  specifically  called  to  the 
Executive  order  published  in  General  Orders,  No.  112,  of  July 
33,  1905,  which  is  as  follows: 

EXECUTIVE  ORDER. 

The  Congress  of  the  United  States,  by  appropriate  legisla- 
tive enactments,  has  made  the  matter  of  assignments,  trans- 
fers, and  details  in  the  Army  the  subject  of  formal  statutory 
regulation ;  Executive  regulations  in  furtherance  of  these  stat- 
utes have  been  adopted,  the  operation  of  which  has  been  to 
place  upon  record  in  the  War  Department  full  and  detailed 
information  in  respect  to  the  character,  capacity,  military 
services,  and  general  attainments  of  all  officers  composing  the 
military  establishment.  The  records  so  obtained  fully  set 
forth  the  relative  merits  of  officers  of  all  grades  of  rank  in  the 
sevetal  branches  of  the  line  and  staff,  and  enable  all  vacan- 
cies which  occur  in  the  military  service  to  be  filled  after  a 
careful  comparison  of  the  records  of  those  officers  who  are 
eligible  under  the  law  for  particular  assignments  or  details. 

A  similar  legislative  policy  exists  in  respect  to  the  Navy, 
and  the  records  of  the  Navy  Department  furnish  evidence  ot 
the  character,  service,  and  ability  of  all  officers  of  the  Navy, 
founded  upon  the  official  reports  of  those  officers  whose  duty 
it  is  to  make  them.  These  reports  are  sufficiently  specific  to 
enable  the  department  to  determine  the  particular  duty  which 
each  officer  is  fitted  to  perform  without  the  intervention  or 
requests,  claims,  or  influence  from  sources  outside  the  Navy. 

It  is  therefore  announced  that  in  future  appointments,  de- 
tails, transfers,  and  assignments  in  the  Army  and  Navy,  the 
Executive  will  be  guided  by  the  official  records  of  the  War 
and  Navy  Departments,  respectively,  to  the  exclusion  of  other 
sources  of  influence  or  information ;  but  in  case  an  officer  has 
performed  any  special  act  of  bravery  or  courage  or  rendered 
specially  efficient  service  of  which  there  is  no  record  or  only 
a  partial  record  in  the  War  or  Navy  Department,  the  testimony 
of  any  person  who  was  an  eyewitness  of  the  same  may  be  sub- 
mitted for  consideration. 

Should  it  be  discovered  that  since  the  publication  of  this 
order  an  officer  of  the  Army  or  Navy  has  sought  recommenda- 

(112) 


113 

tion  or  support  from  sources  outside  of  those  named  above, 
this  fact  will  debar  him  from  obtaining  the  particular  advance- 
ment, assignment,  or  detail  which  he  has  by  such  means  at- 
tempted to  secure,  and  the  fact  that  he  has  sought  such  in- 
fluence will  be  noted  on  his  official  record. 

Theodore  Roosevelt. 
The  White  House,  July  7,  1905. 

and  to  the  order  of  the  President  published  in  General  Or- 
ders, No.  38,  of  March  3,  1909,  which  is  as  follows : 

The  White  House, 
Washington,  March  3,  1909. 
To  the  Secretary  of  War: 

Supplementing  orders  heretofore  issued,  it  is  directed  that 
hereafter  all  requests  and  recommendations,  either  written  or 
verbal,  received  at  the  War  Department  from  or  on  behalf  of 
Army  officers,  of  whatever  nature — other  than  those  received 
through  regular  military  channels — shall  be  filed  with  or  noted 
on  their  records.  Officers  wiio  do  not  desire  such  notations 
on  their  records  should  take  such  action  as  may  be  necessary 
to  prevent  such  requests  or  recommendations  being  made. 

Theodore  Roosevelt. 

Notwithstanding  these  orders,  this  department  is  constantly 
in  receipt  of  numerous  requests,  written  and  oral,  concerning 
the  promotion,  assignment,  transfer,  detail,  and  other  special 
treatment  of  officers  in  the  service.  In  some  instances  of  re- 
cent occurrence  it  has  been  found  that  the  officer  in  question 
did  not  desire  the  thing  requested  in  his  behalf,  and  in  many 
others  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that  the  oflTicer  was  not  directly 
or  indirectly  responsible  for  the  request,  although  it  came 
through  a  third  person  and  bore  no  direct  evidence  of  his  par- 
ticipation therein.  If  the  department  heeds  the  importunities 
of  those  who,  by  disobeying  these  orders  in  letter  or  spirit,  are 
enabled  to  reach  it,  the  result  is  simply  to  put  a  premium 
upon  disobedience  and  to  punish  those  who  strictly  observe 
the  orders. 

Hereafter  any  communication  made  to  this  department, 
written  or  oral,  requesting  any  promotion,  assignment,  trans- 
fer, detail,  or  other  special  consideration  for  any  officer  (ex- 
cepting when  made  by  the  officer  himself  in  the  proper  way), 
will  at  once  be  referred  to  the  officer  in  question,  who  will  be 
required  to  state  whether  the  communication  was  made  di- 
rectly or  indirectly  by  his  procurement,  and  whether  he  avows 
or  disavows  the  request  as  one  on  his  behalf.  (G.  0.  31, 
1913—2030735,  A,  G.  0.) 
40062°— 16 8 


114 

12.  Official  records  constitute  basis  of  assignments,  etc.— 

1.  The  strict  enforcement  of  the  provisions  of  paragraph  5, 
Army  Regulations,  and  of  General  Orders,  No.  31,  War  De- 
partment, 1913,  Par.  11,  this  compilation,  which  forbid  the 
employment  of  outside  influence  by  officers  to  obtain  details, 
assignments,  and  other  favors,  makes  it  desirable  to  put  into 
effect  the  best  methods  of  ascertaining  the  wants  of  officers 
and  of  placing  before  the  Secretary  of  War  this  information 
together  with  the  compiled  efficiency  records  which  will  enable 
him  to  make  details  and  assignments  in  the  interests  of  the 
service  as  well  as  of  individuals. 

2.  The  following  sources  of  information  are  authorized : 
(a)  Personal  Report  and  Statement  of  Preferences. 

( h )  Special  letters  of  recommendation  for  particular  duties 
by  military  superiors. 

(c)  Official  applications  from  governors  of  States  and  presi- 
dents of  military  schools  and  colleges  for  the  detail  of  officers 
under  the  provisions  of  law  governing  such  matters. 

3.  The  foregoing  sources  of  information  will  be  considered 
together  with  the  compiled  efficiency  records  in  making  de- 
tails and  assignments. 

4.  Preferences  for  particular  assignments  will  be  considered 
with  special  reference  to  the  interests  of  the  service,  interests 
of  other  officers,  and  economy,  as  well  as  with  reference  to 
the  personal  benefit  of  the  officer. 

5.  The  purpose  of  the  foregoing  is  to  make  known  the  policy 
of  the  department  that  the  official  records  only  constitute  the 
basis  of  all  assignments  and  details.  {Bui.  6,  1915 — 
22m80  K,  A.  G.  O.) 

13.  Details  to  Staff  Corps,  detached  officers.— The  follow- 
ing rules  and  regulations  are  prescribed  by  the  President 
to  carry  into  effect  the  provisions  of  so  much  of  the  act  of 
Congress  approved  March  3,  1911,  entitled  "An  act  making 
appropriations  for  the  support  of  the  Army  for  the  fiscal  year 
ending  June  30,  1912,"  as  provides  that  certain  officers  on 
detached  service  shall  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of  section 
27,  of  the  act  approved  February  2,  1901,  with  reference  to 
details  to  the  Staff  Corps : 

Upon  the  request  of  the  governors  of  the  several  States 
and  Territories  concerned,  officers  of  the  active  list  of  the 
Army  may  be  assigned  to  duty  as  inspectors  and  instructors  of 
the  Organized  Militia  in  numbers  not  to  exceed  one  for  each 


115 

regiment  and  separate  battalion  of  Infantry  or  its  equivalent 
of  other  troops. 

Line  officers  not  to  exceed  200  now  or  hereafter  on  de- 
tached service  with  the  Organized  Militia  or  on  other  de- 
tached service,  the  usual  period  of  which  exceeds  one  year, 
will  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of  section  27,  of  the  act 
approved  February  2,  1901,  with  reference  to  details  to  the 
Staff  Corps.  These  200  officers  will  be  distributed  among 
the  several  grades  from  first  lieutenant  to  colonel,  inclusive, 
and  the  number  in  each  grade  in  each  of  the  several  branches 
of  the  line  of  the  Army,  namely,  the  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery, 
Coast  Artillery  Corps,  and  Infantry,  will  be,  as  nearly  as  prac- 
ticable, in  proportion  to  the  authorized  commissioned  strength 
of  that  branch.  The  names  of  the  officers  will  from  time  to 
time  be  announced  in  orders  from  the  War  Department. 

Details  to  the  several  staff  corps  and  departments  under 
the  act  of  Congress  approved  February  2,  1901,  will  here- 
after be  made  independently  of  the  apportionment  of  detached 
officers  under  the  act  approved  March  3,  1911.  In  making 
such  details  the  imperative  needs  of  the  service  will  be  first 
considered,  and  in  case  an  eligible  officer  is  regarded  as  pecu- 
liarly qualified  for  a  particular  staff  position  he  may  be  de- 
tailed without  reference  to  any  apportionment  or  proportions ; 
but  in  other  instances  details  will  be  made  in  each  grade  from 
the  several  arms  of  the  line  in  the  proportion  which  the  num- 
ber of  officers  in  each  arm  bears  to  the  total  number  of  officers 
in  the  line  of  the  Army.  (G.  O.  33,  1911—1756469,  A.  G.  0.; 
Par.  II,  Bui.  29,  1915—2298005,  A.  G.  0.) 

14.  Detached  service  of  officers,  laws  and  instructions 
governing. — 1.  The  following  is  an  extract  from  "An  act 
making  appropriation  for  the  support  of  the  Army  for  the 
fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1913,  and  for  other  purposes,"  ap- 
proved August  24,  1912,  and  amended  by  a  joint  resolution 
of  the  same  date : 

Provided,  That  on  and  after  December  fifteenth,  nineteen 
hundred  and  twelve,  in  time  of  peace,  whenever  any  officer  hold- 
ing a  permanent  commission  in  the  line  of  the  Army  with  rank 
below  that  of  major  shall  not  have  been  actually  present  for 
duty  for  at  least  two  of  the  last  preceding  six  years  with  a 
troop,  battery,  or  company,  of  that  branch  of  the  Army  in 
which  he  shall  hold  said  commission,  such  officer  shall  not  be 
detached  nor  permitted  to  remain  detached  from  such  troop, 
battery,  or  company,  for  duty  of  any  kind;  and  all  pay  and 
allowances  shall  be  forfeited  by  any  superior  for  any  period 


116 

(luring  which,  by  his  order,  or  his  permission,  or  by  reason  of 
his  failure  or  neglect  to  issue  or  cause  to  be  issued  the  proper 
order  or  instructions  at  the  proper  time,  any  officer  shall  be 
detached  or  permitted  to  remain  detached  in  violation  of  any 
of  the  terms  of  this  proviso;  but  nothing  in  this  proviso  shall 
be  held  to  apply  in  the  case  of  any  officer  for  such  period  as 
shall  be  actually  necessary  for  him,  after  having  been  relieved 
from  detached  service,  to  join  the  troop,  battery,  or  company, 
to  which  he  shall  belong  in  that  branch  in  which  he  shall  hold 
a  permanent  commission,  nor  shall  anything  in  this  proviso  be 
held  to  apply  to  the  detachment  or  detail  of  officers  for  duty  in 
the  Judge  Advocate  General's  Department  or  in  the  Ordnance 
Department,  or  in  connection  with  the  construction  of  the 
Panama  Canal  until  after  such  canal  shall  have  been  formally 
opened,  or  in  the  Philippine  Constabulary  until  the  first  day 
of  January,  nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen,  or  to  any  officer 
detailed,  or  who  may  be  hereafter  detailed,  for  aviation  duty. 
And  hereafter  no  officer  holding  a  permanent  commission  in 
the  Army  with  rank  below  that  of  major  shall  be  detailed  as 
assistant  to  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Insular  Affairs  with 
rank  of  colonel,  or  as  commanding  officer  of  the  Porto  Rico 
Regiment  of  Infantry,  or  as  chief  or  assistant  chief  (director 
or  assistant  director)  of  the  Philippine  Constabulary,  and  no 
other  officers  of  the  Army  shall  hereafter  be  detailed  for  duty 
with  the  said  constabulary  except  as  specifically  provided  by 
law. 

2.  The  following  is  an  extract  from  "An  act  making  appro- 
priations for  the  support  of  the  Army  for  the  fiscal  year  end- 
ing June  30,  1915,"  approved  April  27,  1914 : 

And  provided  further.  That  after  September  first,  nineteen 
hundred  and  fourteen,  in  time  of  peace,  whenever  any  officer 
holding  a  permanent  commission  in  the  line  of  the  Army, 
with  rank  of  colonel,  lieutenant  colonel,  or  major,  shall  not 
have  been  actually  present  for  duty  for  at  least  two  years  of 
the  last  preceding  six  years  with  a  command  composed  of  not 
less  than  two  troops,  batteries,  or  companies  of  that  branch 
of  the  Army  in  which  he  shall  hold  said  commission,  such 
officer  shall  not  be  detached  nor  permitted  to  remain  detached 
from  such  command  for  duty  of  any  kind  except  as  herein- 
after specifically  provided;  and  all  pay  and  allowances  shall 
be  forfeited  by  any  superior  for  any  period  during  which  by 
his  order  or  his  permission,  or  by  reason  of  his  failure  or  neg- 
lect to  issue  or  cause  to  be  issued  the  proper  order  or  instruc- 
tions at  the  proper  time,  any  officer  shall  be  detached  or  per- 
mitted to  remain  detached  in  violation  of  any  of  the  terms  of 
this  Act ;  but  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  held  to  apply  in  the; 
case  of  any  officer  for  such  period  as  shall  be  actually  neces- 
sary for  him,  after  having  been  relieved  from  detached  service, 
to  join  the  organization  or  command  to  which  he  shall  belong 
in  that  branch  in  which  he  shall  hold  a  permanent  commis- 
sion;  nor  shall  anything  in  this  Act  be  held  to  apply  to  the 


117 

detachment  or  detail  of  officers  for  duty  in  connection  with 
tlie  construction  of  tlie  Panama  Canal  until  after  such  canal 
shall  have  been  formally  opened,  or  in  connection  with  the 
Alaska  Road  Commission  or  the  Alaska  Railroad  or  the 
Bureau  of  Insular  Affairs ;  and  nothing  in  this  Act  shall  pre- 
vent the  redetail  of  officers  above  the  grade  of  major  to  fill 
vacancies  in  the  various  staff  corps  and  departments  as  pro- 
vided for  by  section  twenty-six  of  the  Act  of  Congress  ap- 
proved February  second,  nineteen  hundred  and  one :  Provided 
further,  That  whenever  the  service  record  of  any  field  officer 
is  to  be  ascertained  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  all  duty 
actually  performed  by  him  during  the  last  preceding  six  years, 
in  a  grade  below  that  of  major,  in  connection  with  any  statu- 
tory organization  of  that  branch  of  the  Army  in  which  he 
shall  hold  a  permanent  commission,  or  as  a  staff  officer  of  any 
coast  defense  or  coast-artillery  district,  shall  be  credited  to 
him  as  actual  presence  for  duty  with  a  command  composed  as 
hereinbefore  prescribed :  And  provided  further,  That  tempo- 
rary duty  of  any  kind  hereafter  performed  with  United  States 
troops  in  the  field  for  a  period  or  periods  the  aggregate  of 
vi^hich  shall  not  exceed  sixty  days  in  any  one  calendar  year, 
and  duty  hereafter  performed  in  command  of  United  States 
Army  mine  planter  by  an  officer  assigned  to  a  company  from 
which  this  detachment  is  drawn,  and  duty  hereafter  performed 
in  command  of  a  machine-gun  platoon  or  a  machine-gun  unit, 
by  any  officer  who,  before  assignment  to  such  duty,  shall  have 
been  regularly  assigned  to,  and  shall  have  entered  upon  duty 
with,  an  organization  or  a  command  the  detachment  of  certain 
officers  from  which  is  prohibited  by  the  Act  of  Congress  ap- 
proved August  twenty-fourth,  nineteen  hundred  and  twelve, 
or  by  this  Act,  shall,  for  the  purpose  of  said  Acts,  hereafter 
be  counted  as  actual  presence  for  duty  with  such  organization 
or  command. 

3.  Strict  observance  of  the  foregoing  statutory  rules  is  en- 
joined upon  all  officers  who  exercise  the  power  to  detach  a 
line  officer  from  duty  with  an  organization  of  the  line  branch 
in  which  he  is  commissioned,  or  who  have  authority  to  order 
the  return  of  any  such  officer  to  duty  with  an  organization. 

4.  Bureau  chiefs,  commanding  officers,  and  other  officers 
under  whose  direction,  command,  or  supervision,  officers  com- 
missioned in  the  line  of  the  Army  may  be  serving  or  may  here- 
after serve  detached  from  duty  with  an  organization  of  that 
branch  of  the  Army  in  which  commissioned,  and  who  are  with- 
out authority  to  order  the  return  of  such  officers  to  duty  with 
an  organization,  will  cause  timely  notice  of  the  date  upon 
which  each  officer  should  be  so  returned  to  be  given  to  the 
proper  authority  having  power  to  issue  the  necessary  orders 
to  in,sure  compliance  with  the  statute  quoted  above. 


118 

5.  Each  ofHcer  will  keep  himself  informed  as  to  his  status, 
and  as  the  date  approaches  when  he  must  return  to  duty  with 
an  organization  or  command  he  will  bring  the  matter  to  the 
attention  of  his  next  superior  officer,  who,  in  turn,  will  see 
that  timely  notice  of  the  matter  is  given  to  the  authority 
competent  to  issue  the  necessary  orders. 

6.  Each  officer  will  carefully  preserve  his  record  of  absences 
and  will  make  such  subsequent  entries  as  may  be  necessary 
to  keep  the  record  posted  to  date. 

7.  Whenever  the  officer  passes  from  duty  with  an  organiza- 
tion or  command  where  his  record  of  service  is  kept,  the  cor- 
rectness of  the  record  will  be  attested  by  the  proper  authority. 

8.  Each  officer  will  forward  on  December  31  of  each  year  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  on  blank  forms  which  will 
be  furnished  for  the  purpose,  a  statement  showing  all  ab- 
sences during  the  year  from  duty  with  his  organization  or 
command.  In  the  event  that  there  are  no  absences  a  state- 
ment to  that  effect  will  be  furnished.  {Par.  Ill,  G.  0.  32, 
1912—1951564,  A.  G.  0.;  Par.  I,  G.  0.  J,l,  1912— 195 156Jf  A, 
A.  G.  O.;  G.  0.  37,  19U— 2164606,  A.  G.  0.) 

9.  No  captain  or  lieutenant  commissioned  in  the  line  of  the 
Army,  who  shall  not  have  been  actually  present  for  duty  for 
at  least  two  of  the  last  preceding  six  years  with  a  troop,  bat- 
tery, or  company  of  that  branch  of  the  Army  in  which  he 
shall  hold  his  commission,  will  be  detached  from  such  troop, 
battery,  or  company  for  duty  of  any  kind. 

10.  The  foregoing  instructions  do  not  apply  to  the  detach- 
ment or  detail  of  officers  for  duty  in  the  Judge  Advocate 
General's  Department  or  in  the  Ordnance  Department,  or  to 
any  officer  detailed,  or  who  may  hereafter  be  detailed,  for 
aviation  duty. 

11.  In  order  to  be  regarded  as  actually  present  for  duty  with 
a  troop,  battery,  or  company,  in  the  sense  of  the  proviso,  an 
officer  must,  pursuant  to  competent  orders,  be  in  such  actual 
relation  to  said  organization  as  will  make  him  available  with- 
out further  orders  to  perform  the  usual  duties  of  his  grade 
with  respect  to  said  organization,  with  the  primary  purpose  of 
performing  them,  so  that  he  stands  ready  and  able  to  perform 
them  as  they  arise  in  the  course  of  military  administration. 
Anything  short  of  this  does  not  constitute  actual  presence 
for  duty  with  a  troop,  battery,  or  company  in  the  sense  of 
the  proviso.     The  phrase  "  actually  present  for  duty "   em- 


119 

ployed  in  the  proviso  is  to  be  construed  literally — that  is,  to 
meet  the  statutory  requirement  an  officer  must  be  present  on 
duty  with  one  of  the  organizations  prescribed,  in  the  sense 
that  he  is  in  a  regular  and  normal  duty  status  with  respect 
thereto. 

12.  In  applying  the  rule  stated  in  the  preceding  paragraph 
it  is  immaterial  whether  the  officer  is  "  assigned  "  to  a  troop, 
battery,  or  company  with  which  he  may  be  serving  or  "  at- 
tached "  thereto,  provided  he  actually  occupies  the  regular 
and  normal  duty  status  of  his  grade  with  respect  to  said  or- 
ganization; but  the  complement  of  officers  for  each  troop, 
battery,  and  company  has  been  fixed  by  statute  (sees.  2  and 
10,  act  of  Feb.  2,  1901,  31  Stat.,  748,  750 ;  and  sees.  6  and  8, 
act  of  Jan.  25,  1907,  34  Stat,  862),  and  that  complement  will 
not  be  exceeded.  Should  emergent  or  unusual  conditions  of 
service  arise  which  call  for  a  commissioned  personnel  beyond 
the  statutory  complement,  report  will  be  made  to  the  Secre- 
tary of  War  for  his  instructions  in  the  premises. 

13.  Whenever  more  officers  of  any  grade  below  that  of  ma- 
jor, who  are  not  eligible  for  detached  service  under  the  act  of 
Congress  approved  August  24,  1912,  are  assigned  or  attached 
to,  and  are  present  for  duty  with,  a  regiment  of  Cavalry,  Field 
Artillery,  or  Infantry,  or  a  company  of  the  Coast  Artillery 
Corps,  than  are  needed  to  give  the  proper  complement  of 
officers  to  each  troop,  battery,  or  company  of  the  regiment  or 
coast  defense  to  which  it  belongs,  the  presence  of  such  excess 
of  officers  will  constitute  an  emergent  condition  contemplated 
by  the  preceding  paragraph,  and  any  officer  of  such  grade  may 
be  assigned  by  the  regimental  or  coast  defense  commander  to 
duty  with  any  troop,  battery,  or  company  in  which  his  services 
may  be  needed;  but  such  officer  will  be  assigned  to  duty, 
whenever  practicable,  with  a  troop,  battery,  or  company  whose 
full  complement  of  officers  is  not  present  for  duty. 

14.  An  officer  actually  on  duty  with  a  detached  portion  of 
his  troop,  battery,  or  company  is  to  be  regarded  as  actually 
present  for  duty  with  his  organization. 

15.  Additional  duties  may  be  assigned  to  an  officer  of  com- 
pany grade  belonging  to  a  troop,  battery,  or  company  without 
prejudice  to  his  right  to  be  regarded  as  actually  present  for 
duty  therewith  provided  the  assignment  of  such  additional 
duties  leaves  him  in  the  duty  status  with  respect  to  his  organi- 
zation as  hereinbefore  defined. 


\  120 

16.  Battalion,  squadron,  regimental,  and  coast  defense  staff 
officers  and  other  officers  withdrawn  from  the  performance 
of  troop,  battery,  or  company  duties  are,  while  so  withdrawn, 
not  actually  present  for  duty  with  a  troop,  battery,  or  com- 
pany. 

17.  Service  with  recruit  companies,  prison  guard  companies, 
machine-gun  platoons,  except  as  provided  for  in  the  act  mak- 
ing appropriation  for  the  support  of  the  Army  for  the  fiscal 
year  ending  June  30,  1915,  regimental  detachments,  rifle  teams, 
the  Army  service  detachments  at  the  Military  Academy,  the 
Service  Schools,  and  the  War  College,  and  the  Cavalry,  Field 
Artillery,  and  Engineer  detachments  maintained  at  the  Mili- 
tary Academy,  is  not  service  with  a  troop,  battery,  or  com- 
pany of  that  branch  of  the  Army  in  which  the  officer  is  com- 
missioned. 

18.  An  officer  of  company  grade  who  is  sick  in  quarters,  or 
in  hospital  at  his  post  or  elsewhere,  or  in  quarantine,  or  in 
compliance  with  summons  from  a  civil  or  a  military  court,  or 
in  arrest,  or  undergoing  trial,  or  traveling  in  compliance  with 
orders  to  change  station  from  one  company  assignment  to 
another,  or  absent  with  leave,  though  not  actually  present  for 
duty  with  a  troop,  battery,  or  company,  is  not  to  be  considered 
as  detached  from  his  organization  for  duty  of  any  kind,  in 
such  sense  as  to  bring  into  operation  the  penalty  clause  of 
the  proviso. 

19.  The  service  of  captains  and  lieutenants  holding  commis- 
sions in  the  line  of  the  Army  will  be  classified  under  three 
headings,  viz: 

(a)  Actually  present  for  duty  with  a  troop,  battery,  or  com- 
pany— ^which  will  reveal  the  officer's  eligibility  for  detached 
service  in  general. 

(&)  Detached  from  a  troop,  battery,  or  company,  for  duty 
of  any  kind — ^which  will  reveal  the  field  of  application  of  the 
penalty  clause  of  the  proviso. 

(c)  Not  actually  present  for  duty  with  a  troop,  battery,  or 
company,  but  not  detached  for  duty  of  any  kind.  While  in 
this  status  officers  do  not  accumulate  eligibility  for  detached 
service  in  general ;  but  the  status  will  furnish  no  occasion  for 
the  application  of  the  penalty  clause  of  the  proviso.  (G.  O. 
U,  1912—1951564  B,  A.  G,  O.;  Par.  II,  Bui.  2,  1913—1997588, 
A.  G.  O.) 


121 

20.  The  following  is  an  extract  from  "An  act  making  appro- 
priations for  the  support  of  the  Army  for  the  fiscal  year  end- 
ing June  30, 1914,"  approved  March  2, 1913  (Public— No.  401)  : 

Provided,  That  hereafter,  In  determining  the  eligibility,  un- 
der the  provisions  of  the  act  of  Congress  approved  August 
twenty-fourth,  nineteen  hundred  and  twelve,  of  troop,  bat- 
tery, or  company  officers  for  detail  as  officers  of  the  various 
staff  corps  and  departments  of  the  Army,  except  the  General 
Staff  Corps,  service  actually  performed  by  any  such  officer 
with  troops  prior  to  December  fifteenth,  nineteen  hundred 
and  twelve,  as  a  regimental,  battalion,  or  squadron  staff  offi- 
cer, shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  duty  with  a  battery,  com- 
pany, or  troop. 

21,  The  foregoing  statutory  provision  is  an  amendment  to 
the  detached  service  legislation  of  August  24,  1912.  Under 
existing  law  said  amendment  may  be  invoked  only  in  determin- 
ing the  eligibility  of  captains  and  lieutenants  of  the  line  for 
detached  service  under  detail  as  officers  of  the  Quartermaster 
Corps,  the  Signal  Corps,  and  the  Bureau  of  Insular  Affairs. 
{Par.  Ill,  a.  O.  25,  1913—1951564  C,  A.  G.  0.) 


ARTICLE  IV. 

FOREIGN  SERVICE,  OFFICERS  AND  ENLISTED  MEN. 

15.  Tours  of  duty  in  Panama,  Hawaii,  and  the  Philippine 
Islands. — In  order  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  the  Army 
appropriation  act  of  March  4,  1915,  requiring  "  Tliat  on  and 
after  October  1,  1915,  no  officer  or  enlisted  man  of  the  Army 
shall,  except  upon  his  own  request,  be  required  to  serve  in  a 
single  tour  of  duty  for  more  than  two  years  in  the  Philippine 
Islands,  nor  more  than  three  years  in  the  Panama  Canal  Zone, 
except  in  case  of  insurrection  or  of  actual  or  threatened  hos- 
tilities," the  following  is  published  to  the  Army  for  the  infor- 
mation and  guidance  of  all  concerned : 

1.  The  tours  of  duty  for  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the 
Army  will  be  two  years  for  those  stationed  in  the  Philippine 
Islands  and  three  years  for  those  stationed  in  Hawaii  and  in 
the  Canal  Zone,  except  that,  under  the  law,  officers  and  en- 
listed men  serving  in  the  Philippine  Islands  and  Canal  Zone 
may,  at  their  own  request,  be  permitted  to  serve  for  a  longer 
period.  Similar  permission  may  be  extended  to  those  serving 
in  Hawaii. 

2.  Noncommissioned  officers  above  the  grade  of  corporal 
who  have  completed  the  tour  specified  will,  upon  their  own 
application,  be  transferred  under  paragraph  114,  Army  Regu- 
lations, without  loss  of  rank  or  grade  as  established  by 
their  warrants,  with  noncommissioned  officers  of  the  same 
grade  belonging  to  organizations  of  the  same  arm  of  the 
service  stationed  within  the  continental  limits  of  the  United 
States.  Regimental,  battalion,  and  squadron  noncommis- 
sioned staff  officers,  and  first  sergeants  will  be  transferred  as 
such.  Except  upon  his  own  application  or  by  sentence  of  a 
court-martial,  a  noncommissioned  officer  will  not  be  reduced 
in  grade  while  his  application  for  transfer  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  order  is  pending  nor  during  the  first  six 
months  of  his  service  with  the  organization  to  which  he  is 

(122) 


123 

transferred.  Noncommissioned  officers  to  be  transferred  to 
the  Philippine  Islands,  Hawaii,  or  the  Canal  Zone  will  be 
selected  from  those  who  have  been  noncommissioned  officers 
for  six  months  or  more  of  the  rank  and  grade  in  which  trans- 
ferred and  who  have  more  than  two  years  to  serve  upon  their 
current  enlistments.  In  no  case,  however,  will  transfers  to 
the  Philippine  Islands,  Hawaii,  or  the  Canal  Zone  be  made 
or  recommended  unless  physical  fitness  for  tropical  service 
shall  have  been  determined  by  physical  examination  by  the 
post  surgeon  or  other  officer  of  the  medical  service;  nor,  if 
practicable,  in  any  case  where  the  soldier  has  not  served  or 
resided  three  years  within  the  continental  limits  of  the  United 
States  since  completion  of  his  last  period  of  Philippine, 
Hawaiian,  or  Canal  Zone  service. 

3.  The  commanding  generals  of  the  Philippine,  Hawaiian, 
and  Eastern  Departments,  will  forward  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army,  at  least  two  months  in  advance,  a  list 
of  the  noncommissioned  officers  who  are  to  be  transferred  to 
organizations  within  the  continental  limits  of  the  United 
States,  giving  grades  and  organizations. 

4.  For  the  purpose  of  accomplishing  transfers  between  or- 
ganizations in  the  United  States  and  like  organizations  in 
the  Philippine  Islands,  Hawaii,  and  the  Canal  Zone,  without 
loss  of  grade  to  the  noncommissioned  officers  so  exchanged, 
and  to  provide  an  equitable  distribution  of  such  transfers 
among  the  several  units  of  each  arm,  two  classes  of  rosters 
for  individual  noncommissioned  officers  of  the  grades  named 
in  paragraph  2  of  this  order  will  be  instituted  for  those 
serving  in  the  United  States.  Rosters  of  the  first  class,  com- 
prising grades  above  first  sergeant,  will  be  kept  in  the 
office  of  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  Regimental, 
detached  battalion,  and  coast  defense  commanders  will  re- 
port immediately  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  any 
changes  that  occur  in  the  status  of  the  men  carried  on  this 
roster.  Rosters  of  the  second  class,  comprising  grades  of 
first  sergeant  and  sergeant,  will  be  kept  at  the  headquar- 
ters of  regiments,  detached  battalions,  and  coast  defense 
commands,  those  voluntarily  making  applications  for  such 
transfers  to  be  placed  at  the  top  of  the  roster.  To  provide 
for  an  equitable  distribution  of  the  transfers  an  organiza- 
tion roster  will  also  be  kept  in  the  office  of  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army. 


124 

5.  To  prevent  delay  in  accomplishing  the  foregoing  in- 
structions, regimental,  detached  battalion,  and  coast  defense 
commanders  within  the  continental  limits  of  the  United 
States  will  submit  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  a  list 
of  all  noncommissioned  officers  of  both  classes  eligible  for 
transfer,  stating  after  each  name  the  date  of  enlistment, 
total  length  of  service,  date  of  last  foreign  service,  where 
served,  total  length  of  foreign  service,  and  whether  he  vol- 
unteers for  such  service;  and  will  thereafter  in  like  manner 
keep  an  eligible  list  of  first  sergeants  and  sergeants  at  their 
respective  headquarters.  (Par.  I,  G.  0.  36,  1915— 22901 0'^, 
A.  G.  O.) 

16.  Extension  of  tours  in  Panama,  Hawaii,  and  Pliilip- 
pine  Islands. — Requests  from  officers  of  the  Army  serving  in 
Panama,  Hawaii,  or  the  Philippine  Islands  for  extension  of 
tours  of  duty  in  those  places  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  one 
year,  in  each  case,  will  receive  the  favorable  consideration  of 
the  War  Department  if  warranted  by  the  conditions  of  the 
public  service,  and  if  made  six  months  in  advance  of  the 
expiration  of  the  prescribed  tour.  (Par.  I,  Bui.  11,  1912 — 
1955836,  A.  G.  O.,  and  ruling  of  Aug.  16,  1915— 22901 9 ^.) 

17.  Date  of  arrival  in  United  States  from  foreign  serv- 
ice.— ^The  date  of  arrival  in  the  United  States  of  officers  or 
enlisted  men  returning  from  a  tour  of  foreign  service  or  on 
leave  of  absence  or  furlough  is  held  to  be  the  date  on  which 
the  vessel  bearing  them  reaches  the  dock  provided  for  landing 
purposes  in  the  harbor  of  destination  of  such  officers  or  en- 
listed men  within  the  continental  limits  of  the  United  States. 
{Par.  I-l,  Cir.  12,  1910-1565389  A,  A.  G.  0.) 

18.  Transportation  on  transports  for  individual  oificers. — 
An  officer  of  the  Army  who  is  individually  ordered  to  proceed 
to  the  Philippine  Islands,  Hawaii,  or  other  place  where  travel 
on  transport  is  involved,  will,  immediately  after  receiving  his 
orders,  apply  to  the  Quartermaster  General  of  the  Army  for 
transportation  on  the  Army  transport  upon  which  such  orders 
require  him  to  embark,  or  upon  the  first  transport  to  leave  for 
his  destination  after  his  arrival  at  the  place  of  embarkation. 

An  officer  who  is  on  leave  of  absence  in  the  United  States 
and  who  is  required  to  return  to  any  of  the  places  herein- 
before specified,  will  apply,  at  the  earliest  practicable  date,  to 
the  Quartermaster  General  of  the  Army  for  transportation  on 
the  first  transport  to  leave  the  place  of  embarkation  for  his 


125 

destination  after  the  expiration  of  his  leave  of  absence.  An 
officer  who  fails  through  his  own  neglect  to  secure  transporta- 
tion on  the  first  transport  sailing  after  the  expiration  of  his 
'leave  of  absence  will  be  required  to  return  to  his  station  at  his 
own  expense  upon  the  first  commercial  vessel  available  after 
the  departure  of  the  transport  upon  which  he  should  have 
secured  accommodations.  {Pair.  I,  G.  0. 182, 1905,  as  amended 
by  Par.  I,  G.  O.  196,  1907—1065956  A,  M.  S.  0.) 

19.  Officers  en  route  to  Philippine  Islands  or  Hawaii  to 
report  to  commanding  general,  Western  Department. — Offi- 
cers of  the  line  and  staff  of  the  Army,  not  attached  to  organi- 
zations, who  are  under  orders  from  the  War  Department  to 
proceed  to  the  Philippine  Islands  or  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
and  officers  who  are  returning  to  those  islands  from  leave  of 
absence,  by  the  customary  route  of  travel,  will  report  in  per- 
son to  the  commanding  general,  Western  Department,  imme- 
diately upon  their  arrival  at  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  for  assign- 
ment, if  necessary,  pending  the  sailing  and  during  the  voyage, 
to  such  duty  as  may  be  required  of  them  with  casual  detach- 
ments or  in  charge  of  treasure  en  route  on  the  transport  upon 
which  they  have  secured  or  will  secure  accommodations. 

In  the  cases  of  officers  returning  to  the  Philippine  Islands 
or  the  Hawaiian  Islands  from  leave  of  absence,  who  are  as- 
signed to  duty  en  route  on  the  transport,  the  necessary  travel 
orders,  reciting  the  particular  duty  to  which  assigned  and 
directing  the  journey  as  necessary  in  the  military  service, 
will  be  issued  by  the  commanding  general.  Western  Depart- 
ment. {Par.  I,  G.  0.  168,  1911,  as  amended  hy  Par.  IV,  G.  O. 
25,  1915—228088Jt,  A.  G.  O.) 

20.  Officers  returning  from  foreign  service  to  report  to 
commanding  general,  Western  Department,  or  The  Adju- 
tant General  of  the  Army. — Officers  ordered  to  return  to  the 
United  States  from  foreign  service  and  who  return  via  San 
Francisco,  Cal.,  will  report  immediately  upon  their  arrival  at 
that  place  to  the  commanding  general.  Western  Department, 
for  such  orders  concerning  their  further  movements  as  may 
have  been  communicated  to  him  before  their  arrival.  They 
will  not  report  individually  by  telegraph  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army  unless  their  orders  specifically  require 
them  to  do  so. 

Should  the  commanding  general,  Western  Department,  not 
have  received  orders  in  the  cases  of  any  officers  so  reporting, 


126 

he  will  advise  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  by  telegraph 
in  order  that  necessary  orders  may  be  given. 

Officers  returning  from  foreign  service  and  arriving  at 
places  other  than  San  Francisco,  and  who  shall  not  have  re- 
ceived orders  governing  their  movements  after  arrival,  will 
report  by  telegraph  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for 
further  orders.     (Par.  I,  O.  O.  80,  1914—2041909  A,  A.  G.  O.) 


ARTICLE  V. 
ANNUAL  PHYSICAL  TESTS  OF  OFFICERS. 

21.  President's  order  requiring. — I  desire  due  notice  given 
to  all  officers  concerned  that  hereafter  suitable  physical  tests 
to  determine  their  fitness  for  active  operations  will  annually 
be  made  of  all  field  officers  of  the  Army,  under  such  regula- 
tions as  you  may  prescribe.  A  sufficient  number  of  the  prac- 
tice marches  of  Cavalry,  occurring  in  the  fall  of  each  year, 
might  be  taken  advantage  of  to  test  the  ability,  of  all  field 
officers,  except  those  of  Seacoast  Artillery,  to  make  a  daily 
march  of  not  less  than  30  miles,  for  3  days,  in  succes- 
sion, under  conditions  suitable  to  the  making  of  forced 
marches  in  active  field  operations.  Tests  suitable  to  the  char- 
acter of  service  required  of  them  should  also  be  prescribed 
for  field  officers  of  Seacoast  Artillery. 

Annual  reports  should  also  be  required,  under  such  condi- 
tions as  will  insure  accuracy  and  thoroughness,  upon  every 
junior  officer  of  the  Army,  setting  forth  whether  physically 
qualified  for  active  operations. 

Except  when  excused  by  higher  authority,  all  officers  should 
accompany  their  commands  on  the  monthly  practice  marches, 
and  reports  should  be  required,  naming  in  every  case  any  who 
are  unable  or  fail  to  do  so  or  fall  out  on  the  march. 

Appropriate  action  should  be  taken  in  the  cases  of  all  offi- 
cers found  not  qualified  physically  for  active  service. 

It  is  just  as  much  the  duty  of  all  officers  of  the  Army  to 
adopt  such  measures  and  pursue  such  habits  as  will  maintain 
a  physical  condition  fit  for  active  service  as  to  cultivate  their 
minds  in  fitting  themselves  for  the  intellectual  duties  of  their 
profession. 

I  should  also  like  as  much  encouragement  given  to  the  culti- 
vation of  horsemanship  in  the  Army  as  may  be  practicable 
under  the  law,  and  likewise  to  have  as  many  facilities  for 
riding  horseback  as  possible  afforded  to  Infantry  captains  on 
Government  horses,  until  they  have  been  made  mounted  offi- 

(127) 


128 

cers  as  in  foreign  armies.     {Order  of  President,  Dec.  2,  1007, 
G.  O.  240,  1907—1309700,  A.  G.  O.) 

22.  Instructions  governing  test  rides  and  marches. — In 
stinictions  for  carrying  into  effect  the  orders  of  the  President 
contained  in  General  Orders,  No.  240,  War  Department,  1907 
(par.  21,  this  compilation). 

1.  All  officers  of  the  active  list  of  the  Army  wlio  are  on  a 
duty  status  will  keep  themselves  at  all  times  in  fit  physical 
condition  to  perform  active  duty  with  troops  under  war  con- 
ditions. To  this  end  regular  and  systematic  physical  exercise 
throughout  the  year  is  essential  and  will  be  required  of  all 
officers  by  their  immediate  commanders.  At  posts  the  kind 
and  amount  of  such  exercise,  the  conditions  under  which  it 
shall  be  taken,  and  all  other  similar  details  will  be  arranged 
by  post  commanders  and  adapted  to  the  local  conditions  of 
climate,  duty,  individual  officers,  etc.,  obtaining  at  their  re- 
spective posts.  Department  commanders  will  enforce  consci- 
entious compliance  with  this  order  throughout  the  limits  of 
their  commands,  and  will  require  that  the  orders  of  post  com- 
manders be  adequate  td  secure  the  physical  condition  above 
prescribed. 

2.  Department  commanders  will  cause  all  officers  within  the 
geographical  limits  of  their  commands,  except  officers  who  are 
stationed  in  Washington  and  are  not  under  the  orders  of  a 
department  commander,  to  be  examined  physically  once  in  each 
fiscal  year,  preferably  at  some  time  during  the  three  months 
beginning  about  August  1  in  the  United  States  and  Alaska  and 
about  December  1  in  Porto  Rico,  Hawaii,  and  the  Philippine 
Islands.  Physical  examinations  may  take  place  at  other  sea- 
sons when  necessary,  but  no  officer  will  be  required  to  take 
more  than  one  examination,  other  than  that  for  promotion, 
during  any  one  fiscal  year. 

Whenever  practicable  this  examination  will  be  conducted 
by  two  officers  of  the  Medical  Corps,  who  will  follow  the  pro- 
ced'ure  set  forth  in  the  blank  forms  issued  for  the  purpose 
(Forms  No.  377  and  378,  A.  G.  O.,  the  former  for  field  officers, 
the  latter  for  captains  and  lieutenants). 

3.  As  soon  as  possible  after  said  physical  examination  all 
officers  on  the  active  list  of  the  Army  above  the  grade  of  cap- 
tain (with  exceptions  noted  in  subsequent  paragraphs)  will 
take  riding  tests  of  30  miles  each  day  for  three  consecutive 
days,  each  ride  to  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  principles 


129 

of  paragraphs  101  and  102,  Field  Service  Regulations,  1914. 
One  of  the  rides  will  be  concluded  within  6  hours  and  30 
minutes  and  two  within  7  hours  and  30  minutes  each,  after 
starting,  all  to  include  proper  rests.  These  tests  will  be  con- 
ducted whenever  practicable  at  the  stations  where  the  officer 
or  officers  may  be  serving  and  under  the  immediate  super- 
vision of  the  senior  line  officer  present;  otherwise  the  places 
will  be  designated  by  general  officers  commanding,  and  the 
tests  will  be  conducted  by  them  or  by  officers  whom  they  may 
designate. 

Department  commanders  will  personally  conduct  at  least 
one  of  the  annual  test  rides.  The  Chief  of  Staff  of  the  Army 
will  cause  officers  stationed  in  Washington,  not  under  the 
orders  of  a  department  commander,  to  be  examined  as  pre- 
scribed in  paragraph  2,  and  he  or  one  of  the  general  officers 
of  the  General  Staff  Corps  will  conduct  the  annual  test  ride 
for  those  officers.  General  officers  will  not  be  required  to 
undergo  the  physical  examination  prescribed  in  paragraph  2. 

The  annual  riding  tests  for  officers  serving  in  the  Tropics 
will  cover  in  the  same  number  of  days  two-thirds  of  the  dis~ 
tance,  and  in  two-thirds  of  the  time  each  day,  required  of 
officers  serving  elsewhere. 

As  soon  as  possible  after  the  conclusion  of  the  third  day's 
march,  and  in  no  case  more  than  three  hours  thereafter,  each 
officer  taking  the  test  will  be  examined  again  by  the  medical 
officers  referred  to  in  paragraph  2,  who  will  make  report  in 
accordance  with  directions  found  on  the  blank  form. 

So  far  as  consistent  with  proper  military  interests,  the 
physical  examination  and  test  of  officers  serving  within  the 
geographical  limits  of  a  department,  but  not  ordinarily  under 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  commander  thereof,  will  be  conducted 
so  as  to  cause  the  least  possible  interference  with  the  regular 
duties  of  these  ofl^cers. 

Should  the  medical  officers  certify  in  the  case  of  any  officer, 
after  the  physical  examination  prescribed  in  paragraph  2,  that 
he  can  not,  without  seriously  endangering  his  health,  take  the 
physical  test  herein  prescribed,  he  will  not  be  permitted  to 
take  it,  provided  the  officer  supervising  the  test  approves  the 
finding  of  the  medical  officers.  Should  this  officer  not  approve 
such  finding,  he  will  at  once  report  the  case  with  his  views 
thereon,  through  military  channels,  to  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army  for  the  action  of  the  Secretary  of  War.  In  the 
40062°— 16 9 


130 

absence  of  such  certificates  by  the  proper  medical  officers,  no 
officer  who  desires  to  take  the  test  will  be  prohibited  from 
doing  so. 

4.  Field  officers  of  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps  will  take  a 
marching  test  in  lieu  of  the  riding  test  prescribed  in  para- 
graph 3,  and  under  the  same  provisions  as  to  physical  exami- 
nation before  and  after  the  test  as  apply  in  the  case  of  officers 
taking  the  riding  test.  This  test  will  consist  of  a  march  of 
50  miles,  to  be  made  in  three  consecutive  days  and  in  a  total 
of  20  hours,  including  rests,  the  march  on  any  one  day  to  be 
during  consecutive  hours.  Should  any  of  these  officers  prefer, 
they  may  be  permitted,  if  practicable,  to  take  the  riding  test 
prescribed  in  paragraph  3  instead  of  this  marching  test. 

The  annual  marching  test  for  officers  serving  in  the  Tropics 
will  cover  in  the  same  number  of  days  two-thirds  of  the  dis- 
tance, and  in  two-thirds  of  the  time  each  day,  prescribed  in 
the  cases  of  officers  serving  elsewhere. 

5.  Side  arms  will  not  be  worn  while  taking  tests. 

6.  Field  officers  of  the  permanent  staff  corps  who  are  60 
years  of  age  and  over  M^ill  be  excused  from  the  annual  phys- 
ical test,  although  these  officers  will  be  subjected  to  the 
annual  physical  examination. 

Officers  of  the  permanent  staff  corps  and  departments  above 
the  rank  of  captain  who  are  not  detailed  from  the  line,  who 
are  engaged  upon  work  of  a  technical  character  and  who  have 
reached  an  age  and  rank  which  render  it  highly  improbable 
that  they  will  ever  be  assigned  to  any  duty  requiring  partici- 
pation in  active  military  operations  in  the  field,  may,  upon 
their  own  application,  forwarded  through  military  channels 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  be  excused  from  the 
physical  test  prescribed  in  this  order,  but  all  such  officers 
who  are  below  the  grade  of  brigadier  general  shall  take  the 
prescribed  physical  examination. 

7.  All  reports  of  results  of  examinations  and  tests  will  be 
made  on  the  blank  forms  referred  to  above. 

8.  The  provisions  of  General  Orders,  No.  240,  War  Depart- 
ment, 1907  (par.  21,  this  compilation),  as  to  the  attendance 
of  all  officers  at  practice  marches  and  as  to  affording  oppor- 
tunity for  Infantry  captains  to  cultivate  horsemanship,  will 
be  closely  observed,  and  a  special  report  made,  through  mili- 
tary channels,  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  in  each 
case  where  an  officer  falls  out  on  practice  marches  or  fails  to 


131 

make  the  same  without  having  been  excused  by  proper  author- 
ity. (G.  O.  U8,  1910—1619093,  A.  G.  0.;  Par.  I,  G.  O.  72, 
1913—2097388,  A.  G.  0.;  Par.  Ill,  G.  0.  77,  19U— 2208671, 
A.  G.  O.) 

23.  Exemptions  of  graduates,  Mounted  Service  School, 
from  test  rides. — Officers  of  the  Army  above  the  grade  of 
captain  who  successfully  complete  the  full  course  of  instruc- 
tion at  the  Mounted  Service  School  are  exempted  for  the  en- 
suing year  from  taking  the  90-mile  riding  test  prescribed  in 
General  Orders,  No.  148,  War  Department,  1910.  (Par.  I,  G.  O. 
16,  1912—1910986,  A.  G.  0.) 

24.  Use  of  private  mounts  in  test  rides. — Officers  of  the 
Army  who  are  required  to  take  annual  riding  tests,  and  who 
have  private  mounts  that  are  foraged  and  cared  for  by  the 
Government,  will  use  such  mounts  in  taking  the  prescribed 
tests.  Officers  who  own  such  mounts  and  do  not  use  them  in 
the  riding  tests  will  submit  explanation  in  writing  to  The  Ad- 
jutant General  of  the  Army  of  their  failure  to  comply  with  the 
foregoing  requirement. 

The  foregoing  provisions  do  not  contemplate  that  officers' 
horses  shall  be  sent  to  the  place  where  the  test  is  held,  ex- 
cept when  it  can  be  done  without  cost  to  the  United  States. 
It  is  expected  that  field  officers  owning  only  one  horse  shall 
ride  that  horse  the  full  90  miles.  (Cir.  57,  1909—1568893  A, 
A.  G.  O.;  Cir.  59,  1909—1568893  B,  A.  G.  O.) 

26.  Obstacle  ride  for  officers. — 1.  Cavalry  and  Field  Artil- 
lery officers  commanding  posts,  and  commanders  of  Cavalry  and 
Field  Artillery  detachments  or  regiments  at  all  posts  and  sta- 
tions where  such  mounted  troops  are  serving,  will  annually 
conduct  the  officers  of  their  commands  over  a  course  3  miles  in 
length  over  varied  country  with  an  average  of  three  obstacles 
to  the  mile  uniformly  distributed  throughout  the  course 
within  a  period  of  11  minutes,  but  not  less  than  9  minutes. 
No  officer  will  be  reported  as  having  made  the  ride  unless  he 
shall  have  taken  all  the  obstacles.  There  will  be  six  over- 
ground obstacles,  which  will  consist  of  fences,  logs,  brush, 
and  stone  walls,  each  not  less  than  three  feet  high  and  of  sucn 
stiffness  that  they  will  not  break  when  struck  by  the  horse's 
feet,  and  three  ditches,  each  of  which  will  be  6  feet  wide  an<l 
2i  feet  deep. 

2.  The  month  during  which  the  ride  will  be  held  will  be 
designated  by  the  department  commander.    Post  commanders 


132 

will  fix  the  date  of  this  ride,  and  all  officers  of  the  Cavalry 
and  Field  Artillery  on  duty  with  troops  within  department 
limits,  will  so  far  as  practicable  be  required  to  take  this  ride 
on  the  date  fixed  by  the  post  commander  during  the  desig- 
nated month,  unless  excused  therefrom  under  medical  cer- 
tificate. Officers  who  are  temporarily  absent  or  who  are  ex- 
cused under  medical  certificate  will  take  the  ride  as  soon  as 
practicable  after  their  return,  or  restoration  to  duty  with 
troops.  Officers  failing  to  take  the  ride  under  medical  cer- 
tificate for  other  than  temporary  disability  will  be  reported 
so  that  they  may  be  ordered  before  a  retiring  board.  The 
commanders  of  detachments  or  regiments  will  make  detailed 
report  of  the  rider,  through  channels,  to  the  department  com- 
manders, who  will  be  responsible  for  carrying  out  this  order. 
Field  officers  will  ride  their  own  mounts;  officers  below  that 
grade  their  own  mounts,  if  they  possess  such,  otherwise  the 
Government  horses  regularly  ridden  by  them  on  duty. 

3.  Inspectors  general  in  making  their  inspections  will  pay 
special  attention  to  this  matter  and  report  all  officers  who  fail 
to  take  the  ride,  giving  the  reasons  therefor.  Failure  to  take 
the  ride  from  any  cause  will  be  entered  on  an  officer's  effi- 
ciency record.  (Par.  Ill,  G.  0.  48,  1913—2057239,  A.  G.  O., 
and  A.  G,  O.  letter  of  Oct.  2,  1914— 2057239  B.) 


ARTICLE  VI. 

VETERINARIANS,    CAVALRY    AND   FIELD    ARTIL- 
LERY. 

26.  Eligibility  for  certain  duties. — Veterinarians  are  not 
competent  to  sit  as  members  of  courts-martial  or  perform  any 
of  the  duties  wliich  are  expressly  required  by  law  to  be  per- 
formed by  commissioned  officers.  As  their  status  is  assimi- 
lated to  that  of  commissioned  officer,  however,  they  are  eligi- 
ble for  detail  as  members  of  boards  of  survey,  or  councils  of 
administration,  and  may  when  no  commissioned  officer  is 
available  serve  as  exchange  officers  and  may  witness  pay- 
ments to  enlisted  men.     (Cir.  30,  1901—386704,  A.  G.  O.) 

27.  Entitled  to  salutes  from  enlisted  men. — A  veterinarian 
of  Cavalry  or  Field  Artillery  is  allowed  by  law  the  pay  and 
allowances  of  a  second  lieutenant.  He  is  given  rank  next 
after  a  second  lieutenant,  and  the  character  of  his  duties  is 
such  as  to  require  him  to  give  orders  to  enlisted  men.  He  is. 
therefore,  entitled  to  receive  the  customary  salute  from  en- 
listed men.     {Cir.  18,  1902—Jt32607,  A.  G,  0.) 

(133) 


ARTICLE  VII. 

ENLISTED  MEN. 

28.  Examination  of  applicants  for  appointment  as  post 
noncommissioned  staff  officers. — 1.  Under  the  requirements 
of  paragraph  9G,  Army  Regulations,  the  following  rules  gov- 
erning the  examination  of  applicants  for  appointment  as  post 
noncommissioned  staff  officers  under  the  provisions  of  para- 
graphs 93,  94,  and  95,  Army  Regulations,  are  published  for  the 
information  and  guidance  of  all  concerned : 

SCOPE  OF  THE  EXAMINATION. 

2.  Applicants  will  be  examined  in  penmanship;  orthogra- 
phy; arithmetic,  including  the  four  fundamental  rules,  com- 
mon and  decimal  fractions,  reduction  and  simple  proportion; 
Army  Regulations;  manual  of  the  staff  department  in  which 
appointment  is  sought,  including  the  preparation  of  property 
and  money  accounts;  geography  of  the  United  States  and  Its 
territorial  possessions;  elementary  history  of  the  United 
States ;  and  probable  efficiency  and  aptitude. 

CONDUCT  OF  THE  EXAMINATION. 

3.  On  December  1  of  each  year  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  and 
the  Quartermaster  General  will  each  send  sets  of  examina- 
tion papers,  prepared  in  his  office,  to  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army,  requesting  transmission,  under  seal,  to  the 
proper  commanding  officer  of  one  set  for  each  soldier  who 
may  have  applied  for  examination  during  the  preceding  12 
months,  with  instructions  to  have  the  examination  held  on 
February  1,  in  the  presence  of  an  officer,  and  the  papers  for- 
warded through  military  channels  to  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army,  who  will  transmit  them  to  the  proper  chief  of 
bureau.  Should  more  than  one  examination  be  found  neces- 
sary in  any  year,  it  will  be  similarly  conducted  upon  the 
request  of  the  proper  chief  of  bureau. 

(134) 


135 

4.  Prior  to  the  examination  the  ofRoer  in  charge  will  obtain 
from  a  medical  officer  a  certificate  showing  whether  the 
applicant  is  physically  suited  to  perform  all  duties  incident 
to  the  position  sought.  Certificates  from  responsible  persons 
will  also  be  obtained  showing  the  applicant's  character  as  to 
integrity,  intelligence,  and  temperance.  These  certificates  and 
a  certificate  expressing  the  opinion  of  the  officer  in  charge  of 
the  examination  as  to  the  general  qualifications  of  the  appli- 
cant for  the  position  sought  will  accompany  the  examination 
papers  when  completed. 

5.  Each  applicant  examined  will  be  required  to  prepare  a 
letter  in  his  own  handwriting,  addressed  to  the  chief  of  the 
proper  bureau,  stating  date  and  place  of  his  birth,  his  educa- 
tional advantages,  whether  married  or  single;  if  married, 
number  and  ages  of  minor  children,  if  any,  and  whether  they 
are  living  with  him  at  his  station;  giving  an  account  of  his 
enlistment  and  reenlistments,  the  length  of  time  he  has  been 
a  noncommissioned  officer,  and  a  full  statement  of  the  experi- 
ence he  has  had  in  duties  relating  to  the  staff  department  in 
which  he  seeks  appointment.  If  during  his  service  he  has 
been  reduced  in  grade,  he  will  state  the  cause  therefor.  If  he 
has  ever  been  tried  by  court-martial  he  will  give  the  finding 
and  sentence  in  each  case. 

6.  Recourse  to  books,  memoranda,  or  other  sources  of  assist- 
ance will  not  be  allowed  to  the  applicant  during  his  examina- 
tion. He  will  enter  all  his  work  in  ink  upon  the  examination 
sheets,  and  will  note  at  the  head  of  the  first  sheet  on  each 
subject  the  time  he  began  and  finished  work  on  the  subject. 
Papers  should  be  given  out  in  such  a  manner  that  all  ques- 
tions relating  to  the  examination  in  the  hands  of  the  applicant 
may  be  answered  before  a  recess  is  had  or  at  the  completion 
of  the  day's  work.  A  statement  of  the  officer  in  charge  that 
such  was  the  procedure  will  accompany  the  papers. 

7.  Only  one  side  of  the  several  examination  papers  in  the 
ease  of  each  candidate  will  be  utilized  for  work,  and  those 
papers,  with  the  certificates  and  letter  hereinbefore  mentioned, 
will  be  securely  fastened  together  at  the  top,  so  as  to  permit 
of  ready  review.  Each  set  of  papers  will  be  indorsed  to  show 
the  name,  age,  and  regiment  of  the  candidate  and  the  place 
and  date  of  the  examination. 

8.  Upon  receipt  of  all  the  examination  papers  the  chief  of 
the  bureau  concerned  will  have  them  considered,  marked,  and 


136 

classified,  and  will  make  recommendation  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army  as  to  the  action  that  should  be  taken  in 
each  case. 

EFFICIENCY   EATING. 

9.  The  rating  of  the  candidate  will  be  determined  in  the 
following  manner: 

(a)  Marking  of  ansmers. — The  officers  who  may  be  desig- 
nated by  the  chief  of  the  bureau  concerned  for  the  duty  men- 
tioned in  the  preceding  paragraph  will,  independently  of  one 
another,  examine  the  written  answers  and  make  a  memo- 
randum upon  a  separate  sheet  of  paper  of  the  value  that  they 
assign  to  each  answer,  estimated  on  a  scale  of  100.  The  sum 
of  the  several  values  thus  given  to  a  particular  answer  by  the 
officers  concerned  divided  by  the  number  of  officers  will  give 
the  mark  for  that  answer, 

(&)  Marks  for  subjects. — The  sum  of  all  the  marks  for  a 
given  subject  divided  by  the  number  of  questions  in  the  sub- 
ject will  give  the  mark  for  that  subject. 

(c)  Relative  weights  of  subjects. — The  following  relative 
weights  will  be  given  to  subjects :  Arithmetic,  5 ;  orthography, 
4;  penmanship,  4;  Army  Regulations,  3;  Manual  of  Depart- 
ment, 4;  geography  of  United  States  and  its  territorial  pos- 
sessions, 2;  elementary  history  of  the  United  States,  1; 
probable  efficiency  and  aptitude,  5. 

(d)  General  average  showing  efficiency. — The  subject 
marks  will  be  multiplied  by  their  relative  weights,  the  sum  of 
these  products  will  be  divided  by  the  sum  of  the  relative 
weights  of  all  the  subjects,  and  the  general  average  resulting 
will  show  the  rating  of  the  candidate. 

10.  A  summary  of  the  markings  and  a  statement  of  the  age 
and  physical  condition  of  the  candidate,  and  a  positive  recom- 
mendation as  to  his  general  fitness  for  the  appointment  he 
seeks,  will  be  embraced  in  the  record  of  proceedings  in  each 
case  according  to  the  following  form: 


137 

SUMMAEY  OF  MARKINGS. 


Marks. 


Relative 
weights. 


Products 

of  marks 

by  relative 

weights. 


Arithmetic 

Orthography 

Penmanship 

Army  Regulations 

Manual  of  the  Department 

Geography 

History 

Probable  efficiency  and  aptitude. 


General  average. 


28 


490 
356 
340 
225 
340 
158 
75 


2,384 
85.14+ 


Age : years.    Married  or  single :  . .    Number  of 

minor  children : .    Physical  condition : .    General 

fitness  for  appointment: 

11.  An  applicant  to  be  successful  must  attain  a  "  general 
average  "  of  at  least  75  per  centum  and  an  average  in  arith- 
metic of  at  least  65  per  centum.  An  applicant  failing  in  one 
examination  is  not  barred  from  renewing  his  application. 

12.  Each  year  after  the  examinations  have  been  completed 
a  "  register  of  eligibles  "  will  be  prepared  on  which  the  names 
of  all  those  who  have  passed  a  satisfactory  examination  for 
that  year  will  be  entered  according  to  their  ratings,  following 
the  names  of  those  holding  over  as  eligibles  from  preceding 
years. 

13.  The  period  of  eligibility  will  be  three  years,  but  at  the 
expiration  of  that  period  an  applicant,  if  he  so  desires  and  if 
he  is  below  the  age  limit,  may  be  reexamined,  and  if  successful 
may  be  retained  upon  the  register  without  loss  of  standing. 

14.  From  the  register  of  eligibles  appointments  will  be 
made  to  fill  vacancies  as  they  occur.  The  fact  that  an  appli- 
cant has  passed  a  satisfactory  examination  will  not  insure  his 
appointment  within  a  year  from  the  date  of  his  examination, 
or  even  later,  unless  a  sufficient  number  of  vacancies  occur 
and  he  is  still  eligible. 

15.  All  records  pertaining  to  these  examinations  will  be 
filed  in  the  office  of  the  chief  of  bureau  concerned.  ( O.  O.  43, 
J909— 1482930,  A.  O.  0.,  as  amended  by  Par.  II,  G.  O.  232, 
J 909— 1582211,  A.  O.  O.) 


138 

29.  Reports  of  discharge  of  post  noncommissioned  stafl 
officers. — When  a  sergeant  of  the  post  noncommissioned  stafl 
is  discharged  the  officer  under  whose  orders  he  is  serving  will 
as  early  as  practicable  notify  the  head  of  the  staff  department 
to  which  the  sergeant  belongs  of  the  fact  of  nis  discharge, 
setting  forth  the  date,  place,  and  cause,  and  whether  or  not 
the  soldier  reenlisted.     {Par.  I,  G.  O.  92,  1902.) 

80.  Quarters  for  noncommissioned  staff  officers. — In  Cir- 
cular No.  10,  November  13,  1885,  Headquarters  of  the  Army, 
Adjutant  General's  Office,  the  following  decision  was  pub- 
lished : 

It  has  always  been  the  custom  for  the  post  commander  to 
assign  to  each  noncommissioned  staff  officer  such  quarters  as 
he  deemed  for  the  best  interests  of  the  service,  without  regard 
to  rank  or  right  of  selection.  In  fact,  the  right  of  selection  of 
quarters  by  a  noncommissioned  officer,  according  to  his  rank, 
has  never  been  recognized,  and  never  should  be. 

This  decision  is  reaffirmed  so  far  as  regards  noncommis- 
sioned staff  officers  who  are  entitled  to  a  room  as  quarters, 
except  in  cases  where  appropriations  have  been  made  by  Con- 
gress for  quarters  for  a  specified  class  of  noncommissioned 
staff  officers.     {Par.  3,  Cir.  18,  1905—976024,  M.  8.  0.) 

31.  Chief  musicians,  colored  regiments. — Only  colored 
men  will  be  appointed  as  chief  musicians  of  colored  regiments. 
(Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  52,  1909—1499345,  A.  G.  O.) 

32.  Appointment  of  noncommissioned  officers  and  trans- 
fer of  enlisted  men  of  school  detachments. — The  president 
of  the  Army  War  College  and  the  commandants  of  the  several 
other  service  schools  at  which  school  detachments  are  organ- 
ized are  authorized  to  appoint  and  reduce  all  noncommis- 
sioned officers,  except  master  electricians,  master  signal  elec- 
tricians, engineers,  electrician  sergeants,  quartermaster  ser- 
geants. Quartermaster  Corps,  sergeants  first  class,  Hospital 
Corps,  and  master  gunners,  who  will  be  appointed  and  reduced 
as  is  prescribed  in  Army  Regulations  for  the  corresponding 
grades  in  the  Army  at  large,  subject  to  such  modifications  to 
meet  special  cases  as  may  in  each  such  case  be  authorized  by 
the  Secretary  of  War,  and  to  appoint  and  reduce  all  me- 
chanics, artificers,  farriers,  horseshoers,  and  cooks  authorized 
for  their  several  detachments.  Enlisted  men  of  the  Army  at 
large  may  be  transferred  to  a  school  detachment  and  enlisted 
men  to  a  school  detachment  may  be  transferred  to  the  Army 


139 

at  large  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  president  of  the 
Army  War  College  or  the  commandant  of  the  school  concerned, 
approved  by  the  Secretary  of  War.  (Par.  I,  G.  O.  118,  1909, 
1505857  A,  A.  G.  0.) 

33.  Warrants  of  noncommissioned  ofRcers  of  school  de- 
tachments.— The  blank  form  for  "Noncommissioned  Officer's 
Warrant,  Artillery"  (Form  No.  154,  A.  G.  O.),  will  be  used 
by  the  president  of  the  Army  War  College  and  the  command- 
ants of  the  several  other  service  schools  where  school  de- 
tachments are  authorized  in  appointing  the  noncommissioned 
officers  that  they  are  authorized  to  appoint.  (Par.  I,  Cir.  70, 
1909—1581049,  A.  G.  O.) 

34.  Sergeant-instructors,  Organized  Militia. — The  fol- 
lowing method  of  selecting  enlisted  men  for  duty  as  sergeant- 
instructors  with  the  Organized  Militia,  to  carry  out  the  pro- 
visions of  section  20  of.  the  act  of  Congress  approved  January 
21,  1903,  as  amended  by  the  act  of  Congress  approved  May  27, 
1908,  and  of  returning  these  sergeants  to  duty  with  the  regular 
service,  will  be  observed : 

1.  Hereafter  only  enlisted  men  holding  the  rank  of  sergeant 
will  be  selected  for  duty  as  sergeant-instructors  with  the 
Organized  Militia. 

2.  Sergeant-instructors  for  duty  with  militia  Infantry  and 
Field  Artillery  will  be  selected  for  this  detail  from  regiments 
of  regular  Infantry  and  Field  Artillery  designated  with  addi- 
tional strength  of  sergeants  for  this  duty  exclusively,  in 
numbers  not  to  exceed  the  additional  strength  prescribed, 
and  the  vacancies  so  created  will  be  filled  by  appointments  by 
regimental  commanders  on  the  recommendations  of  company 
commanders  as  provided  in  Army  Regulations,  so  that  com- 
panies of  Infantry  and  batteries  of  Field  Artillery  will  always 
have  the  normal  peace  strength  of  sergeants  for  duty  as 
affected  by  these  selections  and  details  for  militia  duty.  To 
carry  out  the  provisions  of  this  paragraph  with  reference  to 
selection  for  future  details,  there  are  authorized  by  direction 
of  the  President  the  following  additions  of  sergeants  to  the 
enlisted  strength  of  the  Army :  Five  each  to  the  Third,  Fourth, 
Sixth,  Seventh,  Ninth,  Eleventh,  Twelfth,  Fourteenth,  Six- 
teenth, Seventeenth,  Eighteenth,  Nineteenth,  Twentieth, 
Twenty-first,  Twenty-second,  Twenty-third,  Twenty-sixth, 
Twenty-eighth,  and  Thirtieth  Regiments  of  Infantry;  and 
eight  each  to  the  First,  Third,  Fourth,  Fifth,  and  Sixth  Regi- 


140 

ments  of  Field  Artillery;  such  additional  sergeants  to  be 
assigned  to  companies  and  batteries,  but  no  company  will  con- 
tain more  sergeants  than  the  number  (six)  authorized  by  the 
act  of  Congress  approved  February  2,  1901,  and  no  battery 
more  than  the  number  (eight)  authorized  by  the  act  of  Con- 
gress approved  January  25,  1907. 

3.  Sergeant-instructors  for  duty  with  militia  Cavalry,  Coast 
Artillery,  Engineers,  Signal  Corps,  and  Hospital  Corps  will  be 
selected  for  this  detail  and  detached  from  regular  organiza- 
tions of  the  corresponding  arm  of  service,  the  details  from 
these  arms  creating  no  vacancies. 

4.  Upon  relief  from  duty  with  the  Organized  Militia,  ser- 
geant instructors  detailed  under  the  provisions  of  this  order 
will  be  returned  to  duty  with  the  regular  service  as  sergeants 
in  the  organizations  from  which  they  were  selected.  In  the 
case  of  a  sergeant  from  a  regiment  of  Infantry  or  Field  Artil- 
lery designated  with  additional  strength  of  sergeants  for  this 
purpose,  if,  upon  his  relief,  a  sergeant  to  replace  him  is  not 
selected  from  his  company,  he  will  be  retained  as  an  addi- 
tional sergeant  with  his  organization  until  absorbed  by  the 
next  occurring  vacancy. 

5.  Sergeant-instructors  heretofore  selected  and  detailed  un- 
der previous  orders  and  instructions,  who  are  now  on  duty 
with  the  Organized  Militia,  will  continue  on  such  duty  until 
the  expiration  of  the  respective  periods  of  detail,  unless 
otherwise  relieved,  when  they  will  be  returned  to  duty  with 
the  organizations  from  which  they  were  selected ;  as  sergeants 
if  there  is  an  available  authorized  vacancy,  otherwise  as  pri- 
vates, with  the  proviso  that  due  consideration  will  be  given 
to  the  rank  previously  held  by  them.  ( G.  O.  7^,  1913—205US3, 
A,  G.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  7,  1915—2248252,  A. 
G.  O.,  and  by  Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  59,  1915— 2054)33  G,  A.  G.  O.) 

35.  Furloughs,  enlisted  candidates  for  commission. — As 
the  law  contemplates  that  an  enlisted  man  in  order  to  be 
eligible  to  compete  for  appointment  to  the  grade  of  second 
lieutenant  shall  have  not  less  than  two  years'  actual  service 
In  the  Army,  furloughs  will  not  be  granted,  except  in  cases  of 
emergency,  to  enlisted  candidates  for  commissions  who  have 
had  less  than  two  years'  service.  {Par.  I,  Cir.  7,  1901 — 
1201618,  M.  S.  O.) 


141 

36.  Furloughs,  enlisted  man  changing  station  hy  order 
of  War  Department. — In  the  case  of  an  enlisted  man  who 
was  directed  to  change  station  by  an  order  from  the  War  De- 
partment, and  to  whom  a  delay  en  route  was  granted  by  his 
post  commander,  it  was  held  that  the  action  of  the  post  com- 
mander was  in  conflict  with  the  order  issued  from  the  War 
Department  directing  the  change  of  station  and  that  para- 
graph 106,'  Army  Regulations,  authorizes  a  commanding  oflBcer 
to  grant  a  furlough  or  delay  only  in  a  case  where  the  soldier 
concerned  is  at  that  time  under  his  orders  or  under  the  orders 
of  an  oflacer  subordinate  to  him.  (Par.  I,  Cir.  74,  1908 — 
U13537,  A.  G.  O.) 

87.  Transfers  of  enlisted  men,  cost  of. — When  an  enlisted 
man  is  transferred  from  one  arm  of  the  service  to  another  for 
the  convenience  of  the  Government,  all  expenses  of  the  trans- 
fer, including  the  cost  of  the  necessary  changes  in  the  uni- 
form, will  be  borne  by  the  Government.  {Par.  /,  Cir.  45, 
1906—1152395,  M.  S.  O.) 

Whenever  a  soldier  is  transferred  at  his  own  request,  he 
should  bear  the  cost  of  such  transfer,  for  his  subsistence  as 
well  as  for  his  transportation.  (Par,  III,  Cir.  11, 1887— 9093b  ; 
A.  Q.  O.,  E.  B.,  1887.) 

38.  Transfers  between  organizations  exchanging  sta- 
tions between  United  States  and  Alaska. — Transfers  of  en- 
listed men  to  and  from  organizations  exchanging  stations 
between  the  United  States  and  Alaska  will  not  be  made  with- 
out special  authority  from  the  War  Department.  (Par.  II, 
O.  0.  4,  1909—1470231,  A.  G.  O.) 

39.  Company  noncommissioned  officers,  restrictions  on 
employment. — Paragraph  270,  Army  Regulations,  is  construed 
as  prohibiting  the  employment  of  noncommissioned  officers  as 
company  barbers,  or  as  agents  for  laundries,  or  in  any  posi- 
tion of  a  similar  character.  (Par.  II,  Cir.  61, 1906,  as  amended 
by  Par.  Ill,  Cir.  34,  1907—1187522,  M.  8.  O.) 

40.  Debts  of  enlisted  men  for  merchandise. — In  view  of 
the  fact  that  the  practice  by  dealers  of  selling  articles  of 
merchandise  to  enlisted  men  on  credit  burdens  the  War 
Department  with  unnecessary  correspondence  in  the  cases  of 
nonpayment  of  the  indebtedness,  and  that  such  transactions, 
which  are  rapidly  increasing  in  number,  often  involve  enlisted 
men  in  debts  which  they  can  not  pay,  and  frequently  lead  up 
to  desertion,  the  following  statement  of  the  policy  of  the 


142 

department  with  respect  to  this  matter  is  published  for  the 
information  and  guidance  of  all  concerned : 

The  department  will  no  longer  concern  itself  with  the  busi- 
ness of  persons,  firms,  or  corporations  selling  merchandise  to 
enlisted  men  on  credit,  and  all  communications  with  respect 
to  such  sales,  and  all  arrangements  looking  to  the  establish- 
ment of  such  business  relations,  must  be  had  with  the  com- 
manding officers  of  the  organizations  to  which  the  enlisted 
men  belong.  The  War  Department  will  decline  to  assist,  by 
answering  inquiries  or  otherwise,  in  securing  the  payment  of 
obligations  of  this  character  that  are  incurred  without  the 
previous  knowledge  and  consent  of  the  commanding  officers 
of  the  organizations  to  which  the  debtors  belong.  {Cir.  //7, 
1910—1661283,  A.  G.  O.) 

41.  Promotion  of  enlisted  applicants  for  retirement. — 
No  enlisted  man  will  be  promoted  after  his  application  for 
retirement  has  left  the  post  for  action  of  the  War  Department. 
(Par.  2,  Cir.  20,  1897— 4I6H  C,  A.  G.  O.) 

42.  Transportation  to  their  homes  for  retired  enlisted 
men. — ^A  period  of  one  year  from  date  of  retirement  is  fixed  as 
the  time  during  which  transportation  may  be  furnished  to 
retired  enlisted  men,  but  this  will  not  operate  to  prevent  con- 
sideration by  the  War  Department  of  meritorious  cases.  (Par. 
2,  Cir.  33,  1909—1518718,  A.  G.  O.) 

DESEETEES. 

43.  Kemoval  of  charge,  by  regimental  commander. — The 

commanding  officer  of  a  regiment  in  a  tactical  brigade  or 
division  is  regarded  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  126, 
Army  Regulations,  to  be  in  the  position  of  a  commanding 
officer  competent  to  determine  the  disposition  of  an  appre- 
hended or  surrendered  deserter,  and  accordingly  has  authority 
to  remove  a  charge  of  desertion  against  such  enlisted  man 
under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  131,  Army  Regulations. 
(Par.  II,  Bui.  24,  1915—2288220,  A.  G.  O.) 

44.  The  deserter's  release. — ^A  deserter  from  the  Army  is 
amenable  to  trial  and  punishment  for  his  desertion,  unless 
exempt  therefrom  under  the  provisions  of  the  103d  Article  of 
War,  which,  as  amended  by  the  act  of  Congress  approved 
April  11,  1890,  reads  as  follows: 

No  person  shall  be  liable  to  be  tried  and  punished  by  a  gen- 
eral court-martial  for  any  offense  which  appears  to  have  been 


143 

committed  more  than  two  years  before  the  issuing  of  tlie  order 
for  such  trial,  unless,  by  reason  of  having  absented  himself,  or 
of  some  other  manifest  impediment,  he  shall  not  have  been 
amenable  to  justice  within  that  period. 

No  person  shall  be  tried  or  punished  by  a  court-martial  for 
desertion  in  time  of  peace  and  not  in  the  face  of  an  enemy, 
committed  more  than  two  years  before  the  arraignment  of 
such  person  for  such  offense,  unless  he  shall  meanwhile  have 
absented  himself  from  the  United  States,  in  w^hich  case  the 
time  of  his  absence  shall  be  excluded  in  computing  the  period 
of  the  limitation:  Provided,  That  said  limitation  shall  not 
begin  until  the  end  of  the  term  for  which  said  person  was 
mustered  into  the  service.  (Act  of  Apr.  11,  1890;  26  Stat,  at 
Large,  54.) 

To  each  deserter  whose  case  falls  under  the  provisions  of 
the  act  of  Congress  referred  to  above,  there  will  be  issued  by 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  upon  application  being 
made  therefor,  a  paper  designated  as  a  "  Deserter's  Release." 

Any  application  for  a  "  Deserter's  Release  "  should  be  ac- 
companied with  an  affidavit  of  the  deserter  setting  forth  the 
name  under  which  he  rendered  service,  the  designation  of  the 
organization  in  which  he  served,  the  date  and  place  of  his 
desertion,  and  his  whereabouts,  in  detail,  since  the  date  of 
his  desertion. 

A  "  Deserter's  Release  "  is  in  no  sense  a  discharge  from  the 
service,  or  the  equivalent  thereof,  nor  does  it  remove  or  in 
anywise  modify  the  charge  of  desertion  standing  against  a 
soldier  or  operate  to  entitle  him  to  any  rights  or  benefits  that 
are  provided  by  law  expressly  for  discharged  soldiers.  It  is 
issued  under  the  provisions  of  the  act  of  Congress  hereinbe- 
fore cited  merely  as  evidence  that  the  person  to  whom  it  is 
given  has  been  released  from  liability  to  arrest  and  from  trial 
or  punishment  by  court-martial  for  his  desertion.  A  deserter 
receiving  a  "  Deserter's  Release  "  is  not  entitled  to  a  certificate 
of  discharge,  nor  will  such  person  be  permitted  to  serve  again 
in  the  Army  except  under  a  new  enlistment,  which  must  be 
specially  authorized  by  the  Secretary  of  War. 

Deserters  from  volunteer  organizations  are  not  liable  to 
arrest  or  to  trial  or  punishment  by  court-martial  after  the 
Volunteer  Army  of  which  those  organizations  formed  a  part 
has  passed  out  of  existence.  Consequently,  a  "  Deserter's 
Release  "  is  not  issued  to  a  deserter  from  such  an  organiza- 
tion.    {Par.  II,  Bui.  15,  1913— 20250 JtJf,  A,  G,  0.) 


144 


DISCHAEGES. 


45.  Enlisted  men  en  route  to  United  States  from  the 
Pliilippine  Islands,  Hawaii,  or  Alaska. — 1.  Enlisted  men 
ordered  from  the  Philippine  Islands  and  Hawaii  to  the  United 
States  for  discharge  will  not,  in  any  circumstances,  be  dis- 
charged prior  to  their  arrival  at  a  recruit  depot  or  general 
hospital  in  the  United  States. 

2.  Enlisted  men  whose  terms  of  service  expire  at  sea  while 
en  route  with  their  organizations  from  the  Philippine  Islands, 
Hawaii,  or  Alaska,  and  who  signify  their  intention  to  reenlist 
for  the  same  organizations  on  the  day  following  that  of  dis- 
charge, will  be  discharged  and  reenlisted  by  the  proper  officers 
of  the  organizations,  while  those  who  do  not  signify  their 
intention  so  to  reenlist  will  be  held  in  service  until  they  arrive 
in  the  United  States.  (Par.  I,  G.  0.  204,  1909—1529102  A, 
A.  G.  O.) 

46.  Noncommissioned  officers  of  organizations  designated 
for  tour  of  duty  in  Philippine  Islands — Transfers  of  en- 
listed men. — The  following  instructions  govern  in  discharging 
and  transferring  enlisted  men  of  organizations  designated  for 
a  tour  of  duty  in  the  Philippine  Islands : 

1.  All  enlisted  men  below  the  grade  of  corporal  who,  on  the 
date  of  the  departure  of  their  organization  from  the  post  at 
which  it  is  stationed,  will  have  less  than  four  months  to  serve, 
and  who  have  not  signified  their  intention  to  reenlist,  will  be 
transferred  to  other  organizations  at  the  post,  to  organizations 
about  to  arrive  thereat,  or  to  such  other  organizations  as  may 
be  determined  by  the  department  commander. 

2.  Noncommissioned  officers  who,  on  the  date  of  sailing  of 
their  organization,  will  have  less  than  one  month  to  serve,  and 
who  have  not  signified  their  intention  to  reenlist,  will  be  dis- 
charged for  the  convenience  of  the  Government  just  prior  to 
the  departure  of  their  organization  from  the  post  at  which  it 
is  serving.     (Par.  II,  G.  O.  W,  1908—1413202,  A.  G.  O.) 

47.  For  purpose  of  reenlistment. — An  enlisted  man  who 
has  expressed  his  intention  to  reenlist  and  whose  term  of  serv- 
ice is  likely  to  expire  at  an  isolated  station,  to  which  he  is 
under  orders  to  proceed  and  at  which  there  is  no  commissioned 
officer,  will  be  discharged  by  his  post  commander,  for  the  con- 
venience of  the  Government,  in  advance  of  the  expiration  of 
his  term  of  enlistment  and  before  being  sent  to  the  station. 


145 

and  will  be  reenlisted  on  the  day  following  the  day  of  dis- 
charge. In  every  case  of  discharge  and  reenlistment  here- 
under the  discharge  certificate  and  final  statements  will  be 
withheld  until  the  reenlistment  shall  have  been  accomplished, 
and  a  notation  will  be  made  on  both  the  discharge  certificate 
and  the  final  statements  to  the  effect  that,  under  authority  of 
this  order,  the  soldier  was  discharged  for  the  convenience  of 
the  Government  prior  to  the  expiration  of  his  term  of  service. 

At  an  isolated  station,  where  there  is  no  commissioned 
officer,  an  enlisted  man  who  desires  to  reenlist  at  the  expira- 
tion of  his  term  of  enlistment  will  be  held  in  service  until 
such  time  as  he  can  be  sent  to  the  nearest  military  post  for 
discharge  and  reenlistment.  {Par.  II,  G.  O.  52, 1906—1105115, 
M.  S.  O.) 

48.  By  purchase  and  by  reason  of  dependent  parent. — 
I.  By  purchase. — Under  the  provisions  of  section  4  of  the  act 
of  Congress  approved  June  16,  1890,  the  President  has  pre- 
scribed the  following'  rules  governing  the  purchase  of  dis- 
charge from  the  Array. 

1.  In  time  of  peace,  except  as  hereinafter  provided,  any 
enlisted  man  who  has  completed  one  years'  service  as  such,  and 
is  not  undergoing  punishment  or  under  charges,  may  obtain 
the  privilege  of  purchasing  his  discharge,  subject  to  the  ap- 
proval of  the  President,  the  Secretary  of  War,  or  a  depart- 
ment or  mobilized  division  commander,  as  prescribed  in  sec- 
tions 3  and  4,  Paragraph  I,  of  this  order.  The  price  of  pur- 
chase will  be : 


United 
States. 

Philip- 
pine 
Islands. 

Hawaii 
Terri- 
tory. 

Alaska. 

Panama 
Canal 
Zone. 

$120 
100 
90 
85 
80 
65 
60 
55 
40 
35 
30 

$170 
150 
140 
135 
130 
115 
110 
105 
90 
85 
80 

$140 
120 
110 
105 
100 
85 
80 
75 
60 
55 
50 

$1C5 
145 
135 
130 
125 
110 
105 
100 
85 
80 
75 

$150 

After  2  years'  service         .... 

130 

120 

After  4  years'  service    

115 

110 

After  6  years'  service 

95 

After  7  years'  service 

90 

85 

After  9  years'  service      

70 

After  10  years'  service 

After  11  years'  service 

65 
60 

In  the  case  of  a  soldier  who  has  within  a  year  received  the 
bonus  of  three  months'  pay  for  reenlistment  authorized  by 
40062°— 16 10 


146 

the  act  of  Congress  approved  May  11,  1908,  the  price  of  pur- 
chase as  fixed  above  will  be  increased  by  the  amount  of  said 
bonus. 

A  soldier  discharged  by  purchase  is  not  entitled  to  travel 
allowances,  and  notation  to  that  effect  will  be  entered  on  the 
final  statement  by  the  officer  preparing  the  same. 

A  soldier  who  has  once  purchased  his  discharge  will  not  be 
discharged  again  by  purchase  until  after  the  completion  of 
another  year's  service,  and  in  the  event  of  his  being  so  dis- 
charged again  the  purchase  price  will  be  determined  by  the 
length  of  time  he  has  served  since  he  was  last  discharged  by 
purchase. 

Service  in  the  Regular  Army  only  will  be  considered  in  de- 
termining a  soldier's  eligibility  for  discharge  by  purchase  and 
the  amount  of  the  purchase  price,  and  such  service  is  not  re- 
quired to  be  continuous ;  but  credit  will  not  be  given  for  any 
previous  enlistment  that  was  not  terminated  by  an  honorable 
discharge,  or  for  any  period  of  time  during  which  a  soldier 
has  been  in  desertion  or  absent  without  leave. 

Company  commanders  will  enter  on  the  final  statements 
of  men  who  are  discharged  by  purchase  a  full  statement  of 
all  previous  enlistments  terminated  by  honorable  discharge, 
showing  the  dates  of  all  such  enlistments  and  discharges. 

2.  To  obtain  the  privilege  of  purchasing  his  discharge,  the 
soldier  will  make  application  to  the  authority  competent  to 
take  final  action  thereon,  through  military  channels,  giving 
his  reasons  for  desiring  his  discharge.  If  the  applicant  is 
eligible,  the  company  commander  will  forward  the  applica- 
tion, except  as  hereinafter  prescribed,  and  will  state  in  full 
the  condition  of  the  accounts  of  the  applicant,  giving  a  com- 
plete statement  of  the  soldier's  service,  with  any  information 
that  would  in  the  light  of  this  order  bear  on  the  granting  or 
withholding  of  the  privilege  requested. 

If  the  statement  of  the  soldier's  accounts  does  not  show 
that  he  has  sufficient  credit  with  the  United  States  to  cover 
his  indebtedness  to  the  Government,  including  the  price  of 
purchase,  the  company  commander  will  so  notify  the  soldier 
and  will  not  forward  the  application  until  the  amount  of  deficit 
has  been  deposited  with  him  by  the  soldier,  except  as  set 
forth  in  section  5,  Paragraph  I,  of  this  order. 

3.  Upon  receipt  of  an  application,  made  as  prescribed  here- 
in  and   fulfilling   the   given   conditions,   the   department   or 


147 

mobilized  division  commander  may,  except  in  tlie  cases  speci- 
fied in  section  4,  Paragrapli  I,  of  tliis  order,  direct  tlie  dis- 
charge requested,  but  where  there  is  lacking  essential  infor- 
mation that  may  be  supplied  from  records  required  to  be  kept 
at  the  War  Department,  or  where  the  department  or  mobil- 
ized division  commander  for  any  reason  deems  it  inadvisable 
to  take  final  action  in  the  case,  he  will  forward  the  application 
with  his  remarks  thereon  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army. 

4.  Applications  for  discharge  from  enlisted  men  at  stations 
exempted  from  control  of  department  commanders,  or  belong- 
ing to  detachments  so  exempted,  will  be  forwarded  through 
military  channels  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  This 
provision  does  not  apply  to  applications  from  enlisted  men 
of  a  mobilized  division. 

5.  When  a  soldier  makes  application  for  discharge  by  pur- 
chase on  account  of  dependency  of  near  relatives  not  covered 
by  Paragraph  II  of  this  order,  and  shows  in  connection  there- 
with that  a  state  of  actual  destitution  exists,  that  he  has  to 
the  extent  of  his  opportunities  and  ability  made  contributions 
to  the  support  of  such  relatives,  but  that  these  contributions 
have  proved  insufficient  to  relieve  the  destitution,  the  autlior- 
ity  competent  to  order  the  discharge  may,  in  his  discretion, 
remit  such  part  of  the  purchase  price  of  discharge,  except 
the  amount  of  the  bonus  for  reenlistment  that  may  have  been 
received  within  a  year,  as  may  seem  to  him  proper  and  neces- 
sary by  reason  of  the  inability  of  the  soldier  to  pay  the  full 
amount.  In  this  class  of  cases  no  advance  deposit  will  be 
required  of  the  soldier  prior  to  forwarding  his  application; 
but  upon  receipt  of  the  order  authorizing  his  discharge  the 
soldier  must  deposit  with  the  company  commander  an  amount 
sufficient  to  cover  his  indebtedness  to  the  Government,  in- 
cluding the  price  of  purchase  as  fixed  by  the  authority  order- 
ing the  discharge. 

6.  Department  and  mobilized  division  commanders  will 
carefully  scrutinize  each  application  for  discharge  by  way  of 
purchase  submitted  to  them,  with  the  view  of  determining 
■whether  there  is  any  special  reason  why  the  applicant  Should 
not  be  so  discharged  and  whether  a  satisfactory  reason  has 
been  offered  as  a  basis  for  the  application. 

It  is  not  the  policy  of  the  War  Department  to  permit  a  sol- 
dier to  purchase  his  discharge  when  there  is  any  special  reason 


148 

in  his  case  to  the  contrary,  or  when  he  offers  a  trifling  reason, 
or  no  reason  at  all  in  support  of  his  application,  or  if  he  de- 
sires his  discharge  for  the  purpose  of  reenlisting  in  some  other 
organization ;  nor  is  it  the  policy  of  the  department  to  debar 
from  the  privilege  of  purchasing  his  discharge  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  order  any  soldier  in  whose  case  investigation 
shows  that  he  has  reasonable  grounds  for  seeking  to  purchase 
his  discharge,  and  that  there  is  no  unusual  reason  why  he 
should  not  be  permitted  to  do  so. 

7.  Discharges  by  favor  as  distinguished  from  purchase  are 
illegal  and  will  not  be  granted. 

8.  The  foregoing  provisions  of  this  order  do  not  affect  any 
orders  or  instructions  now  in  force  governing  the  purchase  of 
discharge  from  the  Army  in  the  case  of  Philippine  Scouts  and 
members  of  the  Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry.  (2149222, 
A.  O.  O.) 

II.  By  reason  of  dependent  parent. — Section  30  of  the  act 
of  Congress  approved  February  2,  1901,  authorizes  discharge 
under  the  following  conditions,  viz :  In  the  event  of  the  enlist- 
ment of  a  soldier  in  the  Army  for  the  period  required  by  law 
and  after  the  expiration  of  one  year  of  service,  should  either 
of  his  parents  die  leaving  the  other  solely  dependent  upon  the 
soldier  for  support,  such  soldier  may,  upon  his  own  applica- 
tion, be  honorably  discharged  from  the  service  of  the  United 
States  upon  due  proof  being  made  of  such  condition  to  the 
Secretary  of  War.  Continuous  service  extending  into  a  prior 
enlistment  may  be  counted  to  make  up  the  one  year's  service 
required.  Applications  for  discharge  under  this  paragraph 
will  be  forwarded  through  military  channels,  with  the  re- 
quired proof,  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  (G.  O. 
31,  19U—2U9222,  A.  O.  O.) 

49.  Character  given  on  discharge  certificate. — The  "  char- 
acter" given  on  a  discharge  certificate  is  discretionary  with 
the  company  or  other  immediate  commander  of  the  soldier, 
except  where  otherwise  directed  by  sentence  of  a  general 
court-martial,  by  the  approved  finding  of  a  board  of  officers 
under  paragraph  148,  Army  Regulations,  or  by  orders  from 
the  War  Department ;  and  the  defacing  of  a  discharge  certifi- 
cate by  writing  thereon  anything  to  the  discredit  of  the  sol- 
dier's character,  after  the  same  has  been  given  by  his  com- 
pany or  other  immediate  commander,  is  prohibited.  (G.  O. 
7//,  1881.) 


149 

60.  Unsuitable  or  undesirable  soldiers. — 1.  The  provisions 
of  paragrapli  148^,  Army  Regulatious,  published  in  C.  A.  11., 
No.  14,  War  Department,  1914,  are  intended  to  apply  only  to 
the  following  classes  of  enlisted  men : 

a.  Those  who,  after  a  thorough  trial  extending  (except  in 
the  case  of  recruits  at  recruit  depots)  over  a  considerable 
period,  have  clearly  shown  that  they  can  not  be  trained  and 
instructed  to  perform  the  duties  of  a  private  soldier  in  the 
arm  to  which  they  belong.  Men  who  are  only  slow  to  learn 
or  difficult  to  instruct  but  otherwise  adapted  for  military 
service  do  not  belong  to  this  class. 

h.  Those  who  exhibit  traits  of  character  or  are  confirmed 
in  habits  which  render  their  retention  in  the  service  objec- 
tionable because  of  the  effect  on  morals  or  discipline.  The 
provisions  of  the  paragraph  can  not  be  invoked,  however, 
to  rid  the  service  of  soldiers  who  by  the  commission  of 
specific  overt  acts  have  rendered  themselves  liable  to  trial 
by  courts-martial  or  of  those  who  have  already  been  tried 
and  adequately  punished,  except  when  it  becomes  evident 
that  the  soldier  concerned  can  not  be  made  amenable  to  dis- 
cipline. No  board  should  be  ordered  pursuant  to  this  para- 
graph for  a  soldier  awaiting  trial  or  result  of  trial  by  gen- 
eral court-martial  or  for  one  serving  sentence  pursuant  to 
such  trial. 

c.  Those  who,  because  of  excesses  or  other  misconduct, 
have  become  impaired  in  character  or  physically  disqualified 
to  such  a  degree  as  to  justify  their  immediate  separation  from 
the  service. 

2.  Boards  are  convened  pursuant  to  this  paragraph  in  the 
mobile  army  by  post  or  regimental  commanders  and  in  the 
Coast  Artillery  by  coast  defense  or  fort  commanders.  In 
exceptional  cases  where  the  post,  regimental,  coast  defense 
or  fort  commander  is  also  the  company  or  detachment  com- 
mander, the  board  will  be  convened  by  the  next  higher 
authority. 

3.  Boards  convened  pursuant  to  the  paragraph  will  be 
governed,  as  far  as  practicable,  by  the  rules  of  procedure 
and  evidence  applicable  to  special  courts-martial,  except  that 
the  members  will  not  be  sworn.  All  witnesses  will  be  required 
to  take  the  oath  or  affirmation  prescribed  for  witnesses  before 
courts-martial.     The  recorder  of  the  board  or,   if  there  be 


150 

none,  the  president  of  the  board,  will  administer  the  oath 
or  affirmation. 

4.  Separate  proceedings  will  be  submitted  to  the  convening 
authority  in  the  case  of  each  soldier  recommended  by  a  board 
for  discharge. 

5.  Such  proceedings  will  include — 

{a)  The  order  convening  the  board,  or,  if  convened  by  a 
verbal  order,  a  statement  to  that  effect. 

(h)  The  organization  of  the  board,  including  the  place  and 
date  and  the  names  of  members  present  and  absent. 

(c)  The  full  name,  rank,  and  organization  of  the  soldier 
■whose  case  is  before  the  board  for  investigation  and  recom- 
mendation, and  a  statement  to  the  effect  that  such  soldier 
appeared  before  the  board ;  was  permitted  to  challenge  for 
cause;  was  present  during  the  hearing  of  all  evidence,  and 
M'as  afforded  opportunity  to  question  adverse  witnesses,  to 
submit  evidence,  and  to  make  a  statement. 

(cZ)  The  full  name,  rank,  and  organization  of  each  witness, 
a  statement  that  each  was  duly  sworn,  and  a  synopsis  of 
the  testimony  given  by  each. 

(e)  True  copies  of  all  written  evidence  considered  by  the 
board. 

(/)  A  synopsis  of  any  evidence  given  or  statement  made  by 
the  soldier  undergoing  investigation. 

(g)  A  certificate  of  physical  disability,  where  applicable. 

(h)  The  findings  of  the  board,  which  must  be  based  upon 
the  evidence  as  summarized  in  or  appended  to  the  proceed- 
ings and  must  be  in  consonance  with  the  provisions  of  the 
paragraph. 

(i)  The  recommendation  of  the  board  that  the  soldier  be 
or  be  not  discharged.  It  is  not  contemplated  that  such  boards 
recommend  a  transfer  or  other  disposition  of  the  soldier  in 
the  service. 

6.  The  convening  authority,  or  his  successor,  will  forward 
all  approved  proceedings,  when  discharge  is  recommended,  to 
the  department  or  mobilized  division  commander  for  final 
action.  The  proceedings  will  then  be  forwarded  to  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  file.  (Par.  I,  Bui.  16, 
1915—227590  A,  A.  G.  0.,  as  amended  hy  Par.  Ill,  Bui.  2k, 
1915—2293993,  A.  G.  O.,  and  Par.  II,  Bui.  37,  1915—2218549 
B,  A.  G.  0.) 


151 

61.  Notation  on  descriptive  list,  etc.,  of  character  given 
on  discharge. — When  an  enlisted  man  is  discharged  from 
service  the  cliaracter  given  him  on  his  discharge  certificate 
and  a  statement  showing  whether  or  not  his  service  during  the 
enlistment  from  whicli  he  is  discharged  has  been  honest  and 
faithful  will  be  noted  on  his  descriptive  list  and  on  all  rolls 
and  returns  on  which  the  fact  of  his  discharge  is  recorded. 
These  notations  will  correspond  to  those  made  on  the  dis- 
charge certificate.     {Par.  II,  O.  0. 206, 1905—1078992,  AI.  S.  O.) 

52.  Dishonorable  discharge  for  desertion  and  fraudulent 
enlistment. — An  enlisted  man  convicted  of  desertion  and 
fraudulent  enlistment  and  sentenced  to  be  dishonorably  dis- 
charged will  be  discharged  from  the  organization  from  which 
he  deserted  and  as  of  the  name  under  which  he  enlisted  in  that 
organization.  His  name  will  be  dropped  from  the  records  of 
the  organization  in  which  he  fraudulently  enlisted,  and  a 
statement  of  the  facts  of  the  case  will  be  noted  on  those  rec- 
ords.    (Par.  II,  Cir.  76,  1908—1372269,  A.  G.  O.) 

63.  Procedure  in  case  of  enlisted  man  refusing  to  submit 
to  surgical  operation. — An  enlisted  man  who  refuses  to  sub- 
mit to  a  surgical  operation  that  the  attending  surgeon  certifies 
is  without  risk  to  the  life  of  the  soldier  and  is  necessary  for 
the  removal  of  a  disability  that  prevents  the  full  performance 
of  any  and  all  military  duties  that  properly  can  be  required  of 
the  soldier  will,  for  such  refusal,  be  brought  to  trial  by  general 
court-martial  under  charges  preferred  under  the  62d  Article 
of  War;  but  if  in  any  such  case  the  attending  surgeon  is  in 
doubt  as  to  whether  the  proposed  operation  involves  risk  to 
life  the  soldier  will  not  be  brought  to  trial,  but  will  be  dis- 
charged on  surgeon's  certificate  of  disability.  (Par.  II,  G.  O. 
43,  1906—1098119,  M,  8.  O.) 

GENEEAL   PRISONERS. 

64.  Suspension  of  execution  of  dishonorable  discharge. — 

1.  The  act  of  Congress  making  appropriations  for  the  support 
of  the  Army  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1915,  approved 
April  27,  1914,  contains  the  following  provisions,  which  are 
published  for  the  information  and  guidance  of  the  service: 

Provided,  That  hereafter  no  officer  or  enlisted  man  in  active 
service  who  shall  be  absent  from  duty  on  account  of  disease 
resulting  from  his  own  intemperate  use  of  drugs  or  alcoholic 


152 

liquors  or  other  misconduct  shall  receive  pay  for  the  period 
of  such  absence,  the  time  so  absent  and  the  cause  thereof  to 
be  ascertained  under  such  procedure  and  regulations  as  may 
be  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  War:  Provided  further, 
That  an  enlistment  shall  not  be  regarded  as  complete  until  the 
soldier  shall  have  made  good  any  time  in  excess  of  one  day 
lost  by  unauthorized  absences,  or  on  account  of  disease  re- 
sulting from  his  own  intemperate  use  of  drugs  or  alcoholic 
liquors  or  other  misconduct,  or  while  in  confinement  awaiting 
trial  or  disposition  of  his  case  if  the  trial  results  in  convic- 
tion, or  while  in  confinement  under  sentence :  Provided  fur- 
ther, That  the  reviewing  authority  may  suspend  the  execution 
of  a  sentence  of  dishonorable  discharge  until  the  soldier's  re- 
lease from  confinement;  but  the  order  of  suspension  may  be 
vacated  at  any  time  and  the  execution  of  the  dishonorable 
discharge  directed  by  the  officer  having  general  court-martial 
jurisdiction  over  the  command  in  which  the  soldier  is  held,  or 
by  the  Secretary  of  War :  And  provided  further,  That  the  au- 
thorized enlisted  strength  of  the  Army  and  of  organizations 
thereof  shall  be  exclusive  of  soldiers  under  sentences  which 
include  confinement  and  dishonorable  discharge. 

2.  Reviewing  authorities  in  approving  sentences  of  general 
court-martial  may,  whenever  the  character  of  the  offense  for 
which  the  sentence  is  imposed  and  the  facts  developed  by  the 
evidence  indicate  that  there  is  a  probability  of-reclaiming  the 
soldier  to  honorable  service,  suspend,  until  the  soldier's  re- 
lease from  confinement,  the  execution  of  that  part  of  the  sen- 
tence providing  for  dishonorable  discharge.  Should  it  subse- 
quently develop  that  the  soldier's  retention  in  the  service  is 
not  warranted,  the  authority  having  general  court-martial 
jurisdiction  over  the  command  in  which  the  soldier  is  held 
will  vacate  the  order  directing  a  suspension  of  that  part  of 
the  sentence  providing  for  dishonorable  discharge  and  direct 
that  dishonorable  discharge  immediately  issue. 

3.  The  form  of  order  of  suspension  will  be  "  the  execution 
of  that  portion  of  the  sentence  imposing  dishonorable  dis- 
charge is  suspended  until  the  soldier's  release  from  confine- 
ment, unless  sooner  ordered  by  competent  authority." 

4.  The  object  in  seeking  the  legislation  quoted  in  paragraph 
1  of  this  order  was  to  further  the  plan  of  giving  soldiers  con- 
victed of  purely  military  offenses  an  opportunity  to  reclaim 
themselves  and  gain  restoration  to  the  colors  through  service 
in  disciplinary  companies.  Reviewing  authorities  will  aid  in 
the  accomplishment  of  this  object  by  discriminating  action 
in  passing  upon  sentences.  Members  of  a  court-martial  may 
properly   recommend,   in   a   communication   made   separately 


153 

but  forwarded  to  the  reviewing  authority  with  the  record, 
that  sentence  of  dishonorable  discharge  be  suspended. 

5.  A  soldier  who  has  been  sentenced  to  dishonorable  dis- 
charge and  in  whose  case  the  execution  of  the  dishonorable 
discharge  has  been  suspended  will  continue  to  be  carried  on 
the  rolls  of  his  organization.  Soldiers  so  carried  will  be  in 
addition  to  the  authorized  strength.  {Par.  I,  G.  O.  ^5,  19 Ut — 
2172508,  A.  G.  O.) 

65.  Investigation  of  escapes.— General  Orders,  No.  179, 
War  Department,  1910,  requiring  detailed  reports  to  be  made 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  of  escapes  of  general 
prisoners  and  other  military  prisoners,  is  rescinded.  Com- 
manding officers,  however,  will  rigidly  investigate  every  case 
of  escape  and  will  see  that  strict  disciplinary  measures  are 
applied  with  a  view  to  punishing  the  responsible  parties  in 
every  case  where  it  is  shown  that  escape  was  due  to  lax  ad- 
ministration. Department  and  division  commanders  are 
charged  with  the  responsibility  of  seeing  that  the.  foregoing 
provisions  are  enforced  in  so  far  as  they  relate  to  organiza- 
tions under  their  jurisdiction.  (Par.  II,  G,  O.  19,  1915 — 
2266239,  A.  G.  O.) 

56.  Descriptive  lists. — 1.  A  soldier  sentenced  to  dishonor- 
able discharge,  the  execution  of  which  has  been  suspended,  is 
a  prisoner  within  the  meaning  of  the  word  "prisoners,"  as 
used  in  the  first  sentence  of  paragraph  938,  Army  Regulations. 

2.  The  commandants  of  the  United  States  Disciplinary  Bar- 
racks and  its  branches  are  authorized  to  call  upon  the  com- 
pany commander  concerned  for  a  descriptive  list,  completed 
to  the  date  of  dishonorable  discharge,  in  the  case  of  each  dis- 
honorably discharged  general  prisoner  recommended  by  the 
barracks  authorities  for  restoration  to  honorable  duty. 

3.  In  addition  to  the  papers  required  by  paragraph  938, 
Army  Regulations,  to  be  forwarded  with  general  prisoners,  a 
descriptive  list,  completed  to  date  of  dishonorable  discharge, 
will  accompany  each  general  prisoner  convicted  of  purely 
military  offenses  who  is  transferred  to  the  United  States  from 
the  Philippine  or  Hawaiian  Departments,  China,  the  Canal 
Zone,  Alaska,  or  from  any  other  place  outside  of  the  conti- 
nental limits  of  the  United  States.  (Par.  II,  Bui.  11,  1915 — 
22515Jt6,A.  G.  O.) 

57.  Parole. — Under  the  provisions  of  an  act  of  Congress 
approved  March  4,  1915,  regulations  have  been  put  into  effect 


154 

for  the  parole,  under  certain  conditions,  of  general  prisoners 
confined  at  the  United  States  Disciplinary  Barraclis,  Fort 
Leavenworth,  Kans.,  and  its  branches.  When  a  prisoner  is 
paroled  to  a  place  in  the  vicinity  of  a  military  post  or  a 
recruiting  station  the  commanding  officer  of  the  post  or 
station  will  be  advised  by  the  parole  officer  of  the  barracks 
as  to  the  name  of  the  prisoner,  the  place  where  he  is  to  re- 
main while  on  parole,  and  other  pertinent  facts  in  the  case. 
In  this  connection  attention  is  invited  to  the  following  ex- 
tract from  the  parole  regulations : 

Whenever  any  person  connected  with  the  military  service 
shall  have  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  any  paroled 
prisoner  has  violated  the  terms  of  his  parole,  it  shall  be 
the  duty  of  such  person  so  to  inform  his  commanding  officer 
at  once;  and  if  it  shall  appear  to  the  commanding  officer, 
after  due  investigation,  that  such  prisoner  has  in  fact  ma- 
terially violated  his  parole,  the  commanding  officer  shall 
make  immediate  report  thereof  by  telegram  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army.  (Par.  II,  G.  O.  30,  1915—2288333  A, 
A.  G.  O.)  • 

58.  Form  of  orders  remitting  or  mitigating  sentences. — 

All  orders  from  the  War  Department  remitting  or  mitigating 
the  sentences  of  general  prisoners,  except  in  cases  where 
remission  is  granted  in  connection  with  honorable  restoration 
to  duty,  will  be  signed  by  an  officer  of  the  Adjutant  General's 
Department,  will  bear  the  seal  of  the  War  Department,  and 
will  be  recorded  in  and  issued  from  The  Adjutant  General's 
Office.  Whenever  the  custodian  of  the  general  prisoner  is  in 
doubt  as  to  the  authenticity  of  an  order  for  the  remission  or 
mitigation  of  the  sentence  of  such  prisoner,  he  will,  before 
carrying  the  order  into  effect,  make  telegraphic  inquiry  of 
The  Adjutant  General's  Office  as  to  the  authenticity  of  the 
order.  In  cases  where  the  remission  is  granted  in  connection 
with  honorable  restoration  to  duty,  the  action  of  the  Secretary 
of  War  will  be  published  in  a  special  order  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment bearing  the  seal  of  The  Adjutant  General's  Office. 
(TF.  D.  Orders  {S),  1903,  as  amended  hy  Par.  I,  G.  O.  34,  1914, 
and  Par.  Ill,  G.  0.  25,  1915—2151592  A,  A.  G.  0.) 

69.  Place  of  last  enlistment,  in  connection  with  allow- 
ance of  transportation  to  a  general  prisoner. — In  the  case 
of  a  man  who,  while  absent  in  desertion  from  the  Field  Ar- 
tillery, enlisted  in  the  Infantry  under  an  assumed  name,  and 
v/ho  was  found  guilty  by  a  general  court-martial  of  desertion 


155 

and  fraudulent  enlistment  and  was  sentenced  to  dishonorable 
discharge  and  confinement  at  the  Pacific  Branch  of  the  United 
States  Disciplinary  Barracks,  the  place  of  his  enlistment  in 
the  Field  Artillery,  and  not  tlie  place  of  his  subsequent  fraud- 
ulent enlistment  in  the  Infantry,  was  accepted  us  the  place  of 
his  last  enlistment  for  the  purpose  of  computing  the  trans- 
portation to  be  allowed  to  him  upon  his  release  from  con- 
finement.    (Par.  I,  Cir.  55,  1908—1385870,  A.  G.  0.) 

In  the  case  of  a  man  who  enlisted  September  24,  1897,  at 
Fort  Brady,  Mich.,  and  deserted  October  2,  1897,  a  private. 
Company  E,  Nineteenth  Infantry ;  again  enlisted  April  9,  1902, 
at  Menominee,  Mich.,  and  deserted  June  14,  1902,  a  private, 
Troop  H,  Thirteenth  Cavalry;  again  enlisted  November  6, 
1907,  at  Jefferson  Barracks,  Mo. ;  was  convicted  by  a  general 
court-martial  of  fraudulent  enlistment  and  sentenced  to  dis- 
honorable discharge  and  confinement  at  the  United  States 
Disciplinary  Barracks,  and  who  was  dishonorably  discharged 
Us,  a  recruit,  Sixteenth  Recruit  Company,  Jefferson  Barracks, 
Mo.,  was  accepted  as  the  place  of  last  enlistment  for  the  pur- 
pose of  computing  the  transportation  to  be  allowed  to  him 
upon  his  release  from  confinement.  The  trial  of  this  man 
for  desertion  from  either  his  first  or  second  enlistment  was 
barred  by  the  limitation  of  the  103d  Article  of  War;  accord- 
ingly his  enlistment  of  November  6,  1907,  was  recognized,  and 
a  dishonorable  discharge  imposed  as  of  that  enlistment. 

This  decision  is  not  in  contradiction  of  but  is  supplemental 
to  the  foregoing  decision.  The  effect  of  these  decisions  Is  to 
establish  that  the  enlistment  as  of  which  a  man  is  tried, 
sentenced,  and  dishonorably  discharged  shall  be  accepted  as 
determining  the  place  of  last  enlistment  for  the  purpose  of 
computing  the  transportation  to  be  allowed  to  him  upon  his 
release  from  the  United  States  Disciplinary  Barracks,  or  any 
branch  thereof.     {Par.  I,  Cir.  93,  1908—1U3272,  A.  G.  O.) 

60.  Allowance  for  transportation  of  general  prisoners 
who  last  enlisted  in  Alaska,  Hawaii,  or  the  Philippine 
Islands. — In  the  case  of  a  general  prisoner  who  last  enlisted 
in  Alaska,  Hawaii,  or  the  Philippine  Islands,  the  allowance 
for  transportation  on  his  release  from  the  United  States  Dis- 
ciplinary Barracks,  or  any  of  its  branches,  will  not  be  greater 
than  would  be  the  actual  expense  to  the  Government  of  return- 
ing him  to  the  place  of  his  last  enlistment.  For  instance:  To 
send  him  from  Alcatraz  Island  to  Manila  would  cost  very 


156 

little,  the  basis  of  the  calculated  cost  in  such  a  case  being  not 
the  pro  rata  cost  of  running  the  transport  system,  but  the 
actual  cost  in  dollars  and  cents,  over  and  above  the  current 
expenses  of  the  Army,  that  the  transportation  of  the  man 
would  entail.     {Far.  4,  Cir.  6Jt,  1908—1395379,  A.  G.  O.) 

DESEETEES    AND    GENERAL    PKISONEKS. 

61.  Reports  of  desertion,   escape,   and  apprehension. — 

1.  In  order  that  effective  measures  may  be  taken  by  the  War 
Department  for  the  apprehension  of  deserters  and  escaped 
general  prisoners,  it  is  important  that  in  every  case  the  de- 
partment shall  be  notified  of  the  desertion  or  escape  at  the 
earliest  possible  moment.  It  is  directed,  therefore,  that  the 
commanding  oflEicers  of  all  military  posts  and  stations  and  of 
troops  in  the  field,  except  in  Alaska  and  the  insular  posses- 
sions, telegraph  directly  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army 
prompt  notification  of  every  desertion  and  of  every  escape  of  a 
general  prisoner  occurring  within  the  respective  commands  of 
such  commanding  officers.  This  telegraphic  notification  hav- 
ing been  sent  in  any  case,  further  notification  will  not  be 
required  in  that  case  under  paragraph  119,  Army  Regulations. 
2.  The  telegraphic  reports  required  by  this  order  will  be  as 
concise  as  possible  and  for  purposes  of  identification  will  give, 
in  the  case  of  a  deserter,  the  name  of  the  man,  his  rank,  the 
organization  from  which  he  deserted,  the  date  of  his  enlist- 
ment, and  the  date  and  place  of  his  desertion ;  and  in  the  case 
of  an  escaped  general  prisoner  the  name  of  the  man,  the  des- 
ignation of  the  organization  of  which  he  was  a  member  at  the 
date  of  his  conviction,  and  the  date  and  place  of  his  escape 
from  confinement.  The  forms  of  these  telegraphic  reports 
will  be  substantially  as  follows:  "The  Adjutant  General, 
Washington,  D.  C.  Robert  Roe,  private.  Troop  A,  First  Cav- 
alry, enlisted  July  first,  nineteen  eight,  deserted  January 
twenty-second,  nineteen  nine,  Fort  Assinniboine,  Montana. 
Smith,  Commanding."  *'  The  Adjutant  General,  Washington, 
D.  C.  Prisoner  John  Doe,  formerly  Company  B,  Second  In- 
fantry, escaped  January  fifteenth,  nineteen  nine,  Fort  Sheri- 
dan, Illinois.  Jones,  Commanding."  Should  there  be  reason 
to  believe  in  any  case  that  the  deserter  or  the  escaped  general 
prisoner  will  be  found  at  any  particular  place,   the  words 

"probably   at ,"  or  "probably  going  to ,"  should 

be  added  to  the  telegram. 


157 

3.  Paragraph  132,  Army  Regulations,  will  not  be  construed 
as  requiring  a  delay  of  10  days  before  reporting  as  a  deserter 
any  man  in  whose  case  there  is  satisfactory  ground  for  believ- 
ing that  he  is  a  deserter.  Troop,  battery,  company,  and  de- 
tachment commanders  are  enjoined,  therefore,  to  make  im- 
mediate and  thorough  inquiry  in  the  case  of  every  man  re- 
ported absent  without  leave  and  to  report  the  absentee  as  a 
deserter  immediately  upon  obtaining  evidence  that  appears  to 
be  conclusive  of  his  intention  not  to  return.  Commanders  of 
military  posts  and  stations  and  of  troops  in  the  field  are  en- 
joined to  give  especial  attention  to  these  cases  and  to  adopt 
such  proper  corrective  measures  as  may  be  necessary  when- 
ever it  is  found  that  there  has  been  unnecessary  delay  on  the 
part  of  subordinate  commanders  in  making  reports  required 
by  this  order. 

4.  Whenever  an  enlisted  man  has  been  officially  reported  as 
a  deserter,  a  charge  of  desertion  has  been  effectively  recorded 
against  him,  and  he  stands  charged  with  desertion  within  the 
meaning  of  paragraph  1372,  Army  Regulations,  regardless  of 
whether  the  charge  has  or  has  not  been  entered  on  muster 
rolls  and  pay  rolls,  and  the  charge  will  stand  against  him  until 
it  is  disposed  of  in  one  of  the  various  ways  prescribed  by 
Army  Regulations. 

5.  The  report  required  by  paragraph  126^,  Army  Regula- 
tions, must,  therefore,  be  made  in  the  case  of  every  enlisted 
man  who  has  been  reported  officially  as  a  deserter,  and  who 
has  subsequently  returned  to  military  control,  regardless  of 
whether  the  charge  of  desertion  has  or  has  not  been  entered 
on  muster  rolls  and  pay  rolls  in  his  case,  and  a  similar  report 
must  be  made  in  the  case  of  every  escaped  general  prisoner 
returned  to  military  control.  Commanders  of  military  posts 
and  stations  and  of  troops  in  the  field  are  enjoined  to  give 
especial  attention  to  this  matter  in  order  that  there  may  be  no 
unnecessary  delay  in  reporting  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army  the  return  to  military  control  of  every  person  who  has 
been  officially  reported  as  a  deserter  or  an  escaped  general 
prisoner.  (G.  O.  208,  190S—U65849,  A.  G.  0.;  G.  O.  UO, 
1909—1535371,  A.  G.  0.) 

EXTRA-DUTY    MEN. 

62.  Employment  of. — 1.  An  enlisted  man  employed  on  extra 
duty  as  clerk  in  the  oflSce  of  a  coast  defense  Artillery  engineer 
or  a  coast  defense  ordnance  oflBcer,  as  switchboard  operator 


158 

at  a  seacoast  fortification,  or  interior  post,  or  an  enlisted  man 
of  the  line  of  the  Army  or  of  the  Signal  Corps  employed  on 
extra  duty  in  Alaska  on  the  Washington-Alaska  Military 
Cable  and  Telegraph  System,  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  10 
days  is  entitled  to  extra-duty  pay  for  the  actual  number  of 
days  so  employed,  except  that  the  annual  appropriation  does 
not  permit  of  the  employment  of  the  clerk  for  the  purposes  of 
pay  for  more  than  six  days  a  week.  In  other  words,  Sun- 
days must  be  excluded  from  the  muster  of  a  man  employed 
as  clerk  in  the  office  of  a  coast  defense  Artillery  engineer  or 
a  coast  defense  ordnance  officer,  his  right  to  extra-duty  pay  for 
all  other  days  in  the  year,  including  holidays,  being  depend- 
ent upon  actual  employment.  There  is  no  restriction  against 
the  employment  of  a  man  as  switchboard  operator  or  a  man 
on  extra  duty  in  Alaska  on  the  Washington-Alaska  Military 
Cable  and  Telegraph  System  for  each  day  in  the  year,  includ- 
ing Sundays  and  holidays. 

2.  When  an  enlisted  man  is  first  detailed  on  extra  duty, 
or  while  in  the  performance  of  extra  duty  he  is  discharged 
and  reenlisted  on  the  next  day  after  discharge  and  his  de- 
tail is  continued  under  his  new  enlistment,  the  first  pay  roll 
on  which  he  is  mustered  for  extra-duty  pay,  and  subsequent 
pay  rolls  until  paid,  will  recite  in  the  column  of  remarks  the 
nature  of  the  extra  duty,  the  number,  date,  and  source  of 
the  order  announcing  his  detail,  the  dates  of  the  beginning 
and  ending  of  the  time  for  which  so  employed  during  the 
period  covered  by  the  muster  and  the  number  of  days  for 
which  he  has  actually  performed  the  extra  duty.  The  num- 
ber, date,  and  source  of  the  order  is  not  required  to  be  cited 
on  the  pay  rolls  subsequent  to  those  named  above.  In  case 
of  the  relief  of  an  enlisted  man  from  extra  duty  the  pay  roll 
for  the  month  in  which  relieved  should  state  the  number, 
date,  and  source  of  the  order  announcing  his  relief.  If  the 
period  employed  on  extra  duty  during  the  period  covered  by 
the  pay  roll  is  less  than  10  days  the  remarks  on  the  pay  roll 
will  show  whether  the  soldier  has  performed  such  duty 
for  10  or  more  days  under  the  same  detail.  When  extra 
duty  is  actually  performed  on  Sundays  or  holidays  the  fact 
will  be  specifically  stated  on  the  pay  rolls. 

3.  The  following  examples  indicate  the  remarks  to  be 
placed  on  the  pay  roll  in  the  usual  cases :  "  Clerk,  office 
coast  defense  Artillery  engineer,  July  1  to  31,  1915,  27  days, 


.159 

workeii  1  holiday;"  "Switchboard  operator,  July  1  to  31, 
1915,  31  days,  worked  4  Sundays  and  1  holiday ;  "  "  Employed 
on  extra  duty  on  Washington- Alaska  Military  Cable  and  Tele- 
graph System,  July  1  to  31,  1915,  31  days,  worked  4  Sundays 
and  1  holiday."  In  the  cases  described  in  paragraph"  2  of 
this  order  the  pay  rolls  will  show  the  information  required 
by  such  paragraph  in  addition  to  that  indicated  by  the  above 
examples.     (Par.  I,  G.  O.  59,  1915—1750658  C,  A.  G.  O.) 


ARTICLE  VIII. 

MEDALS  AND  BADGES— CERTIFICATES  OF  MERIT- 
HONORABLE  MENTION. 

63.  Presentation  of  medals  of  honor. — The  presentation  of 
a  medal  of  honor  to  an  officer  or  enlisted  man  in  the  military 
service,  awarded  under  the  joint  resolution  of  Congress  ap- 
proved July  12,  1862,  and  the  act  of  Congress  approved  March 
3,  1863,  will  always  be  made  with  formal  and  impressive 
ceremonial. 

The  recipient  will,  when  practicable,  be  ordered  to  Washing- 
ton, D.  C,  and  the  presentation  will  be  made  by  the  President 
as  Commander  in  Chief,  or  by  such  representative  as  the 
President  may  designate. 

When  not  practicable  to  have  the  presentation  at  Washing- 
ton, the  details  of  time,  place,  and  ceremony  will  be  prescribed 
by  the  Chief  of  Staff  for  each  case. 

On  campaign,  the  presentation  will  be  made  by  the  division 
or  higher  commander.  {Ex.  Order,  Sept.  20,  1905,  Par.  II, 
G.  O.  158,  1905—956103,  M.  S.  O.) 

64.  Announcement  of  awards  of  medals  of  honor  and  cer- 
tificates of  merit — Honorable  mention  of  meritorious  acts.— 
Awards  of  medals  of  honor  and  certificates  of  merit  will  be 
announced  from  time  to  time  in  general  orders  of  the  War 
Department,  and  honorable  mention  of  gallant  or  specially 
meritorious  acts  of  officers,  enlisted  men,  and  others  serving  in 
or  with  the  Army  will  be  published,  in  the  discretion  of  the 
commanding  general,  in  general  orders  of  the  department  or 
tactical  division  in  which  the  service  is  performed.  (G.  O. 
109,  1888,  as  amended  hy  G.  0.  86,  1902.) 

65.  Issue  of  the  Philippines  congressional  medal  for  en- 
listed service  in  the  Regular  Army. — The  medal  provided 
for  by  the  act  of  Congress  approved  June  29,  1906,  will  be 
issued  by  the  Quartermaster  General  of  the  Army,  upon  ap- 
plication and  proof  of  identity,  to  those  men  who  enlisted,  or 
reenlisted,  in  the  Regular  Army  between  April  21  and  October 

(160) 


161 

26,  1898,  for  service  during  the  War  with  Spain,  who  were 
accordingly  entitled  to  their  discliarge  from  that  service  at 
the  close  of  the  war  under  the  provisions  of  the  orders  of  the 
War  Department,  and  who  did  not  avail  themselves  of  the 
privilege  of  discharge  conferred  thereby  but  remained  in  the 
service  to  help  to  suppress  the  Philippine  insurrection,  and 
who  were  subsequently  honorably  discharged  as  of  that  en- 
listment or  reenlistment,  or  who  died  in  the  service.  Upon 
application  this  medal  will  bo  issued  to  the  proper  legal  rep- 
resentative of  any  deceased  enlisted  man  who,  if  living, 
would  be  entitled  to  the  same.  (Par.  I,  Cir.  11,  1908 — 
1213796,  M.  S.  0.) 

66.  Certificate  of  merit  badges  and  campaign  badges,  au- 
thority for  issue. — 1.  By  authority  of  the  President,  a  badge 
with  ribbon  will  be  issued  to  each  officer  and  enlisted  man  in 
the  service  to  whom  a  certificate  of  merit  has  been  or  may 
hereafter  be  issued ;  a  badge  to  be  issued  for  each  certificate 
of  merit  aw^arded.  The  badge  and  ribbon  thereof  are  a  part 
of  the  uniform  and  will  be  worn  as  prescribed  in  the  Uniform 
Regulations. 

2.  By  authority  of  the  President,  campaign  badges  with 
ribbons  will  be  issued  as  articles  of  the  uniform  to  officers  and 
enlisted  men  in  the  service  to  commemorate  services  which 
have  been  or  shall  hereafter  be  rendered  in  campaign.  The 
badges  and  ribbons  will  be  worn  as  prescribed  in  the  Uniform 
Regulations. 

Announcement  will  be  made  by  the  War  Department  desig- 
nating campaigns  for  which  badges  will  be  issued  and  defining 
the  conditions  of  award. 

3.  On  announcement  that  service  in  a  campaign  is  to  be  re- 
warded by  a  badge,  company  commanders  will  forward  to  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  through  military  channels, 
lists  in  duplicate  of  those  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  their 
present  commands  who  served  under  conditions  entitling  them 
to  a  badge,  with  a  statement  in  the  case  of  each  individual, 
showing  time  and  place  of  service,  organization  in  which  the 
service  was  rendered,  and  the  highest  rank  held  in  the  Regular 
or  Volunteer  Army  during  such  service.  Similar  lists  will  be 
forwarded  by  the  commanders  of  departments,  tactical  divi- 
sions, and  regiments,  and  by  the  chiefs  of  the  Coast  Artillery 
Corps  and  of  the  various  staff  corps  and  departments,  respect- 
ing officers  and  enlisted  men  at  present  serving  under  their 

40062"— 16 11 


162 

immediate  command  and  all  officers  and  enlisted  men  not 
otherwise  included.  When  these  lists  have  been  verified  from 
the  records  of  the  War  Department  and  duly  approved,  the 
badges  will  be  sent  by  the  depot  quartermaster,  Washington, 
D.  C,  to  the  proper  commanding  officers  for  distribution. 

4.  Badges  for  each  campaign  will  be  numbered  serially,  and 
a  record  will  be  kept  by  The  Adjutant  General  showing  the 
name,  rank,  and  organization  of  the  person  to  whom  each 
badge  was  issued,  for  what  service,  and  the  highest  rank  held 
by  him  in  the  Regular  or  Volunteer  Army  during  such  service. 

5.  Organization  commanders  will  note  on  the  military 
record  of  men  to  whom  badges  have  been  issued,  the  charac- 
ter of  the  badge  and  its  number.  In  case  of  the  loss  of  a 
badge  by  an  enlisted  man,  his  immediate  commander  will 
investigate  and  report  upon  the  circumstances  attending  the 
loss  and  make  recommendation  regarding  the  issue  of  a  dupli- 
cate badge.  The  report  will  be  forwarded  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army,  and  six  months  thereafter,  if  the  badge 
has  not  been  found,  application  for  a  duplicate  may  be  made 
by  the  soldier's  immediate  commander. 

6.  The  badges  and  ribbons  herein  prescribed  and  the  bars 
from  which  badges  are  suspended,  will  be  furnished  by  the 
Quartermaster  Corps  and  will  be  issued  gratuitously  to  en- 
listed men  and  at  cost  price  to  officers.  Gratuitous  issue  to 
enlisted  men  of  bars  and  ribbons  will  be  two  bars  during  an 
enlistment  and  two  sections  per  year  of  the  ribbon  for  the 
bars.  Any  issue  of  ribbons  in  excess  of  this  allowance  will  be 
charged  to  the  soldier  at  cost  price.  (G.  0.  4,  1905—96206^, 
M.  S.  O.;  Par.  I,  G.  0.  123,  1905—1005837,  M.  S.  O.;  Par.  9, 
G.  0.  129,  1908—1351951,  A.  G.  0.;  Par.  5,  Cir.  33,  1908— 
982936  B,  M.  S.  0.) 

67.  Campaign  badges  part  of  effects  of  a  deceased  sol- 
dier.— Campaign  badges,  being  articles  of  clothing,  are  part  of 
the  effects  of  a  deceased  soldier  and  should  be  disposed  of 
in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  paragraph  163,  Army 
Regulations.     {Par.  I,  Cir.  45,  1905—1022^01,  M.  S.  0.) 

68.  Civil  War,  Indian,  Spanish,  Philippine,  and  China 
campaign  badges,  award  of. — The  following  instructions  con- 
cerning the  award  of  campaign  badges  are  published  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  all  previous  orders  and  circulars  on  the  subject 
subsequently  to  General  Orders,  No.  4,  War  Department,  Janu- 
ary 11,  1905,  paragraph  66,  this  compilation : 


163 

1.  In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  General  Orders,  No. 
4»  War  Department,  January  11,  1905,  certificate  of  merit 
badges,  and  campaign  badges  as  named  below,  of  the  patterns 
in  the  -office  of  the  Quartermaster  General,  will  be  issued  to 
officers  and  enlisted  men,  including  those  on  the  retired  list, 
w^ho  were  in  the  military  service  of  the  United  States  on  Janu- 
ary 11,  1905,  or  at  any  time  thereafter.  The  badges  will  be 
issued  to  the  proper  legal  representative  of  any  such  officer  or 
enlisted  man  who  has  died  since  January  11,  1905. 

{a)  Civil  War  campaign  badge:  For  service  in  the  Regular 
or  Volunteer  Army  or  in  the  militia  in  the  service  of  the 
United  States  during  the  Civil  War  between  April  15,  1861, 
and  April  9,  1865. 

(&)  Indian  campaign  badge:  For  service  in  the  following- 
named  campaigns  against  hostile  Indians  or  in  any  serious 
action  with  hostile  Indians  in  which  there  have  been  killed  or 
wounded  upon  the  side  of  the  troops ;  decision  to  be  made  in 
each  case  of  the  latter  class,  upon  individual  application, 
whether  the  action  concerned  was  such  as  to  be  properly 
considered  serious  within  the  meaning  of  the  order : 

In  southern  Oregon  and  Idaho  and  northern  parts  of  Cali- 
fornia and  Nevada,  1865-1868. 

Against  Cheyennes,  Arapahoes,  Kiowas,  and  Comanches  in 
Kansas,  Colorado,  and  Indian  Territory,  1867,  1868,  and  1869. 

Modoc  War,  1872  and  1873. 

Against  Apaches  of  Arizona,  1873. 

Against  Kiowas,  Comanches,  and  Cheyennes  in  Kansas, 
Colorado,  Texas,  Indian  Territory,  and  New  Mexico,  1874  and 
1875. 

Against  Northern  Cheyennes  and  Sioux,  1876  and  1877. 

Nez  Perce  W"ar,  1877. 

Bannock  War,  1878. 

Against  Northern  Cheyennes,  1878  and  1879. 

Against  Utes  in  Colorado  and  Utah,  September,  1879,  to 
November,  1880. 

Against  Apaches  in  Arizona  and  New  Mexico,  1885  and 
1886.  The  operations  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  who  served 
with  Troops  C,  E,  F,  and  L,  Third  Cavalry,  from  Fort  Davis, 
Tex.,  and  detachment  of  Troop  M,  Third  Cavalry,  from  Camp 
Peila  Colorado,  Tex.,  in  June  and  July,  1885,  in  preventing 
hostile  Apache  Indians  from  entering  the  State  of  Texas,  form 
part  of  this  campaign. 


164 

Against  Sioux  in  South  Dakota,  November,  1890,  to  Jan- 
uary, 1891.  Tlie  operations  of  ttie  command  of  Lieut.  Col. 
Edwin  V.  Sumner,  Eightli  Cavalry,  on  the  Cheyenne  River, 
S.  Dak.,  from  November,  1890,  until  January,  1891,  and 
of  Troops  F  and  G,  Eighth  Cavalry,  which  proceeded  from 
Fort  Yates,  N.  Dak.,  to  the  camp  of  Sitting  Bull  at  the  time 
of  the  skirmish  which  resulted  in  the  death  of  that  Indian, 
form  part  of  this  campaign. 

In  such  minor  campaigns  as  involved  marches,  camps,  and 
bivouacs  by  troops  actually  in  the  field  and  operating  against 
hostile  Indians. 

The  question  of  the  issue  of  Indian  campaign  badges  for 
service  in  campaigns  other  than  those  herein  designated  by 
name  will,  in  each  case,  be  decided  on  its  merits,  upon  indi- 
vidual application. 

(c)  Spanish  campaign  badge:  For  service  on  the  high  seas 
en  route  to,  or  ashore  in — 

Cuba,  between  May  11,  1898,  and  July  17,  1898. 

Porto  Rico,  between  July  24,  1898,  and  August  13,  1898. 

Philippine  Islands,  between  June  30,  1898,  and  August  16, 
1898. 

Service  on  a  United  States  Army  hospital  ship  en  route  to 
or  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Cuba,  Porto  Rico,  or  the  Phil- 
ippine Islands,  between  the  dates  specified,  constitutes  service 
for  which  the  Spanish  campaign  badge  may  be  issued. 

(d)  Philippine  campaign  badge:  For  service  ashore  in — 
Philippine  Islands,  between  February  4,  1899,  and  July  4, 

1902. 

Department  of  Mindanao,  Philippine  Islands,  between  Feb- 
ruary 4,  1899,  and  December  31,  1904. 

In  the  following  expeditions : 

Against  Pala  and  his  followers,  Jolo,  Philippine  Islands, 
April  and  May,  1905. 

Against  Datu  Ali  and  his  followers,  Mindanao,  Philippine 
Islands,  October,  1905. 

Against  hostile  Moros  on  Mount  Bud-Dajo,  Jolo,  Philippine 
^Islands,  March,  1906. 

The  fact  of  service  in  any  one  of  these  three  expeditions  will 
be  certified  to  by  the  commanding  officer  of  the  organization  in 
which  such  service  was  rendered. 

Philippine  campaign  badges  to  commemorate  service  in  cam- 
paigns other  than  those  designated  above  will  only  be  issued 


165 

to  such  officers  and  enlisted  men  as  liave  actually  served  in  the 
field  against  an  enemy  in  an  action  in  which  there  have  been 
killed  or  wounded  on  the  side  of  the  troops  participating. 

Upon  completion  of  any  action  against  an  enemy  in  the 
Philippine  Islands  in  which  there  have  been  killed  or  wounded 
on  the  side  of  the  troops,  each  organization  or  detachment 
commander  will  have  lists  prepared  in  duplicate  in  the  form 
prescribed  of  the  officers  and  enlisted  men  under  his  com- 
mand who  were  actually  present  and  participated  in  sucn 
action,  inclosing  therewith  a  detailed  report  of  the  engage- 
ment, showing  the  organizations  taking  part  and  the  casualties 
on  the  side  of  the  troops.  These  lists  will  be  forwarded 
through  channels  to  the  commanding  general,  Philippine  De- 
partment, who  will  then  forward  them  to  The  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral of  the  Army,  with  his  recommendation  as  to  whether  or 
not  the  issue  of  the  Philippine  campaign  badge  is  justified  by 
the  circumstances. 

Philippine  campaign  badges  that  have  been  issued  for  serv- 
ices rendered  subsequently  to  1902  may,  if  desired  by  the 
holders  thereof  who  are  now  in  the  military  service,  be  en- 
graved or  stamped  on  the  reverse  face  with  the  year  of  the 
service  for  which  granted,  the  figures  to  be  placed  below  the 
words  "For  Service,"  and  to  be  of  approximately  the  same 
height  as  the  letters  on  the  badge,  the  cost  of  such  engraving 
or  stamping  to  be  borne  by  the  holders  of  the  badges. 

Hereafter  Philippine  campaign  badges  will  be  engraved  or 
stamped  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps  with  the  year  of  the 
service  for  which  issued,  as  indicated  above. 

(e)  China  campaign  badge:  For  service  ashore  in  China 
with  the  Peking  Relief  Expedition,  between  June  20,  1900,  and 
May  27,  1901. 

2.  An  officer  or  enlisted  man  of  the  Army  who  rendered, 
while  an  officer  or  enlisted  man  of  the  Navy  or  Marine  Corps, 
service  that  would  have  entitled  him  to  a  campaign  badge  had 
it  been  rendered  as  an  officer  or  enlisted  man  of  the  Army,  is 
entitled  to  such  campaign  badge. 

3.  A  contract  surgeon  or  dental  surgeon  is  entitled  to  a 
campaign  badge  only  for  service  rendered  by  him  in  campaign 
as  an  officer  or  enlisted  man. 

4.  Service  as  a  veterinarian  of  Cavalry  or  Field  Artillery  is, 
for  the  purpose  of  the  award  of  campaign  badges,  considered 
as  if  rendered  as  a  commissioned  officer. 


166 

5.  Campaign  badges  will  be  supplied  to  contract  surgeons, 
dental  surgeons,  and  veterinarians  of  Cavalry  and  Field  Artil- 
lery in  the  military  service  in  the  same  way  as  to  commis- 
sioned officers. 

6.  Only  one  Indian  campaign  badge  and  only  one  Philippine 
campaign  badge  will  be  issued  to  an  officer  or  an  enlisted  man, 
notwithstanding  the  fact  that  service  may  have  been  rendered 
in  more  than  one  Indian  or  Philippine  campaign. 

7.  Where  the  service  of  a  person  has  not  been  honorable 
subsequently  to  the  campaign  for  which  a  badge  is  claimed, 
he  will  not  be  listed  for  such  badge.  If  the  service  of  any 
person  subsequently  to  the  date  of  his  being  listed  for  a  cam- 
paign badge  shall  not  be  honorable,  the  proper  commanding 
officer  will  notify  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  in  order 
that  the  badge  may  be  withheld. 

8.  Lists,  in  duplicate,  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  entitled 
to  campaign  badges  and  who  have  not  been  listed  for  such 
badges  will  be  forwarded,  through  military  channels,  to  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  The  lists  will  be  made  sepa- 
rately in  the  following  form  for  each  of  the  badges  herein- 
before mentioned,  officers  to  be  named  in  order  of  rank, 
enlisted  men  to  follow  in  alphabetical  order: 

List  of  officers  and  enlisted  7nen  of entitled  to 

the campaign  badge. 


Present 
rank. 

When  badge  was  earned. 

Name. 

Rank. 

Organization. 

Served  in  i between 

what  dates. 

1  Cuba,  Porto  Rico,  Philippine  Islands,  China,  Indian  campaign. 

I  certify  that  the  above-named  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  this  organization  are 
entitled  to  the campaign  badge  for  service  as  indicated. 


167 

(Pars.  1  to  8,  G.  O.  129,  1908—1357957,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended 
by  par.  7,  Cir.  88,  1908—1128266,  21.  S.  O.;  Par.  II,  G.  0.  22, 
1913—2018408,  A.  G.  O.;  Par.  II,  G.  O.  61,  1914—2177381, 
A.  G.  0.) 

Note.— Campaign  badges  are  also  issued  to  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Or- 
ganized Militia  who  have  had  the  requisite  service.  The  sale  of  the  badges  to 
former  officers  and  enlisted  men,  now  in  civil  life,  who  have  the  requisite  service 
is  also  authorized.  Blank  forms  of  application  for  authority  to  purchase  badges 
may  be  obtained  from  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

69.  Service  badges,  Army  of  Cuban  Occupation  and  Army 
of  Cuban  Paciflcation. — 1.  By  authority  of  the  President,  a 
service  badge  with  ribbon  will  be  issued  to  officers  and  enlisted 
men  who  were  in  the  military  service  of  the  United  States  on 
June  28,  1915,  or  at  any  time  thereafter,  and  who  served  as 
officers  or  enlisted  men  in  Cuba  with  the  Army  of  Cuban 
Occupation  between  July  18,  1898,  and  May  20,  1902.  A 
service  badge  with  ribbon  will  also  be  issued  to  officers  and 
enlisted  men  who  were  in  the  military  service  of  the  United 
States  on  May  11,  1909,  or  at  any  time  thereafter,  and  who 
served  as  officers  or  enlisted  men  in  Cuba  with  the  Army  of 
Cuban  Pacification  between  October  6,  1906,  and  April  1,  1909. 
The  badges  and  ribbons  will  be  issued  as  a  part  of  the  Army 
uniform,  gratuitously  to  enlisted  men,  and  at  cost  price  to 
officers,  and  will  be  worn  as  prescribed  in  the  Uniform  Regu- 
lations. 

2.  Organization  commanders  will  prepare  lists  of  all  officers 
and  enlisted  men  of  their  organizations  who  are  entitled  to 
either  of  these  badges,  giving  first  the  names  of  officers  in 
order  of  rank,  and  next  those  of  enlisted  men  in  alphabetical 
order,  the  lists  to  be  in  duplicate  and  in  the  form  prescribed 
for  campaign  badges  as  shown  in  section  8,  paragraph  68, 
this  compilation. 

3.  Heads  of  staff  departments  will  submit  similar  lists  of 
the  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  their  respective  depart- 
ments whose  service  in  Cuba  entitles  them  to  either  of  these 
badges. 

4.  The  lists  will  be  forwarded  by  post  commanders  directly 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  and  upon  their  receipt 
in  the  office  of  The  Adjutant  General  the  statements  of  serv- 
ice of  the  officers  and  enlisted  men  named  therein  will  be 
verified  and  the  lists  will  be  sent  to  the  Quartermaster  Gen- 
eral of  the  Army,  by  whom  the  badges  will  be  distributed. 


168 

5.  When  the  service  of  an  officer  or  enlisted  man  has  not 
been  honorable  subsequently  to  his  service  with  the  Army  of 
Cuban  Occupation,  or  the  Army  of  Cuban  Pacification,  he  will 
not  be  listed  for  a  badge,  and  if  the  service  of  any  officer  or 
enlisted  man  subsequently  to  the  date  of  his  being  listed  for 
a  badge  and  previously  to  its  issue  to  him  shall  not  be  hon- 
orable, the  proper  commanding  officer  will  notify  The  Adju- 
tant General  of  the  Army  in  order  that  the  badge  may  be 
withheld. 

6.  The  badges  will  be  sent  by  the  depot  quartermaster, 
Washington,  D.  C,  directly  to  the  commanding  officers  of 
companies,  troops,  batteries,  and  detachments  for  issue  by 
them  to  the  enlisted  men  of  their  commands  entitled  thereto. 
The  name  of  each  enlisted  man  to  whom  a  badge  is  issued, 
together  with  the  serial  number  of  the  badge,  will  be  promptly 
reported  by  post  commanders  directly  to  The  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral of  the  Army. 

7.  These  badges  will  also  be  issued  to  such  officers  and  en- 
listed men  of  the  Organized  Militia  of  the  several  States  and 
Territories  and  the  District  of  Columbia  as  have  had  the 
necessary  service  to  entitle  them  to  the  badges. 

8.  The  sale  of  the  badges  to  former  officers  and  enlisted 
men,  now  in  civil  life,  whose  service  was  honorable  and  who 
were  in  Cuba  with  the  Army  of  Cuban  Occupation  or  the 
Army  of  Cuban  Pacification  within  the  dates  specified  herein, 
is  authorized.  Blank  forms  of  application  for  authority  to 
purchase  the  badges  may  be  obtained  from  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army.  (O.  O.  96,  1909—U57065  B,  A.  G.  0.; 
Par.  I,  G.  0.  40,  1915—1487707  G,  A.  G.  O.) 

70.  Swordsman's  badge. — 1.  A  badge  for  excellence  in 
swordsmanship,  to  be  known  as  the  swordsman's  badge,  con- 
forming to  the  approved  design  in  the  office  of  the  Chief  of 
Ordnance,  has  been  adopted.  These  badges  will  be  issued 
by  the  Ordnance  Department,  at  the  rate  of  two  badges  for 
each  troop  and  one  badge  for  the  noncommissioned  staff  of 
each  regiment  of  Cavalry,  to  the  best  swordsmen  in  each 
organization  as  determined  by  the  regimental  commander  by 
actual  test  made  once  in  each  calendar  year. 

2.  A  badge  when  once  awarded  becomes  the  property  of  the 
soldier  and  will  be  worn  as  provided  in  Uniform  Regulations. 
An  additional  badge  will  not  be  awarded  to  a  man  who  quali- 
fies as  swordsman  in  any  subsequent  year. 


169 

3.  If  lost  by  the  owner,  or  in  transmission  to  him,  or  if  it 
becomes  unsightly  from  long  wear,  the  badge  may  be  replaced 
without  cost  to  the  owner  upon  proper  evidence  that  no  negli- 
gence can  be  imputed  to  him. 

4.  Requisitions  for  such  additional  badges  as  may  be  re- 
quired for  award  after  the  first  year  will  be  forwarded  to  the 
Chief  of  Ordnance  when  the  number  required  shall  have  been 
determined. 

5.  In  order  to  secure  uniformity  throughout  the  Cavalry  in 
awarding  the  swordsman's  badge,  the  following  test  is  pre- 
scribed, to  be  conducted  under  the  direction  of  regimental 
commanders : 

6.  Five  competitors  will  be  selected  from  each  troop  and  two 
from  the  noncommissioned  staff.  These  competitors  in  each 
organization  will  be  tested  over  the  course  herein  prescribed, 
under  the  direction  of  a  field  officer  of  the  regiment. 

The  organization  commander  will  be  guided  in  selecting  his 
competitors  by  the  results  of  *'  try  outs,"  so  that  the  five  com- 
petitors will  be,  in  his  opinion,  the  five  best  qualified  to  make 
a  high  score  in  the  course  prescribed. 

7.  A  track,  as  shown  in  the  accompanying  diagram,  will  be 
laid  out  on  open  ground  and  the  competitors  required  to  ride 
the  course  on  their  own  mounts,  attacking  dummies  as  indi- 
cated. They  will  not  be  allowed  to  practice  over  the  ground 
used  for  the  test. 

8.  The  first  75  yards  will  be  covered  at  a  charging  gallop, 
the  rest  at  a  maneuvering  gallop. 

The  time  for  the  course  will  be  determined  by  taking  the 
time  of  an  oflficer  who  will  gallop  over  the  course  at  the  pre- 
scribed gaits  but  without  attacking  dummies,  being  careful, 
however,  to  go  sufficiently  near  each  to  attack  it.  The  distance 
from  the  last  dummy  to  the  finish  may  be  covered  at  speed. 

9.  Credit  the  trooper  with  100  points.  Deduct  2  points  for 
each  period  of  5  seconds  he  is  slower  than  the  established  time. 
Deduct  5  points  for  any  dummy  he  fails  to  touch.  Also  deduct 
from  1  to  5  points  for  incorrect  form  at  each  dummy. 

For  example,  if  the  trooper  gets  No.  1  fairly  and  in  good 
form  his  score  is  0.  If  he  strikes  it  but  is  not  leaning  down 
enough,  deduct,  say,  2  or  3  points — his  score  will  be  minus  3. 
If  he  lunges  properly  but  misses,  his  score  will  be  minus  5. 
If  he  misses  and  also  lunges  badly,  his  score  could  be  as 
much  as  minus  10. 


170 


f^ 


o 

O 
/      Q 


o 


I 


il 


I : 
I : 


I 


I 

I* 


I 


1 

i 


171 

10.  The  isolated  dummies  sliould  be  attacked  in  the  man- 
ner indicated  in  the  diagram,  and  the  five  in  the  group,  in 
any  order  and  from  any  direction,  at  the  judgment  of  the 
trooper.  Proper  form,  however,  will  be  insisted  upon  in 
whatever  manner  he  chooses  to  attack. 

(Par.  I,  G.  O.  16,  19U— 2093855,  A.  G.  O.;  G.  0.  88,  19U— 
2093855  B,  A.  G.  0.) 

71.  Repair  of  badges,  medals,  and  other  insignia  issued 
by  the  Ordnance  Department. — Badges,  medals,  and  other 
insignia  Issued  by  the  Ordnance  Department,  when  rendered 
unserviceable  through  fair  wear  and  tear  in  the  public  service, 
will  be  sent  to  Rock  Island  Arsenal,  Rock  Island,  111.,  for 
repair  at  Government  expense,  except  that  those  which  may 
become  unserviceable  in  the  Philippine  Department  will  be 
sent  to  the  Manila  Ordnance  Depot,  Manila,  P.  I.  The 
invoice  in  each  case  covering  the  shipment  of  the  articles 
will  have  noted  on  it,  above  the  signature  of  the  responsible 
officer,  that  the  articles  so  transferred  became  unserviceable 
through  fair  wear  .-ind  tear  in  the  public  service.  {Par.  I, 
G.  0,  119,  1906^1168361,  M.  S.  0.) 


ARTICLE  IX. 
POSTS,  RESERVATIONS,  AND   CAMPS. 

72.  Naming  of  camps,  vessels,  etc. — Following  the  estab- 
lished practice  with  regard  to  naming  military  posts,  no  camp 
or  vessel,  and  no  building,  hall,  street,  driveway,  etc.,  on  a 
military  reservation  will  be  named  in  honor  of  a  living  officer. 
Any  name  not  conforming  to  this  rule  will  be  changed.  (Par. 
I,  Cir.  64,  1906—1185583,  M.  S.  0.) 

73.  Post  commander's  control  and  supervision  of  con- 
struction work. — In  the  interests  of  discipline  and  the  service 
a  post  commander  should  have  full  knowledge  of  the  locating 
of  all  defense  works,  buildings,  wharves,  bridges,  etc.,  and 
the  laying  out  of  all  roads,  as  well  as  full  knowledge  of  all 
other  work  within  the  territorial  limits  of  his  jurisdiction, 
including  work  of  construction  incident  to  the  upkeep  of  the 
post,  and  will  have  full  disciplinary  control  and  supervision 
over  all  commissioned,  enlisted,  and  civilian  personnel  en- 
gaged on  such  work  while  such  personnel  is  within  the  terri- 
torial limits  of  his  jurisdiction  or  within  his  command.  In 
all  cases  where  the  officer  in  charge  of  such  work  is  subject 
to  the  orders  of  the  post  commander  in  connection  with  any 
other  post  duty,  the  post  commander  will  have  control  and 
supervision  of  the  said  work  to  the  same  extent  that  he  would 
have  if  the  work  were  done  by  an  officer  of  his  staff.  Such 
control  and  supervision,  however,  will  not  be  construed  as 
authorizing  the  post  commander  to  change  or  modify  the 
plans  for  construction  work  approved  by  the  War  Department 
or  to  revoke  or  modify  instructions  received  from  superior 
authority.  Officers  engaged  in  any  work  of  the  character  of 
that  referred  to  will  keep  the  post  commander  fully  informed 
as  to  the  scope  and  progress  of  the  work  and  as  to  any  modi- 
fications with  regard  to  the  same,  whether  directed  by  superior 
authority  or  recommended  by  himself.  The  local  representa- 
tives of  staff  departments,  when  called  upon  by  such  depart- 
ments to  make  recommendations  concerning  matters  within 

(172) 


173 

tbe  territorial  limits  of  a  post  commander's  jurisdiction,  will 
confer  with  the  post  commander  and  will  state  in  their  reports 
that  such  conference  has  been  held  and  whether  or  not  the 
post  commander  concurs  in  the  recommendations. 

The  foregoing  provisions  do  not  apply  to  the  affairs  of 
supply  depots  which  may  be  located  within  the  limits  of 
military  posts,  excepting  when  specific  authority  to  that  end 
is  granted,  but  those  provisions  do  apply  to  Coast  Artillery 
garrisons,  substituting  the  words  "coast  defenses"  for 
'*  posts." 

Nothing  herein  will  be  construed  as  authorizing  any  change 
whatever  in  existing  regulations  governing  channels  of  com- 
munication.    {Par.  II,  G.  O.  11,  1915—2257818,  A.  G.  O.) 

74.  Electric  lighting  and  power  circuits,  installation. — 
When  any  electric  lighting  or  power  circuit  is  to  be  installed 
at  any  seacoast  fortification  the  local  representative  of  the 
Engineer  Department,  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  or  the  Signal 
Corps,  under  whose  direction  or  supervision  the  work  is  to  be 
done,  will  notify  the  local  representatives  of  the  other  two 
staff  departments  named,  in  advance  of  the  initiation  of  con- 
struction work,  in  order  that  any  necessary  measures  may 
be  taken  to  prevent  danger  to  life  or  property  by  reason  of 
accident  occurring  during  construction  involving  circuits  or 
apparatus  for  which  the  other  bureaus  are  responsible.  Upon 
receipt  of  such  information  the  local  representatives  of  the 
staff  departments  will  inform  the  chiefs  of  their  respective 
bureaus  accordingly.  The  district  engineer  officer  is  to  be 
regarded  as  the  local  representative  of  the  Engineer  Depart- 
ment. In  the  case  of  interior  military  posts  the  notices  herein 
required  will  be  given  only  to  the  representative  of  the  Quar- 
termaster Corps  or  the  Signal  Corps.  (Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  28, 
1911—173/^977,  A.  G.  O.) 

75.  Competition  of  Army  bands  with  civilian  musicians. — 
The  attention  of  all  officers  of  the  Army  is  directed  to  the 
legal  prohibition  against  the  competition  of  Army  bands  or 
the  individual  members  thereof  with  civilian  musicians,  con- 
tained in  the  act  of  Congress  approved  May  11,  1908,  and  em- 
bodied in  paragraph  261,  Army  Regulations. 

It  is  the  duty  of  commanding  officers  of  military  posts  at 
which  Army  bands  are  stationed  to  make  this  prohibition 
effective.  The  question  of  fact  as  to  whether  or  not  the  play- 
ing outside  of  the  post  limits  will  be  competitive  is  one  to  be 


174 

determined  in  each  case  by  the  commanding  officer,  and  his 
determination  will  be  final  unless  an  appeal  is  taken  to 
higher  military  authority  by  the  parties  concerned  or  alleging 
themselves  to  be  concerned  in  the  matter.  {Par.  II,  Cir.  97, 
1908—m3893,  A.  G.  0.) 

76.  Soliciting  of  claims  against  United  States  on  mili- 
tary reservations. — The  soliciting  of  pension  or  other  claims 
against  the  United  States  on  military  reservations  or  at  mili- 
tary posts,  camps,  or  stations,  including  general  hospitals,  is 
hereby  prohibited,  and  commanding  officers  will  take  measures 
effectually  to  prevent  such  soliciting  within  the  limits  of 
military  reservations,  posts,  camps,  stations,  or  hospitals  un- 
der their  commands.  Officers  or  enlisted  men  who  give  infor- 
mation with  a  view  to  aiding  persons  in  soliciting  such  claims 
will  be  brought  to  trial  for  violation  of  paragraph  824,  Army 
Regulations,  and  civilian  employees  who  so  offend  will  be  dis- 
charged. 

In  connection  with  the  subject  of  this  order  and  of  para- 
graph 824,  Army  Regulations,  the  attention  of  all  concerned 
is  invited  to  the  provisions  of  section  5498,  Revised  Statutes 
of  the  United  States,  which  are  as  follows: 

Sec.  5498.  Every  officer  of  the  United  States,  or  person  hold- 
ing any  place  of  trust  or  profit,  or  discharging  any  official 
function  under,  or  in  connection  with,  any  Executive  depart- 
ment of  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  or  under  the 
Senate  or  House  of  Representatives  of  the  United  States,  who 
acts  as  an  agent  or  attorney  for  prosecuting  any  claim  against 
the  United  States,  or  in  any  manner,  or  by  any  means,  other- 
wise than  in  discharge  of  his  proper  official  duties,  aids  or  as- 
sists in  the  prosecution  or  support  of  any  such  claim,  or 
receives  any  gratuity  or  any  share  of  or  interest  in  any  claim 
from  any  claimant  against  the  United  States,  with  intent  to 
aid  or  assist,  or  in  consideration  of  having  aided  or  assisted, 
in  the  prosecution  of  such  claim,  shall  pay  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $5,000  or  suffer  imprisonment  not  more  than  one  year, 
or  both.     (G.  0.  163,  1906—1151559,  M.  S.  O.) 

77.  Inyestigation  of  pension  claims  by  special  examiners 
of  Pension  Bureau. — Special  examiners  of  the  Bureau  of  Pen- 
sions will  hereafter  be  considered  as  "  proper  officers  "  of  the 
Interior  Department  within  the  meaning  of  paragraph  824, 
Army  Regulations,  and  upon  presentation  of  proper  creden- 
tials to  the  commanding  officer,  will  be  permitted  to  make  in- 
vestigations of  pension  claims  at  military  posts  and  stations 
and  in  military  hospitals,  and  all  necessary  facilities  for  mak- 
ing such  investigations  will  be  afforded  them. 


175 

The  examination  that  will  be  permitted  in  any  such  case 
will  be  restricted  absolutely  to  the  ascertainment  of  facts 
within  the  personal  knowledge  or  recollection  of  the  officer 
or  enlisted  man  under  examination.  No  reference  to  or  ex- 
amination of  official  records  of  any  description,  either  by 
the  person  whose  testimony  is  desired,  or  by  the  examiner, 
will  be  permitted.  Evidence  from  such  records,  whether 
filed  at  military  posts  or  stations  or  in  the  War  Department, 
will  be  furnished  only  by  the  War  Department,  as  prescribed 
by  paragraph  824,  Army  Regulations,  in  response  to  a  call 
therefor  made  by  the  Commissioner  of  Pensions  upon  The  Ad- 
jutant General  of  the  Army  or  by  some  other  proper  official 
of  the  Interior  Department  upon  the  corresponding  official  of 
the  War  Department.     (Par.  I,  Bui.  1,1, 1914—2217677,  A.  G.  O.) 

78.  Reports  of  deaths. — ^Whenever  the  death  of  an  officer, 
enlisted  man,  or  civilian  employee  occurs  at  a  military  post  or 
station,  or  with  a  command  in  the  field,  the  senior  medical 
officer  present  will  immediately  report  in  writing  to  the  com- 
manding officer  of  such  military  post  or  station  or  command  in 
the  field  the  name  of  the  deceased,  with  rank  and  organization 
if  he  was  an  officer  or  enlisted  man,  or  the  department  and 
capacity  in  which  he  was  employed  if  he  was  a  civilian  em- 
ployee, the  date,  time,  place,  and  cause  of  death,  and  the 
present  location  of  the  body. 

The  commanding  officer  will  cause  necessary  measures  to  be 
taken  for  the  interment  or  other  disposal  of  the  body  and  will 
make  an  immediate  report  of  the  facts  in  the  case  to  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  on  the  blank  form  provided  for 
the  purpose  ( Form  No.  415,  A.  G.  O.,  "  Report  of  Death  and 
Disposal  of  Remains").     (G.  0.  67,  1910—1637869,  A.  Q.  O.) 

79.  Civilian  physicians  practicing  on  military  reserva- 
tions.— Whenever  a  civilian  physician  is  summoned  to  take 
charge  of  a  case  of  disease  of  an  officer  or  an  enlisted  man 
at  any  garrisoned  post  or  in  the  families  of  officers,  enlisted 
men,  or  civilian  employees  thereat,  the  patient  or  responsible 
person  will  at  the  same  time  so  inform  the  commanding  officer, 
who  will  notify  the  post  surgeon.  It  will  thereupon  be  the  duty 
of  the  surgeon  to  ascertain,  if  possible,  from  the  attending 
physician  or  by  personal  examination  of  the  patient  if  deemed 
necessary,  the  nature  of  the  disease  and,  if  it  proves  to  be 
infectious  and  a  source  of  danger  to  the  garrison,  he  will 
retain  supervision  of  the  case  and  be  responsible  for  all  meas- 


176 

ures  of  isolation,  prevention,  and  disinfection.  If  an  officer 
or  enlisted  man  be  the  patient  it  will  be  the  duty  of  the  sur- 
geon in  any  case  to  report  the  nature  of  the  disease  to  the 
post  commander  in  order  that  the  latter  may,  if  the  interest 
of  the  service  demand  it,  require  the  patient  to  be  placed 
under  charge  of  the  post  surgeon. 

Any  violation  of  this  order  by  a  civilian  resident  will  sub- 
ject him  to  removal  from  the  post.  (G.  O.  160,  1905—10560U, 
M.  S.  O.) 

A  civilian  physician  desiring  to  practice  medicine  on  a 
military  reservation  must  register  his  name  with  the  post 
commander  and  must  agree,  in  writing,  to  observe  the  rules 
find  regulations  relative  to  the  protection  of  the  command 
against  infectious  or  epidemic  diseases  that  may  be  in  force 
at  that  time  or  that  may  be  promulgated  thereafter.  When- 
ever a  civilian  physician  in  his  practice  on  a  military  reser- 
vation discovers  a  case  of  infectious  or  epidemic  disease  he 
must  make  prompt  report  thereof  to  the  post  commander,  wtio 
will  take  the  proper  steps  for  the  protection  of  both  civilian 
and  military  residents  on  the  reservation.  (Par.  II,  Cir.  26, 
1907—1221630,  M.  S.  0.) 

80.  Young  Men's  Christian  Association,  privileges  for. — 
Permission  is  granted  to  the  Army  Young  Men's  Christian 
Association  to  establish  its  w^ork  at  the  various  posts  of  the 
Army,  and  commanding  officers  are  enjoined  to  facilitate  the 
efforts  of  this  association  to  provide  helpful,  physical,  intel- 
lectual, and  unsectarian  religious  influences  by  providing 
therefor  suitable  quarters  which  may  be  in  the  post  exchange 
buildings  if  room  is  there  available  and  its  use  for  such  pur- 
pose is  deemed  wise  by  the  commanding  officer.  The  privileges 
granted  hereunder  are  subject  to  the  control  of  commanding 
officers  and  should  be  so  defined  as  not  to  interfere  with  mili- 
tary operations  and  disciplin.^.     (Cir.  15,  1904,  W«  D.) 

All  proper  facilities  for  the  w^ork  of  the  association  will  also 
be  afforded  by  commanding  officers  of  troops  serving  in  camp 
and  in  the  field. 

Whenever  practicable,  and  when  it  does  not  interfere  with 
drill  and  instruction  or  the  purposes  for  which  the  troops 
are  assembled,  suitable  sites  will  be  selected  and  assigned 
in  camps  for  the  tents  of  the  association.  In  the  case  of 
change  of  camp  sites  the  tentage  and  equipment  of  the  asso- 
ciation will  be  transported  when  means  are  available.     The 


177 

care  and  police  of  the  tents  of  the  association,  and  the  grounds 
surrounding  them,  will  also  be  provided  for  in  the  general 
scheme  of  police  of  the  camp. 

Permission  will  be  given  by  commanding  officers  for  the 
duly  accredited  secretaries  of  the  association  to  purchase  nec- 
essary supplies  from  the  Quartermaster  Corps  in  case  the 
supplies  are  available  and  can  be  spared;  and  when,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  commanding  officer,  the  supply  of  tentage 
warrants  it,  shelter  of  this  character  will  be  afforded  to  the 
association.     (Par.  I,  G.  O.  39,  19U—215783Jf,  A.  G.  O.) 

81.  State  game  and  fish  laws  not  operative  on  a  military 
(reservation. — ^The  fish  and  game  laws  of  a  State  are  not 
operative  on  a  military  reservation  over  which  the  United 
States  has  acquired  exclusive  jurisdiction,  and  a  warden  or 
other  State  or  local  officer  who  persists  in  attempting  to  en- 
force those  laws  within  the  limits  of  such  a  reservation  after 
having  been  ordered  to  desist  therefrom  should  be  removed 
from  the  reservation.  (Par.  2,  Cir.  50,  1906—11575^3,  M.  8.  O.) 
40062°— 16 12 


ARTICLE  X. 

ENLISTED  STRENGTH  OF  ARMY— STATISTIC  AI 
DATA  REPORTS  OF  ORGANIZATIONS— HISTORI- 
CAL RECORD  OF  ORGANIZATIONS— TRAINING, 
INSTRUCTION,  AND  EMPLOYMENT  OF  TROOPS. 

82.  Enlisted  strength  of  Army. — 1.  By  direction  of  the 
President  tlie  enlisted  strength  of  the  Army  will  be  maintained 
as  prescribed  in  the  Tables  of  Organization,  1914,  and  in  such 
changes  in  those  tables  as  may  be  published  from  time  to  time. 

2.  Estimates  for  pay  and  allowances  of  the  authorized  en- 
listed strength  of  the  Array  will  hereafter  be  based  primarily 
on  Tables  of  Organization. 

3.  Until  such  time  as  appropriations  are  available  for  their 
pay,  the  number  of  noncommissioned  officers  and  other  enlisted 
men  of  special  grades  carrying  extra  pay  for  grade  to  be 
appointed  in  regiments  and  other  separate  tactical  organiza- 
tions to  provide  men  for  detail  with  provisional  units  will 
be  limited  to  that  prescribed  in  General  Orders,  No.  8,  War 
Department,  1912,  as  amended. 

4.  Such  enlisted  men  heretofore  appointed  in  excess  of  the 
numbers  prescribed  in  General  Orders,  No.  8,  War  Depart- 
ment, 1912,  as  amended,  under  the  provisions  of  the  Tables  of 
Organization,  1914,  are  not  at  the  present  time  additional  to 
those  numbers  and  are  to  be  detailed  from  the  troops,  bat- 
teries, and  companies  to  which  they  properly  belong.  Such 
enlisted  men  now  in  excess  may  be  carried  until  absorbed  by 
the  occurrence  of  vacancies  in  their  respective  grades. 

5.  The  foregoing  does  not  apply  to  the  additional  noncom- 
missioned officers  authorized  in  the  Tables  of  Organization, 
page  78,  under  the  heading  "Additional  Enlisted  Strength — 
Line." 

6.  Hereafter,  as  appropriations  become  available,  organiza- 
tions will  be  informed  by  letters  of  instruction  from  The  Ad- 
jutant General's  Office  of  such  increase  in  enlisted  strength 

(178) 


179 

of  statutory  organizations  as  may  be  warranted  to  provide 
personnel  for  provisional  units  until  all  organizations  have 
been  brought  up  to  the  strength  prescribed  in  the  Tables  of 
Organization.     (Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  37,  1915—2293798,  A.  Q.  O.) 

83.  Statistical  data  reports  of  organizations. — 1.  Regi- 
mental commanders  of  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  and  Infantry, 
battalion  commanders  of  Engineers,  and  coast  defense  com- 
manders in  case  of  Coast  Artillery  companies  serving  under 
them  will  submit,  through  the  department  commanders  con- 
cerned, to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  on  June  30  of 
each  year,  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  on  that  date,  a  tabulated 
report  showing  for  each  troop,  battery,  or  company  of  their 
respective  organizations  and  for  each  regimental  headquarters 
the  statistical  data  called  for  under  the  following  headings : 

(a)  Number  of  officers  present. 

(&)  Number  of  enlisted  men. 

(c)  Number  of  serviceable  private  mounts. 

{d)  Number  of  serviceable  public  mounts. 

(e)  Number  of  expert  riflemen. 

(/)  Number  of  sharpshooters. 

{g)  Number  of  marksmen. 

(7i)  Number  of  reenlisted  men. 

(i)  Number  of  men  in  first  year's  service. 

(;)  Number  of  convictions  by  summary  court  during  year. 

<fc)  Number  of  convictions  by  special  court  during  year. 

(Z)  Number  of  convictions  by  general  court  during  year. 

(m)  Number  of  desertions  during  year. 

{n)  Number  of  men  discharged  under  paragraph  148^,  A.  R. 

(o)  Number  of  men  dishonorably  discharged. 

(p)  Number  of  captains,  first  lieutenants,  and  second  lieu- 
tenants, respectively,  and  of  commanding  officers  of  each 
troop,  battery,  or  company  during  year,  with  date  of  assign- 
ment of  each  officer. 

{q)  Number  of  battalion  or  squadron  commanders  during 
year,  with  date  of  assignment  of  each  commander. 

(r)  Value  of  property  lost  by  desertion  during  year. 

is)  Value  of  ordnance  property  issued  to  replace  unservice- 
able property  during  year. 

it)  Value  of  quartermaster  property  issued  to  replace  un- 
serviceable property  during  year. 

iu)  Amount  of  troop,  battery,  or  company  fund  on  June  30. 

(v)  Total  disbursements  from  that  fund  during  year. 


180 

2.  Form  No.  531,  A.  G.  O.,  for  rendering:  the  tabulated  re- 
port, will  be  furnished  from  The  Adjutant  General's  Office  to 
the  commanding  officers  concerned.  {Par.  I,  O.  O.  15,  1915 — 
2263552,  A.  G.  O.) 

84,  Historical  record  of  organizations. — 1.  In  every  staff 
corps  and  department,  regiment,  battalion  not  forming  part 
of  a  regiment,  and  independent  troop,  battery,  or  company 
will  be  kept  a  detailed  history  of  the  services  of  the  organiza- 
tion. This  history  will,  at  all  times,  be  kept  as  nearly  up  to 
date  as  possible. 

The  chief  or  commanding  officer  of  the  organization  will 
cause  the  history  to  be  prepared  under  his  immediate  super- 
vision. The  historical  record  thus  kept  should  contain  infor- 
mation concerning  the  original  formation,  recruitment,  changes 
in  organization,  increase  and  decrease  in  strength,  stations  of 
the  organization  or  parts  thereof,  arrival  at  and  departure 
tlierefrom,  marches,  campaigns,  battles,  etc. 

It  should  give  the  names  of  officers  and  men  killed  and 
wounded  in  action,  or  who  may  have  specially  distinguished 
themselves,  with  rewards  and  decorations  received. 

Before  books  and  papers  are  destroyed  under  paragraphs 
258  and  281,  Army  Regulations,  they  should  be  carefully  ex- 
amined to  see  that  everything  of  historical  value  therein  has 
been  embodied  in  the  history  of  the  organization. 

2.  As  soon  as  possible  after  the  end  of  each  calendar  year 
the  chief  or  commanding  officer  of  every  organization  required 
to  keep  a  history  under  this  order  will  forward  directly  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  a  copy  of  so  much  thereof 
as  relates  to  the  past  calendar  year.  {O.  O.  1,  1905 — 953158, 
AI.  8.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par,  II,  G.  O.  7,  1910,  and  Par.  II, 
G.  O.  24,  1912.) 

TRAINING,    INSTRUCTION,    AND    EMPLOYMENT    OF    TROOPS. 

85.  Training  of  mobile  army. — 1.  Object  of  training. — 
Headiness  for  active  service,  and  especially  for  the  particular 
kinds  of  active  service  in  which  the  troops  are  most  likely  to 
be  engaged,  is  the  objective  to  be  kept  in  view  in  all  peace- 
time trainingand  preparation.  The  activities  of  all  concerned 
will  consequently  be  directed  to  the  attainment  of  that  end. 

To  be  prepared  for  such  service  the  troops  must  not  only  be 
thoroughly  instructed,  but  also  must  have  a  high  morale,  based 
on    consciousness    of    ability    to    meet    successfully    all    the 


181 

demands  of  war.  The  value  of  an  organization  is  to  be 
judged  by  its  all-around  ability  to  take  the  field  and  to  meet 
successfully  every  phase  of  war  service. 

2.  Bases  of  training. — Study,  drill,  and  practical  applica- 
tion form  the  bases  of  training.  By  study,  knowledge  of  prin- 
ciples and  methods  is  acquired ;  by  drill,  skill  in  the  mechanism 
of  methods  and  in  the  performance  of  habitual  duties  is  gained. 
It  is  by  practical  application  that  officers  and  men  learn  to 
adapt  to  actual  cases  the  knowledge  and  skill  they  have  ac- 
quired. Facility  in  so  doing  is  of  the  utmost  importance, 
since  on  service  a  great  variety  of  practical  problems  present 
themselves,  each  of  which  must  be  solved  on  the  basis  of  its 
own  particular  requirements.  Hence,  as  soon  as  proficiency 
in  elementary  methods  is  attained,  the  applicatory  system  will 
be  employed,  commencing  with  simple  problems  and  grad- 
ually widening  the  scope  so  as  to  introduce  the  greatest  pos- 
sible variety  of  conditions.  To  this  end  all  tactical  exercises, 
whether  theoretical  or  practical,  whether  with  or  without 
troops,  will  be  based  upon  an  assumed  situation.  In  all  exer- 
cises in  the  field  a  concrete  case  will  be  stated,  calling  for  the 
actual  employment  of  the  organization  concerned,  and  the  or- 
ganization is  then  employed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  this 
case.  The  strength  and  character  of  the  opposition  to  be  ex- 
pected, the  nature  of  the  terrain,  the  obstacles  to  be  overcome 
being  known  or  developed  as  the  solution  proceeds,  the  opportu- 
nity is  afforded  not  only  of  applying  appropriate  general  prin- 
ciples and  tactical  methods,  but  also  of  putting  to  practical  use 
many  minor  phases  of  instruction  which  had  previously  been 
the  subject  of  drill-ground  training.  Thus,  the  service  of 
security  and  information,  signaling,  field  fortifications,  pioneer 
work,  the  passage  of  obstacles  may  all  be  incidents  of  the 
operation  involved,  and,  being  natural  incidents,  the  purpose 
of  the  previous  drill  and  instruction  becomes  apparent,  as  well 
as  the  difficulties  liable  to  arise  under  the  varied  conditions 
of  service.  The  more  nearly  the  conditions  of  service  are 
simulated  and  the  greater  the  variety  of  the  incidents  intro- 
duced, the  more  instructive  will  these  exercises  be. 

Such  exercises  may  be  conducted  at  first  as  map  problems 
or  terrain  exercises  for  the  training  of  officers  and  selected 
enlisted  men. 

Study,  drill,  and  practical  illustration  follow  a  generally 
progressive  order  as  indicated  below;  but  instruction  of  the 


182 

three  kinds  should  be  in  a  measure  concurrent,  to  the  end 
that  the  reasons  for  instruction,  the  purposes  to  be  attained, 
and  the  conditions  under  which  the  duties  will  have  to  be  per- 
formed may  be  continually  kept  in  mind. 

The  prime  immediate  need  of  the  Army  is  correct  tactical 
training  of  officers  and  noncommissioned  officers  in  handling 
commands  appropriate  to  their  rank.  In  this  training  the 
study  of  strategic  combinations  on  a  large  scale  should  be 
avoided,  except  in  so  far  as  such  study  may  bear  upon  the 
solution  of  the  problems  under  consideration,  and  all  such 
study  should  be  incident  to,  and  form  the  basis  for,  the  tac- 
tical training  of  officers  and  their  commands. 

In  order  that  study  and  training  may  be  properly  directed 
and  that  a  unified  doctrine  of  tactics  may  be  taught  the  entire 
service,  all  tactical  instruction  of  the  mobile  army  will  be 
conducted  in  accordance  with  the  principles  taught  at  the  serv- 
ice schools  and  the  Army  War  College,  as  set  forth  in  the 
books  employed  and  as  illustrated  in  the  approved  solutions  at 
those  institutions.  Graduates  of  the  service  schools  and  the 
Army  War  College  will  be  utilized,  as  far  as  practicable,  to 
assist  in  the  work  contemplated  in  this  order. 

3.  Annual  course  of  training. — A  progressive  scheme  is  to  be 
followed  for  each  year's  instruction.  The  annual  course  com- 
prises garrison  training  and  field  training,  though  no  sharp 
line  of  distinction  is  to  be  drawn  between  the  two.  For  the 
purpose  of  illustrating  practically  the  principles  taught,  or  em- 
phasizing the  importance  of  phases  of  detailed  training,  in- 
struction appropriate  to  one  period  may  frequently  be  held 
within  the  period  assigned  to  the  other. 

4.  Garrison  training. — The  period  of  garrison  training  will 
be  devoted  especially:  (a)  To  theoretical  and  practical  in- 
struction in  the  various  garrison  schools,  and  (&)  to  drill  and 
practical  instruction  preparatory  to  field  training. 

(a)  War  Department  orders  prescribing  regulations  to  gov- 
ern  post  and  garrison  schools  lay  down  specifically  the  course 
to  be  followed  in  the  more  elementary  schools  for  officers  and 
enlisted  men.  Brigade  commanders  will  devote  special  atten- 
tion to  the  postgraduate  scheme  of  instruction,  which  will  run 
through  the  entire  period  of  garrison  training.  A  principal 
feature  of  postgraduate  instruction  will  be  studies,  map  prob- 
lems, and  war  games  based  on  strategical  and  tactical  situa- 
tions to  be  stated  for  the  brigade  by  the  War  Department  and 


183 

by  the  brigade  commander  for  the  tactical  components  of  his 
brigade.  The  postgraduate  course  of  instruction  will  also  in- 
clude such  map  problems,  terrain  exercises,  tactical  or  staff 
walks  or  rides,  or  other  work  pertaining  to  the  local  terrain  as 
brigade  commanders  may  prescribe ;  this  portion  of  the  course 
may  be  made  to  amplify  the  work  of  the  elementary  schools 
for  officers  and  enlisted  men,  as  well  as  the  drill  and  practical 
instruction  preparatory  to  field  training. 

(&)  Drill  and  practical  instruction  preparatory  to  field 
training  embraces  specially :  Drill  of  the  company,  battery, 
and  troop  and  all  of  the  units  thereof,  mounted  and  dis- 
mounted; the  preliminary  training  for  fire  action  and  firing 
exercises  on  a  represented  or  actual  terrain  with  targets  rep- 
resented to  scale  or  actually  designated,  thus  giving  oppor- 
tunity to  train  the  personnel  both  in  the  mechanisms  of  fire 
and  in  appropriate  methods  of  directing,  controlling,  and  ad- 
justing fire;  the  rudiments  of  the  service  of  security  and  in- 
formation, including  the  preparation  and  transmission  of 
orders  and  messages;  map  making  and  map  reading  for  offi- 
cers, noncommissioned  officers,  and  selected  privates;  exer- 
cises in  leaving  the  post  with  a  part  or  all  of  the  command 
equipped  for  prolonged  service  in  the  field ;  bayonet  combat ; 
swordsmanship,  mounted  and  dismounted;  visual  signaling; 
gymnastics,  athletics,  and  swimming,  including  swimming  with 
arms  and  equipment  under  proper  precautions  as  to  safety; 
equitation,  horse  training,  and  packing;  tent  pitching;  guard 
duty  and  ceremonies;  first  aid  and  the  hygienic  care  of  the 
person ;  care  of  equipment  of  all  descriptions. 

5.  Field  training  embraces  especially :  Range  practice ;  field 
firing  exercises  with  service  ammunition;  field  fortifications, 
including  the  reconnaissance  and  selection  of  positions,  and 
the  actual  construction  of  appropriate  intrenchments ;  the 
service  of  security  and  information  (Field  Service  Regula- 
tions) ;  marches  and  convoys;  maintenance  of  communication 
between  the  elements  of  a  command  by  signals  and  by  mes- 
senger; the  care  of  men  and  animals,  including  the  prepara- 
tion and  service  of  food,  shelter,  and  the  service  of  sanitation 
and  supply ;  the  passage  of  obstacles ;  night  operations ;  map 
making  in  accordance  with  the  needs  of  the  arm  of  service 
concerned;  swimming  of  horses  and  men,  to  include  swim- 
ming with  arms  and  equipment  under  proper  precautions  as  to 
safety ;  packing  and  exercises  in  the  solution  of  transportation 


184 

problems ;  the  drafting  of  orders  and  messages  as  incidents  of 
tlie  above  exercises;  combat  and  field  exercises,  first  of  a 
simple  nature  but  gradually  becoming  more  and  more  com- 
prehensive, passing  to  the  larger  units  and  involving  combined 
operations  and  operations  with  the  Organized  Militia. 

"6.  Until  our  regiments,  brigades,  and  divisions  are  all 
located  so  that  it  will  be  possible  for  their  elements  to  assem- 
ble by  marching  for  annual  training,  there  will  be  difficulty 
in  carrying  out  a  consistent  course  of  progressive  training 
for  the  whole  Army.  In  the  meantime,  the  policy  will  be  to 
go  as  far  as  is  possible  with  funds  available  to  effect  such 
annual  concentrations,  and  where  complete  concentration  is 
impracticable,  to  still  do  wiiat  is  possible  in  the  way  of  regi- 
mental, brigade,  and  division  instruction  with  the  troops  avail- 
able. To  this  end  the  missing  tactical  and  supply  elements 
will  be  represented  and  maneuvers  carried  out  over  a  tract  of 
country  sufficiently  extensive  to  gain  practice  not  only  in  the 
tactical  handling  of  the  command  to  meet  a  variety  of  con- 
crete situations,  but  also  in  the  working  of  its  supply,  am- 
munition, and  sanitary  services.  Similarly,  in  maneuvers  with 
organizations  of  the  Organized  Militia,  composite  brigades  and 
divisions  may  be  formed  and  experience  gained  in  the  exer- 
cise of  the  functions  of  the  higher  command. 

7.  During  the  periods  allotted  to  instruction  of  subordinate 
units,  terrain  exercises,  tactical  or  staff  walks  or  rides,  war 
games  and  map  problems  furnish  the  special  means  whereby 
all  higher  commanders  may  be  preparing  themselves  and  their 
staffs  for  their  appropriate  duties. 

8.  Marching. — Ability  to  march  long  distances  is  one  of  the 
most  important  requisites  of  mobile  troops.  Training  in 
marching  will  be  secured  in  connection  with  the  concentration 
of  brigades  and  in  operations  in  connection  with  the  annual 
maneuvers ;  but  it  is  necessary  that  troops  be  prepared  for  such 
marches  by  appropriate  preparatory  work,  and  that  all  marches 
be  conducted  with  a  view  to  accomplishing  some  well-defined 
object.  To  this  end,  during  the  period  of  field  training,  each 
organization,  except  when  participating  in  target  practice,  will 
each  week  engage  in  field  exercises  based  upon  stated  tactical 
situations  requiring  marches  under  war  conditions  and  involv- 
ing training  in  the  various  phases  of  field  service.  Marches 
will  be  arranged  and  tactical  problems  drawn  so  that  contact 
of  the  larger  bodies  of  troops  concerned  will  occur  upon  mill- 


185 

tary  reservations  or  upon  ground  which  the  troops  are  author- 
ized to  use. 

The  distances  covered  in  the  first  marches  will  be  short,  but 
should  be  gradually  increased.  Special  attention  will  be  given 
to  the  fit  of  shoes  and  the  care  of  the  feet  as  prescribed  in 
General  Orders,  No.  26,  War  Department,  1912,  paragraph  91, 
of  this  compilation. 

In  the  early  stages  of  field  training  the  articles  of  equip- 
ment carried  should  be  few  and  the  load  on  the  soldier  light. 
As  the  men  become  hardened,  the  load  should  be  increased 
gradually,  so  that  before  the  end  of  the  period  of  company 
field  training  troops  will  be  able  to  make  hard  marches  under 
service  conditions,  carrying  the  full  field  equipment. 

9.  Programs  of  training. — ^Training  must  conform  to  the 
principles  laid  down  in  existing  regulations  and  to  the  doc- 
trine disseminated  through  the  service  by  means  of  the  service 
schools;  but  unit  commanders  will  be  given  great  latitude  in 
the  choice  of  ways  and  means  for  training  their  units  and  will 
be  held  to  corresponding  responsibility  for  results  attained. 
Higher  commanders  interpose  to  change  the  ways  and  means 
employed  by  their  subordinate  commanders  only  when  con- 
vinced, after  careful  observation,  that  the  necessity  for  inter- 
position is  such  as  to  justify  impairment  of  the  initiative 
ordinarily  left  to  subordinates. 

Department  commanders  will  fix  the  periods  of  garrison 
and  field  training  and  of  target  practice  for  the  brigades. 
They  will  also  fix  the  period  to  be  devoted  to  training  of  the 
combined  arms  and  to  field  training  in  conjunction  with  the 
Organized  Militia.  Brigade  commanders  will  then  make  an 
allotment  of  time  between  companies,  battalions,  and  regi- 
ments. For  elements  not  brigaded,  department  commanders 
will  fix  the  periods  of  garrison  and  field  training  and  target 
practice,  as  well  as  the  allotment  of  time  between  companies, 
battalions,  and  regiments. 

Keeping  in  mind  the  foregoing  allotments  of  time  and  the 
requirements  of  this  order  as  to  objects  to  be  attained  and 
ground  to  be  covered,  each  commander,  commencing  with  the 
company  commander,  will  prepare  a  program  showing  in  gen- 
eral terms  the  contemplated  scheme  of  work  for  the  periods 
allotted  for  the  garrison  and  field  training  of  his  command. 
The  purpose  is  to  require  the  commander  to  formulate  and 
to  keep  in  mind  a  progressive  plan  of  instruction,  adapted  to 


186 

the  particular  conditions  under  which  he  is  serving  and 
framed  so  as  (1)  to  include  all  the  phases  of  training,  (2)  to 
give  each  phase  its  due  importance,  and  (3)  to  combine  them 
all  in  a  well-balanced  scheme  tending  always  toward  real  pre- 
paredness for  field  service. 

The  program  of  each  unit  commander  is  submitted  to  the 
next  higher  tactical  commander  for  approval.  Companies, 
battalions,  or  regiments  not  serving  in  the  same  territorial 
department  or  district  as  their  respective  battalion,  regi- 
mental, or  brigade  headquarters  will  forward  their  programs 
directly  to  the  next  higher  tactical  commander  in  the  depart- 
ment or  district.  Battalions  or  regiments  not  attached  or  be- 
longing to  a  brigade  will  forward  their  programs  directly  to 
department  headquarters. 

Company  commanders  will  prepare  at  the  end  of  each  week 
of  company  training  the  detailed  schedule  for  the  next  week's 
work,  submitting  a  copy  of  the  same  to  the  battalion  com- 
mander for  approval.  The  latter  will  keep  in  close  touch  with 
the  progress  of  the  work. 

Regimental  commanders  supervise  the  training  of  the  bat- 
talions which  are  under  their  immediate  control.  They  will 
make  detailed  tests  of  the  battalions  and  companies  from 
time  to  time  with  a  view  to  determining  the  progress  made  and 
to  causing  the  correction  of  deficiencies  noted. 

The  duties  of  brigade  and  department  commanders  in  con- 
nection with  training  are  defined  in  paragraphs  193  and  194, 
Army  Regulations. 

10.  Responsibility  for  the  training  of  detached  units. — If  a 
portion  of  a  tactical  unit  is  detached  from  its  proper  com- 
mand, the  responsibility  of  the  unit  commander  for  the  train- 
ing of  the  detached  portion  will  be  measured  by  the  extent  to 
which  he  has  had  opportunity  to  control  its  training.  If  ele- 
ments of  a  tactical  unit  are  separated  from  the  others  but  not 
detached,  the  commander  will  be  given  facilities,  when  practi- 
cable, for  visiting  such  elements  and  supervising  their  train- 
ing ;  otherwise  his  responsibility  is  qualified  as  in  the  preced- 
ing case. 

Troops  detached  from  one  division  or  brigade  will  be  at- 
tached to  another  division  or  brigade,  and  the  commander  of 
the  latter  division  or  brigade  will  then  have  the  same  respon- 
sibility for  these  attached  units  as  for  his  proper  tactical 
organization. 


187 

11.  Administration. — Routine  administration  throughout  the 
Army  must  be  regulated  on  the  basis  that  training  and  prepa- 
ration for  active  service  are  of  first  importance.  Administra- 
tive duties  are  an  essential  feature  of  military  life  and  are  not 
to  be  neglected;  but  in  every  legitimate  way  they  must  be 
simplified,  reduced  in  amount,  and  adjusted  as  to  time  of  per- 
formance, so  that  they  will  not  obscure  the  real  purpose  for 
which  the  Army  is  maintained  or  obstruct  the  attainment  of 
this  purpose.  Commanders  of  all  grades  must  so  order  and 
arrange  the  affairs  of  their  organizations  that  the  foregoing 
general  principles  are  given  full  force  and  effect.  The  number 
of  officers  and  men  regularly  present  at  instruction  must  be 
the  maximum  consistent  with  the  due  performance  of  admin- 
istrative or  other  duties  unavoidably  arising  during  the  times 
allotted  to  instruction.     (G.  0. 17, 1913—2015349,  A.  G.  O.) 

86.  Schools  of  equitation  in  mounted  commands. — In 
mounted  commands  schools  of  equitation  will  form  part  of  the 
garrison  training  prescribed  by  General  Orders,  No.  17,  War 
Department,  1913,  paragraph  85,  this  compilation.  They  will 
consist  of — 

1.  The  school  of  equitation  for  officers. 

The  instructors  will  be  selected  by  the  post  or  regimental 
commander  and  will  be  taken  from  graduates  of  the  Mounted 
Service  School  if  any  such  are  available.  All  lieutenants  of 
mounted  commands  who  are  not  graduates  of  the  Mounted 
Service  School  will  attend  until  they  have  had  three  seasons 
of  instruction  or  until  by  reason  of  their  proficiency  they  have 
been  selected  for  duty  as  instructors  in  the  school  for  noncom- 
missioned officers.  The  commanding  officer  may  direct  the 
attendance  of  other  mounted  officers  of  whatever  rank  who, 
in  his  opinion,  would  be  benefited  by  such  instruction. 

2.  The  school  of  equitation  for  noncommissioned  officers  and 
selected  privates. 

The  instructors  will  be  officers  who  have  qualified  for  such 
duty  either  at  the  Mounted  Service  School  or  in  the  officers' 
school  of  equitation.  Noncommissioned  officers  and  selected 
privates  of  mounted  commands  will  be  selected  to  attend,  so 
that  they  may  be  prepared  to  train  recruits  and  to  impart  to 
the  latter  correct  ideas  of  equitation  from  their  entry  into  the 
service. 

The  courses  of  instruction  followed  will  be  based  upon  the 
course  of  the  Mounted  Service  School.  (Par.  II,  G.  O.  113, 
1911—1806553,  A.  G.  O.) 


188 

87.  Instruction  of  Field  Artillery. — ^The  instructions 
herein  prescribed  relative  to  the  training  of  Field  Artillery  are 
supplemental  to  those  contained  in  General  Orders,  No.  17, 
War  Department,  March  1,  1913,  paragraph  85,  this  compila- 
tion. 

Post  commanders  will  require  all  officers  of  Field  Artillery- 
commands  serving  at  their  posts  to  study  these  instruction 
orders  and  recite  on  their  subject  matter  as  part  of  the  annual 
program  of  instruction.  These  recitations  will  be  conducted 
by  the  senior  Field  Artillery  officer  on  duty  with  such  com- 
mands. No  officer  who  is  not  conversant  with  the  provisions 
of  these  orders  will  be  allowed  to  direct  or  conduct  the  fire  of 
any  unit  at  service  practice,  and  such  officer  will  be  reported 
upon  as  directed  in  paragraph  27  of  this  order. 

1.  Field  Artillery  instruction  or  drill  will  take  place  daily 
except  on  Sundays,  holidays,  or  on  those  days  when  ceremonies 
or  other  work  is  prescribed  by  post,  department,  or  higher 
authority,  but  organizations  will  not  be  excused  from  drill  on 
Friday  in  order  to  prepare  for  the  Saturday  inspection  pre- 
scribed in  paragraph  283,  Army  Regulations.  Tactical  instru(!- 
tion  and  the  training  of  men  shall  have  precedence  over  cere- 
monies and  ordinary  routine  work  of  posts  and  garrisons. 

2.  Officers  and  men  must  give  sufficient  hours  daily  to  theh- 
military  work  to  accomplish  the  training  and  instruction 
needed  for  the  thorough  efficiency  of  their  organization.  Keep- 
ing barracks,  stables,  gun  sheds,  and  other  buildings  occupied 
by  men  and  horses,  and  the  gi'ounds  in  the  vicinity  clean  and 
properly  policed,  and  such  necessary  inspection  of  clothing, 
arms,  and  preparation  of  meals  as  will  keep  commanding 
officers  at  all  times  thoroughly  informed  of  existing  conditions, 
are  part  of  the  daily  work. 

8.  Throughout  the  year  all  Field  Artillery  troops  will  have 
such  garrison  and  field  training  as  is  prescribed  by  paragraphs 
3,  4,  and  5,  General  Orders,  No.  17,  War  Department,  1913. 

4.  Garrison  training  will  include  gymnastics  and  outdoor 
athletics,  first  aid,  the  details  of  tent  pitching,  ceremonies, 
guard  duty,  equitation  and  horse  training,  draft  exercise,  the 
hygienic  care  of  the  person,  of  buildings  and  grounds,  care  of 
harness  and  materiel,  swimming,  to  include  swimming  with 
arms  and  equipment  under  proper  precautions  as  to  safety, 
exercises  in  leaving  the  post  with  a  part  or  all  of  the  command 
equipped  for  prolonged  service  in  the  field,  instruction  in  The 


189 

Battery  Dismounted,  The  Cannoneer,  The  Gun  Squad,  The 
Firing  Battery,  and  The  Driver,  and  such  instruction  in  The 
Battery  Mounted,  The  Battalion  Mounted,  and  The  Regiment 
Mounted  as  can  be  profitably  had  on  ground  available  for  the 
purpose  in  garrison.  During  this  period  officers  will  also  be 
instructed  in  the  preparation  of  firing  data  and  the  conduct  of 
fire,  using  the  indoor  terrain  or  an  outdoor  reduced  range. 
(See  General  Orders,  No.  183,  War  Department,  1909.) 

5.  Field  training  will  include  pistol  and  subcaliber  practice, 
service  practice,  the  construction  of  gun  pits,  practice  marches, 
camping,  the  reconnaissance,  selection  and  occupation  of  posi- 
tions, terrain  rides,  night  operations,  road  and  position  sketch- 
ing, individual  cooking,  and,  in  general,  exercises  of  every 
kind  calculated  to  prepare  officers  and  enlisted  men  for  their 
actual  duties  in  war.  In  each  case  of  the  reconnaissance, 
selection,  and  occupation  of  positions,  the  commanding  officer 
of  a  unit,  or  his  immediate  senior  who  may  be  supervising  the 
instruction,  will  assume  for  practice  solution  a  definite  tacti- 
cal problem,  in  which  the  Field  Artillery  unit  will  be  consid- 
ered as  the  appropriate  part  of  a  larger  command,  including 
other  arms  of  the  service,  and  these  problems  will  be  varied 
so  as  to  present,  as  far  as  possible,  every  probable  case  involv- 
ing Field  Artillery  in  battle,  and  to  illustrate  the  special  func- 
tions which  may  be  assigned  to  batteries  in  action  as  specified 
in  paragraph  802,  Drill  Regulations  for  Field  Artillery.  Prac- 
tice will  also  be  had  in  the  replenishment  of  ammunition  in 
action;  to  this  end  ammunition  trains  will  be  organized  by 
taking  caissons  from  the  firing  batteries  and  combat  trains, 
end  all  the  details  of  this  service  will  be  carried  out  as  far 
as  practicable. 

6.  The  main  objective  of  Field  Artillery  training  and  in- 
struction is  pointed  out  in  paragraph  1  of  the  Drill  Regula- 
tions. In  preparing  the  annual  scheme  of  instruction  and  in 
carrying  it  out,  this  objective  must  always  be  kept  in  mind. 
The  details  of  instruction  enumerated  in  the  two  preceding 
paragraphs  must  be  blended  into  a  well-balanced  whole,  to 
the  end  that  the  individual  and  the  organization  may  be  pre- 
pared for  all  the  requirements  of  active  service.  The  value 
of  the  organization  is  to  be  determined,  not  by  the  time  de- 
voted to  instruction,  but  by  its  capacity  for  meeting  the  re- 
quirements of  service. 


190 

7.  Programs  of  instruction  will  be  prepared  as  prescribed  in 
paragraph  9,  General  Orders  No.  17,  War  Department,  1913, 
It  is  the  duty  of  the  post  commander  to  see  that  these  pro- 
grams are  faithfully  complied  with,  and  to  this  end  he  will 
take  the  necessary  measures  to  insure  that  commanders  of 
units  not  pertaining  to  his  tactical  command  are  given  every 
possible  facility  for  preparing  their  commands  for  service 
(par.  203,  A.  R.).  With  this  object  in  view  he  will  see  that 
the  maximum  number  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  Field 
Artillery  are  present  at  the  prescribed  drills  and  field  exer- 
cises, and  he  will  not  excuse  any  officer  or  enlisted  man  from 
such  attendance  in  order  to  perform  post  administrative 
duties  or  to  do  other  work,  unless  such  officer  or  enlisted  man 
is  proficient  in  his  duties  as  prescribed  in  this  order.  Post 
routine  should  be  so  regulated  as  to  interfere  as  little  as 
possible  with  the  instruction  of  officers  and  men.  During  the 
period  of  actual  fieldwork  officers  should  be  present  with  their 
organizations  during  the  entire  exercises  without  regard  to 
hours.  When  a  battery  returns  from  exercises  or  drill  all 
officers  thereof  should  be  habitually  present  at  the  park  and 
stables  and  remain  there  until  the  materiel  and  horses  are 
properly  cleaned  and  cared  for. 

8.  The  instruction  of  the  headquarters  detachments  will  be 
carried  on  as  outlined  in  Part  V,  Drill  Regulations  for  Field 
Artillery  (Provisional),  1911,  and  will  form  part  of  both  garri- 
son and  field  training. 

9.  The  instruction  of  candidates  for  qualification  as  gunner 
will  be  carried  on  throughout  the  year  at  such  times  as  will 
not  interfere  with  their  other  duties. 

10.  The  field  training  of  Field  Artillery  will  embrace  that  of 
the  battery,  the  battalion,  and  the  regiment,  and  the  time  to  be 
devoted  to  the  instruction  of  each  unit  will  be  prescribed  in 
the  scheme  of  instruction  adopted  for  the  command.  All  offi- 
cers commanding  organizations  will  be  allowed  great  latitude 
in  the  methods  of  instruction  of  their  organizations  and  in  the 
time  to  be  devoted  to  the  different  phases  of  this  instruction 
within  the  period  allotted  in  the  adopted  scheme,  but  they  will 
be  held  responsible  that  the  desired  results  therein  outlined 
are  obtained.  Field  officers  will  supervise  habitually  in  per- 
son the  work  of  the  units  of  their  command,  correcting  erro- 
neous methods  and  frequently  testing  the  progress  made. 


191 

11.  When  less  than  a  regiment  of  Field  Artillery  is  serving 
with  regimental  headquarters  part  of  the  regimental  firing 
instruction  will  be  conducted  as  follows : 

{a)  Where  one  battalion  only  is  serving  at  regimental  head- 
quarters, the  two  battalions  of  the  regiment  will  be  repre- 
sented during  this  instruction,  one  by  two  batteries,  the  other 
by  the  third  battery ;  and  all  the  mechanisms  of  fire  will  be 
practiced,  with  the  regimental  commander  both  conducting 
and  directing  the  simulated  fire  of  his  regiment.  Special 
attention  will  be  given  to  training  in  the  designation  and 
identification  of  objectives. 

(6)  When  only  a  single  battery  is  serving  at  regimental 
headquarters  the  four  guns  of  the  battery  will  be  used  to  out- 
line the  regiment,  two  guns  being  placed  at  such  intervals  as 
to  represent  the  right  and  left  gun  of  each  battalion,  respec- 
tively, and  firing  data  will  be  determined  and  tested  with  re- 
spect to  these  elements  by  the  regimental  commander. 

(c)  With  any  other  number  of  batteries  less  than  a  regi- 
ment, the  system  here  outlined  will  be  followed  with  obvious 
modifications. 

12.  When  only  one  battery  is  serving  with  battalion  head- 
quarters, battalion  firing  instruction  will  be  conducted  by 
methods  similar  to  those  laid  down  for  the  regimental  com- 
mander in  the  preceding  paragraph. 

13.  Where  a  battalion  is  detached  from  regimental  head- 
quarters, the  time  allotted  in  the  schedule  for  regimental  in- 
struction will  be  devoted  to  battalion  instruction ;  where  a  sin- 
gle battery  is  detached  from  both  regimental  and  battalion 
headquarters,  its  entire  time  will  be  devoted  to  battery 
instruction. 

14.  During  the  first  part  of  the  time  allotted  to  regimental 
and  battalion  instruction,  in  order  that  the  batteries  may  not 
stand  idle  during  instruction  of  officers,  the  following  system 
will  be  used,  by  which  the  regimental  or  battalion  commander 
and  his  headquarters  detachment  may  be  trained  to  work  in 
unison : 

(a)  The  battalion  commander  will  take  the  B.  C.  telescopes 
from  his  batteries  and  release  the  batteries  for  such  instruc- 
tion as  may  be  desirable. 

(&)  With  his  headquarters  detachment,  reel  cart,  and  in- 
struments, he  will  then  occupy  positions  in  which  a  B.  C. 


192 

telescope  will  be  so  placed  as  to  represent  the  directing  gun 
of  each  of  his  batteries. 

(c)  Telephone  or  other  communication  will  be  established, 
and  firing  data  determined  and  transmitted  to  the  represented 
batteries,  where  the  accuracy  of  such  data  will  be  tested. 

(d)  In  order  to  test  deflections  and  angles  of  site  the  B.  C. 
telescopes  will  be  placed  so  that  the  observer  may  see  over  the 
mask  behind  which  the  battalion  is  supposed  to  be  in  position. 

(e)  The  regimental  commander  with  his  headquarters  de- 
tachment will  in  a  similar  manner  practice  the  reconnaissance 
and  occupation  of  positions,  the  determination  and  testing  of 
firing  data,  and  the  transmission  of  commands. 

(/)  Following  the  foregoing  principles,  battery  commanders 
will  not  permit  their  horsed  carriages  to  stand  idle  at  drills, 
when  not  needed  for  the  proper  instruction  of  the  battery,  but 
will  order  driving,  draft,  or  other  drills. 

15.  The  target  practice  of  the  Field  Artillery  includes — 
(a)  Pistol  practice. 

(&)   Subcaliber  practice, 
(c)   Service  practice. 

16.  Pistol  practice  is  limited  to  the  dismounted  course  and 
will  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the 
Small-Arms  Firing  Manual.  When  practicable,  organizations 
will  go  into  camp  upon  the  range  and  remain  there  until  the 
conclusion  of  the  practice. 

17.  The  allowance  of  subcaliber  ammunition  for  each  organ- 
iztion  is  prescribed  in  annual  circulars  from  the  Office  of  the 
Chief  of  Ordnance.  This  ammunition  will  be  used  for  per- 
fecting the  batteries  in  fire  discipline,  and  for  practicing  offi- 
cers and  enlisted  men  in  the  various  mechanisms  of  fire.  This 
practice  should  always  precede  and  lead  up  to  service  practice. 

Battery  commanders  should  utilize  the  ammunition  with 
these  ends  in  view,  to  obtain  which  the  practice  will  be  held  so 
that  the  points  at  which  bullets  strike  can  be  plainly  seen 
from  the  guns. 

18.  The  amount  of  ammunition  allowed  for  service  practice 
is  prescribed  annually  in  orders  from  the  War  Department. 

19.  The  service  practice  of  Field  Artillery  should  be  con- 
sidered as  the  culmination  of  the  previous  training,  and  the 
final  results  obtained  should  be  regarded  as  showing  to  what 
extent  the  organization  concerned  is  prepared  to  perform  its 
duties  under  battle  conditions.     Regimental,   battalion,   and 


193 

battery  commanders  should  keep  this  end  in  view  during  the 
period  of  preparatory  training  and  also  during  the  practice, 
and  should  make  every  effort  to  derive  the  greatest  possible 
advantage  from  the  ammunition  allowance  allotted  to  their 
respective  organizations. 

However,  on  application  of  the  regimental  commander, 
approved  by  the  department  commander,  auxiliary  service 
practice  of  Field  Artillery  organizations  may  be  held  at  any 
time  throughout  the  year;  but  such  auxiliary  practice  shall 
not  aggregate  more  than  50  per  cent  of  the  total  annual 
ammunition  allowance,  and  all  required  conditions  as  to 
preparation,  training,  reports,  and  presence  of  officers  will 
be  complied  with.  The  application  will  set  forth  the  par- 
ticular advantage  to  be  gained  by  holding  such  auxiliary 
practice  over  waiting  for  the  regular  practice  season. 

20.  Organizations  will  be  prepared  for  the  practice  by  care- 
ful and  detailed  preliminary  instruction,  during  which  the  pro- 
visions of  paragraphs  1  to  14,  Drill  Regulations  for  Field  Ar- 
tillery (Provisional),  1911,  will  be  kept  constantly  in  view. 
This  preliminary  training  contemplates — 

(a)  The  study  of  principles  and  methods. 

(&)  The  training  of  organizations  to  a  skillful  and  accurate 
performance  of  their  duties. 

(c)  The  application  of  this  training  to  the  solution  in  tbo 
field  of  problems  simulating  those  met  with  in  war. 

The  successive  steps  to  be  followed  in  the  training  are: 
First,  the  establishment  of  thorough  fire  discipline  in  the  unit 
by  means  of  constant  drill  and  subcaliber  practice;  second, 
exercises  in  the  field,  in  which  technical  problems  are  as- 
sumed, making  use  of  either  actual  targets  or  of  such  natural 
features  of  the  landscape  as  may  be  available;  third,  the 
solution  of  tactical  problems  similar  to  those  prescribed  for 
the  service  practice. 

21.  In  order  that  all  junior  officers  may  receive  the  maxi- 
mum instruction,  they  will  be  given  opportunity  to  command 
the  battery  at  drills  and  exercises  in  which  tactical  problems 
involving  the  reconnaissance,  selection  and  occupation  of 
position,  and  the  determination  of  firing  data  are  prescribed. 
At  service  practice  such  lieutenants  of  the  unit  firing  as  are 
not  absolutely  needed  with  that  unit  will  be  assembled  at 
some  convenient  point  from  which  the  fire  may  be  observed, 
but  where  they  will  not  interfere  with  the  officer  conducting 

40002°— IG 13 


194 

the  fire.  They  will  compute  the  firing  data,  make  the  neces- 
sary corrections  in  such  data,  and  keep  records  of  their  ob- 
servations, which  will  be  the  subject  of  critique  by  the  officers 
supervising  the  practice. 

22.  No  service  practice  will  be  held  by  any  organization 
unless  suitable  and  ample  terrain  for  the  conduct  of  the  prac- 
tice in  conformity  with  the  spirit  of  this  order  is  available. 
If  such  terrain  is  not  available  at  stations  occupied  by  Field 
Artillery,  application  will  be  made  by  the  Artillery  commander 
to  the  department  commander  with  a  view  to  securing  suitable 
terrain  on  which  to  hold  the  practice.  Should  the  department 
commander  be  unable  to  secure  such  terrain  for  the  use  of  any 
Field  Artillery  organization  in  his  command,  he  will  report 
tliat  fact  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

23.  The  allowance  of  ammunition  per  regiment  for  service 
practice  is  announced  in  orders.  This  allowance  will  be  ex- 
pended in  problems  involving  fire  control  and  fire  direction  for 
field  officers  and  conduct  of  fire  for  battery  and  Artillery  staff 
officers. 

24.  A  maximum  of  28  shrapnel  or  20  shell  will  be  allowed 
for  each  battery  taking  part  in  a  problem.  Adjustment  should 
ordinarily  be  obtained  with  a  less  number  of  rounds  and  the 
ammunition  saved  in  this  manner  may  be  used  as  later  pre- 
scribed to  verify  the  data  obtained  or  in  other  problems. 

25.  The  senior  Artillery  officer  present  with  an  organization 
will  allot  problems  as  follows : 

(a)  To  each  battalion  commander  one  problem  for  instruc- 
tion purposes. 

(&)  To  each  officer  commanding  a  battery  at  least  three 
problems, 

(c)  To  the  other  officers  present  with  or  assigned  to  the 
organization  for  practice  as  many  problems  as  the  remaining 
ammunition  will  permit  and  in  such  proportion  to  these  officers 
as  he  may  consider  to  be  for  the  best  interest  of  the  service. 

26.  In  the  instruction  problem  assigned  battalion  command- 
ers each  phase  of  a  firing  problem,  such  as  determination  of 
firing  data,  methods  of  fire  to  be  used,  observation  of  fire, 
sensing,  changes  in  firing  data,  etc.,  will  be  discussed  before 
proceeding  to  the  firing  of  the  next  round  or  other  operation  to 
be  performed. 

The  reports  of  these  problems  will  be  submitted  with  the 
service  practice  reports  of  the  battalion. 


195 

Problems  for  colonels  and  lieutenant  colonels,  where  two 
battalions,  real  or  represented,  are  available,  will  in  general 
include  the  preparation  of  tactical  problems  in  the  execution  of 
which  they  will  reconnoiter  and  select  positions  for  the  bat- 
talions, establish  communication  with  the  battalion  command- 
ers, and,  with  an  assumed  higher  commander,  arrange  for  the 
supply  of  ammunition,  and  in  the  exercise  of  fire  control  and 
supervision  of  fire  will  issue  such  orders  and  instructions  as 
will  cause  the  batteries  to  fire  on  their  proper  targets  in 
accordance  with  assumed  varying  phases  of  the  problem. 

Problem  for  majors,  where  they  supervise  and  control  the 
fire,  will  be  the  same  as  for  colonels.  Where  they  direct  the 
fire  as  battalion  commanders  under  supervision  of  the  regi- 
mental commander  they  will  reconnoiter  the  position  assigned 
the  battalion  and  designate  the  position  to  be  occupied  by 
and  assign  the  proper  task  to  each  battery,  will  establish  the 
required  communications,  assign  a  position  to  the  battalion 
combat  train,  arrange  for  the  supply  of  ammunition,  establish 
auxiliary  observers  where  necessary  and  practicable,  estab- 
lish the  service  of  security  where  the  situation  requires  it,  and 
will,  during  the  firing,  send  such  information  as  they  may 
have  to  the  officer  conducting  the  fire  which  may  assist  him 
in  properly  carrying  out  his  problem. 

Problems  for  captains  and  lieutenants  will  include  the 
duties  of  the  battery  commander  in  reconnaissance  and  in 
conduct  of  fire  for  adjustment  on  targets  designated  by  higher 
commanders. 

In  several  of  the  foregoing  problems  the  officer  supervising 
the  practice  will  arrange  to  have  the  troops  which  the  Field 
Artillery  is  supporting  outlined  and  the  ammunition  trains 
represented  by  men  and  materiel  taken  from  organizations  not 
participating  in  the  problem,  and  the  required  communica- 
tions established. 

27.  Officers  supervising  the  practice  or  directing  the  fire  may 
order  the  firing  to  cease  at  any  time  during  the  execution  of 
a  problem  if  they  consider  that  further  expenditure  of  am- 
munition in  the  problem  would  not  be  profitable.  Officers 
who,  in  the  opinion  of  the  officer  supervising  the  practice,  are 
not  qualified  will  not  be  permitted  to  conduct  the  fire  of  any 
unit,  but  in  such  cases  a  special  report  covering  explicitly  the 
deficiency  of  the  officer  so  prohibited  from  firing  will  be  made 


196 

to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  the  information  of 
the  Chief  of  Staff. 

28.  Department  commanders  and  Inspectors  are  enjoined  to 
test  Field  Artillery  troops  and  materiel  under  both  normal  and 
unusual  conditions.  It  must  be  remembered  that  Field  Artil- 
lery will  be  required  to  follow  Infantry,  and  that  its  fire  may 
be  required  in  winter,  in  rain,  and  at  night.  Regimental  and 
battalion  commanders  will  make  inspection  of  their  com- 
mands so  as  to  include  the  individual  instruction  of  each 
officer  and  enlisted  man  in  the  training  prescribed  in  this 
order,  and  will  take  prompt  steps  to  remedy  deficiencies  noted. 

29.  Every  officer  of  the  Field  Artillery  command  will  be 
present  during  the  service  practice  of  any  unit  of  that  com- 
mand, and  when  not  attached  to  the  unit  actually  firing  will 
himself  observe  and  make  a  record  of  his  observations  of  every 
round  fired,  which  record  he  will  bring  with  him  to  the 
critiques  conducted  by  the  officer  supervising  the  practice. 

30.  The  oflEicer  supervising  the  practice — 

(a)  Will  prepare  in  writing  problems  to  be  solved  by  the 
officer  directing  the  fire.  The  problems  should  involve  the  use 
of  the  Artillery  units  in  as  many  of  the  different  roles  to 
which  they  might  be  assigned  in  service  as  the  allowance  of 
ammunition  will  permit. 

(6)  Will  provide  a  range  officer  and  a  range  guard  detailed 
from  the  Artillery  command  and  preferably  from  units  other 
than  the  ones  taking  part  in  the  problems;  will  furnish  the 
range  officer  with  a  copy  of  the  problem,  inform  him  as  to 
the  kind  and  location  of  the  targets  required,  and  in  a  general 
way  indicate  the  position  of  the  observing  station  for  the 
range  party. 

(c)  Will  provide  assistant  range  officers  and  inform  them  in 
sufficient  time  as  to  the  approximate  position  to  be  occupieil 
by  the  battery  whose  fire  they  are  to  observe. 

(d)  Will  inform  the  officer  directing  the  fire,  when  other 
than  himself,  as  to  the  time  and  place  at  which  to  report  with 
his  unit  to  receive  the  problem. 

(e)  Will,  when  more  than  one  battery  takes  part,  so  ar- 
range the  execution  of  the  problem  that  the  fire  of  each  bat- 
tery may  be  observed  and  recorded  separately. 

(/)  Will,  as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  practice,  conduct 
a   critique   upon   the   firing,    especially   correcting   errors   of 


197 

method  and  pointing  out  errors  of  observation  and  judgment ; 
will  encourage  free  discussion,  to  the  end  that  all  may  profit 
by  the  mistakes  made  as  well  as  by  the  correct  methods  pur- 
sued in  the  firing.  The  senior  Field  Artillery  officer  present 
will  preside  at  the  critique. 

31.  The  officer  directing  the  fire — 

(a)  Will,  in  general,  be  responsible  for  the  tactical  han- 
dling of  the  problem. 

(&)  Will  make  such  arrangements  as  are  necessary  to  have 
his  unit  at  the  proper  time  at  the  location  designated  by  the 
officer  supervising  the  practice  for  receiving  the  problem. 

(c)  May,  if  he  considers  it  advisable,  when  the  officer  con- 
ducting the  fire  has  reported  the  data  he  used  in  the  simulated 
fire  for  effect,  order  verifying  salvos  or  fire  for  effect  if  the 
allowance  of  ammunition  for  the  problem  is  not  thereby 
exceeded. 

32.  The  officer  conducting  the  fire — 

(a)  Will  take  such  measures  as  are  necessary  to  insure 
that  at  the  practice  the  sights  and  instruments  are  in  proper 
adjustment  and  the  materiel  in  good  condition. 

(&)  Will,  on  receiving  instructions  from  the  officer  direct- 
ing the  fire,  proceed  with  the  solution  of  the  problem  in 
accordance  with  the  principles  laid  down  in  Drill  Regulations. 

(c)  Will,  when  he  considers  that  he  has  secured  adjust- 
ment suited  to  the  problem,  order  the  firing  to  cease,  and  then 
execute  a  simulated  fire  for  effect.  If  the  officer  directing  the 
fire  is  not  in  a  position  to  hear  the  commands  for  this  simu- 
lated fire,  the  officer  conducting  the  fire  will  have  them  com- 
municated to  him  at  once. 

33.  The  range  officer — 

Will  report  for  instructions  to  the  officer  supervising  the 
practice  and  with  his  range  party  will  prepare,  place  in  posi- 
tions indicated,  and,  when  necessary,  operate  the  targets  pre- 
scribed, lie  will  observe  and  report  upon  the  firing  and  sub- 
mit at  the  conclusion  of  the  day's  practice  the  prescribed 
reports. 

For  the  purpose  of  securing  safety  of  the  range  during  firing 
he  is  responsible — 

(a)  That  the  terrain  in  the  line  of  fire  is  examined  before 
firing  commences  and  that  all  people  and  live  stock  are  ex- 
cluded and  kept  therefrom. 


198 

(&)  That  guards  are  posted  so  as  to  cover  all  approaches  to 
the  sector  of  fire,  which  includes  the  terrain  from  the  guns  to 
the  target  as  well  as  the  danger  zone  beyond  the  target. 

(c)  That  the  guards  are  properly  instructed  as  to  their 
duties.    This  instruction  he  will  give  in  person. 

(d)  That  whenever  the  firing  should  be  stopped  on  account 
of  danger  on  the  range,  a  red  flag  is  displayed  where  the  officer 
conducting  the  fire  can  see  it. 

(e)  That  when  the  range  is  clear  a  white  flag  is  displayed. 

34.  The  assistant  range  officer  No.  1 — 

(a)  Will  report  to  the  officer  supervising  the  fire  for  instruc- 
tions. 

(&)  Will  provide  himself  with  the  necessary  instruments 
and  blanks,  and  be,  at  the  proper  time,  at  the  position  of  the 
battery  whose  fire  he  is  to  observe. 

(c)  Will  observe  from  a  position  as  near  the  battery  as  prac- 
ticable and  record  the  height  of  the  burst  above  bottom  of 
target  in  mils. 

35.  The  assistant  range  officer  No.  2 — 

(a)  Will  report  to  the  officer  supervising  the  fire  for  in- 
structions. 

(&)  Will  provide  himself  with  the  necessary  instruments 
and  blanks  and  be  at  the  proper  time  at  the  position  of  the 
battery  whose  fire  he  is  to  observe. 

(c)  Will  inform  himself  as  to  the  target  assigned  and  ob- 
serve and  record  the  distribution  of  shots  with  reference  to 
this  target. 

36.  The  safety  officer- 
Will  report  for  instructions  to  the  officer  supervising  the 

practice  with  the  danger  flag  and  will  have  the  flag  raised  and 
lowered  as  directed. 

For  the  purpose  of  securing  safety  he  is  responsible — 

(a)  That  no  command  is  given  for  firing  while  the  range, 
so  far  as  visible  to  him,  is  not  clear,  nor  unless  the  white  flag 
is  displayed  by  the  range  officer. 

(&)  That  before  firing  commences,  and  during  its  contin- 
uance, a  red  flag  is  displayed  near  the  guns  where  it  can  be 
seen  by  the  range  officer. 

(c)  That  the  direction  in  which  the  pieces  are  laid  does  not 
endanger  the  range  or  observing  parties. 

37.  All  individuals  in  the  military  service  who  see  that 
firing  is  about  to  take  place  which  would  be  dangerous  will 


199 

call  out  promptly  "  Cease  firing  "  in  a  loud  tone  of  voice,  and 
if  at  a  distance  from  the  battery  make  the  prescribed  signal 
therefor.  The  red  flag  in  all  cases  indicates  danger,  the  white 
flag  that  the  range  is  clear. 

38.  As  soon  as  practicable  after  each  day's  practice  the 
senior  Field  Artillery  officer  present  will  preside  at  a  critique 
upon  the  firing.  The  officer  supervising  the  fire  in  each  prob- 
lem will  conduct  the  critique,  calling  attention  to  errors  of 
method  and  pointing  out  errors  of  observation  and  judgment. 
Free  discussion  will  be  encouraged,  to  the  end  that  all  may 
profit  by  the  mistakes  made  as  well  as  by  the  correct  methods 
pursued  in  the  firing. 

39.  Reports  and  records: 

General  report. — At  the  conclusion  of  the  service  practice  of 
the  year,  regimental  and  battalion  commanders  and  command- 
ers of  detached  batteries  will  submit  to  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army  for  information  of  the  Chief  of  Staff  a  report 
upon  all  the  features  of  the  season's  practice,  which  will  be 
accompanied  by  the  reports  of  service  practice  of  their  com- 
mands submitted  on  Form  839.  The  reports  of  the  battalion 
and  detached  battery  commanders  will  be  submitted  through 
the  regimental  commanders,  who  will  indorse  thereon  such 
remarks  as  they  may  deem  necessary.  This  report  will  em- 
body the  officer's  comments  upon  the  fire  discipline  of  the 
command,  the  state  of  the  efficiency  of  the  personnel  and 
materiel,  and  a  statement  of  such  defects  in  methods,  equip- 
ment, ammunition,  and  materiel  as  may  have  been  noted  dur- 
ing the  practice,  with  recommendations  as  to  the  steps  neces- 
sary for  their  correction.  This  report  will  include  a  report  of 
the  amount  of  subcaliber  ammunition  used  in  practice  by  each 
organization  and  reasons  therefor  in  case  any  of  the  provi- 
sions of  this  order  have  not  been  carried  out. 

Form  837,  commanding  officer's  data  book. — Used  for  re- 
cording the  firing  data,  observation  of  fire  of  the  officer  con- 
ducting the  fire,  etc. 

Form  838,  range  oMcer's  report. — On  this  form  is  recorded 
the  range  officer's  observation  of  the  burst  intervals,  whether 
the  bursts  were  in  air  or  on  graze,  and  the  points  of  impact  of 
ricochets. 

The  assistant  range  officer  No.  1  will  also  use  this  form  in 
recording  his  observations  in  regard  to  the  height  of  burst. 
The  observations  of  the  assistant  range  officer  No.  2  will  be 


200 

entered  in  the  column  of  remarks  of  the  form  submitted  by 
assistant  range  officer  No.  1. 

Two  copies  of  these  forms  will  be  submitted  immediately 
after  the  practice,  one  to  the  officer  supervising  the  practice 
and  one  to  each  battery  commander  of  the  firing  of  his  battery. 

Form  839,  report  of  service  practice, — Battery  commanders 
will  prepare  in  triplicate  a  separate  report  on  Form  839  of  the 
firing  of  their  battery  in  each  problem.  The  observations  of 
the  assistant  range  officer  No.  2  as  to  the  adjusted  distribution 
being  entered  in  the  column  of  remarks.  These  reports  will 
be  submitted  through  the  officers  conducting  and  directing 
the  fire  to  the  officer  supervising  the  practice.  After  these 
officers  have  indorsed  their  comments  on  these  reports,  one 
copy  will  be  returned  to  the  battery  commander,  and  at  the 
end  of  the  service  practice  year  one  copy  will  be  forwarded 
directly  to  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  and  one  copy  with  the  gen- 
eral report  referred  to  above. 

The  officer  supervising  the  fire  will  indorse  on  this  form  his 
general  comments  on  the  firing  to  include  such  subjects  as 
marking  the  route,  reconnaissance  of  the  position  and  target, 
selection  of  position  to  meet  the  tactical  requirement  of  the 
situation,  assignment  of  each  unit  to  its  particular  task  or 
duty,  clearness  and  brevity  of  instructions  to  subordinate  com- 
manders, efficacy  of  methods  employed  in  designating  objec- 
tives, reconnaissance  by  battery  commanders  and  occupation 
of  position,  including  posting  of  limbers,  combat  train  and 
field  train,  means  and  efficacy  of  communications  established, 
fire  discipline,  time  consumed  in  different  parts  of  the  prob- 
lem as  follows: 

(1)  Time  at  which  the  officer  directing  the  fire  received  the 
problem,  noting  the  distance  from  the  location  where  problem 
is  received  to  position  selected. 

(2)  Time  from  identification  of  target  to  first  shot. 

(3)  Time  at  which  officer  directing  the  fire  completes  his 
reconnaissance  and  assignment  of  the  units  to  positions. 

(4)  Time  at  which  occupation  of  position  is  completed  by 
each  battery. 

(5)  Time  at  which  first  shot  is  fired  by  each  battery. 

(6)  Time  at  which  last  shot  is  fired  by  each  battery. 

If  for  any  reason  the  natural  continuity  of  events  in  the 
problem  is  interrupted,  the  cause  of  such  interruption  and  its 
duration  will  be  noted. 


201 

A  timekeeper,  preferably  an  officer  not  belonging  to  the  unit 
firing,  may  be  detailed  with  each  of  the  units  to  record  the 
times  prescribed  above. 

In  this  indorsement  will  be  noted  a  definite  expression  of 
opinion  as  to  the  methods  pursued  and  the  time  consumed  in 
the  problem,  consideration  being  given  to  the  tactical  features 
of  the  problem,  The  officer  directing  the  fire  will  indorse  on 
this  form  his  comments  on  the  manner  in  which  the  problem 
was  carried  out  by  his  subordinate  commanders. 

The  officer  conducting  the  fire  will  enter  his  comments  and 
explanations  in  regard  to  the  execution  of  the  problem. 

Report  of  defects. — In  order  that  corrective  measures  may 
be  taken  promptly,  a  detailed  report  of  any  serious  defects  in 
materiel  or  ammunition  which  may  develop  during  the  practice 
will,  as  soon  as  practicable,  be  forwarded  by  the  battery  com- 
mander through  the  officer  supervising  the  practice  to  the 
proper  ordnance  officer  designated  by  Paragraph  I,  General 
Orders,  No.  28,  War  Department,  April  21,  1913,  paragraph 
292,  this  compilation. 

A  copy  of  any  report  rendered  under  these  instructions 
should  also  accompany  Form  No.  839  reporting  the  practice. 
(Par.  II,  G.  O.  41,  1913—1592005  G,  A.  G.  0.,  as  amended  by 
Par.  II,  G.  O.  25,  1914—1592005  H,  A.  G.  0.;  Par.  V,  G.  O. 
39,  19U— 1872234  D,  A.  G.  0.;  Par.  II,  G.  0.  2,  1915—2223744, 
A,  G.  O.;  Par.  IV,  G.  O.  U,  1915—2235591  A,  A.  G.  O.) 

88.  Detached  officers  of  Field  Artillery  to  attend  service 
practice. — Field  Artillery  officers  on  detached  service,  whether 
in  the  staff  departments,  in  the  service  schools,  at  the  United 
States  Military  Academy,  West  Point,  N.  Y.,  on  duty  as  aids, 
on  recruiting  duty,  or  any  other  forms  of  duty  which  sepa- 
rates them  from  their  organizations  in  the  United  States, 
Philippine  Islands,  or  Hawaiian  Territory,  will,  through  their 
immediate  superiors,  arrange  their  duties  so  as  to  make  it 
possible  for  them  to  be  at  the  service  practice  of  the  nearest 
P^ield  Artillery  unit  commensurate  with  their  rank,  whether 
they  are  assigned  to  such  unit  or  not.  So  far  as  practicable, 
they  will  attend  the  target  practice  of  organizations  equipped 
with  the  3-inch  field  gun  or  the  2.95-inch  mountain  gun.  They 
v/ill  communicate,  through  their  immediate  superiors,  with  the 
department  commanders  in  whose  territorial  limits  they  are 
serving  in  order  to  obtain  the  dates  of  the  next  service  prac- 
tice and  will  then,  through  their  superiors,  make  application 


202 

to  the  War  Department  for  the  necessary  orders  to  attend 
this  practice  for  sufficient  time  to  give  them  not  only  an  oppor- 
tunity to  direct  or  conduct  the  fire  of  their  proper  unit,  but 
to  observe  in  addition  such  parts  of  this  practice  as  may  be 
necessary  for  their  efficiency.  No  leave  of  absence  will  be 
granted  to  an  officer  of  Field  Artillery  during  the  service 
practice  of  his  organization  without  authority  from  the  War 
Department.  Department  and  post  commanders  will  make 
arrangements  so  that  all  Field  Artillei^  officers  serving  under 
them  will  attend  the  practice  of  their  organizations  as  con- 
templated in  General  Orders,  No.  41,  War  Department,  1913, 
paragraph  87,  this  compilation. 

The  commanding  general,  Eastern  Department,  will  arrange 
the  target  practice  of  the  battalion  serving  at  Fort  Myer,  Va., 
so  that  the  Field  Artillery  officers  at  the  United  States  Mili- 
tary Academy  may  attend  this  practice  at  such  times  as  will 
interfere  least  with  their  duties  as  instructors. 

Where  Field  Artillery  is  serving  at  posts  garrisoned  by  In- 
fantry and  Cavalry,  the  field  officers  of  these  two  arms  will 
attend  such  of  the  more  important  problems  of  the  target 
practice  and  field  firing  exercises  of  the  Field  Artillery,  as  may 
be  recommended  by  the  senior  Field  Artillery  officer  and 
approved  by  the  post  commander.  Such  officers  should  also  be 
detailed  to  command  the  combined  forces  in  certain  selected 
problems  to  be  agreed  upon  by  the  Artillery  commander  and 
the  post  commander.  Officers  of  grades  below  field  officer 
should  also  be  encouraged  to  attend  the  target  practice  of  the 
Field  Artillery  whenever  practicable.  These  instructions  are 
issued  with  a  view  to  giving  officers  of  higher  rank  practice  in 
the  art  of  handling  Field  Artillery  under  service  conditions,  to 
instruct  them  in  the  nature  and  amount  of  support  that  may 
be  expected,  and  to  acquaint  them  with  what  can  be  reason- 
ably required  of  Field  Artillery.  {Par.  II,  G.  O.  4,  1913— 
1999022,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended  ly  Par.  I,  G.  O.  71,  19U~ 
2200586,  A.  G.  O.) 

Note. — For  regulations  for  the  examination  and  classification  of 
gunners  of  Field  Artillery,  see  Par.  I,  G.  O.  32,  1915. 

89.  Training  of  Engineer  troops. — The  following  instruc- 
tions governing  the  training  of  Engineer  troops  are  supple- 
mental to  those  relative  to  the  training  of  the  mobile  army, 
contained  in  General  Orders,  No.  17,  War  Department,  1913, 
paragraph  85,  this  compilation. 


203 

1.  The  object  of  these  instructions  is  to  insure  thoroughness 
and  uniformity  in  the  training  of  engineer  organizations,  and 
the  provision  in  each  organization  of  a  suitable  number  of  en- 
listed men  qualified  for  special  kinds  of  work. 

2.  The  training  of  Engineer  troops  includes  general  service 
training  and  engineer  training  and  will  be  carried  on  daily 
except  on  Sundays,  holidays,  and  those  days  on  which  pre- 
vented by  ceremonies  or  other  duty  prescribed  by  post,  de- 
partment, or  higher  authority;  but,  as  far  as  practicable, 
training  shall  have  precedence  over  ceremonies  and  ordinary 
routine  work  of  posts  and  garrisons. 

3.  General  service  training. — This  will  consist  of  instruc- 
tion in  the  care  of  arms,  accouterments,  and  equipment; 
athletics,  bayonet  combat,  first  aid  and  personal  hygiene, 
guard  duty,  tent  pitching;  instruction  of  selected  men  in 
visual  signaling,  driving,  packing,  saddlery,  and  the  care 
of  animals ;  instruction  of  mounted  men  in  equitation  and  the 
training  of  horses ;  range  practice  and  preliminary  instruction 
therefor ;  exercises  in  leaving  the  post  fully  equipped  for  field 
service ;  practice  marches,  the  service  of  security  and  informa- 
tion, camping,  individual  cooking,  combat  exercises,  night 
operations,  ceremonies,  and  tactical  drills.  Tactical  drills 
for  foot  troops  will  consist  of  those  exercises  prescribed  for 
equivalent  units  of  Infantry,  and  for  mounted  troops  of  those 
for  equivalent  units  of  Cavalry,  omitting  such  of  the  latter, 
that,  by  reason  of  differences  in  individual  equipment,  are 
not  applicable  to  mounted  Engineer  troops.  When  facilities 
therefor  are  available,  thorough  instruction  will  be  given  in 
swimming,  and  each  enlisted  man  required  to  attain  profi- 
ciency therein. 

4.  Engineer  training. — This  comprises  general  and  special 
engineer  training. 

General  engineer  training  will  consist  of  individual  and 
collective  instruction  in  the  use  of  cordage  and  of  lumber- 
ing and  excavating  tools,  in  rowing,  ponton  bridge  work; 
the  construction  of  improvised  bridges  and  bridging  expedi- 
ents, piers,  wharves,  and  landings;  the  construction  and 
repair  of  roads,  and  the  handling  of  heavy  weights,  the  con- 
struction of  field  fortifications,  to  include  revetments,  loop- 
holes, head  and  overhead  cover,  bombproofs,  alarms,  flares, 
observing  stations,  obstacles ;  the  laying  out  of  field  and  siege 
works;  construction  of  siege  materials;  sapping  and  mining, 
and  the  distribution  of  intrenching  tools  and  materials. 


204 

Special  engineer  training  consists  of  the  individual  instruc- 
tion of  selected  men  in  demolitions,  reconnaissance,  surveying, 
drafting,  photography  and  map  reproduction,  including  lithog- 
raphy; carpentry,  blacksmithing,  masonry,  and  pipe-fitting, 
and  the  care  and  operation  of  power  machinery  and  equip- 
ment, including  portable  searchlights. 

Enlisted  men  will  be  required  to  attain  proficiency  in  the 
course  of  general  engineer  training  before  being  given  special 
training,  and  particular  attention  will  be  given  to  insuring 
the  proficiency  of  each  enlisted  man  in  rowing  and  in  the  use 
of  cordage  and  the  simple  lumbering  and  excavating  tools. 

General  engineer  training  will  be  progressive  and  will  fol- 
low, in  general,  the  methods  and  examples  given  in  the  Ponton 
Manual,  the  Engineer  Field  Manual,  and  other  approved 
manuals  of  instruction  and  reference. 

When  ponton  equipage  and  draft  animals  are  available, 
each  Engineer  company  will,  at  least  once  during  the  annual 
course  of  training,  be  assigned  to  ponton  work  exclusively 
for  such  a  period  as  may  be  necessary  for  proper  training  in 
the  care  and  handling  of  the  equipage  in  the  field. 

Instruction  in  demolitions  will  consist  of  practical  work  in 
the  use  of  the  demolition  equipment,  the  handling  of  explo- 
sives, computation  of  charges,  and  the  arrangement  of  fuses 
and  firing  apparatus ;  exercises  in  demolition  work,  including 
the  destruction  of  obstacles,  and  in  the  construction  and 
charging  of  mines,  fougasses,  etc.  After  sufficient  experience 
has  been  had  with  the  prescribed  explosive,  instruction  will 
be  extended  to  the  use  of  well-known  commercial  high 
explosives. 

Instruction  in  reconnaissance  will  consist  of  topographical 
sketching,  to  include  the  use  of  the  sketching  board,  compass 
and  notebook,  and  accessory  instruments,  in  road  sketching, 
foot  and  mounted ;  in  position  sketching,  and  in  filling  in  topo- 
graphical surveys. 

For  individual  instruction  of  enlisted  men  in  (1)  survey- 
ing, (2)  drafting,  (3)  photography  and  map  reproduction, 
including  lithography,  (4)  carpentry,  (5)  blacksmithing,  (6) 
masonry,  and  (7)  pipe  fitting  and  the  care  and  operation  of 
power  machinery  and  equipment,  a  trade  school  in  each  of 
these  subjects  will  be  carried  on,  as  far  as  practicable,  during 
the  period  of  garrison  training.  These  trade  schools  will  be 
supervised  by  one  or  more  officers  as  required  and  provided 


205 

with  instructors  carefully  selected  from  qualified  enlisted  men. 
Enlisted  men  detailed  as  instructors  or  for  instruction  at 
the  trade  schools  may  be  placed  on  special  duty,  but  the  total 
number  on  special  duty  for  this  purpose  at  any  one  time  shall 
not  exceed  30  in  each  company.  Manuals  of  instruction  for 
use  in  the  trade  schools  will  be  prescribed  by  the  Chief  of 
Engineers. 

5.  The  period  of  garrison  training  will,  in  general,  be 
devoted  largely  to  individual  instruction,  and  the  period  of 
field  training  to  work  under  field  conditions,  illustrating  the 
application  of  principles  and  methods  taught  during  the 
period  of  garrison  training. 

6.  As  a  guide  in  determining  the  character  and  extent  of 
the  individual  instruction  required  in  each  company,  the  fol- 
lowing list  is  given,  showing  the  minimum  number  of  specially 
qualified  men  considered  necessary  in  an  Engineer  company  of 
the  maximum  strength  authorized  by  law : 

Instrumental  surreyors ^^_  2 

Topographical    sketchers 6 

Draftsmen 2 

Photographers  and  blue-print  operators 2 

Lithographers 2 

Blasters  and  powder  men 9 

Carpenters,  skilled ; '  4 

Carpenters,   bridge 20 

Blacksmiths 4 

Pipe  fitters 2 

Masons 2 

Electricians 2 

Enginemen 4 

Firemen 2 

Riggers 2 

Calkors 2 

Ilorseshoers 1 1 

I^arriers 1 

Saddlers 1 

Packers 2 

Drivers 20 

(Par.  I,  O,  O.  6,  1915—22/t7m,  A-  G.  O.) 

90.  Regulations  for  provisional  units  prescribed  in 
Tables  of  Organization. — ^The  following  regulations  will  gov- 
ern the  administration,  instruction,  and  command  of  the  pro- 
visional units  prescribed  in  Tables  of  Organization,  1914 : 

1.  (a)  The  headquarters  company,  machine-gun  company, 
and  supply  company  provisionally  provided  for  each  Infantry 


206 

regiment  will  be  under  the  administration,  instruction,  and 
tactical  command  of  the  officers  assigned  to  duty  therewith, 
except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  order. 

( b )  In  garrison,  the  method  of  quartering  and  messing  these 
provisional  units  will  depend  on  conditions  at  each  post. 

(c)  They  may  be  quartered  and  messed  separately,  in  which 
case  they  will  be  administered,  supplied,  disciplined,  and  in- 
structed as  independent  units;  or  they  may  be  attached  as 
separate  units,  or  as  integral  parts  thereof,  to  designated 
statutory  companies  of  the  regiment,  and  when  in  or  around 
quarters  will  be  under  the  disciplinary  control  of  the  com- 
mander of  the  company  to  which  attached.  The  enlisted 
men  attached  for  quarters  and  mess  will  be  placed  on  a  com- 
mon roster  for  interior  company  duties. 

id)  At  all  formations  these  units  or  detachments  thereof, 
will  be  treated  as  separate  entities,  whether  quartered  to- 
gether or  separately.  They  are  combined  for  interior  econo- 
my and  may  be  formed  together  dismounted  for  pay,  reveille, 
roll  call,  etc.,  but  when  formed  for  ceremonies,  drill,  field 
exercises,  or  the  march,  the  headquarters  company  dissolves 
into  its  several  sections.  At  ceremonies  the  mounted  orderlies 
and  mounted  noncommissioned  staff  offcers  form  the  mounted 
detachment  shown  in  Plate  IV,  page  83,  Infantry  Drill  Regu- 
lations. (See  also  pars.  27  and  327,  I.  D.  R.)  The  sergeant 
of  the  mounted  orderly  section,  and  mounted  orderlies  accom- 
pany their  respective  commanders,  except  at  ceremonies.  ( Sec 
par.  29,  I.  D.  R.)  Attached  Quartermasters  Corps  troops  are 
under  the  quartermaster  and  with  the  transportation. 

(e)  Under  any  of  the  foregoing  conditions  the  officer  as- 
signed to  tactical  command  of  a  provisional  unit  will  be  ac- 
countable for  the  arms  and  equipment  of  the  enlisted  person- 
nel, as  prescribed  in  unit  accountability  equipment  manuals 
and  equipment  tables.  He  will  keep  on  hand  at  all  times  the 
prescribed  equipment  and  will  be  given  facilities  for  the  care 
of  such  property. 

(/)  In  the  field  or  in  camp,  where  the  period  of  field  or 
camp  duty  is  likely  to  exceed  10  days,  these  provisional  units 
will  always  be  quartered  and  messed  as  separate  units. 

(g)  When  these  provisional  units  do  not  mess  as  separate 
units,  their  funds  can  not  receive  ration  savings  or  post  ex- 
change dividends;  these  are  due  the  company  or  companies 
with  which  the  men  mess.    During  the  time  that  these  provi- 


207 

sional  units  do  not  mess  separately,  their  funds  should  be  kept 
intact,  the  men  being  entitled  to  the  benefits  of  the  fund  of  the 
company  with  which  they  mess. 

(h)  Changes  in  personnel  will  be  reduced  to  a  minimum. 
Care  will  be  exercised  in  the  original  selection  of  men  for 
detail  with  provisional  units.  Men  will  not  be  relieved  from 
duty  therewith  because  of  bad  habits  or  misconduct,  nor  for 
inaptitude  unless  it  is  very  marked. 

(i)  The  noncommissioned  officers  of  provisional  units  will 
be  appointed  upon  the  recommendation  of  their  respective  tac- 
tical commanders  and  assigned  to  companies  of  the  regiment 
having  statutory  vacancies,  as  authorized  in  paragraph  III, 
General  Orders,  No.  37,  War  Department,  1915,  paragraph  82, 
this  compilation. 

ij)  The  orderlies  of  a  detached  battalion  accompany  it  and 
are  attached  to  a  company  of  the  battalion  for  quarters  and 
mess. 

(fc)  The  machine-gun  company  may  be  deemed  a  company 
for  the  purpose  of  guard,  when  guard  duty  is  performed  by 
company,  except  that  it  will  not  be  detailed  as  a  supernu- 
merary company.  It  will  be  entitled  to  the  provisions  of 
paragraph  13,  Manual  of  Interior  Guard  Duty. 

(0  The  headquarters  company  and  the  machine-gun  com- 
pany will  conduct  their  target  practice  as  separate  units  and 
will  render  the  reports  of  individual  fire  required  of  a  com- 
pany. These  units  will  not  engage  in  the  field  practice  pre- 
scribed for  Infantry  companies,  nor  will  the  individual 
enlisted  men  participate  in  the  field  practice  of  the  company 
from  which  they  are  detailed,  and  they  will  be  disregarded  in 
all  computations  relating  to  results  of  field  practice  in  the 
respective  companies  to  which  they  are  permanently  assigned. 

(m)  The  mounted  orderlies  will  be  assembled  regularly  for 
instruction  as  a  body.  When  not  actually  undergoing  instruc- 
tion and  when  not  in  the  field,  mounted  orderlies  will  per- 
form such  special  duty  as  is  consistent  with  their  field  duties. 

{n)  The  enlisted  men  of  the  regiment  detailed  with  provi- 
sional units  will  be  carried  as  on  detached  service  on  the 
rolls  of  the  companies  to  which  they  are  permanently  assigned 
and  from  which  they  are  detailed. 

(o)  Quartermaster  Corps  troops  attached  to  the  supply 
company  will  be  employed,  under  the  post  quartermaster  in 
garrison,    and   under    the   regimental   quartermaster    in    the 


208 

field  on  duty  consistent  with  their  respective  designations. 
In  garrison,  attached  Quartermaster  Corps  troops  will  be 
under  the  administration,  instruction,  and  command  of  the 
post  quartermaster.  They  will  be  quartered  and  messed  with 
other  Quartermaster  Corps  troops  of  the  garrison. 

(p)  The  following  described  muster  rolls  should  be  pre- 
pared for  provisional  units  of  Infantry  regiments : 

Roll,  comprising  the  Field,  Staff  (commissioned)  and  Band. 

Roll,  Headquarters  Company  (Provisional),  comprising  the 
regimental  sergeant  major,  the  battalion  sergeants  major, 
the  color  sergeants  and  all  men  detailed  from  companies  for 
duty  therewith. 

Roll,  Supply  Company  (Provisional),  comprising  the  regi- 
mental quartermaster  sergeant,  the  regimental  commissary 
sergeant,  and  all  men  detailed  from  companies  for  duty  there- 
with. 

Roll,  Machine-gun  Company  (Provisional),  comprising  the 
officers  and  all  men  detailed  therewith. 

Separate  detachment  roll  for  all  attached  Quartermaster 
Corps  troops,  in  accordance  with  Instructions  No.  1  printed 
on  Form  No.  21,  A.  G.  O.,  November  10,  1913. 

2.  The  provisions  of  paragraph  1,  of  this  order,  in  so  far 
as  they  apply,  will  govern  the  administration  of  the  pro- 
visional units  of  Cavalry  regiments. 

The  following  described  muster  rolls  should  be  prepared 
for  Cavalry  regiments: 

Roll,  Comprising  Field,  Staff  (commissioned)  and  Band. 

Roll,  Headquarters  Troop  (Provisional),  noncommissioned 
staff  and  field  train,  comprising  the  regimental  sergeant 
major,  the  regimental  quartermaster  sergeant,  the  regimental 
commissary  sergeant,  the  squadron  sergeants  major,  the  color 
sergeants,  and  all  men  detailed  fromtroopsfor  duty  therewith. 

Roll,  Machine-gun  Troop  (Provisional),  comprising  the 
officers  and  all  men  detailed  from  troops  for  duty  therewith. 

Separate  detachment  roll  for  all  attached  Quartermaster 
Corps  troops,  in  accordance  with  Instructions  No.  1,  printed 
on  Form  No.  21,  A.  G.  O.,  November  10,  1913. 

3.  When  in  the  opinion  of  the  post  commander  the  facilities 
of  the  post  permit,  the  men  of  the  headquarters  detachment 
of  a  Field  Artillery  regiment  may  be  quartered,  messed,  and 
disciplined  as  an  independent  organization  at  the  discretion 


209 

of  the  regimental  or  battalion  commander ;  the  men  to  be  car- 
ried on  the  rolls  of  their  respective  organizations  as  on  de- 
tached service,  and  the  regimental  or  battalion  adjutant  to 
render  all  reports,  returns,  and  rolls  required  of  a  detachment. 
Officers  commanding  batteries  to  which  the  men  of  the  head- 
quarters detachment  are  assigned  v^ill  transfer  to  the  regi- 
mental or  battalion  adjutant  the  equipments  and  horses 
required  for  the  use  of  the  headquarters  detachments. 

When  not  organized  independently  the  men  of  the  head- 
quarters detachments  will  be  quartered,  messed,  and  disci- 
plined with  the  organization  to  which  assigned.  They  will 
not  be  available  for  detail  on  extra  or  special  duty  in  the 
staff  departments,  nor  will  they  be  placed  on  the  battery  duty 
roster  except  for  such  guard  duty  as  in  the  opinion  of  the 
regimental  or  battalion  commander  may  be  necessary  for 
instructional  purposes. 

Regimental  and  battalion  commanders  are  responsible  for 
the  instruction  of  their  headquarters  detachments,  which  will 
be  conducted  as  outlined  in  Drill  Regulations  for  Field  Artil- 
lery. This  instruction  will  be  thorough,  systematic,  and  car- 
ried on  continually  throughout  the  year,  to  the  end  that  the 
men  of  the  detachments  may  become  experts  in  their  impor- 
tant duties  as  Field  Artillery  specialists.  In  order  that  they 
may  be  kept  properly  occupied  outside  the  hours  devoted  to 
instruction,  regimental  and  battalion  commanders  will  utilize 
their  services  for  the  performance  of  such  duties  incident  to 
garrison  routine  as  are  usually  performed  by  men  detailed 
from  the  batteries. 

In  the  field  the  men  of  the  headquarters  detachments  may 
be  organized  as  an  independent  unit  or  kept  with  their  respec- 
tive organizations,  as  the  exigencies  of  the  service  may 
require. 

Regimental  and  battalion  adjutants  will  be  accountable  for 
the  property  such  as  reel  carts,  telescopes,  field  glasses,  telem- 
eters, etc.,  issued  for  the  use  of  their  respective  headquarters 
detachments.     (Par.  I,  G.  O.  43,  1915—2291790,  A.  G.  O.) 

91.  Fit  of  shoes  and  care  of  feet  of  enlisted  men. — ^With  a 
view  to  increasing  the  marching  capacity  of  troops,  company 
commanders  will  personally  measure  the  feet  and  fit  the 
shoes  of  men  of  their  commands  and  will  be  held  responsible 
that  the  instructions  herein  contained  are  strictly  followed. 
40062'— 16 14 


210 

All  measurements  prescribed  herein  will  be  taken  with  the 
soldier  standing  in  bare  feet  and  with  a  40-pound  burden  on 
his  back,  bearing  the  entire  weight  upon  the  foot  to  be  meas- 
ured. Balance  may  be  preserved  by  resting  the  hand  on  a 
fixed  object.  The  measurements  of  the  foot,  which  must  be 
taken  to  make  suitable  preliminary  selection  of  the  shoe  to  try 
on,  are  (a)  the  length;  (b),  the  circumference  around  the  ball. 

To  measure  the  length  the  soldier  will  stand  with  foot  upon 
the  foot  measure,  furnished  by  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment, fitted  in  a  slot  in  a  board,  the  heel  of  the  soldier  fit- 
ting snugly  against  the  heel  block.  The  movable  block  will 
then  be  pushed  up  until  it  touches  the  end  of  the  great  toe. 
The  scale  on  the  top  of  the  measure,  which  is  graduated  in 
sizes,  will  then  be  read,  and  the  proper  length  of  the  shoe 
will  be  determined,  approximately,  by  adding  2  to  the  read- 
ing of  the  scale;  thus,  if  the  soldier's  foot  scales  6^,  a  shoe 
not  smaller  than  8^  should  be  tried  on  first. 

To  take  the  ball  measure,  pass  the  foot  tape,  supplied  by 
the  Quartermaster's  Department,  around  the  foot  at  the 
prominent  tubercle  at  the  base  of  the  great  toe  and  the 
prominent  tubercle  at  the  base  of  the  little  toe.  The  position 
of  the  tape  is  shown  by  the  line  A — B  in  the  diagram  below : 


The  tape  should  lie  closely  to  the  flesh,  but  should  not  be 
so  tight  as  to  compress  it.  Having  taken  the  foregoing  meas- 
urements, the  shoe  best  suited  to  the  foot  will  be  determined 


211 

by  reference  to  G.  O.  22,  1915.  For  example,  assume  that  the 
circumference  of  the  ball  is  found  to  be  9i  inches.  In  the 
table  on  page  28  of  the  aforesaid  circular,  under  the  headint; 
"  Marching  shoes,"  it  will  be  seen  that  for  a  foot  requiring  an 
8i  shoe  a  ball  measurement  of  9i  inches  corresponds  to  a  D 
width.  The  size  of  shoe  to  try  on  for  actual  fitting  is,  then,  in 
this  case,  8^  D. 

If  the  ball  measurement  found  as  above  does  not  correspond 
exactly  with  any  ball  measurement  given  in  the  table,  then 
the  narrower  of  the  two  widths  between  which  the  measure- 
ment lies  should  be  selected. 

Beginning  with  the  size  and  width  thus  tentatively  selected, 
shoes  will  be  tried  on  until  a  satisfactory  fit  is  secured.  Cor- 
rect fit  in  waist  and  instep  will  be  determined  experimentally. 
To  determine  the  fact  of  fit  the  shoe  will  be  laced  snugly  and 
the  soldier  with  a  40-pound  burden  upon  his  back  will  again 
throw  his  entire  weight  on  one  foot.  The  officer  will  then 
press  in  the  leather  of  the  shoe  in  front  of  the  toes  to  deter- 
mine the  existence  of  sufficient  vacant  space  in  that  region  to 
prevent  toe  injury.  Under  no  circumstances  should  this 
vacant  space  in  front  of  the  great  toe  be  less  than  two-thirds 
inch ;  nor  should  there  be  pressure  on  the  top  of  the  toes.  The 
officer  will  then  grasp  with  his  hand  the  leather  of  the  shoe 
over  the  ball.  As  his  fingers  and  thumb  are  brought  slowly 
together  over  the  leather,  the  shoe  should  feel  snugly  filled 
without  apparent  tension,  while  the  leather  should  lie  smoothly 
under  the  hand.  If  the  leather  wrinkles  under  the  grasp  of 
the  hand,  the  shoe  is  too  wide  and  a  narrower  width  is 
needed ;  if  the  leather  seems  tense  and  bulging  and  the  hand 
tends  to  slip  over  easily,  the  shoe  is  too  narrow  and  a  greater 
width  is  necessary. 

It  may  be  necessary  to  try  on  several  pairs  of  shoes  in  this 
manner  before  an  entirely  satisfactory  shoe  is  secured.  A 
record  of  the  proper  size  and  width  of  shoes  as  determined 
above  will  be  kept  as  provided  by  paragraph  37,  Uniform 
Regulations. 

Measurements  will  be  taken  and  shoes  will  be  fitted  as  pre- 
scribed at  least  once  in  each  enlistment  and  the  record  will 
be  changed  from  time  to  time  if  subsequent  fittings  render 
a  change  necessary. 

Sizes  called  for  in  requisitions  will  conform  to  the  record, 
and  the  fact  of  fit  of  shoes  issued  on  such  requisitions  will  be 


212 

personally  verified  in  every  instance  by  company  commanders 
la  the  manner  above  prescribed. 

No  shoes  will  be  issued  to  or  worn  by  enlisted  men  while 
on-duty  which  are  not  fitted  in  accordance  with  this  order. 

New  shoes  should  be  adapted  to  the  contours  of  the  feet  as 
soon  as  possible.  Shoe  stretchers,  with  adjustable  knobs,  to 
talie  pressure  off  painful  corns  and  bunions,  are  issued  by 
the  Quartermaster's  Department. 

All  shoes  should  be  properly  broken  in  before  beginning  a 
march,  but  if  this  is  impracticable  then  the  following  is  sug- 
gested but  not  required: 

The  soldier  stands  in  his  new  shoes  in  about  2^  inches  of 
water  for  about  five  minutes  until  the  leather  is  thoroughly 
pliable  and  moist ;  he  should  then  walk  for  about  an  hour  on 
a  level  surface,  letting  the  shoes  dry  on  his  feet,  to  the  irregu- 
larities of  which  the  leather  is  thus  molded  in  the  same  way 
as  it  was  previously  molded  over  the  shoe  last.  On  taking  the 
shoes  off  a  very  little  neat's-foot  oil  should  be  rubbed  into  the 
leather  to  prevent  its  hardening  and  cracking. 

If  it  is  desired  to  waterproof  the  shoes  at  any  time,  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  neat's-foot  oil  should  be  rubbed  into  the 
leather. 

Light  woolen  or  heavy  woolen  stockings  will  habitually  be 
worn  for  marching,  but  commanding  officers  of  organizations 
may  authorize  the  wearing  of  cotton  stockings  in  individual 
cases  where  the  surgeon  certifies  to  the  fact  that  the  wearing 
of  such  stockings  subserves  the  best  interests  of  the  service. 
The  stockings  will  be  large  enough  to  permit  free  movement 
of  the  toes,  but  not  so  loose  as  to  permit  of  wrinkling.  Darned 
stockings  or  stockings  with  holes  will  not  be  worn  in 
marching. 

Company  commanders,  by  frequent  inspections  throughout 
the  year,  will  maintain  the  feet  of  their  men  in  condition  for 
proper  marching.  They  will  cause  the  proper  trimming  of 
nails,  removal  or  paring  of  corns  and  callouses,  relief  of  pain- 
ful bunions,  treatment  of  ingrowing  nails,  and  other  defects, 
sending  serious  cases  to  the  surgeon. 

Before  a  march  is  undertaken  by  foot  troops,  company  com- 
manders will  personally  inspect  the  bare  feet  of  their  men. 
While  on  the  march,  they  will  personally  see  each  day  that 
their  men  wash  their  feet  as  soon  as  possible  after  reaching 
camp,  prick  and  evacuate  blisters,  and  cover  such  blisters  or 


213      ' 

excoriations  with  zinc  oxide  plaster,  supplied  by  the  Medical 
Department,  applied  hot,  dust  the  feet  with  the  foot  powder 
supplied  by  the  Medical  Department,  and  put  on  clean  socks. 
Hereafter  an  undue  amount  of  foot  injury  and  disability  from 
shoes  will  be  regarded  as  evidence  of  inefRciency  on  the  part 
of  the  officers  concerned  and  as  causes  for  investigation. 

Post  quartermasters  will  provide  a  place  in  the  quartermas- 
ter's storehouse  where  shoes  may  be  fitted  for  the  purpose  of 
determining  or  verifying  the  record  required  by  paragraph  37, 
Uniform  Regulations.  For  the  purpose  of  fitting  they  will 
keep  on  hand  at  all  times  a  complete  series  of  each  size  and 
width  of  shoes  furnished  for  issue.  Shoes  of  this  series  will 
be  put  in  stock  and  issued  before  they  become  unserviceable, 
and  will  be  replaced  by  new  shoes,  keeping  the  series  always 
complete.  Company  commanders  will  report  in  writing  to  the 
post  commander  every  instance  of  failure  to  secure  proper 
shoes  for  their  commands  or  to  obtain  proper  facilities  for 
fitting  the  shoes  as  herein  directed.  Post  commanders  will 
investigate  the  reasons  for  and  be  held  responsible  as  far  as 
lies  in  their  power  for  the  rectification  of  such  deficiencies. 

A  brief  record  of  the  number  of  such  reports  from  company 
commanders  and  the  reason  for  such  deficiencies  will  be  fur- 
nished to  inspectors  at  each  inspection  of  the  post. 

Inspections  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph 
889,  Army  Regulations,  will  embrace  an  inquiry  into  the  man- 
ner in  which  this  order  has  been  complied  with,  and  the 
report  of  inspections  will  include  a  statement  of  all  instances 
of  failure  on  the  part  of  company  commanders  to  secure 
proper  shoes  for  their  commands  and  the  cause  of  such 
failure.  (Par.  I,  O.  O.  26, 1912—1856626  R,  A.  G.  O.;  Par.  IV, 
G.   O.  30,  1913—20251,38,  A.  G.  O.) 

92.  Tenereal  diseases,  prevention  and  detection  among 
enlisted  men, — 1.  It  is  enjoined  upon  all  officers  serving  with 
troops  to  do  their  utmost  to  encourage  healthful  exercises  and 
physical  recreation  and  to  supply  opportunities  for  cleanly 
social  and  interesting  mental  occupations  for  the  men  under 
their  command ;  to  take  advantage  of  favorable  opportunities 
to  point  out,  particularly  to  the  younger  men,  the  inevitable 
misery  and  disaster  which  follow  upon  intemperance  and 
moral  uncleanliness,  and  that  venereal  disease,  which  is 
almost  sure  to  follow  licentious  living,  is  never  a  trivial  affair. 
Although  the  chief  obligation  and  responsibility  for  the  in- 


214 

stniction  of  soldiers  in  these  matters  rests  upon  company 
officers,  the  medical  officers  should  cooperate  by  occasional 
lectures  or  other  instruction  upon  the  subject  of  sexual  physi- 
ology and  hygiene  and  the  dangers  of  venereal  infection. 

2.  Commanding  officers  will  require  that  men  who  expose 
themselves  to  the  danger  of  contracting  veneral  disease  shall 
at  once  upon  their  return  to  camp  or  garrison  report  to  the 
hospital  or  dispensary  for  the  application  of  such  cleansing 
and  prophylaxis  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  Surgeon  General. 
Any  soldier  who  fails  to  comply  with  such  instructions  shall 
be  brought  to  trial  by  court-martial  for  neglect  of  duty. 

3.  Commanding  officers  will  require  a  medical  officer,  accom- 
panied by  the  company  or  detachment  commander,  to  make 
a  thorough  physical  inspection  twice  in  each  month  of  all  the 
enlisted  men  (except  married  men  of  good  character)  of  each 
organization  belonging  to  or  attached  to  the  command.  These 
inspections  will  be  made  at  times  not  known  beforehand  to 
the  men  and  preferably  immediately  after  a  formation.  The 
dates  on  which  the  physical  inspections  of  the  various  or- 
ganizations are  made  will  be  noted  on  the  monthly  sanitary 
reports. 

At  these  inspections  a  careful  examination  of  the  feet  and 
footwear  and  of  the  condition  of  personal  cleanliness  of  the 
men  will  be  made,  as  well  as  careful  observation  for  the  detec- 
tion of  venereal  diseases. 

Cases  of  the  latter  will  be  promptly  subjected  to  treatment, 
but  not  necessarily  excused  from  duty  unless,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  surgeon,  deemed  desirable.  They  will  be  made  of  record 
in  the  medical  reports  in  any  case.  A  list  of  those  diseased 
but  doing  duty  will  be  kept  both  by  the  company  or  detach- 
ment commander  and  the  surgeon,  and  the  infected  men  will 
be  required  to  report  to  a  medical  officer  for  systematic  treat- 
ment until  cured.  While  in  the  infectious  stages  the  men 
should  be  confined  strictly  to  the  limits  of  the  post.  When 
a  venereal  case,  whether  or  not  on  sick  report,  is  transferred 
to  another  command,  the  surgeon  will  send  a  transfer  slip 
giving  a  brief  history  of  the  case. 

4.  All  instructions  from  the  War  Department  prohibiting 
the  publication  in  printed  or  other  orders  or  instructions  pre- 


215 

scribing  examinations  having  in  view  the  detection  of  venereal 
diseases  among  enlisted  men,  lieretofore  issued,  are  recalled. 
(G.  0.  n,  1912—1915^26,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par.  Ill, 
G.  0.  71,  1913—2092551,  A.  G.  O.) 

93.  Attendance  of  troops  at  militia  camps  and  at  national 
celebrations,  expositions,  etc. — The  policy  of  the  War  De- 
partment with  respect  to  the  attendance  of  troops  of  the  Regu- 
lar Army  on  occasions  such  as  those  mentioned  herein  is  as 
follows : 

1.  Whenever  practicable,  troops  will  be  permitted  to  par- 
ticipate in  camps  of  instruction  with  the  Organized  Militia,  in 
national  celebrations  of  a  purely  patriotic  nature  commemo- 
rating important  historical  events,  in  expositions  to  which 
Government  aid  has  been  extended,  and  in  military  tourna- 
ments that  are  exclusively  and  strictly  military  in  character 
and  are  not  combined  with  any  other  kind  of  celebration  or 
entertainment.  Such  tournaments  will  take  place  during  the 
odd-numbered  years  only  and  will  not  exceed  one  for  each 
such  year  in  any  territorial  department.  They  are  to  be 
held  in  the  larger  cities  of  the  territorial  departments  con- 
cerned and  not  prior  to  the  commencement  of  the  last  month 
reserved  for  field  training. 

2.  Requests  for  troops  to  participate  in  any  other  kind  of 
celebration,  in  State  or  county  fairs,  carnivals,  festivals, 
reunions,  and  celebrations  of  a  local  or  commercial  character, 
except  as  noted  below,  will  be  denied. 

3.  Wherever  troops  are  stationed  in  cities  or  in  the  imme- 
diate vicinity  thereof  and  where  long  custom  has  involved 
their  participation  in  celebrations  of  a  local  character,  depart- 
ment commanders  may  authorize  troops  to  participate  in  such 
celebrations  in  accordance  with  well-established  custom,  when- 
ever participation  does  not  involve  absence  from  their  garri- 
sons over  night,  loss  of  more  than  one  day  from  their  usual 
duties,  or  any  expense  to  the  Government.  (Par.  Ill,  G.  O. 
230,  1910—1218652  A,  M.  S.  0.) 


ARTICLE  XI. 

COAST  ARTILLERY  CORPS. 

COAST  DEFENSE  COMMANDS. 

94.  Safe-keeping  of  military  records  concerning  seacoast 
defenses. — 1.  The  following-named  records  shall  be  classed  as 
Strictly  confidential,  and  shall  be  kept  under  lock,  accessible 
only  to  the  officer  to  whom  intrusted,  except  that  trusted  em- 
ployees may  have  access  to  (c)  and  (d)  when  the  exigencies 
of  the  service  make  this  desirable  for  the  transaction  of  busi- 
ness: 

(a)   Submarine  mine  projects. 
(&)  Land  defense  plans. 

(c)  Maps  and  charts  showing  locations  on  the  ground  of  the 
elements  of  defense,  of  the  number  of  guns,  and  of  the  char- 
acter of  the  armament. 

(d)  Tables  giving  data  with  reference  to  the  number  of 
guns,  the  character  of  the  armament  and  the  war  supply  of 
ammunition. 

Serial  numbers  or  other  proper  marking  for  identification 
shall  be  given  to  all  these  records  and  any  future  originals  or 
copies  shall  be  of  the  date  of  production  with  proper  marking 
for  identification.  Complete  lists  of  these  records  shall  be 
kept  in  the  offices  from  which  they  emanate,  and  the  officers 
responsible  for  their  safe-keeping  shall  make  checks  at  in- 
tervals of  not  more  than  one  year. 

These  records  are  to  be  available  for  commissioned  officers 
at  all  times,  but  no  copies  shall  be  made,  except  at  the  office 
of  issue. 

2.  All  records  concerning  elements  of  defense  of  the  sea- 
coast  fortifications  other  than  those  specified  in  section  1  of 
this  paragraph  shall  be  considered  of  a  more  or  less  confi- 
dential nature  and  precautions  shall  be  taken  with  a  view  to 
preventing  their  falling  into  improper  hands.  {Par.  X,  O.  O.  3, 
1912—1682853,  A.  G.  0.) 

95.  Telegraphic  reports  of  fouling  of  cables. — Whenever 
a  cable  or  other  material  forming  part  of  the  seacoast  defenses 
of  the  United  States  is  fouled  by  a  passing  vessel,  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  post  or  station,  to  whose  knowledge  the 

(216) 


217 

fact  is  brought,  will  make  prompt  report  by  telegraph  direct 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  of  the  name  and  nation- 
ality of  the  vessel  concerned  and  the  nature  and  extent  of  the 
damage  done  by  it,  in  order  that  the  matter  may  be  placed 
in  the  hands  of  the  Department  of  Justice  for  an  application 
of  the  remedy  prescribed  in  the  act  of  July  7,  1898  (  30  Stats., 
717),  or  for  such  a  resort  to  proceedings  in  admiralty  as  may 
seem  to  be  warranted  by  the  facts.  The  commanding  officer 
will  send  a  copy  of  his  report  to  the  department  commander. 
(Par.  I,  G.  O.  30, 1905—972502,  M.  S.  O.) 

96.  Submarine  mine  cable. — 1.  All  submarine  mine  cable 
stored  in  a  coast-defense  command  will  be  tested  annually, 
the  record  of  the  test  to  be  entered  in  the  cable  book  supplied 
from  the  Torpedo  Depot  for  that  purpose.  This  test  will  be 
made  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Manual  for 
Submarine  Mining  after  every  practicable  effort  has  been 
made  to  eliminate  such  faults  as  may  exist  in  the  cable.  The 
coast-defense  Artillery  engineer  will  be  responsible  that  the 
repairs,  tests,  and  records  are  made  in  accordance  with  regu- 
lations. He  will  be  assisted  by  such  personnel  as  may  be  as- 
signed to  the  duty  by  the  coast-defense  commander.  A  copy 
of  the  record  of  the  test  and  a  detailed  report  relative  to  the 
reparative  measures  taken  will  be  sent  to  the  disbursing  offi- 
cer, Torpedo  Depot,  Fort  Totten,  N.  Y.,  through  the  Coast 
Artillery  district  commander.  For  recording  all  tests,  the 
latest  forms  supplied  for  this  purpose  will  be  used. 

2.  Whenever  submarine  mine  cable  is  received  at  a  Coast 
Artillery  fort,  the  coast-defense  Artillery  engineer  will,  as 
soon  as  practicable,  cause  the  cable  to  be  immersed  in  a  tank 
for  at  least  72  hours,  after  which  he  will  then  personally  test 
the  cable  for  insulation  and  copper  resistance.  A  copy  of  the 
record  of  the  test,  together  with  a  report  showing  the  condi- 
tion of  the  reels  and  sheathing  when  received  and  the  date  of 
receipt  of  the  cable,  will  be  forwarded  to  the  disbursing  officer, 
Torpedo  Depot,  Fort  Totten,  N.  Y.,  through  the  Coast  Artillery 
district  commander. 

3.  Submarine  mine  cable  is  divided  into  two  classes,  as 
follows : 

Class  A. — That  cable  which  is  serviceable  for  submarine 
mine  defense,  i.  e. : 

(a)  Nineteen-conductor  cable  of  which  10  or  more  conduc- 
tors show  continuity  of  circuit  and  an  insulation  resistance  of 
not  less  than  1  megohm  per  mile  at  60°  F. 


218 

(h)  Seven-conductor  cable,  of  which  four  or  more  conduc- 
tors show  continuity  of  circuit  and  an  insulation  resistance  of 
not  less  than  1  megohm  per  mile  at  60°  F. 

(c)  Single-conductor  cable  400  feet  or  more  in  length,  which 
shows  continuity  of  circuit  and  an  insulation  resistance  of  not 
less  than  1  megohm  per  mile  at  60°  F. 

Class  B. — ^AU  cable  which  does  not  come  within  subheads 
(a),   (&),  and  (c)  of  class  A. 

Class  B  cable  is  retained  in  store  for  emergency  use  and  in 
general  will  be  used  in  preference  to  class  A  cable  so  long  as 
its  condition  is  such  as  to  meet  the  essential  requirements. 

4.  The  separation  of  submarine  mine  cable  into  the  two 
foregoing  classes  will  be  made  on  the  recommendation  of  the 
accountable  officer,  but  will  not  be  effective  until  approved  by 
the  Secretary  of  War. 

5.  Submarine  mine  cable  will  be  carried  on  the  returns  so 
as  to  show  the  number  of  miles  of  19-conductor,  the  number 
of  miles  of  7-conductor,  and  the  number  of  miles  of  single- 
conductor  cable  in  each  class,  together  with  the  date  of 
approval  of  the  last  classification,  for  example :  "  Seven  miles 
19-conductor  cable,  class  A,  August  30,  1913." 

6.  All  submarine  mine  cable  on  hand  will  be  recommended 
for  classification  whenever  it  is  tested  for  insulation  and 
copper  resistance. 

7.  Whenever  cable  is  recommended  for  transfer  to  class  B 
or  for  submission  to  an  inspector,  the  recommendation  will 
be  accompanied  by  a  report  describing  in  detail  the  methods 
used  to  locate  and  remove  faults  and  by  a  copy  of  the  record 
of  the  latest  test.  Multiple  cable  will  not  be  cut  for  purposes 
of  repair  without  authority  from  the  War  Department,  except 
that  when  necessary  to  remove  faults  not  more  than  15  feet 
may  be  cut  from  each  end  of  same.  This,  however,  is  not 
intended  to  preclude  necessary  bird  caging  of  armor  wires  for 
the  purposes  of  repairing  insulation  or  conductors. 

8.  For  the  purposes  of  classification  and  accountability,  the 
length  of  submarine  mine  cable  in  store  will  be  determined 
from  its  copper  resistance  at  60°  F.,  in  accordance  with  the 
tables  in  this  connection  given  in  the  Manual  for  Submarine 
Mining,  1912. 

9.  When  transfers  of  property  occur  between  the  dates  of 
prescribed  tests,  such  transfers  will  be  made  on  the  basis  of 
the  latest  approved  classification. 


219 

10.  Tests  for  the  purpose  of  classification  will  not  be  made 
on  cable  actually  in  use  in  a  mine  field.  Its  latest  classifica- 
tion will  be  continued  until  it  is  taken  up  and  stored,  after 
which  test  will  be  made  for  classification  as  soon  as  practi- 
cable.    (Par.  I,  G.  O.  8,  1914—2123176,  A.  G.  O.) 

97.  Submarine  mine  property,  care,  etc.;  Ordnance  Prop- 
erty Eegulations  govern  when  applicable. — 1.  The  provi- 
sions of  the  "  Ordnance  Property  Regulations  "  relating  to  the 
loss,  damage,  care,  and  accountability  of  ordnance  property 
will  govern  submarine  mine  property  when  applicable  thereto. 

2.  Submarine  mine  property  which  has  been  submitted  to^ 
surveying  officer  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  678,  Army 
Regulations,  will  not  be  destroyed  without  the  action  of  an  in- 
spector, except  in  the  case  of  stores  which  may  have  become 
so  deteriorated  as  to  endanger  health  or  to  injure  other  stores. 

3.  Submarine  mine  property  will  not  be  turned  in  to  the 
Torpedo  Depot  except  upon  the  approved  recommendation  of 
an  inspector  or  except  where  specifically  authorized  by  the 
War  Department.     (Par.  IV,  Bui.  J,0, 1915—2347290,  A.  G.  O.) 

98.  Electric  plants,  spare  parts  for  upkeep  and  repair. — 
All  spare  parts  for  the  upkeep  and  repair  of  25-kilowatt 
generating  sets  pertaining  to  seacoast  fortifications  and  used 
at  posts  for  post  lighting  and  power  purposes  will  be  supplied 
upon  requisitions.  Form  60,  forwarded  through  military  chan- 
nels to  the  office  of  the  Quartermaster  General  and  by  that 
office  transmitted  to  the  Engineer  Supply  Depot. 

Requisitions  for  spare  parts  will  be  made  once  a  quarter, 
and  only  in  cases  of  emergency  will  special  requisitions  be 
submitted  for  spare  parts. 

No  funds  will  be  expended  for  the  purchase  of  spare  parts 
from  the  annual  allotment  for  the  care  and  upkeep  of  post 
lighting  plants,  it  being  contemplated  to  furnish  all  the  spare 
parts  needed  in  the  manner  referred  to  above. 

A  similar  course  will  be  followed  in  the  event  of  any  repair 
or  replacement  that  will  necessitate  the  return  of  any  part  to, 
or  correspondence  with,  the  manufacturer.  {Par.  V,  G.  0.  48, 
1913—2057037,  as  amended  by  Par.  Ill,  G.  0.  80,  1914— 
2057037  A,  A.  G.  0.) 


220 

COAST   ARTILLEEY   COEPS    NONCOMMISSIONED   STAFF   OFFICEES    AND 
BATED  ENLISTED  MEN, 

99.  Noncommissioned  staff  officers,  duties  and  appoint- 
ment.— 1.  The  duties  of  the  Coast  Artillery  noncommissioned 
staff  officers  authorized  by  section  5  of  the  act  of  Congress 
approved  January  25,  1907,  are  as  follows: 

{a)  Sergeants  major,  senior  grade,  will  perform  the  same 
class  of  duties  as  are  performed  by  sergeants  major  of  posts, 
in  addition  to  such  Artillery  duties  as  may  be  assigned  to 
them  by  post  commanders. 

( & )  Master  electricians  will  have  general  supervision  of  the 
electrical  and  power  installations  of  a  coast  defense.  They 
will  assist  the  Artillery  engineer  in  his  work  and  will  be  re- 
quired to  make  inspections  and  tests  of  electrical  plants  and 
installations  and  perform  such  other  technical  duties  as  may 
be  necessary  in  the  defenses  to  which  they  are  assigned. 
When  there  is  only  one  master  electrician  in  a  coast  defense 
he  should  not  be  assigned  to  specific  duties  at  one  fort  to  the 
exclusion  of  other  forts. 

(c)  Engineers  will  supervise,  care  for,  and  operate  the 
power  plants,  machine  and  repair  shops,  and  such  mechanical 
and  electrical  apparatus  used  for  power  purposes  as  may  be 
placed  under  their  charge.  Engineers  may  be  required  to 
perform  such  other  technical  duties  as  may  be  necessary  in 
the  defenses  or  at  the  fort  to  which  they  are  assigned. 

(d)  Electrician  sergeants,  first  class,  will  be  charged  with 
the  immediate  supervision,  care,  and  operation  of  a  division 
of  the  electrical  installations,  including  searchlights  and  power 
plants  when  necessary,  in  addition  to  the  duties  prescribed  for 
electrician  sergeants,  second  class.  Any  duty  in  connection 
with  the  electrical  installations,  including  the  mechanical 
work  of  repairing  electrical  apparatus  and  the  care  and  opera- 
tion of  searchlights,  is  appropriate  for  an  electrician  sergeant, 
first  class. 

(e)  Electrician  sergeants,  second  class,  are  charged  specifi- 
cally with  the  care,  repair,  and  maintenance  of  the  electrical 
installations,  including  lines  and  means  of  communication. 
Any  duty  in  connection  witb  the  electrical  installations,  in- 
cluding the  mechanical  work  necessary  in  repairing  the  elec- 
trical apparatus  and  the  care  and  operations  of  searchlights 
and  small  power  plants,  is  appropriate  for  an  electrician  ser- 
geant, second  class. 


221 

(/)  Sergeants  major,  junior  grade,  will  perform  the  duties 
that  are  performed  by  sergeants  major  of  posts  or  those  of 
assistant  to  sergeants  major,  senior  grade,  in  addition  to  such 
Artillery  duties  as  may  be  assigned  to  them  by  post  com- 
manders. 

(g)  Master  gunners  will  be  employed  In  photographic  work 
and  seacoast  engineering,  in  the  preparation  of  tables,  charts, 
and  maps,  and  for  such  other  technical  Artillery  duties  as 
they  may  be  qualified  to  perform. 

(h)  Firemen  will  be  assigned  to  power  plants.  They  will 
perform  such  duties  as  pertain  to  the  care  and  operation  of 
boilers  and  accessories,  including  the  police  of  the  boiler  and 
engine  room.  They  may  be  required  to  assist  the  engineer  in 
his  work. 

(i)  Master  electricians,  engineers,  electrician  sergeants, 
master  gunners,  and  firemen  will  perform  their  duties  under 
the  direction  of  the  Artillery  engineer. 

2.  Appointments  to  these  positions  will  be  made  as  follows : 

(a)  Sergeants  major,  senior  grade:  As  prescribed  in  orders 
from  the  War  Department.     (See  par.  100,  this  compilation.) 

(&)  Master  electricians  and  engineers  will  be  appointed, 
through  competitive  examinations,  as  prescribed  in  sections 
(e)  and  (/)  of  this  paragraph. 

(c)  Vacancies  in  the  grade  of  electrician  sergeant,  first 
class,  will  be  filled  as  they  occur  by  promotion  from  the  grade 
of  electrician  sergeant,  second  class,  in  the  order  of  seniority, 
but  subject  to  examination  to  be  prescribed  by  the  Chief  of 
Coast  Artillery.  In  case  of  failure  to  pass  the  prescribed  ex- 
amination candidates  will  not  be  reexamined  within  one  year, 
and  in  case  of  a  second  failure  they  will  be  discharged  for 
the  convenience  of  the  Government. 

(d)  Electrician  sergeants,  second  class;  master  gunners; 
and  sergeants  major,  junior  grade,  will  be  appointed  from 
graduates  of  the  Department  of  Enlisted  Specialists,  Coast 
Artillery  School,  as  prescribed  in  General  Orders,  No.  46,  War 
Department,  1915,  paragraph  123,  this  compilation. 

(e)  First.  Appointment  to  the  position  of  master  electrician, 
Coast  Artillery  Corps  or  Coast  Artillery  School  Detachment, 
will  be  through  examinations  open  to  the  following  noncom- 
missioned staff  officers  of  that  corps  or  detachment:  Engi- 
neers; electrician  sergeants,  first  class;  electrician  sergeants, 
second  class,  who  have  served  as  such  for  at  least  one  year. 


222 

Second.  These  examinations  will  consist  of  written  prelim- 
inary and  practical  final  examinations  which  will  include  the 
subjects  of  electricity,  applied  mechanics,  mechanical  draw- 
ing, algebra,  geometry,  trigonometry,  the  care  and  use  of 
boilers,  engines,  generators,  motors,  machines,  machine  tools, 
power  transmission,  and  electrical  fire-control  appliances. 

Third.  Written  preliminary  examinations  will  be  held  from 
time  to  time  as  vacancies  occur  and  the  dates  of  such  exami- 
nations will  be  announced  by  the  War  Department.  Applica- 
tion for  permission  to  take  this  examination  will  be  indorsed 
by  the  coast  defense  Artillery  engineer  and  forwarded  to  the 
commanding  officer  of  the  coast  defenses  in  which  the  appli- 
cant is  serving.  It  will  be  accompanied  by  the  military  record 
of  the  applicant,  and  with  such  statements  as  to  his  fitness 
for  the  position  as  he  may  desire  to  submit  from  officers  under 
whom  he  has  served. 

Fourth.  Coast-defense  commanders  will  request  directly 
from  the  commandant.  Coast  Artillery  School,  the  proper  num- 
ber of  sets  of  examination  questions  to  be  furnished  by  the 
school  board,  and  on  the  day  fixed  by  the  War  Department 
will  cause  all  applicants  to  be  examined  in  the  presence  of  a 
commissioned  officer.  Upon  the  completion  of  such  examina- 
tion all  papers,  accompanied  by  all  applications  and  recom- 
mendations, will  be  forwarded  directly  to  the  commandant. 
Coast  Artillery  School,  for  grading  by  the  school  board,  and 
the  report  and  recommendations  of  this  board  will  be  trans- 
mitted directly  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  The 
War  Department  will  designate  the  applicants  deemed  worthy 
to  take  the  practical  final  examination  and  will  fix  its  date, 
the  examination  questions  being  furnished  by  the  school  board 
and  forwarded  directly  to  the  coast-defense  commanders 
designated. 

Fifth.  The  practical  final  examinations  will  be  held  in  the 
Coast  Defenses  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  San  Francisco,  Panama, 
Oahu,  Manila,  and  Subic  Bays.  The  commanding  officers  of 
the  designated  coast  defenses  will  convene  the  boards  to  con- 
duct the  practical  final  examinations. 

Sixth.  Upon  the  completion  of  these  examinations  the 
boards  will  submit  to  the  coast  defense  commanders  reports 
containing  their  recommendations,  the  questions,  and  the  mark 
given  each  solution.  The  coast  defense  commander  will  for- 
ward these  papers  directly  to  the  commandant,  Coast  Artil- 


223 

lery  School.  Both  the  written  preliminary  and  the  practical 
final  examinations  of  the  applicants  will  be  considered  by  the 
school  board,  which  will  grade  the  applicants,  and  its  report 
and  recommendations  will  be  forwarded  directly  to  The  Adju- 
tant General  of  the  Army.  Unsuccessful  applicants  will  not 
be  permitted  to  again  compete  within  a  period  of  one  year. 

(/)  Appointment  to  the  position  of  engineer.  Coast  Artillery 
Corps  or  Coast  Artillery  School  detachment,  will  be  made 
through  examinations  open  to  the  following  noncommissioned 
staff  officers  of  that  corps  or  school  detachment:  Electrician 
sergeants,  first  class,  and  electrician  sergeants,  second  class, 
and  firemen  who  have  served  as  such  for  at  least  one  year. 
They  will  be  examined  and  appointed  in  the  same  manner  as 
hereinbefore  prescribed  for  master  electricians,  except  that 
the  examinations  will  not  include  the  subjects  of  power  trans- 
mission and  electrical  fire-control  appliances.  {Par.  II,  G.  O. 
203,  1908—1452366,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended  hy  Par.  IV,  G.  O.  54, 
1915—2322270,  A.  G.  O.,  and  Par.  IV,  G.  O.  66, 1915—1452366  A. 
A.  G.  O.) 

100.  Sergeants  major,  Coast  Artillery  Corps,  examina- 
tion, appointment,  and  promotion. — The  following  instruc- 
tions govern  the  examination,  appointment,  and  promotion  of 
sergeants  major  of  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps : 

1.  Appointments  as  sergeants  major,  junior  grade,  of  the 
Coast  Artillery  Corps,  will  continue  to  be  made  as  now  pro- 
vided in  General  Orders,  No.  194,  War  Department,  1910, 
until  December  15,  1916.  On  and  after  that  date  only  those 
who  have  successfully  completed  the  prescribed  clerical 
course  at  the  Coast  Artillery  School  will  be  eligible  for  ap- 
pointment as  sergeants  major,  junior  grade.  Coast  Artillery 
Corps. 

2.  Vacancies  in  the  grade  of  sergeant  major,  senior  grade, 
will  be  filled,  as  they  occur,  by  promotion  from  sergeant 
major,  junior  grade,  in  the  order  of  seniority,  but  subject  to 
examination.  In  case  of  failure  to  pass  the  prescribed  ex- 
amination, candidates  will  not  be  reexamined  within  one  year, 
and  in  case  of  a  second  failure  they  will  be  discharged  for  the 
convenience  of  the  Government. 

3.  The  candidates  will  be  examined  in  general  regulations 
and  the  practical  preparation  of  papers. 

4.  The  relative  weights  given  subjects  in  this  examination 
will  be:  General  regulations,  5;  practical  preparation  of 
papers,  5. 


224 

5.  No  candidate  will  be  considered  proficient  who  obtains 
less  than  75  per  cent  as  a  general  average  or  less  than  65  per 
cent  on  any  subject. 

6.  In  case  of  a  failure  of  a  sergeant  major,  junior  grade, 
in  the  examination  for  promotion,  the  next  ranking  sergeant 
major,  junior  grade,  will  be  eligible  for  promotion.  (Par  III, 
G.  O.  54,  1915—2322270,  A.  O.  0.) 

101.  Serjeants  major,  Coast  Artillery  Corps,  reports 
on. — The  coast-defense  adjutant  or  personnel  officer  at  each 
Coast  Artillery  fort  will  submit  to  his  commanding  officer 
for  transmission  through  military  channels  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army,  on  a  form  furnished  for  that  purpose,  a 
report  on  each  Coast  Artillery  Corps  sergeant  major  serving 
at  the  fort.  Reports  will  be  submitted  on  March  31  and  Sep- 
tember 30  of  each  year.  {Par  III,  G,  0.,  206,  1901—1285661,., 
A.  G.  0.) 

102.  Firemen,  Coast  Artillery  Corps,  instruction  of. — 
1.  A  course  for  the  instruction  of  firemen.  Coast  Artillery 
Corps,  will  be  conducted  each  year  in  such  coast  defense  com- 
mands as  may  be  designated  by  the  War  Department. 

This  course  will  begin  on  the  1st  day  of  May  of  each  year, 
unless  that  date  falls  upon  Saturday  or  Sunday,  in  which 
case  it  will  begin  on  the  following  Monday  and  continue  for 
six  months.  It  will  be  under  the  general  supervision  of  the 
coast  defense  commander  and  will  be  conducted  by  the  coast 
defense  Artillery  engineer,  assisted  by  such  enlisted  specialists 
as  may  be  designated  by  the  coast  defense  commander. 

2.  The  course  will  be  as  follows: 

First  and  second  months. — Different  methods  of  firing  and 
cleaning  fires,  the  proper  use  of  firing  tools ;  records  required ; 
different  types  of  boilers,  furnaces,  and  grates;  fuels,  feed 
water,  combustion,  and  draft ;  repair  and  cleaning  of  boilers ; 
repair  of  furnaces  and  grates;  effect  of  scale,  grease,  and 
soot,  and  methods  of  preventing  and  removing  same. 

Third  and  fourth  months. — A  study  of  the  different  types, 
necessity  for,  and  the  practical  operation  and  adjustment  of 
the  following:  Stop  valves,  safety  valves,  injectors,  feed 
pumps,  feed-water  heaters,  condensers,  steam  traps,  steam 
separators,  oil  separators,  grease  extractors,  lubricators,  the 
use  of  the  thermometer,  draft  gauge,  automatic  damper  regu- 
lator, combustion  (CO2)  recorder,  steam  gauge,  and  water 
column. 


225 

Fifth  month. — Repair  work,  to  include  packing  of  condenser 
tubes,  valve  stems,  and  piston  rods,  grinding  valves,  putting 
in  new  gaskets,  calking  leaks,  method  of  putting  a  new  tube 
in  a  boiler,  stopping  leaks  at  ends  of  boiler  tubes,  repairing 
air  leaks  in  boiler  setting. 

Sixth  month. — Practical  operation  of  steam  engine,  con- 
denser, generator,  and  switchboard;  elementary  electricity, 
to  include  magnetism,  batteries,  Ohm's  law,  dynamos,  measur- 
ing instruments,  and  switchboard  appliances. 

3.  The  following  textbooks  are  prescribed  and  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  library,  Coast  Artillery  School,  upon  applica- 
tion to  the  commandant:  Steam  Boilers,  Shealey;  McGraw- 
Hill  Book  Co.  Steam  Boilers,  Hawkins.  Power  Catechism, 
McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.  The  Fireman's  Guide,  Dahlstrom; 
Spon  &  Chamberlain.     Lessons  in  Practical  Electricity,  Swoope. 

Catalogues  should  also  be  obtained  by  the  coast  defense  Ar- 
tillery engineer  from  the  manufacturers  of  the  apparatus 
installed  in  the  power  plants  of  the  coast  defenses  in  which 
he  is  stationed. 

The  textbooks  supplied  by  the  Coast  Artillery  School  will 
be  returned  thereto  upon  the  completion  of  the  course  of  in- 
struction. 

4.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  course,  oral  and  practical 
examinations  will  be  held  as  soon  as  practicable.  They  will 
be  conducted  by  the  coast  defense  Artillery  engineer,  under 
the  direction  of  the  coast  defense  commander,  at  such  places 
as  the  materiel  or  equipment  pertaining  to  the  subject  in 
hand  is  located;  and  in  determining  the  qualifications  of 
candidates,  credit  will  be  given  for  practical  knowledge  of 
subjects  rather  than  for  textbook  answers  to  questions.  The 
attainment  of  75  per  cent  of  the  maximum  will  be  considered 
a  satisfactory  examination.  The  examination  questions  will 
be  prepared  by  the  Coast  Artillery  School  Board  and  sent 
direct  to  the  coast  defense  commanders  concerned,  due  allow- 
ance being  made  for  the  materiel  and  equipment  of  the  coast 
defenses  in  which  the  course  is  being  conducted. 

.5.  Upon  completion  of  the  examination,  the  papers,  prop- 
erly marked,  will  at  once  be  forwarded  to  the  commandant, 
Coast  Artillery  School.  The  commandant.  Coast  Artillery 
School,  will  prepare  a  list  of  eligibles  for  appointment  to  the 
grade  of  fireman  as  a  result  of  this  examination,  and  will 
forward  this  list  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 
40062°— 16 15 


226 

6.  Those  candidates  whose  examinations  are  satisfactory- 
will  be  furnished  with  certificates  of  proficiency  and  be 
eligible  for  appointment  as  firemen,  Coast  Artillery  Corps. 

7.  In  order  to  be  eligible  for  this  course  of  instruction,  an 
enlisted  candidate  must  have  had  at  least  one  year's  con- 
tinuous service  in  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps  or  the  Coast  Artil- 
lery School  Detachment  immediately  preceding  the  beginning 
of  the  course. 

8.  A  candidate,  if  he  is  stationed  in  the  United  States,  will 
make  application  to  his  coast  defense  commander  on  or  before 
January  1  for  permission  to  take  the  course ;  a  candidate 
stationed  in  the  foreign  possessions  will  make  such  applica- 
tion on  or  before  November  1.  As  soon  as  the  coast  defense 
commander  has  received  all  applications  from  men  of  the 
coast  defense  command,  he  will  request  directly  from  the  com- 
mandant, Coast  Artillery  School,  the  proper  number  of  sets 
of  examination  papers.  Before  being  designated  to  take  the 
course,  a  candidate  who  complies  with  the  conditions  stated 
above  will  be  examined  in  writing,  under  the  direction  of  his 
commanding  officer,  in  the  presence  of  a  commissioned  officer, 
upon  the  questions  furnished  by  the  school  and  prepared  by 
the  school  board. 

9.  Examinations  for  the  course  will  be  held  in  the  United 
States  on  March  1  and  in  the  foreign  possessions  on  Febru- 
ary 1.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  examination,  the  papers 
will  be  marked  by  the  officer  who  supervised  it.  Following 
this,  all  papers,  with  the  applications  of  candidates,  will  be 
sent  directly  to  the  commandant.  Coast  Artillery  School,  each 
application  to  bear  indorsements  from  the  company,  fort, 
and  coast  defense  commanders,  stating  the  qualifications  of 
the  candidate  and  whether  he  has  the  character  and  relia- 
bility essential  to  the  grade  he  would  be  eligible  for  upon 
satisfactorily  completing  the  course.  The  commandant,  Coast 
Artillery  School,  will,  as  soon  as  practicable,  forward  to  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  his  recommendation  as  to  the 
candidates  to  be  selected  to  pursue  the  course  beginning 
May   1. 

10.  Candidates  for  admission  to  the  course  for  firemen  will 
be  examined  in  the  following  subjects:  Elements  of  arith- 
metic, to  include  addition,  subtraction,  multiplication,  long 
division,  and  decimals.  The  attainment  of  75  per  cent  of  the 
maximum  will  be  considered  satisfactory. 


227 

11.  During  the  period  of  instruction  and  pending  his  ap- 
pointment to  the  grade  of  fireman,  the  candidate  will  be  de- 
tailed as  an  acting  fireman  and  will  be  excused  from  all  other 
duty.  {Par.  I,  G.  O.  U,  19 U,  as  amended  by  Par.  I,  G.  O.  47, 
1915—2130179  A,  A.  G.  0.) 

103.  Rated  enlisted  men,  Coast  Artillery  Corps. — 1.  The 
number  of  enlisted  men  of  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps  that  may 
be  rated  as  casemate  electricians;  plotters;  observers,  first 
class ;  observers,  second  class ;  gun  commanders ;  gun  pointers ; 
chief  loaders ;  and  chief  planters,  under  the  provisions  of  the 
act  of  Congress  approved  May  11,  1908,  is  as  follows: 

(a)  For  each  gun  company  :  One  plotter ;  one  observer,  first 
class ;  one  observer,  second  class ;  two  gun  commanders ;  and 
two  gun  pointers. 

(&)  For  each  mortar  company:  One  plotter;  one  observer, 
first  class;  two  observers,  second  class;  and  three  gun  com- 
manders, one  of  whom  may  be  placed  in  charge  of  the  maga- 
zines. 

(c)  For  each  mine  company:  One  casemate  electrician;  one 
plotter;  one  observer,  first  class;  one  observer,  second  class; 
one  gun  commander ;  one  chief  loader ;  and  one  chief  planter. 

{d)  For  each  distribution  box  boat:  One  chief  planter. 

(e)  For  each  mine  planter :  Two  chief  planters. 

(/)  For  service  in  fort  commanders'  stations,  fire  command- 
ers' stations,  supplemental  stations,  and  in  order  to  provide 
for  cases  where  local  conditions  are  such  that  the  allowances 
indicated  above  are  not  sufficient  to  meet  the  tactical  require- 
ments, coast  defense  commanders  may  make  additional  rat- 
ings for  any  company  or  companies  serving  within  their  re- 
spective coast  defense  commands,  provided  the  total  number 
of  additional  ratings  so  made  shall  not  exceed  the  total  num- 
ber of  companies  serving  in  their  coast  defense  commands, 
except  In  the  coast  defenses  of  Portsmouth,  New  Bedford, 
Eastern  New  York,  the  Delaware,  Baltimore,  the  Cape  Fear, 
Charleston,  Savannah,  Key  West,  Mobile,  New  Orleans,  Gal- 
veston, and  San  Diego,  where  the  total  number  of  additional 
ratings  so  made  shall  not  exceed  one  less  than  the  total  num- 
ber of  companies  serving  in  their  coast  defense  commands. 
Observers  assigned  to  primary  stations  and  to  separate  battery 
commanders'  stations  will  be  rated  as  first  class;  those  as- 
signed to  secondary  stations  and  to  supplemental  stations  will 
be  rated  as  second  class. 


228 

2.  Only  sergeants,  corporals,  and  privates,  who  are  first-class 
gunners  are  eligible  for  the  ratings  mentioned  in  this  order. 
While  holding  one  of  those  ratings  they  will  be  required  to  re- 
qualify  as  first-class  gunners  at  the  prescribed  intervals  and 
will  not  be  detailed  as  mess  sergeants  or  on  extra  duty,  nor 
on  special  duty  except  when  in  the  performance  of  such  spe- 
cial duty  they  are  under  the  immediate  orders  of  their  com- 
pany commanders. 

3.  Coast  defense  commanders  will  rate  and  disrate  the  case- 
mate electricians;  plotters;  observers,  first  class;  observers, 
second  class;  gun  commanders;  gun  pointers;  chief  loaders, 
and  chief  planters  allowed  for  the  companies  of  their  com- 
mands upon  the  recommendation  of  the  company  commanders 
concerned.  They  will  rate  and  disrate  the  plotters ;  observers, 
first  class;  and  observers,  second  class,  allowed  for  fort  and 
fire  commanders*  stations  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
fort  and  fire  commanders  concerned,  and  the  chief  planters 
allowed  for  distribution  box  boats  upon  the  recommendation 
of  the  mine  commanders  concerned. 

The  commanding  oflicers  of  coast  defenses  in  which  mine 
planters  are  serving  will,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
commanding  officers  of  the  mine  planters  concerned,  rate  and 
disrate  the  chief  planters  allowed  for  mine  planters. 

4.  The  date  of  rating  or  disrating  will  be  the  date  of  the 
order  of  the  coast  defense  commander  announcing  such  rating 
or  disrating.  When  an  enlisted  man  holding  a  rating  is  dis- 
charged and  reenlisted  on  the  day  following,  his  rating,  if  so 
recommended  by  his  immediate  commanding  officer,  will  be 
considered  continuous,  an  order  announcing  that  fact  will  be 
issued  by  the  authority  authorized  to  make  such  rating,  and 
the  man  will  be  entitled  to  additional  pay  from  date  of  reen- 
listment.  (Par.  II,  G.  0.  22,  19U— 1377326  B,  A.  G.  O.,  as 
amended  hy  Par.  II,  G.  O.  Jf5,  19U— 1377326  C,  A.  G.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XII. 
COMPAITY,  MESS,  AND  HOSPITAL  FUNDS. 

104.  Establishment  of  company  exchanges. — The  estab- 
lishment of  company  exchanges  or  other  undertakings  not 
authorized  by  the  Army  Regulations  or  the  orders  or  instruc- 
tions of  the  War  Department,  for  the  purpose  of  accumulating 
company  funds,  is  prohibited.  (Par.  I,  G.  O.  165,  1906 — 
1157482,  M.  S.  O.) 

105.  Sale  of  empty  flour  sacks  and  barrels. — Empty  flour 
sacks  and  barrels  may  lawfully  be  sold  by  a  company  or  gen- 
eral mess  and  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  taken  up  and  accounted 
for  in  the  proper  fund.  (Par.  2,  Cir.  11,  1908—1S31280, 
A.  G.  O.) 

106.  Purposes  for  which  company  fund  may  he  ex- 
pended.— The  company  fund  is  not  intended  for  expenditure 
in  the  purchase  of  articles  to  facilitate  the  transaction  of 
business  in  a  company.  On  the  contrary,  the  legitimate  and 
proper  application  of  this  fund  is  in  supplementing  the  arti- 
cles already  furnished  by  the  supply  departments  for  the  pur- 
pose of  increasing  the  comfort,  pleasure,  contentment,  mental 
and  physical  improvement  of  the  organization.  To  accomplish 
this  purpose,  disbursements  of  company  fund  are  authorized ; 
disbursements  for  all  other  purposes  are  unauthorized.  (Cir. 
6,  1904.) 

The  foregoing  is  construed  as  not  prohibiting  the  purchase 
or  repair  of  typewriting  machines  from  the  company  fund, 
provided  the  officer  responsible  for  expenditures  from  that 
fund  decides  that  the  same  are  made  solely  for  the  benefit  of 
the  company  and  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  the  comfort, 
pleasure,  and  contentment  of  the  enlisted  men.  (Cir.  56, 
1906—1170545,  M.  S.  O.) 

107.  Purchase  of  additional  articles  of  food  supply  from 
company  funds. — Under  paragraphs  293  and  296,  Field  Serv- 
ice Regulations,  1914,  the  purchase  of  additional  articles  of 
food  supply  from  company  funds  by  troops  in  campaign  is 

(229) 


230 

prohibited,  in  order  to  prevent  the  overloading  of  the  ration 
sections  of  the  field  trains  and  to  insure  that  all  organizations 
of  the  same  command  are  rationed  for  the  same  period.  In 
the  case  of  troops  on  practice  marches  and  maneuver  cam- 
paigns in  time  of  peace,  however,  there  is  no  objection  to  the 
purchase  of  such  articles  from  company  funds,  provided  that 
no  such  article^  are  carried  in  the  ration  sections  of  the  field 
trains.     {Par.  Ill,  Bui.  26,  19U— 2131902,  A.  G.  O.) 

108,  Purchase  of  cows  from  company  funds. — The  pur- 
chase of  cows  for  use  of  batteries,  troops,  or  companies  is  a 
proper  charge  against  the  company  fund,  as  is  also  the  neces- 
sary expenditure  for  their  keeping.  (Par.  6,  Cir.  8,  1883 — 
3455,  A.  O.  O.,  1883.) 

109,.  Expenditures  from  company  funds  for  rent  of  land 
for  gardens. — The  regulations  do  not  authorize  expenditures 
from  company  funds  for  rent  of  land  to  be  used  as  gardens. 
(Par.  6,  Cir.  3,  1883—1036,  A.  G.  O.,  F.  B.  6,  1883.) 

110.  Debts  due  company  fund  by  deserter. — ^After  deduct- 
ing for  stoppages  and  forfeitures  due  to  the  United  States  at 
the  date  of  a  desertion  any  balance  of  pay  or  allowances  that 
might  otherwise  be  due  the  deserter  are  forfeited  to  the  United 
States,  and  consequently  there  are  no  funds  which  could  be 
used  to  satisfy  debts  due  by  a  deserter  to  the  funds  of  his 
company,  troop,  or  battery.  (Par.  II,  Cir.  5,  W.  D.,  1903 — 
492272,  A.  G.  O.) 

111.  Purchases  of  articles  of  ration  from  hospital  fund.— 
Hereafter,  in  making  purchases  from  the  hospital  fund  articles 
of  the  ration,  if  for  sale,  must  be  purchased  from  the  Quar- 
termaster Corps,  and  no  article  from  the  special  diet  allowance 
will  be  purchased  from  any  other  source  so  long  as  the  Quar- 
termaster Corps  has  it  in  stock.     (Par.  I,  Cir.  10,  W.  D.,  1903.) 

112.  Sale  and  transportation  of  forage  for  hospital 
eows. — The  Quartermaster  Corps  is  authorized  to  sell  at  cost 
price  from  stock  on  hand,  or  to  be  delivered  under  contract, 
such  forage  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  hospital  cows,  when- 
ever it  can  be  spared. 

When  forage  can  not  be  obtained  from  the  Quartermaster 
Corps,  transportation  will  be  furnished  by  that  corps  for  such 
as  may  be  purchased  by  the  post  surgeon  at  the  nearest  initial 
point.  Food  for  hospital  cows  of  a  kind  not  issued  by  the 
Quartermaster  Corps  may,  under  the  provisions  and  restric- 
tions of  paragraph  1144,  Army  Regulations,  be  transported 


231 

by  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  if  purchased  from  hospital  funds. 
{Cir.  12,  1887—6378,  A.  G.  0.,  1887.) 

113.  Statements  of  hospital  fund  (Form  49,  M.  D.)  to  be 
council  book,  hospital  council. — The  duplicate  statements  of 
the  hospital  fund  (Form  49,  Medical  Department)  will  con- 
stitute the  council  book  of  the  hospital  council,  the  proceedings 
of  which  will  be  recorded  therein  as  prescribed  by  paragraph 
318,  Army  Regulations.  When  necessary,  extra  sheets  will  be 
inserted  for  the  record  of  the  proceedings  of  the  hospital 
council.    (Par  IF,  G,  O.  67, 1914—2180021,  A.  G.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XIII. 
POST  EXCHANGES  AND  POST  LAUNDRIES. 

Note. — Post  Exchange  Regulations  are  published  in  pamphlet 
form.     Latest  edition  is  dated  August  28,  1916. 

114.  Post  laundry  regulations. — The  following  regulations 
govern  the  operation  and  maintenance  of  laundries  estab- 
lished at  military  posts  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps : 

1.  Laundries  of  this  class  are  established  by  authority  of 
law,  contained  in  the  act  of  Congress  approved  March  3, 
1909,  and  in  subsequent  acts  of  Congress  making  appropria- 
tions for  the  support  of  the  Army.  They  will  be  known  and 
designated  as  post  laundries.  Laundries  at  military  posts 
operated  by  post  exchanges  will  be  known  as  post  exchange 
laundries  and  all  other  laundries  at  military  posts  by  the 
name  of  the  firm,  party,  organization,  or  corporation  that 
operates  them.  The  laundry  at  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans.,  will 
be  known  as  the  Fort  Leavenworth  Laundry. 

2.  The  regulations  published  in  this  order  apply  only  to 
post  laundries  and  do  not  affect  or  modify  in  any  way  exist- 
ing regulations  for  other  classes  of  laundries  now  in  opera- 
tion or  that  may  be  hereafter  established  or  authorized  at 
military  posts  or  stations. 

3.  Post  laundries  will  not  be  established  at  posts  where  post 
exchange  laundries  or  other  classes  of  laundries  are  in  suc- 
cessful operation. 

4.  Post  laundries  will  be  in  charge  of  the  post  quarter- 
master, who  will  render  the  returns  and  money  accounts  per- 
taining to  the  laundry  and  incident  to  its  operation,  as  re- 
quired by  existing  laws  and  regulations  from  officers  of  the 
Quartermaster  Corps  accountable  for  public  property  and 
funds.  He  will  be  assisted  in  all  that  pertains  to  the  manage- 
ment and  operation  of  the  laundry  by  an  officer  detailed  by 
the  post  commander  and  designated  as  post  laundry  officer. 

5.  The  post  quartermaster,  as  soon  as  practicable  after  the 
end  of  each  fiscal  year,  but  not  later  than  July  10  of  each 
year,  will  submit  to  the  post  commander  on  a  form  to  be  fur- 

(232) 


233 

nished  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps  a  complete  report  in 
triplicate  of  the  operations  of  the  laundry  for  the  fiscal  year. 
This  report  will  show  in  detail  the  quantity,  class,  and  cost 
of  supplies  purchased  and  expended,  number,  designation,  and 
compensation  of  persons  employed  in  its  operation,  also  cost 
of  repairs  in  the  maintenance  of  the  equipment  and  building. 
One  copy  of  this  report  will  be  retained  by  the  post  quarter- 
master and  two  copies  forwarded  by  the  post  commander, 
with  such  remarks  and  recommendations  as  he  deems  perti- 
nent, to  department  headquarters,  where  one  copy  is  retained 
and  the  other  forwarded  by  the  department  quartermaster  to 
the  Quartermaster  General  of  the  Army. 

6.  A  charge  will  be  made  for  all  laundry  work  done, 
whether  for  individuals  or  branches  of  the  Government. 
This  charge  will  be  uniform  and  fixed  by  the  post  commander 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  officer  in  charge,  except  in 
the  case  of  enlisted  men,  when  in  the  discretion  of  the  post 
commander  a  flat  rate  per  week  or  month  may  be  charged, 
this  flat  rate  to  be  uniform  for  all  enlisted  men.  A  copy  of  the 
established  price  list  will  be  published  and  will  accompany 
the  annual  report. 

7.  All  funds  furnished  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps  and 
those  taken  in  for  laundry  work  will  be  properly  accounted 
for  on  the  books  of  the  laundry  and  will  be  taken  up  on  the 
account  current,  with  proper  vouchers  for  all  disbursements. 
At  the  end  of  each  month  the  funds  in  excess  of  amount  re- 
quired for  payment  of  any  outstanding  accounts  and  the 
following  month's  expenses  of  maintenance  and  operation  on 
hand  will  be  deposited  to  the  credit  of  the  proper  appropria- 
tion for  that  fiscal  year. 

8.  The  original  installation  will  be  paid  for  from  funds 
of  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  as  will  all  material  extensions; 
but  all  operating,  maintenance,  replacement,  and  repair  ex- 
penses, except  ordinary  repairs  to  the  building,  which  will  be 
provided  for  from  the  allotment  for  annual  repairs  to  build- 
ings at  the  post,  will  be  paid  for  from  the  revenue  of  the 
laundry.  Replacements,  except  of  minor  articles  not  exceed- 
ing $100  in  value  in  any  one  month,  will  be  made  only  on  the 
approval  of  the  Quartermaster  General. 

9.  All  civilian  employees  required  for  the  maintenance 
and  operation  of  the  laundry  will  be  hired  by  the  quarter- 
master, who,  with  the  approval  of  the  post  commander,  will 


2U 

fix  the  rate  of  compensation  for  each  according  to  the  duties 
which  the  employee  performs. 

10.  The  Quartermaster  Corps  will  furnish  funds  for  begin- 
ning the  operation  of  the  laundry,  which  must,  however,  be  re- 
placed by  revenues  of  the  laundry  as  soon  as  practicable, 
and  when  so  replaced  will  be  deposited  to  the  credit  of  the 
appropriation  from  which  they  were  taken.  It  is  intended 
that  the  laundry  shall  be  self-sustaining  and  expenses  of 
its  operations  and  maintenance  paid  from  its  revenue,  except 
for  repair  to  buildings  as  mentioned  in  paragraph  8  of  this 
order.  In  fixing  the  prices  for  work  done  by  the  laundry  this 
will  be  kept  in  view. 

11.  When  a  post  laundry  is  put  into  operation,  either  when 
first  constructed  or  after  having  been  shut  down  for  a  con- 
siderable period,  requisition  will  be  made  for  the  supplies  and 
services  necessary  for  three  months'  operation.  These  sup- 
plies and  services  will  be  paid  for  from  funds  of  the  proper 
appropriation,  and  reimbursement  by  deposit  in  the  Treasury 
will  be  made  from  month  to  month  from  the  laundry  revenues. 
All  supplies  other  than  these  will  be  purchased  with  funds 
from  laundry  revenues. 

12.  The  expense  account  will  include  all  the  expenditures, 
receipts,  and  bills  receivable  during  the  fiscal  year  from  what- 
ever source. 

13.  A  set  of  books  will  be  kept  showing  a  detailed  record 
from  month  to  month  of  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  laundry 
and  its  operations  and  furnishing  the  information  for  making 
up  the  annual  report  and  money  and  property  accounts 
required  by  laws  and  regulations. 

14.  Any  laundry  work  damaged  or  destroyed  will  be  re- 
paired or  replaced  according  to  rules  to  be  prescribed  by  the 
post  commander.  Repairing  damages  to  articles  sent  to  the 
laundry  by  any  of  its  patrons  and  replacing  or  paying  for 
those  damaged  beyond  repair  or  lost  or  destroyed  will  be  a 
legitimate  charge  against  the  revenues  of  the  laundry  and 
considered  a  part  of  the  expense  of  its  operation. 

15.  Service  rendered  by  the  post  laundry  to  any  bureaus  of 
the  War  Department,  other  than  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  or 
to  any  other  department  of  the  Federal  Government,  will  be 
settled  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  paragraph  671,  Army 
Regulations,  for  supplies,  payment  therefor  being  arranged 
by  Treasury  settlement,  through  the  Quartermaster  General's 


235 

Office,  the  post  laundry  receiving  credit  on  all  such  requests 
for  transfer  settlements  on  estimates  of  funds  in  accordance 
with  rules  governing  such  settlements  issued  by  the  Quarter- 
master General  of  the  Army. 

16.  Services  rendered  by  post  laundries  for  the  Quartermas- 
ter Corps,  under  provisions  of  paragraphs  1167  and  1169, 
Army  Regulations,  and  by  authority  of  law  and  regulations 
under  other  circumstances,  will  be  paid  to  the  laundry  by  the 
Quartermaster  Corps  with  funds  provided  for  that  purpose 
from  its  appropriations,  as  is  now  done  for  like  service  when 
performed  by  post  exchange  or  private  laundries. 

17.  Attention  is  called  to  the  provisions  of  law  relative  to 
competition  of  the  post  laundry  with  private  establishments 
for  doing  laundry  work,  which  must  be  strictly  observed. 
(Par.  V,  G.  O.  92,  1914—2236320,  A.  G.  O.) 

115.  Extension  of  credit  to  enlisted  men  by  post  laun- 
dries.— Post  laundries  established  by  authority  of  the  Secre- 
tary of  War  and  operated  under  regulations  approved  by  him 
may,  in  the  discretion  of  the  commanding  officer,  extend  credit 
to  the  enlisted  men  of  the  command  to  an  amount  not  to 
exceed  $2  a  month  for  each  man. 

The  amount  of  indebtedness  of  a  soldier  to  the  laundry  will 
be  charged  against  him  on  the  pay  rolls  for  the  current  month. 
{Par.  II,  G.  O.  162,  1906,  as  amended  ly  Par.  II,  G.  O.  116, 
1910—1648390,  A.  G.  O.) 

116.  Indebtedness  to  post  laundries  and  post  exchanges. — 
Indebtedness  to  post  laundries  established  out  of  funds  car- 
ried by  the  acts  of  appropriation  for  the  support  of  the  Army 
is  an  indebtedness  to  the  United  States.  The  post  exchange  is 
entitled  to  be  paid  its  indebtedness  against  a  soldier  because 
it  is  an  individual  within  the  meaning  of  the  exemption  con- 
tained in  section  4818,  Revised  Statutes.  {Par.  IV,  G.  O.  138, 
1910—1648390,  A.  G.  O.) 

117.  Services  for  Government  by  post  exchanges  and  post 
laundries  prohibited  except  under  certain  conditions. — The 
practice  of  obtaining  occasional  services  from  post  exchanges, 
post  laundries,  and  other  quasi  public  agencies  that  are  estab- 
lished and  maintained  at  military  posts  by  the  authority  of 
the  War  Department  will  hereafter  be  authorized  only  in 
cases  in  which  services  of  the  same  class  can  not  be  as  con- 
veniently or  reasonably  obtained  elsewhere  and  where  a  direct 
advantage  will  accrue  to  the  Government  from  the  method 


236 

resorted  to.  In  no  case  will  a  post  exchange  or  post  laundry- 
be  permitted  to  enter  into  public  competition  or  to  submit  bids 
in  response  to  advertisements  calling  for  proposals  tor  fur- 
nishing supplies  or  services.  When  accounts  are  submitted 
for  purchases  of  the  kind  described  above  the  vouchers  will 
contain  a  full  statement  of  the  grounds  upon  which  the  pur- 
chase of  supplies  or  the  procurement  of  services  was  based 
and  will  fully  set  forth  all  the  circumstances  of  the  trans- 
action, with  a  view  to  enabling  the  proper  bureau  of  the  War 
Department  and  the  accounting  officers  of  the  Treasury  De- 
partment to  determine  whether  the  purchase  was  in  the  public 
interest.  Public  funds  received  for  such  services  will  be  taken 
up  in  the  accounts  of  the  post  exchange  or  post  laundry  and 
will  be  accounted  for  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  such 
accounting  in  the  Army  Regulations.  (Par.  I,  G.  O.  253^ 
1907—1316491,  A.  G.  0.) 


ARTICLE  XIV. 

MILITAUY  EDUCATION. 
118.  Post  and  grarrison  school  regulations. — 

I.  Post  Schools. 
<a)  For  instruction  in  the  common  branches  of  education. 

1.  A  school  for  the  instruction  of  enlisted  men  in  the  com- 
mon branches  of  education,  and  especially  in  the  history  of 
the  United  States,  will  be  established  at  each  post  under  such 
regulations  as  the  department  commander  may  prescribe. 
Instruction  will  be  given  under  the  supervision  of  officers  by 
teachers  detailed  from  the  enlisted  men.  The  number  of 
teachers  will  not  exceed  1  to  every  15  pupils  or  fraction  thereof. 

2.  Enrollment  of  enlisted  men  in  schools  for  instruction  in 
the  common  branches  of  education  is  not  compulsory,  but 
attendance  after  enrollment  becomes  a  military  duty. 

( b )  For  instruction  in  military  subjects. 

3.  Responsibility  for  the  military  instruction  of  company 
noncommissioned  officers  rests  with  company  commanders, 
battalion  and  higher  commanders  exercising  such  supervision 
as  may  be  necessary.  Schools  for  noncommissioned  officers 
and  specially  selected  privates  will  be  established  in  each 
company  of  Infantry,  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  and  Engineers 
not  in  the  field.  The  instruction  of  noncommissioned  officers  of 
Coast  Artillery  is  otherwise  provided  for  in  orders  issued  by 
the  War  Department.  Instruction  will  be  conducted  by  the 
company  commander,  or  by  an  officer  of  the  company  under 
his  supervision,  and  will  consist  of  recitations,  lectures,  dis- 
cussions, and  practical  exercises.  The  course  of  instruction 
will  include  drill  regulations.  Army  regulations  relating  to 
enlisted  men,  minor  tactics,  and  subjects  which  specially  per- 
tain to  the  duties  of  noncommissioned  officers  and  enlisted 
specialists  of  the  arm  of  the  service  to  which  they  belong. 
When    practicable,    elementary    instruction    in    the    Spanish 

(237) 


238 

language  will  also  be  given.  Responsibility  for  tbe  military 
instruction  of  noncommissioned  officers  of  the  regimental  and 
battalion  staffs  and  all  enlisted .  specialists  attached  thereto 
rests  with  regimental  and  battalion  staff  officers.  The  course 
and  method  of  instruction  will  conform  to  the  regulations 
herein  prescribed  for  company  noncommissioned  officers.  The 
instruction  will  be  conducted  by  the  regimental  and  battalion 
staff  officers  under  the  supervision  of  their  commanding 
officers. 

4.  The  noncommissioned  officers,  specially  selected  privates, 
and  enlisted  specialists  of  a  battalion,  regiment,  or  post  may 
be  assembled  for  instruction  by  means  of  lectures  and  practi- 
cal exercises.  In  case  any  of  the  organizations  present  have 
seen  war  service,  at  least  one  lecture  in  the  course  should  be 
concerning  such  service,  providing  sufficient  data  are  avail- 
able. The  lecture  should  be  delivered  by  a  selected  officer,  and 
as  many  of  the  garrison  as  can  be  accommodated  in  addition 
to  those  already  mentioned  should  be  permitted  to  attend. 

5.  Certificates  of  proficiency,  signed  by  their  company  com- 
manders or  the  staff  officer  responsible,  will  be  furnished  to 
noncommissioned  officers  and  others  who  have  satisfactorily 
completed  the  course  of  instruction  in  a  subject,  and  the  offi- 
cers who  sign  the  certificates  may  then  excuse  them  from  fur- 
ther recitations  and  examinations  in  that  subject.  The  attend- 
ance at  lectures,  discussions,  and  practical  exercises  of  en- 
listed men  holding  certificates  of  proficiency  will  be  at  the 
discretion  of  their  respective  commanders. 

II.  Garrison  Schools. 

6.  Garrison  schools  for  officers  will  be  established  at  all 
military  posts,  and  the  instruction  will  be  conducted  under 
the  personal  supervision  of  post  commanders. 

ANNUAL   PERIOD   OF   INSTRUCTION. 

7.  The  annual  period  for  theoretical  instruction  of  officers, 
except  those  serving  in  the  Philippine  Department  and  coast 
defenses  of  the  South  Atlantic  Coast  Artillery  District  south 
of  Fort  Monroe,  Va.,  will  extend  from  November  1  to  March 
30,  inclusive.  For  all  officers  serving  in  the  Philippine  De- 
partment and  coast  defenses  of  the  South  Atlantic  Coast  Artil- 
lery District  south  of  Fort  Monroe,  Va.,  this  period  will  extend 
from  June  1  to  October  30,  inclusive.     Exercises  in  instruc- 


239 

tion  will  be  held  daily  except  Saturdays,  Sundays,  holidays, 
and  tiie  period  from  December  24  to  January  2,  both  inclusive. 

ATTENDANCE  OF  OFFICEES. 

8.  All  lieutenants  of  the  line  of  the  Army,  including  lieu- 
tenants of  Engineers  serving  with  troops,  will  be  required  with 
the  exceptions  hereinafter  mentioned,  to  take  the  entire  gar- 
rison school  course  for  their  respective  arms  of  the  service. 

Department  commanders  may  authorize  captains  and  lieu- 
tenants of  the  Medical  Corps,  upon  their  own  application,  to 
take  the  garrison  school  course  in  any  or  all  of  the  following- 
named  subjects :  Field  service  regulations,  military  law,  inter- 
national law,  and  military  hygiene. 

9.  During  their  first  year  of  commissioned  service,  officers 
of  Infantry,  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  and  Coast  Artillery  will 
be  required  to  pursue  the  preliminary  course  of  instruction 
herein  prescribed  for  their  respective  arms  of  the  service.  No 
preliminary  course  for  officers  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers  is 
prescribed ;  these  officers  will  receive  such  special  educational 
training  as  may  be  prescribed  by  proper  authority  before 
taking  the  garrison  school  course.  The  time  each  officer  is  to 
enter  upon  the  regular  garrison  school  course  will  be  deter- 
mined by  the  department  commander  upon  recommendation 
of  the  post  commander.  The  department  commander  may 
authorize  an  officer  upon  his  own  application  to  take  one  or 
more  subjects  of  the  regular  course  while  pursuing  the  pre- 
liminary course. 

10.  Officers  who  have  been  examined  for  promotion,  and 
graduates  of  any  of  the  service  schools,  will  be  exempt  from 
the  garrison  school  course  in  subjects  successfully  completed 
by  them. 

11.  Officers  having  certificates  of  proficiency  from  the  offi- 
cers' post  school,  conducted  in  accordance  with  General  Or- 
ders, No.  102,  Headquarters  of  the  Army,  Adjutant  General's 
Office,  September  22,  1902,  or  from  the  garrison  school  for 
officers,  will  be  exempt  from  the  course  in  the  subject  or  sub- 
jects completely  covered  by  such  certificates. 

12.  Student  officers  on  duty  at  a  military  post  will  be  re- 
quired to  attend  the  daily  sessions  of  the  school  unless  excused 
by  the  department  commander  under  the  provisions  of  para- 
graphs 14  or  15  of  this  order.  If  absent  from  their  posts  during 
the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  school  year,  they  will  be  required 


240 

to  study  the  subjects  taken  up  during  their  absence  and  to 
take  the  regular  examinations  therein  at  some  convenient  post 
or  station  designated  by  the  department  commander,  unless 
excused  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  35  of  this  order. 

13.  Lieutenants  serving  by  detail  in  staff  corps  and  depart- 
ments and  those  on  duty  at  the  United  States  Military  Acad- 
emy and  at  service  schools  will  not  be  required  while  on  such 
duty  to  take  the  garrison  school  course.  All  other  lieutenants 
of  the  line  of  the  Army  who  are  not  under  the  jurisdiction 
of  a  department  commander,  unless  exempt  from  the  garrison 
school  course  under  the  provisions  of  paragraphs  10  or  11  of 
this  order,  will  submit  reports  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army  not  later  than  November  1  of  each  year,  specifying  the 
subject  or  subjects  not  completed  by  them  and  stating  whether 
or  not  their  duties  will  permit  them  to  prepare  for  the  exami- 
nations. 

14.  When  it  is  impracticable  for  an  officer  to  attend  the 
daily  sessions  of  the  school  without  serious  detriment  to  other 
important  duties,  he  may  be  excused  by  the  department  com- 
mander from  recitations  and  conferences  and,  if  necessary, 
from  practical  instruction  for  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the 
school  year. 

15.  At  posts  garrisoned  by  two  companies  or  less,  regular 
daily  recitations  or  conferences  may  be  dispensed  with  wholly 
or  in  part  when  in  the  opinion  of  the  department  commander 
the  interests  of  the  service  demand  it;  but  no  part  of  the 
practical  instruction  contemplated  by  paragraphs  24,  25,  and 
26  of  this  order  will  be  omitted. 

16.  If  an  officer  be  excused  from  examination  under  the  pro- 
visions of  paragraph  35  of  this  order,  or  be  found  deficient  on 
examination,  or  for  any  other  reason  fail  to  complete  satisfac- 
torily a  subject,  he  shall,  unless  exempted  under  the  provisions 
of  paragraph  10  of  this  order,  be  required  to  repeat  the  course 
in  that  subject  in  the  school  year  in  which  it  is  next  taken  up, 
or  during  the  interval  between  the  school  years  if  it  be  a 
subject  in  the  preliminary  course. 

17.  During  the  school  year  leaves  of  absence  will  not  be 
granted  officers  while  under  instruction  save  under  exceptional 
circumstances. 

INSTRUCTORS. 

18.  The  greatest  care  will  be  exercised  in  selecting  instruc- 
tors.    When  practicable   they   should  be   senior   in   rank   to 


241 

student  officers,  but,  whether  senior  or  junior,  the  respect  due 
their  position  will  be  accorded  them  while  they  are  in  the 
execution  of  their  duty. 

19.  When  no  other  officer  is  present  and  available  a  student 
officer  may  be  detailed  as  instructor,  and  when  so  detailed  will 
be  excused,  if  he  so  desires,  from  examination  in  the  subject, 
or  subjects,  in  which  he  has  acted  as  instructor. 

The  instructor  in  military  hygiene  should  ordinarily,  be  a 
medical  officer. 

PEELIMINARY  COURSE  OF  INSTRUCTION. 

20.  The  preliminary  course  of  instruction  is  complete  in  one 
school  year.  If  it  becomes  necessary  to  repeat  the  course  in 
any  subject  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  16  of  this  order, 
a  special  period  for  instruction  in  that  subject  will  be  desig- 
nated by  the  post  commander. 

21.  The  method  of  instruction,  the  order  in  which  the  sub- 
jects are  to  be  taken  up,  and  the  period  to  be  allotted  to  each 
subject  in  the  preliminary  course,  will  be  left  to  the  discretion 
of  the  post  commander,  who  should  through  personal  super- 
vision assure  himself  that  the  instruction  is  thorough,  and 
that  proper  habits  of  application  and  study  are  formed  by  the 
young  officers  under  his  command. 

22.  The  subjects  included  in  the  preliminary  course  are  as 
follows : 

(a)  Infantry  and  Cavalry. 

1.  Manual  of  Guard  Duty. 

2.  Field  Service  Regulations:  Part  II,  Articles  I,  II,  IV, 
and  VI. 

3.  Administration :  Company  administration,  including  prep- 
aration of  all  company  papers  and  accounts. 

4.  Drill  Regulations:  To  include  definitions,  general  prin- 
ciples, drills,  ceremonies,  etc.,  which  a  company  officer  must 
know. 

5.  Small-Arms  Firing  Manual :  Parts  I,  II,  III,  and  IV. 

6.  Military  Field  Engineering:  Chapters  I,  II,  III,  IV,  V, 
VI,  and  XXI. 

7.  Military  Hygiene :  Part  I. 

8.  Notes  on  Equitation  and  Horse  Training,  Mounted  Service 
School  (for  Cavalry  only). 

40062°— 16 16 


242 

(&)  Field  Artillery. 

1.  Field  Artillery  Drill  Regulations :  Part  III. 

2.  Indoor  Firing  Practice. 

3.  Gunnery. 

4.  Field  Artillery  Materiel. 

5.  Administration :  Company  administration,  including  prep- 
aration of  all  company  papers  and  accounts. 

6.  Notes  on  Equitation  and  Horse  Training,  Mo.unted  Serv- 
ice School.  /   X    ^      a    .  a.77 

(c)    Coast  Artillery. 

1.  Coast  Artillery  Drill  Regulations :  Chapters  I,  II,  IV,  V, 
VI,  XV,  XVI,  XXIII,  XXV,  XXVI. 

2.  The  Coast  Artillery  Memorandum  publishing  instructions 
governing  target  practice. 

3.  Coast  Artillery  Materiel :  Description  and  instructions  as 
to  care  and  use  of  the  gun  or  mortar  and  the  carriage  of  the 
battery  to  which  the  officer  is  assigned,  or  of  mine  materiel  in 
case  the  officer  is  assigned  to  a  mine  company  or  detachment. 

4.  Electricity :  Description,  care,  and  use  of  Coast  Artillery 
electrical  materiel. 

EEGULAB  COUKSE  OF  INSTEUCTION. 

23.  The  regular  course  of  instruction  for  officers  of  Infan- 
try, Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  and  Coast  Artillery  is  divided 
into  three  school  years,  each  year  being  separate  and  complete 
in  itself.  The  first  school  year,  except  in  the  Philippine  De- 
partment and  coast  defenses  of  the  South  Atlantic  Coast  Artil- 
lery District  south  of  Fort  Monroe,  Va.,  will  begin  November 
1,  1910.  In  the  Philippine  Department  and  coast  defenses  of 
the  South  Atlantic  Coast  Artillery  District  south  of  Fort 
Monroe,  Va.,  the  third  school  year  will  begin  June  1,  1910. 
The  school  years  follow  in  numerical  succession.  For  Engi- 
neer officers  the  course  is  complete  in  one  school  year. 

24.  Instruction  will  cover  at  least  one  hour  of  each  school 
day  not  set  aside  for  examination,  and,  when  practicable,  will 
consist  of  conferences  and  the  practical  application  of  theo- 
retical principles  in  lieu  of,  or  combined  with,  the  ordinary 
recitation  method.  Regular  daily  instruction  will  not  be  re- 
quired of  Engineer  officers,  but  the  instructor  will  exercise 
such  oversight  and  give  such  assistance  as  may  be  necessary 
to  insure  a  thorough  mastery  of  each  subject. 

25.  At  least  one  school  day  of  each  week  will  be  devoted  to 
practical  instruction  or  to  the  solution  of  problems  in  the  sub- 


243 


ject  then  being  studied.  In  map  problems  and  terrain  ex- 
ercises which  will  invariably  form  a  part  of  the  practical 
instruction  in  Field  Service  Regulations  and  tactics,  the 
strength  of  any  arm  in  the  force  assumed  should  not  exceed  a 
brigade.  The  practical  instruction  in  Field  Artillery  Drill 
Regulations  may  consist  of  indoor  firing  practice. 

26.  The  course  in  administration  will  not  be  limited  to  the 
study  of  designated  articles  or  paragraphs  of  the  Army  Regu- 
lations, but  will  include  practical  instruction  or  exercises  in 
the  administrative  duties  of  company  commanders  and  bat- 
talion staff  officers  in  garrison  and  in  the  field,  such  as  the 
preparation  of  muster  and  pay  rolls,  company  returns,  dis- 
charges, final  statements,  descriptive  lists,  clothing  accounts, 
requisitions,  returns,  reports,  etc.,  and  the  preparation  of 
quartermaster's  and  subsistence  papers  and  accounts,  special 
attention  being  devoted  to  the  method  of  procuring  and  ac- 
counting for  funds,  rations,  forage,  fuel,  etc.,  for  a  small 
command  in  the  field. 

As  the  time  allotted  to  this  subject  is  necessarily  limited, 
officers  should  be  required,  as  far  as  practicable,  to  prepare 
themselves  for  the  course  during  the  interval  between  the 
school  years,  for  which  purpose  they  may  be  detailed  as 
assistants  to  post  staff  officers. 

27.  The  subjects  included  in  the  regular  course,  with  the 
period  allotted  to  each  subject,  are  as  follows: 

(a)  Infantry,  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  and  Coast  Artillery. 

FIRST  SCHOOL  YEAR. 


Subject. 


Period  of  instruc- 
tion except  as 
otherwise  indi- 
cated herein. 


Period  of  instruc- 
tion for  the  Phil- 
ippine Depart- 
ment and  coast 
defenses  of  the 
South  Atlantic 
Coast  Artillery 
District  south  of 
Fort  Monroe,  Va. 


1.  Field  Service  Regulations  and  Rules 

of  Land  Warfare. 

2.  Administration 

3.  Drill  Regulations  (for  Infantry, Cav- 

alry, and  Coast  Artillery). 
Drill  Regulations  and  Gunnery  (for 
Field  Artillery). 

4.  Small- Arras  Firing  Manual  (for  In- 

fantry and  Cavalry). 

Field  Artillery  Matdriel  and  Explo- 
sives (for  Field  Artillery). 

Infantrv  Drill  Regulations  (for  Coast 
Artillery). 


Nov.  1  to  Dec. 23... 
Jan.  3  to  Jan.  30 


Jan.  31  to  Mar.  5. 


June  1  to  July  25. 
July  26  to  Aug.  25. 

Aug.26toOct.l. 


Mar.  6  to  Mar.  30 ■  ;  ;"?t.  2  to  Oct. : 


244 

(o)  Infantry,  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  and  Coast  Artillery — 
Continued. 

SECOND  SCHOOL  YEAR. 


Subject. 


Period  of  instruc- 
tion except  as 
otherwise  indi- 
cated herein. 


Period  of  instrao- 
tion  for  the  Phil- 
ippine Depart- 
ment and  coast 
defenses  of  the 
South  Atlantic 
Coast  Artillery- 
District  south  of 
Fort  Monroe,  Va. 


1.  Tactics 

2.  Military  Law 

3.  International  Law 


Nov.  1  to  Dec.  23 
Jan.  3  to  Feb.  15 
Feb.  16  to  Mar.  30 


June  1  to  July  25 
July  2jtoPept.  10 
Sept.  11  to  Oct.   30 


THIRD  SCHOOL  YEAR. 


1.  Military  Field  Engineering 

2.  Military  Hygiene 

3.  Hippology  (for  Infantry,  Cavalry, 

and  Field  Artillery). 
Seacoast    Engineering    (for   Coast 
Artillery). 

4.  Military  Topography 


Nov.  1  to  Dec.  1 
Dec.  2  to  Dec.  23 


Jan.  3  to  Feb.  15 
Feb.  16  to  Mar.  30 


June  1  to  July  5 
July  6  to  July  30 

July  31  to  Sept.  10 

Sept.  11  to  Oct.  30 


(b)  Engineer  officers  serving  with  troops. 
[Course  complete  in  one  school  year.] 


Subject. 


Period  of  instruc- 
tion except  in 
Philippine  De- 
partment. 


Period  of  instruc- 
tion in  Philip- 
pine Depart- 
meat. 


1.  Field  Service  Regulations  and  Rules 

of  Land  Warfare 

2.  Administration 

3.  Drill  Regulations  and  Ponton  Drill 

4.  Small- Arms  Firing  Manual 

5.  Military  Law 

6.  International  Law 

7.  Military  Hygiene 

8.  Hippology 


Nov.  1  to  Nov.  20 
Nov.  21  to  Dec.  1 
Deo.  2  to  Dec.  23 
3  to  Jan.  15 
16  to  Feb.  5 
6  to  Feb.  25 
26  to  Mar.  10 
11  to  Mar.  30 


Jan. 
Jan. 
Feb. 
Feb. 


June  1  to  June  25 
June  23  to  July  10 
July  lltoArg.  2 
Aug.  3  to  Aug.  15 
Aug.  16  to  Sept.  5 
Sept.  6  to  Sept.  25 
Sept.  25  to  Oct.  10 
Oct.    11  to  Oct.   30 


EXAMINATIONS. 


(a)  In  the  preliminary  course. 

28.  In  the  preliminary  course  examinations  will  be  required 
only  in  subjects  which  are  not  included  in  the  regular  course 
and,  except  for  officers  of  Coast  Artillery,  will  be  held  at  such 


245 

times  and  under  such  regulations  as  the  post  commander  may 
prescribe.  Questions  for  examination  in  this  course  of  officers 
other  than  those  of  Coast  Artillery  will  be  prepared  under 
direction  of  the  post  commander.  For  officers  of  Coast  Artil- 
lery the  examinations  will  be  held  during  the  last  10  days  of 
the  school  year. 

29.  The  questions  for  the  examination  of  Coast  Artillery 
officers  in  the  preliminary  course  will  be  prepared  by  the 
Coast  Artillery  School  Board,  and  the  examination  papers  will 
be  marked  as  "  satisfactory "  or  "  unsatisfactory "  by  that 
board.  The  commanding  officer  of  a  Coast  Artillery  post  will 
make  application  directly  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army  at  least  one  month  before  the  close  of  the  school  year 
for  such  number  of  sets  of  examination  questions  as  may  be 
needed  at  his  post.  The  examination  papers,  when  completed, 
will  be  forwarded  by  the  post  commander  directly  to  the  com- 
mandant of  the  Coast  Artillery  School. 

30.  When  a  Coast  Artillery  officer  has  been  assigned  to  more 
than  one  battery  during  the  school  year  he  may  elect  the  one 
on  which  he  will  be  examined  in  the  subject  of  Coast  Artil- 
lery materiel.  In  the  examination  in  electricity  a  set  of  ques- 
tions will  be  sent  upon  application  to  the  post  commander, 
who  will  select  a  prescribed  number  pertaining  only  to  elec- 
trical materiel  to  which  the  officer  being  examined  has  had 
access  at  the  post. 

31.  The  examination  of  a  Coast  Artillery  officer  who  is  re- 
quired to  repeat  the  course  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph 
16  of  this  order,  or  to  whom  a  special  examination  or  reex- 
amination is  granted  by  the  post  commander,  will  be  held  dur- 
ing the  month  immediately  preceding  the  opening  of  the  next 
school  year. 

( & )  In  the  regular  course. 

32.  In  the  regular  course  a  written  examination  will  be  held 
in  each  subject  on  the  last  school  day  allotted  thereto.  The 
examination  in  military  topography  will  include  a  road  recon- 
naissance sketch  and  a  position  sketch  to  be  made  as  soon  as 
practicable  after  the  written  examination  in  that  subject.  In 
the  examination  in  administration,  officers  will  be  permitted 
to  consult  general  orders.  Army  Regulations,  and  manuals  of 
the  staff  departments. 


246 

33.  The  questions  for  examinations,  special  examinations, 
and  reexaminations  will  be  prepared  by  tlie  General  Staff  and 
transmitted  by  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  to  depart- 
ment commanders  for  distribution.  The  examination  will 
take  place  in  the  presence  of  an  officer  designated  by  the  post 
commander,  who  shall  then  appoint  a  board,  to  consist  of  three 
officers  senior  in  rank  to  the  student  officers,  to  mark  the  ex- 
amination papers.  When  in  a  coast  defense  command  such 
a  board  can  not  be  appointed  by  the  coast  defense  commander 
by  reason  of  scarcity  of  officers,  the  Coast  Artillery  district 
commander  concerned  is  authorized  to  appoint  the  required 
board.  If  the  findings  of  the  board  are  not  approved  by  the 
post  commander,  or  if  the  officer  being  examined  appeals  from 
the  approved  findings,  the  entire  proceedings  will  be  forwarded 
to  the  department  commander  for  final  action. 

The  attainment  of  75  per  cent  in  the  examination  will  be 
required  for  proficiency  in  any  subject. 

34.  Where  an  examination  board  can  not  be  convened  as 
herein  prescribed,  the  department  commander  will  have  the 
papers  marked  by  a  board  convened  at  some  other  post.  The 
commanding  officer  of  the  post  so  designated  will  act  upon  the 
proceedings  of  the  board  and  return  the  papers  with  the 
proceedings. 

35.  When,  through  sickness  or  other  cause  beyond  his  con- 
trol, an  officer  has  not  the  opportunity  to  prepare  himself 
properly  in  a  subject,  he  may  be  excused  by  the  department 
commander  from  examination  therein. 

36.  When  it  is  impracticable  for  an  officer  to  be  present  on 
the  day  set  for  the  regular  examination,  he  may  be  authorized 
by  the  department  commander  to  take  a  special  examination 
on  some  other  date. 

37.  If  an  officer  is  found  deficient  on  examination  in  a  sub- 
ject, and  it  is  satisfactorily  established  that  the  deficiency  was 
idue  to  unavoidable  causes,  he  may  be  reexamined'  in  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  department  commander. 

38.  Within  30  days  after  the  completion  of  the  regular 
;  course  in  a  subject,  department  commanders  will  make  appli- 
cation to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  questions  for 
!  special  examinations  and  reexaminations,  stating  the  approxi- 
mate date  or  dates  set  for  the  examinations.  In  the  Philip- 
pine Department  applications  for  questions  for  special  exami- 


247 

nations  and  reexaminations  will  be  made  to  the  commanding 
general,  Philippine  Department.  Special  examinations  and 
reexaminations  will  be  held  during  the  school  year,  or  during 
the  month  immediately  following  the  close  of  the  school,  the 
examinations  in  any  one  subject  being  held,  as  far  as  practi- 
cable, on  the  same  date  at  all  posts  or  stations  in  a  de- 
partment. 

CEETIFICATES    OF   PROFICIENCY. 

39.  Officers  who  have  been  declared  proficient  upon  exami- 
nation or  reexamination  in  a  subject,  or  who  have  acted  as 
instructors  during  the  entire  period  allotted  to  that  subject, 
will  be  furnished  with  individual  certificates  of  proficiency  by 
their  post  commanders  in  the  following  form: 

(Post.) 
,  191    . 

(Date.) 
I  certify  that , 

(Name  and  rank  of  officer.)     (Regiment  or  corps.) 

has  completed  the garrison  school  course 

(Regular  or  preliminary.) 

in  the  subject  of ,  and  has  been  found  proficient. 


Commanding  post. 

40.  Certificates  will  be  prepared  in  triplicate,  one  copy  to 
be  furnished  the  officer  named,  one  to  be  forwarded  directly 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  and  the  third  directly 
to  the  officer's  regimental  commander.  In  the  case  of  an  offi- 
cer of  the  Organized  Militia  the  third  copy  will  be  forwarded 
directly  to  the  adjutant  general  of  his  State,  Territory,  or 
District. 

EEPORTS  IN  CASE  OF  DEFICIENCY. 

41.  If  an  officer  is  found  deficient  upon  examination  in  a 
subject,  an  individual  report  will  be  made  through  military 
channels  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  note  upon 
the  officer's  efficiency  record.  A  copy  of  this  report  will  be 
sent  to  the  officer's  regimental  commander.  If  a  reexamina- 
tion is  granted  the  officer  in  the  subject  and  he  is  declared 
proficient  no  report  of  deficiency  will  be  rendered. 


248 

EXEMPTION  FEOM  EXAMINATION  FOB  PROMOTION. 

42.  Officers  who  have  completed  with  credit  the  course  in  a 
subject  will  be  exempt  from  professional  examination  therein 
for  promotion  to  the  grade  next  above  that  held  by  them  at 
the  date  of  the  garrison  school  examination  for  the  following: 
periods : 

(a)  Those  who  obtain  95  per  cent  or  more  on  examination, 
five  years. 

( b )  Those  who  obtain  90  per  cent  or  more  on  examination, 
three  and  one-half  years. 

In  case  a  mark  of  90  per  cent  or  more  in  any  subject  is 
awarded  an  officer  by  the  board  detailed  to  mark  the  examina- 
tion papers  the  commanding  officer  will  forward  the  papers 
with  the  marks  direct  to  the  president  of  the  nearest  board 
convened  for  the  examination  for  promotion  of  officers  of  the 
arm  of  the  officer  being  examined. 

The  president  of  the  board  of  examination  for  promotion 
will  cause  the  examination  papers  and  the  marks  to  be  re- 
viewed. In  case  the  review  discloses  the  fact  that,  in  the  opin- 
ion of  the  board  for  examination  for  promotion  the  officer 
should  receive  a  mark  of  90  per  cent  or  more,  the  president 
will  prepare  a  certificate  for  each  such  officer  setting  forth  the 
subject,  the  mark  awarded,  and  a  statement  of  the  exemption 
to  which  such  officer  is  entitled  under  this  paragraph,  and  will 
sign  the  certificate.  In  case  the  review  does  not  disclose  that 
the  officer  being  examined  is  entitled  to  90  per  cent  or  more, 
a  statement  to  that  effect  will  be  furnished  the  commanding 
officer  forwarding  the  papers.  In  either  case  all  papers  will 
be  returned  to  the  office  from  which  received.  The  exemp- 
tion herein  authorized  will  not  apply  to  officers  of  the  Medical 
Corps  nor  to  officers  taking  special  examinations,  reexamina- 
tions, or  examinations  in  the  preliminary  course. 

DISPOSITION    OF   EXAMINATION    PAPEBS. 

43.  Examination  papers  will  be  retained  with  the  post  rec- 
ords for  a  period  of  five  years,  when  they  will  be  destroyed 
under  the  direction  of  the  post  commander. 

TEXTBOOKS. 

44.  The  textbooks  authorized  as  standards  of  instruction  in 
the  various  subjects  will  be  announced  by  the  War  Depart- 
ment. 


249 

POSTGRADUATE    WORK. 

45.  Postgraduate  work  will  be  conducted  at  all  military 
posts  under  tlie  immediate  direction  of  the  post  commander 
and  will  consist  of: 

(a) Tactical  problems  on  the  map,  including  map  problems 
and  map  maneuvers  (war  game). 

(&)  Terrain  exercises,  including  tactical  walks  and  staff  or 
tactical  rides. 

(c)  Special  studies  by  selected  officers  of  important  sub- 
jects bearing  upon  the  military  service,  the  subjects  to  be  des- 
ignated by  the  department  commander  upon  recommendation 
of  the  post  commander.  For  Coast  Artillery  officers  these 
studies  will  include  matters  relating  to  the  attack  and  defense 
of  seacoast  fortifications  both  by  land  and  by  sea. 

(d)  Coast  Artillery  War  Game,  as  contained  in  pamphlet 
on  that  subject  published  as  a  War  Department  document, 
necessary  material  to  be  improvised  at  each  post.  Those  offi- 
cers of  each  coast  defense  who  are  familiar  with  this  "  War 
Game"  will  be  utilized  as  instructors. 

In  the  tactical  problems  on  the  map  and  terrain  exercises 
the  strength  of  the  force  assumed  should  not,  as  a  rule,  exceed 
a  division. 

46.  All  officers  of  the  line  of  the  Army  below  the  grade  of 
colonel  not  actually  engaged  as  instructors  or  student  officers 
In  the  garrison  school  course,  preliminary  or  regular,  will  par- 
ticipate in  the  postgraduate  work  unless  excused  by  the  de- 
partment commander.  Instructors  and  student  officers  may,  if 
they  so  desire,  participate  in  postgraduate  work  where  they 
can  do  so  without  interfering  with  the  preliminary  or  regular 
course  of  instruction. 

Officers  engaged  in  special  studies  prescribed  by  paragraph 
45  (c)  may  be  excused  from  other  postgraduate  work  in  the 
discretion  of  the  post  commander. 

47.  Papers  prepared  by  officers  engaged  in  postgraduate 
work  which  are  deemed  to  possess  marked  excellence  may  be 
forwarded  by  the  department  commander  for  the  consideration 
of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

48.  When  new  drill  regulations  or  manuals  pertaining  to 
the  drill  of  any  arm  are  adopted  post  commanders  will  see 
that  the  battalion,  squadron,  or  fire  commanders  of  their 
commands,  of  the  arm  concerned,  who  are  directly  responsible 
for  the  theoretical  instruction  of  subordinates,  take  the  action 


250 

necessary  to  insure  the  immediate  instruction  of  tlieir  captains 
and  lieutenants  in  the  text  adopted. 

When  new  drill  regulations  are  adopted  certificates  of  pro- 
ficiency in  those  superseded  become  void  and  therefore  all 
captains  and  lieutenants,  regardless  of  length  of  service,  will 
take  the  next  regular  examination  in  this  subject  in  the  gar- 
rison school  course. 

Those  who  have  certificates  of  proficiency  in  the  superseded 
regulations  are  privileged  but  not  required  to  attend  the  gar- 
rison school  course  in  the  new  regulations.  In  the  case  of  ex- 
amination for  promotion  garrison  school  certificates  of  profi- 
ciency do  not  lapse  or  become  void  by  the  adoption  of  new  drill 
regulations  or  manuals,  but  remain  in  force  and  entitle  officers 
to  exemptions  for  the  full  period  as  provided  in  paragraph  42 
of  this  order. 

ATTENDANCE  OF  OFFICERS  OF  THE  OEGANIZED  MILITIA. 

49.  In  order  to  be  eligible  to  attend  a  garrison  school,  officers 
of  the  Organized  Militia  must  be  recommended  to  the  Secre- 
tary of  War  by  the  governors  of  their  respective  States  or  Ter- 
ritories, or  by  the  commanding  general  of  the  District  of 
Columbia  Militia;  must  be  citizens  of  the  United  States,  not 
less  than  21  nor  more  than  35  years  of  age,  and  not  above  the 
grade  of  colonel.  They  must  have  been  members  of  the  Or- 
ganized Militia  at  least  one  year  prior  to  making  application ; 
must  be  of  sound  health  and  of  good  moral  character,  and 
must  have  such  educational  qualifications  as  will  enable  them 
to  participate  profitably  in  the  course  of  instruction. 

50.  Applications  of  officers  of  the  Organized  Militia  to  attend 
garrison  schools,  with  the  recommendations  of  the  governors 
of  their  respective  States  or  Territories  or  of  the  commanding 
general  of  the  District  of  Columbia  Militia  thereon,  must  reach 
the  War  Department  not  later  than  September  1  of  the  year 
in  which  the  officers  desire  to  enter  upon  the  course  of  instruc- 
tion. The  application  in  each  case  must  be  accompanied  by 
the  following  papers : 

(a)  An  affidavit  of  the  applicant  stating  his  age,  citizenship, 
and  length  of  service  in  the  Organized  Militia. 

(&)  An  agreement  signed  by  the  applicant  that  in  the  event 
of  his  being  authorized  to  attend  and  pursue  the  regular 
course  of  study  at  a  garrison  school  he  will  be  bound  by  and 
conform  to  the  rules  and  regulations  governing  the  school. 


251 

(c)  A  certificate  of  a  medical  officer  of  the  Organized  Mili- 
tia, or  of  any  physician  of  good  standing,  showing  the  physical 
condition  of  the  applicant. 

(d)  A  certificate  of  an  officer  of  the  Organized  Militia  above 
the  grade  of  captain  as  to  the  moral  character  and  educational 
qualifications  of  the  applicant. 

51.  The  details  of  officers  to  attend  the  garrison  schools  and 
the  posts  to  which  they  are  to  report  will  be  announced  by  the 
War  Department  about  October  1  of  each  year.  As  far  as 
practicable  the  officers  will  be  assigned  to  posts  where  the 
school  pertains  to  the  arm  of  the  service  to  which  they  belong. 
If  the  number  of  applicants  be  in  excess  of  the  number  that 
can  be  accommodated  at  the  schools  designated,  the  number 
to  be  authorized  from  each  State  or  Territory  or  from  the 
District  of  Columbia  will  be  in  proportion  to  the  strength  of 
its  Organized  Militia. 

52.  Upon  receipt  of  authority  to  attend  a  garrison  school, 
an  officer  of  the  Organized  Militia  will  report  by  letter  for 
instructions  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  military  post  to 
which  assigned.  The  officer  will  report  in  person  at  the  post 
on  the  date  designated  by  the  commanding  officer  and  will  be 
admitted  to  the  school  without  examination. 

53.  Officers  of  the  Organized  Militia  attending  garrison 
schools  will  pursue  the  regular  course  prescribed  in  this  order 
for  officers  of  the  Army  and  will  be  furnished  with  certificates 
of  proficiency  in  subjects  satisfactorily  completed  by  them. 
They  can  not  be  authorized  to  pursue  the  preliminary  course 
nor  to  continue  in  attendance  at  the  garrison  schools  after 
they  have  completed  the  regular  course.  While  pursuing  the 
regular  garrison  school  course,  they  may  be  permitted  to 
participate  in  the  preliminary  instruction  and  in  postgraduate 
work  where  they  can  do  so  without  interfering  with  their 
regular  school  work. 

54.  An  officer  of  the  Organized  Militia  found  deficient  in  a 
subject  may,  in  the  discretion  of  the  department  commander, 
be  reexamined.  If  the  officer  is  deficient  upon  reexamination, 
or  if  he  is  not  reexamined,  a  report  will  be  made  to  The  Adju- 
tant General  of  the  Army,  with  a  view  to  the  withdrawal  of 
the  authority  for  the  officer  to  attend  the  school.  Any  officer 
of  the  Organized  Militia  showing  neglect  of  his  studies  or  a 
disregard  of  orders  will,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  de- 
partment commander,  be  deprived  of  the  privilege  of  further 
attendance  at  the  school. 


252 

55.  At  the  close  of  tlie  school  year  officers  of  the  Organized 
Militia  attending  garrison  schools  will  be  ordered  to  their 
homes  by  post  commanders.  Those  officers  who  desire  to  con- 
tinue the  course  during  the  next  school  year  will  report  by  let- 
ter, through  proper  militia  channels,  to  the  Chief  of  the  Divi- 
sion of  Militia  Affairs  not  later  than  September  1. 

56.  Officers  of  the  Organized  Militia  while  actually  attend- 
ing and  pursuing  the  regular  course  of  study  at  garrison 
schools  are  entitled  to  the  same  allowances  for  travel,  quar- 
ters or  commutation  of  quarters,  heat  and  light  as  are  now 
provided  by  law  for  officers  of  corresponding  grades  in  the 
Army.  The  allowance  for  subsistence  will  be  at  the  rate  of 
$1  per  day.  They  are  not  entitled  to  any  of  the  above  allow- 
ances while  absent  sicli,  or  with  or  without  leave,  nor  during 
the  interval  between  school  years. 

57.  The  expense  to  the  United  States  on  account  of  officers 
of  the  Organized  Militia  attending  garrison  schools  is  limited 
strictly  to  the  allowances  specified  in  paragraph  56  of  this 
order.  Each  officer  must  provide  himself  at  his  own  expense 
with  the  proper  uniforms  of  his  State,  Territory,  or  District 
and  with  the  required  textbooks. 

58.  Leave  of  absence  of  not  to  exceed  10  days  in  one  school 
year  may  be  granted  an  officer  of  the  Organized  Militia  under 
the  same  rules  and  regulations,  except  as  to  pay  and  allow- 
ances, as  are  prescribed  for  officers  of  the  Army.  In  case  of 
sicliness  of  the  officer,  such  leaves  may  be  extended  by  the 
department  commander.  All  cases  of  absence  without  au- 
thority will  be  reported  to  the  department  commander  for 
such  action  as  he  may  deem  appropriate.  Officers  of  the 
Organized  Militia  are  not  required  to  report  on  days  when  no 
instruction  is  to  be  conducted. 

59.  The  monthly  account  for  commutation  of  quarters  and 
subsistence  and  the  quartermaster's  vouchers  for  heat  and 
light  of  officers  of  the  Organized  Militia  pursuing  the  regular 
course  at  garrison  schools  will  be  accompanied  by  certificates 
of  attendance  signed  by  the  post  commanders.  If  the  officer 
has  attended  all  sessions  of  the  school  during  the  month,  the 
certificate  will  so  specify.  If  the  officer  has  been  absent  dur- 
ing the  month,  the  inclusive  dates  of  such  absence  will  be 
stated.  The  first  account  of  the  officer  will  also  be  accom- 
panied by  a  copy  of  the  authority  under  which  he  is  attending 
the  school. 


253 

60.  At  the  close  of  the  school  the  department  commanders 
will  submit  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  a  report  of 
the  work  of  each  officer  of  the  Organized  Militia  attending  gar- 
rison schools  in  their  departments.  The  report  will  include  a 
recommendation  as  to  whether  or  not  the  officer  should  be 
authorized  to  continue  the  course  during  the  next  school  year. 

III.  Supervision  Over  Post  and  Garrison  Schools. 

61.  Post  and  garrison  schools  are  under  the  supervision  of 
department  commanders  and  their  decisions  on  matters  per- 
taining thereto  are  final.  If  a  department  commander  is  in 
doubt  as  to  the  proper  interpretation  of  any  of  these  regula- 
tions he  may  request  a  decision  by  the  War  Department.  De- 
partment commanders  will  cause  these  schools  to  be  inspected 
at  such  times  and  under  such  regulations  as  they  may  deem 
advisable.    (G.  0. 10, 1910—1641082,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended.) 

ARMY  WAR  COLLEGE. 

119.  Organization  and  work. — 1.  The  organization  and 
work  of  the  Army  War  College  will  hereafter  be  regulated  by 
the  following  provisions : 

2.  The  purpose  of  the  War  College  is  to  make  a  practical 
application  of  knowledge  already  acquired,  not  to  impart 
academic  instruction. 

3.  The  objects  of  the  War  College  are — 

(a)  The  direction  and  coordination  of  military  education  in 
the  Army  and  in  civil  schools  and  colleges  at  which  officers  of 
the  Army  are  detailed  under  acts  of  Congress  and  the  exten- 
sion of  opportunities  for  investigation  and  study  in  the  militia 
of  the  United  States. 

(&)  To  provide  facilities  for  and  to  promote  advanced  study 
of  military  subjects  and  to  formulate  the  opinions  of  the  col- 
lege body  on  the  subjects  studied  for  the  information  of  the 
Chief  of  Stafe. 

4.  The  personnel  of  the  Army  War  College  shall  be  in  part 
permanent  and  in  part  temporary. 

5.  The  permanent  personnel  shall  consist  of  a  president,  to 
be  assigned  to  that  duty  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  and  the 
officers  for  the  time  being  of  the  War  College  Division,  Gen- 
eral Staff.  Two  directors  and  a  secretary  of  the  college  shall 
be  selected  from  the  permanent  personnel  of  the  division. 


254 

6.  The  temporary  personnel  of  the  Army  War  College  shall 
consist  of  such  officers,  not  below  the  grade  of  captain,  as  may 
be  detailed  to  that  duty  by  the  War  Department. 

7.  The  tour  of  duty  of  the  temporary  personnel  of  the  Army 
War  College  will  be  for  a  period  not  to  exceed  12  months, 
beginning  on  September  1  of  each  year. 

8.  The  interior  economy  of  the  War  College  shall  be  regu- 
lated by  the  president  and  directors,  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  Chief  of  Staff.  (G.  0.  116,  1907— 1247413,  A.  G.  O.,  as 
amended  hy  Par.  II,  G.  O.  104,  1908—1247413  A,  A.  G.  O.,  and 
Par.  II,  G.  0.  76,  1910—1247413  B,  A.  G.  O.) 

120.  Detail  of  officers. — The  following  rules  will  govern 
the  detail  of  officers  at  the  Army  War  College : 

1.  Selections  for  the  detail  will  be  made  by  the  Chief  of 
Staff,  under  the  procedure  hereinafter  set  forth,  from  avail- 
able officers  who  may  desire  to  take  the  course  at  the  college. 
The  total  number  of  officers  detailed  in  any  year  will  not  ex- 
ceed 30,  and  the  number  detailed  from  the  different  arms, 
corps,  and  departments  will  not  exceed  13  from  the  Infantry, 
7  from  the  Cavalry,  3  from  the  Field  Artillery,  3  from  the 
Coast  Artillery,  2  from  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  and  1  from 
the  permanent  personnel  of  the  staff  departments.  In  addition, 
the  Navy  Department  will  be  invited  to  designate  1  officer 
of  the  Navy  .and  1  officer  of  the  Marine  Corps  to  pursue  the 
course. 

2.  Officers  desiring  to  take  the  course  will  make  application 
for  detail  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  through  mili- 
tary channels  in  time  to  reach  The  Adjutant  General's  Office 
not  later  than  January  1  of  the  year  in  which  they  desire  to 
take  the  course.  A  list  of  the  names  of  the  applicants  will  be 
submitted  to  the  president  of  the  Army  War  College  for  con- 
sideration and  recommendation. 

3.  Of  the  officers  selected,  graduates  of  the  Army  Staff  Col- 
lege, who  have  had  not  less  than  two  years'  service  with  their 
arm  or  corps  since  graduation  from  the  Army  Staff  College, 
will  be  considered  eligible  without  further  examination  as  to 
their  qualifications. 

4.  Of  the  remaining  applicants  considered  there  will  be  se- 
lected a  sufficient  number,  who  will  be  notified  to  prepare  them- 
selves for  a  written  examination  to  be  held  during  the  month 
of  April.  The  scope  of  this  examination  will  be  announced 
in  bulletins.    Examination  papers  will  be  furnished  the  selected 


255 

officers  at  the  proper  times,  together  with  necessary  instruc- 
tions. On  the  completion  of  the  examination,  tlie  papers  will 
be  returned  to  The  Adjutant  General  for  reference  to  the 
president,  Army  War  College,  for  consideration  and  recom- 
mendation to  the  Chief  of  Staff  as  to  the  fitness  or  unfitness  of 
the  applicants  as  shown  by  these  examinations.  Except  as 
specified  in  section  3,  selections  for  detail  to  the  Army  War 
College  will  be  made  from  those  officers  who  pass  a  satisfac 
tory  examination. 

If  at  any  time,  not  earlier  than  December  1  of  each  college 
year,  any  officer  pursuing  the  course  at  the  Army  War  College 
shall  be  deemed  unfitted  for  any  reason  to  continue  the 
course  and  shall  be  so  reported  by  the  faculty,  he  will  upon 
recommendation  of  the  president.  Army  War  College,  be  re- 
lieved from  duty  at  the  college  forthwith.  (G.  0.  13,  19U— 
2130186,  A.  G.  0.) 

ARMY  SERVICE  SCHOOLS,   FORT  LEAVENWORTH, 
KANS. 

121,  Regulations. — The  following  regulations  govern  The 
Army  Service  Schools  at  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans. : 

1.  The  group  of  schools  established  at  Fort  Leavenworth, 
Kans.,  now  consisting  of  The  Army  School  of  the  Line  as  the 
basic  school.  The  Army  Staff  College,  The  Army  Signal  School, 
The  Army  Field  Engineer  School,  and  The  Army  Field  Service 
and  Correspondence  School  for  Medical  Officers  as  special 
affiliated  schools,  will  be  known  as  The  Army  Service  Schools, 
which  will  constitute  one  of  the  units  of  administration  at  the 
post  of  Fort  Leavenworth. 

2.  The  object  of  The  Army  Service  Schools  is  the  better 
preparation  of  the  mobile  army  for  war. 

COMMANDANT. 

3.  There  shall  be  detailed  as  commandant  of  The  Army 
Service  Schools  an  officer  of  grade  not  lower  than  that  of 
brigadier  general,  especially  selected  for  the  duty  and  detailed 
in  orders  from  the  War  Department. 

ASSISTANT   COMMANDANT. 

4.  The  senior  line  officer  of  the  staff  of  the  schools  on  duty 
thereat  will  be  the  assistant  commandant  of  The  Army  Service 
Schools. 


256 

The  assistant  commandant  of  The  Army  Service  Schools 
will  be  charged  with  the  immediate  administration  of  the 
schools. 

SECEETAEY,    THE   ARMY    SERVICE    SCHOOLS. 

5.  The  secretary  of  The  Army  Service  Schools,  an  officer  of 
grade  not  lower  than  that  of  captain,  will  be  the  custodian  of 
the  records  of  all  the  schools,  will  disburse  the  money  allotted 
by  the  War  Department  for  the  support  of  the  schools,  and 
will  be  responsible  for  the  property  of  the  schools.  He  will  be 
assisted  by  such  officers  and  enlisted  men  and  civilians  as  may 
be  deemed  necessary  by  the  commandant  of  The  Army  Service 
Schools. 

I.  The  Army  School  of  the  Line. 

6.  This  school  will  be  known  as  The  Army  School  of  the 
Line.  Its  object  is  the  instruction  of  specially  selected  officers 
from  the  line  of  the  Army  in  the  proper  methods  to  be  em- 
ployed in  the  leading  and  care  of  troops  in  time  of  war  and 
their  training  in  time  of  peace. 

7.  The  assistant  commandant  of  The  Army  Service  Schools 
will  be  also  the  director  of  The  Army  School  of  the  Line. 

STUDENT   OFFICERS. 

8.  Selections  of  student  officers  will  be  made  as  follows : 

(a)  One  officer  of  grade  not  lower  than  that  of  captain  and 
of  not  less  than  five  years'  commissioned  service  from  each 
regiment  of  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  and  Infantry  serving 
within  the  limits  of  North  America  and  the  Hawaiian  Islands 
and  such  other  officers  as  are  hereinafter  specified.  Officers 
will  not  be  detailed  from  regiments  serving  or  about  to  serve 
in  the  Philippine  Islands,  but  in  lieu  thereof  additional  officers 
may  be  detailed  from  regiments  of  the  same  arm  which  have 
most  recently  returned  or  are  about  to  return  from  Philippine 
service  to  home  stations ;  but  not  more  than  five  officers  will 
be  detailed  from  the  Field  Artillery  for  any  one  class. 

(&)  The  commanding  officer  of  each  regiment  of  Cavalry, 
Field  Artillery,  and  Infantry  serving  within  the  limits  of 
North  America  and  the  Hawaiian  Islands  will  submit  directly 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  not  later  than  January 
1  of  each  year,  the  names  of  two  officers  (one  as  principal  and 
the  other  as  alternate)   recommended  for  instruction  at  the 


257 

school.  From  the  officers  thus  recommended  selections  will  be 
made  by  the  Secretary  of  War. 

In  making  recommendations  of  officers  for  detail  as  students 
at  The  Army  School  of  the  Line,  regimental  commanders  will 
comply  with  the  provisions  of  Circular  No.  13,  War  Depart- 
ment, 1908,  and  paragraph  122,  this  compilation,  and  with 
each  of  the  following  requirements: 

That  an  officer  who  is  on  detached  service  and  will  have 
been  absent  from  his  regiment  for  more  than  two  years  at  the 
time  of  the  beginning  of  the  annual  session  of  the  school 
(September  1)  will  not  be  considered  available  for  detail  by 
the  War  Department  and  will  not  be  designated. 

That  an  officer  who  has  heretofore  been  graduated  at  The 
Infantry  and  Cavalry  School  will  not  be  designated. 

That  regimental  commanders  will  ascertain  before  designa- 
tion whether  the  detail  is  desired,  and  that  no  officer  will  be 
designated  who  does  not  desire  the  detail. 

That  where  no  qualified  officer  in  the  regiment  desires  the 
detail,  that  fact  will  be  reported  and  none  designated. 

That  no  officer  will  be  designated  until  he  first  shall  have 
passed  a  physical  examination  at  his  post  and  been  found  by 
the  medical  officer  or  officers  to  be  in  good  health,  and  that  no 
officer  suffering  from  any  disease  of  the  eye  will  be  designated. 

The  certificate  of  a  medical  officer  as  to  the  designated 
officer's  physical  condition  will  in  all  cases  accompany  the  regi- 
mental commander's  recommendations. 

(c)  In  a  similar  manner  the  Chief  Signal  Officer  of  the 
Army  may  annually  recommend  one  permanent  officer  of  his 
corps,  and  the  Chief  of  Coast  Artillery  may  recommend  an- 
nually three  officers  of  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps,  with  the 
same  limitations  as  to  grade  and  length  of  service. 

The  officers  finally  selected  to  attend  The  Army  School  of 
the  Line  will  be  announced  in  orders  from  the  War  Depart- 
ment. 

RULES     GOVERNING    ATTENDANCE    AND    EXAMINATION    OF    MILITIA 
OFFICERS    FOR    ADMISSION. 

9.  A  militia  officer  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  the  course  of 
instruction  at  the  school  must  be  not  less  than  21  nor  more 
than  35  years  of  age  and  not  above  the  grade  of  colonel.  He 
must  be  of  sound  health,  of  good  moral  character,  and  a  citi- 
zen of  the  United  States.  He  must  have  been  a  member  of 
40003°— ir 17 


258 

tJie  Organized  Militia  at  least  three  years  and  must  have  such 
preliminary  educational  qualifications  as  will  enable  him  to 
participate  profitably  in  the  course  of  instruction.  No  married 
militia  officer  will  be  admitted  to  the  school  without  the 
special  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

10.  Militia  officers  desiring  to  attend  the  school  must  be 
nominated  to  the  Secretary  of  War  by  the  governors  of  their 
respecive  States  or  Territories  or  by  the  commanding  general 
of  the  Militia  of  the  District  of  Columbia  not  later  than  Janu- 
ary 1  of  each  year,  and  in  each  case  the  nomination  must  be 
accompaned  by  an  affidavit  of  the  nominee  stating  whether  he 
is  married  or  single,  his  age,  citizenship,  and  length  of  service 
in  the  Organized  Militia,  and  agreeing,  in  case  the  course  is 
once  entered  upon,  to  attend  and  pursue  the  course  of  study  at 
the  school  and  be  bound  by  and  conform  to  the  rules  and  dis- 
cipline imposed  by  its  regulations;  a  certificate  of  a  medical 
officer  of  the  Organized  Militia,  or  of  any  other  physician  in 
good  standing,  showing  the  physical  condition  of  the  nominee ; 
and  a  certificate  from  the  commanding  officer  of  his  regiment 
or  other  satisfactory  person  as  to  his  good  moral  character  and 
preliminary  educational  qualifications. 

11.  Militia  officers  who  have  complied  with  the  foregoing 
regulations  and  who  may  be  selected  by  the  Secretary  of  War 
as  candidates  will  be  authorized  to  report  at  posts  nearest 
their  homes  on  the  second  Tuesday  in  July  for  preliminary 
examination.  The  physical  examination  will  first  be  con- 
ducted. If  a  candidate  be  found  physically  deficient,  a  report 
in  the  case  will  be  made  at  once  to  The  Adjutant  General  of 
the  Army  by  telegraph,  and  no  further  examination  Mall  be 
conducted  without  special  authority  from  the  Secretary  of 
War. 

12.  If  the  physical  examination  be  satisfactory,  the  candi- 
date will  then  be  examined  in  the  following  general  educa- 
tional subjects: 

(a)  Writing. 

(&)  Orthography. 

(c)  Grammar. 

(d)  Arithmetic  (Wentworth's  or  its  equivalent). 

(e)  Geography  (with  special  reference  to  the  United  States). 
(/)  History  of  the  United  States  (Barnes's  or  its  equivalent) . 
(g)  Algebra,  to  quadratic  equations    (Wentworth's  or  its 

equivalent). 


259 

(h)  Plane  geometry  (Wentworth's  or  its  equivalent). 

(0  Plane  trigonometry  (Wentworth's  or  its  equivalent). 

In  lieu  of  this  examination  a  graduating  diploma  from  a 
high  school  or  other  educational  institution  of  recognized 
standing  whose  curriculum  embraces  the  subjects  in  question 
will  be  accepted. 

13.  The  candidate  will  then  be  examined  in  the  following 
military  subjects,  the  textbooks  being  indicated : 

(a)  Administration:  Army  Regulations   (omitting  Articles 
L,  LII,  and  LXXVII  to  end). 
(&)  Manual  of  Guard  Duty. 

(c)  Drill  Regulations   (of  the  arm). 

(d)  Provisional  Small- Arms  Firing  Manual. 

(e)  Field   Service  Regulations. 

(/)  Military  law:  Military  Law,  Davis.  Manual  for  Courts- 
Martial. 

(g)  International  law:  International  Law,  Davis  (omitting 
Chapters  V,  VI,  VII,  VIII,  XI,  XV,  and  appendices). 

(h)  Hippology:  Horses,  Saddles,  and  Bridles,  Carter  (1906). 

(i)  Military  hygiene:  The  Elements  of  Military  Hygiene, 
Ashburn. 

In  lieu  of  examinations  in  any  of  the  foregoing  subjects  cer- 
tificates of  proficiency  from  garrison  schools  in  such  subjects 
will  be  accepted. 

14.  The  examination  will  be  written,  will  take  place  in  the 
presence  of  a  designated  oflScer,  and  the  questions  will  be  pre- 
pared by  the  staff  of  The  Army  Service  Schools.  At  the  close 
of  the  examination  candidates  will  return  to  their  homes. 
The  examination  papers  will  be  forwarded  to  the  commandant, 
who,  after  having  them  marked  by  a  board  consisting  of 
three  officers,  will  report  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army 
the  names  of  those  who  have  passed  successfully.  From  the 
names  thus  submitted  the  selection  of  militia  student  officers 
will  be  made  by  the  Secretary  of  War.  The  examination 
papers  in  each  case  will  be  filed  with  the  records  of  The  Army 
Service  Schools. 

15.  The  expense  to  the  Government  on  account  of  militia 
officers  attending  the  school  is  limited  strictly  to  travel  allow- 
ances, quarters  or  commutation  of  quarters,  heat,  light,  and 
commutation  of  subsistence.  The  travel  allowances  consist  of 
the  mileage  or  transportation  allowed  by  law.  Commutation 
of  quarters  or  allowance  of  quarters  in  kind  will  be  the  same 


260 

as  provided  by  law  for  officers  of  the  Army  of  corresponding 
grades  and  similarly  situated.  The  allowances  for  subsistence 
will  be  at  the  rate  of  $1  per  day.  Militia  officers  are  entitled 
to  quarters  or  commutation  of  quarters,  and  commutation  of 
subsistence  only  while  they  are  actually  in  attendance  at  the 
school  and  pursuing  a  course  of  study.  They  are  not  entitled 
to  any  allowances  while  absent  on  either  ordinary  or  sick 
leave. 

16.  The  method  of  granting  sick  and  ordinary  leaves  of 
absence  to  militia  officers  will  be  the  same  as  that  prescribed 
in  Army  Regulations,  as  limited  by  this  order,  for  officers  of  the 
regular  establishment.  Sick  leaves  will  be  limited  to  30  days 
and  ordinary  leaves  to  10  days  within  any  one  school  term  for 
militia  officers. 

17.  Each  militia  officer  must  provide  himself,  at  his  own  ex- 
pense, with  the  proper  uniforms  of  his  State,  Territory,  or 
District,  and  with  the  required  textbooks.  The  course  will 
require  the  entire  time  of  the  student,  so  that  no  outside 
occupation  during  the  school  term  will  be  practicable. 

18.  The  course  of  instruction  for  militia  officers  will  be  the 
same  as  that  for  officers  of  the  Army,  and  they  will,  upon 
graduation,  be  classified  in  the  same  manner.  They  will 
receive  certificates  of  proficiency  in  such  subjects  as  have  been 
satisfactorily  completed  by  them  and  will  be  eligible,  if  their 
class  standing  is  sufficiently  high,  for  selection  as  students  at 
The  Army  Signal  School  or  The  Army  Staff  College.  Militia 
graduates  of  The  Army  School  of  the  Line  or  The  Army  Field 
Engineer  School,  recommended  for  The  Army  Staff  College 
or  The  Army  Signal  School  for  the  following  year,  will  be 
authorized,  by  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  proceed 
to  their  homes.  If  subsequently  detailed  by  the  War  Depart- 
ment to  take  the  course  for  which  recommended,  they  will  be 
authorized  to  proceed  to  Fort  Leavenworth  at  the  proper  time. 

19.  Militia  officers  w^ill  be  subject  to  the  rules  governing 
examinations  and  proficiency  prescribed  in  paragraphs  23  to 
28,  inclusive.  Any  militia  officer  showing  neglect  of  his 
studies  or  a  disregard  of  orders  will,  upon  the  recommendation 
of  the  academic  board,  approved  by  the  commandant,  be 
deprived  of  the  privilege  of  further  attendance  at  the  school. 

20.  When  a  militia  officer  is  graduated  at  the  school  the 
fact  of  his  graduation  will  be  reported  by  the  commandant  to 
the  governor  of  his  State  or  Territory  or  to  the  commanding 


261 

general  of  the  Militia  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  who  will 
also  be  notitied  in  regard  to  the  positions  in  the  militia  for 
which  the  officer  is  considered  qualified. 

21.  The  names  of  militia  graduates  will  also  be  reported  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  and  will  be  entered  in  the 
register  in  The  Adjutant  General's  Office,  in  accordance  with 
section  23  of  the  act  of  Congress  approved  January  21,  1903, 
as  being  well,  or  especially  well,  qualified  for  such  commands 
or  duty  as  may  be  recommended  by  the  academic  board,  ap- 
proved by  the  commandant. 

COURSE   OF    STUDY. 

22.  The  course  of  study  will  be  embraced  in  three  depart- 
ments, as  follows: 

I.  The  department  of  military  art. 
II.  The  department  of  military  engineering. 
III.  The  department  of  military  law. 

I.  Military  art. 

The  course  will  comprise  the  following  subjects  or  fields  of 
inquiry : 

(a)  Troops  in  campaign. — Organization,  field  orders, 
marches,  camps,  supply,  and  the  care  of  troops  in  the  field. 
Instruction  in  sanitation  and  the  care  of  troops  to  be  given 
by  the  Army  Field  Service  and  Correspondence  School  for 
Medical  Officers. 

Instruction  by  conferences,  lectures,  and  practical  problems. 

(&)   Tactics. — Of  the  single  arm  and  of  the  arms  combined. 

Instruction  by  conferences,  lectures,  demonstrations,  and 
practical  work  in  map  problems,  terrain  exercises,  tactical 
rides,  and  maneuvers  on  the  map  and  in  the  field. 

(c)  Weapons  and  munitions  of  war. — Instruction  by  con- 
ferences, lectures,  and  practical  demonstrations  relating  to 
modern  military  weapons  and  munitions  and  their  employment 
in  war. 

(d)  Military  history. — Instruction  by  conferences  and  lec- 
tures. 

(e)  Hippology  and  equitation. — Instruction  by  lectures,  dis- 
cussions, and  practical  demonstrations. 

Practical  instruction  in  equitation  (not  considered  in  deter- 
mining class  standing). 


262 

(/)  Lectures  and  discussions  on  questions  of  current  mili- 
tary interest  (not  considered  in  determining  class  standing). 

iff)  Conduct  of  imr. — Instruction  by  conferences  and  prac- 
tical problems. 

II.  Military  enginecriny. 

Instruction  in  military  engineering  will  be  given  by  the 
Army  Field  Engineer  School.  The  course  will  comprise  theo- 
retical and  practical  work  in  the  following  subjects : 

(a)  Military  topography,  map  reading. — ^The  principles  and 
practice  involved  in  the  use  of  all  classes  of  maps  for  mili- 
tary purposes. 

Instruction  by  conferences  and  practical  examinations,  an-l 
by  studies  of  terrain,  assisted  by  the  staff  class. 

(&)  Military  topography,  surveying. — The  principles  and 
practice  involved  in  the  making  of  topographical  surveys,  with 
special  reference  to  subsequent  instruction  in  sketching. 

Instruction  by  conferences,  field  practice  under  the  staff 
class  as  instructors,  and  field  problems. 

(c)  Military  topography,  sketching. — The  principles  and 
practice  involved  in  the  rapid  making  of  individual  road,  out- 
post, position,  and  place  sketches,  and  their  combination  and 
reproduction. 

Instruction  by  lectures,  conferences,  field  practice  under  the 
staff  class  as  instructors,  and  field  problems. 

(d)  Field  engineering. — The  making  and  handling  of  engi- 
neering devices  to  facilitate  or  hinder  the  operations  of  troops 
in  the  field. 

Instruction  by  conferences,  lectures,  and  demonstrations. 

(e)  Field  fortification. — The  theory  and  application  of  the 
principles  of  field  fortification,  with  special  reference  to  its 
relation  to  tactics. 

Instruction  by  conferences,  lectures,  and  the  solution  and 
discussion  of  field  and  map  problems  involving  the  location 
and  preparation  of  defensive  positions. 

III.  Military  law. 

The  course  will  comprise  the  following  subjects?  Instruc- 
tion will  be  given  by  conferences,  lectures,  and  study  of  cases : 

(a)  Elements  of  law. — Law  in  general  and  the  relation  of 
military  and  martial  law  thereto. 


263 

(h)  Criminal  law. — With  special  reference  to  military 
tribunals. 

(c)  Law  of  evidence. — With  special  reference  to  military 
tribunals. 

(d)  Practical  exercises. — Applying  the  principles  of  law  to 
the  procedure  of  military  tribunals  and  to  military  adminis- 
tration generally. 

EXAMINATIONS. 

23.  Proficiency  and  class  standing  of  student  officers  will  be 
determined  only  by  thorough  examination  in  theoretical  work 
and  tests  in  practical  work.  To  be  declared  proficient  in  any 
subject  of  the  course  of  study  a  student  officer  must  obtain  not 
less  than  75  per  cent  of  the  maximum  value  assigned  to  that 
subject.  If  the  subject  is  divided  into  theoretical  and  prac- 
tical parts,  he  must  obtain  not  less  than  75  per  cent  in  each, 
and  if  the  practical  part  consists  of  two  or  more  distinct 
classes  of  work  he  must  obtain  not  less  than  75  per  cent  in 
each  class. 

24.  The  division  of  a  subject  of  the  course  of  study  into 
theoretical  and  practical  parts,  and  of  the  latter  into  distinct 
classes,  will  be  regulated  by  the  academic  board  with  the 
approval  of  the  commandant. 

25.  In  the  theoretical  part  of  a  subject  the  final  examination 
will  be  held  as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  completion  of  that 
part.  Any  student  officer  absent  from  such  examination  on 
account  of  sickness  or  other  cause  will  be  examined  as  soon  as 
practicable  after  his  return  to  duty,  the  examination  being 
similar  to,  but  not  identical  with,  the  one  from  which  he  was 
absent. 

26.  In  the  practical  part  of  a  subject  the  test  will  consist  of 
a  series  of  exercises  or  problems  sufficient  in  number  and 
scope  to  determine  the  degree  of  proficiency  of  student  officers 
in  that  part ;  any  student  officer  not  completing  such  series  on 
account  of  sickness  or  other  causes  will  be  averaged  on  the 
marks  he  has  received  on  that  portion  of  the  series  completed 
by  him,  provided  he  has  completed  not  less  than  50  per  cent 
of  the  work  prescribed  for  the  series  and  not  otherwise ;  and, 
provided  further,  if  such  practical  part  consists  of  two  or  more 
distinct  classes  of  work,  that  he  shall  be  averaged  separately 
on  each  class  in  which  he  has  completed  not  less  than  50  per 
cent  of  the  work.    When  a  student  officer,  through  no  fault  of 


264 

his  own,  has  failed  to  complete  50  per  cent  of  any  series  or 
class  of  exercises  or  problems,  and  is  thus  prevented  from 
attaining  an  average  as  prescribed  herein,  such  exercises  or 
problems  will  be  given  him  as  the  academic  board  may  pre- 
scribe for  the  purpose  of  determining  his  proficiency  and 
standing. 

27.  A  student  officer  failing  to  obtain  75  i)er  cent  in  an 
examination  in  the  theoretical  part  of  a  subject  will  be  reex- 
amined in  that  part  as  soon  as  practicable,  but  such  reexami- 
nation will  determine  only  the  question  of  proficiency,  his 
order  of  merit  or  standing  in  the  class  being  determined  by 
the  mark  made  at  the  original  examination.  If  he  fails  to 
obtain  75  per  cent  in  the  practical  part  or  any  class  of  the 
practical  part  of  a  subject,  he  will  not  be  entitled  to  a  reexam- 
ination therein  and  will  be  declared  deficient. 

28.  If  a  student  officer  is  found  deficient  upon  reexamination 
in  the  theoretical  part  of  a  subject  or  makes  less  than  75  per 
cent  in  any  class  of  the  practical  part,  he  will  be  reported  as 
deficient  to  the  War  Department,  with  a  statement  as  to  the 
cause  of  failure  as  determined  by  the  academic  board,  with  a 
view  to  his  being  relieved  from  duty  at  the  school :  Provided, 
That  if  the  commandant  and  academic  board  are  satisfied  that 
the  said  officer  has  done  his  utmost  to  master  the  subject  he 
may  (in  order  to  afford  him  opportunity  to  complete  the 
remainder  of  the  course)  be  permitted  to  continue  with  his 
class  until  it  is  graduated. 

KECORD,     AEEANGEMENT,     AND     PUBLICATION. 

29.  For  record  at  the  school  and  at  the  War  Department 
the  class,  upon  graduation,  will  be  arranged  in  order  of  merit 
and  graded  as  follows: 

(a)  Honor  graduates:  Those  graduates  from  the  head  of 
the  class  down  in  regular  order,  and  not  exceeding  five,  who 
receive  the  recommendation  of  the  academic  board,  approved 
by  the  commandant.  They  will  be  borne  upon  the  Army 
Register  as  "  honor  graduates  "  of  The  Army  School  of  the 
Line. 

(h)  Distinguished  graduates:  Those  (exclusive  of  honor 
graduates)  who  receive  the  recommendation  of  the  academic 
board,  approved  by  the  commandant,  for  detail  to  the  Army 
Staff  College.  They  will  be  designated  in  the  Army  Register 
as  "  Distinguished  Graduates,  The  Army  School  of  the  Line, 
19—." 


265 

(c)  Graduates:  Those  who  have  obtained  at  least  75  per 
cent  in  all  the  examinations  or  reexaminations  and  tests 
prescribed  above.  They  will  be  borne  upon  the  Army  Register 
as  "  graduates  "  of  Tlie  Army  School  of  the  Line. 

30.  For  publication,  the  honor  graduates  may  be  arranged 
according  to  merit  in  a  separate  list,  but  all  other  graduates 
will  be  arranged  alphabetically  in  two  lists,  one  of  distin- 
guished graduates  and  the  other  of  graduates. 

SPECIAIi  SCHOOLS. 
I.  The  Army  Staff  College. 

31.  This  college  will  be  known  as  The  Army  Staff  College. 
Its  object  is  to  train  the  selected  graduates  of  The  Army 
School  of  the  Line  for  the  more  important  staff  duties  with 
large  commands  in  time  of  war. 

32.  The  assistant  commandant  of  The  Army  Service  Schools 
will  be  also  the  director  of  The  Army  Staff  College. 

STUDENT  OFFICERS. 

33.  Selections  of  student  officers  will  be  made  as  follows: 
(a)  They  will  be  detailed  annually,  by  the  War  Department, 

from  the  highest  graduates  of  the  latest  class  of  The  Army 
School  of  the  Line  who  receive  the  recommendation  of  the 
academic  board,  approved  by  the  commandant,  and  who  de- 
sire to  take  the  course :  Provided,  That  an  officer  once  detailed 
to  The  Army  Staff  College,  and  through  sickness  or  War  De- 
partment orders  is  prevented  from  completing  the  course, 
may  be  redetailed  as  a  member  of  a  succeeding  class,  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  academic  board,  approved  by  the  com- 
mandant. 

(&)  With  the  exceptions  noted  under  (c)  of  this  para- 
graph, no  officer  of  the  Army  will  be  detailed  for  instruction 
in  The  Army  Staff  College  who  has  not  been  graduated  at  The 
Army  School  of  the  Line  with  a  standing  as  high  as  No.  18, 
exclusive  of  militia  officers,  and  no  militia  officer  will  be 
eligible  for  admission  to  the  college  unless  he  has  been 
graduated  at  The  Army  School  of  the  Line  with  a  percentage 
as  high  as  that  of  the  regular  officer  lowest  in  class  standing 
who  has  qualified  in  accordance  with  the  foregoing.  No  officer 
will  be  detailed  for  instruction  in  The  Army  Staff  College 


266 

without  the  recommendation  of  tlie  academic  board,  approved 
by  tlie  commandant. 

(c)  In  addition  to  tlie  students  wlio  become  eligible  under 
(a)  and  (6)  of  this  paragraph,  there  may  be  detailed  an- 
nually by  the  War  Department,  upon  the  recommendation 
of  the  academic  board,  approved  by  the  commandant,  not  to 
exceed  two  graduates  of  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School, 
who  may  so  desire,  to  receive  instruction  in  The  Army  Staff 
College.  To  become  eligible  for  such  detail  graduates  of  The 
Army  Field  Engineer  School  must  attain  a  percentage  in  the 
course  in  military  art  as  high  as  the  student  officer  grad- 
uating No.  18  in  that  course  of  The  Army  School  of  the  Line. 

id)  The  student  body  of  The  Army  Staff  College  shall  be 
arranged  into  two  (2)  sections,  as  follows:  1.  Based  upon 
special  qualifications  or  lack  of  qualifications  for  the  elective 
subjects  of  either  course,  to  be  determined  by  the  academic 
board,  the  preference  of  individuals  being  considered  as  far 
as  practicable.  2.  By  transfer,  by  the  academic  board,  in  the 
early  part  of  the  course. 

COURSES    OF    STUDY. 

34.  Courses  of  study  will  be  embraced  in  five  departments 
as  follows  : 

Compulsory  course:  Department  of  Military  Art.  Depart- 
ment of  military  engineering.     Department  of  military  law. 

Elective  course:  Department  of  languages.  Department 
of  staff  supply. 

I.  Military  art. 

The  course  will  comprise  the  following  subjects  or  fields 
of  inquiry : 

(a)  Staff  duties:  To  include  duties  of  the  General  Staff, 
supply,  and  administration.  Instruction  by  lectures  and  con- 
ferences and  practical  problems. 

(&)  Tactics:  Instruction  by  lectures  and  conferences.  Map 
problems  and  terrain  exercises,  tactical  and  staff  rides,  and 
maneuvers  on  the  map  and  ground.  Practice  in  criticising  and 
umpiring  practical  exercises  in  The  Army  School  of  the  Line 
and  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School.  Practical  demonstra- 
tions of  the  uses  of  all  means  afforded  by  the  Signal  Corps 
for  gaining  information  and  furnishing  lines  of  information 


267 

in  the  theater  of  operations,  including  balloons,  wireless  and 
ordinary  telegraph,  telephones,  etc.,  in  conjunction  with  held 
exercises. 

(c)  Military  history:  Instruction  by  lectures  and  confer- 
ences and  if  practicable  by  an  historical  ride. 

(d)  Strategical  and  tactical  cooperation  of  the  Army  and 
Navy:  Lectures  on  modern  navies  and  naval  warfare,  with 
special  reference  to  cooperation  with  an  army.  These  lectures 
will  be  given,  when  practicable,  by  an  officer  of  the  United 
States  Navy. 

(e)  Care  of  troops:  Instruction  in  the  care  of  troops  will 
be  given  by  The  Army  Field  Service  and  Correspondence 
School  for  Medical  Officers  as  called  for  by  the  schedule  of 
The  Army  Staff  College,  approved  by  the  commandant. 

II.  Military  engineering. 

Instruction  in  military  engineering  will  be  given  by  The 
Army  Field  Engineer  School.  The  course  will  comprise  prac- 
tical work  in  the  following  subjects: 

(a)  Military  topography,  sketching. — The  making  of  rapid 
individual,  road,  position,  outpost,  and  place  sketches;  com- 
bined road  and  position  sketches ;  the  organization  and  direc- 
tion of  sketching  and  surveying  parties  covering  large  areas, 
and  the  methods  of  combining  the  resulting  sketches;  photo- 
graphic and  mechanical  processes  for  reproduction  of  maps 
and  drawings;  assisting  in  the  instruction  of  The  Army 
School  of  the  Line  in  the  practical  work  in  military 
topography. 

Instruction  by  lectures,  demonstrations,  and  field  problems : 

(&)  Fortification. — The  principles  and  application  of  field, 
provisional,  and  permanent  fortifications  and  the  attack  and 
defense  of  fortified  places. 

Instruction  by  lectures  and  by  field  and  map  problems  in 
the  location  and  preparation  of  defensive  positions  and  in 
fortress  warfare. 

III.  Military  law. 

The  course  will  comprise  the  following  subjects,  instruction 
to  be  given  by  conferences,  lectures,  study  of  cases,  and 
original  research: 

Military  government  and  martial  law,  the  laws  of  war,  and 
the  military  in  aid  of  the  civil  authorities. 


268 

IV.  Lanynages. 

The  course  of  instruction  in  languages  will  be  elective  for 
the  student  officer  and  will  comprise  instruction  in  French, 
German,  Spanish,  or  any  other  foreign  language  in  which  it 
may  be  practicable  to  give  instruction:  Proridcd,  That  no 
student  officer  will  be  permitted  to  elect  one  of  these  lan- 
guages unless  he  has  a  satisfactory  knowledge  of  Spanish, 
to  be  determined  by  the  senior  instructor,  department  of  lan- 
guages. The  course  in  each  language  will  comprise  instruc- 
tion in  reading,  w^riting,  and  speaking,  wath  a  special  view  to 
acquiring  a  conversational  knowledge  of  the  language.  In- 
struction will  be  given  by  conferences,  lectures,  and  conver- 
sational practice. 

y.  ^taff  supply. 

(a)  Staff  administration  and  supply:  Going  into  details  as 
to  the  lines  of  communication  and  base,  their  organization, 
etc.,  with  reference  to  supply  work. 

(&)  Mechanical  traction:  Including  study  of  gasoline  en- 
gines and  practice  with  motor  trucks. 

(c)  Movements  by  rail  and  over  sea. 

(d)  Law:  Having  particular  application  to  the  duties  of 
administration  and  supply. 

(e)  Military  and  commercial  geography. 

(/)  Animals  and  vehicles — draft  and  saddle  animals:  Pur- 
chase, inspection,  training,  and  conservation  of  green  animals. 
Animal  endurance  in  saddle,  draft,  and  pack.  Vehicles,  trac- 
tion and  packing.  Forage  and  feeding.  Transportation  of 
animals  by  rail  and  over  sea.  Organization  and  management 
of  horse  depots.    Veterinary  hygiene. 

(g)  Supplies  and  fiscal  administration:  Furnishing,  pur- 
chasing, inspection,  care,  and  issue,  lleturns  and  account- 
ability. 

EXAMINATIONS. 

35.  There  will  be  no  examinations  in  The  Army  Staff  Col- 
lege. Should  any  student  officer  neglect  his  studies  or  other 
military  duties,  he  will,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
academic  board,  approved  by  the  commandant,  and  by  au- 
thority of  the  Secretary  of  War,  be  relieved  by  the  command- 
ant from  duty  at  The  Army  Staff  College  and  be  sent  forth- 
with to  join  his  regiment  or  corps. 


269 

EECOBD,   ARRANGEMENT  AND  PUBLICATION. 

36.  For  record  at  The  Army  Staff  College  and  at  the  War 
Department,  the  members  of  the  class,  upon  satisfactory  com- 
pletion of  the  course,  will  be  designated  as  graduates.  The 
term  "  graduate  "  will  signify  that  the  student  officer  has  at- 
tained a  proficiency  in  all  of  his  work  satisfactory  to  the 
academic  board. 

In  all  published  lists  the  names  of  the  graduates  will  be 
arranged  in  alphabetical  order. 

II.  The  Army  Signal  School. 

37.  This  school  will  be  known  as  The  Army  Signal  School. 
Its  object  is:  (1)  To  prepare  officers  of  the  Signal  Corps  for 
the  better  performance  of  the  duties  of  their  profession,  to 
provide  instruction  in  signal  duties  for  such  officers  of  the 
line  as  may  be  designated  therefor,  and  to  make  research  and 
practical  experiments  in  such  subjects  as  relate  to  the  duties 
of  the  Signal  Corps.  (2)  To  supplement  the  instruction  given 
in  The  Army  School  of  the  Line  and  The  Army  Staff  College 
along  the  special  technical  lines  of  the  Signal  Corps  as  called 
for  by  the  schedules  of  the  latter  schools,  having  especially 
in  view  the  relation  of  the  Signal  Corps  to  the  whole  Army 
and  the  function  it  fulfills  in  time  of  war. 

38.  There  will  be  detailed  a  field  officer  of  the  Signal  Corps 
to  report  to  the  commandant  of  The  Army  Service  Schools  for 
duty  as  director  of  The  Army  Signal  School. 

STUDENT    OFFICERS. 

39.  Selections  of  student  officers  will  be  made  as  follows : 
(a)  The  Chief  Signal  Officer  of  the  Army  may  submit  to 

The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  not  later  than  January  1 
of  each  year,  the  names  of  not  less  than  two  nor  more  than 
five  officers  holding  permanent  or  detailed  appointments  in  the 
Signal  Corps  for  instruction  in  the  school. 

(&)  Also  there  may  be  detailed  such  officers  of  the  rank 
of  captain,  first  lieutenant,  or  second  lieutenant  of  over  five 
years'  service,  from  the  Army  at  large  as  may  make  applica- 
tion to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  and  receive  the 
recommendation  of  the  commandant  of  the  Army  Service 
Schools,  or  who  may  come  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph 
103  of  this  order,  provided  that  the  total  number  of  officers 


270 

thus  to  be  detailed  under  (a)  and  (b),  exclusive  of  militia 
officers,  shall  not  exceed  15;  also  such  signal  officers  of  the 
Organized  Militia  as  may  apply  for  entrance,  subject  to  the 
provisions  of  paragraphs  9  to  21,  inclusive,  excepting  para- 
graph 13  of  this  order. 

The  officers  finally  selected  to  attend  the  Army  Signal 
School  will  be  announced  in  orders  from  the  War  Department. 

EXAMINATION   OF  MILITIA   OFFICERS  FOR  ADMISSION. 

40.  The  following  will  be  substituted  for  the  examination  in 
military  subjects  as  set  forth  in  paragraph  13 : 

(a)  Administration.  (Consult  especially  the  following 
paragraphs,  Army  Regulations  1913 :  13,  14,  15,  16,  18,  57,  76, 
77,  80,  83,  134,  135,  138,  190,  193,  194,  197,  203,  740,  779,  and 
1556  to  1564,  inclusive.) 

(6)  Manual  of  Guard  Duty. 

(c)  Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

id)  Field  Service  Regulations  (Part  II,  Articles  I,  II,  IV, 
and  VI.) 

(e)  Provisional  Drill  Regulations  for  Signal  Corps  Troops, 
1911. 

In  lieu  of  examinations  in  any  of  the  foregoing  subjects 
certificates  of  proficiency  from  garrison  schools  in  such  sub- 
jects will  be  accepted. 

COURSE    OF    STUDY. 

41.  The  course  of  study  will  be  embraced  in  three  depart- 
ments, as  follows : 

I.  The  department  of  signal  engineering. 
II.  The  department  of  topography. 
III.  The  department  of  languages. 

I.  Signal  engineering. 

The  study  of  this  subject  will  l)e  divided  into  two  parts, 
theoretical  and  practical. 

Theoretical  instruction  will  be  conducted  by  means  of  lec- 
tures, recitations  from  the  authorized  manuals  and  textbooks, 
technical  conferences,  and  written  problems,  and  will  com- 
prise the  following  subjects  or  field  of  inquiry : 

(a)  Fundamental  laws  of  electricity  and  principles  of 
electrical  engineering. 


271 

(&)  Electrical  signaling. 

(c)  Visual  signaling. 

(d)  Aeronautics. 

(e)  Tactical  relations  of  signal  troops. 
(/)   Fire-control  equipment  for  Artillery. 
(g)  Telegraph  lines  and  submarine  cables. 
{h)  Gas  and  oil  engines. 

(i)  Photography. 

(;)  Codes  and  ciphers. 

Practical  instruction  will  consist  of  laboratory,  photo- 
graphic, and  aeronautical  work  and  exercises  in  the  field. 

The  laboratory  course  will  embrace  instruction  in  making 
fundamental  electrical  measurements  and  in  the  operation, 
repair,  and  maintenance  of  various  instruments  and  appli- 
ances used  by  the  Signal  Corps,  such  as  buzzers,  telephones, 
various  forms  of  telegraphs,  and  wireless  apparatus. 

In  visual  signaling  instruction  will  be  given  in  the  use  of 
flags,  heliographs,  acetylene  lanterns,  rockets  and  bombs,  field 
glasses  and  telescopes. 

The  aeronautical  course  will  embrace  practical  instruction 
as  far  as  possible  in  packing,  unpacking,  and  assembling  bal- 
loons and  flying  machines,  the  manufacture  and  transporta- 
tion of  hydrogen  gas,  inflation  of  balloons,  operation  of 
motors,  and  ascensions. 

Instruction  Mill  be  given  in  operating  gasoline  and  oil 
engines. 

The  practical  instruction  in  photography  will  consist  of  the 
taking,  developing,  and  printing  from  negatives  under  field 
conditions. 

The  field  exercises  will  embrace  the  use  of  the  various 
Instruments  and  appliances  used  for  military  signaling  in  ail 
its  branches  and  in  the  solution  of  field  problems.  Prepara- 
tory to  the  solution  of  field  problems,  lectures  will  be  given 
on  divisional  tactics  and  map  problems  solved  involving  the 
employment  of  signal  troops.  \ 

IT.  Topography. 

The  course  will  comprise  theoretical  and  practical  work  in 
military  topographical  sketching  as  follows: 

(a)  For  student  officers,  graduates  of  The  Army  School  of 
the  IJne:  Supervision  of  the  practical  work  of  the  student 
officers  not  graduates  of  The  Army  School  of  the  Line ;  prac- 


272 

tice  in  the  rapid  making  of  individual  road,  position,  outpost, 
and  place  sketches. 

Instruction  by  field  problems. 

(b)  For  student  officers  not  graduates  of  The  Army  School 
of  the  Line :  The  principles  and  practice  involved  in  the  rapid 
making  of  individual  road,  outpost,  and  position  sketches. 

Instruction  by  conferences,  field  practice  under  the  gradu- 
ates of  The  Army  School  of  the  Line,  and  field  problems. 

Instruction  in  topography  will  be  given  by  The  Army  Field 
Engineer  School. 

III.  Languages. 

The  course  in  languages  will  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of 
Section  IV,  paragraph  34,  this  order;  will  comprise  the  study 
of  the  Spanish,  French,  German,  or  such  other  foreign  lan- 
guages as  may  be  taught  in  the  course  of  languages  in  The 
Army  Staff  College.  Instruction  in  languages  will  be  given  by 
the  department  of  languages.  The  Army  Staff  College. 

Theses. 

42.  Each  student  officer  will  prepare  a  thesis  on  some  pro- 
fessional subject  approved  by  the  director  of  The  Army  Signal 
School  and  submit  the  same  in  the  required  form  prior  to 
June  15  of  each  year. 

Teclinical  conferences. 

43.  There  will  be  conducted  in  connection  with  The  Army 
Signal  School,  under  the  general  supervision  of  the  director,  a 
series  of  technical  conferences  for  the  presentation  of  original 
papers  and  for  report,  criticism,  and  discussion  of  papers  per- 
taining to  military  field  signaling  or  signal  engineering  pro- 
cured from  current  military  journals  or  other  available 
sources. 

The  student  officers  and  the  signal  troops  connected  with 
The  Army  Signal  School  will  be  used  to  cooperate  as  far  as 
possible  with  the  department  of  military  art  of  The  Army 
School  of  the  Line,  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School,  and  The 
Army  Staff  College  in  furnishing  military  lines  of  informa- 
tion of  all  kinds  required  in  terrain  exercises,  maneuvers,  and 
staff  or  tactical  rides,  to  the  end  that  the  student  officers  of 
all  these  institutions  may  obtain  the  maximum  benefit  from 
the  exercises  prescribed, 


273 

EXAMINATIONS. 

44.  Any  student  officer  of  this  school  whose  progress  in  any 
of  his  studies  is  not  satisfactory  to  the  academic  board  will 
be  examined  therein  under  the  provisions  of  the  rules  govern- 
ing examinations  and  proficiency  prescribed  in  paragraphs  23 
to  28,  inclusive. 

EECOED,    ARBANGEMENT   AND   PUBLICATION. 

45.  For  record  at  the  school  and  at  the  War  Department  the 
members  of  the  class,  upon  the  satisfactory  completion  of  the 
course,  will  be  designated  as  graduates.  The  term  "  grad- 
uate" will  signify  that  the  student  officer  has  attained  a 
proficiency  in  all  of  his  studies  satisfactory  to  the  academic 
board  or  has  obtained  at  least  75  per  cent  in  each  of  those 
subjects  in  which  he  has  been  examined  or  reexamined. 

In  all  published  lists  the  names  of  the  graduates  will  be 
arranged  in  alphabetical  order. 

They  will  be  borne  upon  the  Army  Register  as  graduates 
of  The  Army  Signal  School. 

III.  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School. 

46.  This  school  will  be  known  as  The  Army  Field  Engineer 
School.  Its  object  is:  (1)  The  instruction  of  oflficers  of  the 
Corps  of  Engineers  and  of  engineer  officers  of  the  Organized 
Militia  in  their  military  duties.  (2)  To  furnish  such  instruc- 
tion in  military  engineering  as  the  schedules  of  the  other 
schools  comprising  The  Army  Service  Schools  may  call  for. 

47.  There  will  be  detailed  a  field  officer  of  the  Corps  of  En- 
gineers to  report  to  the  commandant  of  The  Army  Service 
Schools  for  duty  as  director  of  The  Army  Field  Engineer 
School. 

STUDENT    OFFICERS. 

48.  Selections  of  student  officers  will  be  made  as  follows : 
(a)  The  Chief  of  Engineers  will  submit  to  The  Adjutant 

General  of  the  Army,  not  later  than  January  1  of  each  year, 
the  names  of  not  less  than  2  nor  more  than  10  officers  of  the 
Corps  of  Engineers,  of  grade  not  below  that  of  captain,  for 
instruction  in  the  school. 

(&)  There  may  also  be  detailed  such  engineer  officers  of 
the  Organized  Militia  as  may  apply  for  entrance,  subject  to 
40062°— 16 18 


274 

the  provisions  of  paragraphs  9  to  21,  inclusive,  excepting  para- 
graph 13  of  this  order. 

The  officers  finally  selected  to  attend  The  Array  Field  En- 
gineer School  will  be  announced  in  orders  from  the  War  De- 
partment. 

EXAMINATION  OF   MILITIA   OFFICERS  FOR  ADMISSION. 

49.  The  following  will  be  substituted  for  the  examination 
in  military  subjects  as  set  forth  in  paragraph  13 : 

(a)  Administration.  (Consult  especially  the  following 
paragraphs,  Army  Regulations,  1913:  6,  9,  13,  14,  15,  16,  18, 
57,  76,  77,  80,  83,  134,  135,  138,  190,  193,  194,  197,  203, 
214,  226,  227,  232,  444,  446,  448,  740,  762,  779,  and  1493  to  1510, 
inclusive.) 

( b )  Manual  of  Guard  Duty. 

(c)  Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

id)  Field  Service  Regulations  (Part  II,  Articles  I,  II,  III, 
and  IV). 

(e)  Manual  of  Field  Engineering,  Beach  (Chapters  I-X, 
inclusive). 

(/)  Topographical  Surveying  and  Sketching,  Rees  (Chap- 
ters I,  II,  III,  and  XV,  omitting  analytical  solutions). 

In  lieu  of  examinations  in  any  of  the  foregoing  subjects 
certificates  of  proficiency  from  garrison  schools  in  such  sub- 
jects will  be  accepted. 

COURSE   OF   STUDY. 

50.  The  course  of  study  will  be  embraced  in  two  depart- 
ments, as  follows : 

I.  The  department  of  military  engineering. 
II.  The  department  of  military  art. 

I.  Military  engineering. 

The  study  of  this  subject  will  be  both  theoretical  and  prac- 
tical. Theoretical  instruction  will  be  by  lectures,  conferences 
upon  assigned  lessons,  and  written  examinations.  Practical 
instruction  will  be  by  problems  and  terrain  exercises. 

The  course  will  comprise  the  following  subjects  and  fields 
of  inquiry : 

(a)  Military  map  making,  with  especial  reference  to  large 
areas. 


275 

(6)  Organization,  duties,  and  equipment  of  engineer  troops, 
(c)  Field  fortification,  including  mining  and  demolitions. 
{d)  Engineering  works  on  lines  of  communication, 
(e)  Castrametation. 

II.  Military  art. 

The  study  of  this  subject  will  be  in  all  respects  identical 
with  the  study  of  the  same  subject  in  The  Army  School  of 
the  Line  and  will  be  conducted  under  the  direction  of  the 
director  and  instructors  of  that  school.  Student  officers  of 
The  Army  Field  Engineer  School  will  be  graded  in  the  mili- 
tary-art course  in  the  same  manner  as  student  officers  Of  The 
Army  School  of  the  Line. 

Theses. 

51.  Each  student  officer  will  prepare  a  thesis  on  some  pro- 
fessional subject  approved  by  the  director  of  The  Army  Field 
Engineer  School  and  submit  the  same  in  the  required  form 
prior  to  June  15  of  each  year. 

EXAMINATIONS. 

52.  Any  student  officer  of  this  school  whose  progress  in  any 
of  his  studies  is  not  satisfactory  to  the  academic  board  will  be 
examined  therein  under  the  provisions  of  the  rules  governing 
examinations  and  proficiency  prescribed  in  paragraphs  23  to 
28,  inclusive. 

EECOED,   AEBANGEMENT  AND  PUBLICATION. 

53.  For  record  at  the  school  and  at  the  War  Department 
the  school,  upon  graduation,  will  be  arranged  in  order  of 
merit  as  follows: 

(a)  Honor  graduates:  Those  graduates  from  the  head  of 
the  class  down  in  regular  order  who  have  obtained  95  per  cent 
or  over  in  military  engineering  (including  the  thesis),  and 
whose  standing  in  military  art  is  equal  to  or  better  than  that 
of  the  student  of  The  Army  School  of  the  Line  of  that  year 
who  graduates  fifth  in  the  course  in  military  art,  and  who 
receives  the  recommendation  of  the  academic  board,  approved 
by  the  commandant.  They  will  be  borne  upon  the  Army 
Register  as  "Honor  graduates  of  the  Army  Field  Engineer 
School." 


276 

(&)  Graduates:  All  other  student  oflacers  who  have  com- 
pleted the  course  satisfactorily,  to  do  which  each  must  have 
obtained  at  least  75  per  cent  in  each  of  those  subjects  in 
which  he  has  been  examined  or  reexamined.  These  shall  be 
borne  upon  the  Army  Register  as  "  Graduates  of  the  Army 
Field  Engineer  School." 

IV.  The  Abmy  Field  Seevice  and  Coerespondence  School 
FOE  Medical  Officees. 

54.  This  school  will  be  known  as  The  Army  Field  Service 
and  Correspondence  School  for  Medical  Officers. 

It  will  consist  of  two  parts :  One,  The  Field  Service  School 
for  Medical  Officers,  at  which  attendance  in  person  for  the 
pursuance  of  a  graded  course  of  study  is  required ;  the  other. 
The  Correspondence  School,  wherein  answers  and  solutions  to 
such  questions  and  problems  as  may  be  sent  to  designated 
medical  officers,  at  their  posts  or  stations,  are  required.  Its 
object  is — 

In  The  Field  Service  School : 

(a)  To  instruct  officers  of  the  Medical  Corps  and  medical 
officers  of  the  Organized  Militia  in  their  duties  as  administra- 
tive and  staff  officers  on  field  service  and  to  make  research 
into  such  subjects  as  may  concern  medical  officers  under  field 
conditions. 

(&)  To  give  such  technical  instruction  to  students  in  the 
other  schools  as  the  schedules  of  those  schools,  approved  by 
the  commandant,  may  call  for. 

In  The  Correspondence  School : 

(c)  To  afford  opportunity  for  such  wider  elementary  in- 
struction in  the  methods  and  purposes  of  military  plans  and 
movements  as  will  enable  medical  officers  of  the  Regular 
Army  better  to  fulfill  their  duties  in  the  field  and  to  prepare 
them  to  participate  to  better  advantage  as  students  in  actual 
attendance  at  The  Field  Service  School  for  Medical  Officers. 

55.  There  will  be  detailed  a  field  officer  of  the  Medical 
Corps,  to  report  to  the  commandant  of  The  Army  Schools,  for 
duty  as  director  of  The  Army  Field  Service  and  Correspond- 
ence School  for  Medical  Officers. 

peeiod  of  instruction. 

56.  The  course  of  instruction  in  The  Field  Service  School 
for  Medical  Officers  will  cover  a  period  of  not  less  than  six 
weeks  between  April  1  and  May  15  of  each  year. 


277 

STUDENT    OFFICEKS. 

57.  Selection  of  student  officers  will  be  made  as  follows : 
(a)  The  Surgeon  General  will  submit  to  The  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral of  the  Army  not  later  than  January  1  of  each  year  the 
names  of  not  less  than  four  nor  more  than  eight  officers  of  the 
Medical  Corps  whom  he  recommends  for  detail  for  instruction 
in  this  school. 

(&)  Medical  officers  of  the  Organized  Militia  who  may 
apply  for  entrance  and  whose  admission  may  receive  the 
approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  not  to  exceed  a  total  of  six 
in  any  one  session,  may  also  be  detailed  for  instruction  in  the 
school,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  paragraphs  10,  15,  17, 
18,  19,  20,  and  21  of  this  order. 

The  officers  finally  selected  to  attend  The  Army  Field  Serv- 
ice School  for  Medical  Officers  will  be  announced  in  orders 
from  the  War  Department. 

COTJESE    OF    STUDY. 

58.  The  course  of  study  will  be  conducted  under  The  Field 
Service  School  for  Medical  Officers,  The  Army  Staff  College, 
and  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School.  Its  details  will  be  pre- 
pared by  the  director  of  The  Army  Field  Service  and  Corre- 
spondence School  for  Medical  Officers,  in  cooperation  with  the 
directors  of  The  Army  Staff  College  and  The  Army  Field  En- 
gineer School,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  commandant.  In 
a  general  way,  its  scope  will  be  as  follows : 

Under  The  Field  Service  School  for  Medical  Officers  the 
course  will  comprise : 

(a)  General  sanitary  organization  and  organization  of  sani- 
tary detachments,  units,  and  formations;  sanitary  equipment 
and  supply;  the  transportation  of  sick  and  wounded; 
weapons,  ranges,  and  positions;  tactical  use  of  the  sanitary 
service  in  war;  the  sanitary  service  of  the  line  of  communi- 
cation and  the  base ;  hospital  trains  and  ships ;  the  use  of  the 
Red  Cross  and  other  voluntary  aid  associations. 

Instruction  will  be  by  lectures,  conferences,  problems,  ter- 
rain exercises,  tactical  rides,  and  the  practical  use  and  direc- 
tion of  field  sanitary  units. 

(&)  The  civil  sanitary  function  of  the  Medical  Department 
in  occupied  territory. 

Instruction  will  be  by  conferences  and  problems. 


278 

Under  The  Army  Staff  College : 

Organization  and  administration  of  troops  in  the  field; 
orders ;  the  elementary  principles  of  tactics ;  staff  administra- 
tion and  supply. 

Instruction  will  be  by  lectures,  demonstrations,  tactical  and 
staff  rides,  and  maneuvers  on  map  or  terrain. 

Under  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School : 

(a)  Military  topography,  map  reading:  The  principles  and 
practice  involved  in  the  use  of  all  classes  of  maps  for  mili- 
tary purposes. 

(&)  Military  topography,  sketching:  The  principles  and 
practice  involved  in  the  rapid  making  of  simple  road  and  posi- 
tion sketches. 

Instruction  will  be  by  lectures,  conferences,  and  field  prac- 
tice. 

CEBTinCATES   OF  PBOFICIENCY. 

59.  student  medical  officers  who  complete  the  course  satis- 
factorily will  receive  certificates  setting  forth  that  fact. 

NEGLECT    OF    DUTY. 

60.  Should  any  student  officer  neglect  his  studies  or  other 
military  duties,  he  will,  upon  recommendation  of  the  academic 
board,  approved  by  the  commandant,  and  by  authority  of  the 
Secretary  of  War,  be  relieved  by  the  commandant  from  duty 
at  The  Army  Field  Service  and  Correspondence  School  for 
Medical  Officers  and  sent  forthwith  to  join  his  proper  station, 

REPORT  ON   QUALIFICATIONS. 

61.  At  the  end  of  the  course  of  instruction  the  director  will 
report  upon  the  qualifications  of  each  student  officer  for  the 
performance  of  the  administrative  duties  of  the  sanitary 
service  in  the  field. 

This  report  will  be  forwarded  by  the  commandant,  with 
such  remarks  in  the  case  as  he  deems  proper,  to  The  Adju- 
tant General  of  the  Army  for  file  with  the  personal  record  of 
the  officer  concerned. 


279 

COEEESPONDENCE   COURSE. 

62.  There  will  be  detailed  by  the  War  Department,  upon 
recommendation  of  the  Surgeon  General,  not  to  exceed  30 
officers  of  the  Medical  Corps  of  the  Regular  Army  to  take  the 
correspondence  course  each  year. 

63.  The  questions,  problems,  etc.,  forming  this  course  of 
instruction  will  be  prepared  by  the  director  of  The  Army  Field 
Service  and  Correspondence  School  for  Medical  Officers  under 
the  direction  of  the  commandant. 

64.  The  commandant  of  The  Army  Service  Schools  will  fur- 
nish copies  of  the  questions  to  be  answered  and  problems  to 
be  solved  to  each  of  the  officers  designated  to  take  the  course. 
For  this  purpose  a  list  of  the  officers  nominated  by  the  Sur- 
geon General  will  be  furnished  the  commandant  prior  to  the 
beginning  of  the  course.  Copies  of  the  questions  and  problems 
will  then  be  transmitted  by  the  commandant  to  each  officer 
through  the  commanding  general  of  the  division  in  which  he 
may  be  serving. 

SPECIAL    COURSES. 

65.  With  a  view  to  enlarging  the  usefulness  of  The  Army 
Service  Schools  and  to  promote  uniformity  of  instruction  in 
the  Army,  not  to  exceed  20  officers  will  be  detailed  to  pursue 
a  special  course  in  tactics  between  January  1  and  April  1  of 
each  year. 

66.  To  be  eligible  for  this  detail  officers  must  be  of  grade 
not  lower  than  that  of  major  and  not  less  than  45  years  of 
age. 

67.  Such  officers  as  are  to  be  detailed  for  this  special  course 
will  be  selected  by  and  announced  in  orders  from  the  War 
Department. 

68.  The  course  of  instruction  will  be  prepared  by  the  direc- 
tor of  The  Army  Staff  College,  and  will  be  under  his  immediate 
direction.  Instruction  will  be  given  by  the  various  schools 
and  departments  of  The  Army  Service  Schools  in  accordance 
with  the  schedule  for  the  special  course,  as  approved  by  the 
commandant. 

69.  Upon  completion  of  the  course  the  commandant  will 
make  a  special  report  to  be  forwarded  to  Tlie  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral of  the  Army  for  file  with  the  records  of  the  officers. 


280 

General  Reguiations  for  the  Government  of  the  Army 
Service  Schools. 

post  administration. 

70.  Such  of  the  officers  and  enlisted  force  with  their  equip- 
ment on  duty  in  the  garrison  or  at  the  schools,  Fort  Leaven- 
worth, Kans.,  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  by  the  command- 
ant, will  be  available  for  the  practical  instruction  of  student 
officers. 

71.  The  commandant  will  order  the  expenditure  of  such 
authorized  quantities  of  ammunition  for  field  guns,  machine 
guns,  and  small  arms  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for  instruc- 
tion at  The  Army  Service  Schools. 

DISCIPLINE. 

72.  The  schools  and  college  will  be  governed  by  the  rules 
and  discipline  prescribed  for  military  posts  and  by  their  own 
special  regulations.  Matters  pertaining  to  them  and  to  the 
course  of  instruction  will  be  subject  exclusively  to  control  of 
the  War  Department,  and  all  communications  for  officers  on 
duty  with  the  schools  will  be  sent  through  the  commandant 
directly  and  not  through  division  headquarters. 

PERSONNEL    AND    STAFF. 

73.  The  personnel  of  the  schools  will  consist  of  all  officers, 
enlisted  men,  and  civilian  employees  on  duty  thereat.  The 
staff  will  consist  of  all  officers  not  students  on  duty  thereat, 
other  than  the  commandant  and  his  personal  aids. 

THE    COMMANDANT. 

74.  The  commandant  will  see  that  the  work  of  The  Army 
Service  Schools  is  coordinated  and  that  cordial  cooperation  is 
maintained  at  all  times. 

75.  He  is  authorized  to  convene  the  academic  board  for 
consideration  of  any  matters  affecting  The  Army  Service 
Schools  or  of  a  single  school  which  is  a  constituent  part  of 
The  Army  Service  Schools.  At  such  session  the  senior  officer 
present  will  preside. 

76.  He  will  apply  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for 
the  detail  of  officers  for  duty  at  the  schools  and  will  assign 
them  to  duty  as  assistant  commandant,  directors,  instructors, 
and  secretary,  as  may  be  necessary. 


281 

77.  On  the  31st  of  August  of  each  year  he  will  make  a  report 
upon  the  schools  and  college,  setting  forth  their  progress  and 
such  changes  as  are  deemed  desirable  to  promote  further  prog- 
ress and  improvement.  This  report,  as  also  the  appended  re- 
ports of  the  directors,  librarian,  and  secretary  and  disbursing 
officer,  will  embody  the  statistical  information  heretofore 
included  in  annual  reports. 

78.  He  will  furnish  annually,  for  use  in  the  office  of  the 
Chief  of  Staff  and  of  the  president  of  the  Army  War  College, 
bound  volumes  containing  the  record  of  each  student  officer  of 
the  schools  and  college,  as  reported  to  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  99. 

79.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  course  of  instruction  at  the 
end  of  the  school  year  he  is  authorized,  unless  limited  by  spe- 
cial instructions,  to  grant  to  the  officers  and  men  under  his 
control  the  same  leaves  of  absence  and  furloughs  as  depart- 
ment commanders  are  authorized  to  grant  under  provisions  of 
Army  Regulations.  But  during  the  course  of  instruction  he 
will  not,  without  the  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  grant 
leaves  of  absence  to  officers  involving  absence  from  duty,  ex- 
cept in  cases  of  emergency,  and  then  only  for  a  period  not 
exceeding  10  days  at  any  one  time. 

80.  He  will  make  application  to  the  War  Department  for 
such  articles  of  engineer,  ordnance,  and  signal  property  as 
may  be  necessary. 

ACADEMIC    BOARD. 

81.  The  academic  board  will  supervise  the  methods  of 
instruction  and  work  in  the  several  departments  and  schools, 
the  preparation  of  annual  reports  and  schedules,  assist  the 
commandant  in  coordinating  the  courses  of  instruction,  and 
securing  uniformity  in  publications  of  the  schools. 

82.  There  will  be  but  one  academic  board  for  The  Army 
Service  Schools.  It  will  consist  of  the  commandant,  the  assist- 
ant commandant,  the  directors  of  the  various  schools  which 
constitute  The  Army  Service  Schools,  and  the  senior  instruc- 
tors of  the  department  of  military  art,  languages,  and  law  of 
The  Army  School  of  the  Line.  The  secretary  of  The  Army 
Service  Schools  will  be  the  secretary  of  the  academic  board. 
He  will  be  the  custodian  of  the  records  of  the  board,  but  will 
have  no  vote.  A  majority  of  the  academic  board  will  consti- 
tute a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business,  but  no  action 


282 

or  recommendation  of  the  academic  board  will  be  final  until 
approved  by  the  commandant.  All  deliberations,  discussions, 
and  individual  votes  will  be  confidential. 

COEBESPONDENCE. 

83.  All  ofllcial  correspondence  relating  to  the  schools  from 
officers  on  duty  therewith  will  be  addressed  to  the  secretary. 

LIBRAEY. 

84.  The  librarian,  under  the  direction  of  the  commandant, 
will  be  charged  with  the  administration  and  interior  economy 
of  the  library. 

85.  He  will  be  responsible  for  the  books  and  other  property 
therein  and  will  render  an  annual  report  thereof  to  the  secre- 
tary. 

86.  There  will  be  a  library  committee  for  the  schools  and 
college,  consisting  of  the  secretary,  the  librarian,  and  one 
other  officer  designated  by  the  commandant  from  among  those 
belonging  to  the  staff  of  the  schools  and  college.  Subject  to 
the  approval  of  the  commandant,  this  committee  will  be 
charged  with  the  preparation  of  regulations  for  the  adminis- 
tration and  interior  economy  of  the  library  and  with  the 
selection  of  books  to  be  purchased  therefor. 

INSTRTJCTOBS   AND    STUDENT    OFFICERS. 

87.  The  directors  of  the  various  schools  will  be  assisted  by 
such  number  of  senior  instructors  and  instructors  assigned 
to  the  several  departments  of  those  schools  by  the  command- 
ant as  may  be  required. 

88.  When  practicable  instructors  will  be  senior  in  rank  to 
student  officers  but  whether  senior  or  junior,  instructors  while 
in  the  execution  of  their  duty  will  be  accorded  the  respect  due 
to  their  position. 

89.  The  personnel  of  the  schools  and  college  will  be  exempt 
from  all  ordinary  staff  duties  and  garrison  routine,  from 
court-martial  duty  (except  in  case  of  necessity),  from  such 
drills  and  ceremonies  as  are  not  included  in  the  course  of  in- 
struction, and,  in  general,  from  all  duties  which  would  inter- 
fere with  the  performance  of  their  functions  in  connection 
with  the  schools  and  college. 


283 

90.  Details  for  instruction  as  student  officers  will,  except  as 
above  specified,  cover  one  year,  from  the  15th  of  August  to 
the  14th  of  the  following  August,  inclusive,  and  officers  de- 
tailed for  instruction  will  report  in  person  to  the  command- 
ant not  later  than  the  15th  of  August  of  each  year. 

FOBEIGN     STUDENT    OFFICEES. 

91.  Foreign  officers  attending  the  schools  or  college  will  be 
supplied  with  all  the  facilities  and  enjoy  all  the  privileges 
accorded  to  other  student  officers,  but  they  will  not  be  marked 
or  graded  in  any  way. 

INSTRUCTION. 

92.  The  course  of  instruction  at  the  schools,  except  as  other- 
wise provided  in  this  order,  will  be  included  in  one  term  be- 
ginning on  the  1st  of  September  (unless  that  date  falls  on 
Saturday  or  Sunday,  in  which  case  the  term  will  begin  on  the 
following  Monday)  and  ending  on  the  30th  of  June  follow- 
ing. Staff  rides  or  visits  to  battle  fields  for  student  officers 
who  have  just  been  graduated  at  The  Army  Staff  College  may 
be  conducted  between  the  date  of  graduation  and  the  14th  of 
August,  and  during  this  period,  except  that  part  consumed  in 
the  staff  ride  or  visit  to  a  battle  field,  these  officers  may  be 
detailed  by  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War  for  duty  at 
field  maneuvers  or  camps  of  instruction.  Such  instructors  as 
may  be  necessary  will  be  detailed  to  accompany  the  class  on 
its  staff  ride  or  visit  to  a  battle  field. 

93.  Exercises  in  instruction  will  be  held  daily,  except  Satur- 
days, Sundays,  holidays,  and  the  period  from  December  24  to 
January  1,  both  inclusive.  Saturday  forenoons  may  be  used 
when  necessary  to  maintain  the  regular  yearly  schedule  in  the 
different  departments. 

94.  All  instruction  will  be  strictly  in  conformity  with  prin- 
ciples laid  down  and  customs  observed  in  official  publications 
of  the  War  Department  and  authorized  textbooks. 

95.  To  facilitate  practice  of  topographical  reconnaissance 
and  the  conduct  of  field  exercises  on  unfamiliar  ground,  the 
commandant  may,  in  his  discretion,  by  use  of  facilities  at 
hand  and  available  at  military  posts,  take  the  personnel  of  the 
schools  and  college  into  temporary  camps. 


284 

96.  The  allotment  of  time  for  instruction  in  each  depart- 
ment of  the  schools  and  college  and  for  equitation  and  pliysi- 
cal  exercise  during  the  winter  months  and  in  inclement 
weather,  the  assignment  of  values  to  the  different  subjects  in 
the  course  of  instruction,  and  the  methods  of  conducting  and 
marking  practical  work  and  examinations,  subject  to  the 
limitations  of  the  foregoing  paragraphs,  will  be  regulated  by 
the  academic  board  with  the  approval  of  the  commandant  and 
will  be  published  by  the  latter  for  the  information  of  all  con- 
cerned; but  no  material  changes  in  the  total  amount  of  time 
allotted  any  department,  or  in  the  courses  of  instruction,  or 
in  the  character  of  practical  work,  or  in  the  methods  of 
instruction  and  marking  in  practical  work  and  examinations, 
will  be  made  without  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

GRADUATION. 

97.  A  student  ofRcer  who  passes  successfully  through  the 
entire  course  of  instruction  in  The  Army  School  of  the  Line, 
The  Army  Signal  School,  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School, 
or  The  Army  Staff  College  will  receive  a  diploma  setting 
forth  his  proficiency  and  also  a  certificate  of  proficiency  cover- 
ing all  subjects  completed  by  him  during  the  course,  and  his 
name  will  be  borne  thereafter  upon  the  Army  Register  as  a 
graduate  thereof.  Diplomas  will  be  signed  by  the  com- 
mandant and  by  the  academic  board.  Officers  who  have  been 
unable  to  complete  the  entire  course  will  receive  certificates  of 
proficiency  in  such  subjects  as  they  have  completed  satis- 
factorily. 

98.  At  the  end  of  the  term  the  academic  board  will  report 
upon  the  qualifications  of  each  student  officer  for  The  Army 
School  of  the  Line,  The  Army  Staff  College,  The  Army  Signal 
School,  and  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School  and  will  state 
the  professional  employments  for  which  he  appears  to  be  well 
or  especially  well  qualified.  These  reports,  together  with  a 
report  of  the  marks  and  standing  of  each  student  officer  in 
The  Army  School  of  the  Line,  will  be  forwarded  by  the  com- 
mandant with  such  remarks  in  the  case  of  each  student  ofllcer 
as  he  deems  proper  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for 
file  with  the  personal  record  of  the  officer  concerned.  The 
commandant  will  also  send  a  copy  of  each  student  officer's 
school  record  to  his  regimental  commander  or,  in  the  case  of 
a  staff  officer,  to  the  chief  of  his  corps  or  department. 


285 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

99.  Upon  graduation  of  the  classes  the  commandant  will 
also  make  a  special  report  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army  showing  how  each  graduate  should  be  borne  upon  the 
register  in  pursuance  of  these  regulations. 

100.  After  the  standing  of  the  student  officers  in  The  Army 
School  of  the  Line  and  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School  has 
been  determined,  the  academic  board  will  convene  to  recom- 
mend officers  for  detail  for  instruction  in  The  Army  Staff 
College  for  the  following  year.  These  recommendations  will 
be  forwarded  by  the  commandant,  with  his  own  action 
thereon,  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  Entrance  to 
The  Army  Staff  College  from  The  Army  School  of  the  Line 
and  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School  will  be  accorded  student 
officers  in  order  of  their  graduation  as  far  down  the  class 
(arranged  according  to  merit)  as  they  shall  be  recommended 
by  the  academic  board,  approved  by  the  commandant,  subject 
to  the  restrictions  of  paragraph  33,  and  their  arrangement 
into  sections  for  compulsory  or  elective  courses  shall  be  made 
as  provided  in  paragraph  33.  Said  recommendation  and 
approval,  however,  will  not  be  withheld  from  any  officer  and 
given  to  one  below  him  in  order  of  graduation  except  on 
account  of  moral  deficiencies  or  defects  in  habits  or  disposi- 
tion sufficiently  serious  to  render  him  markedly  unsuitable  for 
staff  service.  Whenever  the  recommendation  of  the  academic 
board  or  the  approval  of  the  commandant  is  thus  withheld, 
the  reason  for  such  action  will  be  stated  clearly  in  each  case, 
giving  details  of  such  misconduct  or  defects  as  are  relied  upon 
to  justify  the  withholding  of  said  recommendation  or  approval. 

101.  Any  graduate  of  The  Army  School  of  the  Line,  with 
the  approved  recommendation  Qf  the  academic  board,  may 
take  the  course  in  The  Army* Signal  School.  Applications 
from  officers  of  The  Army  School  of  the  Line  to  take  the 
course  in  The  Army  Signal  School  will  be  submitted  to  the 
commandant  not  later  than  May  1,  each  year. 

102.  Upon  completion  of  the  course  of  instruction  in  The 
Army  School  of  the  Line  and  The  Army  Field  Engineer  School 
the  commandant  may  retain  at  the  post,  with  a  view  to  their 
detail  for  instruction  in  The  Army  Staff  College  and  the  Army 
Signal  School,  such  officers  as  may  have  received  correspond- 
ing recommendations  by  the  academic  board  approved  by  the 


286 

commandant,  awaiting  the  issue  of  orders  by  the  War  Depart- 
ment in  their  cases. 

103.  Unless  otherwise  instructed  the  commandant  will,  upon 
the  completion  of  the  courses  of  instruction,  relieve  all  stu- 
dent officers  of  the  Regular  Army  (except  those  designated 
for  instruction  in  The  Army  Staff  College  and  The  Army  Sig- 
nal School  for  the  following  year)  from  duty  at  Fort  Leaven- 
worth and  order,  by  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  those 
whose  stations  are  in  the  United  States  or  Alaska  to  join  their 
proper  stations,  and  those  whose  stations  are  in  the  Philip- 
pine Islands  or  Hawaii  to  arrange  for  transportation  with  the 
Quartermaster  General  and  report  at  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  in 
time  to  take  the  first  Army  transport  which  sails  thereafter. 
All  student  officers  of  the  Organized  Militia  will  be  relieved 
and  authorized,  by  order  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  proceed 
to  their  respective  homes. 

104.  The  commandant  may  also,  at  their  own  request  or 
upon  expiration  of  detail,  relieve  from  duty  members  of  the 
staff  of  the  schools  and  college  and  issue  the  necessary  orders 
In  each  case  as  authorized  above. 

105.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  academic  board  the 
commandant  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War, 
retain  graduates  of  The  Army  Staff  College  on  duty  at  the 
schools  and  college  and  assign  them  to  duties  specified  in 
paragraph  76  of  this  order,  but  no  graduate  of  The  Army  Staff 
College  will  be  so  retained  on  such  duty  for  a  longer  period 
than  two  years  without  the  special  authority  of  the  Secretary 
of  War  in  each  case.  Under  the  same  conditions  and  limita- 
tions graduates  of  The  Army  Signal  School  and  The  Army 
Field  Engineer  School  may  be  retained  for  assignment  to  duty 
therein. 

106.  The  commandant  shall  furnish  to  The  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral of  the  Army  and  to  all  headquarters,  commanding  offi- 
cers, and  others  interested  in  or  affected  by  such  change 
copies  of  all  orders  issued  by  him,  pursuant  to  authority  con- 
tained in  these  regulations  changing  the  official  status  of 
officers.     {G.  O.  128,  1911,  as  amended— 1292404  C,  A.  G.  O.) 

122.  Selection  of  officers  for  detail  to  Army  School  of  the 
Line. — Selection  for  detail  to  the  Army  School  of  the  Line 
should  be  limited  to  officers  of  known  ability,  experience,  fine 
record,  and  proved  scholarly  attainments  as  long  as  officers  of 


287 

this  type  are  available  who  desire  the  detail.  No  officer 
should  be  selected  who  does  not  desire  the  detail. 

The  question  as  to  whether  an  officer  is  a  graduate  of  West 
Point  or  the  contrary  should  be  given  no  consideration  what- 
ever in  making  selections  for  this  detail.  A  nongraduate  of 
West  Point  should  not  be  deprived  of  the  opportunity  to 
graduate  from  the  School  of  the  Line,  provided  he  has  the 
mental  qualifications  necessary  to  cause  his  instruction  there 
to  benefit  the  service  and  has  shown  himself  worthy  of  the 
detail  by  having  been  conspicuous  for  attention  to  duty  and 
efficiency  therein.  On  no  other  ground  can  a  w'est  Pointer  or 
anyone  else  lay  claim  to  the  detail.  The  officers  who  are  not 
graduates  of  West  Point  might  be  detailed  with  advantage  to 
the  service,  the  training  of  "  comparatively  uninstructed 
officers  "  constitutes  no  part  whatever  of  the  proper  functions 
of  the  School  of  the  Line.  Garrison  schools  have  been  insti- 
tuted for  this  express  purpose  and  the  accomplishment  of  the 
objects  sought  in  the  School  of  the  Line  is  entirely  incon- 
sistent with  the  pursuit  of  any  such  purpose  therein. 

A  regimental  commander  must  unavoidably  be  the  judge  of 
his  own  officers ;  no  way  is  known  by  which  he  can  avoid  the 
responsibility  of  selection;  in  case  of  doubt  as  to  the  ability 
and  qualifications  of  several  candidates  for  the  detail  who 
are  considered  about  equally  worthy,  a  regimental  commander 
can  generally  make  a  safe  decision  by  giving  it,  first,  to  the 
one  with  longest  service  and,  second,  to  the  one  with  least 
detached  service. 

As  indicated  above,  the  question  of  whether  an  officer  is  a 
graduate  or  nongraduate  of  West  Point  should  be  given  no 
consideration  whatever.  Rank,  service,  and  individual  quali- 
fication should  govern.  The  War  Department  can  not  stamp 
with  special  approval  any  particular  rule  laid  down  by  a 
regimental  commander  for  his  own  guidance,  but  it  should  be 
clearly  and  distinctly  understood  by  all: 

1.  That  the  function  of  service  schools  is  to  promote  espe- 
cially the  best  interests  of  the  service,  not  those  of  individuals, 
except  as  these  are  incidentally  promoted  in  promoting  those 
of  the  Government; 

2.  That  they  are  not  maintained  to  remedy  deficient  mili- 
tary educational  opportunities  in  the  past  or  to  train  that 
class  of  officers  which  is  thought  to  most  need  training ; 


288 

3.  That  garrison  schools  have  been  established  for  these 
purposes;  and 

4.  That  although  affording  equal  opportunity  to  all  officers 
may  be  very  desirable,  it  may  be  impossible  to  do  so  in  this 
connection  and  at  the  same  time  adhere  to  the  purpose  for 
which  service  schools  for  the  mobile  army  were  established, 
namely,  to  promote  the  best  interests  of  the  service  by  afford- 
ing to  the  most  promising  officers  therein  opportunity  for 
instruction  in  the  higher  duties  of  their  profession. 

That  it  would  be  more  equitable  to  afford  equal  oppor- 
tunity to  all  officers  of  equal  worth  and  ability  may  be 
acknowledged,  but  under  present  conditions  this  may  not  be 
possible,  and  until  conditions  so  change  as  to  make  it  practi- 
cable selection  must  be  made  by  regimental  commanders  in 
accordance  with  principles  laid  down  for  their  guidance  by 
proper  authority.     (Cir.  IS,  1908—1S3U36,  A.  G.  0.) 

COAST  ARTILLERY  SCHOOL. 

123.  Regulations. — The  following  regulations  govern  the 
special  service  school  at  Fort  Monroe,  Va. : 

1.  This  school  will  be  known  as  the  Coast  Artillery  School. 
Its  object  is  to  enlarge  the  field  of  instruction  of  the  garrison 
schools  for  Coast  Artillery  officers  by  advanced  courses  of 
study  and  practical  training  in  the  technical  duties  of  their 
profession,  to  amplify  the  military  education  of  specially 
selected  officers  in  order  to  prepare  them  for  the  more  im- 
portant positions  in  the  Coast  Artillery,  and  to  fit  them  for 
the  course  at  the  Army  War  College  and  to  educate  and  train 
specially  selected  enlisted  men  for  the  higher  grades  in  the 
Coast  Artillery  noncommissioned  staff. 

OKGANIZATION. 

2.  The  organization  of  the  school  will  be  as  follows : 
Officers'  division. — Department  of  Artillery  and  Land  De- 
fense :  Regular  course,  advanced  course.    Department  of  Engi- 
neering and  Mine  Defense:  Regular  course,  advanced  course. 

Enlisted  men's  division. — Department  of  Enlisted  Special- 
ists: Electrical  course,  Artillery  course,  clerical  course,  radio 
course. 

The  regular  course  for  officers  will  be  completed  in  one 
school  year  and  will  include  the  instruction  in  both  depart- 


289 

ments  of  the  Officers'  division.  The  advanced  course  will  also 
be  completed  in  one  school  year  and  will  include  the  instruc- 
tion in  both  departments.  In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  spe- 
cial courses  in  ballistics  and  explosives  will  be  arranged,  for 
either  of  which  officers  may  be  detailed  for  a  period  of  not 
more  than  one  year.  Each  of  the  courses  for  enlisted  men 
will  be  completed  in  one  school  year. 

3.  The  personnel  of  the  Coast  Artillery  School  will  consist 
of  a  commandant,  a  secretary,  a  librarian,  three  directors  of 
departments,  and  such  instructors,  student  officers,  and 
enlisted  men  and  troops  as  may  be  assigned  to  it  for  duty  or 
instruction  by  orders  from  the  War  Department. 

4.  The  general  administration  of  the  school  will  be  in- 
trusted to  the  commandant,  who  will  be  especially  selected  for 
the  duty  and  detailed  in  orders  from  the  War  Department. 
The  commandant  of  the  school  shall  also  command  the  coast 
defenses  of  Chesapeake  Bay ;  in  his  absence  the  senior  Coast 
Artillery  officer  on  duty  at  Fort  Monroe  performs  his  duties. 
Such  of  the  officers  and  so  much  of  the  enlisted  force  with 
the  equipment  of  the  several  organizations  on  duty  at  the  post 
as  may  be  deemed  necessary  by  the  commandant  will  be  avail- 
able for  the  practical  instruction  of  student  officers. 

5.  The  commandant  will  make  application  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army  for  such  articles  as  may  be  required  for 
the  school,  and  will  submit  to  him  annually  as  soon  as  prac- 
ticable after  the  end  of  the  calendar  year  a  report  setting 
forth  the  progress  and  needs  of  the  school  and  such  changes 
as  are  deemed  desirable  to  promote  further  progress  and 
improvement. 

6.  The  commandant  will  direct  the  expenditure  of  such 
quantities  of  material  as  may  be  authorized  and  necessary  for 
the  purposes  of  instruction. 

7.  The  funds  appropriated  for  the  support  of  the  school  and 
for  the  purchase  of  school  property  will  be  disbursed  on 
vouchers  approved  by  the  commandant. 

8.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  course  of  instruction  at  the 
end  of  each  school  year  and  in  the  absence  of  special  instruc- 
tions, the  commandant  is  authorized  to  grant  to  officers  leaves 
of  absence  not  to  exceed  one  month  and  to  enlisted  men  fur- 
loughs or  delays  not  to  exceed  one  month.  During  the  course 
of  instruction  the  commandant  will  not  grant  leaves  of  ab- 
sence  to   officers   involving  absence  from   duty  without   the 

40062°— 16 19 


290 

authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War  except  in  cases  of  emer- 
gency, and  then  only  for  a  period  of  not  exceeding  10  days. 

9.  Copies  of  all  orders  issued  by  the  commandant,  pursuant 
to  authority  contained  in  these  regulations,  changing  the 
official  status  of  officers,  will  be  furnished  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army,  to  all  headquarters,  commanding  officers, 
nnd  others  interested  in  or  affected  by  such  changes. 

THE    SECRETAKY. 

10.  The  secretary  of  the  school  will  be  custodian  of  the 
records,  books,  and  property  of  the  school,  disbursing  officer 
of  the  school  funds,  recorder  of  the  school  board,  and  will  be 
in  command  of  the  Coast  Artillery  School  detachment.  He 
will  promulgate  the  orders  of  the  commandant. 

THE    LIBRAEIAN. 

11.  The  school  library  will  be  maintained  separately  and 
apart  from  the  post  library.  There  will  be  a  library  com- 
mittee for  the  school  consisting  of  the  school  board  and  the 
librarian.  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  commandant,  this 
committee  will  be  charged  with  the  preparation  of  regula- 
tions for  the  administrative  and  interior  economy  of  the 
library  and  with  the  selection  of  books  to  be  purchased  there- 
for. In  case  of  loss  or  damage  to  any  book,  periodical,  map, 
or  other  property  belonging  to  the  school,  the  person  responsi- 
ble for  such  loss  or  damage  will  reimburse  the  United  States 
by  the  payment  of  the  actual  value  of  the  article  or  cost  of 
repairs.  The  amount  to  be  paid  will  be  assessed  by  the 
librarian,  and  his  action,  when  approved  by  the  commandant, 
will  be  final.  The  librarian  will  be  a  member  of  the  school 
board  during  the  deliberations  on  publications  that  are  under 
the  supervision  of  the  school  board. 

DIRECTORS,    INSTRUCTORS,     AND    STUDENT    OFFICERS. 

12.  The  directors  of  departments,  instructors,  and  student 
officers  will  be  exempt  from  all  ordinary  staff  duties,  garri- 
son routine,  court-martial  duty  (except  in  case  of  necessity), 
such  drills  and  ceremonies  as  are  not  included  in  the  course  of 
instruction,  and,  in  general,  from  all  duties  that  would  inter- 
fere with  the  performance  of  their  school  duties.  Enlisted 
men  assigned  for  special  instruction  will  be  excused  from 
routine  garrison  duty. 


291 

13.  When  practicable  instructors  will  be  senior  in  rank  to 
student  officers,  but,  whether  senior  or  junior,  instructors 
while  in  the  execution  of  their  duty  will  be  accorded  the 
respect  due  to  their  position. 

14.  Property  purchased  for  the  special  use  of  any  depart- 
ment will  be  accounted  for  by  the  director  of  that  depart- 
ment. Semiannually  and  when  relieved  he  will  render  returns 
therefor  to  the  commandant. 

THE     SCHOOL    BOAED. 

15.  A  school  board  to  consist  of  the  commandant  and  the 
directors  of  departments  will  arrange  the  courses  of  instruc- 
tion as  to  subjects,  methods,  and  allotment  of  time ;  prescribe 
the  character  and  scope  of  the  final  examinations ;  supervise  the 
publication  of  the  Journal  of  the  United  States  Artillery  and 
oi  Artillery  Notes ;  investigate  and  report  upon  such  technical 
Artillery  subjects  as  may  be  referred  to  it  by  the  War 
Department ;  and  determine  finally  all  questions  of  proficiency 
of  students:  Provided,  That  no  action  of  the  board  that 
changes  the  regulations  or  courses  of  instruction  shall  be  final 
until  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  War.  The  board  will  meet 
at  such  times  as  the  commandant  may  direct.  The  delibera- 
tions of  the  board  will  be  confidential  and  its  decisions,  until 
duly  published,  will  also  be  confidential. 

OFFICEES'    DIVISION. 

student  offlGera. 

16.  In  the  regular  course  the  student  officers  will  consist  of 
such  officers  from  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps  as  may  be  desig- 
nated in  orders  from  the  War  Department. 

17.  At  the  close  of  the  school  year  the  school  board  will 
recommend  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  the 
advanced  course  those  officers  in  the  regular  course  who  have 
qualified  for  the  advanced  course.  When  practicable  the 
officers  so  recommended,  and  such  additional  officers  as  may 
be  recommended  by  the  Chief  of  Coast  Artillery,  will  be 
detailed  to  take  the  advanced  course. 

Attendance  of  militia  officers. 

18.  Officers  of  militia  Coast  Artillery  organizations  may 
attend  the  school  under  regulations  identical  with  those  pro- 


292 

viding  for  attendance  of  militia  officers  at  the  service  schools 
at  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans.,  except  that  they  will  not  be 
required  to  undergo  an  examination  in  hippology. 

COURSES    OF    STUDY. 

19.  The  regular  and  advanced  courses  for  officers  embraced 
by  the  two  departments  will  be  as  follows : 


I.  Department  of  Artillery 
and  Land  Defense. 


II.  Department  of  Engi- 
neering and  Mine  De- 
fense. 


i(l)  Coast  Artillery  matdriel. 
(2)  Gunnery. 
(3^  Artillery  defense. 
(4)  Land  defense. 
(5)  Explosives. 

f(l) Artillery    defense,     ad- 
vanced. 

(2)  Land  defense,  advanced. 

(3)  Explosives,  advanced. 

(1)  Electncal  engineering. 

(2)  Mechanical    and     steam 
engineering. 

(3)  Submarine  mining. 
0 )  Electrical  engineermg,  ad- 
vanced. 

(2)  Mechamcal  and  steam  en- 
gineering, advanced. 


Advanced  course.. 


Regular  course. 


Advanced  course. 


20.  The  object  of  the  advanced  and  special  courses  will  be 
to  amplify  for  specially  selected  officers  the  instruction  and 
work  of  the  regular  course,  with  a  view  to  improving  their 
qualifications  as  instructors,  preparing  them  for  duty  at  the 
Army  War  College,  and  fitting  them  for  the  duties  of  the 
general  staff  of  an  army. 

21.  The  courses  of  instruction  will  comprise  practical  exer- 
cises, problems,  research,  conferences,  and  lectures. 

22.  In  the  regular  course  partial  examinations  will  be  held 
from  time  to  time.  These,  with  the  practical  exercises  and 
problems,  will  determine  a  student's  standing  and  whether  or 
not  he  shall  take  a  final  examination. 

23.  In  the  advanced  course  the  same  general  method  of 
instruction  will  be  followed,  but  there  will  be  no  examina- 
tions. If  any  student  officer  in  the  advanced  course  neglects 
his  duties,  the  director  of  the  department  will  report  such 
officer  to  the  commandant ;  his  case  will  be  considered  by  the 
school  board,  and,  should  the  board  so  recommend,  his  name 
will  be  forwarded  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  and 
he  will  be  relieved  from  duty  at  the  school  by  authority  of 
the  Secretary  of  War. 

24.  Books  used  in  the  departments  will  be  for  reference  and 
courses  of  reading. 


293 

25.  During  courses,  as  a  part  of  them,  and  in  connection 
with  the  subject  in  liand,  approved  lectures  will  be  delivered 
from  time  to  time  by  Army  and  Navy  officers  and  civilians, 
and  approved  visits  for  purposes  of  study  will  be  made  by 
student  officers  to  fields  of  campaign  and  positions  of  battle, 
to  warships  in  course  of  construction  and  in  commission,  to 
powder  and  guncotton  factories,  to  electrical  and  cable  works, 
and  to  power  plants. 

26.  The  outline  of  the  courses  of  study  for  officers  will  be 
as  follows: 

I.  Departments  of  Artillery  and  Land  Defense. 

Regular  course. 

(1)  Coast  Artillery  materiel. — Guns;  mortars;  carriages; 
emplacements  ;  ammunition  ;  fire-control  apparatus. 

(2)  Gunnery. — Principles  and  applications  of  ballistics; 
seacoast  engineering  as  applied  to  Artillery  defense;  sub- 
caliber  practice;  battery  service  practice;  battle  command 
service  practice. 

(3)  Artillery  defense. — Forms  of  naval  attack;  warships; 
places  to  be  defended ;  nature,  extent,  and  disposition  of 
armament ;  organization  ;  battle  tactics. 

(4)  Land  defense. — Minor  tactics  as  applied  to  the  attack 
and  defense  of  coast  forts ;  organization ;  topography  and 
sketching;  fortifications;  field  engineering;  shelter  and 
sanitation. 

(5)  Explosives. — Practical  laboratory  works  and  problems 
involving  fundamental  chemical  principles;  examination, 
study,  and  tests  of  explosives;  demolitions;  explosives  for 
submarine  mines. 

Advanced  course. 

(1)  Artillery  defense,  advanced. — Fortification;  organiza- 
tion; battle  tactics;  service  of  security  and  information; 
cooperation  of  Army  and  Navy ;  military  history. 

(2)  Land  defense,  advanced. — Minor  tactics;  organization; 
supply;  shelter;  sanitation;  field  fortification;  field  engineer- 
ing ;  plans  for  national  defense ;  duties  of  the  general  staff. 

(3)  Explosives,  advanced. — Practical  laboratory  work  and 
problems;  experimental  firing  to  illustrate  effect  on  detona- 
tion of  varying  physical  surroundings;  manufacture  of  and 
specifications  for  explosives. 


294 

Special  course  in  ballistics. 

Exterior  ballistics;  the  principle  and  secondary  problems; 
accuracy  and  the  theory  of  errors;  the  calculation  of  con- 
stants, including  the  coefficient  of  form  and  the  drift  con- 
stant; classification  of  trajectories;  deduction  of  empirical 
formulas;  practical  work  in  setting  up,  adjusting,  and  using 
ballistic  machines ;  interior  ballistics ;  relation  of  maximum 
pressure  to  charges;  mode  of  combustion  of  powder  and  its 
relation  to  pressures  ;  characteristics  of  a  powder ;  variations ; 
recoil. 

Special  course  in  explosives. 

Tinning  and  galvanizing  wire  used  in  cable  manufacture; 
analysis  of  oils ;  analysis  of  rubber  compounds ;  gas  analysis ; 
special  investigations  on  explosives. 

II.  Department  of  Engineering  and  Mine  Defense. 

Regular  course. 

(1)  Electrical  engineering. — Theory  of  electricity  and  mag- 
netism ;  batteries,  primary  and  secondary ;  electrical  instru- 
ments and  measurements;  switchboards  and  power  distribu- 
tion; testing  cables  and  installations;  fire-control  apparatus, 
care  and  operation;  installation  and  maintenance  of  subma- 
rine fire-control  cables  and  the  maintenance  and  the  making 
of  ordinary  repairs  of  electrical  equipment  in  seacoast  forti- 
fications ;  searchlight  operation ;  direct-current  generators  and 
motors — principles,  operations,  simple  tests. 

(2)  Mechanical  and  steam  engineering. — Shafting,  belting, 
lubricants ;  boilers  and  accessories,  care  and  operation ;  steam 
engines,  care  and  operation ;  oil  and  gasoline  engines,  care 
and  operation ;  examination,  tests,  and  uses  of  oils. 

(3)  Submarine  mining. — Mine  apparatus;  loading,  plant- 
ing, operating,  and  maintaining  mines. 

Advanced  course. 

(1)  Electrical  engineering,  advanced. — Fire-control  appa- 
ratus and  searchlights,  experimentation,  operation,  and  plans 
for  installation ;  direct-current  system  of  power  distribution ; 
complete  tests  of  machinery ;  plans  for  installation ;  alternat- 
ing currents;  fundamental  problems;  instruments  and  meas- 
urements; alternating  system  of  current  distribution;  com- 


295 

plete  tests  of  apparatus ;  plans  for  installation ;  wireless  teleg- 
raphy and  telephony. 

{2) Mechanical  and  steam  engineering,  advanced. — Thermo- 
dynamics of  the  steam  engine;  boilers  and  accessories,  com- 
plete test;  steam  engines,  complete  test;  internal-combustion 
engines,  complete  test;  power-plant  installation;  economics 
of  power-plant  operation ;  calorific  value  of  fuel ;  analysis  of 
chimney  gas. 

(3)  Mine  defense. — Testing  mine  apparatus;  mining  and 
mine  projects  with  their  relation  to  all  other  elements  of  the 
defense. 

EXAMINATIONS. 

27.  Examinations  will  be  held  as  soon  as  practicable  after 
the  close  of  instruction  in  each  subject  under  such  rules  as 
the  school  board  may  prescribe,  and  the  practical  exercises 
and  problems  must  be  identical  for  all  student  officers  taking 
the  examinations. 

28.  In  case  a  student  officer  can  not  be  examined  at  the 
regular  time,  owing  to  sickness  or  other  cause,  he  will  be 
examined  as  soon  as  practicable  after  return  to  duty.  For 
this  deferred  examination  the  practical  exercises  and  prob- 
lems will  be  similar  to  those  given  at  the  regular  examination. 

29.  The  attainment  of  75  per  cent  of  the  maximum  will  be 
considered  a  satisfactory  examination. 

30.  An  officer  declared  deficient  in  any  subject  may  apply 
at  once,  in  writing,  for  a  reexamination,  and  such  reexamina- 
tion, if  authorized  by  the  school  board,  will  be  held  with  as 
little  delay  as  practicable. 

31.  Officers  unable  to  complete  the  entire  course  will  be  fur- 
nished with  certificates  of  proficiency,  signed  by  the  com- 
mandant, in  those  subjects  successfully  completed. 

GRADUATION. 

32.  An  officer  who  passes  successfully  through  the  entire 
course  of  instruction  in  either  the  regular  course  or  the  ad- 
vanced course  will  be  furnished  with  a  diploma  setting  forth 
his  proficiency. 

33.  For  record  at  the  school  and  at  the  War  Department 
the  class  in  the  regular  course  will  be  arranged  as  follows : 

(a)  Honor  graduates:  Those  recommended  by  the  school 
board  from  the  head  of  the  class  down  in  regular  order  and 


296 

not  exceeding  five.     They  will  be  designated  in  the  Army 
Register  as  "  Honor  graduates,  Coast  Artillery  School,  191 — ." 

(b)  Distinguished  graduates:  Those  who,  in  addition  to  the 
honor  graduates,  are  recommended  as  qualified  to  take  the 
advanced  course.  They  will  be  designated  in  the  Army  Regis- 
ter as  "  Distinguished  graduates,  Coast  Artillery  School, 
191—." 

(c)  Graduates:  Those  who,  in  addition  to  the  honor  grad- 
uates and  distinguished  graduates,  have  successfully  com- 
pleted the  course.  They  will  be  designated  in  the  Army 
Register  as  "  Graduates,  Coast  Artillery  School,  191 — ." 

34.  For  publication  the  names  of  honor  graduates,  distin- 
guished graduates,  and  graduates  will  be  arranged  alphabeti- 
cally upon  three  separate  lists. 

35.  For  record  at  the  school  and  at  the  War  Department  the 
class  in  the  advanced  course  upon  graduation  will  be  desig- 
nated as  follows: 

Graduates:  Those  who  have  successfully  completed  the  ad- 
vanced course.  They  will  be  designated  in  the  Army  Register 
as  "  Graduates,  advanced  course.  Coast  Artillery  School, 
191—." 

36.  For  publication  the  names  of  all  graduates  of  the  ad- 
vanced course  will  be  arranged  alphabetically  upon  one  list. 

37.  Officers  graduated  from  the  Coast  Artillery  School  will 
be  exempt  from  professional  examinations  for  promotion  to 
the  grade  next  above  that  held  by  them  at  graduation  in  all 
subjects  covered  by  their  diplomas  for  the  following  periods : 

(1)  Regular  course — 

(a)  Honor  graduates,  five  years. 

(&)  Distinguished  graduates,  four  years. 

(c)  Graduates,  three  years. 

(2)  Advanced  course  graduates,  six  years. 

38.  The  commandant  will  forward  to  The  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral of  the  Army  at  the  close  of  each  school  year  a  report  of 
the  standing  of  members  of  the  officers'  classes. 

ENLISTED    men's    DIVISION. 

39.  The  outline  of  the  courses  for  enlisted  men  embraced  in 
the  department  of  enlisted  specialists  will  be  as  follows : 

(1)  Electrical  course. — Fundamental  principles  of  electrical 
knowledge  and  their  application;  use  of  electrical  measuring 
instruments  and  devices;  generators  and  motors,  alternating 


297 

current  and  direct  current;  cable  testing  and  general  line 
work ;  construction,  operation,  and  upkeep  of  fire-control  sys- 
tem and  the  making  of  all  ordinary  repairs  to  electrical 
equipment  in  seacoast  fortifications;  installation  and  mainte- 
nance of  submarine  fire-control  cables;  telephones  and  stor- 
age batteries;  searchlights;  interior  and  exterior  wiring, 
cable  splicing,  repair  work;  radio  telegraphy  and  telephony; 
machine-shop  practice  and  principles  of  power-plant  operation. 

(2)  Artillery  course. — Mathematics  to  include  algebra, 
plane  geometry,  plane  trigonometry  and  logarithms;  sea- 
coast  engineering;  surveying  and  topography;  photography 
and  photoprinting ;  Artillery  materiel,  position  finding,  and 
range  tables;  construction  of  war-game  materiel  and  instruc- 
tion in  the  mechanical  operation  of  the  devices  used ;  mechani- 
cal drawing,  chart  making,  and  tinting;  machine-shop  prac- 
tice, including  use  of  hand  and  machine  tools. 

(3)  Clerical  course. — Stenography  and  typewriting;  corre- 
spondence to  include  preparation  of  oflicial  papers,  briefing, 
indexing,  and  filing;  general  office  training  and  practical 
work. 

(4)  Radio  course. — Mathematics  to  include  plane  trigonom- 
etry; fundamental  principles  of  electrical  instruments  and 
devices ;  generators  and  motors,  alternating  current  and  direct 
current;  storage  batteries  and  gas  engines;  radio  telegraphy 
and  telephony,  both  theoretical  and  practical,  including  instal- 
lation and  maintenance  of  radio  apparatus. 

40.  Students  in  the  department  of  enlisted  specialists  will 
consist  of  the  following:  Such  candidates  for  appointment  to 
the  grades  of  master  gunner,  electrician  sergeant,  second 
class,  sergeant  major,  junior  grade,  and  such  candidates  for 
radio  operator  as  may  be  designated  by  the  War  Department ; 
such  master  electricians,  engineers,  electrician  sergeants,  mas- 
ter gunners,  sergeants  major,  and  firemen  as  may  be  desig- 
nated by  the  Secretary  of  War ;  and,  in  addition,  on  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Chief  of  Coast  Artillery,  such  enlisted  men 
holding  a  certificate  of  proficiency  in  any  course  and  await- 
ing appointment  to  the  grade  for  which  they  have  qualified 
as  may  be  designated  by  the  Secretary  of  War  to  take  any  of 
the  prescribed  courses  of  study  therein. 

41.  Any  master  electrician,  engineer,  electrician  sergeant, 
master  gunner,  sergeant  major,  or  fireman  who  has  been 
designated  to  take  a  prescribed  course  of  study  at  the  school 


298 

and  fails  to  complete  such  course  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
school  board  will  be  discharged  from  the  service  for  the  con- 
venience of  the  Government  and  will  not  be  eligible  for  ap- 
pointment to  or  reenlistment  in  the  grade  held  by  him  at  the 
time  of  his  discharge. 

42.  In  order  to  be  eligible  for  a  course  of  instruction,  an 
enlisted  candidate  shall  have  had  at  the  commencement  of  the 
course  elected  at  least  one  and  one-half  years'  continuous  serv- 
ice in  the  Coast  Artillery  Corps  or  the  Coast  Artillery  School 
Detachment. 

43.  A  candidate  for  the  electrical  course  must  be  practi- 
cally familiar  with  one  or  more  classes  of  machinery,  appa- 
ratus, or  equipment  pertaining  to  the  power  and  electrical 
installation  of  a  coast-defense  command;  a  candidate  for  the 
Artillery  course  must  be  familiar  with  the  use  of  the  position- 
finding  apparatus  of  a  coast-defense  command;  a  candidate 
for  the  clerical  course  must  have  had  sufficient  clerical  work 
to  have  demonstrated  his  ability  for  this  class  of  duty ;  a  can- 
didate for  the  radio  course  must  be  a  reliable  man  of  excellent 
character.  Each  candidate  will  satisfy  his  commanding 
officer  of  his  ability  to  pursue  successfully  the  course  of  study 
prescribed. 

44.  A  candidate  for  either  the  electrical,  Artillery,  or  cleri- 
cal course,  if  he  is  stationed  in  the  United  States,  will  make 
application  to  his  coast-defense  commander  on  or  before  July 
1  for  permission  to  attend  the  school ;  a  candidate  stationed  in 
the  foreign  possessions  will  make  such  application  on  or  be- 
fore May  1.  A  candidate  for  the  radio  course,  if  he  is  sta- 
tioned in  the  United  States,  will  make  application  to  his 
coast-defense  commander  on  or  before  July  1  for  the  course 
commencing  the  following  January  and  on  or  before  January 
1  for  the  course  commencing  the  following  July ;  if  stationed 
in  the  foreign  possessions,  he  will  make  such  application  two 
months  earlier  than  above  indicated.  As  soon  as  the  coast- 
defense  commander  has  received  all  applications  from  men 
of  the  coast-defense  command,  he  will  request  directly  from 
the  commandant,  Coast  Artillery  School,  the  proper  number 
of  sets  of  examination  papers.  Before  admission  to  the  school 
a  candidate  who  complies  with  the  conditions  stated  above 
will  be  examined,  in  writing,  under  the  direction  of  his  com- 
manding officer,  in  the  presence  of  a  commissioned  officer, 
upon  the  questions  furnished  by  the  school  and  prepared  by 
the  school  board. 


299 

45.  Examinations  for  the  electrical,  Artillery,  and  clerical 
courses  will  be  held  in  the  United  States  on  September  1  and 
in  the  foreign  possessions  on  August  1.  For  the  radio  course 
commencing  on  July  1  the  examinations  will  be  held  in  the 
United  States  on  March  1  and  in  the  foreign  possessions  on  Feb- 
ruary 1.  For  the  radio  course  commencing  on  January  1  the 
examinations  will  be  held  in  the  United  States  on  September 
1  and  in  the  foreign  possessions  on  August  1.  Upon  the  comple- 
tion of  examinations  all  papers,  with  the  applications  of  candi- 
dates, will  be  sent  directly  to  the  commandant.  Coast  Artillery 
School,  each  application  to  bear  indorsements  from  the  com- 
pany, fort,  and  coast-defense  commanders  stating  the  quali- 
fications of  the  candidate  and  whether  he  has  the  character 
and  reliability  essential  to  the  grade  for  which  he  would  be 
eligible  upon  satisfactorily  completing  the  school  course. 

46.  On  October  1  the  commandant  will  forward  to  The  Ad- 
jutant General  of  the  Army  his  recommendations  as  to  the 
candidates  to  be  selected  for  the  courses  to  commence  the 
first  part  of  January,  and  on  April  1  for  the  course  commenc- 
ing the  first  part  of  July.  No  candidate  will  be  selected  for  a 
radio  course  unless  he  will  have  at  least  one  year  to  serve 
after  completing  the  course  which  he  desires  to  take. 

47.  The  candidates  finally  selected  for  the  electrical,  Artil- 
lery, and  clerical  courses  will  be  ordered  to  report  at  the 
school  on  the  1st  day  of  January  following  their  examina- 
tion. Upon  receipt  in  the  coast  defenses  in  which  they  are 
serving  of  the  order  designating  the  successful  candidates 
who  are  to  attend  the  school,  these  men  will  be  immediately 
discharged  from  the  service  for  the  convenience  of  the  Gov- 
ernment, and  will  on  the  date  following  that  of  discharge  be 
reenlisted  for  the  organizations  to  which  they  belonged ;  their 
discharge  papers  will  not  be  delivered  to  them  until  they  shall 
have  reenlisted.  The  candidates  selected  for  the  radio  course 
will  be  ordered  ,to  report  to  the  school  as  follows :  Those  ex- 
amined on  February  1  in  the  foreign  possessions  and  March  1 
in  the  United  States,  on  the  1st  day  of  July  following  their 
examination ;  those  examined  on  August  1  in  the  foreign  pos- 
sessions and  September  1  in  the  United  States  ,on  the  1st  day 
of  January  following  their  examination. 

48.  Candidates  for  admission  to  the  electrical  course  will 
be  examined  in  the  following  subjects:  (a)  Arithmetic;  (h) 
algebra,  to  include  simple  exercises   (not  problems)   and  the 


300 

solution  of  equations  of  the  first  degree  containing  two  un- 
known quantities;  (c)  elementary  steam  engineering;  (d) 
elementary  electricity  and  its  practical  applications;  {c)  ele- 
mentary power  transmission.  For  admission  to  the  Artillery 
course  candidates  will  be  examined  in:  (a)  Arithmetic;  (h) 
algebra,  to  include  simple  exercises  (not  problems)  and  the 
solution  of  equations  of  the  first  degree  containing  two  un- 
known quantities.  For  admission  to  the  clerical  course  can- 
didates will  be  examined  in:  (a)  Penmanship;  (&)  orthog- 
raphy; (c)  arithmetic,  to  include  common  and  decimal  frac- 
tions, percentage,  and  proportion;  (d)  grammar;  (e)  punc- 
tuation. For  admission  to  the  radio  course  candidates  will  be 
examined  in:  (a)  Penmanship;  (6)  orthography;  (c)  arith- 
metic, to  include  common  and  decimal  fractions;  (d)  gram- 
mar; (e)  punctuation. 

49.  Those  candidates  w^ho  successfully  complete  the  pre- 
scribed electrical  course  will  be  furnished  with  certificates  of 
proficiency  and  will  be  reported  by  the  commandant  to  the 
War  Department  as  eligible  for  appointment  as  electrician 
sergeants,  second  class;  those  who  successfully  complete  the 
prescribed  Artillery  course  will  be  furnished  with  certificates 
of  proficiency  and  will,  in  like  manner,  be  reported  as  eligible 
for  appointment  as  master  gunners;  those  w^ho  successfully 
complete  the  prescribed  clerical  course  will  be  furnished  with 
certificates  of  proficiency  anf  will,  in  like  manner,  be  reported 
as  eligible  for  appointment  as  sergeants  major,  junior  grade ; 
those  who  successfully  complete  the  prescribed  radio  course 
will  be  furnished  with  certificates  of  proficiency  and  will,  in 
like  manner,  be  reported  as  eligible  for  duty  as  radio 
operators. 

50.  Unless  otherwise  directed  the  commandant  will,  at  the 
end  of  the  school  year,  relieve  from  duty  at  the  school  those 
enlisted  students  who  have  failed  to  complete  successfully  the 
prescribed  course  of  study  and  will,  by  the  authority  of  the  Sec- 
retary of  War,  order  men  thus  relieved  to  rejoin  their  proper 
station,  provided  the  station  be  within  the  limits  of  the  United 
States.  The  commandant  may  also,  at  any  time  during  the 
school  year,  relieve  from  duty  and  return  to  his  station  as 
indicated  above  any  enlisted  student  in  the  department  of 
enlisted  specialists  who  may  have  demonstrated  his  incapacity 
or  unfitness  to  pursue  the  prescribed  course  of  study. 


301 

THE   SCHOOL  YEAE. 

51.  The  course  of  instruction  will  commence  on  the  3d  day 
of  January  of  each  year  or  on  the  following  Tuesday  when 
the  3d  falls  on  Saturday,  Sunday,  or  Monday,  and  the  work 
of  the  school  will  be  carried  on  daily  until  the  1st  day  of  the 
following  December,  except  on  Saturdays,  Sundays,  and 
authorized  holidays.  '  (G.  O.  46, 1915—1662813  J,  A.  G.  O.) 

ENGINEER  SCHOOL,  WASHINGTON  BARRACKS,  D.  C. 

124.  Regulations. — The  following  regulations  govern  the 
Engineer  School  at  Washington  Barracks,  District  of 
Columbia : 

1.  The  object  of  the  school  is  to  prepare  the  junior  officers 
of  the  Corps  of  Engineers  for  the  active  duties  of  their  arm 
and  corps ;  to  make  researches  in  such  branches  of  science  as 
relate  to  the  duties  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers ;  to  disseminate 
information  so  obtained;  to  make  such  experiments  and  rec- 
ommendations and  to  give  such  instruction  as  may  be  neces- 
sary for  the  civil  engineering  work  of  the  Army. 

2.  The  Engineer  School  at  Washington  Barracks  is  under 
the  supervision  and  control  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers.  It 
consists  of  a  commandant,  a  secretary,  and  such  directors, 
instructors,  student  officers,  and  troops  as  may  be  assigned  to 
it  for  duty  or  instruction  by  orders  from  the  War  Department. 
The  Chief  of  Engineers  may  correspond  directly  with  the 
commandant  on  questions  of  a  technical  character  which  do 
not  involve  matters  of  command,  discipline,  or  administration 
and  do  not  relate  to  the  status  or  interests  of  individuals. 

THE   COMMANDANT   OF   THE    SCHOOL. 

3.  The  general  administration  of  the  school  is  intrusted  to 
the  commandant.  In  case  of  the  absence  or  disability  of  the 
commandant,  the  senior  Engineer  officer  present  for  duty  at 
Washington  Barracks  will  act  in  his  place  in  all  matters  per- 
taining to  the  school. 

4.  The  commandant  will  make  application  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army  for  such  articles  as  may  be  required  for 
the  school  and  will  direct  the  expenditure  of  such  authorized 
quantities  of  material  as  may  be  necessary, 

5.  The  commandant  will  submit  to  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army,  on  or  before  August  31  of  each  year,  a  report  of 


302 

the  operations  of  the  school  for  the  year  ending  on  the  30th  of 
June  preceding,  with  such  suggestions  and  recommendations 
as  he  may  deem  desirable  for  the  interests  of  the  school.  He 
will  also  submit  to  The  Adjutant  General,  on  June  30  of  each 
year,  a  detailed  program  of  instruction  to  be  carried  out  at 
the  school  during  the  ensuing  school  year.  This  program, 
when  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  with  such  modifica- 
tions as  may  be  deemed  necessary,  will  be  returned  to  the 
commandant  for  the  information  and  guidance  of  the  officers 
on  duty  at  the  school. 

THE    SECRETARY. 

6.  The  secretary  of  the  school  will  be  the  custodian  of  the 
records,  books,  and  property  of  the  school  and  the  recorder  of 
the  school  board.  He  will  conduct  the  correspondence  of  the 
school  and  promulgate  the  orders  of  the  commandant. 

7.  The  school  library  will  be  maintained  separate  and  apart 
from  the  post  library.  In  case  of  loss  or  damage  to  any  book, 
periodical,  map,  or  other  property  belonging  to  the  school,  the 
person  responsible  for  such  loss  or  damage  will  make  the  same 
good  by  the  payment  of  the  actual  cost  of  the  article  or  the 
cost  of  repairs.  This  amount  will  be  assessed  by  the  secretary 
of  the  school,  whose  action,  when  approved  by  the  com- 
mandant, will  be  final. 

DIRECTORS    AND    INSTRUCTORS. 

8.  When  practicable  the  directors  and  instructors  will  be 
senior  in  rank  to  the  student  officers,  but  whether  senior  or 
junior  the  directors  and  instructors  while  in  the  execution  of 
their  duty  will  be  accorded  the  respect  due  to  their  position. 

9.  The  directors,  instructors,  and  student  officers  will  be 
exempt  from  all  ordinary  staff  duties  and  garrison  routine, 
from  attendance  at  the  garrison  school  for  officers,  from  court- 
martial  duty,  from  such  drills  and  ceremonies  as  are  not  in- 
cluded in  the  course  of  instruction,  and  in  general  from  all 
duties  which  would  interfere  with  the  performance  of  their 
functions  in  the  school :  Provided,  That  in  case  of  lack  of  suf- 
ficient officers  for  the  proper  performance  of  garrison  and  post 
duty  the  commandant  may  assign  school  officers  to  such  duty. 

10.  The  school  board,  consisting  of  the  commandant,  the 
directors,  and  the  instructors,  will  arrange  the  program  of 
instruction  as  to  subjects,  methods,  and  allotment  of  time; 
prescribe  the  character  and  scope  of  the  final  examinations; 


303 

supervise  the  publication  of  the  "  Professional  Memoirs,  Corps 
of  Engineers,  United  States  Army,  and  Engineer  Department 
at  Large  "  and  "  Occasional  Papers  " ;  investigate  and  report 
upon  such  engineering  subjects  as  may  be  referred  to  it  by 
the  War  Department;  and  determine  finally  all  questions  of 
proficiency  of  students.  Provided,  That  no  action  of  the  board 
which  changes  the  regulations  of  the  school  or  the  course  of 
instruction  shall  be  final  until  approved  by  the  Secretary  of 
War.  The  school  board  will  meet  at  such  times  as  the  com- 
mandant may  direct. 

11.  The  deliberations  of  the  school  board  and  its  decisions 
until  duly  published  will  be  confidential. 

THE   COURSE   OF    INSTRUCTION. 

12.  The  course  at  the  school  will  begin  on  October  1  of  each 
year  and  end  on  March  31  of  the  second  year  following.  Ses- 
sions of  the  school  will  be  held  daily,  except  Sundays,  holi- 
days, and  the  period  from  December  23  to  January  4,  both 
inclusive,  but  Saturday  sessions  will  terminate  at  12  o'clock  m. 
Practical  work  and  practice  will  be  combined  with  theoretical 
work  in  all  subjects  in  which  it  can  be  advantageously  done 
and  will  include  the  use  and  operation  of  instruments,  appa- 
ratus, and  machines;  field  astronomy;  photography  and  map 
reproduction;  geodetic  and  hydrographic  surveying;  and  gar- 
rison and  field  duties  with  engineer  troops. 

13.  The  course  of  instruction  will  be  divided  into  three  de- 
partments, as  follows: 

(a)  Military  engineering. 

(ft)  Civil  engineering. 

(c)  Electrical  and  mechanical  engineering. 

The  school  board  may  transfer  from  one  department  to 
another  such  of  the  subjects  hereinafter  mentioned  as  it  may 
deem  desirable  for  the  equalization  of  duties  of  directors  and 
instructors. 

14.  In  the  different  departments  instruction  will  be  given  in 
the  following  subjects : 

Department  of  Military  Engineering, 

Seacoast  defenses,  including  land  defense. 
Ordnance,  armor,  and  explosives. 
Warships  and  sea  power. 
Photography  and  map  reproduction. 


304 

Department  of  Civil  Engineering. 

Surveying,  geodetic  and  hydrographic. 

Field  astronomy. 

Cements  and  mortars. 

Concrete  and  masonry. 

Foundations. 

Roofs  and  bridges. 

Building  construction. 

Heating  and  ventilation. 

Water  supply. 

Sewage  disposal. 

River  and  harbor  improvement. 

Lighthouse  construction. 

Construction  plant. 

Contracts,  specifications,  estimates,  and  accounts. 

Department  of  Electrical  and  Mechanical  Engineering. 

Direct-current  machinery  and  storage  batteries. 

Alternating-current  machinery. 

Electric  power  transmission. 

Electric  lighting  and  searchlights. 

Fire-control  apparatus. 

Steam  power  electric  machinery. 

Hydroelectric  power  machinery. 

Internal-combustion  engines. 

Electric  power  plant  design. 

15.  In  connection  with  the  prescribed  course  of  instruction 
in  the  several  departments,  visits  will  be  made  to  points  where 
important  engineering  works  are  in  progress,  when  such  visits 
are  approved  by  the  Chief  of  Engineers  and  authorized  by  the 
Secretary  of  War. 

EXAMINATIONS. 

16.  Subject  to  the  following  limitations,  examinations  will 
be  held  under  such  rules  as  the  school  board  may  prescribe 
as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  final  review  in  each  subject. 

17.  An  officer  declared  deficient  in  any  subject  may  apply 
in  writing  for  reexamination  in  that  subject,  but  such  an  ap- 
plication must  be  made  immediately  after  the  announcement 
of  the  result  of  the  original  examination.  A  reexamination 
w^ill  be  of  such  a  character  as  may  be  determined  by  the 
school  board  and  will  be  held  with  as  little  delay  as  practicable. 


305 

18.  Officers  who  have  been  unable  to  complete  the  entire 
course  will  receive  certificates  of  proficiency  signed  by  the 
commandant  in  such  subjects  as  shall  have  been  satisfactorily 
completed. 

19.  A  student  officer  who  by  reason  of  sickness  or  other 
unavoidable  cause  has  been  absent  from  an  examination  or 
has  been  unable  to  complete  entirely  any  course  with  his 
class  may  be  permitted,  in  the  discretion  of  the  school  board, 
to  complete  the  said  course  and  be  authorized  to  take  the  nec- 
essary examination  before  or  within  a  reasonable  time  after 
the  graduation  of  his  class. 

DISCIPLINE. 

20.  The  school  will  be  governed  by  the  rules  of  discipline 
prescribed  for  military  posts  and  by  special  regulations  for- 
mulated by  the  school  board  and  approved  by  the  Secretary  of 
War. 

GRADUATION. 

21.  A  Student  officer  who  successfully  completes  the  entire 
course  of  instruction  will  receive  a  diploma  setting  forth  his 
proficiency,  and  his  name  will  thereafter  be  borne  upon  the 
Army  Register  as  a  graduate  of  the  Engineer  School  at  Wash- 
ington Barracks.  Diplomas  will  be  signed  by  all  members  of 
the  school  board.  The  fact  of  graduation  of  each  officer  will 
be  reported  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  as  soon  as 
practicable  thereafter. 

22.  Graduates  of  the  school  will  be  exempt  from  profes- 
sional examination  for  promotion  in  all  subjects  covered  by 
their  diplomas  for  a  period  of  two  years  after  graduation. 
Officers  not  graduates  holding  certificates  of  proficiency  in  any 
subjects  embraced  in  the  course  will  be  similarly  exempt  from 
such  examination  in  the  subjects  covered  by  their  certificates 
of  proficiency  for  a  period  of  two  years  from  the  date  of  such 
certificates.    (G.  0. 199, 1909,  as  amended— 1^97 481  A,  A.  O.  O.) 

MOUNTED  SERVICE  SCHOOL,  FORT  RILEY,   KANS. 

126.  Regulations. — 1.  The  Mounted  Service  School  at  Fort 
Riley,  Kans.,  will  include  the  following  subschools  :  The  School 
of  Equitation.    The  School  for  Farriers  and  Horseshoers. 
40062°— 16 20 


306 

2.  The  School  of  Equitation  will  embrace  four  courses,  viz : 
(a)  The  course  for  field  officers. 
(&)  The  first-year  course  for  company  officers. 

(c)  The  second-year  course  for  company  officers. 

(d)  The  course  in  swordsmanship  for  noncommissioned 
officers. 

3.    THE   COURSE   FOR   FIELD   OFFICERS. 

(a)  There  will  be  detailed  for  instruction  in  equitation,  in 
two  classes  annually,  such  number  of  field  officers  of  Cavalry 
and  Field  Artillery,  not  exceeding  15  in  each  class,  as  the 
Secretary  of  War  may  direct. 

(&)  Field  officers  of  other  branches  of  the  service  may  be 
detailed  upon  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

(c)  Should  the  number  of  field  officers  detailed  for  any 
class  fall  below  15,  enough  senior  captains  of  the  mounted 
services  may  be  detailed  to  make  up  this  number. 

(d)  Officers  so  detailed  will  retain  quarters  at  their  perma- 
nent stations,  and  su<!h  temporary  quarters  as  are  available 
at  Fort  Riley  will  be  provided  by  the  post  commander.  Trans- 
portation of  baggage  provided  by  paragraph  1136,  Army  Regu- 
lations, 1913,  for  a  temporary  change  of  station  will  be 
allowed. 

(e)  The  post  commander  will  detail  for  this  course  sucli 
field  officers  stationed  at  Fort  Riley  as  may  be  considered 
available. 

(/)  The  courses  of  instruction  will  begin  April  1  and  Octo- 
ber 10  and  end  May  31  and  December  20,  respectively.  Offi- 
cers desiring  the  detail  will  forward  applications  therefor, 
through  military  channels,  by  January  1  and  July  1  of  each 
year,  respectively. 

4.    THE    FIRST- YEAR    COURSE    FOR    COMPANY    OFFICERS. 

(a)  There  will  be  detailed  annually  for  instruction  in  the 
first-year  course  not  to  exceed  26  officers  of  Cavalry  and  10 
officers  of  Field  Artillery,  to  be  selected  from  captains  or  lieu- 
tenants who  have  been  recommended  by  regimental  com- 
manders. 

(&)  Officers  of  other  branches  of  the  service  may  be 
admitted  upon  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 


307 

(c)  The  post  commander  is  authorized  to  detail,  in  addition 
to  the  foregoing,  such  officers  belonging  to  organizations  sta- 
tioned at  Fort  Riley  as  in  his  opinion  are  available  and  suit- 
able and  for  whom  there  are  school  accommodations. 

(d)  Officers  will  be  recommended  and  selected  for  detail 
upon  the  basis  of  zeal  in  their  work,  special  adaptability  for 
advanced  equitation  and  horse  training,  and  excellent  physical 
condition,  attested  by  surgeon's  certificate ;  aptitude  and  pro- 
ficiency shown  in  regimental  schools  organized  and  conducted 
as  prescribed  in  General  Orders,  No.  113,  War  Department, 
August  24,  1911 ;  paragraph  86,  this  compilation,  should  be 
considered  in  making  selections. 

(e)  No  officer  will  be  detailed  who  has  had  less  than  two 
years  of  service  as  a  commissioned  officer.  Details  will  not 
be  made  from  regiments  stationed  in  the  Philippine  Islands. 

(/)  The  tour  of  duty  of  student  officers  in  this  course  will 
cover  the  period  from  the  25th  of  September  to  the  30th  of 
the  following  June,  inclusive, 

(g)  At  the  conclusion  of  the  first-year  course  the  school 
board  will  submit  to  the  commandant  reports  upon  the  quali- 
fications of  all  student  officers  in  that  course;  will  state  the 
special  employment  for  which  any  of  them  appear  to  be  fitted ; 
and  will  recommend  not  exceeding  10  of  those  graduates  of 
the  first-year  course  deemed  best  qualified  for  detail  for  in- 
struction in  the  second-year  course.  The  commandant  will 
forward  these  reports  and  recommendations  with  such  re- 
marks as  he  may  deem  proper  through  the  post  commander 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

5.    THE   SECOND-YEAR   COURSE   FOR   COMPANY    OFFICERS. 

(a)  There  will  be  detailed  annually  for  instruction  in  the 
second-year  course  not  exceeding  10  graduates  of  the  first- 
year  course  who  have  received  the  recommendations  of  the 
school  board,  approved  by  the  commandant. 

(&)  While  awaiting  the  issue  of  orders  by  the  War  Depart- 
ment in  their  cases,  the  post  commander  is  authorized  to  re- 
tain at  the  post  after  graduation  those  officers,  not  exceeding 
10  in  number,  who  have  been  recommended  for  instruction  in 
the  second-year  course. 

(c)  The  course  of  instruction  will  begin  July  1  and  end 
June  30  of  the  succeeding  year. 


308 

6.   THE    COUESE   IN    SWOEDSMANSHIP    FOR    NONCOMMISSIONED 
OFFICERS. 

(a)  There  will  be  detailed  annually  for  instruction  in 
swordsmanship  specially  qualified  and  recommended  noncom- 
missioned officers  of  Cavalry. 

(&)  On  August  1  the  commanding  officer  of  each  regiment 
of  Cavalry  serving  within  the  continental  limits  of  the  United 
States  will  recommend  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army 
a  carefully  selected  noncommissioned  officer  of  his  regiment 
for  instruction  in  this  course. 

(c)  The  course  of  instruction  will  begin  September  30  and 
end  March  31  of  the  succeeding  year. 

7.   THE   SCHOOL  FOR   FARRIERS   AND    HORSESHOERS. 

(a)  In  this  school  there  w^ill  be  annually  tw'o  courses  of 
four  months  each,  viz.,  February  15  to  June  15  and  July  15  to 
November  15  and,  in  addition,  a  course  of  one  month  from 
January  15  to  February  14,  inclusive,  of  instruction  in  horse- 
shoeing for  the  sergeants  in  charge  of  stables  of  the  organiza- 
tions serving  at  Fort  Riley. 

(6)  The  classes  for  farriers  and  horseshoers  under  instruc- 
tion will  be  composed  of  specially  recommended  men  detailed 
from  the  various  mounted  organizations  of  the  service. 

(c)  For  farriers  the  men  selected  must  be  intelligent  and 
well  grounded  in  reading,  writing,  and  arithmetic.  For  horse- 
shoers the  men  must  be  intelligent  and  of  suitable  conforma- 
tion for  the  work. 

{d)  Details  will  be  made  by  the  department  commanders 
without  exceeding  the  accommodations  of  the  school.  De- 
partment commanders  are  authorized  to  correspond  directly 
with  the  commanding  officer  of  the  post  for  this  purpose. 

(e)  The  post  commander  is  authorized  to  detail,  in  addition 
to  the  foregoing,  suitable  enlisted  men  belonging  to  organiza- 
tions stationed  at  Fort  Riley. 

(/)  Commanders  of  organizations  will  note  in  the  descrip- 
tive lists  of  men  ordered  for  instruction  "  farrier  class  "  or 
"  horseshoer  class,"  depending  upon  the  nature  of  the  in- 
struction. 


309 

8.    INSTRUCTIONS    QF    GENERAL    APPLICATION    TO    ALL    DETAILS    OF 
ENLISTED  MEN  TO  THE  MOUNTED   SERVICE  SCHOOL. 

1.  Enlisted  men  recommended  for  detail  as  students  in  any 
of  the  courses  must,  in  addition  to  the  qualifications  set  forth 
separately  under  each  course,  fulfill  the  following  conditions: 

(a)  They  must  have  two  years  to  serve  or,  if  they  have  less 
than  that  time  to  serve,  have  signified  in  writing  their  inten- 
tion to  reenlist.  In  no  case  will  men  be  selected  whose  enlist- 
ment would  expire  while  at  the  school. 

(&)  They  must  be  of  excellent  character,  in  good  physical 
condition,  attested  by  a  surgeon's  certificate,  a  copy  of  which 
must  accompany  the  descriptive  list. 

(c)  They  must  be  willing  to  accept  the  detail. 

2.  (a)  Before  being  sent  to  the  school,  enlisted  men  detailed 
for  any  of  the  courses  of  instruction  will  be  provided  with 
sufficient  clothing  (including  two  suits  of  fatigue  uniform)  to 
last  the  full  period  of  instruction  for  which  detailed. 

(b)  Descriptive  lists  will  be  mailed  promptly. 

(c)  Trunk  lockers,  blankets,  etc.,  if  the  property  of  the 
United  States  Government,  will  be  noted  on  the  descriptive 
lists. 

(d)  A  list  of  clothing  in  possession  of  the  soldier  will 
accompany  his  descriptive  list, 

9.  The  Special  Regulations  for  the  Mounted  Service  School, 
when  approved  by  the  Chief  of  Staff,  will  be  published  from 
time  to  time  by  the  commandant,  from  whom  copies  may  be 
obtained  on  direct  application.  (Par.  I,  O.  O.  59,  1913 — 
2063^93,  A.  G.  O.) 

SCHOOL   OF  FIRE  FOR  FIELD   ARTILLERY. 

126.  Regulations. — The  following  regulations  govern  tlie 
School  of  Fire  for  Field  Artillery,  Fort  Sill,  Okla. : 

1.  The  School  of  Fire  for  Field  Artillery  shall  be  part  of 
the  command  of  Fort  Sill,  Okla. 

2.  The  object  of  the  school  is  to  give  practical  instruction. 
Theoretical  instruction  will  be  confined  to  the  needs  of  the 
school  and  will  be  given  concurrently  with  the  practical 
instruction. 

3.  The  personnel  of  the  school  will  consist  of  the  comman- 
dant, the  school  staff,  the  school  detachment,  the  instruction 


310 

batteries,  and  officers  and  men  detailed  for  the  course  of 
instruction.  Tlie  school  staff  will  comprise  the  commandant, 
the  senior  instructor,  instructors,  the  secretary,  the  statistical 
officer,  the  supply  officer,  and  such  other  officers  as  may  from 
time  to  time  be  detailed  on  executive  duties  in  connection 
with  the  school. 

4.    THE    COMMANDANT. 

(a)  The  commandant  will  be  a  field  officer  of  Field  Artil- 
lery selected  and  detailed  by  the  Secretary  of  War.  In  case 
of  the  absence  or  disability  of  the  commandant,  the  senior 
officer  of  the  staff  of  the  school  will  be  acting  commandant. 

(b)  The  commandant  is  charged  with  the  conduct  of  the 
school.  He  is  responsible  to  the  post  commander  and  to  the 
War  Department  for  results. 

(c)  Appropriations  for  the  support  of  the  school  and  for  the 
purchase  of  school  property  will  be  disbursed  on  vouchers 
approved  by  the  commandant. 

(d)  He  will  make  application  for  the  detail  of  officers  for 
the  staff  of  the  school  and  will  assign  them  to  duties  as  may 
be  necessary. 

(e)  He  will  supervise  the  training  of  instruction  batteries 
during  the  time  that  these  batteries  are  turned  over  to  the 
school  for  school  purposes. 

(/)  He  will  take  personal  charge  of  instruction  and  of 
critiques  to  such  extent  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  making 
appropriate  distribution  of  duties  among  the  various  in- 
structors. 

(g)  He  will  submit,  not  later  than  August  31  of  each  year, 
a  report  regarding  the  progress  and  needs  of  the  school  and 
before  August  of  each  year  a  detailed  program  of  instruction 
covering  the  course  to  be  given  during  the  year. 

The  post  commander  will  indorse  on  these  reports  his  own 
views  and  recommendations. 

(h)  He  will  keep  the  post  commander  informed  of  the  prog- 
ress made  in  the  school  and  of  the  names  of  individuals  who, 
during  any  part  of  the  course,  fail  to  reach  the  expected 
standards,  to  the  end  that  suitable  corrective  action  may  be 
taken  at  once,  if  necessary. 

5.    INSTKUCTOBS. 

The  senior  instructor  and  the  instructors  of  the  school  will 
be  assigned  to  duties  by  the  commandant. 


311 

When  practicable,  instructors  will  be  senior  in  rank  to  stu- 
dent officers ;  but,  whether  senior  or  junior,  instructors  in  the 
execution  of  their  duties  will  be  accorded  the  respect  due  to 
their  position. 

6.    THE    SECKETAEY. 

The  secretary  will  be  the  custodian  of  the  books  and  prop- 
erty and  will  disburse  the  funds  of  the  school.  He  will  con- 
duct the  correspondence  of  the  school  and  will  issue  the  orders 
and  instructions  of  the  commandant. 

7.    THE    STATISTICAL   OFFICER. 

The  statistical  officer  will  have  charge  of  the  firing  records 
of  the  school  and  will  collect  and  tabulate  such  data  as  may 
be  called  for  by  the  school  staff. 

8.    SUPPLY   OFFICER. 

The  supply  officer  will  have  charge,  under  the  supervision  of 
the  commandant,  of  all  school  shops,  of  the  preparation  and 
setting  up  of  targets,  and  will  be  the  ordnance  officer  of  the 
school. 

9.  A  school  board,  comprising  the  commandant,  the  senior 
instructor,  and  the  instructors  who  have  had  to  do  with  the 
particular  course  concerned,  will  prepare  a  report  showing 
the  names  of  individuals  entitled  to  a  certificate  indicating 
that  they  have  satisfactorily  completed  the  course,  and  also 
the  names  of  those  not  entitled  to  such  a  certificate.  With 
regard  to  the  latter  class,  a  summary  will  be  given  of  the 
character  of  work  done  by  each  individual,  and  an  opinion 
will  be  expressed  as  to  whether  the  failure  was  due  to  neglect, 
lack  of  aptitude,  or  other  causes.  When  approved  by  the  post 
commander,  this  report  will  be  forwarded  by  him  to  the  War 
Department  with  such  comment  as  he  may  deem  necessary. 

10.    COURSES    OF    INSTRUCTION. 

All  courses  of  instruction  at  the  school  will  comprise  practi- 
cal exercises,  problems,  research  work,  conferences,  and  lec- 
tures. Each  firing,  practical  exercise,  or  problem  will  be  fol- 
lowed by  a  field  critique,  and  a  detailed  critique  will  be  held 
after  each  firing  as  soon  as  the  target  reports  can  be  prepared. 

11.  The  following  courses  are  prescribed: 


312 

Course  A. 

For  captains  and  lieutenants  of  Field  Artillery  and  such 
officers  of  the  Infantry  and  Cavalry  as  may  be  ordered  to 
attend  by  the  War  Department. 

Course  B. 

For  field  officers  of  Field  Artillery. 

Course  C. 

For  noncommissioned  officers  of  Field  Artillery. 

{a)  This  course  will  be  for  a  period  of  four  months,  each 
term  to  begin  a  month  in  advance  of  course  A. 

(&)  The  enlisted  men  recommended  for  this  course  must 
have  the  following  qualifications : 

(1)  They  must  be  intelligent  and  well  grounded  in  reading, 
writing,  and  arithmetic,  to  include,  in  arithmetic,  long  divi- 
sion and  decimal  fractions. 

(2)  They  must  be  of  excellent  character  and  in  good 
physical  condition. 

(3)  They  must  be  willing  to  accept  the  detail. 

(4)  They  must  be  men  whose  terms  of  enlistment  will  not 
expire  while  at  the  school. 

Course  D. 

For  officers  of  the  Field  Artillery  organizations  of  the  Or- 
ganized Militia,  under  regulations  prescribed  by  the  Secretary 
of  War. 

Course  A:  Target  practice  and  the  tactical  use  of  Field 
Artillery.  Reconnaissance,  occupation  of  positions,  and  pan- 
oramic sketching.  Study  of  the  organization  of  the  personnel, 
materiel,  and  ammunition  supply  of  foreign  services  in  com- 
parison with  our  own.  Ammunition  supply  service.  Practical 
ballistics. 

Course  B :  Target  practice  and  the  tactical  use  of  Field 
Artillery.  Duties  of  Artillery  commanders.  Reconnaissance 
and  occupation  of  positions,  in  accordance  with  concrete  tacti- 
cal problems.  Fire  direction  for  the  organization  of  which 
their  rank  gives  them  command.    Ammunition  supply  service. 

Course  C :  Setting  up  and  operation  of  targets.  Observation 
of  fire.    Sketching  and  scouting.    Range  finding,  use  of  instru- 


313 

ments,  and  such  other  instruction  as  the  commandant  may 
find  necessary  in  individual  cases. 

Course  D:  Such  parts  of  courses  A  and  B  as  may  be  pre- 
scribed by  the  commandant  of  the  school. 

12.  Officers  and  enlisted  men  who  have  completed  any  course 
sati>sfactorily  will  be  furnished  with  a  certificate  to  that 
effect,  signed  by  the  commandant  of  the  School  of  Fire  and 
duly  recorded  by  the  secretary. 

13.  The  School  of  Fire  for  Field  Artillery  will  be  governed 
by  the  rules  of  discipline  prescribed  by  Army  Regulations  and 
by  its  own  special  regulations. 

Correspondence  with  officers  on  duty  with  the  school  will  be 
conducted  through  the  commanding  officer  of  Fort  Sill. 

14.  The  instruction  units  will  not  be  required  to  comply  with 
the  annual  instruction  order  for  Field  Artillery,  and  the  offi- 
cers serving  with  them  will  not  be  required  to  pursue  the  gar- 
rison school  course  nor  the  postgraduate  course.  {G.  0.  73, 
1914,  as  amended- -17262 Jf 2  A,  A.  G.  O.) 

SCHOOL   OF   MUSKETRY,    FORT    SILL,    OKLA. 

127.  Regulations. — I.  Regulations  governing  the  School  of 
Musketry : 

1.  The  School  of  Musketry  shall  be  a  part  of  the  command 
of  Fort  Sill,  Okla. 

2.   OBJECT. 

The  object  of  the  School  of  Musketry  is  to  train  officers  and 
noncommissioned  officers  for  their  iraportent  duties  as  fire 
leaders  in  battle  and  to  provide  trained  instructors  for  regi- 
mental schools  of  practical  musketry. 

3.   PERSONNEL. 

The  personnel  of  the  school  will  consist  of  the  commandant, 
the  assistant  commandant,  the  school  staff,  the  school  detach- 
ment, the  school  troops,  and  such  officers  and  enlisted  men  as 
may  be  detailed  to  attend  the  courses  of  instruction  at  the 
school. 

4.  THE  COMMANDANT. 

(«)  The  commandant  of  the  school  will  be  an  officer  spe- 
cially selected  by  the  Secretary  of  War  and  charged  with  the 
administration  of  the  school.    Appropriations  for  the  support 


314 

of  the  school  and  for  the  purchase  of  school  property  will  be 
disbursed  on  vouchers  approved  by  him. 

(b)  He  will  make  application  for  the  detail  of  suitable 
officers  for  the  school  staff  and  shall  assign  officers  so  detailed 
to  such  duty  incident  to  the  school  work  and  its  administra- 
tion as  may  be  necessary.  He  will  make  application  also  for 
the  detail  or  assignment  of  suitable  noncommissioned  officers 
and  other  enlisted  men  for  the  school  detachment  and  shall 
assign  them  to  specific  duties  in  the  detachment. 

(c)  He  will  supervise  the  training  of  the  school  troops  and 
the  methods  of  instruction  in  the  school  courses  and  make 
requisition  for  articles  and  equipment  to  carry  out  the  pur- 
poses of  the  school. 

{d)  On  the  1st  of  August  of  each  year  the  commandant  will 
make  a  report  upon  the  progress  and  needs  of  the  school,  and 
on  the  same  date  he  will  submit  a  detailed  program  of  instruc- 
tion covering  the  courses  to  be  given  during  the  ensuing  year. 
When  this  program  has  been  approved  it  will  be  published  for 
the  guidance  of  the  school  and  the  information  of  the  students. 

(e)  At  the  end  of  each  course  the  commandant  will  submit 
a  report  setting  forth  briefly  the  work  accomplished  during 
the  course  and  showing  the  names  of  officers  and  noncommis- 
sioned officers  who  have  satisfactorily  completed  the  course. 

(/)  In  case  of  the  absence  or  disability  of  the  commandant, 
his  duties  shall  be  performed  by  the  assistant  commandant. 

5.   THE   ASSISTANT    COMMANDANT. 

The  assistant  commandant  will  be  an  officer  specially  se- 
lected by  the  Secretary  of  War  for  the  duty  and  will  assist 
the  commandant  in  the  administration  and  instruction  work 
of  the  school,  act  for  the  commandant  in  his  absence,  and  per- 
form such  other  duties  connected  with  the  school  as  may  be 
assigned  to  him. 

6.    SCHOOL    STAFF. 

The  school  staff  will  consist  of  all  officers,  not  students,  on 
duty  with  the  School  of  Musketry.  It  will  include  the  secre- 
tary, the  statistical  officer,  th^  range  officer,  the  directors,  and 
the  instructors. 

7.    THE    SECRETARY. 

The  secretary  will  be  the  custodian  of  the  books  and  records 
of  the  school  and  will  disburse  the  school  funds  under  the 


315 

direction  of  the  commandant.  He  will  command  the  school 
detachment  and  the  student  companies,  be  in  charge  of  the 
library,  and  will  conduct  the  correspondence  of  the  school. 

8.    THE    STATISTICAL    OFFICEE. 

The  statistical  officer  will  keep  the  records  of  all  firing 
and  will  make  such  computations  thereon  as  may  be  required. 

9.   THE   RANGE  OFFICEE. 

The  range  officer  will  establish  and  maintain  the  targets, 
range  guards,  and  range  communications  on  all  ranges  and 
firing  grounds  used  by  the  school  and  perform  such  other 
duties  connected  with  the  ranges  and  firing  grounds  as  may  be 
directed  by  the  commandant. 

10.    THE    ORDNANCE    OFFICER. 

The  ordnance  officer  will  be  an  officer  of  the  Ordnance 
Department,  specially  selected  by  the  Secretary  of  War  to 
perform  the  duties  of  ordnance  supply  officer  for  the  School 
of  Musketry  and  the  School  of  Fire  for  Field  Artillery.  He 
will  be  in  charge  of  the  storehouses,  workshops,  and  property 
useil  in  common  by  the  two  schools  and  be  directly  under  the 
commanding  officer  of  Fort  Sill,  Okla. 

11.  DIRECTORS  AND  INSTRUCTORS. 

(a)  The  directors  will  be  assigned  by  the  commandant  to 
the  several  departments  into  which  the  school  is  divided  and, 
under  the  supervision  of  the  assistant  commandant,  will  have 
charge  of  the  instruction  and  experimental  work  of  the 
school.  They  will  be  assisted  by  such  number  of  instructors  as 
may  be  assigned  by  the  commandant  to  their  departments. 

(b)  The  instructors,  under  the  supervision  of  the  directors, 
will  have  charge  of  the  instruction  work  and  be  assisted  by 
such  sergeant-instructors  as  may  be  available  for  that  duty. 

(c)  When  practicable  directors  and  instructors  will  be 
senior  to  student  officers,  but  whether  senior  or  junior  direc- 
tors and  instructors  will  be  accorded  the  respect  due  to  their 
positions. 

(d)  Except  when,  in  the  opinion  of  the  commandant,  the 
exigencies  of  the  service  demand  a  departure  from  the  rule, 
directors,    instructors,    and    student   officers   will   be   exempt 


316 

from  all  ordinary  garrison  duties  and  routine,  from  attend- 
ance at  the  garrison  school  for  officers,  from  court-martial 
duty,  and  from  all  such  drills  and  ceremonies  as  are  not 
included  in  the  course  of  instruction,  and,  in  general,  from 
all  duties  which  would  interfere  with  the  performance  of 
their  functions  in  the  school. 

12.    SCHOOL    BOARD. 

The  school  board  will  consist  of  the  commandant,  the  assist- 
ant commandant,  and  the  directors,  with  the  secretary  as 
recorder.  The  board  will  arrange  the  program  of  instruction 
and  will  prescribe  the  character  and  scope  of  the  examinations 
and  pass  upon  questions  of  proficiency.  It  will  constitute  a 
permanent  board  for  such  investigations  and  research  work  a& 
may  be  referred  to  the  school  by  proper  authority. 

13.    SCHOOL   DETACHMENT. 

The  school  detachment  will  consist  of  such  enlisted  men  and 
civilians  as  may  be  authorized  by  the  War  Department.  Its 
members  will  assist  in  the  instruction,  administration,  and 
maintenance  of  the  school,  perform  the  skilled  labor  thereat^ 
and  exercise  such  other  functions  as  may  be  assigned  to  them 
by  the  commandant. 

14.    SCHOOL   TROOPS. 

•The  school  troops  will  consist  of  such  regular  organizations 
as  may  be  assigned  to  duty  at  the  School  of  Musketry.  They 
will  perform  the  usual  guard,  fatigue,  and  administrative 
duties  at  the  old  post  of  Fort  Sill  and  provide  such  fatigue  and 
other  details  as  may  be  needed  incident  to  the  work  of  the 
school. 

School  troops  w^ill  not  be  required  to  comply  with  the  annual 
training  orders  for  their  arm  of  service,  but  will  be  trained 
under  the  direction  of  the  commandant.  Officers  serving  with 
school  troops  will  not  be  required  to  pursue  the  garrison  school 
course  nor  the  postgraduate  school  course  of  the  garrison 
schools. 

15.    STUDENTS. 

(a)  student  officers  and  noncommissioned  officers  will  be 
selected  by  the  Secretary  of  War  on  the  recommendation  of 
their  regimental  or  other  commanders,  made  in  accordance 


317 

with  the  regulations  publislied  in  orders  governing  such 
recommendations. 

(6)  To  each  student  who  satisfactorily  completes  the 
■course  and  is  declared  proficient  by  the  school  board  a  cer- 
tificate of  proficiency  will  be  issued,  signed  by  the  commandant 
and  the  secretary  of  the  school.  The  possession  of  a  certificate 
of  proficiency  by  an  officer  will  be  noted  on  his  efficiency  rec- 
ord and  such  certificate  will  be  considered  as  equivalent  to  a 
certificate  of  proficiency  in  the  subject  of  the  Small-Arms 
Firing  Manual.  It  will  also  exempt  the  holder  from  exami- 
nation for  promotion  in  that  subject  for  a  period  of  three 
years  from  the  date  of  its  issue  or  for  five  years  when  spe- 
-cially  recommended  by  the  school  board  for  such  extended 
exemption.  The  commandant  will  report  to  The  Adjutant 
•General  of  the  Army  the  names  of  all  officers  who  complete 
the  course  satisfactorily  and  are  declared  proficient,  the  names 
of  any  officers  who  are  found  deficient  in  the  course  with  a 
statement  as  to  the  cause  of  deficiency,  and  the  names  of 
those  specially  recommended  by  the  school  board  for  extended 
exemption  from  examination  for  promotion.  The  possession 
of  a  certificate  of  proficiency  by  an  enlisted  man  will  be  made 
a  matter  of  record  and  be  noted  on  the  soldier's  discharge 
certificate. 

(c)  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  school  board  the  com- 
mandant may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War, 
retain  graduates  on  duty  with  the  school  and  assign  them 
to  duty  on  the  school  staff  or  in  the  school  detachment. 

16.   COUESES    OF    INSTETJCTION. 

There  will  be  two  school  terms  in  each  calendar  year,  in 
each  of  which  the  following  courses  are  prescribed : 

(a)   For  field  officers  of  Infantry  and  Cavalry. 

(ft)  For  captains  and  first  lieutenants  of  Infantry  and 
Cavalry. 

(c)  For  lieutenants  of  Infantry  and  Cavalry  for  instruction 
with  machine  guns. 

(d)  For  noncommissioned  officers  of  Infantry  and  Cavalry 
other  than  those  belonging  to  machine-gun  organizations. 

(e)  For  noncommissioned  officers  of  Infantry  and  Cavalry 
machine-gun  organizations. 

(/)  For  general,  field,  and  staff  officers  and  such  other 
officers  as  may  be  designated  by  the  Secretary  of  War  to  take 


318 

this  course.    No  officer  of  Infantry  or  Cavalry  is  eligible  for 
this  observation  course. 

17.    METHODS    OF   INSTRUCTION. 

Instruction  will  be  carried  on  concurrently  in  two  depart- 
ments of  instruction,  viz: 

(a)  Department  of  Small  Arms  (rifle  and  pistol). 

(6)  Department  of  Machine  Guns. 

Instruction  in  the  school  will  be  imparted  by  lectures,  con- 
ferences, demonstrations,  and  practical  firing  problems  and 
exercises.  Examinations  either  written,  oral,  or  practical 
will  be  held  near  the  close  of  each  course  to  determine  the 
proficiency  of  the  students  in  the  subjects  covered  by  the 
instruction. 

Before  the  close  of  the  course  each  officer  will  be  required 
to  prepare  and  read  before  the  assembled  school  a  thesis  on  a 
professional  subject  pertaining  to  musketry  or  kindred 
matters. 

18.    ADMINISTRATION. 

The  School  of  Musketry  will  be  governed  by  the  rules  of 
discipline  prescribed  in  Army  Regulations  and  by  its  own 
special  regulations.  Matters  pertaining  to  the  courses  of 
instruction  will  be  subject  exclusively  to  control  of  the  War 
Department. 

The  commandant  will  furnish  copies  of  all  orders  issued  by 
him  pursuant  to  the  authority  contained  in  these  regulations 
changing  the  status  of  officers  and  noncommissioned  officers 
on  duty  at  the  school  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army 
and  to  all  headquarters,  to  commanding  officers,  and  others 
interested  in  or  affected  by  such  orders. 

II.  Regulations  and  instructions  governing  the  selection  of 
student  officers  and  noncommissioned  oflScers  at  the  School  of 
Musketry : 

1.  The  school  year  is  divided  into  two  periods  of  about 
four  months  each. 

INSTRUCTION    COURSES    BEGINNING  FEBRUARY   20    AND  AUGUST    20. 

Course  A.  For  15  field  officers  of  Infantry  and  Cavalry. 
Course  B.  For  30  captains  and  first  lieutenants  of  Infantry 
and  Cavalry. 


319 

Course  C.  For  15  lieutenants  of  Infantry  and  Cavalry  for 
instruction  with  machine  guns. 

Course  D.  For  110  noncommissioned  officers  of  Infantry 
and  Cavalry  other  than  those  belonging  to  machine-gun 
organizations. 

Course  E.  For  32  noncommissioned  officers  of  Infantry  and 
Cavalry  machine-gun  organizations. 

OBSERVATION    COURSE    BEGINNING    JUNE    1    AND    DECEMBER    1. 

Course  F.  For  general,  field,  and  staff  officers  and  such 
other  officers  as  may  be  designated  by  the  Secretary  of  War 
to  take  this  course,  for  which  no  officer  of  Infantry  or  Cav- 
alry is  considered  eligible. 

2.  Selections  of  students  for  these  courses  will  be  made  by 
the  Secretary  of  War  on  the  recommendation  of  regimental  or 
other  commanders  made  in  conformity  with  these  regulations. 

3.  The  commanding  officer  of  each  regiment  of  Infantry  and 
Cavalry  serving  within  the  continental  limits  of  the  United 
States  will  submit  the  names  of  officers  and  noncommissioned 
officers  of  their  respective  regiments  whom  they  recommend  as 
students  at  the  School  of  Musketry.  These  recommendations 
will  be  made  twice  each  year,  on  December  1  and  June  1,  and 
will  state  specifically  for  which  course  the  officer  or  noncom- 
missioned officer  is  recommended,  as  follows: 

For  course  A,  one  field  officer. 

For  course  B,  two  company  officers  (captains  or  first  lieu- 
tenants), one  as  principal,  the  other  as  alternate. 

For  course  C,  one  lieutenant  for  machine-gun  instruction. 

For  course  D,  four  noncommissioned  officers  other  than 
those  belonging  to  machine-gun  organizations. 

For  course  E,  one  noncommissioned  officer  of  machine-gun 
organizations. 

4.  In  making  recommendations  of  officers  for  detail  as  stu- 
dents at  the  School  of  Musketry,  the  regimental  commander 
will  be  governed  by  the  following  limiting  conditions : 

(a)  No  officer  will  be  considered  available  for  the  detail 
who  will  not  be  eligible  for  detached  service  during  the  entire 
period  covered  by  the  course  for  which  recommended. 

(&)  No  officer  will  be  considered  available  for  the  detail 
who  has  been  or  may  be' ordered  to  foreign  or  other  service 
which  would  operate  to  relieve  him  from  the  school  before  the 
close  of  the  course  for  which  recommended. 


(c)  Officers  recommended  should  be  suitable  for  duty  as 
instructors  of  musketry  in  the  regiment  and  be  available  for 
such  duty  upon  their  graduation  from  the  school. 

(d)  Where,  in  any  regiment,  the  directed  recommendations 
can  not  all  be  made  because  there  is  no  officer  qualified  for 
the  detail,  that  fact  will  be  stated  in  explanation  of  the 
failure  to  make  the  required  recommendations. 

5.  In  making  the  recommendations  for  the  detail  of  non- 
commissioned officers  as  students  at  the  School  of  Musketry 
regimental  commanders  will  be  governed  by  the  following 
limiting  considerations  : 

(a)  No  noncommissioned  officer  will  be  considered  available 
for  the  detail  unless  he  shall  at  the  time  of  entrance  at  the 
school  have  two  years  to  serve  in  his  current  enlistment  or, 
having  less  than  two  years  to  serve,  has  signified  in  writing 
his  intention  to  reenlist.  In  no  case  will  a  man  be  detailed 
whose  term  of  enlistment  expires  while  at  the  school. 

(&)  Noncommissioned  officers  recommended  for  the  detail 
should  be  selected  not  so  much  for  their  excellence  in  marks- 
manship as  for  their  estimated  aptitude  as  instructors  of 
musketry  in  the  regiment  after  graduation.  They  should  be 
of  good  character,  be  in  good  physical  condition,  and  be  well 
grounded  in  reading,  writing,  and  arithmetic.  Preference 
should  be  given  to  those  who  have  expressed  a  desire  for  the 
detail. 

6.  As  the  observation  course  will  be  included  in  the  regular 
courses  for  which  they  are  eligible,  no  officer  of  Infantry  or 
of  Cavalry  will  be  considered  eligible  for  that  course  alone. 
Officers  wiio  are  eligible  may  make  application  on  the  dates 
fixed  for  the  recommendations  of  regimental  commanders  for 
authority  to  attend  the  observation  course.  Such  applica- 
tions should  be  made  through  the  usual  channels  to  The  Adju- 
tant General  of  the  Army,  stating  that  the  applicant  desires  to 
attend  the  observation  course. 

7.  Owing  to  the  limited  capacity  of  the  school,  no  more  stu- 
dent officers  than  the  numbers  mentioned  in  Paragraph  II, 
section  1,  can  be  accommodated  at  the  School  of  Musketry 
until  additional  quarters  are  provided.  When  the  number  of 
available  officers  recommended  for  detail  as  students  under 
Paragraph  II,  section  3,  falls  below  the  capacity  of  the  school, 
officers  of  the  Organized  Militia,  the  Marine  Corps,  and  the 
Navy  may  be  admitted  to  fill  up  the  classes.     Officers  of  the 


321 

Field  Artillery  regiment  stationed  at  Fort  Sill  may,  however, 
in  a  limited  number  attend  the  classes  of  the  School  of  Mus- 
ketry upon  making  application  for  this  privilege  to  The  Adju- 
tant General  of  the  Army  through  their  commanding  officers 
and  the  commandant  of  the  School  of  Musketry.  While  so 
attending,  these  officers  will  enjoy  all  the  privileges  of  regular 
students  except  that  of  quarters.  (G.  0.  28,  1915—2220899, 
A.  G.  O.) 

SCHOOLS  FOR  BAKERS  AND  COOKS. 

128.  Regulations. — Regulations  governing  the  several 
schools  for  bakers  and  cooks  as  authorized  in  Tables  of 
Organization : 

1.  The  commanding  officers  of  the  posts  where  schools  for 
bakers  and  cooks  are  located,  under  the  direction  of  depart- 
ment commanders,  will  be  the  commandants  of  the  schools  at 
their  respective  posts. 

2.  The  commandant  of  each  school,  under  the  direction  of 
the  department  commander  concerned,  will  arrange  the  pro- 
gram of  instruction  as  to  subjects,  textbooks,  and  allotment  of 
time,  will  prescribe  the  character  and  scope  of  examina- 
tions, and  will  have  final  determination  of  all  questions  of 
proficiency. 

3.  The  enlisted  instruction  personnel  at  each  of  the  several 
schools  for  bakers  and  cooks  will  consist  of — 

(a)  A  permanent  school  detachment;  the  enlisted  faculty. 

(b)  A  temporary  personnel — 

(1)  Members    of    the    bakers    companies    attached    as 

needed. 

(2)  Certain  proficient  student  personnel. 

TABLE    OF   INSTRUCTION    PERSONNEL. 

(a)  The  enlisted  faculty. 

One  senior  instructor:  Supervisor  of  instruction;  baking 
and  cooking.  Instructor  of  mess  sergeants.  In  charge  of  bak- 
ery laboratory.  Lecturer  on  subjects  taught.  To  have  the 
rank  of  quartermaster  sergeant,  Quartermaster  Corps,  and 
extra-duty  pay  of  $1  per  day. 

One  chief  instructor  in  baking,  garrison  and  field :  Expert 
on  processes  of  fermentation,  pastry,  and  bread  making.  To 
40062°— 16 21 


322 

have  the  rank  of  sergeant,  Quartermaster  Corps,  and  extra- 
duty  pay  of  $1  per  day. 

One  chief  instructor  in  cooking,  garrison  and  field :  Expert 
in  handling  the  Army  ration  in  garrison  and  field  to  best  ad- 
vantages. To  have  the  rank  of  sergeant.  Quartermaster 
Corps,  and  extra-duty  pay  of  $1  per  day. 

One  instructor  in  baking,  garrison  and  field :  Able  to  replace 
the  chief  instructor  in  baking.  To  have  the  rank  of  sergeant. 
Quartermaster  Corps,  and  extra-duty  pay  of  50  cents  per  day. 

One  instructor  in  cooking,  garrison  and  field :  Able  to  re- 
place the  chief  instructor  in  cooking.  To  have  the  rank  of 
sergeant.  Quartermaster  Corps,  and  extra-duty  pay  of  50 
cents  per  day. 

One  instructor  in  mess  accounts  and  arithmetic:  Acting 
first  sergeant,  quartermaster  sergeant,  and  clerk  to  the  school 
detachment  and  attached  student  personnel ;  keeper  of  all 
records  and  accounts.  To  have  the  rank  of  sergeant,  Quarter- 
master Corps,  and  extra-duty  pay  of  50  cents  per  day. 

Total,  6. 

(&)  The  temporary  personnel. 

Assistant  instructors  (assigned  from  time  to  time  in  such 
numbers  and  to  such  duty  as  the  particular  school  needs  may 
require),  to  assist  in  instruction  under  the  guidance  and 
supervision  of  the  enlisted  faculty,  to  be  obtained  from  the 
following  sources: 

(1)  From  members  of  the  bakery  companies  (cooks  and 
bakers)  attached  to  and  utilized  as,  but  not  forming  a  part  of. 
the  permanent  instruction  personnel  of  the  schools,  but  to  be 
subject  to  duty  with  the  bakery  company  whenever  assembled. 
To  have  the  rank  of  their  grade. 

(2)  From  noncommissioned  officers,  pursuing  the  mess  ser- 
geants' course  of  four  months  during  the  last  month  of  that 
course.    To  have  the  rank  of  their  grade. 

4.  The  term  of  each  school  will  be  four  months :  Provided, 
That  enlisted  men  of  previous  experience  or  of  marked  ability 
may,  when  deemed  proficient  by  the  officer  in  charge,  be  grad- 
uated after  three  months'  instruction;  and  Provided  further, 
That  enlisted  men  who  are  unable  to  qualify  within  the  four 
months,  but  who  have  nevertheless  demonstrated  their  fitness 
for  the  work,  may  be  retained  for  additional  instruction  for  a 
period  not  to  exceed  one  month. 


323 

5.  The  course  of  theoretical  and  practical  instruction  will 
be  conducted  by  the  officer  in  charge  of  each  school,  who  will 
submit  to  the  commandant  thereof  an  annual  report  not  later 
than  July  20  regarding  the  progress  and  needs  of  the  school. 

6.  The  commandant  of  each  school  will  submit  to  The  Adju- 
tant General  of  the  Army,  through  military  channels,  not 
later  than  August  31  of  each  year,  a  report  regarding  the  prog- 
ress and  needs  of  the  school. 

7.  The  classes  under  instruction  will  be  composed  of  enlisted 
men  specially  recommended  by  the  organization,  coast  defense, 
or  regimental  commanders,  who  have  had  at  least  one  year's 
service,  and  who  have  not  less  than  two  years  of  the  minimum 
active  term  to  serve,  or  who,  having  less  than  that 'time  to 
serve,  have  signified  in  writing  their  intention  to  reenlist. 
Enlisted  men  who  have  only  a  short  time  to  serve  and  who 
have  not  signified  their  intention  to  reenlist  will  not  be  recom- 
mended for  detail.  In  no  case  will  men  be  selected  whose 
enlistments  or  terms  of  active  service  expire  during  the  school 
course. 

8.  The  enlisted  men  recommended  must  be  of  excellent 
character  and  in  good  physical  condition.  They  must  not 
show  a  positive  reaction  on  a  Wasserman  test  or  be  suffering 
from  a  communicable  disease  of  any  nature.  They  must  be 
well  grounded  in  reading,  writing,  and  arithmetic  and  must 
be  men  who  have  expressed  a  willingness  to  accept  the  detail. 
In  the  cases  of  enlisted  men  who  may  be  selected  for  these 
details  and  sent  to  the  school,  and  who  prove  themselves  to  be 
manifestly  unfit  for  such  service,  the  officer  recommending 
their  detail  will  be  called  on  to  justify  his  recommendation. 

9.  There  will  be  simultaneously  under  instruction  in  each 
school  four  classes  of  bakers  and  four  classes  of  cooks,  a  new 
class  of  each  to  enter  on  the  loth  of  every  month. 

10.  An  organization,  coast  defense,  or  regimental  com- 
mander desiring  to  enter  a  soldier  in  one  of  these  training 
schools  will  make  application  for  the  privilege  through  mili- 
tary channels  to  his  department  commander.  Applications 
may  be  forwarded  at  any  time. 

11.  Regimental  commanders  will  take  proper  steps  to  have 
at  least  one  graduate  baker  available  with  each  regiment. 
This  provision  will  not  apply  to  regiments  serving  at  oversea 
stations,  except  in  the  Philippine  and  Hawaiian  Departments. 


324 

12.  Details  for  the  training  seliools  will  be  made  by  depart- 
ment commanders  in  order  to  reach  the  actual  needs  of  the 
service  without  exceeding  the  accommodations  of  the  training 
schools. 

13.  In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  the  commandant  of  each 
school,  with  the  approval  of  the  department  commander  con- 
cerned, is  authorized  to  detail  such  enlisted  men  belonging 
to  organizations  stationed  at  the  post  where  the  school  is 
located  as  in  his  opinion  are  available  and  suitable;  these 
men  to  be  exempt  from  so  much  of  the  requirements  of  section 
7  of  this  order  as  specifies  length  of  time  to  serve. 

14.  Commanders  of  organizations  will  note  on  the  descrip- 
tive lists  of  men  ordered  for  instruction,  "  Bakers'  class  "  or 
"  Cooks'  class,"  depending  upon  the  nature  of  the  instruction. 

15.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  school  course  certificates  of 
proficiency  will  be  awarded  to  men  who  successfully  pass  a- 
satisfactory  theoretical  and  practical  examination.  Degrees 
of  proficiency  will  be  noted  thereon  as  follows : 

Assistant  baker :  A  competent  journeyman  baker. 

Baker :  Same  as  assistant  baker,  and  capable  of  handling  a 
bakery,  its  working  force,  and  all  of  its  accounts. 

Second  cook:  A  competent  organization  cook. 

First  cook:  Same  as  second  cook  and  capable  of  handling 
a  kitchen,  its  working  force,  and  simple  accounts. 

Mess  sergeant:  A  first  cook  who  has  demonstrated  for  at 
least  one  month  his  ability  to  supervise  and  control  all  details 
and  accounts  of  an  organization  mess.  (Par.  I,  G.  O.  60, 
1915—18U970  A,  A.  O.  O.) 

SCHOOL    FOR    SADDLERS    AND    FOR    BATTERY    ME- 
CHANICS OF  FIELD  ARTILLERY. 

129.  Regulations. — A  training  school  for  saddlers  and  for 
battery  mechanics  of  Field  Artillery  is  established  at  the 
Rock  Island  Arsenal,  Rock  Island,  111. 

The  school  term  is  of  11  months'  duration,  from  the  1st 
day  of  August  in  each  year  until  the  30th  day  of  June  of  the 
following  year. 

The  school  is  under  the  direction  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance, 
who  will  instruct  the  commanding  officer  of  the  Rock  Island 
Arsenal  in  regard  to  the  selection  and  detail,  from  officers 
and  others  of  his  command,  of  such  assistants  as  may  be  nee- 


325 

essary  for  the  proper  conduct  of  the  school  and  for  the  organi- 
zation and  discipline  of  the  enlisted  men  composing  the  classes 
under  instruction. 

Instruction  in  the  school  is  practical  and  is  conducted  with 
a  view  to  training  saddlers  to  make  or  repair  efficiently  and 
in  the  most  practical  and  expeditious  manner  any  horse  equip- 
ments or  harness  on  which  they  would  ordinarily  be  required 
to  work  in  their  organizations  and  with  a  view  to  training 
battery  mechanics  in  the  construction,  assembling,  and  dis- 
mounting of  Field  Artillery  material  and  in  making  such 
repairs  as  would  be  required  of  them  in  their  organizations. 

At  the  beginning  of  each  term  of  the  school  the  classes  put 
under  instruction  will  be  composed  of  specially  recommended 
enlisted  men  who  have  not  less  than  one  year  and  six  months 
to  serve,  detailed  from  the  various  organizations  of  the  Army. 
Details  will  be  made  by  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army 
in  order  that  the  number  under  instruction  at  any  one  time 
may  not  exceed  the  accommodations  of  the  school. 

An  organization  commander  desiring  to  enter  a  man  in  this 
school  will  make  application  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army  for  that  purpose,  explaining  the  degree  of  urgency  of 
the  need  for  a  trained  saddler  or  battery  mechanic  in  the 
organization.  The  enlisted  men  recommended  for  detail  must 
be  of  excellent  character,  intelligent,  and  in  good  health. 
Preference  should  be  given  to  men  who  desire  to  learn  the 
saddler's  or  harness  maker's  trade  or  the  duties  of  Field  Ar- 
tillery battery  mechanics  and  who  have  shown  an  aptitude 
therefor.  Communications  concerning  men  detailed  for  or 
undergoing  instruction  at  the  school  should  be  addressed  to 
the  commanding  officer,  Rock  Island  Arsenal,  Rock  Island,  111. 

The  Chief  of  Ordnance  will  include  in  his  annual  report  a 
statement  of  the  progress  and  needs  of  the  school. 

Upon  completion  of  the  school  course  certificates  of  pro- 
ficiency signed  by  the  commanding  officer  of  the  arsenal  will 
be  awarded  to  the  men  who  have  attained  a  sufficiently  high 
standard  in  their  work. 

Unless  otherwise  directed,  the  commanding  officer.  Rock 
Island  Arsenal,  will,  by  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War, 
relieve  all  enlisted  men  detailed  for  instruction  at  the  school 
at  the  proper  time  after  the  completion  of  the  courses.  En- 
listed men  so  relieved  will  be  ordered  to  join  their  proper 
stations.    Those  whose  stations  are  in  the  Philippine  Islands 


326 

will  report  at  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  in  time  to  embark  on  the 
next  Army  transport  sailing  from  that  port  after  the  date  of 
their  being  relieved  from  duty  at  the  school.  (Par.  II,  G.  O. 
80,1909—1508154,  A.  Q.  O.) 

CIVIL  EDUCATIONAL  INSTITUTIONS. 

130.  Detail  of  officers  and  issue  of  ordnance  stores. — 

1.  The  following  regulations  and  instructions  govern  the  de- 
tail of  officers  of  the  Army  at  educational  institutions  and  the 
issue  of  ordnance  stores  thereto : 

APPORTIONMENT    OF    DETAILS. 

2.  The  details  authorized  by  the  act  approved  April  21, 
1904,  are  in  addition  to  the  number  allowed  by  section  1225, 
Revised  Statutes,  as  amended  by  the  act  approved  November 
3,  1893,  and  may  be  made  to  educational  institutions  in  any 
State  or  Territory  without  reference  to  population  or  to  the 
number  of  officers  already  serving  therein. 

The  following  apportionment,  in  accordance  with  section 
1225,  Revised  Statutes,  as  amended  by  the  act  approved  No- 
vember 3,  1893,  is  adopted,  and  details  will  be  made  in  accord- 
ance therewith. 

Apportionment  of  details  of  100  officers  of  the  Army  at  uni- 
versities, colleges,  academies,  etc.,  based  upon  the  number  of 
States  and  the  population  of  the  States  and  Territories  as 
determined  by  the  census  of  1910. 


states  and  Territories. 


Details 
for  land- 
grant 
schools. 


Details 

by 
popula- 
tion. 


Total. 


Maine 

New  Hampshire. 

Vermont 

Massachusetts . . . 
Rhode  Island 


Connecticut. 
New  York.. 
New  Jersey. . 


Pennsylvauia. 

Delaware 

Maryland 


District  of  Columbia. 

Virginia 

West  Virginia 


10 


327 

Apportionment  of  details  of  100  officers  of  the  Army  at  uni- 
versities, colleges,  academies,  etc. — Continued. 


States  and  Territories. 


North  Carolina. 
South  Carolina. 


Georgia 

Florida 

.\labania. . . 
Mississippi. 


Texas 

Louisiana. 
Arkansas.. 
Oklahoma. 


Kentucky. 
Ohio 


Indiana.. 
Illinois... 
Michigan. 


Missouri. 
Kansas.. 
Iowa 


Nebraska. 
Minnesota. 
Wisconsin. 


North  Dakota. 
South  Dakota. 

Montana 

Idaho 


Washington. 

Alaska 

Oregon 


California. 
Nevada.. 

Utah , 

Arizona . . 
Hawaii... 


New  Mexico. 

Colorado 

Wyoming.. . 


Porto  Rico. 
Total. 


Details 
for  land- 
grant 
schools. 


Details 

by 
popula- 
tion. 


48 


52 


Total. 


3.  The  following  regulations  in  regard  to  the  detail  of  offi- 
cers of  the  Army  at  educational  institutions  within  the  United 
States  and  its  Territories  are  prescribed  by  the  President 
under  the  foregoing  laws: 


328 


CLASSIFICATION. 


4.  Institutions  to  which  officers  of  the  Army  are  detailed 
under  the  provisions  of  section  1225,  Revised  Statutes  of  the 
United  States,  and  of  the  acts  of  Congress  amendatory  thereof, 
will  be  divided  into  classes  as  follows : 

Class  M  C. — Colleges  and  universities  (including  land- 
grant  institutions)  where  the  curriculum  is  sufficiently  ad- 
vanced to  carry  with  it  a  degree,  where  the  students  are  habit- 
ually in  uniform,  where  the  average  age  of  the  students  on 
graduation  is  not  less  than  21  years,  where  military  disci- 
pline is  constantly  maintained,  and  where  one  of  the  leading 
objects  is  the  development  of  the  student  by  means  of  military 
drill  and  by  regulating  his  daily  conduct  according  to  the 
principles  of  military  discipline. 

Class  M. — Essentially  military  institutions  where  the  cur- 
riculum is  not  sufficiently  advanced  to  carry  with  it  a  degree, 
or  where  the  average  age  of  the  students  on  graduation  is  less 
than  21  years. 

Class  C. — Colleges  and  universities  (including  land-grant 
institutions)  not  essentially  military,  where  the  curriculum 
is  sufficiently  advanced  to  carry  with  it  a  degree,  and  where 
the  average  age  of  the  students  on  graduation  is  not  less 
than  21  years. 

Class  S  M. — Institutions  not  included  in  any  of  the  classes 
mentioned  above. 

5.  The  War  Department  will  classify  all  institutions  and 
make  necessary  changes  of  classification  upon  receipt  of  the 
reports  of  the  annual  inspections. 

6.  The  institutions  of  Classes  M  C  and  C,  not  exceeding  10 
in  any  year,  whose  students  have  exhibited  the  greatest  degree 
of  military  training  as  compared  with  others  of  their  class, 
and  whose  graduates  of  that  year  are,  by  reason  of  discipline, 
education,  and  military  training,  best  qualified  for  commis- 
sions in  the  Army,  will  be  designated,  in  addition  to  above 
classification,  as  "  Distinguished  colleges,"  and  the  year  or 
years  in  which  distinguished  will  be  added. 

The  institutions  of  Class  M,  not  exceeding  10  of  the  whole 
number  in  that  class,  whose  students  display  the  greatest  de- 
gree of  military  training  and  instruction,  will  be  designated 
as  "  Honor  schools,"  and  the  year  or  years  in  which  so  desig- 
nated will  be  added. 


329 

THE    DETAIL    OF    OFFICEES    AND    NONCOMMISSIONED    OFFICERS. 

7.  When  the  detail  of  an  officer  of  the  Army  as  professor  of 
military  science  and  tactics  is  desired,  application  should  be 
made  by  the  president  or  other  chief  administrative  officer  of 
the  institution  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

8.  The  application,  when  no  detail  has  been  previously  made 
to  the  institution,  must  be  accompanied  by  the  last  printed 
catalogue  and  a  certificate  as  to  the  number  of  male  students 
the  institution. has  the  capacity  in  buildings,  apparatus,  and 
instructors  to  educate  at  one  and  the  same  time ;  the  number 
of  such  students  in  actual  attendance  at  the  time  of  applica- 
tion, or,  if  the  application  is  made  during  vacation,  the  number 
actually  in  attendance  during  the  session  immediately  preced- 
ing it,  and  the  number  over  15  years  of  age.  The  certificate 
must  also  show  the  grade  of  the  institution,  the  degrees  it 
confers,  and  whether  or  not  it  is  a  land-grant  institution, 
established  under  the  provisions  of  the  act  of  Congress 
approved  July  2,  1862. 

9.  When  application  is  made  for  the  detail  of  an  officer  of 
the  Army  at  an  institution  to  which  an  officer  has  not  previ- 
ously been  assigned,  it  will  be  visited  at  the  time  of  the  annual 
inspection  of  civil  educational  institutions  having  detailed 
officers  by  one  of  the  officers  detailed  for  such  inspection,  who 
will  report  to  the  War  Department  whether  or  not  the  insti- 
tution fulfills  the  requirements  of  the  law  and  regulations 
governing  such  details  and  will  recommend  specifically  whether 
the  detail  should  be  made. 

10.  Application  for  the  first  detail,  or  for  the  renewal  of  a 
detail,  may  include  a  recommendation  for  such  officer  or  offi- 
cers as  may  be  deemed  suitable  by  the  college  authorities. 
When  the  officers  named  are  not  available  for  the  duty,  or 
when  such  recommendations  are  not  made,  selection  will  be 
made  by  the  War  Department  from  those  available  officers 
who  may  have  been  recommended  for  such  duty  by  their  mili- 
tary superiors. 

11.  Applications  for  the  detail  of  retired  noncommissioned 
officers  should  be  addressed  by  the  president  of  the  institution 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  accompanied  by  a 
certificate  to  the  effect  that  the  noncommissioned  officer  will 
be  furnished  with  quarters,  or  commutation  therefor,  and 
extra-duty  pay  at  the  rate  of  at  least  50  cents  per  day  during 
the  period  of  his  detail. 


330 

A  retired  noncommissioned  officer  will  be  detailed  at  an 
institution  only  where  an  officer  of  the  Army  is  on  duty. 

12.  To  be  eligible  for  the  detail  of  an  officer  on  the  active 
list  as  professor  of  military  science  and  tactics,  institutions 
will  be  required  to  maintain  under  the  course  of  military 
instruction  prescribed  in  paragraph  27  of  this  order  the  fol- 
lowing minimum  numbers  of  male  pupils  over  15  years  of 
age,  viz :  Classes  M  C  and  M,  100.    Classes  C  and  S  M,  150. 

An  officer  of  the  retired  list  will  not  be  detailed  as  profes- 
sor of  military  science  and  tactics  at  any  institution' (except 
land-grant  institutions  established  under  the  provisions  of  the 
act  of  Congress  approved  July  2,  1862,  which  are  required  by 
said  law  to  include  military  tactics  in  their  courses  of  instruc- 
tion) which  does  not  maintain  under  military  instruction  at 
least  75  male  pupils  over  15  years  of  age,  excepting  under  the 
provisions  of  the  act  of  Congress,  approved  April  21,  1904, 
amending  section  1225,  Revised  Statutes. 

13.  Where  a  State  has  more  than  one  college  endowed  by 
the  national  land  grant,  under  the  act  approved  July  2,  1862, 
the  college  which  is  designated  by  the  governor  of  the  State 
will  be  held  to  have  the  first  claim  to  the  officer  allotted  to  the 
State  for  detail  at  a  land-grant  institution. 

14.  No  officer  who  has  not  had  five  years'  commissioned 
service  in  the  Army  is  eligible  for  detail  as  professor  of 
military  science  and  tactics. 

15.  The  detail  of  an  officer  on  the  active  list  will  be  for 
three  years.  In  case  an  officer  achieves  marked  success  and 
is  willing  to  remain  longer  on  such  duty,  his  detail  may,  upon 
application  of  the  college  authorities,  be  extended  to  four 
years.  The  detail  of  a  retired  officer  or  noncommissioned 
officer  will  be  for  four  years. 

16.  No  retired  officer  above  the  rank  of  major  will  be  de- 
tailed as  a  professor  of  military  science  and  tactics  unless  in 
connection  with  his  duties  as  such  he  is  to  hold  the  position  of 
president,  superintendent,  or  principal  of  the  institution. 

17.  Orders  detailing  an  officer  to  relieve  another  as  profes- 
sor of  military  science  and  tactics  will  direct  him  to  report  at 
the  institution  during  the  school  year  and  not  less  than  two 
weeks  prior  to  the  relief  of  his  predecessor. 

DUTIES    OF    OFFICEES    AND    NONCOMMISSIONED    OFFICERS. 

18.  The  professor  of  military  science  and  tactics  will  retain 
copies  of  all  returns,  reports,   and  correspondence  and  will 


331 

keep  an  accurate  journal  of  the  drills  and  other  military 
instruction.  He  will  transfer  these  records  to  the  officer  who 
may  succeed  him  or  to  the  person  designated  by  the  chief 
administrative  officer  of  the  institution.  In  either  case  a 
receipt  will  be  taken  for  the  records. 

19.  The  officer  detailed  as  professor  of  military  science  and 
tactics  will  reside  at  or  near  the  institution  to  which  assigned 
and,  when  in  the  performance  of  his  military  duties,  will 
appear  in  proper  uniform.  He  will,  in  his  relations  to  the 
institution,  observe  the  general  usages  and  regulations  therein 
established  affecting  the  duties  and  obligations  of  other  mem- 
bers of  the  faculty.  He  will  perform  no  duties  other  than 
those  of  instructor  in  military  science  and  tactics,  which  may 
include  the  duties  of  commandant  of  cadets,  except  by  special 
permission  of  the  War  Department. 

20.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  professor  of  military  science  and 
tactics  to  enforce  proper  military  discipline  at  all  times  when 
students  are  under  military  instruction  and,  in  case  of  serious 
breaches  of  discipline  or  misconduct,  to  report  the  same  to  the 
proper  authorities  of  the  institution,  according  to  its  estab- 
lished methods.  In  case  no  suitable  action  is  taken  by  the 
authorities  of  the  institution,  the  professor  of  military  science 
and  tactics  will  report  the  facts  to  The  Adjutant  General  of 
the  Army. 

21.  Where  practicable  a  detailed  retired  noncommissioned 
officer  may  be  ordered  to  report  to  the  officer  on  duty  at  the 
school  for  instructions  as  his  assistant.  He  will  be  reported 
by  the  latter  to  the  president  of  the  school  or  college  and  will 
be  instructed  in  his  relations  to  the  institution  and  to  its 
officials.  He  will  reside  at  or  near  the  institution  and  will 
perform  no  duties  other  than  those  of  assistant  to  the  instruc- 
tor in  military  science  and  tactics  and  acting  ordnance  and 
quartermaster  sergeant,  except  by  special  permission  of  the 
War  Department. 

ORGANIZATION. 

22.  Pupils  under  military  instruction  will  be  organized  into 
companies,  battalions,  and  regiments  of  infantry,  the  organi- 
zation, drill,  and  administration  of  which  will  conform,  as  far 
as  possible,  to  those  of  the  Army.  The  strength  of  companies 
will  not  ordinarily  exceed  58  students. 

Where  a  battalion  organization  is  maintained,  a  band  may 
be  organized,  provided  its  members  be  thoroughly  trained  to 
include  the  school  of  the  squad. 


332 

23.  All  rules  and  orders  relating  to  tlie  organization  and 
government  of  the  military  students,  the  appointment,  promo- 
tion, and  change  of  officers,  and  all  other  orders  affecting  the 
military  department,  except  those  relating  to  routine  duty, 
will  be  made  and  promulgated  by  the  professor  of  military 
science  and  tactics  after  being  approved  by  the  chief  adminis- 
trative officer  of  the  institution. 

24.  Upon  occasions  of  military  ceremony,  in  the  execution 
of  drills,  guard  duty,  and  when  students  are  receiving  any 
other  practical  military  instruction,  they  will  appear  in  the 
uniform  prescribed  by  the  institution.  They  will  be  held 
strictly  responsible  for  the  arms  and  accouterments  issued  to 
them. 

INSTRUCTION. 

25.  The  main  object  of  the  military  instruction  given  at 
civil  educational  institutions  having  Army  officers  as  pro- 
fessors of  military  science  and  tactics  will  be  to  qualify  stu- 
dents who  enter  the  military  departments  of  such  institutions 
to  be  company  officers  of  Infantry,  Volunteers,  or  militia. 

26.  Infantry  drill  and  training  will  "^e  considered  para- 
mount. Instruction  in  other  branches  of  the  military  service 
will  not  be  sanctioned,  nor  will  property  be  issued  for  instruc- 
tion in  such  branches  at  any  particular  institution  unless  the 
Infantry  instruction  and  training  at  that  institution  are 
found,  upon  inspection  by  officers  designated  by  the  War  De- 
partment, to  have  reached  a  satisfactory  plane  of  efficiency. 

27.  The  following  minimum  courses  of  military  instruction, 
practical  and  theoretical,  are  prescribed: 

At  every  institution  at  which  a  professor  of  military  science 
and  tactics  is  detailed  it  shall  be  provided  in  its  regular  sched- 
ule of  studies  that  at  least  three  hours  per  week,  or  an  equiv- 
alent of  84  one-hour  periods  per  year  for  two  years,  shall  be 
assigned  for  instruction  in  the  military  department,  not  less 
than  two-thirds  of  the  total  time  to  be  devoted  to  practical 
instruction  and  field  training  and  the  remainder  to  theoretical 
instruction. 

28.  The  instruction  will  vary  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
institution  and  the  facilities  afforded,  but  at  all  institutions 
will  include  the  following: 

Infantry  drill  regulations. — School  of  the  Soldier,  School  of 
the  Squad,  School  of  the  Company,  Intrenchments,  paragraphs 
584  to  595. 


333 

Field-service  regulations. — The  Service  of  Information.  The 
Service  of  Security. 

Small-arms  firing  regulatimis. — Instruction  preliminary  to 
gallery  and  range  practice.  Gallery  practice.  Range  practice, 
when  a  range  can  be  procured. 

The  instruction  will  also  include  company  administration, 
camp  sanitation,  and  military-map  reading.  Whenever  prac- 
ticable an  annual  practice  march  and  encampment  will  be 
included. 

The  additional  ground  to  be  covered  will  be  determined  by 
the  instructor,  having  in  view  the  age  of  the  students,  the 
strength  of  the  organization,  and  other  conditions. 

Throughout  the  course  of  instruction  the  reasons  for  the 
successive  steps  in  the  military  training  will  in  all  cases  be 
carefully  shown  to  the  student  before  the  initiation  of  that 
particular  instruction. 

The  theoretical  course  of  study  will  be  based  strictly  upon 
the  main  object  of  the  military  instruction  and  will  consist 
largely  of  talks  or  lectures,  illustrated  wherever  and  when- 
ever practicable  by  lantern  slides  and  by  objects  and  covering 
the  essential  principles  and  essential  details  of  the  subjects 
which  a  company  officer  of  Infantry,  Volunteers,  or  militia 
should  know  and  omitting,  as  a  rule,  all  auxiliary  subjects 
and  subjects  pertaining  to  advanced  military  studies,  such  as 
campaigns,  strategy,  etc.,  except  in  those  cases  where  the 
study  of  a  campaign  may  be  made  the  basis  of  the  theoretical 
course,  or  where  advanced  subjects  may  be  utilized  to  hold 
and  maintain  the  interest  of  the  students,  or  where  the  time 
at  the  disposal  of  the  military  instructor  is  such  as  will  enable 
liim  to  supplement  his  theoretical  course  proper  with  a  course 
of  lectures  on  those  subjects. 

29.  The  professor  of  military  science  and  tactics  will  en- 
deavor to  impart  a  full  knowledge  of  the  benefits  of  military 
training  to  the  Nation,  State,  institution,  and  student. 

To  this  end  he  will,  in  a  preliminary  talk  or  lecture  to  the 
students  entering  the  military  department,  explain  the  main 
object  of  the  military  instruction  and  make  clear  to  the  stu- 
dent the  benefits  to  be  conferred  by  the  military  training  not 
only  in  fitting  him  for  the  full  duties  of  citizenship  but  also 
in  giving  him  the  normal  physical  development  necessary  to 
his  continued  well-being  throughout  life. 


334 

80.  In  order  that  the  graduates  of  the  military  department 
of  the  civil  educational  institutions  having  an  officer  detailed 
from  the  Army  on  duty  may  have  knowledge  of  the  aims, 
purpose,  and  necessity  for  the  Army,  and  the  necessity  for  a 
proper  military  organization,  including  thereunder  not  only 
the  troops  with  the  colors  but  necessary  reserves,  the  officer 
acting  as  professor  of  military  science  and  tactics  will  give  a 
course  of  lectures  fully  covering  these  subjects.  These  lec- 
tures will  embody  also  a  brief  resume  of  the  main  features 
of  the  military  history  of  the  United  States,  our  present  mili- 
tary system,  and  a  thorough  and  careful  exposition  of  the 
approved  military  policy.  It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that 
graduates  of  these  institutions,  who  are  presumably  men  bf 
education  and  intelligence,  shall  take  away  with  them  sound 
and  correct  ideas  on  these  most  important  subjects.  Toa 
much  time  has  generally  been  given  to  instructing  students  as 
though  they  were  recruits  rather  than  in  an  effort  to  impart, 
in  addition  to  this  instruction,  those  ideas  which  are  of  vital 
importance  in  the  establishment  of  a  sound  military  policy. 

WAE   DEPARTMENT   INSPECTIONS. 

31.  The  military  departments  of  educational  institutions  at 
which  officers  of  the  Army  are  detailed  as  professors  of  mili- 
tary science  and  tactics  will  be  subject  to  inspection  under 
the  authority  of  the  President  of  the  United  States.  Stated 
inspections  will  begin  about  April  1  and  be  completed  by  June 
1  in  each  year. 

These  inspections  willbe  made  by  a  board  of  four  officers 
of  the  General  Staff,  the  individual  members  of  which  will 
pursue  itineraries  to  be  prescribed  each  year. 

The  board  will  be  convened  in  Washington,  D.  C,  suffi- 
ciently in  advance  to  enable  the  members  to  make  such 
arrangements  and  preparations  as  will  secure  the  greatest 
possible  uniformity  in  methods  and  standards. 

The  inspecting  officer  will,  upon  his  arrival  at  any  institu- 
tion, call  upon  the  chief  administrative  officer  present  in  order 
to  obtain  from  him  the  necessary  facilities  for  the  perform- 
ance of  his  duties. 

The  board  will  reconvene  in  Washington,  D.  C,  not  later 
than  June  10  in  each  year  and,  after  comparing  individual 
reports  of  their  inspections,  will  recommend  the  classification 
of  institutions  and  those  to  be  designated  as  "  Distinguished 


335 

colleges  "  and  "  Honor  schools,"  and  will  make  such  further 
recommendations  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  to  insure  a 
proper  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  this  order  and  to 
improve  the  methods  and  character  of  the  military  instruc- 
tion. The  board  will  also  malie  special  mention  of  such  insti- 
tutions as  may  have  shown  during;  the  year  gratifying 
improvement  in  their  military  departments. 

These  recommendations  and  the  individual-inspection  re- 
ports will  be  transmitted  to  the  Chief  of  Staff  not  later  than 
June  20  in  each  year. 

A  copy  of  the  report  of  inspection  will  be  furnished  the 
president  of  the  institution  by  the  War  Department. 

DISTINGUISHED    COLLEGES    AND    HONOR    SCHOOLS. 

32.  For  each  year  that  an  institution  is  designated  as  "  Dis- 
tinguished college "  or  "  Honor  school "  one  member  of  its 
graduating  class,  to  be  selected  by  the  president  and  the  pro- 
fessor of  military  science  and  tactics,  acting  jointly,  will  upon 
graduation  be  rated  as  honor  graduate.  By  the  term  "  honor 
graduate "  is  understood  a  graduate  whose  attainments  in 
scholarship  have  been  so  marlied  as  to  receive  the  approbation 
of  the  president  of  the  school  or  college,  and  whose  proficiency 
in  military  training  and  knowledge  and  intelligent  attention 
to  duty  have  merited  the  approbation  of  the  professor  of  mili- 
tary science  and  tactics.  The  honor  graduate  must  be  a  citi- 
zen of  the  United  States,  unmarried,  of  exemplary  habits,  and 
of  good  moral  character.  The  honor  graduate  of  a  "  Distin- 
guished college  "  must,  in  addition,  be  not  less  than  21  nor 
more  than  27  years  of  age. 

The  name  of  the  honor  graduate  should  be  reported  to  the 
War  Department  as  soon  as  practicable  after  graduation. 

33.  Those  graduates  who  have  been  reported  in  the  past 
as  honor  graduates  of  institutions  formerly  designated  as 
"  Distinguished  institutions,"  who  become  candidates  for 
commissions  in  the  Army  and  make  a  general  average  of  85 
per  cent  or  more  on  the  competitive  mental  examination,  and 
who  fulfill  the  other  requirements  for  commissions  in  the 
Army,  will  be  placed  in  a  special  class. 

34.  In  the  regulations  governing  the  examination  and  ap- 
pointment of  candidates  from  civil  life  for  commissions  as 
second  lieutenant  in  the  Army,  those  heretofore  reported  as 
honor  graduates  of  institutions  formerly  classed  as  "  Distin- 


336 

guished  institutions  "  are  exempted  from  examination  in  cer- 
tain subjects,  as  are  also  graduates  of  institutions  rated  as 
class  M  C  or  class  C  and  graduates  of  recognized  colleges  or 
universities. 

35.  The  President  of  the  United  States  authorizes  the  an- 
nouncement that  an  appointment  as  second  lieutenant  in  the 
Regular  Army  will  be  awarded  annually  to  an  honor  gradu- 
ate of  each  of  the  institutions  designated  as  "  Distinguished 
colleges,"  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  6  of  this  order, 
provided  sufficient  vacancies  exist  after  the  appointment  of 
graduates  of  the  Military  Academy  at  West  Point  and  the 
successful  competitors  in  the  annual  examination  of  enlisted 
men. 

The  honor  graduate  of  a  "  Distinguished  college  "  must  be 
a  member  of  the  class  graduating  from  that  institution  in  the 
year  in  which  his  appointment  to  the  Army  is  made.  He  will 
not  be  required  to  take  any  mental  examination. 

AFFILIATION    OF    STUDENTS     WITH    THE    ORGANIZED    MILITIA    AND 
VOLUNTEERS. 

36.  Upon  the  graduation  of  every  class,  the  professor  of  mili- 
tary science  and  tactics,  after  consultation  with  the  president 
of  the  college  or  school,  will  decide  upon  and  report  to  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  the  names  of  such  students 
belonging  to  the  class  as  have  shown  special  aptitude  for  mili- 
tary service  and  will  furnish  a  copy  of  his  report  to  the  adju- 
tants general  of  the  States  of  which  such  graduates  are  resi- 
dent.   This  report  will  contain  the  following  data : 

(1)  Name. 

(2)  Home  address.    Business  address. 

(3)  Institution. 

(4)  Year  of  graduation. 

(5)  Age  at  graduation. 

(6)  Number  of  years  under  military  instruction. 

(7)  Highest  rank  held. 

(8)  Branch  of  service  best  fitted  for. 

(9)  Rank  for  which  recommended. 

(10)  Whether  willing  to  serve  as  reserve  officer;  and  if  so, 
in  Volunteers  or  Regulars. 

(11)  Remarks. 


337 

37.  It  is  desired  to  bring  the  cadet  organizations  and  the 
Organized  Militia  into  closer  relations,  and  to  the  attainment 
of  this  end  professors  of  military  science  and  tactics  will  en- 
deavor to  interest  the  cadets  in  the  National  Guard  and  en- 
courage them  to  join  it  upon  graduation.  To  further  increase 
the  mutual  interest  of  the  cadets  and  the  militia,  prominent 
military  officials  of  the  State,  with  the  approval  of  the  college 
authorities,  should  be  invited  to  inspect  the  work  done  in  the 
military  department,  to  review  the  cadet  organization  on  suit- 
able occasions,  and  should  be  made  acquainted  with  the  quali- 
fications of  particular  cadet  officers  who  reside  in  the  State  in 
which  the  college  is  situated. 

Where  the  necessary  legal  authority  exists  or  can  be  ob- 
tained, and  where  such  action  meets  with  the  approval  of  the 
State  and  college  authorities  and  other  conditions  are  favor- 
able. National  Guard  organizations  consisting  entirely  of 
cadets  should  be  formed. 

38.  All  graduates  should  be  encouraged  to  take  the  exami- 
nation for  commission  in  any  volunteer  force  which  may  here- 
after be  called  for  and  organized  under  the  authority  of  Con- 
gress, prescribed  in  General  Orders,  No.  54,  War  Department, 
1914,  paragraph  10,  this  compilation,  under  the  provisions  of 
section  23  of  the  act  approved  January  21,  1903.  Graduates 
whose  names  have  been  reported  to  The  Adjutant  General  of 
the  Army  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  34  of  this  order 
will  be  excused,  if  they  so  desire,  from  examinations  in  those 
subjects  which  are  actually  covered  by  the  course  of  instruc- 
tion, regular  or  special,  and  in  which  they  are  declared  pro- 
ficient by  the  professor  of  military  science  and  tactics,  with 
the  concurrence  of  the  college  inspection  board  convened  an- 
nually by  the  War  Department.  Their  marks  in  said  subjects 
will  be  rated  at  75  per  cent  of  the  maximum. 

ISSUE  OF  ARMS,  ETC. 

39.  The  following  regulations  are  prescribed  for  the  issue  of 
ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  required  for  military  instruc- 
tion and  practice  at  colleges,  universities,  etc.,  under  section 
1225,  Revised  Statutes,  and  the  amendments  thereof. 

40.  As  the  appropriations  for  the  supply  of  ordnance  and 
ordnance  stores  to  the  Army  are  very  limited,  and  as  the 
language  of  the  law  restricts  the  issue  that  can  be  made  to 

40062°— 16 22 


338 

colleges  to  such  as  "  can  be  spared  for  that  purpose,"  issues 
of  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  to  colleges  will  be  limited  to 
such  stores  as  are  enumerated  in  the  following  paragraphs,  for 
the  purpose  of  military  instruction,  to  each  selected  institution 
having  an  officer  of  the  Army  stationed  thereat. 

41.  The  small  arms  issued  to  any  institution  of  learning  will 
hereafter  be  either  the  United  States  rifle,  caliber  .30,  model 
1903 ;  the  United  States  magazine  rifle,  caliber  .30,  model  1898 ; 
or  the  United  States  magazine  carbine,  caliber  .30,  model 
1899;  but  in  no  case  will  the  number  of  arms  issued  be  in 
excess  of  the  number  of  male  students  in  regular  attendance 
and  actually  receiving  military  instruction,  except  as  provided 
for  elsewhere  in  this  paragraph. 

The  issue  of  United  States  rifles,  caliber  .30,  model  1903, 
will  be  made  to  all  institutions  which  have  been  reported  as 
a  result  of  the  annual  inspection  for  three  consecutive  years 
as  either  "  Distinguished  colleges  "  or  "  Honor  schools."  In 
the  case  of  institutions  other  than  those  reported  as  "  distin- 
guished," an  issue  of  one  United  States  rifle,  caliber  .30, 
model  1903,  may  be  made  for  every  15  students  annually  par- 
ticipating in  range  practice,  in  addition  to  the  United  States 
magazine  rifles,  caliber  .30,  model  1898,  with  which  they  are 
now  armed.  For  every  15  students  participating  in  gallery 
practice,  one  gallery-practice  rifle,  caliber  .22,  may  be  issued. 

The  issue  of  the  magazine  carbine  will  be  limited  to  institu- 
tions having  mounted  cadets  and  to  institutions  having  cadet 
students,  who  on  account  of  their  youth  need  the  arm  of 
lighter  weight  for  instruction  and  drill.  For  this  latter  pur- 
-pose  the  magazine  carbine  may,  upon  the  request  of  any 
selected  institution,  be  altered  for  the  attachment  of  the  knife 
bayonet  and  gun  sling,  the  actual  cost  of  alteration  to  be  paid 
by  the  institution. 

42.  The  equipments  to  be  used  with  the  United  States  maga- 
zine rifle,  model  of  1898,  and  United  States  rifle,  model  of 
1903,  will  consist  of  a  bayonet  scabbard,  gun  sling,  McKeever 
cartridge  box  with  leather  waist  belt,  complete,  waist-belt 
adapter  (for  use  with  bayonet  scabbard),  or,  in  place  of  the 
cartridge  box  with  waist  belt,  a  woven  cartridge  belt  provided 
with  pockets  and  suspenders,  such  as  is  worn  by  regular  troops 
in  field  service.  With  the  United  States  magazine  carbine  the 
bayonet  scabbard  and  gun  sling  will  not  be  needed,  unless  the 
carbine  has  been  altered  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  41. 


339 

Canteens,  tin  cups,  haversacks,  knives,  forks,  spoons,  and 
meat  cans  will  be  supplied  if  so  desired.  Two  sets  of  the 
authorized  fencing  equipment  ( Infantry )  will  also  be  supplied. 

43.  The  Cavalry  saber  and  scabbard  of  old  design  and  the 
noncommissioned  officer's  sword  and  scabbard  may  be  issued 
for  the  use  of  the  officers  and  noncommissioned  officers  of  corps 
of  cadets.  With  the  saber  there  will  be  supplied  the  necessary 
attachment  for  tlie  leather  belt  and  with  the  noncommissioned 
officer's  sword  the  sliding  frog,  to  enable  this  sword  to  be  worn 
on  the  ordinary  waist  belt.  Four  sets  of  the  authorized  fenc- 
ing equipment  (Cavalry)  will  be  supplied  to  those  institutions 
having  mounted  detachments. 

44.  A  limited  number  of  Cavalry  sabers  and  scabbards,  with 
the  necessary  belts  and  horse  equipments,  will  be  issued  for 
instruction  and  drill  of  mounted  cadets  when  satisfactory  evi- 
dence of  their  necessity  for  the  purpose  is  presented.  The 
horse  equipments  to  be  supplied  are  saddles,  saddlebags,  bri- 
dles, carbine  scabbards,  links,  stirrups  hooded,  with  guidon 
socket,  and  spurs  and  straps;  all  equipments  to  be  of  black 
leather. 

45.  When  in  the  opinion  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  the  sup- 
ply on  hand  will  permit,  breech-loading  field  guns,  as  herein- 
after indicated,  with  their  carriages,  limbers,  equipment,  and 
implements,  will  be  issued  to  military  schools  or  colleges 
entitled  to  them  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  26  of  this 
order : 


2  3.2-inch  steel  guns. 

2  breech  sights. 

2  breech-sight  pouches. 

2  front  sights. 

2  front-sight  covers. 

2  3.2-inch  carriages  and  limbers. 

2  sponges  and  rammers,  bore. 

4  rammers  and  sponges,  combined. 

2  sponge  covers,  bore. 

4  sponge  covers,  chamber. 

2  combination  screw  drivers. 

2  gunners'  gimlets. 

2  gunners'  reamers. 

2  priming  wires. 

2  vent  punches. 

2  vent  covers. 


2  primer  pouches. 

4  lanyards,  new  pattern. 

1  wheel  grease  can. 

1  wheel  grease  can  knife  op  spat- 

ula. 

2  combined  tompions  and  muzzte 

covers, 
breech  covers, 
sperm  oiler. 

pole  props  (for  end  of  pole), 
paulins,  12  by  12. 
gunners'  haversacks, 
maneuvering  handspikes. 

1  water  bucket,  galvanized  iron. 

2  prolonges. 


In  addition  to  field  guns,  the  issue  to  military  schools  or 
colleges  entitled  thereto  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  26 


340 


of  this  order  of  the  following  machine-gun  equipment  for  each 
cadet-corps  machine-gun  platoon: 


belts 


2    Colt   automatic   machine    guns, 

caliber  .30. 
15  ammunition  boxes  with  2 

each. 
1  belt  loading  machine. 

1  belt  loading  machine  box. 

2  shoulder  rests.  ^ 
2  spare  barrels. 

2  spare- part  cases  containing — 
Tools — 


2    spare-part    cases    containing — 
Continued. 

Spare  parts  for  guns — Con. 

4  firing-pin  locks. 

4  firing-pin  springs. 

2  hammers. 

4  handle  locks. 

2  main  springs. 

4  retracting  springs. 

4  sear  springs. 

4  shell  extractors. 

4  shell-extractor  pins. 

4  shell-extractor  springs. 

4  trigger  springs. 
Spare  parts  for  tripods — 

2  mount  clamps. 

2  leg  bolts. 

4  leg-bolt  nuts. 

2  saddle  screws. 

2  saddle-bracket    clamps. 
Spare  parts  for  mounts — 

2  gun  pins   with   chains. 

2  gun-pin  lock  screws. 

2  gun-pin    chain    screws. 

2  adjusting-screw  nuts. 

2  arc  clamps. 

2  arc-clamp  stop  screws. 
2  tripods  and  mounts  with  seat. 
2  tripod-leg  fastening  clips. 

46.  Issues  of  the  stores  above  specified  will  be  made  by  the 
Chief  of  Ordnance  to  any  selected  institution  upon  its  filing  a 
bond  in  the  penal  sum  of  double  the  value  of  the  property, 
conditioned  that  it  will  fully  insure  against  loss  by  fire,  take 
good  care  of,  and  safely  keep  and  account  for  the  same,  and 
will,  when  required  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  duly  return  the 
same,  within  30  days,  in  good  order  to  the  Chief  of  Ordnance, 
United  States  Army,  or  such  other  officer  or  person  as  the 
Secretary  of  War  may  designate  to  receive  them. 

47.  For  practice  firing  there  will  be  allowed  annually  to 
each  selected  institution  having  3.2-inch  field  guns  100  blank 
cartridges  and  300  friction  primers.  Projectiles  will  not  in 
any  case  be  issued  for  field  guns. 

48.  The  following  allowances  of  rifle  ball  cartridges,  blank 
cartridges,  .22  caliber  ball  cartridges  for  gallery  practice,  and 
targets  and  target  supplies  are  authorized,  subject  to  the  fol- 


2  oil  cans. 

4  screw  drivers. 

2  wiping    rods    in    three 

joints. 

2  operating  handles. 

4  0.5  wrenches. 

6  drifts. 

Spare  parts  for  belt  loading 

machine — 

48  needles. 

4  needle   screws. 

2  lower     feed-wheel 

springs. 

2  lower  feed-wheel  spring 

screws. 

Spare  parts  for  guns — 

4  bolt  pins. 

2  cartridge  extractors. 

^       4  firing  pins. 

341 

lowing  rules,  for  educational  institutions  at  which  officers  of 
the  Army  are  detailed  as  professors  of  military  science  and 
tactics  and  for  land-grant  colleges  having  arms  supplied  by 
the  Ordnance  Department,  and  will  not  exceed  $30,000  in  the 
aggregate  for  the  one  hundred  such  institutions : 

The  following  maximum  allowances  for  each  student  are 
prescribed  for  institutions  at  which  practice  is  held  as  in- 
dicated— 

(1)  Forty  rounds  of  rifle  ball  cartridges  for  each  range,  but 
not  to  exceed  120  rounds. 

(2)  Sixty  rounds  of  .22  caliber  rifle  ball  cartridges  where 
gallery  practice  is  held  in  addition  to  range  practice. 

(3)  One  hundred  and  twenty  rounds  of  .22  caliber  ball 
cartridges  where  gallery  practice  is  held  and  no  rifle  ball 
cartridges  are  to  be  supplied  during  the  fiscal  year. 

(4)  Ten  rounds  of  rifle  blank  cartridges. 

(5)  For  any  institution,  such  targets  and  target  supplies  as 
may  be  desired,  but  such  issue  will  be  made  only  in  lieu  of  a 
corresponding  monetary  reduction  of  the  ammunition  allow- 
ance as  determined  for  that  institution. 

The  issue  of  one  kind  of  ammunition  in  lieu  of  another  kind 
is  not  authorized. 

No  credit  will  be  given  for  fired  shells,  empty  ammunition 
boxes,  etc. 

Any  additional  ammunition  needed  must  be  procured  by 
colleges  at  their  own  expense  from  private  manufacturers. 

In  addition  to  the  ammunition  provided  for  above,  the  issue 
annually  of  2,400  ball  cartridges,  caliber  .30,  per  gun  for  prac- 
tice firings  with  Colt  automatic  machine  guns  is  authorized. 
Blank  cartridges  are  not  issued  for,  nor  used  with,  these  guns. 

49.  The  allowances  of  ammunition,  and  the  targets,  target 
supplies,  dummy  cartridges,  which  can  be  drawn  in  lieu 
of  rifle-ball  or  gallery-practice  ammunition,  will  be  issued  on 
requisitions  certified  to  by  the  professor  of  military  science 
and  tactics  or,  in  his  absence,  by  the  president  of  the  institu- 
tion, who  will  specify  the  actual  facilities  for  gallery  and 
range  practice,  the  time  allotted  by  the  institution,  and  the 
number  of  students  enrolled  in  the  military  department  to 
whom  opportunity  is  afforded  by  the  authorities  of  the  institu- 
tion to  participate  in  gallery  or  range  practice,  or  both. 

As  annual  allowances  date  in  all  cases  from  July  1  of  each 
year,  requisitions  should  be  forwarded  before  or  as  soon  after 


342 

that  date  as  practicable  for  the  current  year's  supply.  Un- 
drawn allowances  of  one  year  can  not  be  drawn  in  the  succeed- 
ing year. 

50.  All  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  issued  to  colleges  must 
be  kept  insured  against  loss  by  fire  for  the  benefit  of  the 
United  States  by  the  college  authorities  for  their  full  invoice 
value,  as  shown  in  the  bond,  and  the  Chief  of  Ordnance 
promptly  informed  when  and  where  the  insurance  is  placed 
and  date  of  expiration. 

51.  The  transportation  of  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores 
from  the  Government  arsenals  to  institutions  of  learning  and 
from  institutions  of  learning  back  to  Government  arsenals  is 
always  without  expense  to  the  United  States. 

52.  The  colleges  to  which  issues  of  ordnance  and  ordnance 
stores  are  made,  under  bonds  given  as  required  by  law,  will  be 
required  to  keep  said  property  in  like  good  and  serviceable 
condition  as  when  issued  by  the  Government,  and  for  this 
purpose  the  spare  parts,  implements,  appendages,  and  clean- 
ing materials  necessary  will  be  sold  to  them  at  cost  prices. 

The  sales  authorized  above  of  spare  parts  and  appendages 
for  small  arms  will  be  made  by  the  commanding  officer  of  the 
Rock  Island  Arsenal,  Rock  Island,  111.,  or  of  the  Springfield 
Armory,  Springfield,  Mass.,  and  in  case  of  other  stores  by  the 
commanding  officer  of  the  Rock  Island  Arsenal,  Rock  Island, 
111.  Application  will  be  made  to  these  officers  by  the  president 
of  the  educational  institution  desiring  the  articles  for  the 
maintenance  of  the  ordnance  stores  issued  to  them  and  should 
state  that  they  are  for  this  purpose.  These  sales  are  to  be 
made  under  the  provisions  of  the  act  of  Congress  approved 
May  11,  1908. 

53.  When  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  are  returned  to  the 
Ordnance  Department  by  any  institution  of  learning,  they  will 
be  carefully  examined  when  received  at  the  arsenal,  and  if 
they  are  found  imperfect  or  unserviceable  by  reason  of  care- 
lessness or  causes  other  than  legitimate  use  in  service,  the 
damage  will  have  to  be  made  good  to  the  United  States. 

54.  The  cost  of  all  missing  property  must  be  made  good  to 
the  United  States. 

55.  Ordnance  stores  which  become  unfit  for  use  from  any 
cause  will,  upon  application  of  the  president  of  the  institution 
and  the  approval  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance,  be  sent  to  an 
arsenal  without  expense  to  the  United  States ;  provided,  how- 


343 

ever,  that  in  case  of  stores  having  become  unfit  for  use  through 
ordinary  wear  and  tear  in  service,  and  not  being  worth  ship- 
ment to  an  arsenal,  the  president  of  the  institution  may  submit 
them  to  the  inspector  at  any  annual  inspection,  who,  if  satis- 
fied of  their  unfitness  for  use,  and  that  such  unfitness  resulted 
from  ordinary  wear  and  tear  in  service,  shall  cause  their  de- 
struction in  his  presence.  If  upon  submission  of  the  stores  to 
the  inspector  he  shall  determine  that  their  unfitness  resulted 
from  causes  other  than  ordinary  wear  and  tear,  he  will  not 
proceed  with  the  inspection  nor  direct  their  destruction,  but 
action  shall  be  taken  as  first  above  provided.  Ordnance 
stores  upon  reaching  an  arsenal  will  be  inspected  by  an  officer 
of  the  Ordnance  Department,  and  if  their  condition  is  found  to 
be  due  to  the  ordinary  incidents  of  service  they  may  be  re- 
placed with  serviceable  stores  of  like  character;  but  if  their 
condition  is  found  to  be  due  to  carelessness  or  other  than 
legitimate  causes  the  extent  of  damage  or  value  of  missing 
stores  will  be  determined  by  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  and  must 
be  paid  by  the  institution  before  any  new  issue  of  stores  is 
made.  Ordnance  stores  destroyed  by  direction  of  an  inspector 
may  also  be  replaced  with  serviceable  stores  of  like  character. 

56.  The  guns  and  carriages  must  not  be  allowed  to  remain 
out  of  doors  with  only  the  paulins  as  a  protectioh  from  the 
weather,  but  they  must  be  housed  in  a  suitable  building  and 
habitually  kept  there  except  when  used  for  drills  or  saluting 
purposes. 

57.  Regular  property  returns  will  be  rendered  semiannually 
to  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  by  each  president  or  superintendent 
of  an  institution  supplied  with  arms,  etc.,  accounting  for  all 
ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  issued  to  the  institution  under 
his  charge.  These  returns  will  be  made  on  the  blank  forms  to 
be  supplied  by  the  Chief  of  Ordnance. 

58.  Failure  on  the  part  of  any  institution  of  learning  to  com- 
ply with  the  foregoing  regulations,  or  any  others  that  may  be 
prescribed  by  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  for  the  care,  preservation, 
or  accountability  of  any  ordnance  or  ordnance  stores  issued  to 
it  by  the  United  States,  will  be  considered  sufficient  cause  for 
the  prompt  withdrawal  by  the  Secretary  of  War  of  the  Govern- 
ment property  in  its  possession. 

59.  Whenever  any  institution  shall  fail  to  return  the  public 
property  in  its  charge  within  30  days  after  demand  made  by 
the  Secretary  of  War,  the  delinquency  will  be  peremptorily 


344 

referred  to  the  Attorney  General  that  the  bond  of  the  institu- 
tion may  forthwith  be  put  in  suit. 

The  following  instructions  must  be  strictly  observed  in  pre- 
paring the  bond  required  to  be  furnished  to  the  Chief  of  Ord- 
nance, United  States  Army,  before  any  arms,  etc.,  can  be  ob- 
tained by  any  college : 

60.  A  copy  of  the  record  giving  the  by-law,  or  resolution  of 
the  board  of  trustees  or  othei  governing  body  of  the  institu- 
tion (including  the  fact  of  adoption  of  the  resolution),  show- 
ing the  authority  of  the  president  or  other  officer  to  execute 
the  bond  on  behalf  of  the  corporation,  authenticated  as  a  true 
copy  by  the  signature  of  the  secretary  and  the  corporate  seal, 
must  accompany  the  bond.  Unless  the  resolution  gives  the 
name  of  the  officer  vested  with  authority  to  execute  the  bond, 
a  copy  of  the  record  of  the  selection  or  recognition  of  the 
official  character  of  such  officer,  similarly  authenticated,  must 
also  be  furnished. 

61.  A  copy  of  the  charter  or  articles  of  incorporation,  au- 
thenticated by  the  secretary  of  state  or  other  officer  required 
by  law  to  keep  a  record  of  such  corporations,  or  a  reference 
to  the  statute,  if  incorporated  by  direct  legislative  act,  is  also 
required. 

62.  The  sureties  must  sign  the  bond,  and  their  names  must 
be  written  in  the  body  thereof,  together  with  their  residence, 
including  town,  county.  State,  or  Territory.  If  the  bond  is 
executed  in  the  State  of  Maine,  Massachusetts,  or  New  Hamp- 
shire, a  seal  of  wax,  wafer,  or  other  adhesive  substance,  not  a 
mere  scroll  with  a  pen,  must  be  attached  opposite  the  signa- 
ture of  each  person. 

63.  At  least  one  witness  is  required  to  each  signature. 

64.  There  must  be  two  sureties  when  individuals  are  the 
sureties.  Each  surety  must  justify  by  making  oath  that  he  is 
worth  some  specific  sum  at  least  equal  to  the  full  amount  of 
the  penalty  over  and  above  all  his  debts  and  liabilities.  Two 
persons  must  not  join  in  one  affidavit.  Each  must  subscribe 
his  own  oath  separately.  A  certificate  as  to  the  sufficiency  of 
the  sureties  must  be  made  by  a  judge  or  clerk  of  a  United 
States  court,  a  United  States  district  attorney,  United  States 
commissioner,  or  a  judge  or  clerk  of  a  State  court  of  record, 
with  the  seal  of  said  court  attached,  to  the  effect  that  to  the 
best  of  his  knowledge  and  belief  each  surety  is  worth  over  and 
above  all  debts  and  liabilities  the  sum  stated  in  his  affidavit 
of  justification. 


345 

65.  Incorporated  surety  companies  which  have  complied 
with  the  requirements  of  the  War  Department  will  also  be 
accepted  as  surety  on  the  bond,  and  in  this  case  only  one 
surety  is  required. 

66.  A  college  corporation  desiring  ordnance  and  ordnance 
stores  for  the  use  of  the  college  must  furnish  evidence  that 
some  one  is  authorized  to  execute  in  its  behalf  the  bond  which 
the  law  requires. 

67.  This  authority  can  only  be  given  by  the  governing  body 
of  the  corporation,  i.  e.,  the  body  invested  with  authority  to 
employ  the  faculty  and  make  all  other  contracts  in  its  behalf 
and  designated  in  the  charter  of  the  corporation  as  board  of 
regents,  board  of  trustees,  etc.,  and  this  body  must  give  the 
authority  in  the  formal  way  in  which  it  does  other  business, 
the  action  taken  being  recorded  as  a  part  of  the  proceedings 
of  the  meetings  at  which  it  was  taken.  The  evidence  of  this 
authority  required  to  be  furnished  will  be  an  extract  from 
the  record  of  the  proceedings  of  the  board  of  regents  or  board 
of  trustees,  showing  that  the  board  met  in  its  official  capacity, 
that  a  resolution  was  offered  authorizing  some  person  by 
name  to  execute  the  required  bond  for  the  corporation,  and 
that  this  resolution  was  adopted;  and  this  extract  must  be 
certified,  under  the  corporate  seal,  to  be  a  true  extract  from 
the  record  of  the  proceedings  of  the  board  by  the  secretary 
or  other  custodian  of  the  records.  His  certificate  that  the 
authority  has  been  conferred,  or  that  such  a  resolution  was 
passed,  is  not  sufficient.  The  record  speaks  for  itself,  and  a 
copy  of  so  much  of  it  should  be  furnished  as  will  show  that  it 
purports  to  be  a  record  of  the  board,  that  the  resolution  was 
offered,  and  that  it  was  passed. 

68.  Great  pains  should  be  taken  to  use  the  name  given  to  the 
corporation  by  its  charter  and  to  mention  in  the  resolution  the 
particular  bond  to  be  given. 

69.  It  is  desired  that  a  copy  of  the  charter  be  sent  to  the 
Chief  of  Ordnance,  United  States  Army,  Washington,  D.  C, 
also  a  copy  (accompanied  by  certificate  under  corporate  seal) 
of  so  much  of  the  record  of  the  election  of  the  officers  of  the 
corporation  as  will  show  the  election  of  the  particular  officer 
who  is  to  execute  the  bond. 

In  calling  for  form  of  bond,  it  should  be  stated — 
First.  If  the  principals  and  sureties  are  individuals. 
Second.  If  the  principal   is  a  corporation   and   surety   an 
individual. 


346 

Third,  If  principal  is  an  individual  and  surety  a  corpora- 
tion. 

Fourth.  If  both  principal  and  surety  are  corporations. 

As  indicated  above,  there  are  four  forms  of  bond,  as 
follows : 

1417.  When  principal  and  sureties  are  individuals. 

1418.  When  the  principal  is  a  corporation  and  the  sureties 
are  individuals. 

1419.  When  the  principal  is  an  individual  and  the  surety  a 
corporation. 

1420.  When  principal  and  surety  are  corporations. 

In  calling  for  the  blank  forms  of  bond  they  may  be  called 
for  as  "Form  No.  1417,"  "Form  No.  1418,"  etc.  (G.  0.  10, 
1913—2087186,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended.) 

131.  Certificate  to  be  issued  to  graduates  of  military 
schools  and  colleges. — 1.  The  War  Department  will  issue  to 
the  graduates  of  military  schools  and  colleges,  at  which 
officers  of  the  Army  are  detailed  as  professors  of  military 
science  and  tactics,  who  have  pursued  the  military  course,  a 
certificate  as  follows: 

This  is  to  certify  that a  graduate  from 

(class )  has  successfully  completed  the  pre- 
scribed course  in  its  military  department,  and  having  demonstrated  his 

military  capacity  by  examination,  is  recommended  by  the 

and  professor  of  military  science  and  tactics  at as 

qualified  mentally,  morally,  and  physically  for  appointment  as  a 
of  Volunteers  or  Reserves,  and  that  this  recom- 
mendation has  been  made  of  record  in  the  War  Department. 

In  order  that  a  record  of  this  certificate  may  remain  on  the  files 
of  the  War  Department,  the  recipient  is  required  to  keep  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army  advised  of  any  change  in  permanent  address. 


Secretary  of  War. 

2.  The  examination  referred  to  in  the  certificate  will  be 
both  written  and  practical  and  will  be  conducted  by  the  pro- 
fessor of  military  science  and  tactics,  under  instructions  from 
the  War  Department.     (Bui.  38,  1915—2270345,  A.  G.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XV. 
PUBLIC  PROPERTY  AND  FUNDS. 

PKOPEETY. 

132.  Contracts  for  construction  or  supplies,  protest 
against  awards. — In  cases  where  contracts  for  construction 
or  contracts  for  the  manufacture  or  purchase  of  supplies  are 
made  the  subject  of  competition,  notice  shall  promptly  be  given 
to  all  persons  affected  thereby  of  any  protest  or  objection 
against  the  awarding  of  a  contract  to  any  particular  bidder, 
in  order  that  if  the  parties  interested  so  desire  they  may 
take  action  in  their  own  behalf  before  further  steps  are  taken 
in  the  matter  of  awarding  the  contract.  (Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  25, 
191Jf—2Vf20Jtl,  A.  G.  O.) 

133.  Standards  of  reference  for  wires  and  cables. — 1.  In 
all  specifications,  purchases,  orders,  contracts,  requisitions,  and 
other  communications  concerning  the  purchase,  inspection,  and 
issue  of  all  types  of  wires  and  cables  by  the  War  Department, 
reference  will  be  made  to  the  size  of  wires  and  cables  by  stat- 
ing, for  solid  copper  and  iron  wire,  the  diameter  in  thou- 
sandths of  an  inch  (mils)  and  for  stranded  copper  cable  the 
cross  sectional  area  in  circular  mils.  In  referring  to  sizes  of 
stranded  copper  conductors,  a  statement  shall  be  made  as  to 
whether  standard  stranded  cable  or  flexible  stranded  cable  is 
intended. 

2.  For  copper  wire  the  American  wire  gauge  (also  known 
as  the  B.  &  S.  gauge)  and  for  iron  and  steel  wire  the  steel- 
wire  gauge  (also  known  as  "Washburn  &  Moen,"  "  Roebling," 
and  "American  Steel  Wire  Co.'s"  gauge)  are  adopted  as  the 
standards  of  reference. 

3.  The  following  tables  show  the  diameter  of  various  wires 
in  mils  and  the  corresponding  gauge  number  of  the  wire. 
The  standard  sizes  in  mils  indicated  are  the  sizes  of  the  cor- 
responding gauges  rounded  off  to  about  the  usual  limits  of 
commercial  accuracy.  In  the  case  of  steel  or  iron  wire,  as 
custom  has  sanctioned  the  use  of  the  Birmingham  wire  gauge 

(347) 


348 

(B.  W.  G.),  a  parallel  column  has  been  added  to  the  steel  and 
iron  wire  table  showing  for  purposes  of  comparison  the  diam- 
eters of  the  wires  of  this  gauge. 

Table  No.  I. — Copper  wire,  solid. 


War  Department  stand- 
ard sizes;  diameter  in  mils. 

American 

wire  gauge 

(B.  &  S. 

gauge) 

number. 

War  Department  stand- 
ard sizes;  diameter  in  mils. 

American 

wii-e  gauge 

(B.  &  S. 

gauge) 

number. 

460 

0000 

000 

00 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

36 

19 

410 

32 

20 

365 

28.5        

21 

325 

25.3 

22 

289 

22.6    

23 

258 

20.1 

24 

229 

17.9 

25 

204 

15.9       .... 

26 

182 

14.2 

27 

162  .                    

12.6      

28 

144 

11.3 

29 

128 

10.0 

30 

114 

8.9       

31 

102 

8.0 

32 

91                               

7.1 

33 

81 

6.3 

34 

72 

5.6 

35 

64 

5.0      

36 

57 

4.5 

37 

51                

4.0 

38 

45 

3.5        .... 

39 

40 

3.1 

40 

Table  No.  II. — Copper  cable,  stranded. 


War  De- 
partment 
standard 

sizes; 
circular 

mils. 

Ameri- 
can wire 

gauge) 
number. 

Standard  strands. 

Flexible  strands. 

Num- 
ber of 
wires. 

Diame- 
ter of 
each 

wire  in 
mils. 

Outside 
diame- 
ter of 
conduc- 
tor in 
mils. 

Num- 
ber of 
wires. 

Diame- 
ter of 
each 

wire  in 
mils. 

Outside 
diame- 
ter of 
conduc- 
tor in 
mils. 

2000000  . 

127 
127 
127 
127 
127 
91 
91 
91 
91 
91 
61 
61 
61 
61 

125.5 
122.3 
119.1 
115.7 
112.2 
128.4 
124.0 
119.5 
114.8 
109.9 
128.0 
124.8 
121.5 
118.0 

1631 
1590 
1548 
1504 
1459 
1412 
1364 
1315 
1263 
1209 
1152 
1123 
1093 
1062 

169 
169 
169 
169 
169 
127 
127 
127 
127 
127 
91 
91 
91 
91 

108.8 
106.0 
103.2 
100.3 
97.3 
108.7 
105.0 
101.2 
97.2 
93.1 
104.8 
102.2 
99.4 
96.6 

1632 

1900000 

1590 

1800000 

1548 

1700000.. 

1504 

1600000 

1460 

1500000 

1413 

1400000 

1365 

1300000. 

1315 

1200000 

1264 

1100000 

1210 

1000000 

1153 

950000     ..   . 

1124 

900000 

1094 

850000 r 

1063 

«  349 

Table  No.  II. — Copper  cable,  stranded — Continued. 


War  De- 
partment 
standard 

sizes; 
circular 

mils. 

Ameri- 
can wire 

gauge 
(B.&S. 

gauge) 
number. 

Standard  strands. 

Flexible  strands. 

Num- 
ber of 
wires. 

Diame- 
ter of 
each 

wire  in 
mils. 

Outside 
diame- 
ter of 
conduc- 
tor in 
mils. 

Num- 
ber of 
wires. 

Diame- 
ter of 
each 

wire  in 
mils. 

Outside 
diame- 
ter of 
conduc- 
tor in 
mUs. 

800000 

61 
61 
61 
61 
61 
61 
37 
37 
37 
37 
37 
37 
19 
19 
19 
19 
19 

114.5 
110.9 
107.1 
103.2 
99.2 
95.0 
116.2 
110.3 
104.0 
97.3 
90.0 
82.2 
105.5 
94.0 
83.7 
74.5 
66.4 
97.4 
86.7 
77.2 
68.8 
61.2 
54.5 
48.6 

1031 
998 
964 
929 
893 
855 
814 
772 
728 
681 
630 
575 
528 
470 
418 
373 
332 
292 
260 
232 
206 
184 
164 
146 

91 
91 
91 
91 
91 
91 
61 
61 
61 
61 
61 
61 
37 
37 
37 
37 
37 
19 
19 
19 
19 
19 
19 
19 

93.8 
90.8 
87.7 
84.5 
81.2 
77.7 
90.5 
85.9 
81.0 
75.7 
70.1 
64.0 
75.6 
67.3 
60.0 
53.4 
47.6 
59.1 
52.6 
46.9 
41.7 
37.2 
33.1 
29.5 

1031 

750000 

999 

700000 

965 

650000     

930 

600000 

893 

550000 

855 

600000 

815 

450000 

773 

400000     

729 

350000 

682 

300000     

631 

250000 

576 

212000 

168000 

133000 

100000 

83700 

66400 

52600 

41700 

33100 

?a300 

20800 

16500 

0000 
000 
00 
0 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 

533 
471 
420 
374 
333 
296 
263 
234 
209 
186 
166 
147 

Table  No.  III. — Steel  and  iron  wire,  solid. 


War  Department  standard  sizes,  diameter  in  mils. 

Steel  wire 

gauge 
number. 

Diameter  in 
mils  of  cor- 
responding 
number  of 
B.W.  gauge. 

225                            

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

238 

207 

220 

192 

203 

177                               

180 
165 

162 

148          

148 

135                       ... 

134 
120 
109 

120 

105     

92 

95 

80    

83 
72 

72     .          

63 

65 

54  

58 
49 

47 

{G.  O.  6^,  1913—1802111  C,  A.  G.  0.) 


350  # 

134.  Procurement  of  stores  and  performance  of  services 
by  one  bureau  of  War  or  Navy  Departments  for  another 
bureau. — The  following  statutory  provisions  are  published  for 
the  information  and  guidance  of  all  concerned : 

That  hereafter  when  one  bureau  of  the  War  or  Navy  De- 
partments procures  by  purchase  or  manufacture  stores  or 
material  of  any  kind  or  performs  any  service  for  another 
bureau  of  such  departments  the  funds  of  the  bureau  or  de- 
partment for  which  the  stores  or  material  are  to  be  procured 
or  the  service  performed  may  be  placed  subject  to  the  requisi- 
tion of  the  bureau  or  department  making  the  procurement  or 
performing  the  service  for  direct  expenditure  by  it :  Provided, 
That  when  the  stores  being  procured  are  for  current  issue 
during  the  year  stores  of  equal  value  may  be  issued  from 
stock  on  hand  in  place  of  any  of  those  aforesaid.  (Army  ap- 
propriation act  of  Mar.  4,  1915. ) 

Sec.  4.  That  the  reappropriation  and  diversion  of  the  un- 
expended balance  of  any  appropriation  to  a  purpose  other 
than  that  for  which  it  was  originally  made  shall  be  construed 
and  accounted  hereafter  as  a  new  appropriation  and  the  un- 
expended balance  shall  be  reduced  by  the  sum  proposed  to  be 
so  diverted.  (General  deficiency  appropriation  act  of  Mar. 
4,  1915.)      (Par.  II,  Bui.  16,  1915—2279556,  A.  G.  O.) 

135.  Sale  of  empty  barrels,  scrap,  etc.,  without  action  of 
inspector. — Paragraph  679,  Army  Regulations,  is  construed  as 
permitting  the  sale  of  empty  barrels,  boxes,  crates,  and  other 
packages,  together  with  metal  turnings,  scrap  metals,  ground 
bone,  and  other  waste  products  which  accumulate  at  arsenals, 
depots,  and  military  posts,  which  are  unsuitable  for  the  public 
service,  without  the  action  of  an  inspector. 

Whenever  awards  are  made  by  the  responsible  officers  pro- 
viding for  the  disposition  of  such  waste  products  by  sale,  a 
report  will  be  made  to  the  head  of  the  staff  department  to 
which  the  property  pertains,  giving  in  detail  the  kinds  and 
quantities  of  the  stores  sold  and  their  selling  prices.  (Oir.  17, 
1908—1322238,  A.  G.  O.) 

136.  Unit  accountability  equipment. — ^Accountability, 
maintenance,  etc. : 

1.  Classification  of  property. — Hereafter  for  the  purpose  of 
accounting  for  Government  property  (engineer,  ordnance,  and 
signal  property)  in  the  hands  of  organizations  for  which  unit 
accountability  equipment  is  prescribed,  it  will  be  divided  into 
classes,  as  follows : 

Equipment  "A"  is  the  equipment  prescribed  for  use  in  cam- 
paign, in  simulated  campaign,  or  on  the  march.    It  is  limited 


351 

to  the  animals  and  vehicles  prescribed  in  the  Tables  of  Or- 
ganization, the  equipment  and  clothing  worn  on  the  person, 
and  the  articles  carried  on  mount,  and  transported  in  field, 
combat,  and  divisional  trains. 

Equipment  "  B "  is  the  equipment  which,  in  addition  to 
equipment  "A,"  is  prescribed  for  the  use  of  troops  in  mobili- 
zation, concentration,  instruction,  or  maneuver  camps;  and 
during  such  pauses  in  operations  against  an  enemy  as  per- 
mit the  better  care  of  troops. 

Equipment  "  C  "  is  the  sum  of  equipments  "A"  and  "  B." 
Garrison  equipment  is  the  equipment  prescribed  for  use  in 
garrison  only. 

2.  Unit  accountability  equipment  and  accountaMlity  there- 
for.— The  unit  accountability  equipments  comprising  the  en- 
gineer, ordnance,  and  signal  property  of  the  various  organiza- 
tions will  consist  of  articles  of  "A"  and  "B"  equipment  pre- 
scribed in  the  unit  accountability  equipment  manuals  for  the 
authorized  strength,  and  will  be  accounted  for  by  organiza- 
tion commanders  on  returns  (Form  No.  451,  A.  G.  O.)  to  be 
rendered  to  the  chiefs  of  the  staff  departments  concerned  on 
December  31  and  June  30  of  each  year.  In  case  of  complete 
transfer  of  the  unit  accountability  equipment,  the  transferring 
officer  will  render  a  final  return  on  which  he  will  certify  that 
he  has  turned  over  the  equipment  to  his  successor,  and  the 
receiving  officer  will,  on  the  same  return,  acknowledge  receipt 
of  the  equipment. 

The  returns  of  unit  accountability  equipment  ("A"  and 
"B")  will  be  submitted  to  the  commanding  officer  for  direct 
transmission  to  the  chiefs  of  bureaus  concerned. 

3.  Accountability  and  responsibility  for  other  Government 
pi'operty. — All  garrison  equipment  and  other  Government  prop- 
erty in  the  hands  of  organization  commanders,  except  that 
held  under  unit  accountability,  will  be  held  on  memorandum 
receipt  from  the  various  post  or  other  designated  supply 
officers,  who  will  render  to  the  chiefs  of  the  staff  departments 
concerned  returns  as  at  present  for  all  property  for  which 
they  are  accountable. 

4.  Maintenance  of  the  unit  accountability  equipment. — 
(a)  Organization  commanders  will  be  held  responsible  that 
the  unit  accountability  equipment  of  their  respective  organi- 
zations is  at  all  times  complete  and  serviceable.  When  any 
articles  of  the  unit  accountability  equipment,  except   those 


352 

under  charge  of  armament  officers  and  not  specifically  listed 
in  War  Department  publications  or  orders  as  subject  to  the 
action  of  a  surveying  officer  (certain  articles  under  charge  of 
armament  officers  are  listed  in  War  Department  publications 
as  subject  also  to  the  action  of  a  surveying  officer)  are  lost, 
destroyed,  or  become  unserviceable  through  fair  wear  and 
tear,  and  are  no  longer  repairable  with  the  facilities  available 
in  the  organization,  post,  or  district,  the  organization  com- 
mander will  secure  the  necessary  approved  expenditure  list, 
survey  reports,  or  inventory  and  inspection  reports  to  cover 
the  same.  These  vouchers,  in  duplicate,  will  be  turned  over 
to  the  post  supply  officer  or  other  designated  issuing  officer, 
who  will  issue  the  articles  necessary  to  replace  those  lost,  de- 
stroyed, found  unserviceable  and  destroyed,  or  turned  in  to 
him  for  shipment  to  an  arsenal  or  depot,  in  accordance  with 
the  regulations  governing  such  shipments.  For  the  excepted 
articles  of  Artillery  and  machine-gun  materiel  under  charge  of 
armament  officers  and  not  specifically  listed  in  War  Depart- 
ment publications  or  orders  as  subject  to  the  action  of  a  sur- 
veying officer,  organization  commanders  will  communicate 
directly  with  the  armament  officer  in  all  cases  requiring 
replacement  or  repair  by  means  not  provided  within  the 
organization. 

( & )  In  case  any  articles  of  this  equipment  become  unservice- 
able from  any  cause  and  are  no  longer  repairable  with  the 
facilities  available,  or  are  lost  or  destroyed,  and  are  needed 
for  immediate  use,  they  will  be  replaced  at  once  by  the  supply 
officer  upon  a  certificate  signed  in  duplicate  by  the  organiza- 
tion commander  setting  forth  the  facts,  the  articles  required, 
and  that  he  will  furnish  a  proper  voucher  to  cover  same.  The 
supply  officer  will  drop  from  his  return  under  these  certificates 
the  articles  so  issued.  The  organization  commander  receiving 
such  articles  will  file  with  his  next  return,  forwarded  to  the  chief 
of  the  supply  department  concerned,  a  regular  voucher  as  re- 
quired by  existing  orders  and  regulations  to  cover  the  articles 
enumerated  on  his  certificates  furnished  the  supply  officer. 
When  issues  are  so  made  the  total  money  value  of  the  articles 
issued  will  constitute  a  money  charge  against  the  organization 
commander  until  he  shall  have  been  relieved  of  such  charge  by 
the  submission  of  the  vouchers  referred  to  in  his  certificate. 

(c)  In  all  cases  where  old  serviceable  or  cleaned  and  re- 
paired articles  are  in  the  hands  of  the  issuing  officer,  they 


353 

will  be  issued  instead  of  new  articles.  Organization  com- 
manders to  whom  articles  are  issued  will  acknowledge  the 
receipt  of  such  articles  either  (a)  upon  the  approved  expendi- 
ture lists,  survey  or  inventory  and  inspection  reports,  state- 
ment of  charges  on  pay  rolls,  or  other  evidence  of  final  dispo- 
sition now  required  by  regulations,  or  (&)  in  the  absence  of 
the  ability  to  supply  such  evidence  immediately  the  receipt 
will  appear  upon  the  organization  commander's  certificate 
referred  to  above. 

(d)  In  case  all  the  articles  covered  by  such  vouchers  are 
not  replaced  at  one  time,  the  acknowledgement  of  such  as  are 
actually  replaced  at  the  time  the  vouchers  are  turned  over  to 
the  supply  officer  will  be  made  on  Form  No.  544,  A.  G.  O. 
(credit  voucher).  Replacement  of  articles  of  unit  account- 
ability equipment,  and  the  articles  remaining  due  when 
replaced  will  also  be  receipted  for  on  this  form. 

(e)  If  on  the  administrative  examination  of  the  property 
returns  of  the  issuing  officer  any  voucher  submitted  by  an 
organization  commander,  under  the  provisions  of  this  para- 
graph, is  disallowed,  the  organization  commander  that  sub- 
mitted the  voucher  will  be  charged  with  the  accountability 
and  will  be  required  to  furnish  satisfactory  vouchers,  or  to 
replace  the  property,  or  to  pay  the  money  value  thereof. 

5.  Supply  officers. — In  garrison  designated  supply  officers 
representing  the  various  supply  departments,  or  line  officers, 
are  appointed  by  the  post  commander  for  each  post  under 
the  provisions  of  paragraphs  206,  254,  and  255,  Army  Regu- 
lations, unless  for  purposes  of  supply  two  or  more  are  grouped 
together  by  War  Department  orders. 

In  the  field  issues  will  be  made  by  designated  supply  offi- 
cers who  will  be  appointed  by  the  commanding  officer  of  the 
instruction,  maneuver,  mobilization,  or  concentration  camp, 
or  of  a  tactical  unit  serving  separately  with  reference  to 
supply. 

Such  accountable  supply  officers  as  make  issues  to  organi- 
zations will  keep  the  records  and  render  the  returns  and  re- 
ports of  cost  of  maintenance  required  by  paragraph  9  of  this 
order. 

6.  Ammunition  for  target  practice  and  for  other  authorised 
firing. — Ammunition  required  by  organization  commanders 
for  authorized  target  practice,  instruction  firing,  etc.,  will  be 
furnished  on  memorandum  receipt  by  post  ordnance  officers 

40062°— 16 23 


354 

or  other  issuing  officers,  and  at  the  end  of  each  accounting 
period  the  organization  commander  will  furnish  the  account- 
able officer  with  a  voucher  properly  executed  on  Form  No. 
19,  Office  Chief  of  Ordnance,  to  cover  all  ammunition  that 
has  been  actually  expended  for  authorized  purposes  during 
the  period.  At  the  end  of  the  calendar  year  any  of  the  am- 
munition not  actually  expended  will  be  returned  to  the  ac- 
countable officer  and  the  memorandum  receipts  withdrawn 
by  the  responsible  officer.  An  organization  holding  ammunition 
on  memorandum  receipt  will,  upon  departing  for  duty  at  an- 
other post,  furnish  the  accountable  officer  a  voucher  on  Form 
No.  19,  Office  Chief  of  Ordnance,  to  cover  all  ammunition 
actually  expended  and  turn  in  to  the  accountable  officer  all 
ammunition  remaining  on  hand  not  pertaining  to  the  unit  ac- 
countability equipment. 

7.  Expendable  articles. —  (a)  Organization  commanders, 
having  unit  accountability  equipment,  may  obtain  from  the 
post,  or  other  authorized  supply  officers,  on  requisition  re- 
ceipt blanks  (Form  No.  543,  A.  G.  O.),  executed  in  duplicate, 
such  quantities  of  expendable  parts,  materials,  and  supplies 
as  are  listed  in  the  supply  tables  and  are  within  the  au- 
thorized money  allowance,  when  such  money  allowance  is 
prescribed.  In  any  case  the  value  of  the  material  so  issued 
under  requisition  and  receipt  voucher  (Form  No.  543, 
A.  G.  O.)  will  be  charged  against  the  cost  of  maintenance  of 
the  organization,  and  the  property  will  be  dropped  by  the 
supply  officer  under  that  voucher  as  expended.  When  prac- 
ticable, issues  of  expendable  material  will  be  made  to  each 
organization  quarterly. 

If  conditions  arise  which,  in  order  to  maintain  equipment 
in  a  serviceable  condition,  require  the  issue  of  expendable 
materials  in  excess  of  the  authorized  money  allowance,  the 
requisition  therefor  with  an  explanation  of  the  necessity  for 
the  issue  will  be  forwarded  to  the  chief  of  the  supply  depart- 
ment concerned,  except  in  the  Philippines  and  Hawaii,  where 
the  action  of  the  department  commander  will  be  final. 

Expendable  articles  issued  to  organizations  without  unit 
accountability  equipment  will  be  covered  by  exchange  of 
regular  property  invoices  and  receipts  and  the  property 
regularly  accounted  for,  by  both  the  issuing  and  receiving 
officers,  as  at  present. 


365 

(&)  Articles  which  may  be  especially  so  published  by  any 
supply  department  as  expendable  under  the  following  con- 
ditions will  be  replaced  by  supply  officers  upon  the  certificate 
of  the  organization  commander  that  the  articles  are  unser- 
viceable from  fair  wear  and  tear  in  the  service  and  the 
certificate  of  the  post  or  regimental  commander  that  they 
are  not  economically  repairable  and  have  no  salable  value. 
Lists  of  such  expendable  articles  followed  by  the  above  cer- 
tificates properly  signed,  and  including  the  certificate  of  an 
officer  that  all  material  not  useful  for  repair  has  been  de- 
stroyed, will  be  filed  as  vouchers  to  the  supply  officer's 
returns. 

8.  Surplus  at  posts. — Supply  officers  will,  so  far  as  practi- 
cable, anticipate  the  needs  of  the  organizations  with  whose 
supply  they  are  charged.  To  this  end  they  will  carry  on 
hand  within  the  limits  prescribed  by  the  various  supply  de- 
partments such  quantities  of  equipment  and  supplies  in  ad- 
dition to  current  requirements  as  the  conditions  under  which 
they  are  serving  would  warrant.  Should  it  become  desirable 
to  increase  or  decrease  the  limits  prescribed  either  for  main- 
tenance of  the  unit  accountability  equipment  of  organiza- 
tions, or,  in  the  case  of  engineer  equipment  and  supplies,  to 
meet  special  needs,  authority  will  first  be  obtained  from  the 
chief  of  the  supply  department  concerned.  Requests  for  such 
authority  will  state  reasons  therefor. 

Requisitions  will  normally  be  submitted  prior  to  January  1 
and  June  30  of  each  year  for  the  following  six  months  if 
storage  facilities  permit;  otherwise  they  will  be  submitted 
quarterly.  When  submitting  these  requisitions,  the  supply 
oflicer  will  furnish  a  statement  showing  the  quantities  of 
the  articles  requested,  which  were  issued,  or  called  for  but  not 
issued  though  authorized,  during  the  preceding  six  months' 
period  or  quarter ;  the  quantities  on  hand ;  and  the  maximum 
authorized  reserve,  for  the  organizations  with  whose  supply 
he  is  charged,  together  with  appropriate  brief  explanation  of 
any  unusual  request. 

9.  Cost  of  maintenance. —  (a)  The  methods  should  be  such 
that  the  cost  obtained  is  the  actual  cost  to  the  United  States 
of  supplying  the  organization  with  the  particular  equipment 
in  question.  On  account  of  the  difficulty  of  fixing  a  just  credit 
to  be  given  an  organization  for  property  that  has  been  used  by 


356 

it,  and  turned  in  unserviceable  but  still  repairable,  it  is  de- 
sired, whenever  practicable,  that  such  property  be  retained  in 
the  organization  until  no  longer  repairable. 

(&)  Each  post  supply  officer,  or  other  designated  issuing 
officer,  will  keep  on  the  prescribed  form  (Form  No.  450, 
A.  G.  O.),  Record  of  Cost  of  Maintenance,  an  account  of  the 
money  value  of  all  "A"  and  "B"  equipment,  certain  desig- 
nated articles  of  garrison  equipment,  and  supplies,  expendable 
and  nonexpendable  (including  quartermaster  property),  issued 
to  or  received  from  organizations  provided  with  the  unit 
accountability  equipment,  except  of  articles  issued  to  replace 
those  charged  to  officers  or  enlisted  men,  and  to  replace  those 
lost  and  charged  to  transportation  companies,  etc.  The  cost 
of  maintenance  will  also  include  the  charge  for  cleaning 
materials,  spare  parts,  etc.,  required  to  maintain  in  serviceable 
condition  property  issued  on  memorandum  receipt.  All  entries 
on  a  record  of  cost  of  maintenance  pertaining  to  unit  account- 
ability material  must  be  covered  by  a  voucher  to  the  return 
of  the  supply  officer  on  which  is  shown  the  total  value  of 
such  entry.  Entries  on  this  record  on  account  of  charges  for 
garrison  equipment  will  have  entered  in  the  record  the  number 
of  the  memorandum  receipt,  thus:  7  (mem.).  Organization 
commanders  will,  upon  request,  be  informed  of  the  status  of 
their  cost  of  maintenance  account. 

(c)  For  each  organization  of  mobile  Artillery  separate  rec- 
ords of  cost  of  maintenance  will  be  kept  as  follows :  One  for 
arms,  personal,  organization,  and  horse  equipment,  harness, 
and  parts  pertaining  thereto ;  the  other  for  Artillery  materiel 
under  charge  of  an  armament  officer. 

(d)  When  a  transfer  of  property,  with  corresponding  en- 
tries on  the  record  of  cost  of  maintenance,  results  from  an 
authorized  increase  or  decrease  in  the  strength  of  an  organi- 
zation or  from  the  change  from  an  old  to  a  new  model  of 
equipment,  such  entries  will  be  identified  by  appropriate  notes 
as  "  change  in  authorized  strength  "  or  "  new  model  to  replace 
serviceable  old  model "  and  will  not  be  included  in  the  total 
actual  cost  of  maintenance  for  the  period,  but  will  be  totaled 
separately. 

(e)  In  computing  the  value  of  these  and  other  issues  or 
receipts,  the  prices  given  in  the  unit  accountability  equipment 
manuals  and  tables  of  credits  will  be  used  regardless  of  the 
models  in  question.    When  prices  are  not  otherwise  furnished 


357 

the  price  list  will  govern.  When  serviceable  property  (except 
Field  Artillery  materiel,  etc.,  which  is  under  the  supervision 
of  armament  officers)  which  has  been  used  is  to  be  turned  in 
or  issued,  the  value  thereof  will  be  determined  by  a  surveying 
officer  and  entered  by  him  on  the  voucher  of  transfer.  These 
values  so  determined  will  hold  for  future  issues  in  so  far  as  it 
is  practicable  and  equitable.  Similar  action  will  be  taken  in 
the  case  of  cleaned  and  repaired  stores  whose  price  is  not 
published. 

(/)  The  cost  of  all  repairs  directed  by  or  made  under  the 
supervision  of  an  armament  officer  will  be  reported  by  him  to 
the  local  supply  officer  for  charge,  as  directed  herein,  on  the 
proper  record  of  the  cost  of  maintenance.  When  an  armament 
officer  directs  that  Artillery  or  machine-gun  materiel  or  parts 
be  turned  in  for  repairs  or  replacement,  the  receiving  arsenal 
will  report  the  cost  of  repairs  to  the  armament  officer  for 
transmission  to  the  local  supply  officer. 

(g)  When  an  organization  changes  station  during  the  ac- 
counting period  a  copy  of  its  records  of  cost  of  maintenance 
(Form  No.  450,  A.  G.  O.),  together  with  a  statement  of  its 
remaining  credits  under  the  various  money  allowances,  will 
be  forwarded  by  the  old  supply  officer  through  the  command- 
ing officers  of  the  old  and  new  stations  to  the  new  supply 
officer.  I 

(h)  Each  post  supply  officer  or  other  designated  supply 
officer  will  render,  through  the  commanding  officer,  to  the 
chief  of  his  department  or  corps,  a  report  (Form  No.  449, 
A.  G.  O.),  showing  the  cost  of  maintenance  of  each  organiza- 
tion having  a  unit  accountability  equipment,  and  to  whom 
issues  have  been  made  in  the  preceding  six  months,  but  no 
record  of  cost  of  maintenance  will  be  kept  in  the  case  of 
organizations  engaged  in  operations  in  the  field  in  time  of  war. 

10.  Economy  of  maintenance  and  condition  of  equipment  to 
be  considered  by  officers  rendering  prescribed  effi,ciency  re- 
ports of  organization  commanders. — Officers  making  the  pre- 
scribed efficiency  reports  will  consider  the  condition  of  equip- 
ment and  the  economy  with  which  an  organization  has 
been  maintained.  In  determining  this,  due  consideration  will 
be  given  to  the  length  of  time  the  particular  officer  has  com- 
manded the  organization,  the  nature  of  its  service,  and  all 
other  circumstances  which  would  affect  the  deterioration  of 
the  equipment. 


358 

11.  Increase  or  decrease  in  authorized  strength. — Should 
the  authorized  strength  of  an  organization  be  increased,  the 
post  supply  officer  or  other  issuing  officer  will,  upon  applica- 
tion of  the  organization  commander,  issue  the  necessary 
additional  equipment,  the  organization  commander  citing  on 
his  receipt  therefor  the  number,  date,  and  source  of  the  order 
authorizing  the  increase.  Should  the  authorized  strength  of 
an  organization  be  decreased,  or  should  it  be  necessary  for 
any  reason  to  turn  in  surplus  equipment,  the  surplus  will  be 
invoiced  to  the  proper  supply  officer,  whose  receipt  therefor, 
with  notations  thereon  of  the  authority  for  the  transfer,  will 
be  filed  by  the  orgianization  commander  with  his  next  return. 
Surplus  equipment  to  be  turned  in  should  be  new  and 
unused,  if  such  is  on  hand;  otherwise,  the  most  serviceable 
that  is  on  hand,  and  supply  officers  or  other  issuing  officers 
will  receive  and  receipt  for  such  serviceable  surplus  equip- 
ment which  has  been  passed  upon  by  a  survey  officer  who  will 
also  determine  its  value  as  prescribed  in  section  (e),  para- 
graph 9  of  this  order. 

12.  Completion  of  equipment. — One  of  the  reasons  for 
changing  to  the  unit  accountability  method  of  accounting,  for 
property  was  to  lessen  the  paper  work  of  organization  com- 
manders in  connection  with  rendering  property  returns.  To 
this  end  it  is  desired  that  every  such  commander  endeavor  at 
all  times,  but  especially  as  the  accounting  time  approaches, 
or  when  a  transfer  is  to  be  made  to  another  officer,  to  see  that 
the  full  authorized  equipment  is  on  hand,  and  no  more. 

13.  Organizations  with  unit  accountability  equipment. — Unit 
accountability  equipments  for  organizations  are  prescribed  as 
follows : 


Engineer  Unit  Accountability 
Equipment  Manual,  Form  No. 
452,  A.  G.  O. : 

Band. 

Battalion  headquarters. 

Company. 

Cavalry  Unit  Accountability 
Equipment  Manual,  Form  No. 
459,  A.   G.  O. : 

Headquarters  troop. 

Machine-gun  troop. 

Squadron. 

Troop. 


Light  Artillery  Unit  Accountabil- 
ity Equipment  Manual  (3-inch), 
Form  No.  456,  A.  G.  O.  : 
Regimental  headquarters  and 

band. 
Battalion  headquarters. 
Battery. 
Mountain  Artillery  Unit  Account- 
ability Equipment  Manual  (2.95- 
inch),  Form  No.  453,  A.  G.  O. : 
Regimental  headquarters  and 

band. 
Battalion  headquarters. 
Battery. 


369 


Horse  Artillery  Unit  Accountabil- 
ity Equipment  Manual  (3-inch), 
Form  No.  454,  A.  G.  O. : 
Regimental  headquarters  and 

band. 
Battalion  headquarters. 
Battery. 
Heavy    Field    Artillery    Unit    Ac- 
countability Equipment  Manual 
(4.7-inch  gun),  Form  No.  455, 
A.  G.   O. ;    (4.7-inch  howitzer), 
Form  No.  533,  A.  G.  O. ;  (6-inch 
howitzer),    Form    No.    534,    A. 
G.  O. : 

Regimental  headquarters  and 

band. 
Battalion  headquarters. 
Battery. 


Coast  Artillery  Unit  Accountabil- 
ity   Equipment    Manual,    Form 
No.  457,  A.  G.  O. : 
Band. 

Battalion  headquarters. 
Company. 
Infantry       Unit       Accountability 
Equipment   Manual,    Form   No. 
458,  A.  G.  O. : 

Headquarters  company. 
Machine-gun  company. 
Supply  company. 
Company. 
Philippine  Scouts — 

Battalion  sergeant  major. 
Company. 


14.  Organisations  without  unit  accountability  equipment. — 
Organizations  for  which  no  unit  accountability  equipment  is 
prescribed  will  continue  to  account  for  property  as  at  present, 
except  that  returns  for  engineer  property  will  be  rendered 
June  30  and  December  31,  instead  of  March  31  and  September 
30.     (O.  O.  52,  1915—2000489  U,  A.  G.  O.) 

187.  Organizations  with  unit  accountability  equipment 
changing  station. — Organizations  provided  with  unit  account- 
ability equipment  when  changing  permanent  station  will  re- 
tain in  their  possession,  if  provided  with  them,  the  gallery 
practice  rifles,  caliber  .22,  and  appendages,  seal  stamps,  and 
saddlecloths,  service  (for  enlisted  men),  held  on  memorandum 
receipt  by  them,  and  will  be  provided  with  such  arm  chests  as 
may  be  required  for  the  journey  by  the  proper  supply  officer. 
The  accountable  officer  at  the  station  from  which  the  organi- 
zation is  leaving  will  invoice  these  articles  to  the  accountable 
officer  at  the  new  station  and  transfer  the  memorandum  re- 
ceipts covering  the  articles  to  the  latter  officer. 

When  an  organization  holding  horse  covers  on  memoran- 
dum receipt  changes  station  and  needs  to  retain  the  horse 
covers  in  its  possession,  the  necessary  instructions  will  be 
given  by  the  department  commanders  concerned.  If  retained 
by  the  organization,  the  transfer  of  accountability  will  be  ac- 
complished in  the  same  manner  as  prescribed  in  the  preced- 
ing paragraph,  and  the  transfer  of  accountability  for  horse 
covers  held  by  organizations  serving  in  the  field,  which  for 
any  reason  have  their  supply  officers  changed,  will  be  handled 


360 

in   a    similar   manner.      (Par.    Ill,    G.    O.   6,   191  Jf — 2121216, 
A.  G.  O.) 

138.  Inspection  of  steam  boilers.— 1.  All  steam  boilers- 
portable,  stationary,  or  marine — which  are  to  be  operated  at 
20  pounds  or  more  steam  pressure,  procured  or  installed  by 
the  Engineer  Department  or  the  Quartermaster  Corps  and  in 
service,  will  be  inspected  by  representatives  of  the  United 
States  Steamboat  Inspection  Service  at  least  once  a  year. 

2.  The  boilers  to  be  inspected  are  classified  for  the  pur- 
poses of  this  order,  as  follows : 

(a)  All  marine  boilers  pertaining  to  the  Engineer  Depart- 
ment. 

(b)  All  other  boilers,  stationary  or  portable,  pertaining  to 
the  work  of  the  Engineer  Department  except  those  installed 
at  coast  defenses  and  consuming  fuel  supplied  by  the  Quar- 
termaster Corps. 

(c)  All  boilers  installed  at  coast  defenses  which  have  been 
supplied  by  the  Engineer  Department  and  which  consume 
fuel  supplied  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 

(d)  Stationary  and  portable  boilers  at  coast  defenses  pro- 
cured or  installed  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 

(e)  Stationary  and  portable  boilers  at  mobile  army  stations 
pertaining  to  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 

(/)  Marine  boilers  pertaining  to  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 

3.  With  a  view  to  economy  in  expenses  incident  to  inspec- 
tions, all  boilers  of  classes  (c)  and  (d)  installed  in  the  same 
harbor  will  be  inspected  at  the  same  time.  Request  for  au- 
thority for  such  inspection,  including  a  statement  of  the  esti- 
mated cost  thereof,  the  number  of  boilers  of  each  class  to  be 
inspected,  and  the  proportion  of  the  cost  of  inspection  to  be 
charged  to  each  class,  will  be  made  to  the  Chief  of  Engineers 
by  the  district  engineer  officer  after  communicating  with  the 
coast  defense  commander  in  reference  to  the  boilers  under  his 
charge.  When  satisfactory  arrangements  have  been  made  by 
the  Quartermaster  General  and  the  Chief  of  Engineers,  the 
latter  will  authorize  the  district  engineer  officer  to  secure  the 
services  of  the  boiler  inspector.  In  cases  where  it  is  practica- 
ble and  will  result  in  economy  of  inspection  expenses,  the  in- 
spection of  any  boilers  in  the  vicinity  pertaining  to  classes 
(a),  (6),  (e),  and  (/)  will  be  combined  with  the  inspection 
of  classes  (c)  and  (d).  The  district  engineer  ofllcer  will 
ascertain  by  inquiry  of  the  proper  officials  whether  such  com- 


361 

bination  of  inspections  can  be  advantageously  made  and  if  not 
will  so  state  in  his  request  for  authority  for  inspection.  In 
case  the  inspection  of  boilers  of  class  (a),  (6),  (e),  or  (/)  can 
not  advantageously  be  combined  as  indicated  above,  their  in- 
spection may  be  separately  arranged  for  with  the  local  boiler 
inspector  and  without  securing  antecedent  authority  therefor ; 
arrangements  for  the  inspection  of  boilers  of  classes  (a)  and 
(6)  will  be  made  by  the  proper  district  engineer  officer;  and 
for  those  of  classes  (e)  and  (/)  by  the  department  quarter- 
master, who,  in  forwarding  the  inspection  report  to  the  Quar- 
termaster General  as  prescribed  below,  will  state  the  reasons 
for  not  combining  the  inspection  of  the  boilers  reported  on 
with  boilers  of  classes  (c)  and  (d). 

4.  The  officer  arranging  for  the  inspection  with  the  boiler 
inspector  will  be  solely  responsible  that  inspections  of  all 
boilers  covered  by  his  request  are  made  at  the  proper  time, 
and  will  see  that  all  needed  assistance  and  facilities,  includ- 
ing the  necessary  pumps  for  making  hydrostatic  tests,  are 
furnished  to  the  inspector,  and  the  officer  in  immediate  charge 
of  each  boiler  will  furnish  such  assistance  as  may  be  practi- 
cable upon  the  request  of  the  officer  arranging  for  the  inspec- 
tion. A  competent  employee,  familiar  with  the  boiler  to  be 
inspected,  will  be  present  while  each  boiler  is  being  inspected 
to  give  the  inspector  any  authentic  information  needed. 

5.  In  the  case  of  all  boilers  pertaining  to  the  Engineer  De- 
partment of  classes  (a),  (b),  and  (c),  information  will  be 
prepared  for  the  inspector  for  each  boiler  on  E.  D.  Form 
42e.  This  information  will  be  compiled  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  district  engineer  officer  prior  to  the  inspection 
and,  together  with  available  blue  prints  of  each  boiler  to 
be  tested,  will  be  held  available  for  the  information  of  the 
boiler  inspector  in  preparing  his  report  of  inspection.  One 
copy  of  E.  D.  Form  42e,  properly  filled  out  for  each  boiler, 
will  be  kept  on  file  in  the  district  engineer  office  until  the 
next  annual  inspection  is  made,  at  which  time  a  new  state- 
ment will  be  prepared  and  the  old  one  destroyed.  In  the 
event  that  a  piece  of  plant  containing  a  boiler  is  transferred 
to  another  district,  copies  of  the  last  boiler-inspection  report 
and  of  the  data  furnished  the  inspector,  made  by  the  district 
from  which  the  plant  was  transferred,  will  be  furnished  for 
the  files  of  the  office  to  which  the  plant  was  transferred  for 
use  when  the  next  inspection  of  the  boilers  is  made. 


362 

6.  In  the  case  of  boilers  pertaining  to  the  Engineer  Depart- 
ment (of  classes  a,  h,  and  c),  the  responsibility  rests  with  the 
district  engineer  officer  that  all  needed  information  is  cor- 
rectly furnished  to  the  boiler  inspector ;  in  the  case  of  boilers 
pertaining  to  the  Quartermaster  Corps  (of  classes  d,  e,  and  /), 
such  responsibility  rests  with  the  officer  in  immediate  charge 
of  the  boiler  to  be  inspected. 

7.  For  boilers  of  classes  (6),  (c),  {d),  and  (e),  War  De- 
partment Form  No.  34  will  be  used  for  the  inspector's  report. 
The  inspector  will  be  furnished  with  one  blank  copy  of  this 
form  for  each  boiler  to  be  inspected,  and  will  submit  a  sepa- 
rate report  for  each  boiler  upon  these  forms.  The  officer,  or 
a  competent  employee,  in  immediate  charge  of  the  boiler,  will 
in  each  case  supervise  the  inspection  and  preparation  of  the 
report  in  order  that  it  may  be  complete  in  all  details.  In  the 
case  of  boilers  of  class  (&),  the  original  report  will  be  filed  in 
the  district  engineer  office,  and  a  copy  will  be  prepared  and 
posted  in  the  engine  room.  In  the  case  of  boilers  of  classes 
(c),  {d),  and  (e),  the  officer  in  immediate  charge  of  the  boiler 
will  add  to  the  report  of  inspection  such  remarlis  and  recom- 
mendations thereon  as  the  case  may  require;  he  will  then 
retain  one  copy  and  forward  the  original  to  the  officer  who 
arranged  for  the  inspection ;  the  latter  officer  will  forward  the 
original  reports  to  the  head  of  his  own  staff  department  after 
retaining  such  copies  or  extracts  as  may  be  desired.  All 
original  reports  thus  forwarded  to  the  Chief  of  Engineers  will 
be  transmitted  to  the  Quartermaster  General. 

8.  For  boilers  of  classes  {a)  and  (/)  the  report  of  inspection 
will  be  made  on  Form  840-B  of  the  United  States  Steamboat 
Inspection  Service.  In  the  case  of  boilers  of  class  (a)  the 
original  report  will  be  filed  in  the  district  engineer  office  and 
a  copy  will  be  prepared  and  posted  in  the  engine  room.  In 
the  case  of  boilers  of  class  (/)  the  report  will  be  forwarded  by 
the  officer  arranging  for  the  inspection  to  the  head  of  his  staff 
department  in  Washington  for  file  in  the  Quartermaster  Gen- 
eral's Office. 

9.  In  all  cases  where  the  boiler  pressure  gauge  is  found  to 
register  inaccurately,  the  boiler  inspector  will  be  required  to 
set  the  gauge  so  as  to  register  correctly  at  worl?:ing  pressure. 
This  request  upon  the  inspectors  is  made  with  the  approval 
of  the  assistant  inspector  general  of  the  United  States  Steam- 
boat Inspection  Service. 


363 

10.  The  officer  in  immediate  charge  of  any  boiler  of  classes 
(c),  (d),  (e),  and  (/)  will  report  through  military  channels 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  any  such  boiler  which 
is  in  service  and  has  not  been  inspected  by  a  representative  of 
the  United  States  Steamboat  Inspection  Service  within  one 
year  and  three  months. 

11.  In  the  case  of  boilers  and  steam  pipes  of  steamers  oper- 
ated by  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  which  have  been  in  service 
less  than  10  years,  drilling  will  not  be  resorted  to  by  inspec- 
tors in  order  to  ascertain  the  thickness  of  the  material  until 
it  shall  have  been  determined  that  the  thickness  can  not  be 
properly  ascertained  in  any  other  manner.  Every  effort  will 
first  be  made  to  obtain  such  data,  either  from  working  draw- 
ings of  the  machinery  of  the  boats  on  file  in  the  local  quarter- 
masters' offices,  or  upon  application  to  the  Quartermaster 
General  of  the  Army.  {Par.  I,  G.  O.  52,  191  Jt,  as  amended  by 
Par.  VI,  G.  O.  63,  1914—2173268,  and  2173268  A,  A.  G.  0.) 

FUNDS. 

139.  Disbursing  officers  in  Porto  Rico  and  Philippine 
Islands. — Disbursing  officers  of  the  War  Department  stationed 
in  Porto  Rico  and  the  Philippine  Islands,  being  far  remote 
from  designated  depositories,  are  authorized  to  keep,  at  their 
own  risk,  money  received  in  coin  or  currency  which  they  may 
be  authorized  to  disburse  and  such  moneys  as  may  be  offi- 
cially intrusted  to  them  for  disbursement.  (G.  0.  22,  1899, 
and  Par.  I,  G.  O.  89,  1899.) 

140.  Disbursing  officers  in  Alaska. — Disbursing  officers  of 
the  War  Department  stationed  in  Alaska,  being  far  removed 
from  designated  depositories,  are  specially  authorized  by  the 
Secretary  of  War — 

First.  To  keep  in  their  personal  possession,  at  their  own 
risk,  (1)  such  funds  as  may  be  officially  intrusted  to  them 
for  disbursement;  (2)  currency  received  in  exchange  for 
official  checks  under  the  following  paragraph  of  this  order. 

Second.  To  exchange  their  official  Government  checks  for 
United  States  currency  required  to  pay  authorized  indebted- 
ness of  the  Government  with  any  United  States  postal  official, 
any  officer  of  the  Signal  Corps,  or  any  officer  of  the  Quarter- 
master Corps. 

In  drawing  checks  for  amounts  to  be  retained  in  personal 
possession,  disbursing  officers  should  see  that  the  following 


364 

requirement  of  Treasury  Circular  of  April  17,  1899,  is  strictly 
complied  witli: 

The  object  or  purpose  to  which  the  avails  are  to  be  applied 
in  case  of  any  check  drawn  by  a  disbursing  officer  of  the 
Army  for  an  amount  to  be  retained  in  his  possession  by 
authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War  *  *  *  must  be  clearly 
indicated  by  a  statement  on  the  check  that  it  is  to  obtain 
cash  to  hold  in  personal  possession  and  date  of  authority  to 
so  hold  funds  given.     (G.  O.  120,  1905—1038280,  M.  S.  0.) 

141.  Oashbooks  and  checks. — 1.  All  disbursing  officers  of 
the  War  Department  are  required  to  enter  daily  the  cash 
receipts  in  the  cashbook,  so  that  the  accounts  of  an  officer 
will  be  in  proper  condition  for  inspection  at  the  close  of  any 
day. 

2.  The  object  for  which  a  check  is  drawn  and  the  number 
or  other  necessary  description  of  the  voucher  will  be  stated 
on  the  check  stub  or  register  of  checks  issued,  as  well  as  on 
the  face  of  the  check,  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  600,  Army 
Regulations.     {Par.  I,  O.  O.  58,  19U— 2172828  A,  A.  G.  O.) 

142.  Indorsements  on  checks  and  Treasury  warrants. — 
In  order  to  insure  against  delay  or  possible  loss  in  the  matter 
of  payment  of  Treasury  warrants  and  checks  of  disbursing 
officers,  the  indorsements  thereon  must  be  written  in  ink  or 
indelible  pencil  and  must  correspond  in  spelling  with  the 
name  of  the  payee  on  the  face  of  the  warrant  or  check.  {Par. 
Ill,  Bui.  J,0,  1915—23J,1982,  A.  O.  O.) 

143.  Lists  of  outstanding  checks. — In  the  preparation  of 
lists  of  outstanding  checks,  disbursing  officers  of  the  War 
Department  will,  in  each  instance,  use  Form  No.  3a,  I.  G.  D., 
utilizing  one  line  for  each  item.  {Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  65,  19 IS — 
2082365,  A.  G.  O.) 

144.  Computation  of  annual  or  monthly  pay. — The  act  of 
Congress  approved  June  30,  1906  (34  Stat.,  763),  prescribing 
rules  for  division  of  time  and  computation  of  pay  for  services 
rendered  by  persons  in  the  service  of  the  United  States  whose 
compensation  is  annual  or  monthly  is  construed  by  the  comp- 
troller as  requiring  that — 

1.  Each  calendar  month  shall  consist  of  30  days,  and  the 
computation  of  salary  shall  be  by  each  month  separately,  one- 
twelfth  of  an  annual  salary  constituting  the  compensation  for 
each  month. 

2.  One-thirtieth  of  a  monthly  installment  of  salary  is  to  be 
allowed  for  each  day  of  service  from  the  1st  to  the  30th, 


365 

inclusive.    The  last  day  of  February  counts  as  three  days  of 
service  for  pay  purposes  (two  days  in  leap  years). 

3.  The  31st  day  of  a  month  enters  into  the  computation 
of  salary  only  where  there  is  one  day's  absence  in  a  non- 
pay  status  on  that  day — that  is,  absence  in  a  nonpay  status 
did  not  occur  also  on  the  30th.  For  such  absence  on  the  31st 
one  day's  pay  is  forfeited.     ( Btil.  45,  19U— 1150181  A,  M.  S.  O.) 

145.  Delay  in  returning  certificates  of  deposit.— 1.  In 
view  of  the  receipt  of  a  communication  from  the  Assistant 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury  calling  attention  to  the  delay  in 
returning  to  the  Treasury  Department,  properly  indorsed,  cer- 
tificates issued  for  deposits  of  money  to  the  credit  of  the 
Treasurer  of  the  United  States  by  officers  of  the  Army,  it  is 
directed  that  depositing  officers  be  instructed  to  strictly 
observe  the  requirements  of  paragraph  612,  A.  R.,  1913. 

2.  Hereafter,  when  certificates  of  deposit  are  received  by 
bureaus  and  offices  of  the  War  Department,  immediate  action 
will  be  taken  to  properly  indorse  them.  Should  it  be  found 
that  the  information  necessary  to  their  prompt  indorsement  is 
not  in  hand,  the  depositing  officer  will  be  at  once  communi- 
cated with  and  his  attention  called  to  the  foregoing  regulation, 
with  the  advice  that  failure  to  comply  therewith  with  respect 
to  future  deposits  of  money  by  him  will  cause  a  report  to  be 
made  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  record  against 
his  efficiency. 

3.  Chiefs  of  bureaus  and  officers  of  the  War  Department 
will,  at  the  end  of  each  week,  report  to  the  Assistant  and 
Chief  Clerk  of  the  War  Department  the  number  of  certificates 
of  deposit  remaining  on  hand,  with  a  brief  statement  of  rea- 
sons for  their  not  being  acted  upon. 

4.  All  certificates  of  deposit  will  hereafter  be  returned  to 
the  Treasury  Department  through  the  Division  of  Requisi- 
tions and  Accounts,  Office  of  the  Secretary  of  War.  (War 
Dept.  Cir.,  Nov.  10,  1915;  Par.  I,  Bui.  37,  1915—2342282, 
A.  O.  O.) 

146.  Delinquency  in  rendition  of  money  accounts. — The 
requirements  of  the  law  as  expressed  in  paragraph  627. 
Army  Regulations,  1913,  will  be  strictly  observed  by  dis- 
bursing officers,  and  hereafter  any  disbursing  officer  who 
may  be  delinquent  in  rendering  his  money  accounts  will,  at 
the  time  of  forwarding  the  delinquent  account,  furnish  the 
chief  of  the  bureau  concerned  with  a  full  explanation  of  the 


366 

reason  for  or  cause  of  the  delinquency.  Where  the  delin- 
quent is  an  officer  of  the  Army,  and  in  the  opinion  of  the 
chief  of  the  bureau  concerned  his  explanation  is  not  con- 
sidered satisfactory,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  chief  of 
bureau  to  report  the  delinquency  to  The  Adjutant  General  of 
the  Army,  with  such  recommendation  as  may  be  deemed 
advisable. 

Nothing  contained  herein  is  to  be  construed  as  rescind- 
ing or  modifying  such  authorizations  as  may  have  been,  or 
may  hereafter  be,  given  in  individual  cases  relaxing  the  re- 
quirements that  accounts  be  mailed  within  the  10-day  limit. 
(Par.  I,  G.  O.  11,  19U— 2120129,  A.  G.  O.) 

147.  Expenditure  of  funds  for  purposes  other  than  those 
for  which  appropriated. — Information  having  reached  the 
War  Department  that  funds  appropriated  for  certain  purposes 
have  been  applied  to  other  purposes  and  vouchers  stated 
which  did  not  correctly  describe  the  object  for  which  the 
money  was  expended,  the  attention  of  all  disbursing  officers 
of  the  Army  is  directed  to  section  3678,  Revised  Statutes  of 
the  United  States,  which  provides  that — 

All  sums  appropriated  for  the  various  branches  of  expendi- 
ture in  the  public  service  shall  be  applied  solely  to  the  ob- 
jects for  which  they  are  respectively  made,  and  for  no  others ; 

and  to  the  act  of  Congress  approved  March  4,  1911,  which 
provides — 

That  whoever,  being  an  officer,  clerk,  agent,  or  other  per- 
son holding  any  office  or  employment  under  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  and,  being  charged  with  the  duty  of 
keeping  accounts  or  records  of  any  kind,  shall,  with  intent  to 
deceive,  mislead,  injure,  or  defraud  the  United  States  or  any 
person,  make  in  any  such  account  or  record  any  false  or  ficti- 
tious entry  or  record  of  any  matter  relating  to  or  connected 
with  his  duties,  or  whoever  with  like  intent  shall  aid  or  abet 
any  such  officer,  clerk,  agent,  or  other  person  in  so  doing;  or 
whoever,  being  an  officer,  clerk,  agent,  or  other  person  holding 
any  office  or  employment  under  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  and,  being  charged  with  the  duty  of  receiving,  holding, 
or  paying  over  moneys  or  securities  to,  for,  or  on  behalf  of 
the  United  States,  or  of  receiving  or  holding  in  trust  for  any 
person  any  moneys  or  securities,  shall,  with  like  intent,  make 
a  false  report  of  such  moneys  or  securities,  or  whoever  with 
like  intent  shall  aid  or  abet  any  such  officer,  clerk,  agent,  or 
other  person  in  so  doing,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  $5,000, 
or  imprisoned  not  more  than  ten  years,  or  both. 

Scrupulous  care  will  be  exercised  by  all  officers,  enlisted 
men,  and  civilians  whose  duties  pertain  to  the  disbursement 


.367 

of  public  funds,  to  the  end  that  the  law  be  strictly  observed 
and  that  a  practice  so  dangerous  and  so  fraught  with  possi- 
bilities of  wrongdoing  be  stopped.  {Par.  II,  G.  O.  1914 — 
2076242,  A.  G.  0.) 

148.  Touchers  for  adyertisements. — All  vouchers  in  pay- 
ment for  the  publication  of  advertisements  shall  be  accom- 
panied by  properly  certified  copies  of  the  authority  in  strict 
compliance  with  section  3828,  United  States  Revised  Statutes. 
(Cir.  6,  1905—972420,  M.  S.  0.) 

149.  Special  deposit  account,  disbursing  and  collecting 
officers. — 1.  In  order  to  carry  into  effect  the  views  of  the 
Comptroller  of  the  Treasury  relative  to  the  rendition  of  a 
special  account  by  all  disbursing  and  collecting  officers  of  the 
War  Department  who  collect  moneys  the  correct  amount  of 
which  has  not  been  determined  at  the  time  of  receipt,  and 
refundment  is  involved,  or  which,  for  any  reason,  must  be 
held  until  their  nature  and  place  in  the  officer's  regular  ac- 
count have  been  determined,  the  following  War  Department 
standard  forms  have  been  approved  for  use  in  the  preparation 
and  rendition  of  a  "  Special  Deposit  Account " : 

Form  No.  30,  Special  Deposit  Account  Current. 
Form  No.  31,  Schedule  of  Receipts  and  Deposits. 
Form  No.  32,  Schedule  of  Disbursements. 
Form  No.  33,  Schedule  of  Refundments  and  Transfers. 

2.  Some  examples  of  funds  to  be  handled  through  the 
Special  Deposit  Account  are  as  follows  r 

(a)  Money  received  in  connection  with  sales  where  funds 
for  payment  are  received  in  advance. 

(ft)  Money  advanced  by  officers  of  the  Army  to  cover  the 
cost  of  transporting  excess  baggage  or  private  mounts  of 
officers  in  excess  of  the  authorized  number. 

(c)  Money  advanced  to  cover  the  cost  of  any  special  work 
that  may  be  requested  of  the  War  Department  which  is  au- 
thorized by  law  or  regulations. 

(d)  Telegraph  tolls  collected  for  other  lines  where  the 
Government  receives  the  message  from  the  sender  and  trans- 
mits it  over  Government  and  connecting  lines. 

3.  All  moneys  received*  by  disbursing  or  collecting  officers 
of  the  War  Department  of  the  character  enumerated  above 
and  moneys  held  in  trust  by  an  officer  as  agent  of  the  Gov- 
ernment, not  otherwise  provided  for  by  law  or  Treasury  regu- 
lation, which  is  subsequently  returned  in  whole  or  in  part  to 


368 

the  depositor,  will  upon  receipt  be  deposited  with  the  Treas- 
urer of  the  United  States  to  the  official  credit  of  the  officer 
making  the  deposit  and  to  an  account  to  be  designated  as 
"  Special  Deposits." 

4.  Disbursing  or  collecting  officers  should  not  attempt  by 
correspondence  with  the  bank  on  which  a  check  is  drawn,  or 
otherwise,  to  cash  same,  but  should  at  once  deliver  the  check 
to  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States  or  to  a  designated  deposi- 
tory for  collection  and  deposit  with  the  Treasurer  to  the 
officer's  official  credit  on  account  of  "  Special  Deposits." 

5.  Disposition  of  Special  Deposit  moneys  deposited  with  the 
Treasurer  of  the  United  States  will  be  by  check  on  the 
Treasurer  (special  blank  checks  for  this  purpose  will  be  fur- 
nished by  the  Treasury  Department  upon  application),  in 
order  that  the  latter  may  make  the  proper  entry  on  his  books, 
as  well  as  for  other  purposes.  This  includes  not  only  refund- 
ments but  also  authorized  disbursements  and  transfers  to 
regular  account. 

6.  Special  Deposit  Accounts  will  be  rendered  monthly  to  the 
chief  of  the  bureau  of  the  War  Department  to  which  they 
pertain  for  administrative  examination  and  transmittal  to  the 
Auditor  for  the  War  Department  (see  par.  627,  A.  R.). 

7.  The  bureaus  and  offices  of  the  War  Department,  in  mak- 
ing requisition  on  the  Chief  of  Supply  Division  for  the  forms 
enumerated  in  paragraph  1  of  this  order,  will  use  the  regular 
blank  prescribed  for  stationery  supplies  and  designate  the 
forms  by  number.     ( G.  0.  J,l,  1914—2174511,  A.  G.  O. ) 

150.  Contracts  for  file  in  auditor's  office. — 1.  In  a  recent 
decision  the  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury  invited  attention  to 
the  requirements  of  section  3743  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  the 
I'nited  States,  as  amended  by  section  18  of  the  act  of  July  31, 
1894  (28  Stat.,  210),  which  reads,  in  part,  as  follows: 

All  contracts  to  be  made,  by  virtue  of  any  law,  and  requir- 
ing the  advance  of  money,  or  in  any  manner  connected  with  the 
settlement  of  public  accounts,  shall  be  deposited  promptly  in 
the  offices  of  the  Auditors  of  the  Treasury,  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  contracts,     *     *     *. 

2.  With  reference  to  the  foregoing,  the  comptroller  stated, 

in  part : 

The  law  makes  it  the  duty  of  the  administrative  department 
of  the  Government  to  forward  to  the  proper  auditor  all  con- 
tracts in  any  manner  connected  with  the  settlement  of  ac- 
counts.   Where  the  contract  relates  to  a  single  transaction,  it 


369 

may  be  forwarded  with  the  account  to  which  it  relates.  But 
the  contract  should  in  all  instances  be  forwarded  to  the 
auditor  either  with  or  in  advance  of  the  account  to  which  it 
relates. 

It  is  the  further  duty  of  the  administratiTe  department 
to  forward  to  the  auditor  any  other  information  relating  to 
an  account  which  may  be  useful  or  necessary  in  determining 
the  correct  amount  to  be  allowed  thereon.     *     *     * 

This  is  not  an  isolated  case.  Other  cas.es  *  *  *  have 
come  to  my  attention  where  important  information  affecting 
the  settlement  of  an  account  that  was  in  the  possession  of 
the  War  Department  was  not  forwarded  to  or  made  known 
to  the  auditor  until  after  his  action  thereon. 

3.  Paragraph  564,  Army  Regulations,  provides  that  the 
number  of  the  contract  for  the  Auditor  for  the  War  Depart- 
ment shall  be  sent  to  him  by  the  head  of  the  bureau  to  which 
the  contract  pertains,  and  the  attention  of  all  officers  con- 
cerned is  called  to  the  necessity  of  their  cooperating  with 
the  War  Department,  in  order  to  insure  prompt  filing  with 
the  auditor  of  all  contracts  and  such  supporting  papers  as 
may  be  essential  to  a  proper  audit  of  the  accounts.  Officers 
who  are  charged  with  the  preparation  and  execution  of  con- 
tracts of  any  kind  will  exercise  every  effort  to  forward  the 
same  to  the  War  Department,  correct  in  every  detail  with- 
out unnecessary  delay. 

4.  When  payments  are  based  on  proposal  and  acceptance 
agreements  or  open  market  purchases,  or  purchases  are  made 
in  any  way  other  than  by  formal  contract,  the  papers,  or 
certified  copies  thereof,  containing  full  information  as  to  the 
account,  prices,  and  quantities,  should  be  attached  to  the 
voucher  and  accompany  the  same  to  the  auditor.  If  more 
than  one  voucher  is  based  on  a  single  set  of  papers  relating 
to  a  transaction,  the  papers  should  be  filed  with  the  first 
voucher,  and  subsequent  vouchers  should  refer  to  the  fact 
that  the  papers,  showing  details  of  the  transactions,  have 
been  filed  with  the  former  voucher,  stating  its  number,  date, 
and  the  officer's  account  concerned.  (Par.  Ill,  O.  O.  67, 
19U—2189U1,  A.  G.  O.) 

161.  Record  on  account  current  of  payments  from  avail- 
able balances. — In  order  to  show  on  the  account  current  all 
transactions  of  disbursing  officers  who  are  permitted  by 
statute  to  make  payments  from  their  available  balances  to 
meet  pressing  obligations  under  appropriations  where  they 
have  not  sufficient  funds,  it  will  be  necessary  to  write  in  on 
40062°— 16 24 


370 

the  face  of  the  account  current,  on  the  third  line  from  the 

bottom,  on  the  debit  side,  "  Charge  appropriation , 

letter  of  apportionment  No. ,  under  the  provisions  of 

the  act  of ,"  and,  on  the  credit  side,   "  Credit 

from  appropriation  ,  letter  of  apportion- 
ment No.   ,  under  the  provisions   of  the   act 

of "     (G,  O.  21,  1913—2018345,  A.  G.  O.) 

162.  Ketained  money  accounts,  property  accounts,  etc. — 
1.  Papers  and  record  books,  constituting  the  retained  money 
accounts,  property  accounts,  property  returns  and  vouchers 
thereto,  of  officers  of  the  Army  will  not  be  shipped  from  place 
to  place  at  public  expense,  but  will  be  maintained  and  disposed 
of  as  follows: 

(a)  When  an  officer  accountable  for  money  or  property  is 
relieved  from  such  accountability,  he  will  assemble  in  proper 
order  his  retained  money  and  property  papers  and  records, 
arranging  those  pertaining  to  money  separately  from  those 
relating  to  property,  put  them  in  packages  or  boxes,  and 
plainly  mark  on  the  outside  of  each  package  or  box  the  nature 
of  the  papers,  the  station  or  stations  to  which  they  pertain, 
and  the  bureau  involved.  For  example:  "  Retained  (money  or 
property  papers  or  both,  as  the  case  may  be)  of  Capt.  John 
Doe,  Quartermaster  Corps,  pertaining  to  Fort  Myer,  Va., 
July  1,  1914,  to  June  30,  1915."  He  will  then  transfer  these 
papers,  with  such  other  transferable  retained  money  and  prop- 
erty papers  as  may  have  come  into  his  possession,  to  his  succes- 
sor, who  will  give  his  receipt  therefor  and  will  store  the  papers 
for  future  reference  until  authority  is  given  for  the  destruc- 
tion or  other  disposition  thereof. 

(6)  All  correspondence  affecting  the  settlement  of  accounts 
or  any  other  correspondence  which  necessitates  reference  to 
the  retained  papers  will  be  forwarded  by  the  officer  concerned 
directly  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  post  or  station  where 
such  papers  are  stored  for  the  papers  or  information  required. 

(c)  Retained  papers  should  not  be  held  in  storage  for  a 
period  in  excess  of  two  years  from  the  date  of  the  final  set- 
tlement of  the  account  to  which  they  pertain.  In  order  that 
the  papers  may  be  destroyed  within  this  period  or  as  soon 
thereafter  as  practicable,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  officer, 
active  or  retired,  receiving  notice  that  his  money  or  property 
accounts  have  been  settled,  to  notify  immediately  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  post  where  the  papers  are  stored  of  the 


371 

date  of  settlement.  If  the  officer  desires  tlie  papers  destroyed 
at  a  date  earlier  than  two  years  from  the  date  of  settlement, 
he  will  so  specify  in  his  notification ;  otherwise  the  command- 
ing officer  of  the  post  will  cause  the  papers  to  be  labeled  for 
destruction  at  a  date  two  years  from  the  date  of  final  settle- 
ment. It  shall  be  the  duty  of  commanding  officers  at  posts  to 
see  that  the  papers  are  destroyed  on  the  date  specified  so  as  to 
avoid  accumulation  of  such  papers  at  posts. 

(d)  Commanding  officers  of  posts  or  stations  will  ascertain 
from  time  to  time  whether  any  retained  papers  left  at  their 
posts  or  stations  under  the  operation  of  this  order  pertain  to 
the  accounts  of  officers  who  have  been  separated  from  the 
service,  by  death  or  otherwise,  and  to  report  all  such  cases  to 
the  head  of  the  bureau  concerned  in  order  that  proper  action 
may  be  taken  toward  the  disposition  of  such  papers. 

(e)  In  the  event  that  a  post  or  station  where  such  retained 
papers  are  stored  is  discontinued  before  the  final  disposition 
of  the  papers,  the  officer  concerned  will  be  notified  by  the 
proper  commanding  officer  as  to  the  place  to  which  the  papers 
are  to  be  shipped. 

2.  Lists  of  outstanding  checks  will  be  kept  by  the  officer  to 
whom  they  pertain  and  not  packed  with  the  retained  money  or 
property  papers.     (Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  7i,  1914—2183408,  A.  Q.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XVI. 

DAMAGE  TO  PRIVATE  PROPERTY  FROM  MILITARY 
OPERATIONS. 

153.  Claims  for  damages. — 1.  There  are  received  in  the 
War  Department  many  claims  for  damages  to  private  property 
resulting  from  military  operations,  including  heavy  gun  prac- 
tice at  the  seacoast  defense  forts.  When  it  is  clearly  estab- 
lished that  the  damages  claimed  in  any  case  have  been  caused 
by  such  operations,  and  the  circumstances  are  such  as  to  make 
it  equitable  for  the  United  States  to  assume  responsibility 
therefor,  the  amount  of  the  damages  having  been  determined 
and  the  claimant  having  filed  a  statement  that  he  will  accept 
the  amount  so  determined  in  full  of  his  claim,  the  amount  of 
the  damages  so  determined  will  be  included  in  an  estimate 
submitted  to  Congress  for  an  appropriation  to  cover  such 
claims.  In  the  absence  of  such  appropriation,  the  depart- 
ment is  without  authority  to  pay  or  settle  such  claims. 

2.  The  action  of  the  department  upon  such  claims  is  based 
upon  the  evidence  submitted  by  the  claimant  as  to  the  nature 
of  the  damages;  how  they  were  incurred,  and  the  cost  of 
restoring  the  damaged  property  to  its  previous  condition,  sup- 
ported by  the  findings  of  a  board  of  officers  that  has  investi- 
gated the  claim,  or  by  a  surveying  officer  when  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  board  of  officers  is  not  practicable. 

3.  To  enable  intelligent  action  to  be  taken  upon  claims  of 
this  nature  it  is  requisite  that  the  claimant  submit  a  state- 
ment over  his  own  signature  setting  forth  all  the  facts  and 
circumstances  under  which  the  damages  charged  for  accrued ; 
the  nature  and  extent  of  the  damages ;  the  date  they  were  in- 
curred, and  the  cost  for  repairs  of  the  same,  to  be  accom- 
panied by  such  evidence  as  is  available,  and  by  a  receipt  for 
the  payment  of  the  repairs,  if  they  have  been  made,  or  an 
estimate  of  the  cost  thereof.  The  post-office  address  of  the 
claimant  will  also  be  stated. 

(372) 


373 

4.  The  report  of  the  board  of  officers  or  surveying  officer 
investigating  the  claim  should  recite  the  circumstances  under 
which  the  claim  accrued;  the  date  thereof;  the  nature  and 
extent  of  the  damages,  and  whether  or  not  they  were  due  to 
pure  accident,  or  to  the  fault  of  any  officer  or  agent  of  the 
United  States  or  any  other  person,  or  were  the  necessary 
result  of  military  operations.  The  report  should  also  cover 
the  cost  of  restoring  the  property  to  the  condition  in  which  it 
was  before  it  was  damaged,  ^  deduction  being  made  for  any 
improvement  in  such  restoration,  and  should  conclude  with  a 
recommendation  as  to  the  amount  which  should  be  allowed 
and  paid  to  the  claimant  for  the  restoration. 

5.  Should  the  investigating  board  or  the  surveying  officer 
require  expert  assistance  to  determine  the  nature  of  the 
damages  and  the  cost  for  repairs,  application  will  be  made  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  the  services  of  an 
expert  competent  to  advise  the  board  or  the  surveying  officer 
as  to  the  matters  under  consideration. 

6.  Officers  to  whom  claims  for  damages  to  private  property 
are  submitted  will  explain  to  claimants  the  method  of  deter- 
mining the  award  to  be  recommended,  and  that  there  is  no 
appropriation  or  authority  of  law  for  the  payment  of  such 
claims  by  the  War  Department,  but  that  they  can  be  paid  only 
after  appropriations  have  been  made  by  Congress  for  that 
purpose.  All  action  taken  toward  determining  the  amount  of 
damage  to  any  property  is  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  infor- 
mation to  enable  the  Secretary  of  War  to  make  proper  recom- 
mendation to  Congress,  by  which  body  only  can  be  taken  final 
action  authorizing  payment. 

7.  No  charges  or  estimates  for  improvements,  changes,  or 
additions  to  property  should  be^  included  in  any  claim  for 
damages,  and  if  included  will  not  be  allowed  in  the  award 
recommended,  but  will  be  deducted  from  the  amount  claimed. 

8.  The  claimant  will  be  advised  in  writing  of  any  deductions 
made  from  his  claim,  and  the  reasons  therefor,  and  of  the 
award  to  be  recommended,  and  will  be  requested  to  state  in 
writing  whether  or  not  he  will  accept  the  award,  and  if  he 
will  not  accept  the  award  to  submit  his  reasons.  His  answer 
will  be  forwarded  with  the  recommendations  as  to  the  award. 
(Cir.  22,  1910—1635729,  A.  a.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XVII. 

CIVILIAN  EMPLOYEES. 

154.  Transfers  of  clerks  between  United  States  and 
Philippine  Islands. — It  is  the  view  of  the  department  that 
derlis  who  have  had  three  years'  efficient  and  meritorious 
service  in  the  Philippines,  and  who  are  eligible  under  civil- 
service  rules,  should  be  favorably  considered  for  transfer  to 
the  United  States  when  opportunities  arise  and  when  condi- 
tions make  such  transfers  practicable  and  in  the  interest  of 
good  administration. 

It  is  desired  hereafter,  when  practicable,  to  iBll  vacancies 
occurring  in  the  department's  service  in  the  United  States  by 
the  transfer  of  eligible  clerks  from  the  Philippines;  also  to 
transfer  from  time  to  time  clerks  from  the  United  States  to 
the  Philippines  for  a  tour  of  service  when  such  transfers  may 
be  in  the  interest  of  good  administration. 

Attention  is  invited  at  this  time  to  the  orders  of  the  depart- 
ment of  July  24,  1901  (Circular  No.  26,  Headquarters  of  the 
Army,  Adjutant  Greneral's  Office),  as  follows: 

The  Secretary  of  War  considers  that  the  interests  of  the 
service  require  that  employees  at  large  in  the  department 
must  be  subject  to  orders  in  regard  to  transfer  of  station, 
and  a  refusal  to  obey  such  orders  will  be  deemed  a  proper 
and  sufficient  reason  for  discharge  from  the  service. 

Under  the  provisions  of  this  order  those  employees  who  have 
had  one  year's  service  and  are  physically  able  to  work  in  a 
tropical  climate  are  subject  to  transfer  to  the  Philippines  for  a 
tour  of  service. 

The  physical  ability  for  Philippine  service  of  a  clerk  nomi- 
nated for  transfer  will  be  determined  by  physical  examination 
and  certificate  of  an  Army  surgeon. 

The  pay  of  clerks  in  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  Engineer 
Department,  Medical  Department,  and  Signal  Service,  trans- 
ferred from  the  United  States  to  the  Philippine  Islands,  will 
be  increased  $200  each  per  annum,  to  take  effect  on  the  date 
of  d^arture  from  the  continental  limits  of  the  United  States ; 

(374) 


375 

and  the  pay  of  those  transferred  from  the  Philippine  Islands 
to  the  United  States  will  be  reduced  $200  each  per  annum,  to 
take  effect  on  arrival  within  the  continental  limits  of  the 
United  States. 

The  pay  of  clerks  at  headquarters  of  territorial  depart- 
ments, tactical  divisions,  brigades,  and  service  schools  who 
are  citizens  of  the  United  States  will  be  increased  $200  each 
per  annum  while  serving  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  such  serv- 
ice to  be  computed  from  the  date  of  departure  from  the  con- 
tinental limits  of  the  United  States  to  the  date  of  return 
thereto. 

When  opportunities  arise  for  transferring  clerks  to  the 
United  States  nominations  will  be  submitted  to  the  Secretary 
of  War,  determined  as  far  as  practicable  by  length  of  service 
in  civil  positions  under  the  department  in  the  Philippines. 

Each  nomination  for  a  transfer  will  state  the  reasons  for 
determining  the  particular  employee  nominated,  whether  the 
transfer  proposed  is  from  the  Philippines  to  the  United  States 
01  vice  versa. 

No  classified  employee  will  be  transferred  from  the  United 
States  to  the  Philippines  or  from  the  Philippines  to  the  United 
States  except  upon  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War  pre- 
viously obtained.  (War  Dept.  Order,  Mar.  15,  1904;  G.  O.  68, 
1904;  War  Dept.  letters,  June  12,  1914;  Army  appropriation 
acts.) 

165.  Travel  allowances,  civilian  employees. — The  follow- 
ing are  statutory  provisions  relative  to  travel  allowances  of 
civilian  employees : 

On  and  after  July  1,  1914,  unless  otherwise  expressly  pro- 
vided by  law,  no  officer  or  employee  of  the  United  States  shall 
be  allowed  or  paid  any  sum  in  excess  of  expenses  actually 
incurred  for  subsistence  while  traveling  on  duty  outside  of  the 
District  of  Columbia  and  away  from  his  designated  post  of 
duty,  nor  any  sum  for  such  expenses  actually  incurred  in 
excess  of  $5  per  day ;  nor  shall  any  allowance  or  reimburse- 
ment for  subsistence  be  paid  to  any  officer  or  employee  in  any 
branch  of  the  public  service  of  the  United  States  in  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia  unless  ^absent  from  his  designated  post  of 
duty  outside  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  then  only  for 
the  period  of  time  actually  engaged  in  the  discharge  of  official 
duties.     (Urgent  deficiency  appropriation  act,  Apr.  6,  1914.) 

That  the  heads  of  executive  departments  and  other  Govern- 
ment establishments  are  authorized  to  prescribe  per  diem 
rates  of  allowance  not  exceeding  $4  in  lieu  of  subsistence 
to  persons  engaged  in  field  work  or  traveling  on  official 
business  outside  of  the  District  of  Columbia  and  away  from 


376 

their  designated  posts  of  duty  when  not  otherwise  fixed  by 
law.  For  the  fiscal  year  -1916  and  annually  thereafter  esti- 
mates of  appropriations  from  which  per  diem  allowances  are 
to  be  paid  shall  specifically  state  the  rates  of  such  allowances. 
(Sec.  13,  sundry  civil  appropriation  act,  Aug.  1,  1914.) 

Where,  by  law  or  regulation,  a  travel  order  is  to  be  issued 
by  the  Secretary  of  War  to  civilian  employees,  the  recom- 
mendation therefor  shall  state  clearly  whether  the  cost  of 
the  travel  is  to  be  paid  according  to  the  actual  expenditures 
made,  or  by  a  flat  per  diem  allowance,  with  the  per  diem 
rate  recommended. 

In  the  cases  of  employees  for  whom  travel  orders  are  not 
required  to  be  issued  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  general  au- 
thority is  hereby  given  allowing  a  flat  per  diem  allowance 
not  exceeding  $4  in  lieu  of  reimbursement  for  actual  expendi- 
tures provided  by  Army  Regulations.  {Par.  /,  G.  O.  81, 1914 — 
2178004,  A.  G.  0.) 

156.  Payment  of  increased  compensation  from  lump-sum 
appropriation. — The  following  is  an  extract  from  the  act 
making  appropriations  for  the  legislative,  executive,  and 
judicial  expenses  of  the  Government  for  the  fiscal  year  ending 
June  30,  1914,  and  for  other  purposes,  approved  March  4, 
1913: 

Sec.  4.  That  section  7  of  the  general '  deficiency  appropria- 
tion act  approved  August  26,  1912,  is  amended  to  read  as 
follows : 

"  Sec.  7.  That  no  part  of  any  money  contained  herein  or 
hereafter  appropriated  in  lump  sum  shall  be  available  for  the 
payment  of  personal  services  at  a  rate  of  compensation  in 
excess  of  that  paid  for  ^  the  same  or  similar  services  during 
the  preceding  fiscal  year;  nor  shall  any  person  employed  af 
a  specific  salary  be  hereafter  transferred  and  hereafter  paid 
from  a  lump-sum  appropriation  a  rate  of  compensation  greater 
than  such  specific  salary,  and  the  heads  of  departments  shall 
cause  this  provision  to  be  enforced :  Provided,  That  this  sec- 
tion shall  not  apply  to  mechanics,  artisans,  their  helpers  and 
assistants,  laborers,  or  any  other  employees  whose  duties  are 
of  similar  character  and  required  in  carrying  on  the  various 
manufacturing  or  constructing  operations  of  the  Govern- 
ment." 

In  submitting  a  recommendation  for  increase  of  compensa- 
tion, to  be  paid  from  a  lump  appropriation,  bureau  chiefs  will 
state  whether  the  employee  is  within  the  excepted  class  of  the 
proviso,  or,  if  not,  whether  he  is  outside  the  general  prohibi- 
tion of  the  above-quoted  law.  (Par.  II,  BuU  12 y  1913— 
2021645,  A,  G.O.) 


377 

157.  Militia  duty  not  to  adversely  affect  eflficiency 
ratings, — It  is  hereby  ordered  that  absence  of  employees  in 
and  under  tlie  War  Department  who  are  members  of  the  Or- 
ganized Militia,  on  duty  or  field  service  with  their  organiza- 
tions for  instruction,  shall  not  adversely  affect  the  efficiency 
ratings  of  such  employees. 

Chiefs  of  bureaus  and  others  responsible  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  efficiency  reports  are  charged  with  the  duty  of  seeing 
that  these  orders  are  carried  out,  both  in  the  departmental 
service  in  Washington  and  in  the  outlying  or  field  service  of 
the  department.  (War  Dept.  Order,  Feb.  6,  1914;  Pcir,  II, 
G.  0. 11,  191  Jf— 2126m,  A.  a.  O.) 

158.  Membership  in  National  League  of  Goyernment  Em- 
ployees. — On  account  of  complaints  which  have  been  made  to 
the  department  in  relation  to  securing  advertising  for  publi- 
cations issued  by  organizations  of  Government  employees, 
employees  in  or  under  the  War  Department  are  forbidden  to 
hold  membership  in  the  National  League  of  Government 
Employees  while  it  issues  or  is  connected  with  any  publica- 
tion for  which  advertisements  are  procured  from  contractors 
or  business  concerns  having  contractual  relations  with  any 
branch  of  the  service  under  the  War  Department.  (War 
Dept.  Cir.,  Dec,  15,  19U;  Par.  I,  Bui.  2,  1915—22U257, 
A.  O.  O.) 

159.  Notarial  work. — It  is  hereby  ordered  that  hereafter 
no  officer,  clerk,  or  employee  in  the  executive  service  of  the 
Government  (except  postmasters  at  offices  of  the  fourth  class 
and  rural  carriers)  who  is  also  a  notary  public  shall  charge 
or  receive  any  compensation  whatever  for  performing  any 
notarial  act  for  an  officer,  clerk,  or  employee  of  the  Govern- 
ment in  his  official  capacity,  or  for  any  person  when  in  the 
case  of  such  person  the  act  is  performed  during  the  hours  of 
such  notary's  service  to  the  Government.  Disobedience  of 
this  order  shall  be  ground  for  immediate  dismissal  from  the 
service. 

This  order  shall  not  apply  to  oaths  of  disinterestedness  or 
other  oaths  required  to  be  made  by  law,  provided  that  the 
work  in  connection  therewith  is  not  performed  during  office 
hours. 

For  the  purpose  of  this  order,  the  expression  "  office  hours  " 
shall  be  construed  to  include  the  half  hour  allowed  each 
working  day  for  luncheon.  (Executive  Order,  Nov.  21^,  1908; 
Cir.  98,  1908—14^9373,  A.  O.  O.) 


378 

160.  Usury. — The  loaning  of  money  at  usurious  rates  of 
interest  by  clerks  or  other  civilian  employees  in  or  under  the 
War  Department  or  the  military  establishment,  either  as 
principal  or  agent,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  others  in  the 
Government  service  is  prohibited,  and  any  such  clerk  or 
employee  who  hereafter  engages  in  the  same  will  be  dismissed 
from  the  service,  and  no  application  for  his  reinstatement 
therein  will  be  considered.  (War  Dept.  Cir.,  Apr.  13,  1911; 
Par.  I,  G.  O.  52,  1911—1770903,  A.  G.  O.) 

161.  Admission  to  the  Government  Hospital  for  the  In- 
sane.— Civilian  clerks  employed  from  Army  appropriations, 
other  than  clerks  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  are  not  as  such 
entitled  to  admission  to  the  Government  Hospital  for  the 
Insane.  When  such  a  clerk  becomes  insane,  if  he  is  a  resident 
of  the  District  of  Columbia  and  is  brought  to  the  District, 
application  may  be  made  for  his  admission  to  the  hospital  as 
such  resident  under  the  provisions  of  section  4838,  Revised 
Statutes.     {Par.  I,  Cir.  53,  1907—1257926,  A.  G.  O.) 

162.  Toting  in  congressional  elections. — It  is  hereby  or- 
dered that  on  election  day  for  Senators  and  Representatives 
in  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  and  until  further  notice, 
all  clerks  and  other  employees  under  the  War  Department 
who  are  qualified  voters,  when  employed  in  a  State  and  con- 
gressional district  where  such  election  is  being  held,  shall  be 
granted  a  reasonable  time  in  which  to  vote  during  working 
hours,  without  loss  of  pay  or  without  charge  against  annual 
leave,  and  all  orders  in  conflict  herewith  are  modified 
accordingly. 

Provided,  however.  That  this  order  shall  not  apply  to  any 
office  or  establishment  under  the  War  Department  or  to  any 
clerk  or  other  employee  thereof  that  may  for  special  public 
reasons  be  excepted  therefrom  by  the  highest  officer  or  official 
having  immediate  supervision  or  control  of  such  office  or  estab- 
lishment, or  where  the  same  would  be  inconsistent  with 
existing  law.  (War  Dept.  Orders,  Oct.  30,  1914;  Par.  II,  Bui. 
4,  1915—22m27,  A.  G.  O.) 

163.  Warning  against  political  activity. — 

1.    POLITICAL   ACTIVITY. 

Rule  I,  section  1,  of  the  civil-service  rules,  reads  as  follows : 

No  person  in  the  executive  civil  service  shall  use  his  official 
authority  or  influence  for  the  purpose  of  interfering  with  an 


379 

election  or  affecting  the  result  thereof.  Persons  who  by  the 
provisions  of  these  rules  are  in  the  competitive  classified  serv- 
ice, while  retaining  the  right  to  vote  as  they  please  and  to  ex- 
press privately  their  opinions  on  all  political  subjects,  shall 
take  no  active  part  in  political  management  or  in  political 
campaigns. 

The  first  sentence  of  the  rule  applies  to  every  person  in  the 
executive  civil  service,  irrespective  of  the  method  of  his  ap- 
pointment. The  second  sentence  of  the  rule  applies  to  all 
persons  holding  positions  in  the  competitive  classified  service, 
whether  the  appointment  be  permanent  or  temporary  in  char- 
acter, and  by  departmental  action  has  also  generally  been 
made  applicable  to  unclassified  laborers. 

The  following  forms  of  activity  have  been  held  to  be  for- 
bidden by  this  provision : 

Service  on  political  committees;  service  as  delegates  to 
State,  county,  or  district  conventions  of  a  political  party, 
although  it  was  understoo^d  that  the  employees  were  not  "  to 
take  or  use  any  political  activity  in  going  to  these  conventions 
or  otherwise  violate  the  civil-service  rules  " ;  service  as  officer 
of  a  political  club,  as  chairman  of  a  political  meeting,  or  as 
secretary  of  an  antisaloon  league ;  continued  political  activity 
and  leadership ;  activity  at  the  polls  on  election  day ;  the  pub- 
lication or  editing  of  a  newspaper  in  the  interests  of  a  politi- 
cal party ;  the  publication  of  political  articles  bearing  on  quali- 
fication of  different  candidates;  the  distribution  of  political 
literature ;  holding  office  in  a  clT^b  which  takes  an  active  part 
in  political  campaigns  or  management ;  making  speeches  before 
political  meetings  or  clubs ;  activity  in  local  option  campaigns ; 
circulation  of  petitions  having  a  political  object,  of  petitions 
proposing  amendments  to  municipal  charter,  of  petitions 
favoring  candidates  for  municipal  offices,  and  of  local  option 
petitions;  candidacy  for  or  holding  of  elective  office;  accept- 
ing nomination  for  political  oflice  with  the  intention  of  resign- 
ing from  the  competitive  service  if  elected;  recommendation 
by  clerks  and  carriers  of  a  person  to  be  postmaster ;  service  as 
a  commissioner  of  election  in  a  community  where  it  was  noto- 
rious that  a  commissioner  of  election  must  be  an  active  poli- 
tician; service  as  inspector  of  election,  ballot  clerk,  ballot 
inspector,  judge  of  election,  member  of  election  board;  or 
generally  any  form  of  activity  in  political  management  or 
political  campaigns  though  not  specifically  mentioned  above. 


380 

Inasmuch  as  the  issuance  of  a  certificate  for  reinstatement 
is  discretionary  with  the  Civil  Service  Commission,  no  cer- 
tificate will  be  issued  in  any  case  where  the  party  applying 
for  reinstatement  has  previously  resigned  with  a  view  of  run- 
ning for  office,  or  with  a  view  of  indulging  in  a  degree  of 
political  activity  which  would  be  prohibited  if  he  had  re- 
mained in  the  service,  and  who  afterwards,  having  failed  in 
his  candidacy  or  having  indulged  in  the  contemplated  activity, 
seeks  reinstatement. 

2.    POLITICAL    ASSESSMENTS     OR     CONTEIBUTIONS. 

The  civil-service  act  provides  that  "  No  person  in  thfe  public 
service  is  for  that  reason  under  any  obligations  to  contrib- 
ute to  any  political  fund  or  to  render  any  political  service, 
and  *  *  *  he  will  not  be  removed  or  otherwise  prejudiced 
for  refusing  to  do  so."  Section  118  of  the  Criminal  Code  pro- 
vides that  no  Federal  officer  or  employee  shall,  directly  or 
indirectly,  solicit  or  receive,  or  be  in  any  manner  concerned 
in  soliciting  or  receiving,  any  political  assessment,  subscrip- 
tion, or  contribution  from  any  other  Federal  officer  or  em- 
ployee. Section  120  of  the  Criminal  Code  prohibits  the  dis- 
charge, promotion,  or  degrading  of  any  officer  or  employee 
for  giving  or  failing  to  make  any  political  contribution.  Sec- 
tion 121  of  the  Criminal  Code  prohibits  any  Federal  officer  or 
employee  from  making  any  such  political  contribution  to 
another  iFederal  officer  or  emt)loyee,  and  section  119  prohibits 
the  solicitation  or  receipt  of  any  political  contribution  in  any 
room  or  building  occupied  in  the  discharge  of  official  duties 
by  any  officer  or  employee  of  the  Unted  States  or,  on  other 
Federal  premises,  by  any  person  whatsoever,  whether  in  the 
public  service  or  not.  In  connection  with  this  latter  provision, 
the  United  States  Supreme  Court  has  held  that  a.  solicitation 
by  letter  or  circular  addressed  and  delivered  by  mail  or  other- 
wise to  an  officer  or  employee  of  the  United  States  at  the  office 
or  building  in  which  he  is  employed  in  the  discharge  of  his 
official  duties  is  a  solicitation  within  the  meaning  of  the  law, 
the  solicitation  taking  place  where  the  letter  was  received. 
Section  122  of  the  Criminal  Code  provides  that  whoever  shall 
violate  any  provision  of  the  four  sections  above  mentioned 
shall  be  fined  not  more  than  $5,000  or  imprisoned  not  more 
than  three  years,  or  both. 


381 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  Civil  Service  Commission  to  see  that 
the  civil-service  act  and  rules  and  the  above-mentioned  sec- 
tions of  the  Criminal  Code,  which  were  originally  enacted 
as  a  part  of  the  civil-service  act,  are  strictly  enforced,  and  it 
will  employ  every  legitimate  and  available  means  to  secure 
the  prosecution  and  punishment  of  persons  who  may  violate 
them.  The  commission  requests  any  person  having  knowl- 
edge of  any  such  violation  to  lay  the  facts  before  it,  that  it 
may  at  once  take  action  thereon. 

It  is  hereby  directed  that  copies  of  this  circular  be  posted 
by  the  officers  in  charge  in  prominent  places  in  all  bureaus 
and  offices  in  and  under  the  War  Department  and  at  all 
arsenals,  depots,  and  stations  in  the  service  at  large  of  the 
department  where  civilians  are  employed. 

The  law  and  rules  on  this  subject  will  be  strictly  enforced. 
(War  Dept.  Cir.,  Sept.  30,  1910;  Cir.  65,  1910—1701108,  A. 
G.  O.) 

164.  Holidays  to  be  observed  Monday  when  falling  on 
Sunday. — It  is  hereby  ordered  that  all  offices  of  the  Govern- 
ment, arsenals,  navy  yards  and  stations,  and  other  Govern- 
ment establishments  shall,  when  the  1st  day  of  January,  the 
22d  day  of  February,  the  30th  day  of  May,  the  4th  day  of 
July,  and  the  25th  day  of  December,  fall  on  the  first  day  of 
the  week,  commonly  called  Sunday,  be  closed  to  public  busi- 
ness on  the  following  Monday  and  that  all  employees  in  the 
public  service,  wherever  employed,  who  would  be  excused 
from  work  on  the  above-named  days  be  excused  on  the  fol- 
lowing Monday  when  said  days  fall  on  the  first  day  of  the 
week,  commonly  called  Sunday,  excepting  that  where  a  State, 
law  fixes  for  a  holiday  another  day  than  the  Monday  follow- 
ing such  legal  holiday,  the  Government  offices  and  other 
Government  establishments  situated  in  such  States  shall  close 
and  employees  in  the  public  service  shall  be  excused  on  that 
day  which  is  in  conformity  to  State  law.  {Executive  Order, 
May  22,  1909;  Cir.  31,  1909—1527737,  A.  Q.  O.) 

165.  Labor  Day  a  holiday  for  per  diem  employees. — It  is 
hereby  ordered  that  hereafter  all  per  diem  employees  and 
other  day  laborers  in  the  Federal  public  service,  wherever 
employed,  whose  employment  extends  through  and  beyond  the 
first  Monday  in  September,  commonly  known  as  Labor  Day 
and  set  apart  as  a  legal  public  holiday  for  certain  branches 


382 

of  the  public  service  by  the  act  of  June  28,  A.  D.  1894,  be 
excused  from  work  on  said  day,  and  shall  receive  the  same 
pay  as  on  other  days,  and  the  said  day  is  declared  to  be  a 
holiday  for  all  purposes  for  said  per  diem  employees  and 
laborers. 

Provided,  however.  That  this  order  shall  not  apply  to  any 
bureau  or  office  of  the  Government,  or  to  any  of  the  clerks  or 
other  employees  thereof,  that  may  for  special  public  reasons 
be  excepted  therefrom  by  the  head  of  the  department  having 
supervision  or  control  of  such  bureau  or  office,  or  where  the 
same  would  be  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  existing 
law.  {Executive  Order,  Aug.  1,  1912;  Par.  I,  Bui.  14,  1912 — 
19 WU,  A.  G.O.) 

166.  Saturday  half  holidays.— It  is  hereby  ordered  that 
from  June  15  to  September  15  of  each  year,  until  further 
notice,  four  hours,  exclusive  of  time  for  luncheon,  shall  con- 
stitute a  day's  work  on  Saturdays  for  all  clerks  and  other 
employees  of  the  Federal  Government,  wherever  employed ; 
and  all  Executive  or  other  orders  in  conflict  herewith,  except 
the  Executive  order  of  April  4,  1908,  relating  to  certain  naval 
stations,  are  hereby  revoked. 

Provided,  however,  That  this  order  shall  not  apply  to  any 
bureau  or  office  of  the  Government,  or  to  any  of  the  clerks  or 
other  employees  thereof,  that  may  for  special  public  reasons 
be  excepted  therefrom  by  the  head  of  the  department  having 
supervision  or  control  of  such  bureau  or  office,  or  where  the 
same  would  be  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  existing 
law.  {Executive  Order,  June  9,  1914;  Par.  I,  Bui.  26,  1914— 
1535452  A,  A.  O.  O.) 

The  officers  and  crews  of  Government  vessels  in  the  service 
of  the  War  Department,  and  all  other  employees  serving  on 
those  vessels,  are  for  special  public  reasons  excepted  from  the 
application  of  the  Executive  order  of  June  9,  1914,  which  con- 
stitutes four  hours  a  day's  work  on  Saturdays  from  June  15 
to  September  15  of  each  year.  {War  Dept.  Cir.,  Aug.  12,  1914; 
Par.  II,  Bui.  41,  1914—1535452  B,  A.  G.  O.) 

167.  Regulations  governing  the  application  of  the  act  of 
May  30,  1908,  granting  compensation  for  injuries  to  Goy- 
ernment  employees. — For  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the 
provisions  of  the  act  of  Congress  approved  May  30,  1908, 
granting  compensation  for  injuries  to  certain  classes  of  arti- 


383 

sans  and  laborers  employed  by  the  Government  of  the  United 
Slates,  the  following  regulations  are  issued  for  the  guidance 
of  officials  and  employees  in  the  Government  service: 

Heads  of  bureaus  or  offices  (or  persons  who  may  be  espe- 
cially designated)  will  keep  on  hand  a  sufficient  supply  of 
blank  forms  for  making  reports  concerning  accidents  and 
claims  for  compensation. 

A  supply  of  such  blank  forms  shall  be  placed  in  the  hands 
of  all  officials  in  immediate  charge  at  any  place  at  which  arti- 
sans or  laborers  are  employed  who  are  entitled,  in  case  of 
accident,  to  compensation  under  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

FILING    OF    REPORTS    AND    CLAIMS. 

All  reports  called  for  shall  be  made  out  promptly  by  the 
proper  officials  and  by  them  forwarded  to  the  heads  of  their 
respective  departments  for  transmission  to  the  Secretary  of 
I.abor. 

All  claims  and  other  documents  relating  thereto  will  be 
filed  by  the  claimant  with  his  immediate  official  superior  and 
will  be  forwarded  by  such  superior  through  the  regular  official 
channels  to  the  head  of  the  department,  to  be  transmitted  by 
him  to  the  Secretary  of  Labor. 

REPORTS    TO    BE    MADE    FOR    ALL    EMPLOYEES    INJURED. 

The  following  reports  should  be  made  for  all  employees, 
regardless  of  the  application  of  the  act  of  May  30,  1908 : 

Whenever  an  injury  is  sustained  by  any  Government  em- 
ployee due  to  an  accident  occurring  in  the  course  of  his  em- 
ployment, and  the  injury  is  of  such  a  nature  as  to  prevent  the 
employee  from  performing  work  for  one  day  or  longer,  the 
case  will  be  reported  by  the  official  superior  of  such  employee 
on  Form  C.  A.  1  not  later  than  the  second  day  after  the 
accidenc. 

Whenever  a  person  who  has  been  rei)orted  disabled  by  an 
accident  returns  to  work,  a  report  of  his  return  to  work  will 
be  made  immediately  on  the  proper  form  (C.  A.  2)  by  his 
official  superior. 

Cases  of  death  occurring  either  immediately  or  within  one 
year  after  the  accident  will  be  reported  on  Form  C.  A.  3  as 
soon  as  possible  after  knowledge  of  such  death  reaches  the 
official  superior. 


384 

PEOCEDUKE    IN     CASE    OF    DISABILITY. 

Whenever  an  artisan  or  laborer  who  is  injured  as  above 
indicated,  and  whose  employment  is  within  the  scope  of  the 
act  of  May  30,  1908,  has  been  disabled  for  more  than  15  days, 
he  will  be  furnished  with  a  blank  form  for  Claim  for  Compen- 
sation to  Injured  Employee  (C.  A.  4),  which  form  must  at 
once  be  filled  out  and  returned  to  the  official  superior  and  will 
be  forwarded  by  him  through  the  regular  official  channels  to 
the  head  of  the  department,  to  be  transmitted  by  him  to  the 
Secretary  of  Labor. 

In  forwarding  these  papers,  no  letter  of  transmittal  is 
necessary,  all  the  information  ordinarily  required  of  the 
official  superior  being  supplied  by  filling  out  the  third  page  of 
Form  C.  A.  4. 

In  the  event  that  the  official  superior  feels  that  there  are 
any  further  facts  requiring  a  report  by  him,  he  will,  of  course, 
make  such  additional  report  and  forward  it  along  with  the 
claim  and  other  papers  in  the  case. 

If  the  claim  is  approved,  the  compensation  will  be  granted 
during  disability,  but  for  a  period  not  exceeding  six  months. 

In  order  to  secure  this  compensation,  the  injured  employee 
on  each  pay  day  must  file  with  the  disbursing  officer  a  certifi- 
cate that  he  is  still  unable  to  resume  work  (Form  C.  A.  7), 
which  certificate  must  be  attested  by  a  physician  and  approved 
by  his  official  superior. 

In  order  to  secure  compensation  for  disability  for  more  than 
six  months,  application  must  be  made  on  Form  C.  A.  8  for  a 
medical  examination  at  the  end  of  that  period  by  a  physician 
provided  by  the  Secretary  of  Labor.  Unless  such  examina- 
tion is  made,  or  if  the  examination  discloses  that  the  injured 
employee  is  no  longer  unable  to  resume  work,  the  compensa- 
tion payments  will  be  discontinued  at  the  end  of  the  six 
months'  period. 

If  the  injured  employee's  condition  as  disclosed  by  such 
medical  examination  justifies  it,  the  disability  payments  will 
be  continued  in  the  same  manner  as  before. 

Upon  the  receipt  of  approval  or  disapproval  of  continuance 
of  compensation  payments  the  oflficial  superior  will  immedi- 
ately notify  the  injured  employee  concerned. 


385 


PBOCEDURE  IN  CASE  OF  DEATH. 


Whenever  an  artisan  or  laborer  entitled  to  compensation 
under  tliis  act  dies  as  a  result  of  accidental  injury  received  in 
the  course  of  his  employment,  and  his  wife,  his  children  under 
16  years  of  age,  or  his  dependent  parents  desire  to  claim  pay- 
ment under  this  act,  they  shall  be  furnished  with  blank  form 
of  claim  for  compensation  (C.  A.  16). 

This  form  must  be  filled  out  and  returned  to  the  official 
superior  and  shall  be  forwarded  by  him  through  the  regular 
channels  to  the  head  of  the  department,  to  be  transmitted  by 
him  to  the  Secretary  of  Labor. 

The  claims  in  case  of  death  must  be  filed  within  90  days  of 
the  date  of  death. 

If  the  claim  is  approved  and  the  compensation  is  payable  to 
more  than  one  person,  the  Secretary  of  Labor  will  designate 
the  portion  to  be  paid  each  claimant. 

The  official  superior  of  the  injured  employee  will  make  a 
report  on  Form  G.  A.  15  whenever  the  payment  of  compensa- 
tion to  any  person  is  discontinued. 

Bureau  chiefs  will  be  provided  by  the  Assistant  and  Chief 
Clerk  of  the  War  Department  with  the  forms  furnished  by  the 
Secretary  of  Labor  for  carrying  the  act  into  effect.     (Cir.  68, 
1908—U10850,  A.  O.  O.) 
40062°— 16 25 


ARTICLE  XVIII. 

GENERAL  STAFE  CORPS. 

168.  Compilation  and  condensation  of  existing  law,  regn- 
lations,  and  orders  relating  to  the  General  Staff  Corps. 

CHIEF  OF   STAFF. 

1.  The  Chief  of  Staff  will  act  as  the  military  adviser  to  the 
Secretary  of  War,  and  will  keep  him  informed  on  all  military 
matters  relating  to  the  Regular  Army,  and  also  on  all  such 
relating  to  the  militia  as  are  within  the  purview  of  the  War 
Department.  The  Chief  of  Staff  reports  to  the  Secretary  of 
War,  receives  from  him  the  directions  and  orders  given  in  be- 
half of  the  President,  and  gives  effect  thereto  in  the  manner 
hereinafter  provided. 

Exceptions  to  this  ordinary  course  of  administration  may, 
however,  be  made  at  any  time  if  the  President  sees  fit  to  call 
upon  the  Chief  of  Staff  to  give  information  or  advice,  or  re- 
ceive instructions,  directly. 

2.  He  will  issue,  through  The  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army,  all  orders  and  instructions  of  the  Secretary  of  War 
affecting  the  Regular  Army  and  the  Organized  Militia  when 
called  into  the  service  of  the  United  States ;  and  through  the 
Chief  of  the  Division  of  Militia  Affairs  all  those  affecting  the 
Organized  Militia  not  in  the  service  of  the  United  States. 

3.  He  will,  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War, 
supervise  all  staff  departments  and  corps,  all  troops  of  the 
line  and  staff,  and  all  other  matters  pertaining  to  the  military 
establishment  of  the  Regular  Army,  and  all  matters  relating 
to  the  militia,  arising  in  the  execution  of  acts  of  Congress 
and  Executive  regulations  made  in  pursuance  thereof,  and 
will  perform  such  other  military  duties  as  may  be  assigned 
to  him  by  the  President.  In  the  performance  of  these  duties 
the  Chief  of  Staff  will,  under  authority  of  the  Secretary  of 
War,  call  for  information,  make  investigations,  issue  in- 
structions, and  exercise  all  other  functions  necessary  to 
secure  proper  harmony  and  efficiency  of  action  upon  the  part 

(386) 


387 

of  those  under  his  supervision.  The  supervisory  power 
vested  by  statute  in  the  Chief  of  Staff  covers  primarily 
duties  pertaining  to  the  command,  discipline,  training,  and 
recruitment  of  the  Army,  military  operations,  distribution  of 
troops,  inspections,  armaments,  fortifications,  military  educa- 
tion and  instruction,  including  the  Military  Academy  and  all 
service  schools,  and  kindred  matters,  but  includes  also  in  an 
advisory  capacity  such  duties  connected  with  fiscal  adminis- 
tration and  supply  as  are  committed  to  him  by  the  Secretary 
of  War.  All  proposed  legal  enactments  affecting  the  Army, 
and  estimates  for  appropriations  for  its  support,  will  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Chief  of  Staff  for  the  consideration  of  the  Sec- 
retary of  War.  In  order  that  the  Chief  of  Staff  may  effec- 
tively exercise  the  coordinating  and  supervisory  authority, 
vested  in  him  by  statute,  the  annual  reports  of  division  and 
department  commanders,  and  bureau  chiefs,  as  well  as  the 
annual  reports  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  Military  Acad- 
emy, the  service  schools,  and  other  subordinate  commanders, 
will  be  submitted  to  him  for  the  consideration  of  the  Secre- 
tary of  War  prior  to  publication. 

For  purposes  of  administration  the  office  of  the  Chief  of 
Staff  will  constitute  a  supervising  military  bureau  of  the  War 
Department. 

4.  In  case  of  absence  or  disability  of  the  Chief  of  Staff,  the 
senior  assistant  to  the  Chief  of  Staff,  present  for  duty,  will 
act  as  chief. 

5.  The  detail  of  a  Chief  of  Staff  will  in  every  case  cease, 
unless  sooner  terminated,  on  the  day  following  the  expiration 
of  the  term  of  service  of  the  President  by  whom  the  detail 
was  made;  and  if  at  any  time  the  Chief  of  Staff  considers 
that  he  can  no  longer  sustain  toward  the  President  and  the 
Secretary  of  War  a  relation  of  absolute  confidence  and  per- 
sonal accord  and  sympathy  he  will  apply  to  be  relieved. 

THE    OFFICE   OF   THE   CHIEF    OF    STAFF. 

6.  The  Chief  of  Staff  is  authorized  a  secretary,  to  be 
selected  from  the  General  Staff  Corps,  and  will  arrange  his 
oflSce  in  four  divisions,  as  follows : 

(a)  The  Mobile  Army  Division. 

(&)  The  Coast  Artillery  Division, 

(c)  The  Division  of  Militia  Affairs. 

id)  The  War  College  Division. 


7.  Two  general  officers  of  tlie  General  Staff,  detailed  by  the 
President  from  the  general  officers  of  the  Army,  and  the  Chief 
of  Coast  Artillery  and  the  Chief  of  the  Division  of  Militia 
Affairs,  who  shall  be  a  general  officer,  will  be  designated  as 
assistants  to  the  Chief  of  Staff  and  will  be  placed  in  charge 
of  the  Mobile  Army  Division,  the  War  College  Division,  the 
Coast  Artillery  Division,  and  the  Division  of  Militia  Affairs, 
respectively.  The  Chief  of  the  Coast  Artillery  Division  and 
the  Chief  of  the  Division  of  Militia  Affairs  shall  be  additional 
members  of  the  General  Staff. 

8.  All  communications  relating  to  business  arising  in  the 
Army  or  concerning  the  Army  which  are  referred  to  The 
Adjutant  General  for  the  action  of  superior  authority,  and 
which  do  not  come  within  the  jurisdiction  of  chiefs  of  bureaus, 
and  all  communications  relating  to  business  concerning  the 
Army  emanating  from  the  bureaus  of  the  War  Department 
requiring  the  action  of  higher  authority  will  be  submitted  to 
the  Chief  of  Staff." 

9.  All  papers  on  important  matters,  such  as  those  affecting 
military  policy  or  relating  to  the  expenditure  of  funds,  re- 
ferred to  an  assistant  to  the  Chief  of  Staff  for  remark  and 
recommendation,  will  be  presented  by  him  in  person  to  the 
Chief  of  Staff  with  a  memorandum  in  each  case  giving  his 
views  and  recommendations  thereon.  All  papers  on  ordinary 
routine  matters  so  referred  will  be  returned  directly  to  the 
secretary  of  the  Chief  of  Staff  with  a  like  memorandum  giv- 
ing the  views  and  recommendations  of  the  assistant  concerned. 

10.  Whenever,  in  the  consideration  of  a  matter  referred  to 
him,  an  assistant  to  the  Chief  of  Staff  finds  it  necessary  or 
advisable,  before  submitting  his  recommendation  thereon,  to 
cause  its  reference  or  return  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army,  or  to  any  bureau  chief,  or  to  a  military  authority 
within  or  without  the  War  Department,  for  information  or 
for  any  intermediate  action  whatever,  the  assistant  to  the 
Chief  of  Staff,  acting  for  him  and  by  his  authority,  is  author- 
ized to  indicate  by  memorandum  to  The  Adjutant  General  of 
the  Army  or  to  the  bureau  chief  or  military  authority  the 

iThe  requirements  of  this  paragraph  do  not  abrogate  War  Depart- 
ment orders  of  November  7,  1905  : 

*•  Matters  of  a  purely  civil  nature  will  be  referred  by  chiefs  of 
bureaus  direct  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  unless  otherwise  required  by 
their  subject  matter." 


389 

appropriate  action  desired,  and  the  action  of  the  assistant  to 
the  Chief  of  Staff  on  all  business  of  this  character  will  be 
accepted  as  the  action  of  the  Chief  of  Staff. 

11.  All  papers  involving  questions  of  general  policy,  the 
establishment  or  reversal  of  precedents,  or  matters  of  special 
or  extraordinary  Importance  will  be  submitted  by  the  Chief 
of  Staff  in  person  to  the  Secretary  of  War;  such  papers  as 
the  Secretary  of  War  may  direct  will  be  submitted  by  the 
Chief  of  Staff  to  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  War.  On  every 
paper  submitted  by  the  Chief  of  Staff  he  will  indorse  his 
views  and  recommendations,  and  wherever  necessary  each 
case  will  also  show  the  recommendations,  reports,  or  informa- 
tion from  the  bureaus  of  the  War  Department  or  the  military 
authorities  outside  the  department.  Routine  business  and 
papers  will  be  acted  on  by  the  Chief  of  Staff  in  the  name  of 
the  Secretary  of  War,  as  well  as  such  other  papers  and  busi- 
ness as  the  Secretary  of  War  may  indicate.  The  Chief  of 
Staff  may  authorize  his  assistants  to  act  for  him  in  unimpor- 
tant routine  cases.* 

12.  The  assistants  to  the  Chief  of  Staff  in  charge  of  the 
Mobile  Army  Division,  the  Coast  Artillery  Division,  and  the 
Division  of  Militia  Affairs  will  keep  the  Chief  of  Staff  advised 
at  all  times  of  the  efficiency  of  the  personnel  and  materiel  of 
the  mobile  army,  the  Coast  Artillery,  and  the  militia,  re- 
spectively, and  they  will,  as  circumstances  require,  make  such 
recommendations  in  reference  thereto  as  will  in  their  judg- 
ment tend  to  promote  efficiency.  In  like  manner  the  assistant 
in  charge  of  the  War  College  Division  will  keep  the  Chief  of 
Staff  advised  of  the  work  of  his  division  and  make  recom- 
mendations to  promote  its  efficiency. 

13.  The  Chief  of  Staff  and  the  assistants  to  the  Chief 
of  Staff  may  correspond  or  confer  directly  with  the  chiefs  of 
bureaus  of  the  War  Department  and  with  each  other  on  mat- 
ters referred  to  them  for  remark  and  recommendation. 
They  may  correspond  directly  with  the  commandants  of  the 
service  schools  and  with  the  presidents  of  the  technical  boards 
of  the  branches  of  service  pertaining  to  their  divisions  on  sub- 
jects of  a  purely  technical  character  which  do  not  involve 
questions  of  command,  discipline,  or  administration  and  do 
not  relate  to  the  status  or  interests  of  individuals.    The  Chief 

*ThIs  paragraph  is  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  order  of  the 
Secretary  of  War  of  April  14,  1906." 


390 

of  the  Division  of  Militia  Affairs  may  also  in  like  manner 
correspond  directly  with  the  officials  of  the  various  States, 
Territories,  and  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  also  with 
officers  of  the  regular  service  detailed  for  duty  therewith 
under  section  20  of  the  act  approved  January  21,  1903,  as 
amended  by  the  act  approved  May  27,  1908,  or  those  w^ho  may 
be  detailed  under  the  provisions  of  the  act  of  Congress  ap- 
proved March  3,  1911,  on  matters  pertaining  to  the  Organized 
Militia  not  in  the  service  of  the  United  States. 

14.  The  assistants  to  the  Chief  of  Staff  are  charged  gen- 
erally with  the  recommending  to  the  Chief  of  Staff  of  officers 
in  the  different  branches  of  the  Army  under  their  supervision 
for  special  duty  and  assignment  to  organizations,  and  stations. 
They  will  also  make  recommendations  to  the  Chief  of  Staff 
as  to  the  instruction  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  in  those 
branches  and  as  to  examinations  and  transfer  of  officers  to 
them  and  for  promotion  therein,  and  will  recommend  to  the 
Chief  of  Staff  such  examinations  and  such  courses  and  meth- 
ods of  instruction  in  the  service  schools  and  the  War  College 
and  elsewhere  under  their  respective  supervision  as  they  shall 
deem  requisite  to  insure  a  thoroughly  trained  and  educated 
force.  To  this  end  they  are  authorized,  with  the  approval  of 
the  Chief  of  Staff,  to  issue  directly  to  the  officers  in  branches 
under  their  supervision  bulletins  and  circulars  giving  informa- 
tion on  current  military  matters  of  a  purely  technical  char- 
acter which  do  not  involve  questions  of  command,  discipline, 
or  administration  and  do  not  relate  to  the  status  or  interests 
of  individuals. 

15.  The  offices  of  the  assistants  to  the  Chief  of  Staff,  except 
those  of  the  assistants  in  charge  of  the  War  College  Division 
and  the  Division  of  Militia  Affairs,  will  not  be  offices  of  rec- 
ord except  of  correspondence  authorized  by  paragraph  12; 
all  other  records  pertaining  to  the  duties  of  these  assistants 
will  be  kept  in  the  office  of  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 
The  War  College  Division  will  be  the  office  of  record  for  all 
matters  pertaining  solely  to  the  work  of  that  division;  the 
Division  of  Militia  Affairs  will  be  the  office  of  record  of  the 
War  Department  for  all  matters  pertaining  solely  to  the  Or- 
ganized Militia  not  in  the  service  of  the  United  States;  the 
office  of  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  will  be  the  office  of 
record  for  all  other  matters  relating  to  the  work  of  these  divi- 
sions.   All  of  the  records  referred  to  above,  which  are  kept  in 


391 

the  office  of  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  will  be  avail- 
able whenever  needed  for  the  official  use  of  the  Chief  of  Staff 
or  any  assistant  to  the  Chief  of  Staff. 

GENERAL  STAFF  CORPS. 

16.  The  duties  of  the  General  Staff  Corps,  under  direction 
of  the  Chief  of  Staff*,  shall  be  to  prepare  plans  for  the  national 
defense  and  for  the  mobilization  of  the  military  forces  in 
time  of  war;  to  investigate  and  report  upon  all  questions 
affecting  the  efficiency  of  the  Army  and  its  state  of  prepara- 
tion for  military  operations;  to  render  professional  aid  and 
assistance  to  the  Secretary  of  War  and  to  general  officers  and 
other  superior  commanders ;  to  act  as  their  agents  in  inform- 
ing and  coordinating  the  action  of  all  the  different  officers 
who  are  by  law  under  the  supervision  of  the  Chief  of  Staff; 
and  to  perform  such  other  military  duties  not  otherwise  as- 
signed by  law  as  may  be  from  time  to  time  prescribed  by  the 
President.  While  serving  in  the  General  Staff  Corps,  officers 
may  be  assigned  to  duty  by  the  Secretary  of  War  with  any 
branch  of  the  Army. 

17.  The  general  officers  authorized  by  law  for  the  General 
Staff  Corps,  except  the  Chief  of  Coast  Artillery,  are  detailed 
by  the  President  from  the  general  officers  of  the  Army.  The 
Chief  of  the  Division  of  Militia  Affairs  is  also  so  detailed.  All 
details  to  vacancies  in  the  General  Staff  Corps  in  grades  other 
than  those  of  general  officers  will  be  filled  ou  the  recommenda- 
tion of  a  board  of  five  general  officers,  not  more  than  two  of 
whom  shall  be  members  of  the  General  Staff  Corps,  convened 
by  the  Secretary  of  War  at  such  times  as  may  be  necessary. 
The  board  will  be  sworn  to  recommend  officers  solely  on  their 
professional  efficiency,  on  their  probable  aptitude,  and  fitness 
for  General  Staff  service,  and  will  select  such  number  of 
officers  of  the  proper  grades  to  fill  existing  or  expected  vacan- 
cies as  the  Secretary  of  War  may  direct.  Officers  may  be  re- 
detailed,  subject  to  the  conditions  of  paragraph  18,  when 
eligible,  by  the  Chief  of  Staff  on  the  approval  of  the  Secretary 
of  War. 

18.  Officers  will  be  detailed  in  the  General  Staff  Corps  for  a 
period  of  four  years  unless  sooner  relieved.  Upon  being  re- 
lieved from  such  duty  they  will  return  to  the  branch  of  the 
Army  in  which  they  hold  permanent  commissions,  and  except 
in  case  of  emergency  or  in  time  of  war  will  not  be  eligible, to 


392 

further  detail  in  the  General  Staff  Corps  until  they  have 
served  for  two  years  in  the  branch  of  the  Army  to  which  they 
belong.  This  ineligibility  will  not,  however,  apply  to  any 
officer  who  may  have  been  relieved  prior  to  the  expiration  of 
his  four  years'  detail  with  the  corps,  but  such  officer  will  be- 
come ineligible  as  soon  as  he  shall  have  completed  a  total  of 
four  years  with  the  corps,  and  will  not  be  again  eligible  until 
after  two  years'  service  in  the  branch  of  the  Army  to  which 
he  belongs.  The  provisions  of  this  paragraph  will  apply  to  all 
officers  of  the  General  Staff  Corps. 

19.  Officers  of  the  General  Staff  Corps  other  than  the  Chief 
of  Staff  will  be  assigned  to  duty  in  the  office  of  the  Chief  of 
Staff  and  also  to  duty  with  other  general  officers  and  superior 
commanders.  Those  on  duty  in  the  office  of  the  Chief  of  Staff 
will  perform  such  duties  under  the  law  as  he  may  direct; 
those  assigned  to  duty  with  other  general  officers  and  superior 
commanders  will  serve  under  the  immediate  orders  of  such 
commanders  and  assist  them  in  the  performance  of  their 
military  duties. 

20.  The  senior  officer  of  the  General  Staff  Corps  assigned  to 
duty  with  the  command  of  a  general  officer  or  other  superior 
commander,  unless  otherwise  directed  by  the  Secretary  of 
War,  will  be  the  chief  of  staff  of  the  command.  He  will  bear 
the  same  relation  as  adviser  to  the  commanding  general  or 
other  commanders  as  does  the  Chief  of  Staff  to  the  Secretary 
of  War,  and  will  in  like  manner  supervise  all  troops  of  the 
line  and  staff  and  all  bureaus  included  in  the  command.  All 
General  Staff  officers  assigned  to  such  duty  will  endeavor  in 
every  way  to  assist  in  carrying  out  the  general  duties  pre- 
scribed by  law  for  the  General  Staff  Corps.  General  Staff 
officers  attached  to  commands  in  the  field  will  keep  careful 
journals  of  operations,  from  which  they  will  compile  reports 
of  these  operations  for  the  use  of  their  immediate  commanders 
and  also  for  the  information  of  the  War  Department.  When 
a  commanding  general  is  temporarily  absent  from  his  com- 
mand and  his  duties  have  not  been  formally  assumed  by  the 
next  in  rank  the  chief  of  staff  of  the  command  will  act  as  his 
representative  in  his  absence.  (G.  O.  68,  1911—1784218, 
A.  G.  O.) 

169.  Copies  of  maps  to  be  furnished  War  College  Di- 
Tision. — The  War  College  Division,  General  Staff,  having  been 
charged  with  the  supervision  of  a  system  of  war  maps,  Ameri- 


393 

can  and  foreign,  all  department,  brigade,  post,  and  company 
commanders,  commandants  of  service  schools,  chiefs  of  bu- 
reaus of  the  War  Department,  and  officers  of  the  Army  under 
whose  orders  maps  are  made,  will  forward  directly  to  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  who  will  transmit  them  to 
the  War  College  Division,  General  Staff,  copies  of  all  geo- 
graphical, topographical,  tactical,  strategical,  maneuver,  and 
confidential  maps,  plans,  tracings,  blue  prints,  sketches,  etc., 
of  domestic  or  foreign  territory,  containing  information  of 
military  interest,  that  are  in  their  possession  and  have  not 
heretofore  been  furnished,  or  that  they  may  hereafter  receive, 
in  order  that  the  map  files  of  the  War  College  Division  may  be 
made  complete  and  kept  up-to-date  for  study  and  use  by  the 
authorities  of  the  War  Department  in  the  compilation  and 
preparation  of  various  problems,  plans,  and  maps,  and  for 
immediate  reference  in  cases  of  emergency. 

If  copies  are  not  available,  the  originals  will  be  sent  by 
registered  mail  as  directed  above  for  notation  and  return. 

The  plans  showing  the  details  of  construction  of  United 
States  fortifications  and  the  working  plans  of  the  Ordnance 
Department,  Quartermaster  Corps,  and  other  staff  depart- 
ments are  excepted  from  the  provisions  of  this  order.  (Par. 
I,  G.  0.  2,  1909—1.',70292,  A.  G.  O.) 

170.  Bata  concerning  foreign  armies  to  be  obtained 
through  War  College  Division. — With  a  view  to  extending 
the  usefulness  of  our  military  attaches  abroad,  the  chiefs  of 
bureaus  and  offices  of  the  War  Department  and  individual 
officers  of  the  Army  at  large  will  furnish  the  War  College 
Division  of  the  General  Staff,  from  time  to  time,  memoranda 
of  such  data  respecting  foreign  armies  as  they  desire  in  order 
that  the  attaches  may  be  directed  to  investigate  and  report 
upon  the  same. 

In  order  to  fix  responsibility  for  improper  or  duplicate  dis- 
tribution of  official  matter  to  foreign  attaches,  to  place  the 
exchange  of  military  information  with  foreign  war  oflices  or 
their  representatives  accredited  to  this  capital  upon  a  system- 
atic basis,  and  to  keep  an  accurate  record  with  a  view  to  ascer- 
taining from  time  to  time  if  reciprocity  is  maintained,  all 
official  or  semiofficial  information,  either  verbal,  written,  or 
printed,  will  be  received  from  or  communicated  to  such  offices 
or  officials  by  or  through  the  Chief  of  the  War  College  Division 
of  the  General  Staff. 


394 

The  bureaus,  offices,  and  officials  of  the  War  Department 
will  cooperate  in  furnishing  the  War  College  Division  such 
nonconfidential  information  as  may  be  required  for  the  proper 
accomplishment  of  this  purpose. 

These  regulations  will  not  apply  to  the  officers  detailed  to 
escort  foreign  attaches  during  their  attendance  at  our  maneu- 
vers in  so  far  as  relates  to  the  i)ersonnel  and  materiel  of  the 
forces  engaged. 

Upon  the  receipt  of  information  of  special  interest  to  any 
particular  bureau  or  office  the  War  College  Division  will 
promptly  furnish  extracts  or  copies  or  refer  the  same  to  the 
office  concerned. 

When  technical  information  of  special  interest  or  value  is 
received  in  any  of  the  bureaus  or  offices  of  the  department 
which  has  not  passed  through  the  War  College  Division,  the 
same  will  be  forwarded  to  that  division  for  record  in  order 
that  requests  may  not  be  made  on  foreign  governments  for 
data  already  in  the  possession  of  the  War  Department.  (Cir. 
6,  W,  D.,  1903.) 


ARTICLE  XIX. 
ADJUTANT  GENERAL'S  DEPARTMENT. 

PHYSICAL   EXAMINATION    OF   RECRUITS. 

Note. — For  methods  of  determining  and  recording  acuity  of  vision, 
color  sense,  and  acuity  of  hearing,  see  General  Orders,  No.  109,  190G. 
.For  rules  for  examination  of  recruits,  see  General  Orders,  No. 
66,  1910. 

171.  Identification  records. — An  identification  record, 
wliicli  will  consist  of  finger  prints  and  a  brief  personal  de- 
scription, together  with  front  view  and  profile  photographs 
of  each  man  who  enlists  in  the  Army,  and  of  each  man  who 
reenllsts  and  whose  identity  is  not  positively  known,  will  be 
made  and  promptly  forwarded,  without  letter  of  transmittal, 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  except  that  the  identi- 
fication records  made  in  the  Philippine  Islands  will  be  for- 
warded, without  letter  of  transmittal,  to  the  commanding 
general,  Philippine  Department,  for  preliminary  examination, 
and  for  return  for  correction  or  completion  if  need  be,  before 
being  forwarded  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  In 
case  of  a  man  who  reenllsts  an  identification  record  will  not 
be  made  if  it  is  known  positively  at  a  post  or  station  that  he 
is  the  former  soldier  he  claims  to  be. 

To  avoid  duplications  and  to  insure  the  securing  of  the 
identification  record  in  the  case  of  every  soldier,  company 
and  detachment  commanders  will  enter  on  the  descriptive  list 
of  each  soldier  in  whose  case  that  record  has  been  obtained 
and  forwarded,  either  at  recruit  depots  or  elsewhere,  the  re- 
mark "  Identification  Kecord  made."  Every  descriptive  list 
subsequently  issued  in  the  case  of  any  of  these  soldiers  must 
bear  the  same  remark.  If  the  descriptive  list  or  descriptive 
and  assignment  card  of  any  soldier  joining  any  command  does 
not  bear  that  remark,  the  case  will  be  reported  to  the  com- 
manding officer,  who  will  see  that  the  identification  record  and 
photographic  negative  of  the  soldier  are  obtained  and  for- 
warded at  the  earliest  practicable  moment. 

(395) 


396 

The  identification  record  will  be  made  and  forwarded,  as 
herein  required,  in  the  case  of  every  accepted  recruit  at  re- 
cruit depots  and  recruit  depot  posts  and  at  all  military  sta- 
tions having  the  necessary  apparatus,  and  there  will  be  in- 
variably entered  on  the  descriptive  and  assignment  card  of 
the  recruit  the  remark  "  Identification  Record  made."  In  the 
case  of  any  recruit  enlisted  at  a  station  not  having  the  appa- 
ratus necessary  for  making  the  identification  record  that  record 
will  be  made  and  forwarded  as  soon  as  he  reaches  any  sta- 
tion having  the  necessary  apparatus. 

In  cases  of  reenlisted  men  in  which  an  identification  record 
is  not  made,  under  the  terms  of  this  order,  the  following  entry 
will  be  made  on  the  soldier's  descriptive  list ;  "  Identification 
record  not  made.    Reenlisted.    Identity  known." 

The  necessary  blank  forms  with  full  instructions  for  their 
use  are  issued  by  The  Adjutant  General's  Office. 

The  photographic  negative,  inclosed  in  a  separate  envelope 
bearing  the  name  and  rank  of  the  soldier  and  the  designation 
of  the  organization  to  which  he  belongs,  will  be  forwarded 
with  the  identification  record  in  every  case. 

To  facilitate  the  handling  of  identification  records,  the  pho- 
tograph jacket,  containing  the  photograph  and  photographic 
negative,  should  be  placed  inside  the  first  fold  of  the  finger- 
print record,  with  the  brief  to  the  front,  before  being  for- 
warded to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  In  no  case 
should  the  finger-print  record  be  forwarded  inside  of  the  pho- 
tograph jacket. 

Memoranda  should  not  be  pinned  to  finger-print  records,  as 
the  pins  are  liable  to  damage  a  material  part  of  the  pattern 
if  they  pass  through  an  impression.  Clips  can  be  used  without 
danger  of  injury  to  the  prints. 

The  necessary  finger  print  and  photographic  apparatus  and 
supplies  will  be  issued  by  the  Medical  Department  to  post  sur- 
geons, who  are  charged,  under  the  supervision  of  commanding 
officers,  with  the  duty  of  obtaining,  recording,  and  furnishing 
the  data  required  by  this  order  in  the  case  of  every  enlisted 
man  at  their  respective  posts  and  at  subposts  thereof.  Com- 
manding officers  are  enjoined  to  take  such  steps  as  may  be 
necessary  to  complete,  without  avoidable  delay,  the  identifica- 
tion record  in  the  case  of  every  enlisted  man  of  their  respec- 
tive commands.    The  commanding  general,  Philippine  Depart- 


397 

ment,  is  especially  charged  with  the  collection  of  the  required 
identification  records  for  troops  serving  in  that  department. 
He  will  be  guided  by  instructions  that  will  be  issued  to  him 
from  the  War  Department. 

The  form  (Form  No.  260,  A.  G.  O.)  adopted  for  recording 
the  finger  prints  and  personal  descriptions  of  enlisted  men 
contains  a  space  for  the  "  Print  of  right  index  finger,  to  be 
taken  immediately  after  signature  of  soldier  is  written."  In 
cases  in  which  the  last  joint  of  the  right  index  finger  is  miss- 
ing or  is  so  deformed  that  a  print  of  it  can  not  be  obtained, 
the  print  of  the  right  middle  finger  will  be  recorded  in  that 
space  after  the  soldier  has  written  his  signature.  If  neither 
the  print  of  the  right  index  finger  nor  that  of  the  right  middle 
finger  is  obtainable,  the  print  of  the  right  thumb  will  be 
recorded  in  that  space. 

The  identification  records  must  be  signed,  in  the  appropri- 
ate space  on  the  finger-print  form,  by  the  post  surgeon  who 
is  responsible  for  them. 

All  records  comi^eted  during  any  one  day  will  be  mailed  at 
the  close  of  that  day  if  practicable,  but  in  no  event  will  com- 
pleted records  be  retained  at  a  post  merely  to  await  the  com- 
pletion of  the  records  of  other  men. 

To  insure  the  prompt  and  successful  operation  of  the  finger- 
print system  of  personal  identification,  it  is  absolutely  neces- 
sary that  identification  records  made  in  cases  of  original 
enlistment  shall  reach  The  Adjutant  General's  Office  as  soon 
as  possible  after  enlistment.  In  every  case  of  original  enlist- 
ment, therefore,  the  identification  record  of  the  soldier  will  be 
completed  immediately  after  his  enlistment  and  will  be  for- 
warded to  The  Adjutant  General's  Office  by  the  first  mail. 
Commanding  officers  and  responsible  medical  officers  are  en- 
joined to  see  that  this  requirement  is  complied  with.  (O.  O. 
68,  1906—1061241,  M.  S.  O.,  as  amended  by  O.  O.  206,  1906— 
1061241,  M.  S.  O.,  a7id  by  Par.  II,  O.  0.  85,  1914—2228523,  A. 

0.  O.;  G.  0.  85,  1907—1232555,  A.  G.  O.;  Par.  II,  Cir.  51, 
1908—1372898,  A.  G.  0.) 

Note. — For  instructions  governing  the  method  of  making  and  for- 
warding identification  records,  see  Circular  No.  44,  1906 ;  Paragraph 

1,  Circular  No.  2,  1907  ;  Circular  No.  75,  1907  ;  Paragraph  II,  Circu- 
lar No.  16,  1908 ;  Paragraph  II,  Circular  No.  51,  1908 ;  Paragraph  I, 
Circular  No.  79,  1908. 


398 


ENLISTMENT   PAPERS. 


172.  Disposition  of. — 1.  When  an  enlisted  man  is  assigned 
or  transferred  to  any  of  the  staff  corps  or  departments,  the 
officer  of  that  corps  or  department  who  first  receives  the 
soldier  so  assigned  or  transferred  will  forward  a  copy  of  his 
descriptive  and  assignment  card,  or  in  the  absence  of  such 
card  a  copy  of  his  descriptive  list,  directly  to  the  chief  of  the 
staff  corps  or  department  to  which  the  soldier  has  been  as- 
signed or  transferred. 

2.  All  enlistment  pap6rs  oi.  men  enlisting  or  reenlisting, 
whether  for  the  line  of  the  Army  or  for  any  of  the  staff  corps 
or  departments,  will  be  forwarded  directly  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army,  except  in  the  cases  of  noncommissioned 
staff  officers  stationed  at  ungarrisoned  posts,  whose  reenlist- 
ment  papers  will  be  disposed  of  as  provided  in  paragraph  101, 
Army  Regulations.  {Par.  II,  G.  O.  206,  1907—1289119, 
A.G.O.) 

173.  Preparation,  on  enlistment  of  men  dishonorably  dis- 
charged, discharged  without  honor,  and  deserters. — With  a 
view  to  securing  uniformity  in  the  preparation  of  enlistment 
papers  and  descriptive  and  assignment  cards  in  the  case  of 
enlistment  of  dishonorably  discharged  men,  there  will  be 
shown  on  the  brief  of  the  enlistment  paper  the  ordinal  num- 
ber of  the  enlistment,  the  organization  in  which  last  service 
was  rendered,  and  the  fact  and  date  of  dishonorable  dis- 
charge; and  on  the  descriptive  and  assignment  card  there 
will  be  shown  the  organization  in  which  last  service  was 
rendered,  the  fact  and  date  of  dishonorable  discharge,  and  the 
enlistment  period  In  which  the  soldier  is  now  serving.  The 
enlistment  terminated  by  a  dishonorable  discharge  will  not 
be  counted  as  an  enlistment  in  giving  the  ordinal  number  on 
the  enlistment  paper. 

Similar  notation  will  be  made  on  those  papers  in  the  case 
of  enlistment  of  a  man  to  whom  a  deserter's  release  has 
been  issued  or  who  has  been  discharged  without  honor,  ex- 
cept that  in  place  of  the  fact  and  date  of  dishonorable  dis- 
charge there  will  be  substituted  the  fact  and  date  of  issu- 
ance of  the  deserter's  release  or  of  discharge  without  honor. 
The  enlistment  period  to  be  entered  on  the  descriptive  and 
assignment  card  will  be  determined  from  the  man's  prior 
service,  as  follows:     (1)  A  soldier  who  has  been  dishonor- 


399 

ably  discharged  or  discharged  without  honor,  or  who  de- 
serted from  his  first  enlistment  will,  on  again  enlisting,  enter 
upon  his  first  enlistment  period.  (2)  A  soldier  who,  prior 
to  the  enlistment  from  which  he  may  have  been  dishonorably 
discharged  or  discharged  without  honor,  had,  prior  to  May  11, 
1908,  service  which  entitled  him  to  reenlisted  pay,  or  who, 
under  the  act  of  May  11,  1908,  had  acquired  the  right  to 
count  a  completed  enlistment  period,  either  by  having  been 
honorably  discharged  at  the  termination  of  his  enlistment 
or  honorably  discharged  for  the  convenience  of  the  Govern- 
ment after  serving  more  than  half  of  his  enlistment,  will,  on 
again  enlisting,  enter  upon  his  second  enlistment  period.  (3) 
A  deserter  to  whom  a  deserter's  release  has  been  granted  or 
who  may  establish  his  right  thereto,  and  who,  prior  to  the  en- 
listment from  which  he  deserted,  had  earned  the  right  to  re- 
enlisted  pay  or  to  count  a  completed  enlistment,  will  also,  on 
again  enlisting,  enter  upon  his  second  enlistment  period. 

The  following  remark  will  also  be  entered  on  both  papers: 
Reenlisted  by  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War  pursuant  to 
the  act  of  August  22,  1912.  {Par.  Ill,  O.  0.  U,  1913,  as 
amended  hy  Par.  /,  Q.  O.  78,  1914— 217. ',754,  A.  O.  0.) 


ARTICLE  XX. 

milTARy  CORRESPONDENCE  AND  RECORD 
KEEPING. 

COKRESPONDENCE. 

174.  Method  of  writing  letters  and  indorsements. — The 

method  of  writing  letters  and  indorsements  prescribed  herein 
will  be  used  in  all  official  correspondence  in  the  service  of  the 
AVar  Department  and  the  Army  and  w^ith  bureaus  of  executive 
departments : 

1.  Heading,  subject,  and  number  of  letter. — The  letter  will 
begin  with  the  place  and  date,  written  as  at  present;  below 
this,  beginning  at  the  left  margin,  will  come  the  word  "  From," 
followed  by  the  official  designation  of  the  writer  or,  in  the  ab- 
sence of  any  official  designation,  the  name  of  the  writer  with 
his  rank  and  regiment,  corps,  or  department ;  below  this,  also 
beginning  at  the  left  margin,  will  come  the  word  "To,"  fol- 
lowed by  the  official  designation  or  name  of  the  person  ad- 
dressed. Next  will  come  the  subject  of  the  communication, 
indicated  as  briefly  as  possible  and  in  not  to  exceed  10  words. 
The  words  "  From,"  "  To,"  and  "  Subject "  will  begin  on  the 
same  vertical  line.  The  sending  office  number  of  the  communi- 
cation will  appear  in  the  upper  left-hand  corner. 

Example. 

176.  Hq.  Eastern  Division, 

Governors  Island,  N.  Y.,  May  25,  1911. 
From  :  The  Adjutant  General. 
To  :  Captain  John  A.  Smith,  1st  Inf. 

(Through  C.  O.  Madison  Barracks,  N.  Y.) 
Subject :  Delay  in  submitting  reports. 

The  division  commander  directs  that  you  submit  without  further 
delay  the  reports  of  your  recent  inspection  of  the  Organized  Militia 
of  the  State  of  New  York,  and  that  you  submit  an  explanation  of  your 
failure  to  comply  with  par.  6,  S.  O.  25,  c.  s.,  these  headquarters. 

J.  R,  Henry. 
(400) 


401 

In  case  of  letter  paper,  the  upper  third,  and  in  the  case  ol 
foolscap,  the  upper  fourth  of  the  sheet,  will  be  devoted  solely 
to  the  matter  described  in  this  paragraph.     (See  par.  7.) 

2.  Body. — Then  will  come  the  body  of  the  letter,  which, 
when  typewritten,  will  be  written  single  spaced,  with  a  double 
space  between  paragraphs,  which  will  be  numbered  consecu- 
tively. 

3.  {Signature. — The  body  of  the  letter  will  be  followed  by 
the  signature.  If  the  rank  and  the  regiment,  corps,  or  depart- 
ment of  the  writer  appear  at  the  beginning  of  the  letter,  they 
will  not  appear  after  his  name;  but  if  they  do  not  appear  at 
the  beginning  of  the  letter,  they  will  follow  under  his  name  as 
at  present.    For  example: 

200.  Company  A,  24th  Infantby, 

Madison  Barracks,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  S,  1911. 
From  :  Commanding  OflBcer,  Co.  A,  24th  Inf. 
To :  The  Commanding  Officer. 
Subject :  Pvt.  Smith's  case. 

The  case  of  Pvt.  Smith  has  been  investigated  and  charges  have  been 
preferred  under  the  62  A.  W. 

Robert  Jones, 
l8t  Lt.,  2kth  Inf. 


Madison  Barracks,  N.  Y., 

Jan.  10,  1911. 
From :  Capt.  John  A.  Smith,  24th  Inf. 
To :  The  Adjutant  General,  U.  S.  A. 
Subject :  Leave  of  absence. 

I  have  this  day  taken  advantage  of  the  leave  granted  me  by  Par.  1, 
S.  O.  1,  Hq.  D.  E.,  1911.  My  address  will  be  c/o  Army  and  Navy 
Club,  107  West  43d  St.,  N.  Y. 

John  A.  Smith. 

4.  Omission  of  ceremonial  forms. — ^All  ceremonial  forms  at 
the  beginning  and  end  of  letters,  such  as  "  Sir,"  "  I  have  the 
honor,"  "  I  would  respectfully,"  "  Very  respectfully,"  etc.,  will 
be  omitted. 

5.  Use  of  only  one  side  of  sheet. — Only  one  side  of  the  paper 
will  be  used,  the  writing  beginning  about  1  inch  from  the  top. 

6.  Office  marks. — The  stamps  bearing  office  numbers  will  be 
placed  on  the  back  of  the  lower  fold  of  the  first  sheet.  The 
received  and  received-back  stamps  will  be  placed  immediately 
below  the  body  of  the  letter,  and,  in  the  case  of  indorsements, 
immediately  after  the  proper  indorsement.  When  a  commu- 
nication of  two  or  more  sheets  is  filed,  the  back  of  the  lower 

40062°— 16 26 


402 

fold  of  the  first  sheet  will  be  on  the  outside,  thus  exposing  to 
view  the  office  numbers. 

7.  Brief. — The  matter  described  in  paragraph  1  of  this  order 
will  constitute  the  brief  of  the  letter. 

8.  Folding. — Letter  paper  will  be  folded  in  three  and  fools- 
cap in  four  equal  folds,  parallel  with  the  writing ;  the  top  fold 
will  be  folded  toward  the  back  of  the  letter  and  the  lower  fold 
over  the  face  of  the  letter.  In  three-fold  letters  both  the 
brief  and  the  office  mark  will  be  on  the  outside.  In  three-fold 
letters  of  more  than  one  sheet  the  two  lower  folds  of  the  sheets 
other  than  the  first  will  be  placed  between  the  first  and  second 
folds  of  the  first  sheet,  thus  exposing  to  view  both  the  brief 
and  the  office  mark.  In  four-fold  letters,  whether  of  one  or 
more  sheets,  the  brief  will  be  exposed  to  view  by  covering  the 
office-mark  fold  or  the  office  mark  be  exposed  to  view  by  cov- 
ering the  brief,  according  as  it  is  desired  to  keep  either  the 
one  or  the  other  exposed  to  view  for  the  purpose  in  hand. 

9.  Inclosures. — ^All  inclosures  will  be  numbered  and  will  be 
given  the  proper  office  marks.  Inclosures  to  the  original  com- 
munication will  be  noted  on  the  face  of  the  letter  to  the  left  of 
the  signature.  If  others  are  added  when  an  indorsement  is 
made,  their  number  will  be  noted  at  the  foot  of  the  indorse- 
ment to  which  they  pertain  and  also  on  the  back  of  the  lower 
fold  of  the  first  sheet  of  the  original  communication.  To  the 
latter  notation  will  be  added  the  number  of  the  indorsement 
to  which  they  belong,  thus  "  One  inclosure — fifth  indorse- 
ment." Inclosures  to  indorsements  are  numbered  in  the 
same  series  as  those  to  the  original  paper  and  the  number  of 
the  indorsement  to  which  they  belong  is  added  below.  If  few 
in  number  and  not  bulky,  inclosures  may  be  kept  inside  the 
original  paper;  otherwise  they  will  be  folded  together  in  a 
wrapper  marked  "  Inclosures."  Officers  through  whose  hands 
official  papers  pass  will  make  the  inclosures  secure  when  they 
are  not  so.  The  entry  of  serial  numbers  on  inclosures  and  of 
notations  on  papers  to  show  the  presence  of  inclosures  to  an 
original  communication  or  to  show  inclosures  added  to  or  with- 
drawn from  a  case  when  indorsements  are  written,  as  illus- 
trated by  the  Correspondence  Model  distributed  by  The  Adju- 
tant General  of  the  Army,  will  be  made  in  the  office  in  which 
the  inclosures  concerned  originate  or  are  added  or  withdrawn. 
The  total  number  of  inclosures  accompanying  a  paper  will  be 
noted  at  the  foot  of  each  indorsement  thereon. 


403 

INDORSEMENTS. 

10.  Form. — ^The  writing  width  of  indorsements  will  be  the 
same  as  that  of  letters.  The  first  indorsement  will  begin 
about  one-half  inch  below  the  rank  after  the  signature  of  the 
writer  of  the  letter,  and  succeeding  indorsements  will  follow 
one  another  serially,  with  a  space  of  about  one-half  inch  be- 
tween indorsements. 

The  serial  number  of  the  Indorsement,  the  place,  the  date, 
and  to  whom  written,  will  be  written  as  shown  in  the  example 
(par.  21). 

When  typewritten,  indorsements  will  be  written  single- 
spaced  with  a  double  space  between  paragraphs.  The  para- 
graphs will  be  numbered  consecutively. 

11.  Additional  sheets. — Should  one  or  more  additional 
sheets  be  necessary  for  indorsements,  sheets  of  the  same  size 
as  the  letter  will  be  used. 

12.  "Respectfully  referred,"  etc.,  to  he  omitted. — In  refer- 
ring, transmitting,  forwarding,  and  returning  papers,  the  ex- 
pressions "  Respectfully  referred,"  "  Respectfully  transmit- 
ted," "  Respectfully  forwarded,"  and  "  Respectfully  returned," 
will  be  omitted. 

13.  Routine  indorsements  to  he  signed  with  initials. — In- 
dorsements of  a  routine  nature,  referring,  transmitting,  for- 
warding, and  returning  papers,  will  not  be  signed  with  the 
full  name,  but  with  the  initials.    For  example : 

1st  Ind. 
Hq.  24  Inf.,  Madison  Bks.,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  1,  1911— To  C.  O.,  Co.  C,  24  Inf. 
To  note  and  return.     M.  A.  R. 

2nd   Ind. 
Co.  C,  24  Inf.,  Madison  Bks.,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  2, 1911 — To  the  Commanding 
Officer. 
Returned.     Contents  noted.     I.  K.  S. 

Nothing  in  this  order  shall  be  construed  as  prohibiting  the 
practice  that  obtains  at  present  at  department  and  other 
headquarters  of  referring,  transmitting,  forwarding,  and 
returning  papers  to  the  various  staff  officers  thereat  without 
signature  or  initials. 

LETTEES    AND    INDORSEMENTS. 

14.  Numbering  of  pages. — The  pages,  beginning  with  the 
first,  will  be  numbered  midway  about  one-half  inch  from  the 


404 

bottom.    In  referring  to  an  indorsement  by  number,  the  num- 
ber of  the  page  will  also  be  given.    Thus :  "  5th  Ind.,  page  3." 

15.  Carbon  copies. — ^All  letters  and  indorsements  that  are 
typewritten,  excepting  letters  of  transmittal,  reports  of  taking 
leave  of  absence,  periodical  reports,  and  other  communica- 
tions of  a  similar  nature,  will  be  made  with  two  carbon 
copies.  One  copy  will  be  retained  for  the  records  of  the  office 
in  which  the  letter  was  written,  and  the  other  will  be  for- 
warded with  the  communication  for  the  files  of  the  first  office 
in  which  a  complete  copy  of  the  communication  is  required  for 
the  records,  but  such  forwarded  copy  will  not  be  regarded  as 
an  inclosure  within  the  meaning  of  paragraph  9  of  this  order. 
The  carbon  copy  retained  for  the  office  record  will  be  initialed 
by  the  person  responsible  for  the  letter,  and  such  person  is 
charged  with  the  duty  of  seeing  that  the  name  of  the  official 
who  signs  the  letter  and  any  changes  made  before  signature 
are  inserted  in  the  carbon.  When  a  complete  copy  of  a  com- 
munication is  not  required  for  the  records  of  an  intermediate 
office  the  carbon  copy  will  be  forwarded  to  the  next  office. 
In  offices  authorized  to  use  the  record  card  system  the  carbon 
copies  will  be  made  on  sheets  of  perforated  paper,  furnished 
by  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  with  perforated  sections 
the  same  width  as  the  standard  record  file  cards.  The  sheets 
will  be  torn  along  the  perforations  and  the  sections  attached 
to  the  record  file  cards.  In  other  offices  the  carbon  copies  will 
bo  made  on  ordinary  paper  and  the  retained  copy  filed  in  the 
document  file.  The  provisions  of  this  paragraph  apply  only  to 
communications  addressed  to  individuals  and  offices  within 
the  military  service. 

16.  Press  copies. — Press  copies  will  not  be  used  except  by 
written  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

17.  Communications  written  prior  to  the  receipt  of  this 
order  are  not  subject  to  its  provisions  when  in  the  future  they 
are  received  or  transmitted  by  any  office  or  individual. 

18.  Printed  and  multigraph  forms. — Nothing  in  this  order  is 
intended  to  prohibit  the  use  of  printed  or  multigraph  forms 
of  letters  and  indorsements  in  offices  now  using  such  forms, 
provided  the  forms  conform  to  the  general  principles  of  this 
order.  The  back  of  the  first  sheet  of  such  forms,  except  the 
fold  containing  office  marks,  may  be  used  for  indorsements. 

19.  Channels  of  communication. — All  classes  of  official  com- 
munications heretofore  addressed  to  adjutants  or  to  adjutants 


405 

general  other  than  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  will  in 
the  future  be  addressed  to  the  commanding  officer  concerned. 

20.  Points  not  touched  upon  in  this  order  will  be  governed 
by  the  present  regulations  on  the  subject  of  correspondence. 

21.  Example. — The  following  example  will  be  used  as  a 
guide  in  carrying  out  the  instructions  contained  in  this  order : 

20  Fort  Riley,  Kans., 

October  m,  1910. 
From  :  The  Ordnance  OflScer. 
To:  The  Commanding  Officer,  7th  Cav. 
Subject :  New  system  of  issuing  ordnance  stores. 

1.  In  compliance  with  instructions  contained  in  a  letter  from  The 
Adjutant  General's  Office,  dated  November  27,  1909,  regarding  the 
testing  of  a  new  system  of  issuing  ordnance  stores,  the  following 
report  concerning  the  working  of  this  system  is  submitted. 

2.  As  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  observe,  the  new  system  has  no 
disadvantages.     Its  advantages  are  : 

A B , 

I8t  Lt.,  7th  Cav. 
1st  Ind. 

Hq.  7th  Cav.,  Ft.  Riley,  Kans.,  Oct.  29,  1910 — To  the  C.  O.,  Ft.  Riley, 
Kans. 
I  concur  in  the  conclusions  of  the  Ordnance  Officer. 

C D , 

Major,  7th  Cav.,  Comdg. 
2d  Ind. 

Hq.  Ft.  Riley,  Kans.,  Nov.  1,  1910— To  Comdg.  Gen.,  Dept.  of  the  Mo. 
Approved. 

E F , 

Brig.  Gen.,  Comdg. 
(Stamp)  To  Chief  Ordnance  Officer. 

3d  Ind. 

Hq.  Dept.  of  the  Mo.,  Nov.  2,  1910— To  The  Adjt.  Gen.,  U.  S.  A. 
Approved. 


Q H , 

Brig.  Gen.,  Comdg. 


4th  Ind. 
A.  G.  O.,  Nov.  5,  1910— To  the  C.  of  O. 


36949—204  5th  Ind.  Ghs— Bam 

Office  of  the  C.  of  0.,  Nov.  9,  1910 — To  Comdg.  Officer,  Rock  Island 
Arsenal. 
For  remark  with  reference  to  paragraph  2  of  the  within  letter.     By 
order  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance. 

I _  J , 

Capt.,  Ord.  Dept. 


406 

159—181 
36949—204  6th  Ind.  Hf— L 

Rock  Island  Arsenal,  111.,  Nov.  14,  1910 — To  the  Chief  of  Ordnance. 

1.  It   is   the   practice   at   this   arsenal   to   make   shipments   of   all 
articles  required  on******* 

2.  The  final  shipment  in  this  particular  case  was  delayed  by  the 
failure  of to  supply  acceptable         ♦         •         »         * 

K L , 

Lt.  Col.,  Ord.  Dept.,  Oomdg. 
(Stamp)  Rec'd  back,  O.  C.  of  O.,  Nov.  16,  1910. 

36949—204  7th  Ind.  JMy 

Office  of  the  C.  of  O.,  Nov.  17,  1910— To  The  Adjt.  Gen.,  U.  S.  A. 

Returned    in    connection    with    O.    O.    file    36949—198    (A.    G.    O. 
1527570). 

M N , 

Lt.  Col.,  Ord.  Dept., 

Actg.  C.  of  O. 
(Stamp)  Rec'd  back,  A.  G.  O.,  Nov.  18,  1910. 

1527570  8th   Ind. 

War  Department,  A.  G.  O.,  Nov.  18,  1910 — To  Comdg.  Gen.,  Dept.  of 

the  Lakes ;  Comdg.  Gen.,  Dept.  of  Dakota ;  Comdg.  Gen.,  Dept.  of 

the  Mo. ;  etc.     *     *     * 

Returned  in  connection  with  papers  referred  to  in  the  preceding 

indorsement  hereon.     The  early  return  of  all  papers  is  desired.     By 

order  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

O P , 

Adjutant  General. 
9th  Ind. 

Hq.   Dept.  of  the  Lakes,  Nov.  22,   1910— To  Comdg.   Gen.,  Dept.  of 
Dakota. 


Noted. 


R S , 

Brig.  Oen.,  Comdg. 


(Stamped  10th  Ind. 

indorsement.) 

A  G.  O.  D.  D. 

Nov.  25,  1910. 
To  the  Chief  Ordnance  Officer. 

(G.  O.  23,  1912 — 1930959,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par.  I, 
Bui.  24,  1912—1930959,  and  Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  53, 1913—1930959  D, 
A.  G.  O.) 

175.  Carbon  copies  of  requests  for  authority  to  adrer- 
tise. — With  reference  to  the  preparation  of  carbon  copies  of 
correspondence  as  prescribed  in  General  Orders,  No.  23,  War 
Department,  1912,  paragraph  174,  this  compilation,  a  carbon 


407 

copy  of  each  request  for  authority  to  advertise  made  upon  the 
prescribed  blank  forms  will  be  forwarded,  with  the  original  of 
such  request,  for  retention  in  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of 
War.     (Par.  ///,  G.  O.  40,  1915—2296625,  A.  G.  O.) 

17G.  Use  of  word  "confidential." — 1.  The  word  "confi- 
dential "  will  not  be  placed  on  any  communication  from  the 
War  Department,  except  where  the  subject  matter  is  intended 
for  the  sole  information  of  the  person  to  whom  addressed.  If 
some  military  necessity  should  exist  therefor  the  contents  of 
such  a  communication  may  be  made  known  to  others,  but  the 
person  to  whom  the  communication  is  addressed  must  assume 
all  responsibility  for  taking  such  action. 

2.  When  the  contents  of  any  publication,  document,  com- 
munication, map,  drawing,  or  blue  print  are  intended  for  the 
information  of  a  certain  class  or  classes  of  individuals  and  not 
for  the  public  at  large  it  will  not  be  marked  confidential,  but 
a  statement  printed  or  written,  indicating  to  whom  the  con- 
tents may  be  disclosed,  will  be  furnished.  Persons  receiving 
such  a  publication,  document,  communication,  map,  drawing, 
or  blue  print  will  exercise  due  care  that  its  contents  are  not 
imparted  to  any  unauthorized  person. 

3.  The  following  publications  will  not  be  considered  con- 
fidential in  the  future : 

Test  of  Mortar  Fire  at  Portland  Harbor,  Me.,  Fall  of 
1901 ;  published  by  the  Board  of  Ordnance  and  Fortification, 
1902. 

Test  of  System  of  Fire  Control  and  Direction  at  Pensacola 
Harbor,  Fla.,  April,  1903;  published  by  the  Board  of  Ord- 
nance and  Fortification,  1903. 

Revised  System  of  Fire  Control  and  Direction,  including 
Articles  of  Equipment  and  Material  Supplied  by  Several  Bu- 
reaus of  the  War  Department,  1905 ;  published  by  the  Board  of 
Ordnance  and  Fortification.  The  First  Appendix  is  included 
therein,  see  page  15. 

Second  Appendix  to  Revised  System  of  Fire  Control  and 
Direction;  issued  by  the  Second  (Military  Information)  Divi- 
sion, General  Staff,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Chief  of 
Artillery,  1907. 

Notes  on  Panama;  issued  by  the  Second  (Military  Informa- 
tion) Division,  General  Staff,  1903. 

4.  Mimeographs,  bulletins,  printed  circulars,  or  blue  prints, 
marked  "  confidential,"  which  have  been  issued  in  the  past  by 


408 

the  different  bureaus  of  the  War  Department  for  distribution 
to  certain  officers,  are  for  the  use  of  officers  and  enlisted  men 
and  civilian  employees  of  the  United  States  when  necessary 
in  connection  with  tlieir  work.  (Par.  II,  Cir.  78,  1907 — 
1291695,  A.  G.  0.) 

177.  Reference  of  Comptroller's  decisions  to  Judge  Ad- 
vocate General. — All  decisions  received  from  the  Comptroller 
of  the  Treasury  by  disbursing  officers  on  their  own  application 
or  appeal,  and  all  decisions  of  the  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury 
received  in  any  bureau  of  the  War  Department,  will  be  sent 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  reference  to  the 
Judge  Advocate  General  for  notation  and  return.  (Par.  IV, 
G.  O.  26,  1913—1978968  A,  A.  G.  O.) 

178.  Correspondence  in  battalions  or  squadrons. — Corre- 
spondence relating  to  the  personnel,  instruction,  discipline,  or 
equipment  of  a  company,  battery,  or  troop  in  battalion  or 
squadron  will  pass  through  the  battalion  or  squadron  com- 
mander. No  official  record,  however,  will  be  kept  by  the  bat- 
talion or  squadron  commander  of  such  correspondence.  (Par. 
IV,  G.  O.  8,  19 IJir— 2057597,  A.  G.  O.) 

179.  Applications  for  reenlistment. — ^Applications  origi- 
nating with  enlisted  men  for  reenlistment  in  organizations 
stationed  beyond  the  territorial  limits  of  the  department  in 
which  the  men  are  serving  will  be  forwarded  by  post  com- 
manders directly  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 
(Par.  V,  G.  O.  2',.  1912—1909387,  A.  G.  O.) 

180.  Data  for  changes  on  enlistment  papers  or  muster 
rolls. — When  an  officer  of  the  Army  finds  it  necessary,  on  ac- 
count of  errors  or  omissions,  to  have  changes  or  corrections 
made  on  enlistment  papers  or  muster  rolls  that  have  been 
furnished  to  The  Adjutant  General's  Office,  he  will  forward 
the  data  pertaining  to  such  changes  or  corrections  directly  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  (Par.  IV,  G.  O.  2^,  1912— 
1909387,  A.  G.  O.) 

181.  Prompt  reply  to  be  made  to  official  communica- 
tions.— Officers  who  fail  to  make  prompt  reply  to  official  com- 
munications without  satisfactory  excuse  for  the  delay  will  be 
subjected  to  disciplinary  measures. 

When,  in  order  to  make  proper  reply,  it  is  necessary  to  ex- 
amine papers  not  at  hand  or  to  consult  with  other  persons  at 
a  distance,  or  when  for  other  sufficient  reason  full  and  prompt 
reply   is   impossible,   acknowledgment  of   the  receipt   of   the 


409 

communication  will  be  made  at  once  with  a  statement  giving 
the  cause  of  the  anticipated  delay. 

The  commanding  officer  of  every  Army  post  and  station 
will  take  such  steps  as  he  may  deem  expedient  to  insure 
prompt  reply  by  officers  of  his  command  to  official  communi- 
cations sent  them  which  require  reply.  {Par.  I,  Cir.  25, 1906 — 
im028,M.  S.  O.) 

182.  Communicating  orders  to  marines  serving  witli  tlie 
Army. — The  following  rules  prescribe  the  method  of  communi- 
cating orders  to  marines  detached  for  service  with  the  Army, 
by  order  of  the  President,  under  sections  1619  and  1621,  Re- 
vised Statutes: 

1.  When  marines  are,  by  order  of  the  President,  detached 
for  service  with  the  Army,  the  Commandant  of  the  Marine 
Corps  is,  for  the  time  the  marines  are  detached  and  for  the 
purpose  of  administering  the  affairs  of  such  detachments,  an 
official  of  the  War  Department.  He  retains  such  control  and 
jurisdiction  over  said  detached  forces  as  shall  enable  him  to 
make  the  necessary  transfers  of  officers  and  men  from  and  to 
the  commands  and  to  exercise  a  general  supervision  over  all 
expenditures  and  supplies  needed  for  the  maintenance  of  and 
connected  with  the  management  of  the  marine  forces  so  de- 
tached. He  shall  be  responsible  to  the  Secretary  of  War  for 
the  general  efficiency  and  discipline  of  so  much  of  the  corps 
as  is  detached  for  service  with  the  Army. 

2.  Communications  which  relate  exclusively  to  the  routine 
business  of  the  Marine  Corps  and  do  not  involve  questions  of 
administrative  responsibility  within  the  supervision  of  the 
commandhig  officer  of  the  combined  forces,  and  which  do  not 
relate  to  individual  interests  or  status  of  a  military  nature 
requiring  the  action  of  said  commanding  officer,  will  be  for- 
warded direct  between  the  headquarters  of  the  Marine  Corps 
and  the  senior  officer  of  said  corps  serving  with  the  detached 
force. 

3.  All  communications  regarding  the  personnel  of  marine 
detachments  on  duty  with  the  Army  will  be  addressed  to  the 
proper  representative  of  the  Marine  Corps  and  forwarded  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  who,  unless  the  War  De- 
partment directs  their  return  to  the  major  general  comman- 
dant for  modification,  will  forward  them.  (Par.  II,  Cir.  1$, 
1908— 127 U29  D,  A.  G.  O.) 


410 


RECORD   KEEPING. 


1S3.  Record  keeping  and  business  methods  at  adminis- 
tratire  headquarters. — At  each  administrative  headquarters 
•f  the  Army,  the  following  methods  will  be  observed  in  the 
keeping  of  records  and  the  transaction  of  official  business : 

No  record  shall  be  kept  in  any  office  at  a  military  head- 
quarters respecting  matters  of  which  an  established  record  or 
file  is  kept  in  any  other  office  of  the  same  headquarters  to 
which  the  matter  covered  thereby  properly  pertains,  but  in- 
formation shall  be  obtained  from  the  latter  source  on  applica- 
tion therefor  as  occasion  may  require.  Thus,  no  record  will 
be  made  in  the  office  of  the  adjutant  of  a  paper  destined  for 
the  action  of  another  office,  except  when  the  commander  de- 
sires to  take  some  previous  action,  and  generally  only  such 
papers  will  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  adjutant  as  do  not  per- 
tain to  the  business  of  any  of  the  subordinate  offices. 

Mail  received  in  any  office  will  be  opened  promptly  and  each 
communication  will  be  stamped  with  the  name  of  the  office 
and  date  of  receipt.  Communications  pertaining  to  the  busi- 
ness of  the  office  will  then  be  separated  from  those  pertaining 
to  the  business  of  other  offices ;  the  latter  will  then  be  marked 
with  the  initials  of  the  office  to  which  they  pertain  and  at 
once  sent  to  the  proper  offices ;  the  former,  if  of  sufficient  im- 
portance to  be  made  of  record,  will  then  be  entered. 

Each  staff  officer  is  responsible  that  communications  sent  to 
him  are  promptly  acted  upon.  In  a  case  requiring  the  action 
of  the  commander,  the  staff  officer  will  submit  the  case  to  him 
through  the  chief  of  staff  or  adjutant  with  a  memorandum, 
when  necessary,  giving  a  summary  of  the  case  and  contain- 
ing his  recommendation  as  to  proper  action. 

In  case  of  routine  papers  to  be  forwarded,  or  returned  to 
higher  authority,  the  staff  officer  will  submit  them  with  in- 
dorsement prepared  for  signature  of  the  commander ;  if  to  be 
returned  or  transmitted,  with  instructions  or  remarks,  the 
indorsement  will  be  prepared  for  signature  of  the  adjutant. 

When  acted  upon  by  the  commander  the  proper  steps  to 
carry  such  action  into  effect  will  be  taken  by  the  chief  of  staff 
or  adjutant  and  the  papers  returned  to  the  office  of  record, 
when  they  will  be  finally  disposed  of,  i.  e.,  filed,  forwarded, 
transmitted,  or  returned,  without  further  indorsement  or 
action  of  that  office,  except  to  note  disposition  in  the  record. 
(Par.  II,  O.  O.  191,  1905—1069332,  M.  S.  O.) 


411 

184.  iBspectioHS  of  business  methods,  department  head- 
qaarters. — Under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  878,  Army 
Regulations,  the  Inspector  General's  Department  is  charged 
with  the  inspections  necessary  of  each  department  headquar- 
ters to  determine  whether  or  not  the  prescribed  methods  of 
official  business  are  strictly  carried  out.  Report  of  inspections 
made  under  this  order  will  be  submitted  to  the  Secretary  of 
War  through  military  channels,  and  after  action  has  been 
taken  upon  the  irregularities  noted  in  the  reports  they  will  be 
returned  to  the  Inspector  General.  (Par.  /,  G.  O.  191,  1905 — 
1069332,  M.  S.  O.) 

185.  Filing  of  desertion  circulars  at  posts. — Desertion 
circulars  are  sent  to  the  commanding  officers  at  military  posts 
with  a  view  to  the  prompt  identification  of  any  deserters  that 
may  be  delivered  there  and  are  not  intended  to  be  recorded 
or  filed  as  required  for  official  papers.  The  desertion  circulars 
sent  to  a  post  will,  however,  be  kept  on  file  at  post  head- 
quarters and  will  be  arranged  in  alphabetical  order,  or  in- 
dexed, so  that  the  circular  containing  the  description  of  any 
particular  deserter  can  be  found  readily  when  wanted.  (Pars. 
IS,  Cir.  3,  1910—1606097,  A.  O.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XXI. 

CHANGES  m  REGULATIONS  AND  MANUALS;  OR- 
DERS, BLANK  FORMS,  AND  MILITARY  PUBLICA- 
TIONS. 

186.  "Changes"  and  "Bulletins"  issued  by  War  De- 
partment.— 1.  Amendments  to  Army  Regulations  and  other 
regulations  and  manuals  of  the  War  Department  are  pub- 
lished as  "  Changes  "  and  are  furnished  to  those  individuals 
and  offices  that  have  received  copies  of  those  publications. 
These  changes  will  be  incorporated  in  the  publications 
amended  by  cutting  out  each  paragraph  of  the  changes  and 
securely  pasting  it  opposite  the  changed  paragraph  of  the 
publication.  The  changes  will  not  be  kept  as  a  separate  file 
by  any  office  or  individual. 

2.  Matter  of  a  purely  informatory  nature  of  sufficient  inter- 
est to  be  communicated  to  the  service  and  containing  no 
orders  or  instructions  is  published  in  "  Bulletins."  A  file  of. 
bulletins  will  be  kept  at  depots,  arsenals,  post  and  higher 
headquarters,  and  headquarters  of  organizations  larger  than 
a  battalion,  but  need  not  be  kept  at  other  offices  or  by 
individuals.  (Par.  I,  G.  0.  11,  1912—1888Jf05  A,  A.  G.  O.,  as 
amended  by  Par.  II,  G  0.  50,  1915—2305322,  A.  G.  O.) 

187.  Orders,  etc.,  issued  from  department  and  division 
headquarters. — Commanding  generals  of  territorial  depart- 
ments and  tactical  divisions  in  the  field  will  forward  to  the 
chiefs  of  bureaus  of  the  War  Department  such  number  of 
copies  of  general  orders,  general  court-martial  orders,  bul- 
letins, circulars,  and  special  orders,  issued  from  their  head- 
quarters, as  may  be  directed  from  time  to  time  by  the  War 
Department.  (G.  O.  76,  1883,  and  letters  of  instruction, 
A.  G.  0.) 

188.  Distribution  of  blank  forms  and  books.— 1.  Distribu- 
tion to  posts  and  organizations  of  the  Army  of  blank  forms 
and  books  furnished  by  The  Adjutant  General's  Department 
will  be  made,  under  the  immediate  direction  of  The  Adjutant 


413 

General  of  the  Army,  by  the  adjutants  of  the  several  terri- 
torial departments  or  tactical  divisions.  Any  communication 
with  regard  to  such  distribution  should  be  addressed  directly 
by  department  or  tactical  division  adjutants  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army,  who  will  convey  directly  to  them  such 
instructions  as  may  be  necessary.  The  adjutants  of  the  terri- 
torial departments  within  the  geographical  limits  of  which 
the  United  States  Military  Academy,  the  service  schools  enu- 
merated in  paragraph  449,  Army  Regulations,  the  United 
States  Disciplinary  Barracks  or  any  branch  thereof,  general 
recruit  depots,  general  recruiting  stations,  general  hospitals, 
arsenals,  and  general  depots  of  supply  are  situated  will  make 
distribution  to  those  places.  Distribution  to  mine  planters 
and  cable  ships  and  to  Army  transports  for  the  needs  of  the 
permanent  detachments  serving  on  board  transports  will  be 
made  by  the  adjutants  of  the  territorial  departments  within 
the  geographical  limits  of  which  the  vessels  are  serving  or 
have  home  ports.  Blank  forms  supplied  by  The  Adjutant 
General's  Department  will  be  furnished  to  the  quartermasters 
of  Army  transports  only  in  sufficient  numbers  to  meet  the 
needs  of  permanent  detachments  serving  on  board  the  trans- 
ports. Such  blank  forms  will  not  be  furnished  to  transport 
quartermasters  for  the  use  of  troops  on  board  changing  sta- 
tion. Commanding  officers  of  organizations  under  orders  to 
sail  on  transports  will  obtain  before  leaving  their  stations, 
and  will  keep  accessible  during  the  voyage,  a  supply  of  forms 
sufficient  for  the  needs  of  their  organizations  during  the 
voyage. 

2.  Department  and  tactical  division  adjutants  will  carefully 
scrutinize  all  requisitions  submitted  to  them  under  the  fore- 
going provisions  for  blank  forms  and  books  distributed  by 
The  Adjutant  General's  Department,  in  order  to  prevent  any 
waste  thereof  and  will  see  that  the  issues  on  such  requisitions 
are  restricted  to  the  actual  needs  of  organizations  based  on 
their  strength  and  the  proper  requirements  of  the  service. 

3.  Department  and  tactical  division  adjutants  and  organi- 
zation and  other  commanders  using  such  blank  forms  and 
books  will,  except  in  emergency,  make  but  two  requisitions  a 
year,  on  January  1  and  July  1,  for  the  number  of  blanks  and 
books  required  by  them  during  the  following  six  months. 

4.  Requests  from  individual  officers  for  copies  of  blank  forms 
issued  by  The  Adjutant  General's  Department,  and  not  obtain- 


414 

able  under  existing  orders  from  the  department  adjutants  of 
the  territorial  departments  in  which  such  officers  are  stationed, 
will  be  sent  directly  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army 
and  not  through  military  channels. 

5.  Blank  forms  that  are  used  at  civil  educational  institu- 
tions will  be  furnished  directly  to  such  institutions  by  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

6.  Textbooks  will  be  furnished  to  civil  educational  institu- 
tions by  the  War  College  Division,  General  Staff.  Requisi- 
tions for  such  books  as  may  be  needed  will  be  made  directly 
to  the  Chief,  War  College  Division,  General  Staff,  Army  War 
College,  Washington,  D.  C.  {Par.  II,  G.  O.  U,  1908,  as 
amended  hij  par.  4,  Cir.  55,  1908—1375656,  A.  G.  O.;  Par.  I, 
G.  O.  80,  1911—1325808,  A.  G.  O.;  Par.  II,  Cir.  84,  1908— 
1368322,  A.  G.  O.;  Par.  II,  G.  O.  26,  1909—U73740,  A.  G.  O.; 
Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  2Jt,  1912—1909387,  A.  G.  0.;  Par.  I,  G.  O.  6, 
1914—2100878,  A.  G.  O.) 

189.  Military  publications,  issue  and  sale. — The  following- 
named  official  publications  of  the  War  Department  and  private 
publications  obtained  for  the  Army  are  available  for  issue  or 
sale,  as  follows : 

To.  How. 

Officers  of  the  Army  ^ Gratuitous  issue. 

Organizations  of  the  Army_  Requisition. 

Organized  Militia Requisition  under  sec.  1661,  R.  S. 

Organized  Militia Sale  for  cash,  act  of  Congress,  Jan.  21,  1903. 

Educational  institutions — Sale  for  cash,  act  of  Congress,  July  17, 1914. 

Official  puUications. 

Title  and  edition  or  date  of  publication.  Approximate 

cost. 

American   Campaigns    (Steele),    1909  2 $2.25 

Army  Horse  in  Accident  and  Disease,  1909  2 .40 

Army  Pay  Table,  May  1,  1913 .50 

Army  Ration,  Issue  and  Conversion  Tables,  Apr.  23,  1913 .  015 

Conventional    Signs,    1912 .06 

Digest  of  Opinions,  Judge  Advocate  General,  1912 1.  89 

Drill  Regulations  : 

Cavalry  Drill  Regulations,  1902 .40 

Cavalry  Service  Regulations   (Experimental),   1914  2 .30 

Coast  Artillery,  1914  2 ,30 

Field  Artillery,  Horse  and  Light,  Provisional,  1911  » .  30 

Field  Artillery,  for  4.7"  Gun,  Provisional,  1914  2 .  15 

Mountain  Artillery,  Provisional,  1908  2 .35 

1  Private  publications  not  supplied  gratuitously  to  officers. 
"Textbooks    used    in    garrison    schools    or    in    the   examination    of 
oflScers  of  the  Army  for  promotion. 


415 

Official  pu  hlica  tions — Continued. 
Title  and  edition  or  date  of  publication.  Approximate 

Drill  Regulations— Continued.  ^°^** 

Infantry,  1911,  corrected  to  November,  1913  i $0.  20 

Machine-Gun  Platoon,  Infantry,  1909^ .  18 

Machine-Gun  Platoon,  Cavalry,  1914 .06 

Saber    Exercises,    1914  i .  20 

Sanitary   Troops,    1914  i .30 

Signal  Corps  Field  Companies,  1911  ^ .  30 

Equitation  and  Horse  Training,  Notes  on,  1910  ^ .29 

Guide,  Inspector  General's  Department,  1911 .60 

Gunnery  and  Explosives,  for  Field  Artillery  Officers,  1911  ^ .  30 

Manuals : 

Army   Bakers,   1910 .25 

Army  Cooks,   1910 .35 

Army  Horseshoer,  1912 .29 

Courts-Martial^ .  30 

Engineer,   Field,   1912  ^ .78 

Field   Maneuvers,   1910 .02 

Interior  Guard  Duty,   1914  i .  15 

Medical  Department,  1911  ^ .45 

Military  Railways,  1910 .43 

Noncommissioned  Officers  and  Privates,  Organized  Militia 

and  Volunteers,  1914 .  20 

Pack  Transportation   (Daly),  1910 .89 

Physical  Training  (Koehler),  1914 .20 

Quartermaster  Corps,  1915 

Signal  Corps : 

No.     8,    Apparatus    for    Fire    Control    and    Direc- 
tion,   1914 1 

No.  3,  Electrical  Instruments  and  Telephones,  1910 1_  .  42 
No.    2-A,    Commercial    Radio    Service   Between    Ship 

and  Shore  Stations,  1914 .70 

No.  7,  Property  and  Disbursing  Regulations,  1912  i__  .00 

Signal   Book,   1914 .25 

Multiplex,  Telephony  and  Telegraphy,  1911 .35 

Small-Arms   Firing,   1913  ^ .21 

Submarine   Mining,    1912 1 

Infantry  Equipment,  Organized  Militia,  1912 .  lO 

Military  Laws  of  the  United  States,  1914 2.  45 

Military  Policy  of  the  United  States   (Upton)  i .28 

Military  Reservations,  etc.,  1910 1,  67 

Official  Table  of  Distances,  193  0 1.08 

Ordnance  Publications  : 

Ordnance    Handbook 

Ordnance   Pamphlets  ^  ^ 

Ordnance  Property  Regulations .  40 

1  Textbooks   used  in   garrison   schools   or  in   the   examination   of 
officers  of  the  Army  for  promotion. 

2  To  be  requisitioned  for  by  number. 


416 

Official  publications — Continued, 

Title  and  edition  or  date  of  publication.  Approximate 

cost. 
Regulations  : 

Army,     1913  i $0.50 

Coast  Artillery  Instruction  and  Target  Practice,  Annual  i_  .  10 

Field  Firing  and  Proficiency  Test,  1911 .07 

Field  Service,  1914,  corrected  to  July  1,  1914 ,  26 

General   Hospitals,  1914 .12 

Mine   Planters,    1909 .10 

Organized   Militia,    1910 ,29 

Rules  of  Land  Warfare,  1914 ,  35 

Uniform,  1914 .05 

Transport   Service,   1914 .25 

Soldiers'  Handbook,  1913 .  12 

Tables  of  Organization,  1914 .20 

Tables  of  Organization,  Organized  Militia,  1914  (Peace) .  19 

Private  publications. 

Ml  the  World's  Fighting  Ships  (Jane) 6,00 

Applied   Principles   of   Field   Fortifications    for    Line    Officers 

(Woodruff),   19091 .80 

Applied  Tactics,  Letters  on  (Griepenkerl),  3d  Edition,  1913__  1.63 

Artillery  Notes,  Nos.  11,  12,  and  18 

Ballistics  :  i 

High  Angle  Fire  (Hamilton).     Published  in  Vol.  40,  No. 
2,  Journal  U.  S.  Artillery   (Whole  No.  123) 

Notes  on  Direct  Fire   (Wildrick).     Published  in  Vol.  43, 

No.  1,  Journal  U.  S.  Artillery   (Whole  No.  131) 

Campaign  of  Marengo  (Sargent),  1897 .94 

Campaign  of  Santiago  de  Cuba   (Sargent),  3  Vols.,  1907 3.50 

Coast  Artillery  War  Game  (Chamberlaine),  1914 1 .20 

Company  Training   (Haking),   1913 1.40 

Elements  of  International  Law  (Davis),  3d  Edition,  1908 1__  1.82 

Field  Musician's  Manual    (Canty),  1914 1.29 

Field  Sanitation  (Wilson),  1912 1.00 

Gunners'  Instruction,  Journal  U.  S.  Artillery.     Annual .  15 

Gunnery    (Wise),    1912 2.28 

Gunshot  Injuries   (La  Garde),  1914 4.00 

Handbook  for  the  Use  of  Hospital  Corps    (Mason),  1912 4.00 

Horses,  Saddles,  and  Bridles  (Carter),  3d  Edition,  lOOGi 2.29 

Infantry  Tactics,  Seventy  Problems  in  (Morrison),  1914 2.00 

Maps   for   above 1.  25 

Manual  of  Physical  Drill   (Butts),  1910 .73 

Map  Maneuvers  and  Tactical  Rides  (Sayre),  1912 1.25 

Medical  Service  in  Campaign  (Straub),  2d  Edition,  1912  ^ 1.33 

Mess  Officers'  Assistant    (Holbrook),  1911 .83 

Mess  Sergeants'  Hand  Book   (Holbrook),  1911 .83 

1  Textbooks    used   in   garrison    schools    or  in    the   examination   of 
officers  of  the  Army  for  promotion. 


417 
Private  puUications — Continued. 
Title  and  edition  or  date  of  publication.  "^^^cost™^*^ 

Military  Explosives,  Notes  on  (Weaver),  1912  i $2.29 

Military  Field  Note  Book    (Guild  and  Cotton)    1914,    (sweat- 
proof  cover  $0.10  extra) .75 

Military  Hygiene,  Elements  of  (Ashburn),  1909  i 1.01 

Military  Hygiene,  Manual  of  (Havard),  2d  Edition,  1914 5.00 

Military  Law  of  the  U.  S.,  Treatise  on   (Davis),  3d  Edition, 

19131 5.  33 

Military  Map  Reading  (Sherrill),  1912 . .75 

Military  Maps  Explained    (Eames),   1909 .82 

Military  Primer  (Marshall  and  Simonds),  1913 3.00 

Military  Sketching  and  Map  Reading  for  N.  C.  O.   (Grieves), 

1914 1.  25 

Military  Topography  for  the  Mobile  Forces  (Sherrill),  1912  i_  2.  00 

Napoleon  Bonaparte's  First  Campaign   (Sargent),  1894 .94 

Night  Movements  (Training  in,  Based  on  Actual  Experiences 

in  War,  translated  from  the  Japanese,  Burnett),  1914 1.00 

Noncommissioned  Officers'  Manual   (Moss),  1912 1.27 

Notes  on  Field  Fortification  (Army  Field  Engr.  School) i .  10 

Notes  on  Field  Artillery  for  Officers  of  all  Arms  (Spaulding), 

1914 1.  25 

Officers'  Manual  (Moss),  5th  Edition,  1914 2.00 

Ordnance  and  Gunnery   (Lissak),  1907 4.57 

Power  and  Power  Transmission  (Kerr),  2d  Edition,  1913  i 1.54 

Practical  Electricity,  Lessons  in  (Swoope) ,  14th  Edition,  1913  i_     1.68 
Provisioning  of   a   Modern  Army  in  the   Field    (Sharpe),   2d 

Edition,    1908 1 1.23 

Rapid  Reconnaissance  Sketching  (Sherill),  3d  Edition,  1912—  1.05 

Rifle  in  War  (Eames),  2d  Edition,  1909 1.60 

Sanitary  Service,  Management  of,  in  War  (Morrison  and  Mun- 

son),  2d  Edition,  1911  ^ .75 

Sanitary  Tactics,  Principles  of   (Munson),  1911  ^ 1.35 

Score   Book,   Bull's  Eye    (Johnston),   loose   leaf,  9th  Edition, 

1915 .  35 

Score  Book,  Bull's  Eye  (Johnston),  bound,  9th  Edition,  1915.  .  18 

Score  Book,  U.  S.  Marine  Corps  (Harlee),  1913 .10 

Security  and  Information  (Wagner),  15th  Edition,  1903 1.23 

Service  of  Coast  Artillery  (Hines  and  Ward),  1909 3.  07 

Soldier's  Foot  and  Military  Shoe  (Munson),  1912 .90 

Spanish,  Reader  of  Scientific  and  Technical  (Wilcox),  1913__  1.75 

Strategy   (Wagner),  1903 .47 

Studies  in  Minor  Tactics  (Army  School  of  the  Line),  1915 .  50 

Tactical  Principles  and  Problems  (Hanna),  4th  Edition,  1913 1_  2.  50 

Tactical  Decisions  and  Orders   (Buddecke) 1.25 

Tactics,  Infantry,  Vol.  I  (Balck,  Krueger's  translation),  1911_  2.40 
Tactics,    Cavalry    and   Artillery,    Vol.    II    (Balck,    Krueger's 

translation),    1914 _• 2.40 

1  Textbooks   used   in   garrison    schools    or  in    the   examination    of 
officers  of  the  Army  for  promotion. 
40062°— 16 27 


418 

Private  publications — Continued. 

Title  and  edition  or  date  of  publication.  Approximate 

cost. 
Technique  of  Modern  Tactics  (Bond  and  McDonough),  1913  i_  $2. 15 

Training  Infantry   (Morrison) .50 

Troops  on  Riot  Duty  (Stockton  and  Dicliinson),  1912 .  65 

NoTB  1. — The  Submarine  Mining  Manual  and  Signal  Corps  Manual 
No.  8,  being  confidential  publications,  will  be  sold  or  issued  to  others 
than  Army  oflacers,  only  on  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War  in 
each  case. 

Note  2. — Cost  of  publications  quoted  above  is  approximate  and 
subject  to  change. 

Applications  for  publications  should  be  addressed  to  the 
Chief,  War  College  Division,  General  Staff,  Washington,  D.  C. 
(Bui.  3,  1915—1885276  A,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended  hy  Par.  Ill, 
Bui.  11,  1915—2256368,  A.  G.  O.;  Par.  Ill,  Bui.  19,  1915— 
2286215,  A.  G.  O.,  and  Par.  Ill,  Bui.  29,  1915—2296121,  A. 
G.  0.;  Par.  Ill,  Bui.  34,  1915—1885276  B,  A.  G.  0.) 

190.  Policy  in  reference  to  distribution  of  military  pub- 
lications.— The  policy  of  the  War  Department  in  reference  to 
the  distribution  of  publications  to  the  Army,  in  accordance 
with  Bulletin  No.  3,  War  Department,  1915,  paragraph  189, 
this  compilation,  is  announced  for  the  information  and  guid- 
ance of  all  concerned : 

1.  Publications  which  are  obtained  by  the  War  Department 
and  issued,  on  requisiton,  to  organizations  of  the  Army,  but 
which  are  not  supplied  gratuituously  to  officers,  are  furnished 
for  the  sole  purpose  of  being  used  in  the  military  instruction 
and  training  of  such  organizations. 

2.  The  limited  funds  available  for  the  distribution  of  pub- 
lications by  the  War  Department  makes  it  impossible  to  fur- 
nish to  any  one  organization  the  entire  list  of  books  given 
in  Bulletin  No.  3,  War  Department,  1915.  Requisitions  of 
commanding  officers  upon  the  War  College  Division,  General 
Staff,  will  therefore  be  limited  to  those  books  which  directly 
pertain  to,  and  are  required  for  the  instruction  and  training 
of,  the  particular  organization  making  the  request. 

3.  Publications  having  no  bearing  on  the  instruction  and 
training  of  any  particular  organization,  but  which  are  desired 
merely  to  provide  reading  material  in  libraries,  will  not  be 
furnished.     (Par.  I,  Bui.  7,  1915—2257960,  A.  G.  O.) 

1  Textboolis  used  in  garrison  schools  or  in  the  examination  of 
officers  of  the  Army  for  promotion. 


419 

191.  Destruction  of  obsolete  military  publications. — Com- 
pany and  other  organization  commanders  are  authorized  to 
destroy  obsolete  publications  of  the  following  nature,  with  the 
exception  of  one  copy  of  each,  which  will  be  retained  for 
future  reference : 

Drill  Regulations. 

Manuals  of  Arms. 

Manuals  of  Guard  Duty. 

Firing  Regulations  for  Small  Arms. 

This  authority  will  apply  not  only  to  the  present  but  to  the 
future,  whenever  new  publications  are  received.  (Par  It, 
G.  O.  179,  1904.) 


ARTICLE  XXII. 

PAY  ROLLS  AND  MUSTER  ROLLS. 

192.  Cbarges  on  pay  rolls  for  laundry  work. — In  making 
charges  on  pay  rolls  for  laundry  work  done  by  a  commercial 
laundry  operated  as  a  post  exchange  feature,  or  for  laundry 
work  done  by  a  laundry  owned  and  operated  by  a  post 
exchange,  such  charges  will  be  entered  as  due  the  "  exchange 
laundry  "  instead  of  due  the  "  post  laundry,"  the  latter  term 
being  used  to  designate  laundries  operated  and  controlled  by 
the  Quartermaster  Corps.  (Par.  II,  G.  O.  122,  1911— 182225ft, 
A.  G.  0.) 

193.  Charges  on  pay  rolls  for  ordnance  property. — ^W^hen 
charges  are  made  on  pay  rolls  against  an  enlisted  man  on 
account  of  the  loss  or  damage  to  property  pertaining  to  the 
Ordnance  Department,  the  officer  who  makes  the  charges  will 
"forward  a  report  thereof  on  Form  No.  94,  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment, to  the  quartermaster  who  is  to  pay  the  organization 
to  which  the  soldier  belongs.  When  charges  of  this  character 
are  made  on  final  statements,  the  officer  who  makes  the 
charges  will  forward  a  report  thereof  on  the  same  blank  form 
to  the  department  quartermaster  of  the  department  in  which 
payment  is  to  be  made.  After  verification  of  the  charges  the 
quartermaster  or  department  quartermaster,  as  the  case  may 
be,  will  forward  the  reports  directly  to  the  Chief  of  Ordnance, 
except  in  the  Philippine  Department,  where  they  will  be  for- 
warded through  the  chief  ordnance  officer  of  the  department. 

When  charges  are  made  on  pay  rolls  against  an  enlisted 
man  and  not  collected,  reports  will  be  made  until  the  amount 
shall  have  been  collected.  If  an  enlisted  man  is  separated 
from  the  service  and  the  charges  standing  against  him  have 
not  been  collected  on  the  pay  rolls,  a  notation  showing  that  the 
charges  have  been  transferred  to  his  final  statements  will  be 
made  on  the  report  for  the  month  in  which  the  soldier  was 
dropped.  If  for  any  reason  final  statements  are  not  furnished 
to  a  discharged  soldier,  the  notation  will  be  modified  so  as  to 

(420) 


421 

show  that  fact.  If  an  enlisted  man  is  detailed  or  transferred 
to  another  organization  and  the  charges  standing  against  him 
have  not  been  collected  on  the  pay  rolls,  a  notation  will  be 
made  on  the  report  for  the  month  in  which  the  detail  or  trans- 
fer was  effected  showing  that  the  receipt  of  the  soldier  was 
obtained  for  the  missing  property,  as  prescribed  in  paragraph 
1535,  Army  Regulations. 

If  an  enlisted  man  should  desert  and  the  charges  standing 
against  him  have  not  been  collected,  a  notation  will  'be  made 
on  the  report  for  the  month  in  which  he  is  dropped  for  deser- 
tion showing  that  collection  could  not  be  made  on  that  ac- 
count ;  if  the  soldier  should  subsequently  reenlist  or  be  appre- 
hended, any  charges  standing  against  him  on  the  prior  pay 
rolls  will  be  transferred  to  the  new  rolls  and  reports  thereof 
made  on  Form  No.  94,  Ordnance  Department,  until  the  charges 
shall  have  been  collected. 

If  an  enlisted  man  should  desert  and  it  should  subsequently 
appear  that  the  last  roll  upon  which  his  name  is  borne  did  not 
cover  all  the  charges  that  should  have  been  made  against  him, 
the  commanding  officer  of  the  organization  to  which  the  sol- 
dier belongs  will  take  steps  to  have  the  necessary  corrections 
made  on  the  roll.  The  report  required  on  Form  No.  94,  Ord- 
nance Department,  will  be  made  as  in  other  cases  to  cover 
the  additional  ordnance  charges  and  notation  made  on  the  re- 
port showing  why  the  charges  have  not  been  collected. 

When  the  charges  are  made  for  the  first  time,  the  account- 
able officer  is  authorized  to  enter  on  the  semiannual  statement 
of  charges  (Form  No.  86,  Ordnance  Department)  a  list  of  the 
missing  articles  and  to  take  credit  for  the  same  on  his  next 
semiannual  return,  without  being  required  to. show  that  col- 
lection has  been  made  of  the  charges.  He  is,  however,  not 
authorized  to  make  entry  on  the  statement  of  charges  or  to 
take  credit  for  these  articles  on  account  of  the  same  charges 
appearing  on  a  subsequent  pay  roll  by  reason  of  failure  to 
collect  on  a  prior  roll. 

When  an  enlisted  man  is  detailed  or  transferred  to  another 
organization,  any  articles  of  ordnance  property  for  which  he 
may  be  indebted  to  the  United  States  at  the  time  of  the  detail 
or  transfer,  and  any  other  article  of  ordnance  property  which 
he  may  carry  with  him,  will  be  dropped  from  the  return  of 
the  accountable  officer  on  the  duplicate  invoice  and  receipt 
transfer  voucher  (Form  No.  152,  Ordnance  Department)   as 


422 

prescribed  iu  i)aragraph  1535,  Army  Regulations.  If  any  of 
the  articles  appearing  on  this  invoice  have  been  dropped  on 
the  statement  of  charges,  they  will  not  be  again  dropped  by 
virtue  of  this  voucher.  Such  articles  as  the  soldier  may  be 
indebted  for  will  not  be  entered  on  the  statement  of  charges 
or  on  Form  No.  94,  Ordnance  Department,  as  charged  on  the 
Descriptive  List,  or  on  the  descriptive  and  assignment  card. 
(G.  O.  59,  1907—12169U,  M.  S.  O.) 

194.  Preparation  of  pay  rolls,  muster  rolls,  etc.,  on 
typewriting:  machine. — ^The  preparation  of  muster  rolls,  pay 
rolls,  inventories  of  effects,  and  certificates  of  disability  for 
discharge,  on  a  typewriting  machine,  is  authorized,  provided 
a  black-record  ribbon  of  standard  quality  is  used,  but  carbon 
copies  of  such  papers  will  not  be  forwarded  to  the  War 
Department. 

Under  no  circumstances  will  discharge  certificates  and  final 
statements  be  prepared  on  a  typewriting  machine.  {Par.  ^, 
Cir,  5,  1909,  as  amended  by  Par.  I,  Cir.  41,  1910—16602P, 
A.  G.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XXIII. 

EFFICIENCY  RECORDS  OF  OFFICERS. 

195.  Compilation  and  custody. — 1.  The  Adjutant  General 
of  tlie  Army  is  charged  with  the  compilation  and  custody  of 
the  efficiency  records  of  officers  of  the  Army.  These  efficiency 
records  are  prepared  for  the  information  and  consideration  of 
the  chiefs  of  bureaus  concerned  and  of  higher  authority  in 
official  matters.  The  records  are  regarded  as  confidential, 
but  an  officer  may  be  permitted  to  see  his  own  record  in  the 
office  of  The  Adjutant  General.  Such  permission  does  not 
authorize  correspondence  with  respect  thereto,  except  as  to 
clerical  errors  or  evident  misstatement  of  facts. 

2.  The  efficiency  record  of  an  officer  is  compiled  from 
official  data  in  The  Adjutant  General's  office  and  comprises 
the  following  information : 

(a)  Statement  of  service — published  in  the  Army  Register. 

(b)  Statement  of  military  qualifications  and  business  ex- 
perience; knowledge  of  foreign  languages;  degrees  received 
from  civil  institutions  of  learning ;  whether  single  or  married 
and  the  number  of  minor  children. 

(c)  Results  of  garrison  school  examinations;  standing  at 
service  schoola  and  in  examinations  for  appointment  or 
promotion. 

(d)  Matters  of  a  miscellaneous  nature,  including  courts- 
martial,  reprimands,  commendations;  extracts  from  orders, 
from  annual  reports  of  department  and  other  commanders, 
from  inspection  reports,  and  official  correspondence  wherein 
mention  of  an  officer's  efficiency  is  made. 

(e)  A  summary  of  efficiency  reports  prepared  under  para- 
graphs 829  and  830,  Army  Regulations. 

(/)  Participation  in  battles,  engagements,  or  actions. 
A  photograph,  if  received,  is  filed  with  the  record. 

3.  Extracts  from  reports  and  letters  of  inspectors,  com- 
manding generals,  and  other  officers,  when  submitted  by  them 
in  the  performance  of  official  duty,  that  relate  in  any  way  to 

(423) 


424 

the  efficiency,  capacity,  conduct,  and  status  of  an  officer,  will 
be  made  a  part  of  that  officer's  efficiency  record ;  and,  as  a 
rule,  no  letters,  reports,  or  extracts  of  a  commendatory  or 
derogatory  nature  will  be  made  a  part  of  an  officer's  efficiency 
record,  except  when  they  are  submitted  in  the  manner  speci- 
fied. Copies  of  all  letters,  reports,  extracts,  etc.,  which  are 
to  be  made  a  part  of  an  officer's  compiled  efficiency  record 
will  be  furnished  by  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  to 
the  officer  concerned. 

4.  Generally,  no  communication  from  any  person  who  is  not 
in  or  directly  connected  with  the  military  service  will  be  made 
a  part  of  the  compiled  efficiency  record  of  an  officer.  Com- 
munications containing  mention  of  a  special  or  notable  char- 
acter, such  as  letters  of  a  commendatory  nature  or  the  reverse, 
written  by  proper  civil  or  diplomatic  officials  under  whom  an 
officer  may  be  serving,  such  as  a  minister  or  an  ambassador, 
or  the  governor  or  the  adjutant  general  of  a  State  if  the 
officer  is  serving  on  his  staff,  may,  however,  be  submitted  to 
Tlie  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  consideration  as  to  the 
advisability  of  entering  their  contents  upon  the  compiled 
efficiency  record.     {Bui.  15,  19U— 198022/,  D,  A.  G.  O.) 

196.  Data  for  efficiency  records. — In  order  to  make  the 
compiled  efficiency  records  of  officers  of  the  Army  as  com- 
plete and  comprehensive  as  possible  all  department  and  other 
commanders  and  all  chiefs  of  staff  departments,  the  superin- 
tendent of  the  Military  Academy,  the  commandant  of  each 
service  school,  the  commandant  of  the  United  States  Dis- 
ciplinary Barracks  and  of  any  branch  thereof,  the  command- 
ing officer  of  a  general  recruit  depot,  and  the  commanding 
officer  of  each  arsenal,  armory,  and  general  depot  of  supply 
will  forward,  through  military  channels,  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army  the  originals  or  authenticated  copies  of 
all  matters  bearing  on  this  subject  relative  to  Army  officers  on 
the  active  list.     (G.  0.  1,  1903,  A.  G.  0.) 

197.  List  of  officers  having  knowledge  of  foreign  lan- 
guages.— There  will  be  kept  in  the  office  of  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army  a  list  of  names  of  officers,  who  have  a 
speaking  or  translating  knowledge  of  foreign  languages.  Any 
officer  wishing  to  have  his  name  entered  thereon  will  make 
application  directly  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army, 
stating  the  language  or  languages  and  his  speaking  or  trans- 
lating l^nowledge  thereof.     When  practicable,   these  officers 


425 

will  be  examined  as  to  this  knowledge  before  boards  convened 
by  War  Department  orders. 

Any  officer  wha  has  done  any  translating  for  the  War  Col- 
lege Division  of  the  General  Staff  and  who  wishes  to  have  his 
name  entered  upon  this  list  as  a  translator  will  state  that 
fact  in  his  application.  If  it  is  found  that  the  translating  work 
done  by  him  warrants  it,  his  name  will  be  entered  upon  the 
list  without  examination,  and  he  will  be  so  notified.  (Par. 
IX,  Q.  O.  15,  1912—1^04233,  A,  G.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XXIV. 
PENALTY  ENVELOPES  AND  SOLDIERS'  LETTERS. 

198.  Penalty  envelope. — 1.  The  penalty  envelope  may  law- 
fully be  used — 

(a)  By  chaplains  in  soliciting  the  aid  and  voluntary  con- 
tributions of  persons  interested  in  the  distribution  of  books 
appropriate  for  chapel  services.  (Par.  I,  Cir.  29,  1903 — 
482669,  A.  G.  0.) 

(6)  By  officers  in  conducting  correspondence  pertaining  to 
Army  athletics.     (G.  O.  US,  WOIf,) 

(c)  Under  the  parcel-post  law,  to  transmit  official  matter 
partaking  of  the  characteristics  of  fourth-class  mail  matter 
not  exceeding  11  pounds  in  weight  nor  greater  in  size  than  72 
inches  in  length  and  girth  combined.  {Par.  I,  Bui.  12,  1913 — 
2004954  B,  A.  G.  O.) 

2.  The  penalty  envelope  can  not  lawfully  be  used  to  trans- 
mit, free  of  postage,  the  correspondence  of  officers  detailed  at 
colleges  with  the  adjutants  general  of  States  in  respect  to 
matters  that  have  no  direct  relation  to  the  military  affairs  of 
the  Army  (paragraph  2,  Circular  4,  1886;  1824,  A.  G.  O., 
1886)  ;  nor  by  officers  detailed  with  the  Organized  Militia  of 
a  State  in  distributing  general  orders  and  bulletins  of  the 
War  Department,  or  in  conducting  correspondence  with  mili- 
tia officers  and  others  with  regards  to  militia  business.  {Par. 
3,  Cir.  52,  1905—1032187,  M.  S.  O.) 

3.  It  is  immaterial  whether  the  indorsement  and  statement 
required  by  law  to  be  placed  on  penalty  envelopes  be  written 
or  printed.     {Par.  II,  Cir.  65,  1909—1576747,  A.  G.  0.) 

199.  Mailing  of  letters  of  soldiers  in  the  field. — Letters 
sent  by  soldiers,  sailors,  and  marines  in  the  United  States 
service,  located  in  the  United  States  or  any  of  its  posses- 
sions, or  other  places  where  the  United  States  domestic  mail 
service  is  in  operation,  addressed  to  places  in  the  United 
States  or  any  of  its  possessions,  when  indorsed  *'  Sol- 
dier's letter,"  "  Sailor's  letter,"  or  "  Marine's  letter,"  and 
signed  thereunder,  either  with  facsimile  hand  stamp  or  in 

(426) 


427 

writing,  with  his  official  designation,  by  a  field  or  staff  ofllcer. 
post  or  detachment  commander,  to  whose  command  the  sol- 
dier belongs,  or  by  a  surgeon  or  chaplain  at  a  hospital  where 
he  may  be;  and  in  the  Navy  and  Marine  service  by  any  com- 
missioned officer  attached  to  the  vessel,  or  oflicer  commanding 
a  hospital  or  detachment  ashore,  may  be  dispatched  to  desti- 
nation without  prepayment  of  postage,  and  only  the  single 
rate  of  postage  shall  be  collected  on  delivery.     (Par.  II,  Bui. 

19, 1914^2155340  A,  A.  a.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XXV. 

COTJHTS-MARTIAL. 

UOO.  Records  loaned  for  use  by  or  before  courts-martial, 
military  commissions,  and  boards. — The  following  rules  with 
regard  to  original  records  loaned  by  bureaus  or  offices  of  the 
War  Department  or  by  the  headquarters  of  an  army,  corps, 
division,  or  brigade  or  of  a  territorial  department,  for  use  by 
or  before  courts-martial,  military  commissions,  courts  of 
Inquiry,  and  retiring,  examining,  and  other  boards,  will  be 
strictly  observed  by  all  concerned: 

1.  When  the  identification  record  prescribed  by  General 
Orders,  No.  68,  War  Department,  April  7,  1906,  paragraph  171, 
this  compilation,  is  needed  as  evidence  before  a  general  court- 
martial  or  a  military  commission,  a  duly  authenticated  photo- 
graphic copy  of  such  record  will  be  furnished,  if  practicable, 
by  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  and  such  copy,  when 
admitted  in  evidence,  will  be  appended  to  and  made  a  part  of 
the  record  of  the  trial.  In  case  a  copy  of  the  identification 
record  can  not  be  furnished,  the  original  record  will  be  loaned 
to  the  court  or  commission  and  will  be  forwarded  with,  but 
not  attached  to,  the  record  of  the  trial  to  the  reviewing  au- 
thority, who,  immediately  upon  completing  his  review  of  the 
case,  will  return  the  identification  record  directly  to  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

2.  When  any  original  record,  other  than  an  identification 
record,  is  loaned  by  any  bureau  or  office  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment or  by  the  headquarters  of  an  army,  corps,  division,  or 
brigade  or  of  a  territorial  department,  for  use  by  or  before 
any  court-martial,  military  commission,  or  court  of  inquiry, 
the  judge  advocate  or  recorder  of  the  court  or  commission 
will  have  a  full  copy  of  such  record  or  of  so  much  of  it  as  is 
pertinent  to  the  case,  made  and  properly  verified,  and  will 
submit  the  verified  copy  with  the  original  record  to  the  court 

(428) 


429 

or  commission.  Immediately  upon  the  conclusion  of  the  trial 
or  the  proceedings  in  the  case  of  a  court  of  inquiry  the  judge 
advocate  or  recorder  will  return  the  original  record  directly 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  who  will  transmit  it  to 
the  bureau  or  office  of  the  War  Department  from  which  it 
was  obtained,  or  if  the  original  record  shall  have  been  ob- 
tained from  one  of  the  headquarters  hereinbefore  named 
the  judge,  advocate  or  recorder  will  return  the  original  record 
directly  to  the  commanding  general  at  those  headquarters. 
Copies  of  original  records  loaned  for  use  by  or  before  retiring, 
examining,  or  other  boards  need  not  be  made  to  accompany 
the  record  of  the  proceedings  thereof,  unless  such  copies  are 
absolutely  necessary  to  perfect  such  record. 

3.  When  any  original  identification  or  other  record  is  loaned 
by  any  bureau  or  office  of  the  War  Department  or  by  the 
headquarters  of  an  army,  corps,  division,  or  brigade  or  of  a 
territorial  department,  for  use  as  evidence  before  a  court- 
martial,  a  military  commission,  or  a  court  of  inquiry,  the 
fact  that  such  original  record  was  submitted  to  and  consid- 
ered by  the  court  or  commission,  and  that  its  return,  as  pro- 
vided for  in  paragraphs  1  or  2  of  this  order,  is  imperative, 
will  be  clearly  noted  in  the  record  of  the  proceedings  of  the 
court.  When  a  verified  copy  of  an  identification  or  other 
record  is  furnished  or  is  made  by  a  judge  advocate  or  recorder 
as  hereinbefore  directed,  for  use  by  or  before  any  court-mar- 
tial, military  commission,  court  of  inquiry,  or  any  retiring, 
examining,  or  other  board,  the  copy  will  be  marked  "  Exhibit 

"  and  appended  to  the  record  of  the  proceedings  of  the 

court,  commission,  or  board,  and  the  fact  that  the  copy  is  so 
marked  and  appended  will  be  stated  in  that  record. 

4.  In  no  case  will  any  original  identification  or  other  record 
that  is  loaned  for  use  by  or  before  any  court-martial,  military 
commission,  court  of  inquiry,  retiring,  examining,  or  other 
board  be  attached  to  or  made  a  part  of  the  record  of  the 
proceedings  of  such  court,  commission,  or  board.  {O.  O.  32, 
1909—U73186,  A.  O.  O.) 

201.  Evidence  of  genuineness  of  handwriting  in  court- 
martial  cases. — The  common-law  rule  of  evidence  would  not 
permit  a  comparison  of  handwriting,  unless  the  writing  to  be 
used  as  a  standard  was  properly  in  the  case  for  other  purposes 
than  mere  comparison.     (See  Dig.  Ops.  J.  A.  G.,  1912,  p.  536, 


430 

XI A  17b  (1)  (a).    This  rule  was  changed  by  act  of  Congress 
approved  February  26,  1913  (37  Stat.,  683),  which  provides— 

That  in  any  proceeding  before  a  court  or  judicial  officer  of 
the  United  States  where  the  genuineness  of  the  handwriting 
of  any  person  may  be  involved,  any  admitted  or  proved  hand- 
writing of  such  person  shall  be  competent  evidence  as  a  basis 
for  comparison  by  witnesses,  or  by  the  jury,  court,  or  officer 
conducting  such  proceeding,  to  prove  or  disprove  such  genu- 
ineness. 

The  rule  prescribed  by  Congress  will  govern  in  courts-mar- 
tial procedure.     (Par.  V,  G.  0.  71,  1913—2097157,  A.  G.  O.) 

202.  Reports  of  courts-martial  sentences  affecting  status 
of  commissioned  officers. — Immediately  upon  the  promulga- 
tion of  any  sentence  of  court-martial  in  the  case  of  a  com- 
missioned officer  involving  suspension  from  rank  and  com- 
mand, confinement,  reduction  in  lineal  rank,  or  any  other  ma- 
terial change  in  the  officer's  status,  the  commander  who  has 
authority  to  approve  such  sentence  and  carry  it  into  execu- 
tion will  advise  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  by  tele- 
graph, of  the  sentence  imposed  as  approved  or  mitigated  and 
the  date  of  promulgation  thereof.  {Par.  I,  G.  O.  6,  1910— 
1606106,  A.  G.  0.) 

203.  Payment  of  accounts  of  ciyilians  for  serving  sub- 
pcenas. — Subpoenas  should  ordinarily  be  served  by  persons  in 
the  military  service,  but  they  may  be  served  by  civilians  when 
service  by  persons  in  the  military  service  is  impracticable  or 
less  economical.  Where  service  is  made  by  a  civilian,  he  is 
entitled  to  a  reasonable  compensation  therefor,  and  his  ac- 
counts will  be  sent  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  with 
a  view  to  payment.    (Par.  2,  Cir.  42,  1906-114^177,  M.  S.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XXVI. 
aUARTERMASTER  CORPS. 

Baeracks  and  Quaeters. 

204.  Use  of  wall  lockers,  refrigerators,  and  chemical  fire 
extinguishers. — The  following  instructions  will  govern  in  the 
use  of  wall  lockers,  refrigerators,  and  chemical  fire  extin- 
guishers supplied   by   the  Government   at  Army   posts   and 

stations : 

1.  Quartermasters  will  take  up  and  account  for,  on  their 
property  returns,  wall  lockers  and  refrigerators,  these  articles 
to  be  branded  with  the  post  number  of  the  building  in  which 
they  are  installed,  and  will  not  be  removed  therefrom  without 
the  authority  of  the  department  commander. 

2.  Inspections  required  by  paragraph  1010,  Army  Regula- 
tions, will  include  wall  lockers  and  refrigerators. 

3.  Chemical  fire  extinguishers  will  be  distributed  to  the 
buildings  requiring  their  protection  and  placed  on  shelves  in 
conspicuous  places  easy  of  access. 

The  directions  on  each  extinguisher  as  to  manner  of  use, 
protection,  and  recharging  will  be  followed. 

Once  annually,  preferably  at  fire  drill,  all  extinguishers 
charged  with  soda  and  acid  solutions  will  be  discharged  and 
recharged  and  will  be  inspected  six  months  after  recharging. 

All  other  chemical  extinguishers  will  be  inspected  every  six 
months,  but  will  not  be  discharged  unless  necessary.  {Par.  II, 
G.  0.  81,  1905—1019822,  M.  S.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par.  II,  G.  O. 
77,  1913—1019822  A,  M.  S.  O.,  and  by  Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  5,  19U— 
2118028,  A.  G.  O.) 

205.  Standard  color  for  lockers. — A  standard  color  for  all 
lockers  in  the  possession  of  troops  having  been  adopted,  no 
color  other  than  the  standard  will  be  used. 

The  standard  color  is  as  follows: 

Paint  to  be  mixed  with  best  linseed  oil  in  the  proportion  of 
2  parts  of  raw  umber,  imported,  to  20  parts  of  white  lead,  with 

(431) 


432 

1  gill  of  best  varnish  to  each  gallon  of  linseed  oil  and  suffi- 
cient quantity  of  Japan  drier  to  dry  and  harden  and  give  a 
neat  gloss  to  the  paint.  {Par.  II,  Cir.  21,  1905—1004506, 
M.  S.  O.) 

206.  Use  of  public  buildings  by  officers'  clubs,  messes,  or 
similar  social  organizations. — No  officers'  club,  mess,  or  other 
similar  social  organization  of  officers  at  any  military  post  or 
station  will  be  permitted  to  occupy  any  part  of  any  public 
building,  other  than  the  private  quarters  of  an  officer,  unless 
such  club,  mess,  or  other  organization  extends  to  all  officers  on 
duty  at  the  post  or  station  the  right  to  full  membership,  either 
permanent  or  temporary,  in  such  club,  mess,  or  organization, 
including  the  right  equally  with  any  and  all  other  members 
thereof  to  participate  in  the  management  thereof,  to  hold 
office  therein,  and  to  vote  upon  any  and  all  of  the  affairs 
thereof  in  which  the  officers  concerned  have  an  interest. 

Whenever  at  any  military  post  or  station  permanent  mem- 
bership in  any  officers'  club,  mess,  or  other  similar  social 
organization,  with  the  right  to  acquire  an  interest  in  the  per- 
manent, property  thereof,  is  limited  to  the  members  of  a  par- 
ticular military  organization,  such  club,  mess  or  other  social 
organization  must,  in  order  to  be  permitted  to  occupy  any 
part  of  any  public  building,  other  than  the  private  quarters  of 
an  officer,  extend  the  right  of  temporary  membership  to  all 
officers  on  duty  at  the  post  or  station  and  on  such  reason- 
able terms  as  to  initiation  fees,  dues,  and  other  charges  as 
should  be  satisfactory  to  the  temporary  members.  In  the 
event  of  a  disagreement  as  to  the  reasonableness  of  any  such 
terms,  the  commanding  officer  of  the  post  or  station  will  re- 
quire the  parties  in  disagreement  to  submit  written  state- 
ments of  their  respective  views  of  the  matter,  and  will  for- 
ward those  statements,  through  military  channels,  to  the 
War  Department  for  decision  as  to  the  questions  involved. 
(O.  O.  54,  1909—1419547  D,  A.  O.  0.) 

207.  Instructions  governing  execution  of  leases  for  build- 
ings and  grounds  and  contracts  for  gas,  electric  current, 
and  water  supply  for  posts. — 1.  Rentals,  gas,  water,  and  elec- 
tric current. — ^With  due  regard  for  law,  regulations,  and  exist- 
ing orders,  action  will  be  taken  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing instructions  to  execute  leases  for  the  ensuing  fiscal  year, 
or  for  such  portion  of  the  fiscal  year  as  may  be  necessary,  for 
buildings  and  grounds  (including  offices,  storehouses,  stables. 


433 

quarters,  recruiting  stations,  drill  grounds,  camp  grounds, 
target  ranges,  etc. ) ,  and  contracts  for  gas,  electric  current,  and 
water  supply  for  posts,  provided  the  services  have  been  regu- 
larly authorized  in  the  past  and  will  continue  to  be  absolutely 
necessary  at  the  posts  and  stations  in  question. 

2.  Renewals. — If,  after  proper  advertisement  or  due  in- 
quiry, premises  or  services  other  than  those  now  leased  or 
hired  can  be  obtained  at  lower  rates,  and  change  can  be  made 
without  detriment  to  the  public  service,  action  will  be  taken 
accordingly  and  the  present  leases  or  contracts  will  be 
permitted  to  lapse  at  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year.  Where  no 
better  terms  can  be  secured,  advantage  will  be  taken  of  the 
option  for  renewal  of  the  current  leases  or  contracts.  In 
executing  new  leases  or  contracts  the  option  of  the  yearly 
renewal  will  be  extended  for  the  longest  period  to  which  the 
lessor  will  consent. 

3.  {a)  Rental  of  quarters  for  commissioned  officers,  acting 
dental  surgeons,  pay  clerks,  and  members  of  the  Nurse 
Corps. — ^The  law  makes  provision  for  the  payment  of  commu- 
tation of  quarters  to  commissioned  officers,  acting  dental  sur- 
geons, veterinarians,  pay  clerks,  and  members  of  the  Nurse 
Corps,  when  on  duty  with  or  without  troops,  at  places  where 
there  are  no  public  quarters  available,  so  that  individual 
quarters  for  them  will  not  be  rented  by  the  Government. 
When  in  the  economical  and  efficient  administration  of  the 
Army  it  is  essential  to  rent  buildings  to  supplement  Govern- 
ment-owned quarters  or  to  house  troops  at  places  where  the 
use  of  tentage  is  impracticable,  the  buildings  so  rented  shall 
be  considered  as  public  quarters,  and  assignments  to  quarters 
in  such  buildings  may  properly  be  made,  but  in  no  case  will 
quarters  be  rented  for  an  individual  of  the  classes  mentioned 
in  this  paragraph.  Instances  where  it  may  be  necessary  to 
rent  buildings  to  quarter  troops  occur  in  the  movement  of 
troops,  expeditionary  or  otherwise,  and  also  in  the  efficient 
administration  of  hospitals  when,  owing  to  limited  public- 
owned  quarters,  it  is  essential  to  provide  quarters  collectively 
for  the  members  of  the  Nurse  Corps  there  on  duty.  For  build- 
ings of  this  class  heat  and  light  will  be  furnished  in  kind  by 
the  Quartermaster  Corps  or  provided  by  the  terms  of  the 
lease,  as  in  paragraph  6  of  this  order. 

(6)  Rental  of  quarters  for  enlisted  men. — Rental  of  quar- 
ters for  individuals  is  restricted  to  enlisted  men,  the  law  pro- 
400e2»— 16 28 


434 

viding  that  when  on  duty  at  places  where  there  are  no  public 
quarters  available  they  may,  when  specifically  authorized  by 
the  Secretary  of  War,  be  paid  commutation  of  quarters  at  the 
rate  of  $15  per  month,  or  that  in  lieu  thereof  he  may,  in 
discretion,  rent  quarters  for  their  use.  The  regulations  gov- 
erning the  payment  of  commutation  of  quarters  to  enlisted 
men  are  prescribed  in  General  Orders,  No.  35,  War  Depart- 
ment, June  8,  1915,  paragraph  230,  this  compilation,  and 
commutation  will  be  paid  those  enlisted  men  for  whom  quar- 
ters would  otherwise  have  to  be  rented,  except  in  cases  of  en- 
listed men  serving  in  detachments.  Thus,  in  all  cases  where  a 
detachment  of  men  is  on  recruiting,  surveying,  or  other  duty, 
\\here  these  men  can  be  quartered  together  at  less  cost  than 
the  commutation  rates  would  amount  to,  quarters  should  be 
rented,  and  general  authority  for  such  rentals  is  hereby 
granted. 

(c)  General  authority  is  also  granted  to  rent  quarters  in 
those  cases  where  enlisted  men  are  granted  permission  by  the 
Secretary  of  War  to  live  separately  from  the  remainder  of 
the  recruiting  party,  detachment,  or  other  organization  to 
which  they  belong;  quarters  will  be  rented  for  them  to  cost 
not  more  than  the  cost  of  lodging  them  with  the  recruiting 
party,  detachment,  or  organization.  If  in  these  cases,  it 
appears  desirable  to  rent  at  a  cost  exceeding  the  cost  of 
lodgings  with  the  party,  application  therefor  will  be  made  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

(d).  Enlisted  men  below  grade  14,  on  duty  at  military 
posts,  with  the  exception  of  firemen.  Coast  Artillery  Corps, 
should  be  quartered  in  barracks  or  in  such  noncommissioned 
officers'  quarters  as  may  be  available  and  quarters  will  not  be 
provided  for  them  elsewhere  by  any  means  entailing  an  ex- 
pense to  the  Government  without  the  specific  authority  of  the 
Secretary  of  War. 

4.  Selecting  quarters. — The  Quartermaster  Corps  is  charged 
with  the  duty  of  renting  quarters,  which  necessarily  includes 
the  duty  of  selecting  the  quarters.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  quar- 
termaster in  renting  quarters  to  select  suitable  quarters  at  the 
lowest  obtainable  commercial  rate,  taking  into  consideration 
the  sphere  or  location  of  the  duty  of  the  enlisted  men  con- 
cerned. The  interests  of  the  Government  are  at  all  times  to 
be  subserved. 


435 

5.  (a)  Renting  quarters. — The  theory  of  renting  quarters 
is  to  supplement  Government-owned  quarters  where  they  ar»? 
insufficient  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  service,  so  that 
the  rented  quarters  constitute  public  quarters  and  have  the 
same  status  as  Government-owned  quarters  as  regards  the 
question  of  assigning  them  to  individuals.  Government- 
owned  quarters  are  not  built  or  maintained  for  any  individ- 
ual, and  while  the  necessity  for  renting  quarters  may  arise 
in  the  case  of  an  individual  enlisted  man,  such  fact  does  not 
destroy  the  theory  of  rented  quarters  as  herein  expressed. 
Therefore  when  it  becomes  necessary  to  rent  quarters  the 
body  of  the  lease  should  not  name  the  individual  or  individ- 
uals immediately  affected,  but,  after  describing  the  premises, 
should  specify  the  number  of  rooms  contained  therein  and 
recite  that  the  premises  are  for  the  use  of  the  Army  at  a 
specified  place,  followed  by  the  statement  that  no  public 
quarters  are  available.  The  individual  or  individuals  imme- 
diately affected  then  should  be  assigned  to  quarters  in  the 
premises  so  rented,  and  in  the  event  of  his  or  their  being 
relieved,  their  successors  should  be  assigned  to  the  quarters. 

(6)  Leases  drawn  as  above  indicated  should  each  show 
the  necessity  for  renting  quarters  and,  on  the  brief,  the  name, 
rank,  and  organization  of  the  occupant  or  occupants  and  the 
date,  number,  and  source  of  the  printed  order  or  other 
authority  placing  the  occupants  on  duty. 

6.  Heat  and  light  in  connection  with  rentals. — If  heat  and 
light  are  necessary,  they  will  be  furnished  by  the  lessor  when- 
ever practicable,  and  the  rental  agreed  upon  will  be  expressed 
in  the  lease  as  including  heat  and  light.  The  quartermaster 
will  furnish  on  the  brief  of  each  lease  a  statement  showing 
the  subdivision  of  the  total  rental  into  items  under  "  Barracks 
and  quarters,"  and  "  Supplies,  services,  and  transportation, 
Quartermaster  Corps,"  items  121-&  and  122.  If  the  lessor  can 
not  furnish  reliable  information  from  which  to  obtain  these 
data,  the  quartermaster  will  be  governed  by  the  actual  cost  or 
value  of  such  service  under  existing  local  rates.  In  no  case, 
however,  will  the  quartermaster  make  arbitrary  subdivisions 
based  on  regulation  allowances. 

7.  Water. — ^The  supply  of  water  is  not  authorized  as  a 
separate  item  under  leases  for  quarters,  and  payment  therefor 
can  not  be  made  except  as  such  service  may  be  indirectly 


436 

involved  in  determining  the  actual  commercial  rental  value 
>of  the  quarters.  In  localities  where  water  has  a  recognized 
<iommercial  value  in  connection  with  the  rental  of  quarters, 
the  value  of  water  may  properly  be  considered  in  determining 
the  rental  value  of  quarters ;  in  such  cases,  if  deemed  essential 
by  the  quartermaster,  the  leases  may  be  drawn  as  "  including 
water,"  but  the  entire  service  (rental  proper  and  water), 
must  be  paid  from  appropriation,  "  Barracks  and  quarters." 

8.  Recruiting  service. — Recruiting  officers  will  take  the 
necessary  action  to  renew  existing  leases  for  main  and  aux- 
iliary stations  in  accordance  with  these  instructions  as  soon 
as  the  requirements  for  the  ensuing  fiscal  year  have  been 
determined.  For  lodgings,  for  recruits  at  all  points  where 
regularly  required,  proposal  and  acceptance  agreement  will 
be  executed  at  the  lowest  obtainable  rate  per  man  per  day. 

(a)  Upon  receipt  of  proper  orders  from  the  War  Depart- 
ment for  opening  additional  auxiliary  stations  at  any  time 
during  the  ensuing  fiscal  year,  suitable  rooms  will  be  rented 
at  the  lowest  obtainable  rate  if  funds  are  available. 

(&)  Paragraph  I,  General  Orders,  No.  240,  War  Depart- 
ment, 1909,  paragraph  208,  this  compilation,  will  be  complied 
with  in  making  new  leases;  but  in  making  renewals,  where 
the  United  States  has  an  option,  such  option  will  not  be  given 
up  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  order 
when  such  action  will  prove  disadvantageous  to  the  Gov- 
ernment. 

9.  Stalling  for  officers*  private  mounts. — Stabling  is  rented 
for  private  horses  of  officers  who  are  required  to  be  mounted 
(par.  1272,  A.  R.,  1913,  and  Bulletin  for  Inspector-Instructors 
of  the  Organized  Militia,  par.  25,  October  10,  1911),  and  for 
whose  horses  public  stables  are  not  available ;  but  no  stables 
will  be  rented  where  public  stables  are  available,  simply  be- 
cause such  stable  is  inconveniently  located.  Leases  for  the 
rental  of  stable  accommodations  for  officers'  private  mounts 
should  show  first  the  total  price  for  which  the  lessor  will 
feed  and  stable  the  mount  or  mounts ;  second,  the  amount  that 
will  be  paid  by  the  officer  who  owns  the  mount  or  mounts  for 
care ;  third,  the  rate  for  forage  and  bedding ;  and,  fourth,  the 
rate  for  stable,  in  order  that  a  proper  division  of  appropri- 
ations concerned  may  be  made.  A  certificate  of  the  officer 
owning  the  mount  or  mounts,  stating  whether  the  livery  serv- 


437 

ices  have  been  rendered  as  stated  in  the  lease  and  whether  he 
has  paid  the  amount  stipulated  in  the  contract  for  care  of  the 
mount  or  mounts  should  be  filed  with  each  voucher  paid  under 
such  contract.  There  is  no  appropriation  for  paying  for  the 
care  of  private  mounts,  and  such  service  will  not  be  included 
in  the  lease  except  as  above. 

10.  Camp  grounds. — General  authority  is  hereby  granted 
for  renting  camp  grounds  at  the  lowest  obtainable  rates  for 
troops  on  authorized  practice  marches  and  on  "progressive 
military  map  work." 

(a)  In  his  decision  of  October  3,  1905,  the  Comptroller 
of  the  Treasury  ruled  "  That  if  an  officer  in  command  of 
troops  upon  the  march  makes  his  camping  arrangements 
each  night  upon  halting,  he  need  execute  no  formal  contracts 
for  the  use  of  the  camp  grounds;  but  if  he  contemplates  re- 
maining any  further  or  considerable  period  of  time  upon 
such  camp  grounds,  or  if  the  march  is  performed  in  accord- 
ance with  any  fixed  itinerary  and  the  grounds  are  engage<l 
by  some  officer  sent  ahead  of  the  column  in  advance  of  their 
actual  occupation  by  the  troops,  contracts  in  the  manner 
provided  by  law  should  be  executed." 

11.  Executing  ahd  forwarding  leases. — ^With,  the  excep- 
tion above  stated,  under  head  of  "  Camp  grounds,"  all  rentals 
must  be  covered  by  a  written  lease,  taking  effect  on  the  date 
when  the  premises  are  first  occupied. 

(a)  When  rentals  are  secured  under  formal  lease,  the 
leases  will  be  executed  in  triplicate,  one  number  thereof  de- 
livered to  the  lessor,  two  numbers  forwarded  to  the  Quar- 
termaster General  through  the  officer  having  charge  of  the 
funds  for  payment  of  same  (department  or  depot  quarter- 
masters), who  will  state  in  forwarding  whether  or  not  suffi- 
cient funds  have  been  apportioned  to  him  to  cover  the 
amount  called  for  in  leases.  One  copy  of  such  lease  will  be 
retained  by  leasing  officer. 

12.  Returns  Office. — In  addition  to  the  number  of  leases 
above  called  for,  one  copy  will  be  forwarded  for  the  Returns 
Office,  in  accordance  with  paragraph  563,  A.  R.,  1913,  but 
this  does  not  apply  to  the  proposal  and  acceptance  form. 

13.  Apportionments. — ^While  this  order  is  sufficient  au- 
thority to  rent  quarters,  the  authority  is  given  with  the  un- 
derstanding that  the  liabilities  incurred  must  not  exceed  the 


438 

amount  authorized  or  apportioned,  and  no  leases  will  be  en- 
tered into  without  special  authority  unless  funds  apportioned 
are  sufficient  to  cover  same. 

14.  Termination  of  leases. — When  formal  leases  and  other 
service  contracts  are  terminated,  two  copies  of  the  notice  of 
termination  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Quartermaster  Gen- 
eral. Copies  of  such  notices  are  not  required  to  be  for- 
warded to  the  Quartermaster  General  under  the  proposal 
and  acceptance  agreements,  but  when  such  service  is  to  be 
terminated,  written  notice  thereof  should  be  served  upon 
the  lessor  or  contractor.     (G.  0.  3Jf,  1915—2290234,  A.  G.  O.) 

208.  Leasing  of  rooms  for  recruiting  purposes. — 1.  Here- 
after, officers  who  lease  or  arrange  for  the  leasing  of  unfur- 
nished rooms  for  recruiting  purposes  will  require  the  lessors 
to  furnish  the  articles  and  facilities  enumerated  below,  when 
the  same  are  needed  for  the  rooms,  and  to  make  agreement 
accordingly  in  the  leases : 

(a)  Heat,  including  stoves  or  other  facilities  for  heating. 
(&)  Light,  including  lamps  or  other  facilities  for  lighting, 
(c)  Toilet,  plumbing,  and  bathing  facilities. 
{d)  Window  shades. 

2.  If  closet  space  is  necessary  and  included  in  a  lease,  such 
lease  should  provide  that  the  necessary  hooks  and  shelving  be 
installed  by  the  lessor. 

3.  The  object  of  these  instructions  is  to  make  it  unnecessary 
for  the  Quartermaster  Corps  to  supply  for  rooms  leased  for 
recruiting  purposes  articles  that  can  not  be  readily  moved  and 
used  elsewhere  when  the  rooms  are  vacated.  (Par.  I,  Q.  0. 
240,  1909—1586358,  A.  Q.  O.) 

209.  Lease  of  quarters  for  enlisted  men. — When  an  en- 
listed man  for  whom  quarters  are  leased  is  absent  on  furlough, 
or  on  temporary  duty  on  completion  of  which  he  is  to  return 
to  his  proper  station,  the  lease  will  be  continued  in  force 
during  such  authorized  absence.  (Par.  I,  Cir.  78,  1910 — 
1712053,  A.  G.  O.) 

210.  Instructions  governing  issue  of  fuel  at  posts. — 
1.  The  allowances  of  fuel  for  all  buildings  or  parts  of  build- 
ings requiring  separate  fuel  issues  will  be  in  accordance  with 
tabulated  allowances  issued  to  each  military  post  or  station, 
except  those  in  the  Tropics,  in  separate  form  from  time  to 
time.    The  allowances  shown  on  such  tabulation  are  for  each 


439 

month  regardless  of  abnormal  local  temperature  changes.  The 
amounts  as  tabulated  include  all  fuel  for  cooking  and  heat- 
ing and  for  heating  water,  and  are  based  on  the  amount  of 
space  to  be  heated,  the  character  of  heating  equipment,  nature 
of  building,  type  of  construction,  local  climatic  conditions, 
and  the  average  temperature  for  a  period  of  25  years.  Each 
table  will  show  allowances  for  each  building  and  other  pur- 
poses for  each  month  and  the  totals  for  the  entire  year.  The 
allowances,  except  for  power  purposes,  will  be  cumulative  for 
the  entire  year  or  for  such  period  of  the  year  as  the  build- 
ing concerned  may  be  occupied.  A  board  of  officers  will  be 
appointed  by  the  post  commander  whenever  necessary  to 
investigate  any  apparent  inadequacy  of  the  allowances  shown 
on  these  tables.  The  proceedings  of  this  board  will  be  for- 
warded through  military  channels,  with  recommendations,  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  The  Inspector  General 
will  make  a  report  upon  the  adequacy  or  inadequacy  of  the 
fuel  allowance  at  each  post  for  each  building  at  the  time  of 
his  annual  inspection. 

2.  The  standard  fuel  on  which  the  tables  of  fuel  allowances 
are  based  is  anthracite  coal  having  not  more  than  10  per 
cent  of  ash  nor  more  than  10  per  cent  of  volatile  matter. 
This  coal  has  been  taken  as  standard  for  the  reason  of  its 
uniformity  of  quality  and  is  not  to  be  construed  as  indicating 
that  it  is  to  be  used  in  preference  to  any  other  fuel.  In  all 
cases  fuel  will  be  selected  with  regard  to  its  cost  and  relative 
quality  in  the  locality  where  used.  The  following  table  gives 
a  tabulation  of  all  common  fuels  for  heating  and  cooking  pur- 
poses with  their  respective  per  cent  equivalents  in  terms  of 
standard  fuel.  To  convert  any  of  these  fuels  to  standard  fuel, 
multiply  the  weight  or  measure  by  the  proper  factor  indi- 
cated in  the  table;  to  convert  the  allowance  as  expressed  in 
standard  fuel  to  the  allowance  in  the  fuel  actually  in  use, 
divide  by  the  indicated  factor. 


440 

TaJ}le  of  equivalents  for  the  conversion  of  all  fuels  into  terms 
of  pounds  of  standard  fuel. 


Type  of  fuel  and  size. 


Anthracito  coal: 

Nut ,  egg,  stove,  furnace — 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Pea  and  buckwheat.  No.  1. 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Buckwheat,  Nos.  2  and  3 . . 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Semibituminous  coal: 

Screened  lump  i 

Do.i 

Do.» 

Do.i 

Rxm  of  mine* 

Do.2 

Do.2 

Do.« 

Slack' 

Do.3 

Do.3 

Do.3 

Bituminous  coal: 

Screened  lump » 

Do.i 

Do.i 

Do.i 

Run  of  mine  2 

Do.2 

Do.a 

Do.« 

Slacks 

Do.3 

Do.3 

Do.3 

Lignite  coal: 

Screened  lumpi 

Do.i 

Do.i 

Do.i 

Runofmine2 

Do.2 

Do.3 

Do.s 

Slacks 

Do.8 

Do.8 

Do.3 


Per  cent 
ash. 


0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 
0-15 

15+ 
0-15 

15+ 

0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 

0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 
0-10 

10+ 

0-20 

20+ 
0-20 

20+ 
0-20 

20+ 
0-20 

20+ 
0-20 

20+ 
0-20 

20+ 


Per 
cent 
vola- 
tile. 


0-10 
0-10 
10+ 
10+ 
0-10 
0-10 
10+ 
10+ 
0-15 
0-15 
15+ 
15+ 

0-15 

0-15 
15-25 
15-25 

0-15 

0-15 
15+ 
15+ 

0-15 

0-15 
15-25 
1^25 

25-35 
25-35 
35-45 
35-45 
25-35 
25-35 
35-45 
35-45 
25-55 
25-35 
35^5 
35-45 

35-45 
35-45 

45+ 
45+ 

35-45 

35-45 

45+ 
45+ 

35^5 

35-45 

45+ 

45+ 


How  issued. 


Weight,  lbs 

....do.... 

....do.... 

.-..do.... 

....do.... 

....do.... 

....do.... 

....do.... 

...-do.... 

.---do.... 

....do.... 

-..-do.... 

....do.... 
....do.... 
---.do.... 
.--.do.... 
.-..do..-, 
---.do—, 
---.do-... 
--..do..-. 
--..do-... 
---.do.... 
....do— . 
-...do.... 

.--do.... 
-...do.... 
---.do-... 
.--.do.... 
--..do.... 
--.-do-... 
-.--do—, 
.--.do—, 
.--.do—. 
..--do-... 
.-..do— . 
....do.... 


.do- 
-do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
-do. 


Per 
cent 
equiva- 
lent. 


.00 
.98 
99 
•S7 
.95 
.93 
.94 
.92 
.90 
.87 


.91 


.90 


1  Coal  that  does  not  contain  more  than  15  per  cent  of  fine  material  which  will 
pass  through  a  i-inch  mesh  screen  shall  be  termed  "  screened  lump." 

2  Coal  that  contains  more  than  15  per  cent  and  less  than  35  per  cent  of  fine  material 
which  will  pass  through  a  ^inch  mesh  screen  shall  be  termed  "run-of-mine  coal." 

3  Coal  that  contains  more  than  35  per  cent  of  fine  material  which  wiU  pass  through 
a  i-inch  mesh  screen  shall  be  termed  "slack  coal." 


441 


Table  of  equivalents  for  the  conversion  of  all  fuels  into  terms 
of  pounds  of  standard  fuel — Continued. 


Type  of  fuel  and  size. 

Per  cent 
ash. 

Per 
cent 
vola- 
tile. 

How  issued. 

Per 

cent 
equiva- 
lent. 

Coke,  all  sizes 

Weight,  lbs . 
do 

1.52 

Charcoal,  all  sizes.                    .  . 

1.00 

Wood  (all  kinds): 

Allsizes 

Seasoned  i 

do 

.40 

Do 

Green  2 

do 

.30 

Gas: 

Natural , 

Cubic  feet... 
do 

.33 

Artificial 

.20 

Acetylene . .  - 

do 

.56 

Blau 

do 

.60 

Gasoline 

Gallon 

do 

.    do 

42.50 

Kerosene  (mineral  oil) 

Fuel  oil 

42.50 
10.00 

Electric  current 

Watthour. . . 

.026 

1  Wood  that  has  been  cut  six  months  or  more  shall  be  termed  "seasoned"  wood. 

2  Wood  that  has  been  cut  less  than  six  months  shall  be  termed  "green"  wood. 

The  per  cent  ash  and  per  cent  volatile  of  coals,  as  shown 
in  the  above  table,  will  be  taken  from  the  contract  and  shall 
determine  the  classification  of  the  coal  throughout  the  deliv- 
ery under  that  contract  regardless  of  the  results  of  analyses 
made- from  time  to  time.  Where  a  contractor  does  not  state 
the  per  cent  ash  and  per  cent  volatile  of  the  coal  he  proposes 
to  deliver,  the  quartermaster  shall  ascertain  the  mine  or 
mines  from  which  the  coal  is  obtained  and  report  same  to 
the  Bureau  of  Mines,  Washington,  D.  C,  with  request  for 
statement  as  to  the  average  per  cent  ash  and  per  cent  volatile 
content.  Such  percentages  shall  determine  the  classification 
of  the  coal  throughout  the  delivery  under  that  contract. 


TABLE  OF   WEIGHTS   OF   WOOD  PEE  CORD  OF   128    CUBIC  FEET. 

All  wood  shall  be  issued  or  sold  by  weight,  as  shown  in  the 
following  table.  Where  wood  is  purchased  by  the  cord,  the 
cost  per  pound  will  be  found  by  dividing  the  cost  per  cord  by 
the  weight  per  cord  of  the  wood  purchased.  Where  mixed 
wood  is  purchased,  the  per  cent  of  each  variety  shall  be  esti- 
mated and  the  weight  per  cord  calculated  proportionately. 


442 
Weight  per  cord  of  timher  of  various  species. 


Hardwoods. 

Alder,  red 

Ash,  Biltmore 

Ash,  black 

Ash,  blue 

Ash,  green 

Ash,  Oregon 

Ash,  pumpkin 

Ash,  white  (forest 

growth) 

Ash,    white    (second 

growth) 

Aspen 

Aspen,  large  tooth 

Basswood 

Beech 

Birch,  paper 

Birch,  sweet 

Birch,  yellow 

Bird's-eye,  yellow 

Buckthorn,  cascara. . . 

Butternut 

Chinquapin,  western. . 

Cherry,  black 

Cherry,  wild  red 

Chestnut 

Cottonwood,  black 

Cucumber  tree 

Dogwooi  (flowering).. 

Dogwoo  \,  western 

Elder,  pale 

Elm,  cork 

Elm,  slippery 

Elm,  white 

Gum,  black 

Gum,  blue 

Gum,  cotton 

Gum,  red 

Hackberry 

Haw,  pear 

Hickory,  bigshellbark 

Hickory,  bitternut 

Hickory,  mocker-nut.. 

Hickory,  nutmeg 

Hickory,  pignut 

Hickory,  shagbark 

Hickory,  water 

Holly,  American 

Hornbeam 

Laurel,  California 

Laurel,  mountain 

Locust,  black 

Locust,  honey 

Madrona 

Magnolia  (evergreen).. 

Maple,  Oregon 

Maple,  red 

Maple,  silver 

Maple,  sugar 

Oak,  burr 


Green. 

Sea- 
soned. 

Lhs. 

Lhs. 

4,150 

2,600 

4,050 

3,650 

4,700 

3,300 

4,150 

3,800 

4,300 

3,800 

4,150 

3,600 

4,150 

3,450 

4,150 

•     3,750 

4,600 

4,300 

4,250 

2,500 

3,850 

2,500 

3,700 

2,450 

4,950 

4,050 

4,600 

3,550 

5,300 

4,400 

5,200 

4,100 

4,400 

2,350 

4,500 

3,350 

4,150 

2.500 

5,500 

3,000 

4,150 

3,350 

2,950 

2,600 

4,850 

2,850 

4,150 

2,250 

4,500 

3,200 

5,850 

5,050 

4,950 

4,400 

5,850 

3,450 

4,750 

4,250 

5,050 

3,500 

4,700 

3,250 

4,050 

3,350 

6,300 

4,900 

5,950 

3,450 

4,150 

3,2.50 

4,500 

3,500 

5,650 

4,550 

6,650 

4,800 

5,750 

4,550 

5,750 

4,900 

5,500 

4,000 

5,750 

6,050 

5,750 

4,850 

6,200 

4,300 

5,150 

3,750 

5,400 

4,900 

4,850 

3,650 

5,600 

4,550 

5,200 

4,550 

5,850 

4,750 

5,400 

4,000 

5,600 

3,250 

4,250 

3,200 

4,600 

3,  450 

4,150 

3,200 

5,050 

4,100 

6,600 

4,200 

Species. 


Hardwoods — Contd . 

Oak,  California  black. 

Oak,  canyon  live 

Oak,  chestnut , 

Oak,  cow 

Oak,  laurel 

Oak,  Pacific  post 

Oak,  post 

Oak,  red 

Oak,  Spanish  (high- 
land)   

Oak,  Spanish  (low- 
land)  

Oak,  water 

Oak,  white 

Oak,  willow 

Oak,  yellow 

Poplar,  yellow 

Rhododendron, 
great 

Sassafras 

Service  berry 

Silver-bell  tree 

Sourwood 

Sumach,  staghorn 

Sycamore 

Umbrella,  Eraser 

Willow,  black 

Willow,  western 
black 

Witch  Hazel 

Conifers. 

Cedar,  incense 

Cedar,  Port  Orford... 

Cedar,  western  red. . . 

Cedar,  white 

Cypress,  bald 

Cypress,  yellow 

Douglas  fir,  Pacific 
northwest 

Douglas  fir,  moun- 
tain type. 

Fir,  Alpine 

Fir,  amabilis 

Fir,  balsam 

Fir,  Noble 

Fir,  white 

Hemlock,  black 

Hemlock  (eastern) . . . 

Hemlock  (western) . . 

Larch,  western 

Pine,  Cuban 

Pine,  jack 

Pine,  Jeffrey 

Pine,  loblolly 

Pine,  lodgepole 

Pine,  longleaf 

Pine,  Norway 


Lhs. 

5,900 

6,400 

5,600 

5,850 

5,850 

6,100 

5,650 

5,750 

6,600 

6,050 
5,650 
5,600 
6,050 
5,650 
3,400 

6,600 
3,950 
5,500 
3,950 
4,750 
3,700 
4,700 
4,250 
4,600 

4,600 
6,300 


4,160 
3,500 
2,450 
2,500 
4,300 
3,150 

3,400 

3,100 

2,500 
4,250 
4,050 
2,800 
6,050 
4,050 
4,350 
4,200 
4,300 
4,750 
4,500 
4,250 
4,760 
3,600 
4,650 
3.800 


soned. 


443 
Weight  per  cord  of  timber  of  various  species — Continued. 


Species. 

Green. 

Sea- 
soned. 

Species. 

Green. 

Sea- 
soned. 

Coni/cra— Continued. 
Pine,  pitch 

Lbs. 

4,850 

4,400 

4,500 

4,500 

4,850 
3,500 
4,150 

Lbs. 
3,350 
3,750 
3,500 
2,500 

3,450 
2,800 
2,650 

Cow/ers— Continued. 
Pine,  white 

Lbs. 

3,500 

3,500 

3,400 

3,250 

3,300 

4,250 

4,850 

Lbs. 
2,500 
2,200 
2,700 
2,400 
2,660 
3,550 
4,200 

Pine,  pond 

Spruce,  Englemann... 
Spruce,  red 

Pine,  shortleaf 

Spruce,  Sitka 

Pine,    table,    moun- 

Spruce, white 

tain  

Tamarack 

Pine,  western  white . . 

Yew,  western 

Pine,  western  yellow. 

3.  Where  officers  or  organizations  occupy  quarters  at  a 
military  post  for  the  entire  fiscal  year,  accounting  for  fuel 
shall  be  made  at  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year.  When  officers  of 
organizations  transfer  from  one  military  post  to  another  dur- 
ing any  fiscal  year,  accounting  for  fuel  shall  be  made  at 
the  time  of  leaving  the  post  or  station.  Savings  in  allow- 
ances for  fuel  will  not  b'e  carried  from  one  station  or  post 
to  another,  nor  from  one  building  to  another  at  the  same 
post.  Allowances  for  a  portion  of  a  month  will  in  all  cases 
be  determined  by  dividing  the  allowance  for  the  month  by 
30  and  multiplying  by  the  number  of  days  the  building  Is 
actually  occupied.  An  officer  responsible  for  the  fuel  con- 
sumed in  a  public  building,  as  shown  in  paragraph  5,  if 
relieved  from  such  responsibility  during  the  fiscal  year,  will 
make,  at  the  time  of  his  relief,  a  succinct  explanation  cover- 
ing the  conditions  surrounding  any  excess  consumption  of 
fuel.  The  post  commander  will  consider  this  explanation, 
bearing  in  mind  the  vagaries  of  the  weather  and  the  exigen- 
cies of  the  service,  and  will  report  the  case,  with  his  recom- 
mendations, to  the  department  commander,  who  will  deter- 
mine whether  or  not  relief  from  charge  for  the  excess  con- 
sumption will  be  granted.  All  excess  consumptions  under 
these  provisions,  and  the  action  taken,  will  be  reported  to 
the  Quartermaster  General  if,  at  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year, 
an  excess  consumption  should  then  appear  for  the  building 
concerned. 

4.  To  determine  the  rate  to  be  charged  for  fuel  consumed 
in  excess  of  allowances  where  more  than  one  type  of  fuel  has 
been  consumed,  the  rate  to  be  charged  will  be  found  by  the 


444 

following  method:  Multiply  the  total  quantity  of  each  type 
of  fuel  consumed  by  its  unit  cost  in  terms  of  standard  fuel 
and  divide  the  total  cost  by  the  total  weight  of  standard 
fuel.  This  will  give  the  average  unit  cost  per  pound  of 
standard  fuel  consumed.  Multiply  this  cost  per  pound  by  the 
number  of  pounds  of  standard  fuel  consumed  in  excess  of 
the  total  allowances.  This  will  give  the  amount  to  be 
charged  for  the  fuel  consumed  in  excess  oi  allowances.  The 
following  example  is  given : 

For  a  certain  set  of  officers'  quarters  there  are  given  allow- 
ances of  3,000  and  3,150  pounds  of  standard  fuel  for  the 
months  of  January  and  February,  respectively.  If  an  officer 
occupies  this  set  of  quarters  from  January  4  to  February  22, 
his  allowance  in  terms  of  standard  fuel  would  be  2,700  pounds 
for  January  and  2,310  pounds  for  February,  or  a  total  of 
5,010  pounds.  Assuming  that  5,500  pounds  of  anthracite  egg 
coal  at  $6  per  ton  of  2,000  pounds  and  2,000  pounds  of  sea- 
soned oak  wood  at  $5  per  cord  had  been  consumed  during 
this  period,  the  total  consumption  in  terms  of  standard  fuel 
would  be  5,500  pounds  times  1.00  or  5,500  pounds ;  plus  2,000 
pounds  times  .40  or  800  pounds.  A  total  of  6,300  pounds 
standard  fuel  has  been  consumed,  or  1,290  pounds  in  excess 
of  allowances.  The  rate  to  be  charged  for  this  fuel  will  be 
found  as  follows:  First,  convert  the  cost  of  each  fuel  into 
unit  cost  in  terms  of  standard  fuel.  This  will  be  done  by 
dividing  the  unit  cost  by  the  per  cent  equivalent  in  all  cases 
(except  for  wood  when  purchased  by  the  cord)  and  reducing 
to  unit  cost.  In  the  case  of  wood  purchased  by  the  cord,  the 
cost  must  first  be  reduced  to  cost  by  weight.  This  will  be 
done  by  dividing  the  cost  per  cord  by  the  weight  per  cord 
for  the  particular  wood  in  question  as  given  in  the  table  of 
weights  of  various  woods.  This  will  give  the  cost  per  pound 
which  will  be  converted  to  cost  per  pound  in  terms  of  standard 
fuel  by  dividing  same  by  the  per  cent  equivalent.  By  these 
methods  the  Cost  of  each  different  type  of  fuel  consumed  in 
terms  of  standard  fuel  will  be:  For  anthracite  coal,  egg,  $6 
divided  by  1.00  equivalent,  divided  by  2,000  pounds,  equals 
$0,003  per  pound,  and  the  cost  of  the  amount  consumed  would 
be  $0,003  times  5,500,  or  $16.50;  and  for  seasoned  oak  wood 
$5  per  cord,  divided  by  3,850  pounds  per  cord,  equals  $0.00129 
per  pound  actual  weight  and  $0.00129  divided  by  .40  equiva- 


445 

lent  equals  $0.00322  times  800  pounds  standard  equals  $2.58, 
The  total  cost  of  all  fuel  consumed  would  therefore  be  $19.08. 
Dividing  the  total  cost  of  $19.08  by  6,300,  the  number  of 
pounds  of  standard  fuel  consumed,  the  quotient  will  be 
$0.003029  per  pound  in  terms  of  standard  fuel  and  is  the  rate 
to  be  charged  for  all  fuel  consumed  in  excess  of  allowances. 
Since  the  total  consumption  for  this  period  is  1,290  pounds 
in  excess  of  allowance,  the  amount  to  be  charged  this  officer 
for  excess  fuel  will  be  1,290  times  $0.003029,  or  $3.91. 

The  cost  of  each  fuel  will  be  based  on  the  average  annual 
contract  price,  plus  freight  charges,  if  any,  plus  the  average 
cost  of  local  delivery.  This  cost  is  to  be  determined  at  the 
beginning  of  the  fiscal  year,  and  will  prevail  throughout  the 
term  of  the  contract. 

In  the  above  example  it  has  been  assumed  that  two  differ- 
ent types  of  fuel  have  been  consumed,  in  order  that  the 
method  of  computation  may  be  illustrated.  It  will  only  be 
necessary  to  make  these  computations  when  allowances  have 
been  exceeded  and  a  charge  is  to  be  made  for  such  excess 
consumption. 

5.  The  following  table  indicates  the  officer  responsible  for 
the  fuel  issued  to  various  buildings  at  military  posts,  and 
for  the  fuel-consuming  equipment  therein.  In  case  the  fuel 
allowances  in  any  building  are  exceeded  the  officer  respon- 
sible for  fuel  consumption  in  that  building  will  be  held 
accountable  for  the  excess  consumption.  All  officers  will 
therefore  give  personal  supervision  to  the  consumption  of  fuel 
in  buildings  for  which  they  are  responsible.  In  cases  where 
fuel  allowances  are  given  in  a  lump  sum  for  buildings  occu- 
pied by  two  or  more  officers,  the  commanding  officer  shall 
designate  one  officer  who  shall  supervise  the  consumption  of 
fuel.  In  case  it  is  necessary  to  charge  excess  of  fuel  consump- 
tion in  any  building  occupied  by  more  than  one  officer  as  quar- 
ters, the  cost  thereof  will  be  charged  proportionally  to  all 
officers  occupying  such  building. 


446 


Building. 


Eesponsible  officer. 


Administration  building 

Bakery 

Balloon  house  and  hangars 

Barracks  (including  lavatory  and  mess  hall) 

Bathhouse 

Boathouse 

Chapel 

Dism  fecting  plant 

Drill  hall , 

Fire  apparatus  building  (where  fire  apparatus  is 
housed). 

General  mess 

Guardhouse  and  prison  rooms 

Hospital 

Library 

Officers'  assembly  and  reading  rooms,  when  sepa- 
rated from  mess. 

Officers'  mess 

Post  exchange  (including  gymnasium,  shooting 
gallery,  swimming  pool,  and  bowling  alley). 

Post  office 

Power  house  and  pump  house 

Quartei-master  Corps  shops,  storehouses,  and  scale 
house. 

Quarters  for  officers 

Quarters  for  noncommissioned  officers 

Railroad  station  and  waiting  rooms , 

Root  house 

School 

Stable 

Teamsters'  quarters 

Telephone  central,  when  separated  from  other 
buildings. 

Transformer  substation 

Veterinary  hospital  and  dispensary 


Adjutant. 
Quartermaster. 
Officer  in  charge. 
Organization  commander. 
Officer  in  charge. 

Do. 
Chaplain. 
Quartermaster. 
Adjutant. 
Fire  marshal. 

Officer  in  charge. 

Adjutant. 

Surgeon. 

Officer  in  charge  of  library. 

Officer  in  charge. 

Mess  treasurer. 
Officer  in  charge  of  post  ex- 
change. 
Postmaster. 
Quartermaster. 
Do. 

Occupant. 

Do. 
Quartermaster. 

Do. 
Officer  in  charge. 
Quartermaster.       Organiza- 
tion commander. 
Quartermaster. 

Do. 

Do. 
Veterinarian. 


For  any  building  not  listed  above  the  post  commander  will 
designate  an  appropriate  officer. 

6.  Allowances  for  all  power  purposes  (except  marine  en- 
gines and  boilers)  are  based  on  the  B.  t.  u.  value  of  the  fuel 
used,  and  will  not  be  governed  by  the  equivalents  given  in 
the  previous  fuel  equivalent  tables  in  this  order.  Such  allow- 
ances are  tabulated  on  the  basis  of  power  generated  (ob- 
tained from  recording  wattmeter),  water  evaporated  (ob- 
tained from  reports  of  water  weighers),  or  hours  of  operation 
(obtained  from  log  kept  by  operator,  as  for  searchlights,  saw- 
mills, and  similar  plants).  Where  allowances  are  based  on 
evaporation,  no  correction  will  be  made  for  temperature  of 
feed  water.  To  determine  the  amount  of  any  fuel  allowed 
for  power  boilers,  divide  the  B.  t.  u.  allowance  from  tables 
of  allowances  for  that  post  by  the  number  of  B.  t.  u.  con- 


4A7 

tained,  per  unit  of  weight  or  measure,  in  the  fuel  consumed. 
The  quotient  will  be  in  terms  of  allowances  by  weight  or 
measure.  To  provide  for  the  different  efficiencies  with  which 
fuel  may  be  burned,  this  quotient  shall  be  divided  by  the  per 
cent  equivalent  given  in  the  following  table : 

Tal)le  of  equivalents  of  fuel  for  power  hailers. 

Equivalent. 

Anthracite,  pea  and  larger  sizes 1.00 

Anthracite,  buckwheat  No.  1  and  smaller  sizes .  95 

Semibituminous  screened   lump 1.  00 

Semibituminous  run-of-mine .95 

Semibituminous    slack .90 

Bituminous  screened  lump , 1.  00 

Bituminous    run-of-mine 1.  00 

Bituminous    slack .95 

Lignite,  screened  lump .95 

Lignite,  run-of-mine .90 

Lignite,    slack .85 

Coke,  all  sizes 1.  25 

Wood,  all  sizes  (seasoned) 1.00 

Wood,  all  sizes  (green) .90 

Gas   2.  00 

Oil,  all  kinds,  and  gasoline 1.  50 

7.  For  classification  of  sizes  of  coal  see  notes  1,  2,  and  .> 
following  table  of  equivalents  in  paragraph  2  of  this  order. 

The  following  examples  are  given : 

Assuming  that  there  is  given  for  a  certain  plant  an  allow- 
ance of  2,000  B.  t.  u.  per  pound  of  water  evaporated  and  bitu- 
niinous  slack  coal  running  14,000  B.  t.  u.  per  pound  is  used 
as  fuel.  The  computation  will  be  2,000  divided  by  14,000 
equals  .1428.  Divide  .1428  by  .95  equivalent.  The  quotient 
will  be  .1503  pounds,  the  allowance  of  this  coal  per  pound 
of  water  evaporated. 

Assuming  that  there  is  given  in  the  table  of  allowances 
for  a  certain  plant  65,000  B.  t.  u.  per  K.  W.  H.  generated, 
and  fuel  oil  having  18,500  B.  t.  u.  per  pound  is  used  as  fuel. 
The  computation  will  be  65,000  divided  by  18,500,  equals? 
3.513.  Divide  3.513  by  1.50  equivalent  and  the  quotient  will 
be  2.342  pounds  allowance  of  this  oil  per  K.  W.  H.  generated. 

8.  At  posts  or  stations  situated  in  the  Tropics,  fuel  for 
cooking  and  heating  purposes,  authorized  by  Army  Regula- 
tions, shall  be  issued  in  such  amounts  as  considered  neces- 
sary by  commanding  officers,  who  will  exercise  such  super- 


448 

vision  as  necessary  to  prevent  waste  or  misuse.  Fuel  for 
power  purposes  at  such  posts  or  stations  will  be  governed 
by  paragraphs  6  and  7  of  this  order.  No  tabulated  allow- 
ances will  be  issued  to  these  posts. 

9.  Whenever  it  becomes  necessary  to  issue  fuel  under  the 
provisions  of  paragraph  1044,  Army  Regulations,  to  a  build- 
ing, or  for  a  purpose  not  listed  in  the  tabulated  allowances 
referred  to  in  paragraph  1  of  this  order,  or  to  make  changes 
in  allowances  to  the  end  of  reducing  those  in  excess  of  re- 
quirements, and  adjusting  those  that  prove  inadequate  through 
structural  changes  in  buildings,  housing,  or  altered  condi- 
tions in  uses  of  fuel,  report  will  be  made  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army,  through  military  channels,  so  that  an 
allowance  may  be  established  for  such  building  or  purpose. 
Such  reports  will  be  accompanied  by  a  fuel  report  on  Q.  M.  O. 
Form  "A,"  completely  made  out  for  the  building  concerned  or, 
in  the  case  of  fuel  for  power  purposes,  giving  full  informa- 
tion as  to  operation  of  the  plant,  and  all  other  data  necessary 
for  proper  consideration  of  the  case. 

10.  All  fires  and  fuel-consuming  equipment  in  a  barrack 
building  shall  be  cared  for  by  a  competent  enlisted  man  de- 
tailed by  the  organization  commander  responsible  for  the 
fuel  consumption  in  that  building.  Suitable  details  shall  also 
be  made  for  guardhouses,  storehouses,  offices,  etc. 

11.  Frequent  inspections  of  fuel-consuming  apparatus  and 
methods  of  firing  will  be  made  under  direction  of  the  com- 
manding officer,  with  the  view  of  preventing  abuse  of  mate- 
rial and  waste  of  fuel.  Prompt  action  will  be  taken  by  sur- 
vey proceedings,  or  otherwise,  to  fix  responsibility  in  any  case 
arising  under  this  paragraph.  The  responsibility  for  care 
of  fires  and  fuel-consuming  equipment  in  officers'  or  non- 
commissioned officers'  quarters  devolves  upon  the  occupants  of 
such  quarters. 

12.  In  case  the  consumption  in  any  building  exceeds  the 
accumulated  allowance  at  the  close  of  any  month,  the  quar- 
termaster shall  notify  the  responsible  officer  of  the  amount 
of  the  accumulated  allowance  to  date,  together  with  state- 
ment of  the  amount  consumed  in  excess  of  allowances  in 
pounds.  The  value  of  such  excess  consumption  need  not  be 
calculated  until  settlement  is  made. 

13.  The  quartermaster  at  each  post  will  keep  a  record  of 
the  amounts  of  fuel  of  all  kinds  received  from  all  sources 


449 

and  issued  to  each  and  every  building  or  part  of  building 
authorized  a  separate  fuel  allowance  at  a  military  post. 
Also  a  record  of  each  sale  made  to  persons  authorized  to  pur- 
chase fuel.  At  each  post,  where  required,  a  noncommis- 
sioned officer  of  suitable  grade  shall  be  designated  for  the 
specific  duties  of  receiving  and  supervising  the  issue,  sale, 
and  use  of  all  fuel  at  the  post  supplied  by  the  Quartermaster 
Corps,  and  shall  be  designated  as  fuel  overseer. 

14.  The  fuel  overseer  shall  supervise  the  delivery  of  all 
fuel  received  and  shall  weigh  or  measure  and  sample  all 
fuel  in  accordance  with  contract  and  specification  require- 
ments. He  shall  keep  a  record  of  the  amounts  of  each  kind 
of  fuel  received,  the  dates  when  received,  the  samples  taken, 
and  the  quality  as  determined  by  visual  inspection,  and  he 
shall  make  a  written  record  of  same.  He  shall  also  keep 
a  record  showing  the  exact  quantity  and  type  of  fuel  issued 
or  sold  to  each  building  or  part  of  building  or  person,  to- 
gether with  the  date  when  such  issue  or  sale  was  made.  As 
far  as  practicable,  issues  will  be  made  to  all  buildings  at 
the  beginning  of  each  month  in  such  quantities  as  it  is  esti- 
mated will  be  required  in  addition  to  the  balance  remaining 
on  hand  from  the  previous  month.  On  the  first  day  of  each 
month,  or  as  soon  thereafter  as  practicable,  the  fuel  overseer 
shall  make  an  inspection  of  fuel  storage  rooms  of  all  build- 
ings and  will  estimate  as  accurately  as  possible  the  quan- 
tity of  fuel  remaining  on  hand  at  the  close  of  the  previous 
month. 

15.  In  order  that  a  uniform  system  of  fuel  accounting  may 
be  maintained  at  all  military  posts,  Q.  M.  C.  Form  432  shall 
be  used  for  recording  all  data  pertaining  to  fuel  consump- 
tion, sales,  and  issues.  Full  instructions  are  printed  on  back 
of  form. 

16.  Accounting  for  all  fuel  shall  be  made  on  Q.  M.  C.  Form 
211  at  the  close  of  each  quarter. 

17.  The  allowances  prescribed  in  this  oruer  will  supersede 
all  special  issues  authorized  for  posts  and  stations  for  the 
fiscal  year  1916. 

18.  In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  paragraph  1036, 
Army  Regulations  (amended  by  Changes,  Army  Regulations, 
No.  7,  War  Department,  1914),  in  so  far  as  that  paragraph 
relates  to  the  reimbursement  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  on 
detached  service  in  foreign  cities  and  occupying  quarters  other 

40062°— 16 29 


460 

than  public,  allowances  for  the  zones  of  equal  temperature 
established  will  be  as  follows : 

Mexico  City,  Mexico  :  Zone. 

December,  January,  February 3 

March,   November 7 

April,  May,  October r 10 

June,  July,  August,  September 13 

Berne,  Switzerland : 

December,   January,   February 1 

March,   November 5 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,   September 12 

Stockholm,  Sweden  : 

December,   January,   February 1 

March,  November 5 

April,  May,  October 9 

June,  July,  August,   September 12 

Berlin,  Germany  : 

December,   January,   February 1 

March,   November , 5 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,   September 12 

Constantinople,  Turkey : 

December,  January,   February 2 

March,   November 6 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,   September 13 

Vienna,  Austria : 

December,  January,   February 1 

March,   November 5 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,   September 12 

Peking,  China : 

December,   January,   February 1 

March,   November 5 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,   September 12 

Brussels,  Belgium  : 

December,   January,  February 1 

March,  November 6 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,   September 12 

London,  England : 

December,   January,   February 1 

March,   November 6 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,   September 12 

Petrograd,  Russia : 

December,   January,  February 1 

March,   November 5 

April,  May,  October 9 

JUBe,  Jul^,  4ugU9t,  September 12 


451 

Zone. 

Santiago  de  Cuba,  for  the  year  round 13 

Tokyo,  Japan  : 

December,   January,   February 2 

March,   November 7 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,  September 12 

Paris,  France : 

December,  January,  February 2 

March,  November 7 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,  September 12 

Quito,  Ecuador : 

December,  January,  February 3 

March,  November 8 

April,  May,  October 11 

June,  July,  August,  September 13 

Madrid,  Spain : 

December,  January,  February 2 

March,  November 7 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,  September 12 

Rome,  Italy : 

December,  January,  February 2 

March,  November ;  6 

April,  May,  October 11 

June,  July,  August,  September 13 

Monrovia,  Liberia,  for  the  year  round 13 

Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil,  for  the  year  round 13 

Lima,  Peru,  for  the  year  round 13 

Bogota,  Colombia,  for  the  year  round 12 

Buenos  Aires,  Argentine  Republic : 

December,  January,  February 13 

March,  November 8 

April,  May,  October 12 

June,  July,  August,  September 4 

Copenhagen,  Denmark : 

December,  January,  February 2 

March,  November 6 

April,  May,  October 9 

June,  July,  August,  September 12 

Guatemala  City,  Guatemala,  for  the  year  round 13 

The  Hague,  Holland : 

December,  January,  February ^_ 2 

March,  November 6 

April,  May,  October 9 

June,  July,  August,  September 12 

Havana,  Cuba,  for  the  year  round. 13 

Nagasaki,  Japan : 

December,  January,  February 4 

March,  November 8 

April,  May,  October 12 

June,  July,  August,  September 13 


452 

Zone. 

Philippine  Islands,  for  the  year  round 13 

(Except  Baguio  and  Camp  Keithley,  which  are  in  Zone  12.) 

Santiago,  Chile  : 

December,  January,  February 13 

March,  November 8 

April,  May,  October 12 

June,  July,  August,  September 4 

Saumur,  France  : 

December,  January,  February 2 

March,  November 7 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,  September 12 

Shanghai,  China: 

December,  January,  February 4 

March,  November 8 

April,  May,  October 12 

June,  July,  August,  September 13 

Tien  Tsin,  China : 

December,  January,  February 1 

March,   November 5 

April,  May,  October 10 

June,  July,  August,  September 12 

Vera  Cruz,  Mexico,  for  the  year  round 13 

The  Hawaiian  Department,  for  the  purpose  of  determining 
commutation  of  heat,  shall  be  considered  in  Zone  No.  13  for 
the  months  of  June,  July,  August,  and  September,  and  in  Zone 
No.  8  for  the  other  months  of  the  year.  (G.  O.  57,  1914— 
2164376,  A.  Q.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par.  II,  Q.  O.  40,  1915— 
2164376  E,  A.  O.  0.;  G.  O.  63,  1915—2314750,  A.  Q,  O.;  and 
Par.  V,  G.  O.  65,  1915—2315392,  A.  G.  O.) 

Note. — For  charts  showing  zones  of  equal  temperature,  provided 
for  in  paragraph  1036,  A.  R.,  as  amended,  see  G.  O.  57,  1914. 

211.  Fires  in  stables. — Fires  in  stables  will  be  permitted 
only  upon  the  written  authority  of  the  department  com- 
mander, who  will  designate  the  number  and  location  of  fires 
and  the  quantity  of  fuel  expendable  for  the  purpose.  (Par. 
13,  Cir.  10,  1886,  as  amended  J)y  Par.  II,  G.  O.  1,  1912— 
1773892  C,  A.  G.  0.) 

Illuminating  Supplies. 

212.  Allowances  of  electric  current  and  lamps  for  light- 
ing purposes. — 1.  In  order  to  carry  into  effect  the  provisions 
of  the  Army  Regulations  and  with  a  view  to  proper  economy 
in  interior  lighting,  the  allowance  of  electric  current  in  watt 


453 

hours  per  year  for  each  of  the  various  types  of  lamps  installed 
in  public  buildings  in  which  current  is  provided  or  paid  for  by 
the  Government  will  not  exceed  the  amounts  set  forth  in 
Schedule  A  of  this  order. 

2.  The  last  column  of  Schedule  A  indicates  the  officer  to 
whom  the  excess  of  current  used,  if  any,  will  be  charged. 
This  officer  is  also  charged  with  the  duty  of  keeping  himself 
informed  as  to  the  status  of  consumption  of  incandescent 
lamps  and  electric  current  in  the  building  for  which  he  is 
responsible.  If  an  officer  other  than  the  one  indicated  in  the 
schedude  is  in  charge  of  any  public  building,  the  excess  of 
current  used,  if  any,  will  be  charged  to  him. 

3.  The  allowances  of  electric  current  in  watt  hours  per 
year,  as  given  in  Schedule  A,  are  based  on  the  total  wattage 
of  lamps  installed  in  the  various  buildings.  Assume  that 
a  bakery  has  ten  50-watt  gem  lamps  installed  in  it.  The  total 
lamp  wattage  is  therefore  500  watts.  According  to  Schedule 
A,  each  watt  of  this  installation  is  entitled  to  900  watt  hours 
per  year,  and  the  total  annual  allowance  of  this  building  is 
therefore  500  times  900,  or  450,000,  watt  hours  per  year. 

4.  If  it  is  desired  to  ascertain  the  allowances  for  any  month, 
the  following  per  cent  of  the  total  annual  allowances  shall  be 
used:  January,  February,  March,  October,  November,  and 
December,  each  10^  per  cent  of  the  annual  allowance;  the 
remaining  months  of  the  year,  6J  per  cent  each  of  the  annual 
allowance.  For  posts  located  in  the  Tropics  take  84  per  cent 
for  all  months.  For  posts  located  in  Alaska  take  12J  per 
cent  for  January,  February,  March,  October,  November,  and 
December  and  4^  per  cent  for  the  remaining  months. 

5.  For  posts  located  in  Alaska  the  annual  allowances  shown 
in  Schedule  A  will  be  Increased  50  per  cent. 

6.  No  existing  authorizations  for  increased  allowances  for 
buildings  on  account  of  location  or  type  of  building  or  on 
account  of  installations  of  electric  motors  are  changed  by  this 
order. 

7.  All  requests  for  increases  of  allowances  over  and  above 
those  given  in  this  order  shall  be  submitted  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army,  through  military  channels,  together  with 
complete  data  and  meter  readings  for  a  period  of  at  least  six 
months,  showing  clearly  the  necessity  for  the  increase  re- 
quested in  each  case.  Requests  for  increased  allowances  shall 
not  be  made  unless  absolutely  necessary. 


454 

8.  Correct  and  complete  records  of  incandescent  lamps  and 
electric  current  used  in  each  set  of  quarters,  each  building,  or 
each  section  of  building  where  electric  lights  are  installed 
shall  be  kept  in  the  office  of  the  quartermaster  on  Q.  M.  C. 
Form  No.  451.  Computations  in  accordance  with  Schedule  A 
shall  be  made  for  each  building  and  entered  on  a  copy  of  form 
for  that  building. 

9.  It  is  intended  that  allowances  shall  be  computed  on  the 
basis  of  lamps  actually  installed  at  any  time  and  not  on  the 
number  of  lamps  originally  installed  in  buildings ;  that  is,  on 
the  size  and  number  of  lamps  originally  authorized  or  in 
accordance  with  such  modifications  as  have  been  made  by 
proper  authority.  Lamps  used  must  be  of  the  size  and  types 
furnished  to  posts  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps.  The  installa- 
tion of  special  types  or  increased  sizes  of  lamps  is  prohibited. 
Allowances  shall  be  checked  annually,  or  oftener  if  necessary, 
previous  to  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year,  and  the  officer  in 
charge  in  each  building  notified  as  to  what  the  allowance  for 
the  building  will  be  for  the  ensuing  year. 

10.  In  replacing  metallized  filament  and  carbon  lamps  by 
tungsten  lamps,  proper  care  will  be  taken  not  to  increase  the 
candlepower  of  lamps  in  any  building  over  that  originally 
installed  or  authorized  since  original  installation. 

11.  The  allowances  of  lamps  given  in  paragraphs  13  and  14 
and  the  allowances  of  electric  current  given  in  Schedule  A 
are  cumulative  during  the  fiscal  year.  When  an  officer  is 
relieved  from  duty  that  placed  him  in  charge  of  any  public 
building  within  the  provisions  of  this  order,  and  a  new  officer 
is  assigned,  meter  readings  and  a  lamp  inventory  shall  be 
taken  to  fix  the  responsibility  for  excess  of  current  and 
shortage  of  lamps,  if  any.  Saving  of  lamps  or  current  on  one 
building,  if  any,  shall  not  be  applied  to  another  building. 

12.  The  number  of  kilowatt  hours  of  electricity  used  in  each 
building  will  be  determined  by  the  quartermaster  at  the  end 
of  each  quarter  and  entered  on  a  copy  of  Q.  M.  C.  Form 
No.  451. 

13.  Lamp  renewals  for  officers'  and  noncommissioned  staff 
officers'  quarters  will  not  exceed  annually  50  per  cent  of  the 
total  number  of  carbon  or  metallized  filament  incandescent 
lamps  installed  therein  and  30  per  cent  of  the  total  number 
of  tungsten  lamps  installed.  All  in  excess  of  this  amount  will 
be  paid  for  by  the  occupants  at  the  contract  rate  for  lamps  for 


465 

eastern  delivery  for  the  fiscal  year  in  which  the  lamps  are 
used. 

14.  Lamp  renewals  for  public  buildings  (except  officers' 
and  noncommissioned  staff  officers'  quarters)  will  be  as  given 
below.  To  find  the  number  of  lamp  renewals  permissible  per 
year,  divide  allowances  in  "  watt  hours  per  watt  of  lamps  in- 
stalled in  building"  by  500  for  carbon  lamps,  by  700  for 
metallized  filament  lamps,  and  by  1,000  for  tungsten  lamps. 
The  results  obtained  will  be  the  percentages  of  lamp  renewals 
allowable  for  carbon,  metallized  filament,  and  tungsten  lamps, 
respectively.  Example:  Administration  building.  Annual 
allowance  of  carbon  lamps  is  equal  to  468  divided  by  500, 
or  94  per  cent;  allowance  of  metallized  filament  lamps  is 
equal  to  360  divided  by  700,  or  52  per  cent,  and  allowance  of 
tungsten  lamps  is  380  divided  by  1,000,  or  38  per  cent  of 
lamps  installed.  The  officer  responsible  for  excessive  use  of 
current,  as  shown  in  Schedule  A,  will  also  be  responsible  for 
excessive  use  of  incandescent  lamps. 

15.  Where  the  voltage  at  the  lamps  is  above  200  volts,  the 
percentage  for  lamp  renewals  given  in  paragraphs  15  and  16 
will  be  increased  by  50  per  cent  for  metallized  filament  and 
carbon  lamps  only. 

16.  Lamp  renewals  for  any  building  will  not  be  paid  for 
unless  the  blackened  or  burned-out  lamp  to  be  renewed  is 
turned  into  the  office  of  the  quartermaster  or  officer  charged 
with  accounting  for  light  and  lamp  renewals. 

17.  Where  incandescent  lamps  are  used  for  street  lighting 
the  renewals  will  be  restricted  to  the  lowest  number  possible 
consistent  with  efficiency,  and  in  no  case  will  they  exceed 
annually  twice  the  total  number  of  lamps  installed. 

18.  At  posts  where  current  is  obtained  from  commercial 
lighting  companies  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  quartermaster 
to  cause  necessary  readings  of  voltages  at  lamp  sockets  in 
buildings  to  be  taken  at  suitable  intervals,  in  order  to  de- 
termine whether  or  not  current  is  being  supplied  at  suitable 
voltages. 

19.  Quartermasters  handling  accounts  for  light  are  hereby 
required,  when  organizations  change  station,  to  furnish  to 
officers  responsible  for  allowances  of  lamps  and  electric  cur- 
rent, as  shown  in  Schedule  A,  statements  showing  the  length 
of  time  that  the  organization  was  stationed  at  the  post,  its 
allowance  of  lamps  and  electric  current  during  that  time,  and 


456 

the  savings  or  excess  consumption  of  lamps  and  electric  cur- 
rent accumulated  during  that  time  for  each  building  which 
the  organization  used  or  occupied.  These  accounts  shall  be 
transferred  to  the  new  station  of  the  organization  and  the 
savings  or  excess  consumption  of  lamps  and  electric  current 
shall  be  applied  to  the  accounts  of  the  organization  at  the  new 
station.  This  procedure  shall  be  followed  in  the  case  of  one 
or  more  transfers  of  any  organization  within  any  fiscal  year. 

20.  A  copy  of  Q.  M.  C.  Form  No.  451  for  each  building  in 
the  post  which  is  lighted  electrically  shall  be  properly  filled 
out  and  kept  up  to  date  at  all  times.  These  forms  shall  be 
kept  in  the  office  of  the  quartermaster  or  such  place  as  he 
shall  designate.  When  renewals  of  lamps  are  made  the 
proper  entries  shall  be  made  on  these  forms.  Lamps  broken 
through  carelessness  will  be  charged  against  the  person  re- 
sponsible. In  order  to  make  proper  entries  on  this  form  the 
quartermaster  shall  cause  meter  readings  to  be  made  quar- 
terly instead  of  monthly,  as  heretofore.  This  requirement 
applies  also  to  officers'  and  noncommissioned  stafC  officers' 
quarters,  the  occupants  of  which  will  no  longer  be  furnished 
with  monthly  statements  of  their  light  accounts,  but  are 
charged  with  the  duty  indicated  in  paragraph  2  of  this  order, 
so  far  as  it  applies  to  quarters  occupied  by  them. 

21.  These  forms  apply  to  the  building,  suite,  or  section 
named  on  face  of  form  and  not  to  any  individual.  The 
allowances  of  electric  current  and  the  renewals  of  lamps  as 
authorized  by  this  order  are  for  the  building  itself  and  not 
for  any  individual,  and  will  not  be  exceeded  unless  the  same 
are  paid  for  by  the  person  responsible.  In  case  any  building 
is  unoccupied,  it  will  not  be  entitled  to  an  allowance  of  lamps 
or  electric  current  during  the  period  or  periods  of  vacancy. 

22.  Street  lamps  will  be  burned  on  a  moonlight  schedule 
of  approximately  2,200  hours  use  per  lamp  per  year  where 
current  is  generated  or  where  the  terms  of  contracts  for 
purchase  of  electric  current  will  permit.  Computations  of  an- 
nual allowances  of  electric  current  for  total  number  of  street 
lamps  at  post  shall  be  made  on  this  basis  and  entered  on  ji 
copy  of  Q.  M.  C.  Form  No.  451.  The  amounts  as  computed 
will  not  be  exceeded  without  special  authority  of  the  Sec- 
retary of  War.  In  cases  where  a  post  is  only  partially  gar- 
risoned, the  number  of  street  lamps  in  use  shall  be  reduced  to 
the  lowest  possible  number  consistent  with  safety  and  fire 
protection. 


457 
Schedule  A. 


Building. 


Annual  allowance  in 
watt  hours  per  watt 
of  lamps  Installed  in 
building. 


Metallized 
filament 
lamps. 


Tvmgsten 


Officer  responsible  for 
enforcement  of  order. 


Administration  building 

Bakery 

Balloon  house  and  hangars 

Band  stand 

Barracks    (including    lavatory 

and  mess  hall). 

Bathhouse 

Boathouse 

Chapel 

Disinfecting  plant 

Dispensary  for  hospital 

Drill  hall 

Fire  apparatus  building  (where 

fire-fighting  force  is  housed). 
Fire  apparatus  building  (to  be 

lighted  in  case  of  fire  or  night 

drill  only). 

General  mess 

Guardhouse  and  prison  rooms. . . 

Hospital 

Library 


Oflicers'  assembly  and  reading 
rooms  when  separated  from 
mess. 

Officers'  mess 

Post  exchange  (including  gym- 
nasium, shooting  gallery, 
swimmmg  pool,  and  bowling 
alley). 

Post  office 

Power  house  and  pump  house 
(all-night  service). 

Quartermaster  Corps  shops, 
storehouses,  and  scale  houses. 

Railroad  station  and  waiting 
rooms. 

Root  house 

School  (during  authorized  school 
period). 

Stable 


Teamsters'  quarters 

,  Telephone  central,  when  sepa- 
l    rated  from  other  buildings. 

\Transformer  substation 

'Veterinary  hospital  and  dispen- 
sary. 


360 
900 
300 


400 
300 
600 
500 
600 
800 
1,100 

160 


800 
1,400 
1,000 
1,000 

800 


800 
800 


400 
J,  000 

550 

500 


400 


600 
1,000 


500 
400 


380 
950 
320 
320 
850 

450 
320 
630 
520 
630 
850 


170 


850 
1,500 
1,050 
1,050 

850 


850 
850 


420 
3,200 


580 
550 


320 
850 


420 


630 
1,050 


520 
420 


Adjutant. 
Quartermaster. 
Ofiicer  in  charge. 
Adjutant. 

Organization  com- 
mander. 
Officer  in  charge. 

Do. 
Chaplain. 
Quartermaster. 
Surgeon. 
Adjutant. 
Fire  marshal. 

Do. 


Officer  in  charge. 

Adjutant. 

Surgeon. 

Officer    in    charge    of 

library. 
Officer  in  charge. 


Mess  treasurer. 
Officer  in  charge  of  post 
exchange. 


Postmaster. 
Quartermaster. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Officer  in  charge. 

Quartermaster,  organ- 
ization commander. 
Quartermaster. 
Do. 

Do. 

Veterinarian. 


\NoTE.— Allowances  for  carbon  lamps  shall  be  30  per  cent  in  excess  of  above  given 
ijowances  for  metallized  filament  lamps.  • 

The  allowance  for  any  building  not  listed  above  will  be  the 
sme  as  that  of  the  listed  building  to  which  it  may  be  most 


458 

nearly  compared  as  to  purpose  for  which  it  is  used.  For 
enforcement  of  this  order  in  such  buildings  the  commanding 
officer  will  designate  an  appropriate  officer.  (G.  O.  33,  1915 — 
2133624  C,  A.  Q.  O.) 

213.  Sale  of  illuminating  supplies  to  retired  oflftcers. — 
The  provisions  of  paragraph  1054,  Army  Regulations,  respect- 
ing sales  to  officers  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps  of  oil,  lamps, 
wicks,  and  chimneys  are  construed  to  apply  to  retired  officers 
of  the  Army.     {Par.  2,  Cir.  5,  1898—69805,  A.  O.  O.) 

Oabe  and  Accountability,  Quartermaster  Property. 

Note. — For  list  of  expendable  articles  supplied  by  the  Quarter- 
master Corps  for  issue  to  troops,  see  Bulletin  No.  3,  1914. 

214.  Transfers  of  quartermaster  property. — In  view  of 
the  many  instances  in  which  issuing  officers  have  failed  to 
receive  promptly  receipts  covering  transfers  of  quartermas- 
ter supplies,  such  failure  resulting  in  inability  to  identify 
property  and  in  consequent  embarrassment  to  both  issuing 
and  receiving  officers  in  the  settlement  of  their  property  ac- 
counts, the  attention  of  all  officers  belonging  to,  or  on  duty  in, 
the  Quartermaster  Corps  is  invited  to  paragraphs  659,  665.  to 
669,  1140,  and  1141,  Army  Regulations. 

Should  it  become  necessary  for  an  accountable  officer  to  for- 
ward a  certified  invoice  as  a  voucher  to  his  property  return, 
the  certified  invoice  will  be  accompanied  with  a  transportation 
receipt,  certified  bill  of  lading  or  extract  therefrom,  certified 
manifest  or  extract  therefrom,  or  other  evidence  to  show  that 
the  property  was  duly  shipped,  and  a  copy  of  the  certified 
invoice  will  be  forwarded  to  the  receiving  officer  through  his 
commanding  officer. 

Within  10  days  after  the  receipt  of  property  the  receiving 
officer  will  forward  to  the  issuing  officer  the  proper  receipts; 
but  should  the  receiving  officer  deem  it  necessary  to  call  for  a 
survey  to  determine  and  fix  the  responsibility  for  any  shortage 
or  damage  found,  he  will  make  such  call  within  10  days  and 
at  the  same  time  will  inform  the  Quartermaster  General  and 
the  issuing  officer  of  the  action  taken.  When  the  report  of  th< 
surveying  officer  shall  have  been  received  by  the  receivin 
officer,  he  will  accomplish  receipts  in  accordance  therewift 
and  forward  them  at  once  to  the  issuing  officer. 

In  the  event  of  failure  to  forward  the  receipts  or  to  not?y 
the  issuing  officer  properly  within  the  prescribed  10  days,  le 


459 

officer  against  whom  certified  invoices  are  filed  will  be  called 
upon  by  the  Quartermaster  General  for  an  explanation  of  the 
delay. 

Whenever,  through  change  of  station  of  officers  or  troops 
or  through  other  cause,  quartermaster  property  would  be 
left  without  a  responsible  officer  in  charge,  the  commanding 
officer  will  designate  an  officer  to  act  as  quartermaster  and 
will  afford  the  accountable  officer,  so  far  as  practicable,  the 
necessary  time  and  opportunity  to  transfer  his  property  to  his 
successor. 

Careful  compliance  with  the  foregoing  provisions  should 
prevent  delay  in  obtaining  receipts  from  receiving  officers. 
{Par.  II,  Cir.  48,  1907—1228216,  M.  S.  O.) 

215.  Quartermaster  property  in  hands  of  enlisted  men 
changing"  station. — When  an  enlisted  man  under  orders  to 
change  station  is  to  take  with  him  public  property  pertaining 
to  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  the  officer  preparing  the  descrip- 
tive list  will  make  notation  thereon  of  the  various  articles 
comprising  such  property  and  take  the  soldier's  receipt  there- 
for. This  receipt  will  be  transmitted  to  the  accountable 
quartermaster  who  will  invoice  the  property  to  the  quarter- 
master of  the  soldier's  new  station,  filing  with  said  invoice  the 
soldier's  receipt. 

Should  the  man  be  ordered  to  service  in  a  territorial  de- 
partment beyond  the  sea  under  orders  which  do  not  specify 
the  particular  place  that  is  to  be  his  new  station,  the  in- 
voice, together  with  the  receipt,  will  be  forwarded  to  the 
department  quartermaster  of  the  over-sea  department,  who 
will  have  the  property  receipted  for  by  some  accountable 
quartermaster  at  department  headquarters.  When  the  en- 
listed man  has  been  assigned  to  station,  the  property  will  be 
reinvoiced  to  the  quartermaster  of  such  station.  Similar 
action  will  be  taken  in  the  case  of  a  man  who  is  ordered  from 
an  over-sea  station  to  another  over-sea  station  or  to  the 
United  States.     {Par.  I,  G.  O.  65,  1915— 233 If9 11,  A.  O.  O.) 

216.  Quartermasters  not  to  devolve  their  duties  upon 
noncommissioned  officers,  Quartermaster  Corps — Employ- 
ment of  pay  clerks. — ^1.  The  presence  of  a  quartermaster 
sergeant  or  other  noncommissioned  officer  of  the  Quarter- 
master Corps  at  a  post  does  not  in  any  manner  relieve  the 
quartermaster  from  responsibility  for  the  care  of  stores  or 
property. 


460 

Commanding  officers  of  military  posts,  according  to  their 
responsibilities  and  duties  as  fixed  and  prescribed  by  para- 
graphs 203,  658,  and  751,  Army  Regulations,  and  paragraph 
40,  Manual  for  the  Subsistence  Department,  will  supervise 
carefully  the  duties  of  quartermasters  at  their  respective 
posts  and  will  not  permit  quartermasters  to  devolve  their 
duties  in  any  degree  upon  the  quartermaster  sergeants  or 
other  noncommissioned  officers  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 

In  cases  of  losses  and  embezzlements  of  stores  or  property, 
surveying  officers,  in  their  reports  and  recommendations, 
will  be  guided  by  the  requirements  of  paragraph  712,  Army 
Regulations. 

2.  Quartermaster  sergeants.  Quartermaster  Corps,  will -not 
be  kept  on  one  class  of  work  continually,  but  will  be  made  to 
alternate  frequently  from  one  division  of  the  office  to  another, 
in  order  that  they  may  become  proficient  in  the  various 
duties  of  the  position  and  be  afforded  an  opportunity  to  keep 
in  touch  with  changing  methods  and  conditions,  so  that  when 
the  service  of  one  of  these  noncommissioned  officers  is  re- 
quired it  will  be  unnecessary  to  inquire  whether  he  is  a  former 
quartermaster  or  commissary  sergeant. 

3.  Pay  clerks,  Quartermaster  Corps,  will  not  be  used  for 
pay  work  exclusively,  but  will  perform  any  clerical  work  per- 
taining to  the  Quartermaster  Corps.  (Par.  I,  G.  0.  ^6, 1914 — 
1519276  A,  A.  G.  O.) 

217.  Typewriting  machines  not  to  be  moved  from  one 
station  to  another. — Typewriting  machines  will  not  be  taken 
from  the  United  States  or  moved  from  one  station  to  another 
without  special  authority  in  each  case  from  the  Quartermaster 
General  of  the  Army.     (Par.  I,  G.  0. 17,  1904^) 

218.  Property  supplied  for  post  use  not  to  be  taken  to 
Philippines. — Supplies  and  material  issued  from  depots  or 
purchased  and  supplied  to  posts  for  post  use  will  not  be  taken 
from  the  posts  by  organizations  going  to  the  Philippines. 
{Par.  II,  G.  O.  84,  1904.) 

219.  Organizations  ordered  to  or  from  Hawaii  or  the 
Philippine  Islands  to  turn  in  field  cooking  equipment. — In 
the  case  of  organizations  under  orders  to  proceed  from  the 
United  States  to  Hawaii  Territory  or  the  Philippine  Islands, 
or  under  orders  to  return  to  the  United  States  from  those 
places,  the  commanding  officers  of  such  organizations  will, 


461 

prior  to  departure,  turn  in  to  the  quartermasters  of  their 
respective  posts  or  stations  all  field  cooking  equipment  not 
actually  required  for  use  en  route.  {Par.  Ill,  O.  O.  42,  1913 — 
2023711,  A.  G.  O.) 

220.  Quartermaster  salesroom  at  posts. — Only  one  quar- 
termaster salesroom  will  be  maintained  at  a  military  post  or 
station  for  subsistence  stores  and  quartermaster  supplies. 
(Par.  IV,  O.  O.  81,  19U— 2203196,  A.  Q.  O.) 

221.  Disposition  of  post  manure. — The  manure  of  posts  is 
quartermaster  property,  which  should  be  used  for  the  pub- 
lic service — 

First.  For  the  benefit  of  post  or  company  gardens. 

Second.  For  fertilizing  ornamental  grounds  at  posts,  includ- 
ing post  cemeteries. 

Third.  In  case  any  is  not  needed  for  these  purposes,  it 
should  be  sold  by  the  post  quartermaster  and  the  proceeds  of 
the  sale  be  deposited  to  the  credit  of  the  United  States  on 
account  of  miscellaneous  receipts.  (Par.  I,  Cir.  12,  1891 — 
8559,  A.  O.  0.,  1889,  and  17819,  A.  G.  0.,  1891.) 

Pay  and  Allowances,  Officers  and  Enlisted  Men. 

222.  Officers  required  to  be  mounted — Character  of  per- 
sonally owned  mount  determines  right  to  additional  pay 
and  mount  maintenance. — Officers  required  to  be  mounted  and 
who  are  furnishing  their  own  mounts  for  use  in  the  Govern- 
ment service  are  authorized  to  draw  the  additional  pay  and 
have  their  mounts  maintained  at  Government  expense  only  in 
cases  where  the  officer  has  provided  himself  at  his  own  ex- 
pense and  for  use  in  his  duties  at  his  station  with  at  least  one 
mount  of  good  appearance,  equaling  in  general  qualifications 
the  type  supplied  by  the  Government  for  the  duty  in  ques- 
tion. Failure  to  have  a  mount  of  this  character  available  for 
use  at  his  station  (excepting  in  the  cases  of  officers  falling 
within  the  provisions  of  paragraph  1274,  Army  Regulations), 
bars  the  officer  from  receiving  the  additional  pay  and  from 
having  his  mount  maintained  at  Government  expense,  regard- 
less of  the  number  of  other  mounts  he  may  have  at  his  sta- 
tion for  use.     (Par.  9,  Cir.  88,  1908—1436763,  A.  G.  0.) 

223.  Post  and  other  commanders  to  satisfy  themselves 
that  mounts  for  which  additional  pay  is  drawn  are  suit- 


462 

able. — It  will  be  the  duty  of  post  commanders  and  other  com- 
manding officers  to  ascertain  which  of  their  subordinates  are 
drawing  additional  pay  for  furnishing  their  own  mounts  for 
use  in  the  Government  service  and  are  having  said  mounts 
maintained  at  Government  expense.  They  will  satisfy  them- 
selves by  personal  inspection,  inquiry,  examination  of  evi- 
dence, or  actual  test  that  the  mounts  furnished  by  the  officers 
in  question  are  suitable — that  is,  such  as  to  enable  said  officers 
to  perform  their  mounted  duty  properly  in  garrison  or  in  the 
field.  Such  officers  should  have  at  least  one  mount  of  good 
appearance,  equaling  in  general  qualifications  the  type  sup- 
plied by  the  Government  for  the  duty  in  question. 

In  case  a  commanding  officer  is  satisfied  that  the  mount  or 
mounts  supplied  by  an  officer  are  suitable,  no  further  action 
is  necessary.  Should  he  find  them  not  suitable,  he  shall  so 
inform  the  officer,  and  in  case  the  deficiency  is  not  remedied 
within  a  month  shall  report  the  facts  to  The  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral of  the  Army,  to  the  end  that  any  additional  pay  drawn 
by  the  officer  after  the  date  of  said  report  may  be  stopped 
against  him.  He  shall  also  give  directions  that  the  main- 
tenance of  the  said  mount  or  mounts  at  Government  expense 
shall  cease  on  and  after  the  same  date.  {Par.  4,  G.  O.  125, 
1908—U09321,  A.  O.  O.) 

224. — Interpretation  of  term  "  suitable  mount  "  and  de- 
scription of  suitable  mount. — 1  Suitable  mount  (charger) 
is  interpreted  to  mean  a  horse  with  a  minimum  height  of  15 
hands  2  inches  and  with  a  minimum  weight  of  975  pounds, 
provided  that  officers  may  retain  mounts  that  already  have 
been  declared  suitable.  The  horse  should  be  of  good  appear- 
ance and  of  such  breeding  and  substance  as  will  enable  him 
to  carry  his  owner  over  jumps  of  reasonable  stiffness,  includ- 
ing hurdles,  ditches,  fences,  and  other  obstacles  simulating 
those  which  ordinarily  would  be  met  in  going  cross-country. 

An  officer's  second  mount  may  be  smaller,  of  a  polo  type, 
but  not  less  than  15  hands  high.  It  must  be  sound,  of  good 
conformation,  and  useful  in  the  military  service. 

Animals  now  owned  by  officers  conforming  to  these  condi- 
tions, but  having  a  minimum  height  of  14  hands  2  inches, 
may  be  qualified  as  second  mounts. 

The  "suitable  mount  (charger)"  relates  to  the  first  mount 
of  officers  of  all  grades. 


463 


2.  The  following  cut  represents  a  typical  suitable  mount. 


Breeding — Sire  Bona   Rosa,  a   thoroughbred ;   dam   by   Marminton,   a 

thoroughbred. 
Weight — 1275  pounds. 
Height — 16  hands  2  inches. 
Girth — 79  inches. 

(Pars.  1  and  2,  G.  0.  29,  1911—1750Jf3Jf,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended 
by  Par.  IV,  G.  O.  46,  1913—20J,0958,  A.  G.  0.,  and  Par.  Ill, 
G.  O.  33,  1914—211,8929,  A.  G.  O.) 

225.  Period  to  be  allowed  for  training  officers'  mount. — 

When  an  officer  required  to  be  mounted  purchases  a  horse 
that  has  not  been  trained  to  the  needs  of  the  service,  a  period 
of  six  months  after  purchase  is  recognized  as  necessary  for 
training.  For  such  horses  additional  pay  and  forage  are 
authorized  only  when  they  meet  the  requirements  as  to  size 
and  weight  now  prescribed  for  first  and  second  mounts,  and 
when  they  are  suitable  in  conformation  and  gaits.  Suitability, 
under  the  provisions  of  this  order,  will  be  determined  by  the 
post  commander  or  other  commanding  officer.  (Par.  Ill, 
G.  O.  3Jf,  1914—2097081,  A.  G.  0.) 


464 

226.  Duty  with  militia  not  mounted  duty  in  sense  of 
paragrapli  1272,  Army  Regulations.— It  is  held  that  duty 
with  the  Organized  Militia  of  officers  of  the  active  list  and  of 
retired  officers  does  not  require  them  to  be  mounted  in  the 
sense  contemplated  in  paragraph  1272,  Army  Regulations. 
When  the  duties  of  an  officer  detailed  with  the  militia  require 
the  use  of  a  mount,  as  at  the  inspection  of  mounted  organiza- 
tions or  during  summer  encampments,  and  a  mount  can  not 
be  provided  by  the  organization  undergoing  inspection  or  is 
not  provided  by  the  State,  the  Quartermaster  Corps  will  fur- 
nish a  suitable  mount  by  hire  or  by  assignment  of  a  public 
horse  when  one  is  available.  Officers  on  the  active  list  will, 
however,  be  required  to  be  mounted  when  on  duty  with 
mounted  organizations  of  the  militia  the  duties  of  which  re- 
quire them  to  be  mounted.  (G.  O.  121,  1911—181S396  A, 
A.  G.  O.) 

227.  Mileage  and  expenses  of  officers  detailed  to  inspect 
militia. — Section  2  of  the  act  approved  June  22,  1906,  being  an 
act  "  To  promote  the  efficiency  of  the  militia,"  reads  in  part  as 
follows : 

Sec.  2.  *  *  *  Provided  also,  That  the  sums  so  appor- 
tioned among  the  several  States  and  Territories  and  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia  shall  be  available  for  the  purposes  named 
in  section  fourteen  of  the  act  of  January  twenty-first,  nine- 
teen hundred  and  three,  for  the  actual  excess  of  expenses  of 
travel  in  making  the  inspections  therein  provided  for  over 
the  allowances  made  for  same  by  law ;     *     *     * 

The  Assistant  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury,  under  date  of 
January  19,  1907,  decided  in  relation  to  such  act,  "  that  Con- 
gress, by  said  section  2  of  the  act  of  1906,  when  enlarging 
the  objects  for  which  the  appropriation  can  be  used,  intended 
that  the  disbursing  officer  provided  by  section  14  of  the  act 
of  1903  should  be  the  disbursing  officer  to  receive  and  disburse 
the  money  for  the  objects  contemplated  by  section  2  of  the  act 
of  1906  as  well  as  for  the  objects  contemplated  by  section  14 
of  the  act  of  1903." 

In  pursuance  of  this  law  and  decision  the  payment  of  excess 
expenses  to  inspecting  officers  of  militia  shall  be  made  by 
State  disbursing  officers  upon  accounts  certified  to  them  from 
the  office  of  the  Quartermaster  General  of  the  Army. 

Officers  of  the  Army  detailed  to  inspection  duty  under  the 
provisions  of  the  militia  act  of  January  21,  1903,  whose  ex- 
penses are  in  excess  of  the  mileage  accruing  for  such  inspec- 


465 

tion  travel,  will  forward  to  the  Quartermaster  General  of  the 
Army  two  signed  mileage  blanks,  two  copies  of  the  orders, 
two  copies  of  the  approved  itinerary,  showing  date  of  inspec- 
tion of  each  organization  and  duplicate  detailed  statement  of 
the  actual  and  necessary  expense  incurred,  to  be  itemized  so 
as  to  show  in  complete  detail  the  nature  of  the  expenses  per- 
taining to  each  day  of  the  inspection,  the  daily  expense  to 
commence  with  the  charge  for  breakfast  and  end  with  the 
charge  for  lodging,  using  the  following  as  a  basis  of  what  is 
allowable : 

1.  Fares  upon  railroads,  steamers,  or  other  usual  modes  of 
conveyance,  including  the  actual  cost  of  transportation  of  per- 
sonal baggage  not  in  excess  of  150  pounds  to  each  purchased 
ticket  whenever  an  extra  charge  is  made  therefor. 

2.  Cost  of  seat  in  parlor  car,  one  double  berth  in  sleeping 
car,  or  customary  accommodations  on  steamer,  where  same 
are  not  included  in  the  travel  fare,  and  fees  to  porters  or  to 
stewards,  not  to  exceed  25  cents  for  each  12  hours  or  frac- 
tion thereof  of  actual  travel. 

3.  Hire  of  special  transportation,  either  by  land  or  water, 
where  there  are  no  regular  means  of  conveyance.  Ferriage, 
tolls,  driver's  service,  and  horse  keeping,  when  transportation 
is  hired.  Subvouchers,  properly  receipted,  will  be  required  for 
these  items  when  they  exceed  $1.  When  not  practicable  to 
obtain  such  subvouchers,  the  officer  will  so  certify. 

4.  Transfer  coach  fare  en  route  to  and  from  depots  and 
hotels  or,  when  there  are  no  such  conveyances,  moderate  and 
necessary  taxicab  or  hack  hire  not  to  exceed  the  authorized 
local  rates,  cost  of  transfers  of  baggage  not  to  exceed  $1  for 
each  transfer,  and  fees  to  porters  for  handling  baggage  not  to 
exceed  25  cents  for  each  transfer  of  same.  Items  of  taxicab 
or  hack  hire  require  explanation  as  to  the  distance  and  the 
necessity  for  same. 

5.  The  actual  cost  of  meals  while  traveling,  where  same  are 
not  included  in  the  travel  fare,  and  fees  to  dining-room 
waiters  on  train  or  boat  not  in  excess  of  15  cents  per  meal, 
provided  the  total  charge  for  these  items  does  not  exceed  $5 
per  day.  The  actual  cost  at  hotels  of  meals,  lodgings,  baths, 
and  fees  to  waiters  and  bell  boys  not  to  exceed  50  cents  per 
day,  or  15  cents  to  waiters  for  single  meals  at  restaurants, 
and  the  actual  cost  of  laundry,  to  a  total  not  to  exceed  $5 
per  day  for  the  time  actually  and  unavoidably  consumed  in 

40062"'— 16 30 


466 

making  the  inspections,  the  period  to  be  determined  by  the 
terms  of  the  officer's  orders  and  the  approved  itinerary,  count- 
ing from  the  day  of  departure  from  his  station  to  the  day  of 
-return  thereto,  both  days  inclusive.  Subvouchers,  properly 
receipted,  will  be  required  for  items  of  board  and  lodging. 
When  not  practicable  to  obtain  such  subvouchers  the  officer 
will  so  certify.  Charges  for  baths,  where  baths  are  not 
included  in  the  charge  for  lodging,  will  in  every  instance  be 
supported  by  subvouchers. 

6.  All  items  of  actual  expense  authorized  above  are  for 
travel  by  the  shortest  usually  traveled  routes  and  at  places 
named  in  the  order  or  approved  itinerary  and  in  proceeding 
from  point  to  point  in  the  order  stated  therein.  Expenses  in- 
curred by  any  deviation  from  the  itinerary  or  shortest  usually 
traveled  routes  can  not  be  considered  as  actual  and  necessary 
expense  of  the  inspection.  The  officer  will  certify  on  the  de- 
tailed statement  that  the  account  is  correct  and  just,  and  that 
the  amounts  charged  therein  were  actually  paid  by  him. 

The  Quartermaster  General  of  the  Army  will  in  each  case 
arrange  for  the  payment  of  the  statutory  mileage  upon  one  of 
the  signed  mileage  accounts  as  reimbursement  of  part  of  the 
expense  and  will  certify  the  other  account  to  the  proper  State 
disbursing  officer  for  payment  of  the  excess  expenses  by  check 
to  the  order  of  the  officer  signing  the  account  to  be  transmitted 
to  him  through  the  office  of  the  Quartermaster  General  of  the 
Army.     (G.  O.  75,  1914— 217800 J,,  A.  G.  0.) 

228.  Official  route  of  travel  between  United  States  and 
Europe. — The  official  route  of  travel  between  the  United 
States  and  points  in  Europe  is  by  way  of  New  York  City  and  the 
port  in  Europe  affording  first-class  steamship  service  nearest  to 
the  destination  or  station  of  the  officer,  and  mileage  and  actual 
expenses  will  be  allowed  by  way  of  such  route  subject  to  the 
exceptions  provided  for  in  paragraph  1282,  Army  Regulations. 
(Par.  IV,  Bui.  16,  1914—2142575,  A.  G.  O.) 

229.  Stoppage  of  pay  for  absence  from  duty  on  account 
of  disease  resulting  from  intemperate  use  of  drugs,  liquors, 
or  other  misconduct. — 1.  The  law  provides  that  no  officer  or 
enlisted  man  in  active  service,  who  shall  be  absent  from  duty 
on  account  of  disease  resulting  from  his  own  intemperate  use 
of  drugs,  or  alcoholic  liquors,  or  other  misconduct,  shall  re- 
ceive pay  for  the  period  of  such  absence  from  any  part  of  the 
appropriation  in  this  act  for  the  pay  of  officers  or  enlisted 


467 

men,  the  time  so  absent  and  the  cause  thereof  to  be  ascer- 
tained under  such  procedure  and  regulations  as  may  be  pre- 
scribed by  the  Secretary  of  War. 

2.  Absence  from  duty  because  of  the  intemperate  use  of 
drugs  or  alcoholic  liquors,  or  because  of  incapacity  resulting 
from  venereal  diseases  not  contracted  in  line  of  duty,  is 
within  the  purview  of  the  statute  quoted  above ;  and  any  offi- 
cer or  enlisted  man  who  is  absent  from  duty  for  any  such 
cause  or  causes,  is  not  entitled  to  pay,  as  distinguished  from 
allowances,  for  the  period  of  such  absence. 

3.  Whenever  an  officer  or  enlisted  man  is  absent  from  duty 
due  to  causes  within  the  purview  of  the  statute  quoted  above, 
the  company  commander  will  state  in  the  "  Daily  Sick  Report  " 
his  opinion  to  that  effect  by  noting  "  No ;  G.  O.  31,  1912,"  in 
the  column  headed  "  In  line  of  duty  "  of  the  "  Company  Offi- 
cer's Report,"  and  the  surgeon  will  in  like  manner  record  his 
opinion  in  the  column  "  In  line  of  duty "  of  the  "  Medical 
Officer's  Report."  Notice  that  such  an  entry  has  been  made 
will  at  once  be  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  officer  or  en- 
listed man  concerned  by  the  company  commander. 

When  the  company  commander  and  the  surgeon  are  in  ac- 
cord, the  finding,  if  approved  by  the  commanding  officer,  shall 
be  final.  Should  the  company  commander  and  the  surgeon 
disagree,  or  should  the  commanding  officer  dissent,  the  latter 
will  call  a  board  of  officers  of  not  less  than  two  members,  one 
of  whom  shall  be  a  medical  officer,  to  report  upon  and  make 
recommendations  in  the  case.  Approval  by  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  findings  of  this  board  shall  be  final ;  but  if  the 
commanding  officer  disapprove  the  findings  of  the  board  the 
proceedings  will  be  forwarded  for  the  action  of  the  next 
higher  authority. 

In  the  case  of  a  company  commander  or  of  an  officer  or 
enlisted  man  not  carried  upon  the  rolls  of  a  company,  the 
duties  hereinbefore  required  of  the  company  commander  will 
be  performed  by  the  next  superior  officer  under  whose  com- 
mand or  direction  the  officer  or  enlisted  man  concerned  may  be 
serving. 

The  terms  "  company  "  and  "  company  commander  "  will  be 
understood  as  including  a  troop,  battery,  band,  or  detachment 
and  the  commanding  officer  thereof. 

4.  When  it  has  been  determined  in  the  manner  hereinbefore 
prescribed  that  an  officer  has  been  absent  from  duty  due  to 


468 

causes  within  the  purview  of  the  statute  quoted  above,  the 
proper  commanding  officer  will  forward  to  the  department 
commander  a  report  showing  the  inclusive  dates  of  the  ab- 
sence and  the  cause  thereof.  This  report  will  be  forwarded  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  transmission  to  the 
Quartermaster  General,  who  will  take  the  necessary  action 
looking  to  stoppage  of  pay  for  the  period  of  absence  from 
duty.  In  cases  arising  in  the  Philippine  Department,  the 
<iepartment  commander,  at  the  time  of  the  sending  of  the 
original  report  to  The  Adjutant  General,  will  transmit  a  copy 
thereof  to  the  department  quartermaster,  Philippine  Depart- 
ment, who  will  take  the  necessary  action  toward  securing  the 
proper  stoppage  of  pay. 

When  it  has  been  determined  in  the  manner  hereinbefore 
prescribed  that  an  enlisted  man  has  been  absent  from  duty 
due  to  causes  within  the  purview  of  the  statute  quoted  above, 
the  proper  commanding  officer  will  take  notation  to  that  effect 
on  the  pay  rolls  or  on  final  statements  giving  the  inclusive 
dates  of  the  absence,  and  the  quartermaster  will  make  deduc- 
tion of  pay  for  such  period.  If  it  is  impracticable  to  deter- 
mine within  the  month  in  which  the  absence  from  duty  occurs 
that  such  absence  was  due  to  causes  which  should  deprive  the 
soldier  of  his  pay,  he  will  not  be  permitted  to  draw  pay  for 
that  or  any  subsequent  month  until  the  cause  of  the  absence 
from  duty  has  been  determined. 

When  cases  marked  not  in  line  of  duty  are  transferred  to  a 
general,  division,  or  district  hospital,  and  the  commanding 
officer  of  such  hospital  shall  have  reason  to  doubt  the  justice 
of  the  notation,  he  will  report  the  matter  to  the  department 
commander,  who  will  call  a  board  of  three  medical  officers  to 
consider  and  determine  whether  the  disease  was  incurred  in 
line  of  duty  or  not.  The  proceedings  of  the  board,  with  all 
the  papers  in  the  case,  will  be  forwarded  to  the  department 
commander  for  final  decision.  Similar  action  will  be  taken 
when  a  patient  from  a  post  enters  a  general,  division,  or  dis- 
trict hospital  and  the  surgeon  of  such  hospital  is  the  first 
medical  officer  to  express  an  opinion  and  he  and  the  company 
commander  are  not  in  accord  as  to  the  finding.  {G.  O. 
SI,  1912—1945857,  A.  G.  O.;  Par.  I,  G.  O.  13,  1913—199^225, 
A.  G.  O.) 

230.  Commutation  of  quarters,  heat,  and  light. — 

1.  (a)  Commutation  of  quarters,  commissioned  officers,  act- 
ing dental  surgeons,  veterinarians,  and  pay  clerks. — Commis- 


469 

sioned  officers,  acting  dental  surgeons,  veterinarians,  and  pay 
clerlis  on  duty  with  troops  at  places  where  there  are  no  pub- 
lic quarters  available  will  not  have  quarters  leased  or  rented 
for  them  as  individuals,  but  will  be  paid  commutation.  Post 
and  other  commanding  officers  will  be  held  to  strict  account- 
ability that  no  commissioned  officer,  acting  dental  surgeon, 
veterinarian,  or  pay  clerk  on  duty  with  troops  is  permitted  to 
draw  commutation  of  quarters  who  would  not,  under  the  old 
order  of  things,  have  been  entitled  to  have  quarters  leased  or 
rented  for  him.  With  respect  to  those  on  duty  with  troops, 
it  is  the  intent  to  simply  substitute  commutation  in  cases 
where  it  would  be  necessary  to  rent  or  lease  quarters,  and 
this  intention  will  be  carefully  observed  by  all  concerned.  The 
term  "  public  quarters  "  is  to  be  construed  as  embracing  tent 
quarters,  and  when  serving  under  conditions  where  tent 
quarters  are  furnished  commutation  can  not  accrue,  except 
where  the  nature  of  the  service  comes  within  the  scope  of  the 
act  of  February  27,  1893  (27  Stat.,  480),  which  provides  that 
"  officers  temporarily  absent  on  duty  in  the  field  shall  not  lose 
their  right  to  quarters  or  commutation  thereof  at  their  per- 
manent stations  while  so  temporarily  absent." 

(&)  Commutation  of  quarters,  members  of  the  Nurse 
Corps. — The  authorized  allowance  of  quarters  for  nurses, 
female,  is  two  rooms,  and  when  on  duty  at  places  where  there 
are  no  public  quarters  available,  they  will  be  entitled  to  com- 
mutation of  quarters  at  the  rate  of  $24  per  month. 

(c)  Public  quarters  not  available. — Public  quarters  at  a 
post  or  station  will  be  considered  as  not  being  available  only 
when  all  of  the  quarters  at  the  post  or  station  are  assigned 
to  officers,  noncommissioned  officers,  or  others  authorized  to 
occupy  the  same. 

(d)  Certificate  that  public  quarters  are  not  available. — 
In  cases  of  commissioned  officers,  acting  dental  surgeons, 
veterinarians,  pay  clerks,  and  members  of  the  Nurse  Corps 
claiming  commutation  of  quarters  for  a  station  where  there 
are  public  quarters  payment  will  not  be  allowed  unless  the 
pay  voucher  is  accompanied  by  a  certificate  of  the  command- 
ing officer  of  the  station,  as  follows : 

I   certify  that  there  were  no  public  quarters  vacant  for 

the  accommodation  of during  any  portion  of 

the  period  covered  by  this  account  by  reason  of  all  quar- 
ters at  this  station  being  assigned  to  those  authorized  to 
occupy  the  same. 


470 

If  on  account  of  temporary  absence,  etc.,  the  claimant  is 
not  paid  by  the  quartermaster  at  the  station  for  which  he 
claims  commutation  of  quarters,  and  a  delay  in  payment  of 
his  monthly  pay  account  would  result  if  the  commutation 
be  included  in  his  regular  monthly  pay  voucher,  he  may 
prepare  a  separate  voucher  for  the  commutation,  with  a  view 
to  its  submission  for  payment  at  such  time  as  he  may  pro- 
cure the  required  certificate  from  the  proper  commanding 
officer. 

The  attention  of  all  concerned  is  called  to  the  fact  that 
the  provisions  of  this  paragraph  have  application  only  to  those 
claiming  commutation  of  quarters  as  for  a  station  where  there 
are  public  quarters. 

(e)  Enlisted  men,  commutation  of  quarters  and  rental  of 
quarters. — Concerning  enlisted  men  on  duty  at  places  where 
no  public  quarters  are  available,  the  law  authorizes  the 
payment  of  commutation  of  quarters  at  the  rate  of  $15  per 
month  only  when  specifically  authorized  by  the  Secretary 
of  War,  and  vests  in  him  the  discretion  of  renting  quarters 
in  lieu  of  authorizing  the  payment  of  commutation.  The 
authority  for  the  rental  of  quarters  for  enlisted  men  is  con- 
tained in  General  Orders,  No.  34,  War  Department,  June  7, 
1915,  paragraph  207,  this  compilation,  but  commutation  will 
be  paid  to  those  men  for  whom  quarters  would  otherwise 
have  to  be  rented,  except  in  cases  of  enlisted  men  serving  in 
detachments.  In  the  excepted  cases,  which  are  specified  in  the 
general  orders  above  mentioned,  the  practice  of  renting  quar- 
ters will  continue.  When  it  becomes  necessary  to  provide 
quarters  for  enlisted  men  on  duty  at  places  where  no  public 
quarters  are  available,  with  the  exceptions  hereinbefore  in- 
dicated, request  for  authority  to  pay  commutation  of  quar- 
ters will  be  made  by  the  proper  officer  to  The  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral of  the  Army,  giving  the  name,  grade,  and  organization  of 
the  man  involved,  the  number,  source,  and  date  of  the  order 
assigning  him  to  duty,  the  date  on  which  he  reported  in  per- 
son for  duty  at  the  station,  and  stating  that  no  public  quarters 
are  available  at  the  station.  Should  the  request  be  approved 
by  the  Secretary  of  War,  the  soldier  will  become  entitled  to 
commutation  of  quarters  from  and  including  the  date  on 
which  he  reported  in  person  for  duty  at  the  station. 

General  authority  is  hereby  given  the  commanding  gen- 
eral, Philippine  Department,  to  approve,  in  the  name  of  the 


471 

Secretary  of  War,  the  payment  of  commutation  of  quarters 
to  enlisted  men  under  the  conditions  set  forth  in  this  order. 

(/)  Commutation  of  heat  and  light. — The  heat  and  light 
allowance  of  commissioned  officers,  acting  dental  surgeons, 
veterinarians,  pay  clerks,  members  of  the  Nurse  Corps,  and 
enlisted  men,  occupying  quarters  other  than  public,  will  be 
commuted  at  the  rates  prescribed  in  paragraphs  1036  and 
1057,  Army  Regulations,  as  amended.  This  commutation  will 
be  payable  from  the  appropriation  "  Pay  of  the  Army  "  and 
will  be  paid  on  the  same  voucher  on  which  payment  is  made 
of  the  regular  monthly  pay. 

(g)  Forms  for  paying  commutation  of  quarters  and  of  heat 
and  light. — War  Department  Form  No.  336,  being  the  voucher 
used  in  making  monthly  payments  to  officers,  has  been  revised 
so  as  to  include  the  necessary  provision  for  commutation  of 
heat  and  light,  and  this  form  will  be  used  in  making  payment 
of  said  commutation  to  commissioned  officers,  acting  dental 
surgeons,  veterinarians,  and  pay  clerks. 

War  Department  Form  No.  369,  being  the  voucher  used  in 
making  monthly  payments  to  detached  enlisted  men,  has  been 
revised  so  as  to  make  it  applicable  to  members  of  the  Nurse 
Corps  and  to  include  provision  for  commutation  of  quarters 
and  of  heat  and  light.  Members  of  the  Nurse  Corps  and  en- 
listed men  who  are  entitled  to  commutation  of  quarters  or 
commutation  of  heat  and  light  will  not  be  paid  on  pay  rolls, 
but  will  be  paid  on  War  Department  Form  No.  369.  War  De- 
partment Form  No.  357  will  not  be  used  in  stating  accounts 
for  reimbursement  for  heat  and  light  for  periods  subsequent 
to  June  30,  1915. 

2.  When  pay  accounts  are  prepared  in  advance  under  the 
provisions  of  paragraph  1259,  Army  Regulations,  commutation 
of  quarters,  commutation  of  heat  and  light,  and  additional  pay 
for  private  mounts  will  be  omitted  from  the  pay  accounts  and 
drawn  on  a  separate  account  from  the  quartermaster  where 
the  officer  is  serving.     (G.  O.  35,  1915—2290234,  A.  G.  O.) 

231.  Payment  of  troops. — 1.  While  in  the  field  or  in  time 
of  war,  the  enlisted  men  of  a  regiment  will  be  paid  by  the 
regimental  quartermaster  or  commissary,  when  In  the  opinion 
of  the  division  commander  conditions  warrant  and  it  is  prac- 
ticable to  do  so,  in  accordance  with  the  following  instructions : 

(a)  The  pay  rolls  will  be  prepared  by  organization  com- 
manders and  sent  to  the  division  quartermaster,  the  rolls  of 


472 

each  organization  to  be  accompanied  by  a  list  of  the  names  of 
the  men,  if  any,  desiring  to  malie  deposit  of  all  or  any  part  of 
their  pay,  with  a  statement  in  each  case  of  the  amount  of  the 
deposit.  The  name  of  the  officer  designated  by  the  regimental 
or  other  commander  to  make  the  payment  will  be  sent  with 
the  pay  rolls  to  division  headquarters.  The  division  quarter- 
master will  cause  his  office  to  compute  and  add  the  rolls  and 
prepare  schedules  of  funds  showing  amounts  and  denomina- 
tions for  each  organization.  When  the  rolls  of  a  regiment 
are  thus  completed  they  will  be  sent  with  the  necessary  funds 
in  the  proper  denominations,  less  amounts  to  be  deposited, 
together  with  the  schedules  of  such  funds,  by  the  division 
quartermaster  to  the  regimental  quartermaster  or  commis- 
sary, as  the  case  may  be,  designated  to  make  the  payment, 
who  will  pay  the  troops  as  promptly  as  practicable  after 
receipt  of  funds. 

(&)  The  funds  required  to  pay  a  regiment  will  be  regularly 
transferred  by  invoice  to  the  regimental  quartermaster  or 
commissary  designated  to  make  the  payment  who,  under  the 
provisions  of  section  3623  of  the  Revised  Statutes,  will  be  re- 
quired to  account  for  the  funds  in  the  manner  prescribed  in 
the  regulations  issued  in  furtherance  of  the  law  and  on  the 
forms  authorized  for  the  purpose. 

2.  As  a  guide  to  regimental  quartermasters  or  commis- 
saries in  making  payments,  the  following  instructions  will  be 
observed : 

(a)  For  purposes  of  ready  explanation  it  will  be  presumed 
that  the  gross  amount  of  the  rolls  of  a  regiment  is  $15,000; 
that  the  deposits  are  $3,000,  and  the  quartermaster's  collec- 
tions are  $2,000,  leaving  the  net  amount  to  be  paid  to  the  men 
$10,000,  which,  consequently,  is  the  amount  to  be  sent  and 
transferred  in  cash  of  appropriate  denominations  by  the  di- 
vision quartermaster  to  the  regimental  quartermaster  or  com- 
missary designated  to  disburse  the  funds  and  account  for 
them. 


473 

(6)  Based  upon  the  foregoing  hypothetical  case,  entries  in 
the  casli  book  would  be  as  follows : 


Date, 

Pay,  Army,  1914. 

Soldiers' 

deposits. 

1914. 

Dr. 

Cr. 

Dr. 

Cr. 

May     6 

To  transfer  from  Col. in 

cash          J 

$10,000 

8 

By  paid  on  vouchers  and  to 

$15,000 

g 

To  soldiers'  deposits 

$3,000 

10 

To  transfer  from  Col. in 

cash 

5,000 

31 

Quartermasters'    collections 
deposited     to    credit    of 
United  States  Treasurer 

Soldiers'  deposits  deposited 
to  credit  of  United  States 
Treasurer 

$3,000 

15,000 

15,000 

3,000 

3,000 

Date, 

Quartermasters' 
collections. 

Total. 

1914. 

Dr. 

Cr. 

Dr. 

Cr. 

May     6 

To  transfer  from  Col. in 

$10,000 

2,000 
3,000 

5,000 

8 

By  paid  on  vouchers  and  to 

$2,000 

$15,000 

8 

To  soldiers'  deposits 

10 

To  transfer  from  Col. in 

31 

Quartermasters'    collections 
deposited     to    credit     of 
United  States  Treasurer  . . . 

$2,000 

2  000 

Soldiers'  deposits  deposited 
to  credit  of  United  States 

3,000 

2,000 

2,000 

20,000 

20,000 

(c)  The  regimental  quartermaster  or  commissary  charges 
himself  with  the  amount  received  for  the  payment,  $10,000. 

(d)  He  takes  credit  in  the  gross  amount  of  his  abstract  of 
disbursements  in  one  entry  if  all  are  paid  on  same  day ;  other- 
wise he  uses  one  line  for  each  day's  payments,  the  total  of  the 
lines  equaling  amount  of  abstract,  in  this  case  $15,000;  he 
charges  himself  on  the  same  line  or  lines  with  the  collections 
on  the  corresponding  vouchers,  in  this  case  $2,000. 

(e)  He  charges  himself  with  the  amount  of  soldiers' 
deposits,  $3,000. 


474 

(/)  As  soon  after  completing  the  payments  as  he  can  ascer- 
tain the  amount  of  his  deposits  and  collections,  he  will  request 
the  division  quartermaster  to  transfer  to  him  the  amount  of 
those  deposits  and  collections,  which  will  be  done  in  the 
following  manner : 

First.  Where  there  are  embraced  in  the  collections  amounts 
in  favor  of  individuals  or  instrumentalities,  like  company 
shoemaker,  tailor,  post  laundry,  post  exchange,  etc.,  separate 
checks  will  be  drawn  by  the  division  quartermaster,  one  for 
each  separate  individual  or  instrumentality,  to  the  order  of 
the  officer  making  the  payment,  citing  as  the  object  for  which 
drawn  "  Transfer  of  funds." 

Second.  One  check  for  the  sum  of  the  balance  of  the  collec- 
tions and  the  deposits  will  be  similarly  drawn  for  transfer  of 
funds. 

ig)  On  the  receipt  of  these  checks  the  paying  officer  will 
indorse  to  the  individuals  and  instrumentalities  the  checks 
intended  for  them.  He  will  indorse  the  check  for  the  balance 
of  the  collections  and  for  the  deposits  for  deposit  to  the  credit 
of  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States,  indicating  in  his  in- 
dorsement the  amounts  of  the  collections  and  the  deposits. 
The  checks  will  be  disposed  of  as  called  for  in  the  indorse- 
ments. 

(h)  When  the  checks  are  received  from  the  division  quar- 
termaster the  regimental  quartermaster  or  commissary  will 
charge  himself  with  the  amount  of  the  deposits  and  collec- 
tions, under  proper  appropriations — in  this  case,  $5,000,  Pay 
of  Army,  1914.  When  the  checks  are  sent  for  deposit  to  the 
credit  of  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States  the  regimental 
quartermaster  or  commissary  will  credit  himself  on  one  line 
with  the  amount  of  the  collections  as  deposited  to  credit  of 
United  States  Treasurer  and  on  another  with  the  amount  of 
the  soldiers'  deposits  similarly  deposited. 

(i)  It  will  be  noted  that  the  amount  of  collections  deposited 
to  the  credit  of  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States  as  shown 
on  next  to  the  last  line  of  the  extract  from  the  cash  book  is 
given  as  $2,000.  That  is  the  gross  amount  of  the  collections. 
In  case  there  are  collections  made  which  are  to  be  turned  over 
to  individuals  and  instrumentalities,  the  amount  of  the  col- 
lections should  be  diminished  by  the  sum  of  the  collections  in 
favor  of  individuals  and  instrumentalities  and  the  net  amount 
only  carried  to  the  cash  book.    Credit  for  the  disbursement  of 


475 

the  collections  in  favor  of  individuals  and  instrumentalities 
will  be  taken  on  old  Pay  Forms  2,  35,  etc.,  which  should  be 
attached  to  the  roll  on  which  collection  was  made  and  accom- 
pany same  to  this  office.  Such  disbursements  are  not  entered 
in  the  cash  book. 

ij)  After  payment,  eny  funds  left  in  the  hands  of  the  regi- 
mental quartermaster  or  commissary  making  the  payment  will 
be  promptly  invoiced  to  the  division  quartermaster. 

3.  The  regimental  quartermaster  or  commissary  designated 
to  pay  a  regiment  will  utilize  the  services  of  the  regimental 
quartermaster  or  commissary  sergeants  as  clerks  in  making 
the  payments. 

4.  While  the  accounting  officers  of  the  Treasury  will  sus- 
pend against  the  disbursing  officer  (regimental  quartermaster 
or  commissary)  any  erroneous  payments,  he  will  not  be  held 
pecuniarily  responsible  for  any  overpayment  due  to  error  in 
the  computation  of  the  rolls,  in  the  event  that  it  is  impossible 
to  collect  the  amount  from  the  soldier  who.  may  be  overpaid. 
Such  overpayment  will  be  assessed  against  those  herein 
charged  with  the  duty  of  figuring  and  adding  the  rolls.  ( G.  O. 
40,  1914—2164615,  A.  G.  0.) 

232.  Collection  of  indebtedness  of  soldier  restored  to 
duty  from  status  of  general  prisoner. — When  at  the  time  of 
his  restoration  to  duty  as  a  soldier  from  the  status  of  a  gen- 
eral prisoner,  under  the  provisions  of  section  1352,  Revised 
Statutes,  the  soldier  is  indebted  to  the  United  States  or  its 
instrumentalities,  the  amount  of  such  indebtedness  will  be 
charged  against  him  for  collection  in  monthly  installments 
equal  to  one-third  of  his  monthly  pay,  unless  his  indebtedness 
if  discharged  at  the  rate  of  one-third  of  his  pay  would  not  be 
entirely  discharged  at  the  expiration  of  his  terra  of  enlistment. 
In  that  case  the  amount  of  the  monthly  collections  will  be  in- 
creased to  the  extent  necessary  to  discharge  the  entire  in- 
debtedness before  his  term  of  enlistment  shall  have  expired. 
(Par.  II,  G.  O.  41,  1914—2132284  A,  A.  G.  0.) 

233.  Travel  allowances  for  discharged  soldiers. — 1.  When 
discharged  soldiers  elect  to  take  transportation  in  kind  and 
subsistence  to  place  of  enlistment  they  will  be  entitled  to  the 
following  allowances  to  such  place,  viz : 

(a)  Transportation,  rail:  Second  class  if  available;  if  sec- 
ond class  not  available,  first  class. 


476 

(&)  Sleeping-car  accommodations:  Tourist-car  berth  If 
available,  and  upper  berth  if  practicable ;  if  not,  a  lower  berth. 
If  tourist  car  not  available,  an  upper  berth  in  standard 
sleeper  may  be  furnished  if  practicable ;  if  not,  a  lower  berth. 
No  sleeping-car  accommodations  will  be  furnished  in  any  in- 
stance when  a  night's  journey  is  not  involved  or  when  the  dis- 
tance does  not  exceed  eight  hours'  travel. 

(c)  Subsistence :  When  it  is  impracticable  to  furnish  rations 
in  kind,  they  may  be  commuted  at  the  rate  of  50  cents  per 
meal  ($1.50  per  day)  based  on  the  time  via  the  official  route. 

2.  When  discharged  soldiers  elect  to  take  transportation  in 
kind  and  subsistence  to  a  place  other  than  the  place  of  enlist- 
ment, they  will  be  entitled  to  the  allowances  shown  in  para- 
graph 1,  but  care  will  be  taken  that  the  distance  from  place  of 
discharge  to  the  place  to  which  transportation  is  desired, 
based  on  the  official  route,  does  not  exceed  the  official  dis- 
tance from  place  of  discharge  to  place  of  enlistment.  When 
the  distance  between  these  points  is  shown  in  the  Official 
Table  of  Distances  published  by  the  War  Department,  such 
distance  will  govern.  Where  distance  is  not  shown  in  the 
Official  Table  of  Distances,  the  short-line  distance  determined 
from  the  Official  Railway  Guide  or  railroad  schedules  will  be 
used. 

3.  Transportation  as  authorized  in  paragraphs  1  and  2  may 
be  furnished  over  any  route,  provided  the  cost  does  not  ex- 
ceed the  cost  over  the  shorter  route  in  respect  to  which  the 
official  distance  is  figured,  but  subsistence  can  only  be  com- 
muted on  the  basis  of  the  time  usually  consumed  in  travel 
via  the  oflJicial  route.  Officers  issuing  transportation  to  dis- 
charged enlisted  men  will  inform  them  that  subsistence  can 
only  be  commuted  on  the  basis  of  the  time  of  travel  via  the 
official  route. 

4.  Transportation  will  not  be  furnished  in  kind  to  places 
that  are  inaccessible  by  means  of  common  carriers,  i.  e.,  rail- 
roads, steamboats,  and  stage  lines  operating  in  connection 
with  othjer  common  carriers  and  over  which  rates  for  passage 
are  published. 

5.  In  issuing  transportation  requests  for  transportation  and 
sleeping-car  accommodations,  issuing  officers  will  note  on  the 
back  thereof  the  place  of  enlistment  of  the  discharged  soldier 
to  which  he  is  entitled  to  transportation  and  subsistence  under 
the  act  of  Congress  approved  August  24,  1912.  (Par.  Ill, 
Q.  O.  U,  1913—1976476  B,  A.  G.  O.) 


477 

Income  Tax. 

234.  Instructions  for  collection  at  source. — The  following 
instructions  for  the  guidance  of  officers  of  the  Army  subject 
to  the  normal  tax  of  1  per  cent  under  the  act  of  October  3, 
1913,  and  for  quartermasters  charged  with  its  collection  at 
the  source  are  published  to  the  Army : 

1.  Section  2,  A,  subdivision  1  of  the  act  of  October  3,  1913, 
provides : 

That  there  shall  be  levied,  assessed,  and  collected  and  paid 
annually  upon  the  entire  net  income  arising  or  accruing  from 
all  sources  in  the  preceding  calendar  year  to  every  citizen  of 
the  United  States,  whether  residing  at  home  or  abroad,  and  to 
every  person  residing  in  the  United  States,  though  not  a  citi- 
zen thereof,  a  tax  of  one  per  centum  per  annum  upon  such 
income,  except  as  hereinafter  provided:     *     *     *. 

This  is  known  as  "  the  normal  income  tax,"  applies  to  indi- 
viduals only,  and  is  the  only  tax  collectible  at  the  source. 

2.  The  exceptions  referred  to  above  are : 

B.  *  *  *  That  in  computing  net  income  for  the  purpose 
of  the  normal  tax  there  shall  be  allowed  as  deductions :  First, 
the  necessary  expenses  actually  paid  in  carrying  on  any  busi- 
ness, not  including  personal,  living,  or  family  expenses;  sec- 
ond, all  interest  paid  within  the  year  by  a  taxable  person  on 
indebtedness;  third,  all  national.  State,  county,  school,  and 
municipal  taxes  paid  within  the  year,  not  including  those 
assessed  against  local  benefits;  fourth,  losses  actually  sus- 
tained during  the  year,  incurred  in  trade  or  arising  from  fires, 
storms,  or  shipwreck,  and  not  compensated  for  by  insurance  or 
otherwise;  fifth,  debts  due  to  the  taxpayer  actually  ascer- 
tained to  be  worthless  and  charged  off  within  the  year ;  sixth, 
a  reasonable  allowance  for  the  exhaustion,  wear,  and  tear  of 
property  arising  out  of  its  use  or  employment  in  the  business, 
not  to  exceed,  in  the  case  of  mines,  five  per  centum  of  the 
gross  value  at  the  mine  of  the  output  for  the  year  for  which 
the  computation  is  made,  but  no  deduction  shall  be  made  for 
any  amount  of  expense  of  restoring  property  or  making  good 
the  exhaustion  thereof  for  which  an  allowance  is  or  has  been 
made:  Provided,  That  no  deduction  shall  be  allowed  for  any 
amount  paid  out  for  new  buildings,  permanent  improvements, 
or  betterments,  made  to  increase  the  value  of  any  property  or 
estate;  seventh,  the  amount  received  as  dividends  upon  the 
stock  or  from  the  net  earnings  of  any  corporation,  joint  stock 
company,  association,  or  insurance  company  which  is  taxable 
upon  its  net  income  as  hereinafter  provided;  eighth,  the 
amount  of  income,  the  tax  upon  which  has  been  paid  or  with- 
held for  payment  at  the  source  of  the  income,  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  section,  provided  that  whenever  the  tax  upon 
the  income  of  a  person  is  required  to  be  withheld  and  paid  at 


478 

the  source  as  hereinafter  required,  if  such  annual  income  does 
not  exceed  the  sum  of  $3,000  or  is  not  fixed  or  certain,  or  is 
indefinite,  or  irregular  as  to  amount  or  time  of  accrual,  the 
same  shall  not  be  deducted  in  the  personal  return  of  such 
person    *     *     *. 

C.  That  there  shall  be  deducted  from  the  amount  of  the  net 
income  of  each  of  said  persons,  ascertained  as  provided  herein, 
the  sum  of  $3,000,  plus  $1,000  additional  if  the  person  making 
the  return  be  a  married  man  with  a  wife  living  with  him,  or 
plus  the  sum  of  $1,000  additional  if  the  person  making  the  re- 
turn be  a  married  woman  with  a  husband  living  with  her ;  but 
in  no  event  shall  this  additional  exemption  of  $1,000  be  de- 
ducted by  both  a  husband  and  wife :  Provided,  That  only  one 
deduction  of  $4,000  shall  be  made  from  the  aggregate  income 
of  both  husband  and  wife  when  living  together. 

3.  Section  2,  E,  subdivision  1,  of  the  act  of  October  3,  1913, 
among  other  things,  provides : 

All  officers  and  employees  of  the  United  States  having  the 
control,  receipt,  custody,  disposal,  or  payment  of  interest,  rent, 
salaries,  wages,  premiums,  annuities,  compensation,  remunera- 
tion, emoluments,  or  other  fixed  or  determinable  annual  gains, 
profits,  and  income  of  another  person,  exceeding  $3,000  for  any 
taxable  year,  *  *  *  are  hereby  authorized  and  required  to 
deduct  and  withhold  from  such  annual  gains,  profits,  and  in- 
come such  sum  as  will  be  sufficient  to  pay  the  normal  tax  im- 
posed thereon  by  this  section,  and  shall  pay  to  the  officer  of  the 
United  States  Government  authorized  to  receive  the  same ;  and 
they  are  each  hereby  made  personally  liable  for  such  tax.  In 
all  cases  where  the  income  tax  of  a  person  is  withheld  and  de- 
ducted and  paid  or  to  be  paid  at  the  source,  as  aforesaid,  such 
person  shall  not  receive  the  benefit  of  the  deduction  and  ex- 
emption allowed  in  paragraph  C  of  this  section  except  by  an 
application  for  refund  of  the  tax  unless  he  shall,  not  less  than 
thirty  days  prior  to  the  day  on  which  the  return,  of  his  income 
.is  due,  file  with  the  person  who  is  required  to  withhold  and  pay 
tax  for  him,  a  signed  notice  in  writing  claiming  the  benefit  of 
such  exemption,  and  thereupon  no  tax  shall  be  withheld  upon 
the  amount  of  such  exemption;  *  *  *  noj.  shall  any  per- 
son under  the  foregoing  conditions  be  allowed  the  benefit  of 
any  deduction  provided  for  in  subsection  B  of  this  section  un- 
less he  shall,  not  less  than  thirty  days  prior  to  the  day  on 
which  the  return  of  his  income  is  due,  either  file  with  the  per- 
son who  is  required  to  withhold  and  pay  tax  for  him  a  true 
and  correct  return  of  his  annual  gains,  profits,  and  income 
from  all  other  sources,  and  also  the  deductions  asked  for,  and 
the  showing  thus  made  shall  then  become  a  part  of  the  return 
to  be  made  in  his  behalf  by  the  person  required  to  withhold 
and  pay  the  tax,  or  likewise  make  application  for  deductions 
to  the  collector  of  the  district  in  which  return  is  made  or  to  be 
made  for  him    *     *     *. 


479 

4.  Article  33  of  the  Regulations,  United  States  Internal  Rev- 
enue, in  explaining  exemptions  under  C  and  deductions  under 
B,  says  in  part: 

(a)  In  all  cases  where  the  income  tax  of  a  person  is  with- 
held and  deducted  and  paid  or  to  be  paid  at  the  source,  such 
person  shall  not  receive  the  benefit  of  the  deduction  and  ex- 
emption allowed  in  paragraph  C,  except  by  an  application  to 
the  collector  for  refund  of  the  tax  unless  he  shall,  not  less 
than  thirty  days  prior  to  the  day  on  which  the  return  of  his 
income  is  due,  file  with  the  person  who  is  required  to  withhold 
and  pay  tax  for  him  a  certificate  claiming  the  benefit  of  suck 
exemption,  and  thereupon  no  tax  shall  be  withheld  upon,  the 
amount  of  such  exemption.  If  any  person  for  the  purpose  of 
obtaining  any  allowance  or  reduction  by  virtue  of  a  claim 
for  such  exemption,  either  for  himself  or  for  any  other  per- 
son, knowingly  makes  any  false  statement  or  false  or  fraudu- 
lent representation,  he  shall  be  liable  to  a  penalty  of  $300. 

( b )  Nor  shall  any  person  under  the  foregoing  conditions  bo 
allowed  the  benefit  of  any  deduction  provided  for  in  subsec- 
tion B  *  *  *  unless  he  shall,  not  less  than  thirty  days  prior 
to  the  day  on  which  the  return  of  his  income  is  due,  either 
file  with  the  person  who  is  required  to  withhold  and  pay  tax 
for  him  a  true  and  correct  return  (on  Form  1008)  of  his  an- 
nual gains,  profits,  and  income  from  all  other  sources,  and 
also  the  deductions  asked  for,  and  the  showing  thus  made 
shall  then  become  a  part  of  the  return  to  be  made  in  his  be- 
half by  the  person  required  to  withhold  and  pay  the  tax,  and 
the  debtor  or  withholding  agent  will  only  withhold  the  tax 
on  the  payments  made  in  excess  of  the  deductions  claimed  on 
said  form.  Or  such  person  may  likewise  make  application 
for  deductions  to  the  collector  of  the  district  in  which  return 
is  made  or  to  be  made  for  him.    *    *    * 

(e)  Claims  for  exemption  and  deductions  may  be  filed  with 
the  withholding  agent  and  claims  for  deductions  may  be  filed 
with  the  collector,  not  later  than  thirty  days  prior  to  March  1. 

In  cases  where  claims  for  deductions  are  filed  with  the 
collector  within  the  time  prescribed,  the  collector  will  imme- 
diately furnish  the  withholding  agent  (whose  name  and  ad- 
dress must  be  shown  on  Form  1008)  with  a  statement  of  the 
amount  of  deductions  claimed,  and  said  withholding  agent 
shall  not  withhold  and  pay  the  normal  tax  to  the  extent  of 
the  deductions  claimed  as  per  said  list. 

Withholding  agents  should  not  file  their  annual  returns  until 
after  the  expiration  of  the  time  allowed  persons  to  file  claims 
for  exemptions  and  deductions,  and  if  claims  for  deductions 
are  filed  with  the  collector  in  the  required  time,  yet  not  in 
sufficient  time  to  have  the  adjustment  made  by  the  withhold- 
ing agent,  the  collector  will  make  the  adjustment  on  the  with- 
holding agent's  return,  and  in  reporting  such  withholding 
agent  for  assessment  will  make  allowance  for  the  amount  of 
such  deductions  claimed.  Notice  of  such  adjustment,  however, 
must  be  furnished  the  withholding  agent. 


480 

5.  Articles  65,  66,  and  69  of  said  Regulations  provide : 

Art.  65.  A  withholding  agent  who  pays  monthly,  or  periodi- 
cally during  the  year,  interest,  rents,  salaries,  wages,  etc.,  shall 
not  withhold  the  said  tax  until  such  time  as  the  interest, 
rents,  salaries,  wages,  etc.,  shall  have  reached  an  aggregate 
amount  in  excess  of  $3,000.  When  such  amount  has  been 
reached,  such  agent  shall  withhold  the  tax  on  the  whole  $3,000 
and  any  excess  thereof,  unless  the  person  to  whom  the  income 
is  due  files  a  notice  claiming  exemption  under  paragraph 
C,  *  *  *  in  which  case  the  withholding  agent  shall  with- 
hold only  the  tax  on  the  income  in  excess  of  said  exemption  of 
$3,000  or  $4,000  (as  the  case  may  be),  and  the  tax  so  withheld 
shall  be  paid  as  required  by  law. 

Aet.  66.  In  case  the  person  to  whom  the  income  is  due  is 
entitled  to  any  deductions  under  paragraph  B,  he  may  avail 
himself  of  such  deductions  by  filing  with  the  withholding  agent 
Form  1008,  *  *  *  in  which  case  the  withholding  agent 
will  only  withhold  the  tax  on  such  income  in  excess  of  the 
deductions  claimed  on  said  form. 

Abt.  69.  Withholding  agents  shall  make  an  annual  list  re- 
turn (Form  1042),  in  duplicate,  to  the  collector  of  internal  rev- 
enue for  the  district  in  which  the  withholding  agent  resides  or 
has  his  principal  place  of  business  on  or  before  the  1st  day  of 
March  in  each  year,  showing  the  names  and  addresses  of  per- 
sons who  have  received  incomes  in  excess  of  $3,000,  on  which 
the  normal  tax  of  1  per  cent  has  been  deducted  and  withheld 
during  the  preceding  year.  This  return  must  be  accompanied 
by  all  forms  presented  claiming  exemptions  and  deductions. 

6.  Disbursing  officers  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps  will  de- 
duct and  withhold  the  normal  tax  of  1  per  cent  on  the  follow- 
ing items : 

(a)  Pay,  both  base  and  service. 
(6)  Foreign  service  pay. 

(c)  Increase  of  pay  because  of  aviation. 

(d)  Pay  as  aid. 

(e)  Pay  for  certificate  of  merit. 

(/)  Rents  payable  to  persons,  as  distinguished  from  cor- 
porations and  companies. 

The  tax  will  not  be  withheld  at  the  source  on  the  following 
items : 

(a)  Pay  for  mounts. 

(6)  Mileage. 

(c)  Reimbursement  for  actual  expenses. 

(d)  Per  diem  allowances  in  lieu  of  subsistence  while  travel- 
ing under  orders. 

(e)  Commutation  of  quarters. 
(/)  Payments  for  heat  and  light. 

{g)  Rents  payable  to  corporations,  companies,  etc. 


481 

7.  Where  the  rent  payable  to  one  person  is  less  than  $3,000, 
no  deduction  is  made  and  no  exemption  need  be  claimed. 

Should  the  withholding  officer  be  in  doubt,  under  the  word- 
ing of  the  lease,  whether  the  person  named  to  receive  the  rent 
is  entitled  to  it  as  owner  or  as  agent,  he  may  require  such  per- 
son to  furnish  him  with  Form  1007  properly  executed  by  the 
owner  of  the  property. 

Unless  it  clearly  appear  in  the  lease  that  the  rent  is  payable 
to  a  company,  corporation,  etc.,  the  tax  must,  in  the  absence  of 
properly  executed  Form  1001,  be  withheld. 

8.  A  withholding  agent  shall  not  withhold  the  normal  tax  of 
1  per  cent  until  the  payments  made  by  such  withholding  agent 
to  any  one  person  in  a  calendar  year  aggregate  in  excess  of 
$3,000,  when  he  shall  deduct  and  withhold  upon  the  entire 
amount  paid  by  him  unless  exemption  is  claimed  on  Treasury 
Department  Form  1007  revised,  and  then  only  on  the  amount 
in  excess  of  the  amount  of  the  exemption  claimed.  In  case  the 
exemption  notice  is  not  filed  until  after  withholding  has  been 
made,  the  withholding  agent  may,  at  any  time  prior  to  render- 
ing his  annual  list  return,  refund  the  amount  of  tax  withheld 
to  the  extent  of  the  exemption  claimed,  provided  such  exemp- 
tion is  claimed  prior  to  January  30  of  the  year  following  the 
tax  year. 

In  order  to  enable  these  adjustments  to  be  made,  withhold- 
ing agents  paying  monthly  will  not  file  their  return  prior  to 
January  30  following  the  close  of  the  calendar  year  covered  by 
the  return,  January  29  being  the  last  day  on  which  exemption 
certificates  can  be  filed  for  the  preceding  year. 

The  appropriate  time  for  a  withholding  agent  to  make  his 
annual  return  is  between  January  30  and  the  last  day  of 
February  following  the  calendar  year  covered  by  the  return. 

With  the  exception  of  withholding  agents  on  duty  in  the 
Philippine  Islands,  China,  and  at  remote  Alaskan  and  foreign 
stations,  the  return  should  be  filed  so  as  to  be  in  the  hands  of 
the  proper  collector  of  internal  revenue  by  March  1.  In  the 
excepted  cases  the  return  should  be  filed  so  as  to  be  in  the 
hands  of  the  collector  by  March  31.  Withholding  agents  on 
duty  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  China,  and  at  all  stations  be- 
yond the  continental  limits  of  the  United  States,  except 
Alaska,  should  file  their  return  with  the  collector  of  internal 
revenue,  Baltimore,  Md.  Those  in  Alaska  should  file  their 
return  with  the  collector  of  internal  revenue,  Tacoma,  Wash. 

Exemption  certificates  need  not  be  in  duplicate. 
40062°— 16 31 


482 

9.  In  case  an  officer  from  whom  there  has  been  withheld  the 
tax  on  an  amount  in  excess  of  amount  exempt  under  paragraph 
C  ($3,000  or  $4,000,  as  the  case  may  be)  is  entitled  under  para- 
graph B  to  deductions  which  would  wipe  out,  in  whole  or  in 
part,  the  amount  withheld,  the  withholding  officer  may,  upon 
receipt  of  Form  1008,  properly  executed,  refund  to  such  cred- 
itor officer  the  amount  withheld  to  the  extent  of  the  deductions 
claimed.  In  such  case  Forms  1007  and  1008  must  both  be  filed 
by  the  creditor  officer  with  the  withholding  officer  on  or  before 
January  29  following  the  close  of  the  calendar  year. 

10.  The  amount  of  the  exemption,  $4,000,  may  be  split  be- 
tween husband  and  wife,  each  taking  such  part  as  may  be 
desired,  but  the  total  exemption  of  the  two  can  not  exceed 
$4,000. 

11.  An  insane  officer,  if  married  and  living  with  his  wife  at 
time  of  commitment,  confined  in  an  institution  is  held  to  be 
living  with  his  wife  during  confinement. 

An  officer  living  apart  from  his  wife,  to  whom  he  pays  ali- 
mony, suffers  deduction  on  all  income  in  excess  of  $3,000. 

12.  When  a  disbursing  officer  is  relieved  from  duty  because 
of  expiration  of  detail,  retirement,  resignation,  etc.,  he  will 
render  the  return  required  in  his  capacity  as  a  withholding 
agent  at  the  same  time  as  he  would  have  rendered  it  if  he  had 
continued  on  disbursing  duty. 

In  case  of  the  death  of  a  disbursing  officer,  the  board  ap- 
pointed to  settle  his  accounts  will,  if  the  disbursements  made 
by  the  deceased  require  it,  furnish  the  proper  collector  of 
internal  revenue  with  a  return,  in  duplicate,  on  Treasury  De- 
partment Form  1042,  as  of  date  of  death,  accompanied  with 
a  statement  that  the  amount  of  the  withholdings,  if  any,  are 
on  deposit  in  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States  to  the  credit 
of  the  special  deposit  account  of  the  deceased.  All  claims  for 
exemption.  Form  1007  revised,  or  for  refundment  of  excessive 
withholdings,  Treasury  Department  Form  1008  revised,  which 
may  have  been  filed  with  the  deceased  will  be  forwarded  to  the 
collector  of  internal  revenue,  together  with  the  return  on  Form 
1042.  A  certified  copy  of  the  Form  1042  will  be  filed  with  the 
findings  of  the  board. 

When  a  disbursing  officer  is  directed  to  change  station  he 
will,  before  departing  from  his  old  station,  provide  himself 
with  such  data  as  may  be  necessary  to  enable  him  to  make 
proper  withholdings  from  any  officer  who  may  have  been  paid 


483 

by  him  at  the  old  station,   should  such  an  officer  present 
accounts  to  him  at  the  new  station. 

Claims  for  exemption  filed  with  a  disbursing  officer  should 
be  retained  by  such  officer  for  submission  with  his  annual  list 
return  of  withholdings.  In  all  cases  when  an  officer  ceases 
disbursing  at  any  particular  station,  he  will  leave  at  such 
station  a  certified  list  of  the  claims  for  exemption  which  have 
been  filed  with  him  in  order  that  his  successor  may  have 
knowledge  thereof.  In  case  of  death  the  list  will  be  prepared 
by  the  board  of  officers  appointed  to  settle  his  accounts. 

13.  If  an  officer  has  filed  certificate  of  exemption  with  any 
withholding  agent,  he  will,  on  presenting  pay  vouchers  to  an- 
other withholding  agent,  forward  with  such  vouchers  a  cer- 
tificate to  the  effect  that  "  claim  for  exemption  for  $ has 

been  filed  with  quartermaster  at " 

14.  Withholding  agent  turns  over  the  tax  withheld  by  him 
only  when  called  upon  to  do  so  by  the  collector  of  his  district. 

15.  Every  person  whose  net  income  during  a  calendar  year 
amounts  to  $3,000  or  more  will  be  required  to  execute  and  for- . 
ward  to  the  collector  of  internal  revenue  of  the  district  in 
which  he  may  be  stationed  or  residing  in  the  United  States  a 
return  of  his  income  prepared  on  Form  1040,  entitled  *'  Return 
of  annual  net  income  of  individuals."  This  return  must  be 
filed  with  the  collector  on  or  before  March  1  of  the  following 
year. 

16.  Officers  on  duty  or  residing  beyond  the  continental  limits 
of  the  United  States  who  have  no  legal  residence  in  the  United 
States  should  prepare  and  forward  their  annual  return  of  net 
income  to  the  collector  of  internal  revenue  at  Baltimore,  Md., 
in  whose  district  Washington  is  located,  unless  they  be  in 
Alaska,  in  which  event  the  return  should  be  sent  to  the  collec- 
tor of  internal  revenue  at  Tacoma,  Wash.  The  return  should 
be  forwarded  in  time  to  reach  the  office  of  the  collector  not 
later  than  March  1  of  each  year.  ( G.  0.  SO,  1914,  as  amended 
by  Par.  I,  G.  0.  13,  1915,  and  Par.  I,  G.  0.  54,  1915—2165465, 
and  Addis.  B.  and  F,  A.  G.  0.) 

235.  Method  of  accounting  for  moneys  withheld  at 
source. — The  following  decision  of  the  Comptroller  of  the 
Treasury,  dated  August  11,  1914,  prescribing  the  method  of 
accounting  for  moneys  withheld  at  the  source  by  disbursing 
officers  from  income  payments,  is  published  to  the  Army  for 
the  information  and  guidance  of  all  concerned  in  connection 


484 

with  the  provisions  of  General  Orders,  No.  50,  War  Depart- 
ment, 1914,  paragraph  234,  this  compilation : 

1.  All  disbursing  officers  of  the  United  States,  under  what- 
ever title  they  disburse  Government  funds,  are  required  to 
act  as  agents  of  the  Government  in  withholding  at  the  source 
the  tax  levied  by  the  act  of  October  3,  1913  (38  Stat., 
166-181),  upon  the  incomes  of  individuals.  (See  sec.  2,  par. 
E,  p.  170.) 

Moneys  withheld  on  account  of  income  tax  will  be  accounted 
for  by  each  disbursing  officer  in  his  special  deposit  account, 
as  a  distinct  classification  thereof,  in  a  separate  column  of 
the  special  deposit  account  current.  (See  19  Comp.  Dec,  442; 
20  id.,  479.) 

The  amounts  withheld  should  be  clearly  shown  in  the  pay 
roll  or  voucher  of  the  disbursing  officer's  regular  account  on 
which  salary  or  other  payment  is  made,  either  in  a  separate 
column  of  "  deductions  "  or  under  "  remarks,"  and  charge  will 
be  made  against  the  proper  appropriation  for  the  full  amount 
due  each  individual,  including  the  amount  of  the  income  tax. 
Credit  for  said  full  amount  will  be  asked  for  and  given  by  the 
accounting  officers  of  the  Treasury,  if  the  item  be  otherwise 
correct,  upon  a  sufficient  showing  that  the  disbursing  officer 
.has  taken  up  said  amount  of  income  tax  deduction  in  each 
individual  case  and  charged  himself  therewith  in  his  special 
deposit  account. 

The  amounts  withheld  will  be  deposited  with  the  Treasurer 
of  the  United  States  to  the  official  credit  of  the  special  deposit 
account  of  the  disbursing  officer  in  the  following  manner : 

The  disbursing  officer  will  draw  his  check  bearing  the  sym- 
bol number  of  his  regular  account,  in  favor  of  the  Treasurer 
of  the  United  States,  to  be  deposited  to  the  credit  of  his  special 
deposit  account.  The  appropriation  or  appropriations  charge- 
able will  be  entered  on  the  check  under  the  words  "  Object  for 
which  drawn."  This  check  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Treasurer 
of  the  United  States,  who  will  charge  the  amount  in  the 
officer's  regular  account  and  credit  a  like  amount  in  the 
officer's  special  deposit  account,  for  which  a  duplicate  certifi- 
cate of  deposit  will  be  mailed  to  the  officer  as  his  receipt. 

The  amounts  withheld  will  be  scheduled  upon  a  schedule 
of  receipts  and  deposits  (special  deposit  account),  which  will 
show  the  date  of  receipt,  from  whom  received,  purpose  or 
classification  of  receipt,  amount  received,  and  the  number  and 
date  of  certificate  of  deposit  given  by  the  Treasurer.  Where 
income-tax  collections  form  the  only  class  of  special  deposit 
moneys  carried  by  a  disbursing  officer,  the  purpose  or  classi- 
fication column  may  be  omitted,  the  classification  being  shown 
in  the  heading  of  the  form. 

Where  an  amount  has  been  withheld  and  the  individual  sub- 
sequently claims  exemptions  or  deductions  authorized  by  law, 
or  claims  that  the  amounts  have  been  improperly  withheld,  in 
whole  or  in  part,  the  disbursing  officer,  if  refunder  is  author- 
ized, may  make  refund  to  said  individual  by  drawing  a  check 


485 

bearing  the  symbol  number  of  his  special  deposit  account,  in 
favor  of  the  individual  from  whom  withheld,  upon  the  Treas- 
urer of  the  United  States.  Said  refundments  will  be  scheduled 
upon  a  schedule  of  refundments,  which  will  show  the  date  of 
refundment,  to  whom  refunded,  purpose  for  which  refunded, 
and  checli  number  and  amount  of  refundment.  No  voucher  in 
support  of  refundments  will  ordinarily  be  required  by  the 
accounting  officers  other  than  the  schedules  and  checlis. 

Remittance  to  the  proper  collector  of  internal  revenue  will 
also  be  by  check  bearing  the  symbol  number  of  the  disbursing 
officer's  special  deposit  account,  in  favor  of  the  collector,  drawn 
on  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States.  The  remittance  will 
be  accounted  for  by  entry  made  on  the  debit  side  of  the  dis- 
bursing officer's  special  deposit  account  current  for  the  period 
in  which  the  remittance  payment  is  made,  showing  the  number 
and  date  of  the  remittance  check  in  the  stub  and  the  amount 
thereof  in  the  income-tax  column.  If  the  amounts  withheld 
for  a  given  calendar  year  are  correct,  said  amounts  will  equal 
the  amount  of  the  assessment  made  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Internal  Revenue,  and  the  drawing  of  the  remittance  check 
should  clear  the  income-tax  account  for  that  year.  The  origi- 
nal or  a  certified  copy  of  the  notice  of  assessment  from  the 
collector  must  accompany  the  special  deposit  account  for  the 
period  in  wliich  the  remittance  is  made. 

In  case  of  the  death,  resignation,  or  transfer  of  a  disbursing 
or  collecting  officer,  his  special  deposit  funds  will  be  duly  trans- 
ferred to  his  successor,  taking  the  latter's  receipt  therefor. 
Upon  the  production  of  said  receipt  and  of  evidence  that  the 
successor  has  taken  up  and  charged  liimself  in  his  special  de- 
posit account  with  the  balances  of  the  various  special  deposit 
classifications  contained  in  his  predecessor's  last  account  sub- 
mitted, due  credit  will  be  given  by  the  accounting  officers  of 
the  Treasury  to  the  late  accountable  officer,  and  the  latter's 
special  deposit  account  at  his  late  station,  if  otherwise  correct, 
will  be  closed. 

The  special  deposit  account  of  a  disbursing  or  collecting 
officer  will  be  examined  and  audited  by  the  proper  auditor 
having  jurisdiction  by  law  over  said  officer's  accounts,  with 
the  same  care,  thoroughness,  and  procedure  as  in  case  of  his 
regular  account,  except  that  the  settlement  of  an  account  need 
not  be  certified  by  the  auditor  to  the  Division  of  Bookkeeping 
and  Warrants  nor  a  copy  furnished  to  heads  of  departments : 
Provided,  That  no  exception  shall  be  taken  or  disallowance 
made  by  an  auditor  in  connection  with  income-tax  moneys 
withheld  by  a  disbursing  officer,  where  a  proper  accounting  is 
made  of  the  amounts  withheld,  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  circular,  and  the  disbursing  officer  charges  him- 
self (credits  the  United  States)  in  his  special  deposit  account 
with  the  full  amount  withheld  and  assessed  against  him  as 
shown  by  the  notice  of  assessment  filed  with  his  account  and 
credits  himself  (debits  the  United  States)  with  the  remittance 
to  the  collector  of  said  assessment. 


486 

All  disbursing  and  collecting  officers  receiving  moneys  em- 
braced within  tlie  definition  of  special  deposits  given  herein 
and  in  19  Comp.  Dec,  442,  and  20  Comp.  Dec,  479,  whether 
income  tax  or  otherwise,  who  do  not  account  for  same 
through  the  medium  of  a  special  deposit  account,  will,  un- 
less differently  authorized  by  law  or  Treasury  regulation, 
apply  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States  for  permission  to 
-open  such  an  account;  will  handle  and  account  for  said 
.moneys  as  special  deposits  apart  from  their  regular  accounts, 
as  herein  provided  for;  and  will  submit  their  special  deposit 
accounts  at  the  same  time  with  their  regular  accounts, 
monthly  or  quarterly,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  the  proper  auditor 
for  examination  and  settlement.     *     *     * 

2.  The  following  is  prescribed  to  carry  into  effect  the  re- 
quirements of  the  foregoing  decision : 

(a)  All  disbursing  officers,  in  making  application  to  the 
Treasurer  of  the  United  States  for  permission  to  open  a  spe- 
cial deposit  account,  will  ask  for  the  assignment  of  a  special 
symbol  number  and  request  a  supply  of  checks. 

(&)  Disbursing  officers  making  use  of  the  special  deposit 
account  will  make  requisition  on  the  chief  of  their  bureau  or 
office  for  the  standard  forms  described  in  General  Orders,  No. 
47,  War  Department,  1914,  paragraph  149,  this  compilation. 

(c)  On  the  abstract  of  expenditures  now  in  use  the  first 
column  to  the  right  of  that  headed  "  To  whom  paid  "  will  be 
used  to  enter  the  amount  withheld  from  the  person  w^hose 
name  is  entered  on  that  line,  the  column  being  headed  "  In- 
come-tax deductions,"  and  the  total  of  this  column  will  be  the 
amount  of  income  tax  withheld  for  that  month. 

(d)  In  the  cash  book  a  column  will  be  used  for  the  income- 
tax  deductions  and  so  headed.  Deductions  usually  made  on 
pay  or  other  vouchers,  will  be  entered  in  the  same  manner 
as  other  collections.  The  total  of  the  column  headed  "  In- 
come Tax  Deductions  "  in  the  cash  book  and  the  same  column 
on  the  abstract  of  expenditures  should  agree,  and  at  the  close 
of  the  month  the  total  amount  of  income-tax  deductions  w^ill 
be  transferred  by  a  single  check  bearing  regular  account 
symbol  number  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States  for  the 
credit  of  the  officer's  special  deposit  account,  in  a  manner 
similar  to  that  by  which  soldiers'  deposits  received  are  trans- 
ferred to  the  pay  of  Army  Deposit  Fund,  and  proper  entry 
thereof  made  in  the  cash  book, 

(e)  On  the  account  current  a  column  will  be  headed  "  In- 
.come  Tax  Deductions,"  and  under  "  Debits  "  the  entry  "  In- 


487 

come-tax  deductions  transferred  to  special  deposit  account 
by  check  No. ,"  and  under  "  Credits  "  the  entry  "  In- 
come Tax  Deducted." 

(/)  On  Standard  Form  No.  31,  Schedule  of  Receipts  and  De- 
posits, will  be  entered  in  detail  the  several  items  of  income 
tax  deducted  and  scheduled  in  the  column  on  the  Abstract 
of  Expenditures,  headed  "  Income  Tax  Deductions." 

(g)  On  Standard  Form  33  will  be  entered  (in  months  in 
which  refundments  are  made)  refundments  made  to  persons 
from  whom  an  excess  has  been  withheld.  On  the  same  form 
there  will  be  but  one  transfer  in  each  calendar  year — at  the 
time  the  tax  withheld  is  transferred  to  the  collector  of  the 
district  after  the  receipt  of  the  assessment  notice  from  the 
Commissioner  of  Internal  Revenue,  giving  the  amount  which 
should  have  been  withheld. 

(h)  Standard  Form  No.  30,  Special  Deposit  Account  Cur- 
rent, will  be  used  as  indicated  by  the  form.  Standard  Form 
32  is  not  used  in  connection  with  income-tax  deductions. 

The  operations  described  in  sections  (a)  to  (e),  inclusive, 
will  clear  the  regular  account  of  the  income-tax  deductions, 
and  the  succeding  sections  (/)  to  (h),  inclusive,  prescribe 
the  forms  to  be  used  for  the  special  deposit  account  and  the 
manner  of  preparing  the  same.  (Par.  I,  G.  O.  7-i,  191^. — 
2165465  A,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par.  II,  G.  0.  54,  1915— 
2165465  F,  A.  G.  O.) 

Teanspobtation  of  Peksons  and  Peopeety. 

236.  Former  soldiers  and  employees  returning  to  United 
States. — An  enlisted  man  a  resident  of  the  United  States 
serving  in  Hawaii,  the  Philippine  Islands,  or  Alaska,  who  is 
discharged  the  service  in  those  islands  or  in  Alaska,  by  trans- 
fer to  another  branch  of  the  service,  or  on  his  own  application, 
whether  by  way  of  favor  or  by  purchase,  or  because  of  con- 
finement by  the  civil  authorities,  or  by  way  of  punishment  for 
an  offense,  or  for  disability  caused  by  his  own  misconduct,  or 
on  account  of  fraudulent  enlistment,  is,  by  the  operation  of 
section  1290,  Revised  Statutes,  and  the  act  of  March  16,  1896 
(29  Stat.  Large,  63),  prevented  from  being  allowed  the  usual 
traveling  allowances  to  the  place  of  his  enlistment,  enrollment, 
or  original  muster  into  the  service,  but  he  will  be  brought  by 
the  Government  to  the  United  States  on  a  transport  free  of 


488 

charge  or,  in  Alaska,  via  commercial  vessel  when  a  transport 
is  not  available.     (Par.  II,  G.  O.  83,  1901.) 

Discharged  soldiers  and  civilian  employees  who  are  entitled 
to  return  transportation  to  the  United  States,  and  who  desire 
to  avail  themselves  of  this  privilege,  must  do  so  by  the  first 
available  United  States  Army  transport.  To  this  end  applica- 
tions must  be  made  for  such  transportation  within  30  days 
after  the  date  of  discharge,  whereupon  the  particular  transport 
upon  which  transportation  will  be  furnished  will  be  desig- 
nated, and  failure  to  travel  on  said  transport  will  forfeit  the 
right  to  the  transportation.  In  cases  where  such  forfeiture 
has  been  incurred  and  the  commanding  general,  Hawaiian  De- 
partment, or  the  commanding  general,  Philippine  Department, 
is  of  opinion  that  the  circumstances  justify  an  exception  being 
made,  he  is  authorized  to  direct  that  the  transportation,  when 
available,  be  furnished  anew.  {G.  O.  166,  1905,  and  A.  G.  0. 
letter  March  15,  1913—2017816,  A.  G.  O.) 

237.  Transportation  requests. — No  requests  for  supply 
of  transportation  requests  will  be  made  upon  the  office  of  the 
Quartermaster  General,  but  such  requests  will  be  made  as 
follows : 

1.  Upon  the  depot  quartermaster,  Washington,  D.  C,  di- 
rectly for  all  posts,  recruiting  stations,  and  depots  in  the 
Eastern  Department. 

2.  Upon  the  depot  quartermaster,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  directly 
for  all  posts,  recruiting  stations,  and  depots  in  the  Central 
and  Southern  Departments, 

3.  Upon  the  depot  quartermaster,  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  di- 
rectly, for  all  posts,  recruiting  stations,  and  depots  in  the 
Western  and  Hawaiian  Departments.  (Par  III,  G.  O.  92, 
1914—2237883,  A.  G.  0.) 

238.  Baggage  allowances  on  transportation  lines  for 
officers  and  others  using  Army  transports  on  trans-Paciflc 
voyages. — 1.  The  various  transportation  lines  grant  to  officers 
and  others  using  Army  transports  from  San  Francisco  to 
Honolulu,  Manila,  and  other  trans-Pacific  ports  the  same 
baggage  allowance  as  is  effective  with  respect  to  passengers 
using  commercial  steamers,  viz,  350  pounds  on  each  full 
ticket  and  175  pounds  on  each  half  ticket.  The  rule  adopted 
by  the  carriers  is  as  follows : 

For  each  adult  passenger  holding  first-class  30-day  or  first- 
class  limited  rail  ticket,  sold  on  basis  of  regular  first-class 
30-day  fare  or  regular  first-class  closely  limited  fare,  as  the 


489 

case  may  be,  350  pounds  of  baggage,  not  exceeding  $100  iu 
value,  will  be  checked  without  charge.  For  each  child  travel- 
ing on  a  half -fare  ticket  sold  on  basis  of  first-class  30-day  fare 
or  first-class  closely  limited  fare,  175  pounds  of  baggage,  not 
exceeding  $50  in  value  will  be  checked  without  charge.  To 
secure  this  allowance,  passengers  must  present  at  the  time 
baggage  is  offered  for  checking,  a  railroad  ticket  to  port  of 
embarkation  or  from  port  of  entry,  together  with  a  steamship 
ticket  or  an  order  from  competent  Government  authority 
directing  him  to  proceed  from  a  point  in  the  United  States 
to  Manila  or  other  trans-Pacific  port,  or  from  Manila  or  other 
trans-Pacific  port,  to  a  point  in  the  United  States,  as  the  case 
may  be. 

Passengers  en  route  to  or  from  Pacific  coast  points  who  use 
Government  transports  and  who  hold  other  than  first-class 
tickets  will  be  entitled  to  only  the  regular  baggage  allowance 
as  provided  in  section  (a)  of  this  rule  (150  pounds). 

2.  Officers  and  others  desiring  to  take  advantage  of  this 
rule  should  present  to  the  railroad  agent,  at  the  time  baggage 
is  checked,  their  railroad  ticket,  or  tickets,  and  also  copy  of 
their  order  directing  them  to  proceed  to  Manila  or  other  trans- 
Pacific  port,  and  in  the  case  of  any  members  of  their  family 
accompanying  them  should  also  present  the  letter  from  the 
Quartermaster  General  of  the  Army,  showing  that  reservations 
have  been  made  on  the  transport.  (Par.  II,  Bui.  26,  1914 — 
2174998,  A.  G.  O.) 

239.  Change  of  station  allowance  of  baggage  of  retired 
or  deceased  officers. — ^A  limit  of  one  year  from  date  of  retire- 
ment or  decease  is  fixed  during  which  the  change  of  station 
allowance  of  the  personal  effects,  professional  books,  and 
papers  may  be  transported  at  public  expense  to  the  homes  of 
retired  officers  or  to  such  points  within  the  limits  of  the  United 
States  as  the  relatives  or  friends  of  deceased  officers  may 
designate. 

All  property  shipped  after  the  time  limit  herein  fixed  will 
not  be  at  public  expense.  {Pa7\  I,  Cir.  63,  1905—1076884, 
M.  S.  O.) 

240.  Loss  or  damage  of  private  property  shipped  on  Gov- 
ernment bill  of  lading. — In  case  of  loss  of  or  damage  to 
private  property  of  officers  or  other  persons  connected  with 
the  military  service  that  has  been  shipped  on  Government  bill 
of  lading,  the  following  is  published  for  the  information  and 
guidance  of  all  concerned : 

The  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury,  under  date  of  July  16, 
1908,  decided  that  in  the  matter  of  shipments  of  private  prop- 
erty of  officers  there  is  no  authority  of  law  for  the  withholding 


490 

of  money  due  by  the  Government  to  the  carrier  to  reimburse 
the  owner  for  the  loss  of  or  damage  to  his  property. 

The  proper  officer  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps  will,  however, 
exhaust  every  proper  means  to  have  a  satisfactory  adjustment 
made  in  all  such  cases.     (Cir.  U,  1910—1613893,  A.  G.  0.) 

241.  Packing  and  marking,  quartermaster  supplies.— 
The  following  instructions  prescribe  standard  packing  boxes 
for  shipment  of  quartermaster  supplies  between  depots,  posts, 
and  stations  and  from  depots,  posts,  or  stations  to  troops  in 
the  field,  marks  to  be  placed  on  such  boxes  and  other  packages 
for  shipment  and  marks  on  quartermaster  supplies  for  issue : 

1.  STANDAED  PACKING  BOXES. 

Packing  boxes,  38  by  19  by  15  inches,  outside  measurement, 
meet  nearly  all  requirements  for  escort  wagon,  motor  truck, 
pack  animal,  or  water  transport,  and  accordingly  all  quarter- 
master supplies  intended  for  field  service  will,  when  practi- 
cable, be  packed  in  boxes  of  such  dimensions,  constructed  of 
suitable  light  but  durable  material  (ordinarily  not  exceeding 
one-half-inch  sides  and  1-inch  ends)  and  bound  around  ends 
and  center  when  necessary  with  suitable  hoop  iron  or  wire, 
weight  not  to  exceed  150  pounds  gross. 

Sacking  or  baling  will  be  substituted  for  boxes  whenever 
practicable,  and  when  necessary  to  use  smaller  boxes  same 
should  be  exact  subdivisions  of  corresponding  dimensions  of 
the  standard  box. 

By  reducing  the  number  of  articles,  the  standard  size  and 
gross  weight  limit  of  box  adapts  itself  to  most  quartermaster 
supplies. 

2.    EXCEPTIONS. 

(a)  In  exceptional  cases,  where  conformity  to  the  standard 
weight  limit  would  destroy  the  unity  of  equipment  and  sepa- 
rate component  parts,  the  loss  of  any  one  of  which  would 
render  the  others  useless,  the  gross  weight  of  the  standard  size 
box  may  exceed  150  pounds. 

(&)  In  exceptional  cases,  where  supplies  are  now  packed  in 
boxes  or  bales  of  less  than  150  pounds  gross  weight,  and  the 
dimensions  of  which,  determined  by  the  nature  of  the  supplies 
and  the  number  of  units  necessarily  carried,  are  within  the 
standard  dimensions,  same  may  be  packed  as  heretofore. 


491 

(c)  In  other  exceptional  cases  the  height  of  the  standard 
box  may  be  slightly  varied,  the  length  and  breadth  being 
adhered  to. 

(d)  Subsistence  stores. — Unless  otherwise  directed,  subsist- 
ence stores  will  when  practicable,  be  shipped  in  containers  in 
which  received  or  containers  of  similar  dimensions.  The 
weight  of  any  one  box  of  subsistence  stores  prepared  for 
shipment  to  posts  should  not  exceed  100  pounds  gross.  The 
gross  weight  of  barrels  may,  however,  exceed  100  pounds. 

3.    MABKS   ON   PACKAGES. 

Shipping. — ^When  space  permits,  name  or  initials  of  con- 
signee and  address  will  be  marked  on  top  surface  of  package, 
box,  etc.,  and  on  the  ends  U.  S.  number,  contents,  gross, 
tare,  and  net  weight,  name  of  seller  or  contractor,  or  if  packed 
or  repacked  by  Quartermaster  Corps,  date  packed  and  initials 
of  packers.  Also,  when  practicable,  the  insignia  of  the  Quar- 
termaster Corps  will  be  stamped  on  both  ends  of  each  box, 
crate,  barrel,  etc.,  of  quartermaster  supplies,  and  in  addition, 
to  readily  distinguish  subsistence  stores,  a  crescent  3  inches 
in  height  and  2  inches  in  width  will  be  stamped  in  red  or 
other  conspicuous  color  on  both  ends  of  all  packages  contain- 
ing subsistence  stores. 

Exception. — Where  it  is  not  practicable  to  mark  contents  on 
boxes,  etc.,  with  stencil  or  brush,  the  contents  will  be  listed 
on  heavy  paper  by  use  of  typewriter  or  pen,  the  list  attached 
by  means  of  tacks  or  paste  and  the  list  then  given  a  light  coat 
of  varnish  to  prevent  obliteration  by  rain  or  moisture. 

4.    SPECIFICATIONS  FOR   STENCIL  PLATES. 

For  marking  property  for  shipment,  a  complete  set  of 
stencil  plates  consists  of  two  full  alphabets,  Roman  capitals 
(including  the  usual  mark  for  "and"),  and  two  series  of 
numbers  from  1  to  0.  One  set  of  letters  and  numbers  is  1 
inch,  the  other  ^  inch  high.  They  are  cut  on  plates  of  sheet 
brass.  No.  28,  the  larger  2^  by  2  inches ;  the  smaller  If  by  1^ 
inches.  The  upper  edge  of  each  plate  is  turned  up  so  as  to 
form  a  rim  about  i  inch  high.  These  plates  are  issued  in 
japanned  tin  boxes,  8^  inches  long,  4  inches  wide,  and  If 
inches  high,  with  hinged  lids.  Each  box  contains,  besides  the 
full  set  of  stencils,  a  cake  of  marking  paste  in  tin  box,  a 


492 

sponge,  and  a  stencil  brush.     Printed  directions  for  the  use 
of  the  latter  materials  are  attached  to  the  inside  of  the  lid. 

5.  These  instructions  are  not  to  be  construed  as  prohibit- 
ing the  use  by  supply  depots  of  crates  of  suitable  dimensions 
in  the  shipment  of  tentage  and  other  supplies  which  experi- 
ence has  shown  can  be  more  advantageously  and  economically 
transported  in  that  form  of  container. 

6.  The  requirements  of  section  4,  Paragraph  I,  of  this  order, 
as  to  the  use  of  stencil-plate  sets  do  not  apply  to  supply  depots 
and  other  points  equipped  with  stencil-cutting  machines. 

7.   MARKS   ON  ARTICLES. 

All  nonexpendable  articles  of  quartermaster  supplies  here- 
after procured  will  be  marked  with  the  letters  "  U.  S.  Q.  M.  C." 
in  one  of  the  three  following  sizes,  according  to  the  tool  or 
article : 

Size  1,  with  letters  ^  inch  high. 

Size  2,  with  letters  i  inch  high. 

Size  3,  with  letters  1  inch  high. 

The  marking  of  all  tools  will  be  done  under  the  direction  of 
the  purchasing  officer. 

8.  The  following  will  be  supplied  to  posts  as  a  class  A 
supply : 

Q.  M.  C,  1  inch. 

U.  S.,  1  inch. 

Numerals,  1  inch  (from  0  to  9,  inclusive). 

Stencil  plates,  sets,  complete. 

Rubber  stamps,  insignia  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  and 
crescent  stencil  plate  sets. 

Quartermasters  will  make  use,  until  worn  out,  of  the  letters 
and  numerals  now  on  hand  for  marking  quartermaster  sup- 
plies and  tools. 

Requisitions  for  letters  and  numerals  of  the  sizes  prescribed 
above  will  not  be  submitted  except  to  replace  similar  articles 
of  the  kinds  and  sizes  now  in  use.  Supply  depots  of  the  Quar- 
termaster Corps  will  continue  the  issue  of  these  articles  from 
stock  on  hand  to  fill  requisitions  until  such  stock  is  exhausted. 

9.   OLD   MARKS. 

When  boxes,  crates,  barrels,  etc.,  which  have  been  used  in 
the  transportation  of  supplies  are  again  used  as  containers  in 


493 

tlie  shipment  of  supplies,  care  must  be  taken  that  all  old 
marks  are  obliterated.  (Par,  I,  G.  O.  10,  191/t—212Jf765,  A. 
G.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par.  IV,  G.  O.  25,  1914—2124765  C, 
A.  G.  O.) 

242.  Marking  of  trunk  lockers  to  facilitate  handling  in 
shipment. — In  order  to  facilitate  the  handling  of  trunk  lockers 
and  to  make  identification  easier  when  unloading  from  trains 
or  transports,  all  trunk  lockers  issued  to  Cavalry,  Field  Ar- 
tillery, and  Infantry  regiments,  in  addition  to  being  marked  as 
prescribed  in  paragraph  295,  Army  Regulations,  will  be 
marked  with  stripes,  4  inches  wide,  running  lengthwise  around 
the  middle  of  each  locker,  as  follows :  Red  for  the  first,  white 
for  the  second,  and  blue  for  the  third  battalion  or  squadron  of 
each  regiment.     (Par.  I,  G.  0.  186,  1910— 169 )S6Jt,  A.  G.  0.) 

243.  Preparation  of  regimental  and  company  property 
for  shipment. — In  the  preparation  of  regimental  and  company 
property  for  shipment,  no  explosive  substance,  oiled  or  greased 
cloths,  matches,  or  other  material  liable  to  ignite  by  friction  or 
by  spontaneous  combustion,  will  be  packed  in  any  chest,  case, 
box,  or  other  receptacle.     {Cir.  52,  1907—1267178,  A.  G.  0.) 

244.  Portable  gas  cookers  sent  from  recruit  depots. — 
Portable  gas  cookers  that  are  sent  with  recruits  from  recruit 
depots  should  be  returned  to  the  recruit  depots  as  baggage  in 
all  cases  where  practicable. 

They  will  be  checked  back  to  the  recruit  depots  on  the 
return  transportation  of  the  noncommissioned  officers  in  all 
cases  where  the  carriers  will  accept  them  as  baggage  without 
assessing  excess  baggage  charges,  and  in  all  such  cases  where 
they  are  to  be  returned  to  Jefferson  Barracks,  Mo.,  transporta- 
tion of  the  noncommissioned  officers  should  read  through  to 
Jefferson  Barracks,  with  the  St.  Louis,  Iron  Mountain  & 
Southern  Railway  Co.  as  the  final  carrier. 

If  the  carriers  refuse  to  accept  the  portable  gas  cookers  as 
baggage  without  assessing  excess  baggage  charges,  the  cookers 
will  be  turned  over  to  the  quartermaster  for  shipment  back  to 
the  recruit  depot  by  ordinary  freight  on  Government  bill  of 
lading.  The  provisions  of  paragraphs  255  and  256,  Subsistence 
Manual,  1910,  will  govern  in  the  issuance  and  return  of  these 
portable  gas  cookers.  {Par.  VI,  G.  0.  11,  1915—2253071, 
A.  G.  0.) 


494 
Clothing  and  Equipage. 

Note. — Tables,  giving  allowance  of  clothing  in  kind  for  enlisted 
men,  articles  of  clothing  issued  without  charge  to  enlisted  men, 
money  allowance  for  clothing  drawn  by  enlisted  men,  prices  at  which 
articles  of  clothing  and  equipage  will  be  charged,  sizes  of  clothing, 
and  allowance  of  tableware  and  kitchen  utensils,  are  published 
annually  in  general  orders.     Last  order  is  G.  O.  22,  1915. 

Note. — For  Equipment  Tables,  Quartermaster  Supplies,  1915,  see 
G.  O.  39,  1915. 

245.  Odd  articles  of  uniform.— Odd  articles  of  the  uni- 
form, such  as  shoes,  leggings,  and  gloves,  will  not  be  submitted 
for  the  action  of  a  surveying  officer  or  inspector,  but  will  be 
turned  into  such  depot  or  depots  as  may  be  designated  by  the 
Quartermaster  General,  in  order  that  such  articles  may  be 
mated.     {Par.  II,  G.  O.  51,  1909—U97309,  A.  G.  0.) 

246.  Telescope  cases  supplied  to  enlisted  men  en  route 
to  or  returning  from  Philippine  Islands,  Hawaii,  or 
Alaska. — Telescope  cases  that  have  been  supplied  to  enlisted 
men  en  route  to  or  returning  from  the  Philippine  Islands, 
Hawaii,  or  Alaska  will,  upon  arrival  of  troops  at  new  station, 
be  turned  over  to  the  quartermaster  for  issue  to  other  troops 
requiring  them. 

Department  quartermasters  will  keep  themselves  fully  in- 
formed as  to  the  number  of  telescope  cases  in  the  hands  of 
quartermasters  at  posts  within  their  respective  departments 
and  will  use  such  as  are  available  before  making  requisition 
for  a  new  supply. 

Except  at  remote  telegraph  stations  in  Alaska,  telescope 
cases  will  not  be  left  in  the  possession  of  enlisted  men  after 
arrival  at  permanent  stations.  (Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  156,  1907,  as 
amended  hy  Par.  I,  G.  O.  120,  1908—1395382,  A.  G.  0.) 

247.  Canvas  bags  for  use  of  recruits  in  carrying  their 
effects  en  route  to  stations.— A  canvas  bag  has  been  adopted 
for  the  use  of  recruits  in  carrying  their  effects  from  recruit 
depots  to  their  first  stations,  and  will  be  kept  on  hand  by  the 
Quartermaster  Corps  for  issue.  Telescope  cases  will  no 
longer  be  used  for  the  purpose. 

The  canvas  bags  will  be  issued  by  quartermasters  of  re- 
cruit depots  and  the  cost  price  charged  to  recruits  on  their 
clothing  money  accounts.  Upon  arrival  of  a  recruit  at  the 
station  to  which  he  has  been  assigned,  the  canvas  bag  will 
be  turned  in  to  the  quartermaster  of  the  post  and  the  recruit 
will  be  credited  upon  his  clothing  money  account  with  the 


495 

cost  of  the  bag  turned  in.  Post  quartermasters  will  invoice 
and  transfer  to  the  quartermaster  of  the  nearest  recruit  depot 
the  bags  so  turned  in,  upon  receipt  of  which  they  will  be  taken 
up  for  reissue.  (G.  O.  161,  1910—1623269,  A.  G.  O.,  as 
amended  by  Par.  II,  G.  O.  91, 1911—1788279,  A.  G.  0.) 

248.  Deserters'  clothing  and  other  clothing  designated 
for  issue  to  prisoners. — 1.  Deserters'  outer  clothing  (other 
than  that  abandoned  by  deserters  at  the  several  recruit 
depots)  and  such  other  damaged  and  unserviceable  clothing 
as  may  be  designated  by  inspectors  for  issue  to  prisoners,  will 
be  transferred,  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  117,  Army 
Regulations,  as  amended,  to  the  Philadelphia  depot  of  the 
Quartermaster  Corps.  Outer  garments  of  distinctive  uniform 
clothing  abandoned  by  deserters  at  recruit  depots  will  be 
transferred  to  the  quartermasters  of  the  United  States  Dis- 
ciplinary Barracks  and  its  branches  as  follows : 

From  Fort  Slocum,  N.  Y.,  to  the  Atlantic  Branch,  United 
States  Disciplinary  Barracks,  Fort  Jay,  N.  Y. 

From  Columbus  Barracks,  Ohio,  Jefferson  Barracks,  Mo., 
and  Fort  Logan,  Colo.,  to  the  United  States  Disciplinary 
Barracks,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans. 

From  Fort  McDowell,  Cal.,  to  the  Pacific  Branch,  United 
States  Disciplinary  Barracks,  Alcatraz,  Cal. 

2.  Special  requisitions  for  clothing  provided  for  issue  to 
general  prisoners,  separate  from  requisitions  for  clothing 
required  for  issue  to  enlisted  men,  will  be  forwarded  directly 
to  the  Philadelphia  depot  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps.  Old 
pattern  or  damaged  shoes  and  underwear  or  deserters' 
clothing  (other  than  outer  garments)  on  hand  at  posts,  not 
suitable  for  issue  to  enlisted  men,  may  be  issued  to  general 
prisoners.  {Par.  II,  G.  0.  97,  1910,  as  amended  by  Par.  II, 
G.  0.  45,  1912,  and  by  Par.  II,  G.  O.  15,  1915—2237689  F, 
A.  G.  O.) 

249.  Clothing  of  dishonorably  discharged  soldiers  and 
general  prisoners. — The  orders  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  com- 
municated January  22,  1912,  (1)  that  all  articles  of  uniform 
clothing  which  have  been  issued  to  a  soldier  will,  upon  his  dis- 
honorable discharge,  be  retained  by  the  United  States  and 
will,  when  not  required  for  his  use  as  a  general  prisoner,  be 
disposed  of  as  is  the  clothing  of  deserters;  and  (2)  that  the 
distinctive  articles  of  uniform  which  may  be  transferred  with 
a  general  prisoner  to  the  prison  designated  for  confinement 


496 

will  be  limited  to  those  which  he  is  compelled  to  wear,  and 
all  other  articles  of  the  uniform  will  be  retained  and  disposed 
of  as  provided  for  deserters'  clothing,  are  hereby  modified  to 
read  as  follows : 

1.  When  an  enlisted  man  is  dishonorably  discharged  and 
released  from  military  control,  all  distinctive  articles  of  uni- 
form pertaining  to  him  will  be  retained  by  the  United  States 
and  disposed  of  as  is  the  clothing  of  deserters.  General  pris- 
oners under  sentence  for  statutory  or  common-law  crimes  or 
misdemeanors  either  alone  or  in  connection  with  purely  mili- 
tary offenses  will  be  provided  immediately  after  receipt  of 
sentence  with  the  special  clothing  for  general  prisoners  as  con- 
templated by  paragraph  1170,  Army  Regulations.  All  articles 
of  distinctive  uniform  pertaining  to  such  general  prisoners 
will  be  retained  by  the  United  States  and  disposed  of  as  is  the 
clothing  of  deserters. 

2.  All  articles  of  distinctive  uniform  pertaining  to  general 
prisoners  under  sentence  for  purely  military  offenses  alone 
will  be  removed  from  the  possession  of  each  such  prisoner 
immediately  after  receipt  of  sentence.  Such  clothing  will  be 
listed,  marked,  and  stored  under  custody  of  the  prison  officer 
(or  adjutant)  and  will  be  available  for  return  to  the  prisoner 
should  he  be  restored  to  duty.  This  clothing  will  accompany 
the  prisoner  to  the  post  or  disciplinary  barracks  to  which  he 
is  sent  for  his  confinement  and  will  be  available,  in  whole  or  in 
part,  for  use  by  the  prisoner  at  a  disciplinary  barracks  upon 
his  enrollment  in  a  disciplinary  organization.  Upon  the  re- 
lease from  military  control  of  general  prisoners  of  this  class, 
either  at  a  post  or  a  disciplinary  barracks,  without  restoration 
to  duty,  the  clothing  in  reference  will  be  retained  by  the 
United  States,  and  at  post  it  will  be  disposed  of  as  is  deserters' 
clothing,  but  at  the  disciplinary  barracks  it  will  be  taken  up 
by  the  quartermaster  and  will  be  available  for  issue  to  men 
restored  to  duty,  if  suitable  for  that  purpose,  or  for  conver- 
sion into  special  clothing  for  use  of  general  prisoners. 

3.  Except  as  authorized  for  disciplinary  organizations,  the 
wearing  by  a  general  prisoner  of  any  distinctive  article  of  the 
uniform  provided  for  enlisted  men  is  prohibited  unless  in 
cases  of  temporary  emergency.  In  no  case  will  any  distinctive 
article  of  the  uniform  prescribed  for  enlisted  men  be  marked 
with  the  letter  "  P." 


497 

4.  Special  clothing  for  general  prisoners  at  posts  will  be 
supplied  on  requisition  to  the  depot  quartermaster,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa.     (Par.  I,  G.  0.  67,  1915—2305740  K,  A.  G.  O.) 

250.  Band  instruments,  care  and  preservation. — The  fol- 
lowing instructions  relative  to  the  care  and  preservation  of 
band  instruments  issued  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps  will  be 
strictly  complied  with: 

1.  BRASS   WIND  INSTRUMENTS. 

(a)  Grease  or  oil  should  never  be  applied  to  valves. 

(b)  The  action  of  valves  will  always  be  satisfactory  if 
they  are  kept  free  from  dirt  and  properly  moistened.  When 
an  instrument  is  regularly  in  use  the  valves  require  clean- 
ing once  a  week.  Grease  should  be  put  upon  the  slides,  but 
only  in  very  small  quantities,  and  care  exercised  that  none 
gets  into  the  interior  of  the  instrument.  Every  10  days 
the  grease  should  be  wiped  off  and  put  on  fresh  so  as  to  pre- 
vent the  slides  from  sticking, 

(c)  The  top  and  bottom  caps  of  valves  should  be  taken  off 
once  a  month  and  cleaned  and  a  small  amount  of  grease  ap- 
plied to  the  thread  of  the  caps.  Should  the  caps  become 
tightly  fixed  no  violence  will  be  used  to  remove  them,  but 
they  will  be  held  under  running  hot  water  for  a  short  time, 
M'hen  they  can  be  readily  removed.  The  use  of  pliers  and 
pincers  is  prohibited. 

(d)  Before  the  instrument  is  put  away  after  use  all  water 
should  be  blown  from  the  valves  and  slides,  as  the  reten- 
tioH  of  saliva  in  the  interior  is  the  prime  cause  of  corroding 
and  eventually  destroying  the  soldering  at  the  joints. 

2.  WOOD   WIND  INSTRUMENTS. 

(a)  A  wood  reed  instrument  after  being  played  upon  should 
be  thoroughly  dried  with  a  wiper  made  from  either  worsted 
or  silk,  when  a  small  amount  of  oil  should  be  applied  to  the 
inside  joints,  after  which  a  wiper  should  be  passed  through 
each  joint  until  the  inside  presents  a  perfectly  glossy  surface. 

(ft)  When  new  the  instrument  should  be  oiled  twice  a  week 
after  being  properly  dried.  After  four  weeks'  use,  oiling 
is  necessary  but  once  a  week. 

(c)  The  exterior  should  be  dried  with  a  soft  cloth  or 
chamois  skin,  and  the  ends  of  the  joints  kept  perfectly  dry. 
40062°— 16 32 


Machine  oil  should  be  kept  on  the  springs  and  screws  at  all 
times,  especially  at  seacoast  stations,  to  prevent  rusting, 

id)  A  swab,  which  is  naturally  damp  after  being  used, 
should  not  be  left  in  the  bore  of  a  wood  reed  instrument,  as 
it  will  cause  the  wood  to  expand  and  split. 

(e)  The  reed  instruments  in  the  Coast  Artillery  bands  sta- 
tioned at  seacoast  posts  require  constant  care  to  keep  them 
in  a  serviceable  state,  owing  to  climatic  conditions.  The  ex- 
posure to  fog  and  dampness  of  the  wood  and  the  steel  springs 
and  screws  tends  to  shorten  their  period  of  usefulnesa 

3.  When  an  instrument  is  not  in  use  it  will  invariably  be 
kept  in  the  case  provided  for  that  purpose. 

4.  A  strict  compliance  with  the  foregoing  rules  is  enjoined 
upon  all  chief  musicians,  under  the  direction  of  the  com- 
manding oflBcers  of  bands,  and  a  personal  examination  of 
each  and  every  instrument  in  the  band  by  the  chief  musician 
will  be  made  monthly,  with  a  view  to  reducing  the  amount  of 
repair  work  now  being  done. 

5.  In  invoicing  and  transferring  band  instruments  they 
must  be  accompanied  by  the  cases  and  extra  parts. 

6.  In  making  requisitions  for  musical  instruments  and 
parts,  care  will  be  exercised  in  describing  articles  required, 
giving  name  of  instrument  and  manufacturer,  in  order  that 
delay  in  filling  requisitions  by  having  to  communicate  with 
quartermasters  for  additional  information  may  be  avoided. 
Requisitions  for  reeds  in  particular  should  state  the  brand 
required. 

7.  Only  instruments  of  domestic  manufacture  will  be  sup- 
plied. 

8.  The  maximum  amount  which  may  be  expended  during 
the  fiscal  year  for  instruments,  parts,  and  repairs  for  any 
one  band  will  not  exceed  the  apportionment  to  which  the 
band  is  entitled  for  the  fiscal  year,  except  in  special  cases 
where  the  amount  allotted  is  inadequate  to  meet  the  needs 
of  the  band,  in  which  case  a  report  will  be  submitted  to  the 
Quartermaster  General  with  a  statement  as  to  the  savings, 
if  any,  which  are  available  or  can  be  applied  on  the  expen- 
diture. 

9.  Band  instruments  no  longer  required  by  any  particular 
band  and  which  can  not  be  utilized  by  any  other  band  in 
the  department  will  be  turned  in  to  the  Philadelphia,  St. 
Louis,  San  Francisco,  or  Manila  depot,  taking  into  considera- 


499 

tioH  the  cost  of  transportation  involved.  These  instruments 
will  be  repaired  if  necessary  and  placed  in  stock  for  issue  to 
United  States  disciplinary  bands  and  Philippine  Scout  bands. 
(Par.  I,  Bui.  19,  1915—2267941,  A.  O.  O.) 

261.  Storepipe  openings  not  to  1)6  cut  in  roofs  or  flies  of 
t^nts. — All  regulation  hospital  and  regulation  wall  tents  will 
be  provided  with  asbestos  rings  for  the  openings  for  stovepipe, 
to  tSike  the  place  of  the  rectangular  ventilators,  the  rings  and 
the  necessary  elbows  for  the  stoves  to  be  supplied  by  the 
Quartermaster  Corps. 

The  cutting  of  stovepipe  openings  in  the  roofs  or  flies  of 
tents  is  forbidden.     (Par.  II,  Cir.  63,  1906—1187651,  M.  S.  O.) 

Telegbaphing. 

252.  Instructions  supplemental  to  Army  Regulations. — 

The  following  instructions,  supplemental  to  those  contained 
in  Army  Regulations,  will  be  observed  in  the  use  of  the  tele- 
graph for  official  business : 

Day  telegrams  will  not  be  sent  within  the  limits  of  the 
United  States  when  night  telegrams  will  serve  the  purpose, 
consideration  being  given  to  the  difference  in  time  between  the 
sending  and  receiving  stations.  Night  telegrams  will  have  the 
words  "  Night  telegram  "  plainly  stamped  or  otherwise  indi- 
cated thereon.  Except  in  cases  of  great  urgency,  telegrams, 
either  day  or  night,  will  not  be  sent  when  delivery  can  be 
made  by  mail  the  following  morning. 

Whenever  several  telegrams  to  the  same  office  are  to  be  sent 
by  an  officer  in  the  course  of  a  day's  business,  they  should  be 
consolidated  into  one  message  whenever  practicable.  No  hard- 
and-fast  rule  can  be  laid  down  in  this  matter,  but  experience 
and  the  exercise  of  good  judgment  should  make  it  possible  to 
have  the  service  efficient  without  waste  of  public  money. 

Telegrams  sent  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  need 
not  be  coded  or  enciphered  unless  they  are  of  an  extremely 
confidential  character. 

Cablegrams  will  not  be  sent  in  plain  text  to  officers  who 
have  access  to  code  books. 

All  telegrams  and  cablegrams  will  be  carefully  scrutinized 
to  see  that  superfluous  words  are  omitted,  addresses  con- 
densed, and  the  official  title  of  the  sender  reduced  to  the  mini- 
mum. It  is  desirable  that  messages  be  brought  within  tlie 
limit  of  20  words  so  far  as  practicable. 


500 

All  officers  ordered  abroad  for  service  (elsewhere  than  to 
Alaska,  Hawaii,  the  Philippine  Islands,  Porto  Rico,  and  the 
Canal  Zone)  will  register  their  code  addresses  with  the  tele- 
graph or  cable  authorities  upon  arrival  at  their  destination, 
using  for  the  purpose  the  War  Department  code  words  for 
their  respective  names;  and  any  such  officers  not  provided 
with  a  War  Department  code  book  will  provide  themselves 
before  departure  with  a  copy,  which  may  be  obtained  upon 
application  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  {Par.  IV, 
G.  0.  U,  1913— 2004'. 'fO,  A.  G.  O.) 

Extra  Issues,  Quartermaster  Supplies. 

253.  Soap,  hand  soap,  etc.,  during  field  service. — During 
field  service,  soap,  hand  soap,  adamantine  candles,  lantern 
candles,  matches,  toilet  paper,  rock  salt,  and  vinegar,  author- 
ized for  issue  under  paragraph  1215,  Army  Regulations,  will 
be  provided  in  adequate  quantities,  so  that  those  articles 
when  required  can  be  issued  with  the  ration  to  organizations 
at  the  proper  time,  having  in  view  the  purposes  and  need,  if 
any,  for  which  they  are  intended,  as  indicated  in  paragraph 
1215,  Army  Regulations. 

If  those  articles  can  not  be  purchased  locally,  then  base 
depots  will  be  supplied  with  them,  and  they  will  be  included 
in  the  stock  of  ration  articles  supplied  by  designated  pur- 
chasing quartermasters  or  depots. 

When  rations  are  called  for  in  terms  of  so  many  rations,  a 
proper  proportion  of  the  before-mentioned  articles,  unless 
otherwise  directed,  will  be  forwarded  with  the  rations,  having 
regard  to  the  purposes  for  which  they  are  intended. 

Those  articles  when  purchased  for  the  supply  of  troops  will 
be  paid  for  from  proper  appropriations,  provided  funds  per- 
taining to  such  appropriations  are  available  at  the  time,  but  if 
not,  payments  will  be  made  from  any  funds  on  hand  and  ad- 
justment made  as  indicated  in  Circular  No.  8,  Quartermaster 
General's  Office,  1909. 

When  these  articles  are  to  be  accounted  for,  they  will  be  ac- 
counted for  on  the  property  account  and  not  on  the  return  of 
subsistence  stores.     (Par.  II,  G.  0.  39,  19U— 2161315,  A.  G.  O.) 

264.  Ice  to  organizations  of  Philippine  Scouts. — Ice  will 
not  be  issued  to  organizations  of  the  Philippine  Scouts  under 
section    10,    paragraph    1215,    Army    Regulations,    except    at 


601 

posts  where  ice  plants  are  operated  by  the  Quartermaster 
Corps,  and  then  in  such  quantities  only  as  may  be  necessary 
for  the  preservation  of  perishable  subsistence  stores.  When 
practicable  and  necessary,  ice  will  be  issued  to  the  Quarter- 
master Corps  for  the  preservation  of  perishable  subsistence 
stores  at  stations  garrisoned  by  Philippine  Scouts,  as  at  other 
stations.  (Par.  6,  Cir.  88,  1908,  as  amended  by  Par.  IV,  Bui. 
24,  1915—2296037,  A.  G.  0.) 

Ration  Savings  Pbivilege. 

265.  Suspended  while  organizations  are  in  maneuver 
camps. — The  ration  savings  privilege  is  suspended  while  or- 
ganizations are  participating  in  maneuver  camps,  in  which 
event  the  troops  will  be  required  to  subsist  upon  the  field 
ration  prescribed  by  the  commander  of  the  field  forces. 

Upon  the  arrival  of  an  organization  of  the  Organized  Mili- 
tia at  joint  camps  or  maneuvers,  a  properly  approved  ration 
return  will  be  presented  to  the  camp  quartermaster.  Upon 
receipt  of  the  ration  return  referred  to,  the  camp  quarter- 
master will  prepare  a  ration  account  (War  Department 
Standard  Form  No.  373)  showing  thereon  the  number,  price, 
and  value  of  the  ration  prescribed,  and  will  procure  the  sig- 
nature thereto  of  the  organization  commander  concerned. 
This  form  will  be  filed  as  a  voucher  to  the  account  current, 
and  the  amount  involved  will  be  dropped  from  the  appropria- 
tion "  Encampment  and  maneuvers." 

The  rations  in  kind  (the  value  of  which  is  shown  by  the 
ration  account)  will  then  be  turned  over  to  the  Militia  or- 
ganization commander.  The  camp  quartermaster  will  treat 
the  articles  of  the  ration  furnished  in  the  same  manner  as 
a  sale,  will  file  an  itemized  statement  showing  the  articles 
furnished  and  their  value,  and  will  use  the  statement  as  a 
voucher  for  taking  up  the  funds  under  the  proper  appropria- 
tions of  the  Quartermaster  Corps.  The  amount  taken  up  will 
be  identical  with  the  amount  dropped  from  the  appropriation 
"  Encampment  and  maneuvers." 

A  charge  of  10  per  cent  to  cover  transportation  charges  will 
be  made  on  all  supplies  furnished  for  use  of  the  Militia. 
The  amount  chargeable  on  this  account  will  be  taken  up  on 
the  account  current.     (Par.  II,  G.  0. 7, 1915—22403U,  A.  G.  O.) 


502 

Public  Animals. 

256.  Remounts  for  the  Army. — 1.  Under  normal  peace  con- 
ditions the  total  number  of  horses  actually  required  as  re- 
mounts for  the  Army  should  not  exceed  10  per  cent  of  the 
maximum  authorized  allowance  of  horses  for  each  organiza- 
tion. Requisitions  for  horses  for  the  Cavalry  and  Field  Ar- 
tillery, riding  horses  for  the  mounted  orderlies  of  the  In- 
fantry, Engineers,  members  of  the  Hospital  Corps  required  to 
be  mounted,  the  Signal  Corps,  schools  and  staff  colleges,  and 
Indian  scouts  will  not  exceed  in  any  one  fiscal  year  10  per 
cent  of  the  maximum  authorized  allowance  of  horses  for 
the  organizations  for  which  they  are  intended,  except  when 
specially  authorized  by  the  Secretary  of  War. 

2.  So  far  as  practicable,  horses  will  be  furnished  from  the 
remount  depots.  Should  this  source  of  supply  not  be  suffi- 
cient, the  remainder  will  be  supplied  by  purchase,  as  hereto- 
fore. Requisitions  for  horses  should  be  submitted  annually 
and  forwarded  through  regular  channels  in  time  to  reach  the 
office  of  the  Quartermaster  General  on  or  before  March  1  of 
each  year.  Issues  of  horses  from  remount  depots  will  be 
made  as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  receipt  of  requisitions. 

3.  As  the  young  horses  furnished  from  the  remount  depots 
will  generally  have  been  handled  only  with  a  view  of  making 
them  gentle  and  accustoming  them  to  weight  carrying  and 
preparing  them  to  receive  their  military  training,  they  should, 
upon  receipt  at  posts  or  by  organizations  to  which  they  are 
assigned,  receive  a  careful  course  of  training  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  graduate  of  the  Mounted  Service  School  when- 
ever it  is  possible  to  obtain  one,  otherwise  under  a  carefully 
selected  and  competent  officer,  before  being  placed  in  the  ranks 
for  regular  military  duties  as  troop  and  battery  horses.  Such 
training  will  continue  as  long  as  is  necessary  to  qualify  the 
horses  thoroughly  for  the  ranks,  generally  not  less  than  one 
year.  If  the  horses  thus  turned  in  are  under  5  years  old  they 
should  have  only  moderate  field  service;  6  years  old,  full 
field  service.  In  this  training  the  fundamental  principles  laid 
down  in  the  service  manuals  or  taught  at  the  Mounted  Service 
School  will  be  followed.  (Par.  H,  G.  O.  188,  1910—1518122  A, 
A.  G.  0.) 

257.  Descriptive  cards  of  public  animals. — In  connection 
with  the  provisions  of  paragraph  1070,  Army  Regulations,  re- 


503 

quiring  a  file  of  descriptive  cards  of  public  animals  to  be  kept 
with  the  records  of  every  officer  accountable  for  public  ani- 
mals, the  original  descriptive  card  will  be  kept  by  the  account- 
able officer  and  a  copy  thereof  will  be  furnished  to  the  re- 
sponsible officer.     (Par.  Ill,  Bui  20,  1915—2284652,  A.  G.  O.) 

258.  Administration  of  mallein. — 1.  Experience  having 
proved  that  mallein  has  merely  a  diagnostic  value  and  that  it 
is  useful  principally  as  an  aid  in  the  detection  of  glanders, 
administration  of  mallein  will  hereafter  be  limited  to  horses 
and  mules  of  the  Army,  and  to  private  horses  of  officers,  that 
have  come  in  contact  with  animals  that  are  known  to  have  or 
are  suspected  of  having  glanders,  to  newly  purchased  horses 
and  mules,  and  to  horses  and  mules  coming  into  or  going  out 
of  the  country. 

2.  As  mallein  is  provided  gratis  by  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture for  the  animals  of  the  Army,  formal  requisition  on 
Form  60,  Quartermaster  General's  Office,  is  not  necessary,  but 
inasmuch  as  its  merits  are  guaranteed  only  for  a  period  of  six 
weeks  the  time  when  it  is  proposed  to  administer  the  mallein 
should  always  be  stated  when  calling  for  a  supply.  (Par.  II, 
Cir.  74,  1909—1191791  A,  M.  S.  0.) 

259.  Issue  of  condemned  horses  to  militia  Field  Artil- 
lery.— Condemned  horses  of  the  Regular  Army,  which  are  no 
longer  fit  for  the  service  but  which  are  still  suitable  for  pur- 
poses of  instruction,  may  be  issued  to  the  Field  Artillery  of 
the  Organized  Militia.  Inspectors  acting  on  inventory  and 
inspection  reports  of  horses  should  designate  for  transfer 
to  the  militia  such  horses  as  are  not  continued  in  service  but 
which  are  suitable  for  instruction  purposes.  Condemned 
horses  fulfilling  these  conditions  will  be  reported  by  depart- 
ment commanders  to  the  War  Department  and  instructions 
will  be  given  as  to  their  disposition. 

When  condemned  horses  issued  to  the  Organized  Militia  are 
no  longer  fit  for  the  purpose  of  instruction,  they  will  be  sold 
as  now  provided  by  law.  Provision  for  shelter,  care,  and  feed- 
ing of  the  animals  transferred  to  the  Organized  Militia  will 
be  made  by  the  respective  States,  Territories,  or  the  District 
of  Columbia,  as  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  War.  (Par.  IV, 
Bui.  19,  1915—2282261,  A.  G.  O.) 


504 
Horses  of  Officebs. 

260.  Certificate  of  oflftcer  haying  private  horses  shipped 
from  place  of  purchase  to  station. — When  invoicing  to  the 
Quartermaster  Corps  authorized  private  horses  for  shipment 
from  the'place  of  purchase  to  the  station  of  the  officer  owning 
the  horses,  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  1098,  Army 
Regulations,  the  officer  who  owns  the  horses  will  prepare  and 
furnish  to  the  proper  officer  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps  to 
whom  the  horses  are  invoiced  a  certificate,  in  duplicate,  set- 
ting forth  that  he  is  entitled  to  have  his  mounts  shipped  by 
the  Quartermaster  Corps  under  the  provisions  of  the  said 
act.  For  the  information  of  the  accounting  officers  of  the 
Treasury,  the  certificate  will  be  attached  to  and  made  a  part 
of  the  bill  of  lading  issued  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 
(G.  O.  181, 1910—16963^2,  A.  Q.  O.) 

261.  Descriptive  cards  to  accompany  private  mounts 
shipped  on  change  of  station. — ^When  private  mounts  of 
officers  are  shipped  on  change  of  station  under  the  provisions 
of  paragraph  1098,  Army  Regulations,  a  descriptive  card  of 
each  mount  will  accompany  the  invoice  covering  the  ship- 
ment so  as  to  enable  the  receiving  officer  readily  to  identify 
the  animal  upon  arrival  at  destination.  (Par.  II,  G.  O,  6, 
1915—2250487,  A.  G.  O.) 

262.  Docked  horses  not  to  be  taken  to  Philippine 
Islands. — The  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Philippine  Islands 
having  on  January  24,  1912,  enacted  a  law  prohibiting  the  im- 
portation of  docked  horses  into  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  the 
docking  of  public  horses  being  forbidden  by  paragraph  1068, 
Army  Regulations,  officers  of  the  Army  will  not  take  docked 
horses  into  those  islands  for  use  in  the  military  service  or  for 
any  other  purpose.    {Par.  VI,  G.  0. 15, 1912—1892U9,  A.  G.  O.) 

263.  Exemption  of  officers  from  payment  of  fee  for  in- 
spection of  mounts  entering  Philippine  Islands. — The 
Bureau  of  Agriculture,  Government  of  the  Philippine  Islands, 
is  responsible  for  the  inspection  of  all  animals  arriving  in  the 
Philippines  from  foreign  countries  and  for  such  service  col- 
lects a  fee,  in  the  case  of  horses,  of  1  peso  per  head.  Army 
officers  are,  however,  exempted  from  the  payment  of  this  fee. 
provided  they  present  a  certificate  to  the  bureau  to  the  effect 
that  their  mounts  will  be  used  by  them  in  the  discharge  of 
their  official  duties. 


505 

Officers  desiring  to  ship  their  private  mounts  to  the  Phil- 
ippine Islands  should  execute  the  certificate  required  before 
they  leave  the  United  States,  this  certificate  to  accompany 
other  papers  pertaining  to  the  animals  transported  to  the 
Philippine  Islands.     (Par.  II,  Bui.  2,  1915—2242384,  A.  Q.  O.) 


Bakery  Companies. 

264.  Begnlations  for  bakery  companies. — The  following 
regulations  for  the  organization,  equipment,  administration, 
and  utilization  of  bakery  companies  are  prescribed : 

1.  Bakery  companies  will  be  established  for  war  service  at 
the  rate  of  one  to  each  division,  and  for  peace  service  in  such 
number  within  each  territorial  department  as  may  be  author- 
ized from  time  to  time  by  the  Secretary  of  War ;  they  are  to 
be  formed  from  enlisted  bakers  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps, 
with  such  civilian  employees  as  may  be  necessary,  and  will 
be  assembled  only  as  needed ;  they  are  not  to  be  considered  as 
a  constituent  part  of  a  division,  but  as  elements  of  the  Quar- 
termaster Corps  at  large,  and  may  be  assigned  in  whole  or 
part  to  concentration  or  other  camps  of  a  permanent  or  semi- 
permanent character.  They  are  normally  to  be  treated  as 
elements  of  the  line  of  communication;  when  such  line  is 
established  they  are  attached  thereto,  according  to  the  needs 
of  the  particular  situation,  and  are  operated  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  commander  of  the  line  of  communications. 

2.  In  time  of  peace,  and  for  the  service  of  the  interior  in 
time  of  war,  bakery  companies  located  within  any  territorial 
department  are  placed  under  the  control  of  the  department 
commander  for  all  purposes  of  administration,  training,  and 
inspection,  and  their  services  may  be  utilized  by  him,  unless 
otherwise  ordered,  in  whole  or  in  part,  as  he  may  consider 
advisable,  without  reference  to  the  War  Department. 

3.  The  organization  and  personnel  of  a  bakery  company  at 
war  and  peace  strength  are  shown  in  the  Tables  of  Organiza- 
tion.   Its  equipment  is  as  follows : 


506 
Table  of  equipment. 


Unit. 


Section. 


Company. 


Boards,  dam,  for  dough  troughs 

Bnishes,  bench 

Brushes  for  greasing  loaves 

Brushes,  scrubbing 

Buckets,  galvanized  iron 

Cans,  sponge,  nested 

Clocks 

Colanders,  12-inch 

Covers,  canvas,  for  bread  racks 

Covers,  canvas,  for  dough  troughs 

Covers,  canvas,  for  ovens 

Covers,  for  sponge  cans 

Desks,  field 

Hatchets 

Hose,  fire 

Hooks,  pan,  5  feet  long 

Lanterns 

Measures,  gallon,  graduated 

Ovens,  field 

Pans,  bake,  12  by  24  inches 

Paulins,  large  and  small  (in  number  as  required). 

Pennants 

Pickaxes,  with  handle 

Racks,  bread,  folding 


Kanges,  No.  2,  complete 

Scales 

Scoops,  large 

Scrapers,  dough 

Shovels,  long  handle 

Sieves,  flour,  13-inch 

Stoves,  Sibley,  complete 

Tables,  molding 

Tents,  wall,  large,  open  at  both  ends 

Tents,  storage 

Tents,  pyramidal,  large 

Tents,  pjTaraidal,  small 

Thermometers,  oven 

Transportation,  motor,  wagon,  etc.  (as  required).' 

Trougns,  dough 

Wrenches,  monkey,  8-inch 


3 

108 


12 
24 
12 
12 
24 
36 
84 
4 

12 
36 
24 
12 
12 

12 
12 
12 
24 
12 
12 
432 

1 

12 
36 
12 
4 

12 
12 
24 
12 
12 
12 
12 
18 
2 
8 
3 
12 

24 
12 


1  To  be  supplied  for  interior  service,  supply  and  transport,  as  circumstance? 
attending  the  operations  of  the  bakery  company  or  its  detached  subdivisions  may 


require. 


The  foregoing  constitutes  the  equipment  of  the  unit,  section, 
and  bakery  company.  The  term  "  Field  bakery  "  will  be  used 
to  designate  the  bakery  equipment  for  the  company.  Except 
when  in  use,  it  shall  be  kept  serviceable  and  intact  at  the 
headquarters  of  the  company  ready  for  immediate  use  or  ship- 
ment. Articles  of  equipment  will  be  appropriately  marked 
with  the  company  numeral. 

When  units  or  sections  are  temporarily  detached  no  trans- 
fer of  accountability  is  made.     The  unit  or  section  proceeds 


507 


CAMP   OF   A   BAKERY    COMPANY — GEOTJND   PLAN. 

Square  feet  space  30,000,  approximately   (including  12-foot  roadway 
around  camp.) 

?i  7 


5  6 


,1 

T 

^    s 

l. « 


i 

r- 

♦  6 -J* 


>5  -  I 


"Ti^ 


$ 


.^^ 


*/  - 

«  - 

ia  - 

i 

1 

,«■■ 

i 

I 

.T 

^     T) 

0    jEp  H 
-B  ED] 
i;    IED  E]s3| 


^ 
^ 


V3 

T         ,u 


"^ 


DnVe  Way 


1.  Wall  tents,  large,  open  both  ends  (4),  mixing  tents. 

2.  Wall  tents,  large,  open  both  ends  (4),  molding  tents. 

3.  Wall  tents,  large,  open  both  ends  (4),  proofing  tents. 

4.  Wall  tents,  large,  open  both  ends  (2),  bread  tents. 
4|.  Storage  tents  (2),  bread  tents. 

5.  Wall  tents,  large,  open  both  ends   (2),  flour  tents. 

6.  Wall  tents,  large,  open  both  ends   (1),  property  tents. 

7.  Wall  tents,  large,  open  both  ends  (1),  mess  tent, 

8.  Pyramidal  tents,  large  (3),  sleeping  tents  (20  corp.  baljers). 

9.  Pyramidal  tents,  large  (4),  sleeping  tents  (32  asst.  bakers). 

10.  Pyramidal  tents,  large  (1),  sleeping  tent  (5  chief  bakers). 

11.  Paulin,  large  (1),  kitchen. 

12.  Pyramidal  tent,  small   (1),  storage  (mess). 

13.  Pyramidal  tent,  small  (1),  cooks  (2). 

14.  Pyramidal  tent,  small  (1)  cooks,  police  (2). 

15.  Ovens. 

16.  Wood  piles. 
Summary  : 

18  wall  tents,  large. 

2  storage  tents. 

Paulins,  large  and  small,  as  required. 
8  pyramidal  tents,  large. 

3  pyramidal  tents,  small. 


508 

with  its  prescribed  equipment  and  on  the  completion  of  sucli 
service  it  returns  with  its  equipment.  If,  due  to  losses  or 
depreciation  of  material,  a  section  or  unit  requires  any  equip- 
ment, it  will  be  issued  and  will  then  become  part  of  the  com- 
pany equipment.  The  officer  who  makes  such  an  issue  ac- 
counts on  his  return  for  the  missing  or  unserviceable  material 
in  the  usual  way. 

4.  The  normal  camp  of  a  bakery  company,  and  the  arrange- 
ment and  utilization  of  the  tentage  and  ovens  are  indicated 
on  the  accompanying  plan.  While  such  arrangement  is  de- 
sirable, conserving  energy  and  economizing  space,  it  is  not  to 
be  followed  blindly,  but  the  commander  should  exercise  his 
judgment  in  making  such  modifications  therein  as  will  best 
meet  conditions  as  they  arise. 

(Par.  I,  G.  0.  29,  19U—2I413U  B,  A.  G.  0.,  as  amended  by 
Par.  IV,  G.  O.  6,  1915— 222 661  >,,  A.  G.  O.) 

265.  Pennant  for  bakery  companies  and  for  quartermas- 
ter establishments  in  general. — The  pennant  prescribed  in 
Appendix  5,  Field  Service  Regulations,  for  "  Supply  Train  and 
Quartermaster  Depots,"  but  without  distinguishing  number, 
is  to  be  used  as  the  distinguishing  pennant  for  bakery  com- 
panies and  for  quartermaster  establishments  in  general  for 
which  pennants  are  or  may  be  prescribed.  {Par.  II,  Bui.  35, 
1915—2172100  A,  A.  G.  0.) 

Army  Tbanspoets. 

266.  Punishment  of  offenses  committed  on  board. — ^Where 

an  offense  is  committed  on  an  Army  transport  by  a  person 
subject  to  the  Articles  of  War,  a  military  prosecution  should 
be  immediately  instituted,  by  the  preparation  of  charges  and 
specifications.  When  an  offense  amounting  to  felony  or  a 
serious  misdemeanor  is  committed  by  one  member  of  the 
ship's  company  against  another,  on  the  high  seas,  neither 
party  being  subject  to  the  operation  of  the  Articles  of  War, 
the  offender  will  be  confined  and  turned  over  to  the  proper 
United  States  court  at  the  first  port  of  entry;  if  at  such 
port  of  entry  there  be  no  court  of  the  United  States  having 
jurisdiction  over  the  offense  committed,  the  offender  will  be 
held  in  confinement  on  board  the  ship  until  a  port  is  reached 
in  which  there  is  a  court  of  the  United  States  having  juris- 
diction of  the  offense  as  a  crime  committed  on  the  high  seas 
outside  the  territorial  jurisdiction  of  any  State  or  Territory. 


509 

If  the  offense  be  committed  in  the  territorial  waters  of  a 
State  or  Territory,  the  prisoner  will  be  turned  over  to  the 
proper  State  or  Territorial  court,  if  there  be  one,  having 
jurisdiction  of  the  offense.  Should  the  offense  be  less  serious, 
amounting  to  an  infraction  of  the  ship's  discipline,  or  to  a 
mere  misdemeanor,  reasonable  disciplinary  punishment  may 
be  imposed  by  the  ship's  master. 

Where  an  offense  is  committed  on  an  Army  transport,  but 
in  the  territorial  waters  of  a  State  or  organized  Territory  of 
the  United  States,  the  injured  party  being  a  civilian,  not  a 
member  of  the  ship's  company,  the  offender  will  be  surren- 
dered upon  the  presentation  of  a  warrant  by  the  proper  Fed- 
eral, State,  or  Territorial  authority,  and  the  officer  serving 
the  same  will  receive  the  necessary  assistance  in  execution,  as 
provided  in  the  59th  Article  of  War.  If  warrants  from  the 
United  States  and  from  the  State  or  Territorial  courts  issue, 
in  the  same  case,  surrender  will  be  made  to  the  officer  whose 
service  is  first  in  point  of  time.  In  no  case,  however,  will  any 
officer  of  the  Army  undertake  to  pass  upon  the  sufficiency  of 
a  warrant  issued  by  a  court  of  the  United  States,  or  of  a  State 
or  Territory,  such  questions  being  for  judicial,  rather  than 
executive,  determination.  (O.  0.  208,  1910—1686109  B, 
A.  G.  O.) 

267.  Medical  attendance. — In  order  that  officers  and  en- 
listed men  while  on  board  Army  transports  may  not,  at  any 
time,  be  without  medical  attendance,  officers  of  the  Medical 
Department  and  contract  surgeons  who  may  be  assigned  to 
duty  as  transport  surgeons  or  with  troops  about  to  travel  on 
transports  will  go  on  board  the  vessel,  in  every  case,  as  soon 
as  the  first  of  the  troops  ordered  to  travel  thereon  shall  em- 
bark, and  all  orders  affecting  their  assignments  to  such  duty 
will  be  so  issued  as  to  enable  medical  officers  and  contract 
surgeons  to  comply  with  this  order.  {Par.  II,  G.  0.  48,  1908 — 
1297872,  A.  G.  O.) 

268.  Officers  of  Marine  Corps  not  to  command  troops  of 
Army. — In  the  absence  of  specific  orders  from  the  President 
detaching  officers  of  the  Marine  Corps  for  service  with  th« 
Army,  the  122d  Article  of  War  does  not  authorize  such  oflScers 
to  command  troops  of  the  Army,  and  such  officers  will  neither 
be  assigned  nor  permitted  by  commanding  generals  or  other 
officers  of  the  Army  to  command  troops  of  the  Army  on  Army 
transports  or  elsewhere.     (G.  O.  161,  1909—1540168,  A.  G.  O.) 


510 

269.  Uniform  of  Navy  and  Marine  Corps  trareling  on 
transports. — A  Navy  Department  general  order  requires  that 
officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Navy  or  Marine  Corps,  em- 
barked on  United  States  Army  transports,  will  at  all  times 
wear  uniform.  The  uniform  to  be  worn  will  be  prescribed  by 
the  senior  naval  line  officer  or  marine  line  officer  embarked, 
as  the  case  may  be,  and  will,  as  far  as  practicable,  corre- 
spond to  the  uniform  prescribed  by  the  commanding  officer  of 
troops  for  the  troops  embarked.  (Par.  Ill,  Bui.  47,  1914 — 
2192676  C,  A.  G.  O.) 

270.  Homeward-bound  pennants. — Vessels  of  the  United 
States  Army  transport  service  are  authorized  to  fly  a  "  Home- 
ward-bound pennant,"  furnished  by  the  troops  on  board  re- 
turning from  foreign  service.  This  pennant  will  consist  of 
a  blue  field  with  13  white  stars  thereon,  and  2  stripes,  the  up- 
per stripe  of  white  and  the  lower  of  red  material,  both  taper- 
ing to  a  point.  The  hoist  of  the  pennant  will  not  exceed  6 
Inches.     (G.  0.  U9,  1909—1541057,  A.  G.  0.) 


ARTICLE  XXVII. 
MEDICAL  DEPABTMENT. 

MEDICAL   CORPS. 

271.  Use  of  medical  histories  by  medical  members  of 
boards. — Owing  to  an  apparent  misapprehension  on  the  part 
of  officers  undergoing  examination  before  retiring  boards  and 
examining  boards  for  promotion,  the  attorneys  for  such  officers 
and  certain  of  the  boards  conducting  the  examinations,  as  to 
the  use  by  the  medical  members  of  the  boards  of  medical 
histories  furnished  by  the  War  Department  and  papers  in  the 
possession  of  the  boards  bearing  upon  the  question  of  the 
origin  of  any  disability  that  may  be  found  to  exist,  the  follow- 
ing rulings  of  the  War  Department,  based  upon  the  views  of 
the  Surgeon  General  and  the  Judge  Advocate  General  of  the 
Army,  are  promulgated  for  the  information  and  guidance  of 
all  concerned : 

In  the  examination  of  an  officer  for  retirement  or  promo- 
tion the  medical  members  of  the  board  act  in  the  capacity  of 
medical  experts  and  testify  as  to  the  result  of  their  examina- 
tion as  such  before  the  board.  After  acting  in  this  capacity 
they  take  their  places  as  members  of  the  board,  and,  in  the 
case  of  retiring  boards,  exercise  the  same  functions  as  the 
other  members. 

In  making  medical  examinations,  both  in  military  and  in 
civil  life,  the  importance  of  the  medical  history  is  universally 
recognized,  whether  the  examination  is  being  made  in  the  in- 
terest of  the  patient  or  for  the  protection  of  the  Government. 
It  is  necessary  not  only  to  direct  the  attention  of  the  ex- 
aminer to  slight  and  inconspicuous  signs  and  symptoms  which 
would  probably  be  otherwise  overlooked,  but  also  to  assist  in 
the  interpretation  of  symptoms  which  may  be  common  to  many 
different  conditions  in  order  that  they  may  be  properly 
grouped  as  a  symptom  complex  which  points  to  some  well- 
defined  pathological  condition.  For  the  board  to  be  deprived 
of  so  important  a  guide  would  limit  the  accuracy  and  extent 
of  the  professional  scope  of  the  examination  and  so  diminish 

(511) 


512 

its  value.  This  limitation  would  be  quite  as  likely  to  be  preju- 
dicial to  the  interests  of  the  officers  being  examined  as  to  be 
favorable  to  them.  The  error  on  the  subject  appears  to  arise 
from  the  tendency  to  assimilate  to  too  great  an  extent  the 
examination  of  an  officer's  physical  condition  by  a  retiring  or 
examining  board  to  the  procedure  of  criminal  trials,  whereas 
the  procedures  are  essentially  different.  Retiring  and  exam- 
ining boards  are  not  bound  by  the  strict  limitations  of  the 
rules  of  evidence  as  applied  in  criminal  procedure.  While 
the  Government  may  properly  assume  that  its  citizens  are  in- 
nocent until  they  have  been  proved  guilty  of  an  offense 
against  the  laws,  it  has  never  been  assumed  that  all  of  its 
military  officers  are  entitled  to  the  privilege  of  retirement 
w^hen  disabled  until  the  disability  is  shown  to  be  an  incident  of 
the  service.  The  question  as  to  whether  or  not  a  disability  is 
an  incident  of  the  service  is  one  to  be  decided  by  an  investiga- 
tion which  should  be  not  ex  parte,  but  impartial,  and  in  which 
the  board  should  avail  itself  of  the  testimony  of  the  officer 
and  of  all  other  evidence  obtainable.  {Par.  Ill,  Bui.  2,  1913 — 
1996551,  A.  Q.  O.) 

272.  Taccination. — Vaccination  being  recognized  as  an 
effective  means  of  preventing  smallpox,  all  recruits  upon  en- 
listment and  all  soldiers  upon  reenlistment  will  be  vaccinated. 
When  the  first  vaccination  of  a  recruit  is  noneffective,  it  will 
be  repeated  at  the  end  of  eight  days. 

All  the  personnel  of  a  military  command,  station,  or  trans- 
port, including  civilians  connected  therewith,  will  be  vacci- 
nated when  in  the  opinion  of  the  surgeon  responsible  for 
proper  sanitation  it  is  necessary  as  a  means  of  protection 
against  smallpox.  Civilians  refusing  to  be  vaccinated  when 
so  directed  by  proper  authority  may  be  excluded  from  the 
military  reservation  or  station. 

Officers  should  be  vaccinated  at  least  once  in  a  period  of 
seven  years.  Troops  under  orders  to  perform  over-sea  jour- 
neys or  field  service  will  be  inspected  by  a  surgeon  with  re- 
spect to  their  protection  against  smallpox,  and  those  who  in 
the  opinion  of  the  surgeon  require  it  will  be  vaccinated.  (Par. 
II,  G.  O.  30,  1914—2134798,  A.  G.  O.) 

273.  Typhoid  immunization. — All  persons  entering  the 
military  service  will  be  immunized  against  typhoid  fever, 
under  the  direction  of  a,  medical  officer,  as  soon  as  practicable 
after  entrance.     Exception  may  be  made  in  the  case  of  per- 


513 

sons  over  45  years  of  age,  and  when  the  occurrence  of  a  pre- 
vious attack  of  typhoid  fever  or  a  complete  course  of  immuni- 
zation within  three  years  is  established  to  the  satisfaction  of 
the  responsible  medical  officer. 

Cadets  at  West  Point  will  be  iinmunized  on  entering  the 
Academy. 

Officers  under  45  years  of  age  will  be  reimmunized  after 
five  years,  and  enlisted  men  on  the  first  reenlistment  follow- 
ing the  original  administration.  Except  when  directed  by 
the  War  Department,  only  two  complete  courses  of  immuni- 
zation will  be  required  during  service  in  the  Army. 

Reimmunization  will  consist  of  a  series  of  three  injections 
given  exactly  as  in  the  first  series. 

Recruits  will  be  immunized  at  places  of  enlistment,  unless, 
because  of  special  assignment  or  other  reason,  the  men  are 
not  to  remain  at  the  station  long  enough  to  allow  the  com- 
pletion of  the  course,  in  which  event  the  immunization  will 
be  completed  immediately  after  they  join  the  organizations 
or  stations  to  which  they  are  assigned.  On  the  descriptive 
and  assignment  card  of  every  recruit  or  reenlisted  man  will 

be  noted  "  Typhoid  immunization  completed (date) " 

or  "  Typhoid  immunization  not  administered,"  as  the  case 
may  be.  In  the  latter  case,  company  and  detachment  com- 
manders will  see  that  the  immunization  is  begun  immediately 
after  the  men  join  the  organizations  or  stations  to  which  as- 
signed. In  every  case  in  which  immunizaton  has  been  com- 
pleted, the  remark  "  Typhoid  immunization  completed, 

(date) ,"  will  be  entered  on  the  soldier's  descriptive  list. 

Civilian  employees  who  are  subject  to  field  service  of  any 
kind,  including  those  on  transports  and  in  the  mine  planter 
service,  will  be  immunized  as  soon  as  employed.  Officers 
under  whom  such  employees  are  working  will  enforce  this 
order. 

The  typhoid  prophylactic  to  be  used  is  manufactured  ex- 
clusively at  the  Army  Medical  School,  Washington,  D.  C,  and 
detailed  directions  for  its  use  are  given  in  circulars  from 
the  Surgeon  General's  Office. 

Records  will  be  kept  at  the  hospital  of  all  officers,  soldiers, 
and  civilians  in  the  military  service  who  receive  the  anti- 
typhoid prophylactic,  giving  the  dates  of  immunization.  (Par. 
I,  O.  O.  ^,  1915—22Jf0717,  A.  G.  0.,  as  amended  by  Par.  IV, 
G.  0.  2S,  1915—2273630,  A.  G.  0.) 
40062"— 16 33 


614 

274.  Physical  examination  of  candidates  for  foreign 
service  appointments  under  State  Department. — ^Medical 
officers  on  duty  as  attending  surgeons  in  cities  and  those  on 
duty  as  surgeons  of  posts  will  make  the  physical  examination, 
at  their  respective  offices  or  posts,  of  such  candidates  for  for- 
eign service  appointments  under  the  Department  of  State  as 
may  report  to  them  for  such  examination  under  proper  au- 
thorization from  that  department.  {Par.  I,  G.  O.  64,  1910— 
16I,3SSIf,A.  G.  0.) 

275.  Contracts  of  contract  surgeons  and  acting  dental 
surgeons. — ^Whenever  a  contract  is  entered  into  with  a  civilian 
physician  or  a  dentist  as  contract  surgeon  or  acting  dental 
surgeon,  or  whenever  such  contract  is  annulled,  notification 
of  the  fact  will  be  forwarded  at  once  directly  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army  by  the  officer  taking  the  action.  (Par. 
I,  G.  O.  67,  1905—998896,  M.  /S'.  0.) 

276.  Dental  surgeons  and  enlisted  assistants. — Dental 
surgeons  will  hereafter  be  carried  on  the  muster  rolls,  and 
their  enlisted  assistants  on  the  muster  rolls  and  returns  of 
the  hospital  at  their  permanent  stations.  The  enlisted  assist- 
ant should,  at  all  times,  be  at  the  disposal  of  the  dental  sur- 
geon, whom  he  should  accompany  on  a  change  of  station,  and 
his  descriptive  list  should  be  kept  in  the  possession  of  the  post 
surgeon,  to  whom  should  be  invoiced  the  articles  of  his  per- 
sonal equipment.  Reports  of  change  of  status  of  the  enlisted 
assistant  of  the  dental  surgeon  should  be  made  by  the  post 
surgeon.     (Cir.  33,  1905—1032119,  M.  8.  0.) 

277.  Material  for  treatment  of  dental  injury. — ^When  a 
dental  injury,  incurred  in  line  of  duty,  is  reported  for  treat- 
ment conformably  to  the  provisions  of  paragraphs  1402  and 
1403,  Army  Regulations,  and  the  dental  surgeon  or  acting 
dental  surgeon  has  not  on  hand  the  material  or  equipment 
necessary  to  perform  the  work  required,  he  will  bring  the 
case  to  the  attention  of  higher  authority  for  decision  as  to 
what  further  procedure  shall  be  had.  (Par.  V,  G.  O.  67, 
19U— 2203617,  A.  G.  O.) 

HOSPITAL  COEPS. 

278.  Equipment  of  men  en  route  to  Philippine  Islands.— 

When  enlisted  men  of  the  Hospital  Corps  are  sent  to  the 
Recruit  Depot,  Fort  McDowell,  Cal.,  for  transportation  to  the 


615 

I'hilippine  Islands,  their  equipment  will  be  limited  to  the 
necessary  clothing,  blankets,  and  hospital  corps  pouch,  ex- 
cept in  cases  where  commutation  of  rations  is  not  drawn, 
when  the  haversack  and  mess  kit  will  be  included.  (Par.  I, 
Cir.  6,  1907—1203450,  M.  S.  O.) 

279.  Transportation  of  public  property  with  Hospital 
Corps  men  changing  station. — In  cases  where  the  Army 
Regulations,  general  orders,  and  authorized  manuals  are  silent 
on  the  subject  and  it  is  considered  necessary  to  transfer  with 
a  member  of  the  Hospital  Corps  changing  station  any  articles 
of  public  property,  the  order  directing  the  travel  of  the  soldier 
should  in  each  instance  specify  the  articles  of  this  character 
which  the  soldier  should  carry.  (Par.  /,  Cir.  56,  1905 — 
10Jf7315,  M.  S.  O.) 

280.  Instruction  in  equitation. — ^At  all  posts  where  there 
are  Cavalry  troops,  or  a  Field  Artillery  headquarters  detach- 
ment, or  Infantry  mounted  scouts  and  mounted  orderlies,  the 
men  of  the  Hospital  Corps  referred  to  in  paragraph  1434, 
Army  Regulations,  will  be  reported  to  a  troop  or  mounted  de- 
tachment commander  on  one  day  of  each  week,  as  may  be 
determined  by  the  post  commander,  for  one  hour's  instruction 
in  equitation,  the  soldier  to  use  his  own  equipment  and  to 
groom  the  troop  or  detachment  horse  after  the  drill.  Hospital 
Corps  men  who  have  had  one  year's  service  or  more  in  the 
Cavalry,  or  who  have  received  instruction  for  one  year  in  the 
manner  herein  prescribed,  will  be  excused.  (Par.  2c,  G.  0. 169, 
1911—1859002,  A.  G.  O.) 

281.  Horse  equipments  for  mounted  men. — ^The  mounted 
men  of  the  Hospital  Corps  referred  to  in  paragraph  1434, 
Army  Regulations,  as  "authorized  tq  be  mounted"  include 
both  the  mounted  privates  who  habitually  attend  medical 
officers  on  the  march  and  such  other  members  of  the  corps  as 
are  specifically  authorized  to  be  mounted,  and  the  prescribed 
horse  equipments,  to  be  kept  on  hand  by  surgeons  of  posts, 
should  be  supplied  by  the  Ordnance  Department  for  the  maxi- 
mum number  of  men  of  the  Hospital  Corps  authorized  to  be 
mounted.     (Par.  5,  Cir.  52,  1905— 10427 Jfl,  M.  8.  O.) 

282.  Care  of  horses  and  horse  equipments. — ^Horses  and 
horse  equipments  especially  furnished  for  the  use  of  enlisted 
men  of  the  Hospital  Corps  will  be  cared  for  by  such  enlisted 
men.     (Par.  6,  Cir.  92,  1909—U97924,  A.  G.  O.) 


516 


HOSPITAL  BUILDINGS. 


283.  Use  of  concentrated  lye  in  hospitals. — Paragraph 
1182,  Army  Regulations,  is  construed  as  including  the  prohibi- 
tion of  the  use  of  concentrated  lye  upon  the  floors  and  wood- 
work in  modern  hospitals,  kitcheas  excepted.  (Par.  2,  Cir.  52, 
1905—1045793,  M.  S.  0.) 


ARTICLE  XXVIII. 
ENGINEER  DEPARTMENT. 

284.  Approval  of  plans  for  pipe  or  cable  lines  in  navi- 
gable waters  of  United  States. — In  view  of  the  provisions  of 
section  10  of  tlie  river  and  tiarbor  act  approved  March  3,  1899 
(30  Stat,  1151),  all  plans  for  pipe  or  cable  lines  to  be  laid 
in  navigable  waters  of  the  United  States,  under  the  direction 
of  any  agency  of  the  War  Department,  will  be  submitted  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  in  order  that  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Chief  of  Engineers  and  approval  of  the 
Secretary  of  War  may  be  secured  prior  to  the  commencement 
of  the  work.    (Sec.  2,  Par.  II,  O.  O.  56, 1915—2325189,  A.  G.  0.) 

285.  Settlement  of  transactions  between  appropria- 
tions.— 1.  The  following  provision  of  law  appears  in  the 
Army  appropriation  act  approved  April  27,  1914: 

Hereafter  in  the  settlement  of  transactions  between  ap- 
propriations under  the  Engineer  Department,  or  between  the 
Engineer  Department  and  another  office  or  bureau  of  the  War 
Department,  or  of  any  other  executive  department  of  the 
Government,  payment  therefor  shall  be  made  by  the  proper 
disbursing  officer  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers  or  of  the  office, 
bureau,  or  department  concerned. 

2.  The  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury  has  ruled  that  under 
this  provision  all  accounts  of  the  character  mentioned  t6 
which  the  Engineer  Department  is  a  party  must  be  settled 
by  check  of  the  proper  disbursing  officer ;  also,  that  the  checks 
must  be  drawn  to  the  order  of  the  head  of  the  bureau  to  be 
credited,  e.  g.,  "  Chief  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,"  "  Quarter- 
master General,  U.  S.  Army,"  "Paymaster  General,  U.  S. 
Navy,"  "  Public  Printer,"  etc.,  and  the  proceeds  of  the  checks 
deposited  in  the  Treasury  for  credit  to  the  proper  appropria- 
tion account. 

8.  In  settlements  of  this  character,  bills  for  amounts  due 
appropriations  of  the  Engineer  Department,  or  due  appro- 
priations of  another  bureau  of  the  War  Department  from  the 

(517) 


518 

Engineer  Department,  will  be  prepared  by  tbe  proper  office  of 
the  creditor  bureau,  in  quadruplicate — one  original  and  three 
copies — which  will  be  plainly  marked  "  Original,"  "  Dupli- 
cate," "Triplicate,"  or  "Quadruplicate."  The  original  and 
duplicate  are  for  the  vouchers  of  the  office  which  pays  the 
account,  the  triplicate  for  the  chief  of  the  creditor  bureau, 
and  the  quadruplicate  for  the  files  of  the  office  submitting  the 
bill.  The  original  and  duplicate  will  be  presented  by  the  local 
office  of  the  creditor  bureau,  for  certification  and  payment,  to 
the  office  to  which  the  supplies  were  furnished  or  the  services 
rendered,  where  they  will  be  vouchered  and  paid  in  the  same 
manner  as  other  bills,  except  that  checks  will  be  drawn  to  the 
order  of  the  head  of  the  creditor  bureau  as  above  indicated. 
If  practicable,  payment  will  be  made  by  a  check  drawn  on 
the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States,  which  will  be  sent,  with 
suitable  reference  to  the  bill  paid,  direct  to  the  office  which 
presented  the  bill,  for  transmission  to  the  chief  of  the  creditor 
bureau,  accompanied  by  the  triplicate  of  the  bill,  on  which 
will  be  indicated  the  appropriation  and  allotment  or  other 
fund  to  be  credited  with  the  payment. 

4.  If  payment  can  not  be  made  by  the  office  to  which  the  bill 
is  presented  in  the  manner  above  indicated,  the  original  bill 
will  be  completed  by  such  office  by  certification  as  to  receipt 
of  supplies  or  rendition  of  services,  and  such  other  certifi- 
cates as  may  be  required  by  the  debtor  bureau  before  paymenr, 
and  by  statement  of  the  appropriation  and  allotment  or  other 
fund,  if  known,  chargeable  with  the  account;  the  original 
bill,  thus  completed,  with  the  duplicate,  will  then  be  returned 
to  the  office  that  presented  the  bill,  which  office  will  transmit 
them  to  the  chief  of  the  creditor  bureau,  together  with  the 
triplicate  of  the  bill,  the  latter  containing  notation  of  the 
appropriation  and  allotment  or  other  fund  to  be  credited ;  the 
original  bill  and  the  duplicate  will  then  be  transmitted  by  the 
chief  of  the  creditor  bureau  to  the  proper  bureau  for  settle- 
ment. Bills  against  the  Panama  Canal,  and  other  bills  pay- 
able in  Washington,  which  do  not  require  certification  by  a 
local  representative  of  the  debtor  bureau,  will  be  sent  direct  to 
the  chief  of  the  creditor  bureau,  who  will  present  them  for 
payment. 

5.  In  transactions  of  the  character  referred  to  above,  bills 
against  appropriations  of  the  Engineer  Department,  or  bills 
of  the  Engineer  Department  against  another  bureau  of  the 


519 

War  Department,  received  by  the  chief  of  the  debtor  bureau, 
will  be  referred  to  the  proper  disbursing  officer  for  payment. 
{Par.  I,  G.  O.  11,  1915—2212880,  A.  G.  O.) 

286.  Drawing  instruments  and  materials. — 1.  The  follow- 
ing articles,  issued  by  the  Engineer  Department,  are  author- 
ized: 

For  each  post  garrisoned  by  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  or  In- 
fantry, to  be  accounted  for  by  the  post  engineer  officer : 


Articles. 


Number. 


Unit  price. 


Board,  drawing,  31  by  42  inches,  with  trestle 

Chain,  100-foot,  with  pins 

Instruments,  drawing,  office,  set,  consisting  of: 

Bow  divider,  3i-inch 

Bow  pen,  Scinch 

Bow  pencil,  3Hnch 

Box  for  leads 

Case,  instrument 

Compass,  6^-inch,  with  fixed  needle  point,  pen,  pencil 
and  lengthening  bar 

Curves,  irregular 

Divider,  hair  spring,  SJ-inch 

Pen,  railroad,  5-inch 

Pens,  ruling,  H,  5,  and  5i-inch 

Pen,  swivel  curve,  4^incn 

Protractor,  semicircular,  4-inch 

Triangle,  SO'-eO" 

Triangle,  45° 

Level,  engineer's 

Protractor,  G.  S. ,  semicircular,  8-inch,  with  case 

Rod,  level,  Philadelphia 

Scale,  engineer's,  12-inch,  with  sheath 

Straight  edge,  steel,  42-inch 

T  square,  42-inch 

Tape,  metallic,  50-foot 

Transit 

Triangle,  SO'-eO",  10-inch 

Triangle,  45°,  8-inch 

Tripod,  level 

Tripod,  transit 


$6.88 
7.20 

1.25 
1.50 
1.50 
.15 
3.35 

4.75 

.45 

2.25 

2.80 

3.50 

2.00 

1.15 

.20 

.15 

95.00 

10.50 

12.54 

1.50 

3.13 

8.00 

2.30 

225.00 

.80 

.80 

9.00 

9.00 


For  each  garrisoned  Coast  Artillery  fort,  to  be  accounted 
for  by  the  Coast  Defense  Artillery  engineer: 


Articles. 


Number. 


Unit  price. 


Chain,  100-foot,  with  phis 

Level,  engineer's 

Rod,  level,  Philadelphia. 
Tape,  metallic,  50-foot — 

Transit 

Tripod,  level 

Tripod,  transit 


$7.20 
95.00 
12.54 
2.30 
225.00 
9.00 
9.00 


520 

2.  The  following  semiannual  allowances  of  supplies  will  be 
issued  by  the  Engineer  Department,  if  required  : 

For  each  post  garrisoned  by  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  or 
Infantry : 


Articles. 


Unit  price. 


Book,  level 

Book,  transit 

Cloth,  tracing,  30-inch,  24-yard  roll 

Erasers,  rubber,  ink 

Erasers,  rubber,  pencil >. 

Ink,  drawing,  black,  bottles 

Ink,  drawing,  blue.  Dottles 

Ink,  drawing,  brown,  bottles 

Ink,  drawing,  carmine,  bottles 

Pad,  pencil  pointing 

Paper,  drawing,  30-mch,  30-yard  roll 

Paste,  library^  jar 

Pencils,  drawing,  H 

Pencils,  drawing,  3H 

Pencils,  drawing,  5H 

Pens,  crow  quill,  dozen,  with  holder,  card 
Pens,  mapping,  dozen,  with  holder,  card. . 

Tape,  adhesive,  rolls 

Thumb  tacks,  dozen 


$0.35 
.35 
7.00 
.05 
.06 
.19 
.19 
.19 
.19 
.08 
2.52 
.22 


.32 
.32 
.02 
.36 


For  each  garrisoned  Coast  Artillery  fort : 


Articles. 

Number. 

Unit  price. 

Book,  level 

1 
1 

$0.35 

.35 

For  each  set  of  reconnaissance  equipment,  old  model : 


Articles. 


Unit  price. 


Book,  note,  field 

Erasers,  rubber,  pencil 

Paper,  sketching  case,  20-yard  rolls 

Pencils,  colored,  blue 

Pencils,  colored,  green 

Pencils,  colored,  red 

Pencils,  drawing,  H 

Tape,  adhesive,  rolls 


521 


For  each  set  of  reconnaissance  equipment,  new  model : 


Articles. 


Celluloid,  sheets 

Erasers,  rubber,  pencil. 

Pads,  timing 

Paper,  sketching,  gross . 
Pencils,  colored ,  blue . . 
Pencils,  colored,  green . 
Pencils,  colored,  red . . . 
Pencils,  drawing,  H . . . 
Protectors,  pencil  point 
Tape,  adhesive,  rolls. . . 


Unit  price. 


12 

$0.10 

2 

.06 

6 

.20 

* 

3.00 

2 

.08 

2 

.08 

2 

.08 

6 

.08 

2 

.05 

2 

.02 

3.  Tlie  foregoing  allowances  are  for  future  issues;  instru- 
ments and  supplies  now  on  hand  will  be  used  as  far  as  prac- 
ticable, even  though  they  differ  from  those  now  prescribed. 
(Par.  /,  G.  O.  2, 1915—2014526  A,  A.  G.  0.) 

287.  Harbor  charts;  actual  existence  of,  to  be  certified. — 
Hereafter  each  return  of  Engineer  property  rendered  by  a 
coast  defense  Artillery  engineer  will  bear  the  certificate  of 
that  officer  that  he  has  established  by  personal  examination 
once  in  the  accounting  period  the  actual  existence  of  all  harbor 
charts  and  of  all  other  confidential  maps,  charts,  and  dia- 
grams accounted  for  on  the  return.  {Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  32, 
1913—1977596,  A.  G.  O.) 

288.  Surveying  and  other  delicate  instruments — Packing 
and  shipping. — The  following  instructions  for  packing  and 
shipping  surveying  and  other  delicate  instruments  belonging 
to  the  Engineer  Departmeht  will  be  strictly  observed  by  all 
persons  charged  with  the  shipment  of  such  instruments: 

They  should  always  be  transported  in  the  special  cases  pro- 
vided for  them.  These  cases  are  provided  for  carrying  pur- 
poses and  not  for  shipping  and  should  therefore  be  inclosed 
in  a  box  for  shipment.  Such  instruments  always  come  into 
rigid  contact  with  some  part  of  their  special  cases  and  a 
cushion  of  elastic  material  should  be  placed  on  all  sides  be- 
tween the  case  and  the  shipping  box  to  prevent  the  direct 
transmission  of  shocks  to  the  instrument  from  rough  or  care- 
less handling  in  transit.  As  an  additional  precaution  against 
injury,  particularly  from  loose  parts,  the  instrument  case 
should  be  filled  with  soft,  dustless  material. 


522 

PACKING  BOXES. 

Packing  boxes  should  be  made  of  light,  sound  lumber,  se- 
curely and  rigidly  put  together.  Half-inch  boards  for  the 
top,  sides,  and  bottom  and  one  inch  for  the  ends  are  generally 
sufficient  for  single  instruments.  For  more  than  one  instru- 
ment or  for  large  instruments  one-inch  lumber  should  be  used. 

They  should  be  made  at  least  2  inches  and  preferably  4 
inches  larger  in  all  dimensions,  inside  measurements,  than 
the  instrument  case,  to  provide  a  one  or  two  inch  space  all 
around  for  a  cushion  of  packing  material. 

Transits,  levels,  and  other  delicate  instruments  will  be  less 
liable  to  injury  if  the  packing  box  is  provided  with  a  carrying 
strap  or  rope  to  facilitate  gentle  handling  in  transit. 

PACKING   MATEBIAL. 

Excelsior,  straw,  hay,  cotton  waste,  or  any  other  material 
that  produces  or  contains  dust,  chaff,  lint,  or  litter  will  under 
no  circumstances  be  used  as  packing  material  inside  of  in- 
strument cases  since  the  dust,  etc.,  gets  into  the  crevices, 
telescopes,  and  delicate  parts  of  the  instrument  and  necessi- 
tates a  thorough  and  minute  cleaning  of  the  instrument  be- 
fore it  can  be  used.  Such  materials  may  be  used  for  packing 
the  instrument  case  in  the  shipping  box,  but  when  so  used 
the  instrument  case  should  have  a  double  wrapping  of  paper 
to  prevent  dust  entering  the  case  through  cracks  around  the 
door  or  lid. 

For  packing  an  instrument  in  its  case  there  should  be  used 
only  soft,  tough  tissue  paper,  or  similar  material,  crushed  in 
the  hand  into  pads  and  stuffed  gently  around  the  instrument 
so  as  to  form  a  complete,  firm  cushion  on  all  sides,  great  care 
being  taken  to  avoid  injury  to  delicate  parts. 

GENERAL  RULES. 

Before  packing  the  instrument  the  case  will  be  carefully 
examined  to  determine  whether  it  is  in  sufficiently  good  con- 
dition for  the  safe  transportation  of  the  instrument,  particular 
attention  being  given  to  the  door  or  lid,  the  receptacles  for 
detached  parts,  and  the  base  or  seat  upon  which  the  instru- 
ment rests.  When  repairs  are  required  to  the  case  they  will, 
if  possible,  be  made  before  shipment  to  the  extent  necessary 
for  the  safe  transportation  of  the  instrument,  and  when  such 


523 

repairs  are  impracticable  the  following  precautions  will  be 
taken:  Loose  or  broken  doors  or  lids  will  be  firmly  secured 
in  place  by  lashing,  but  without  the  use  of  tacks,  nails,  or 
screws.  Detached  parts  for  which  the  receptacles  are  broken 
or  for  which  none  is  provided  will  be  so  secured  in  the  case  as 
to  absolutely  forbid  their  getting  loose,  and  when  this  can  not 
be  done  with  certainty  they  will  be  shipped  separately.  If 
the  seat  upon  which  the  instrument  rests  and  that  part  of  the 
lid  that  rests  upon  the  instrument  have  lost  any  of  their  pad- 
ding, it  will  be  replaced  by  a  thin  pad  of  soft  cloth  or  blot- 
ting paper  secured  so  as  to  remain  in  position  in  transit. 

Place  the  instrument  in  the  case  in  such  manner  that  it 
rests  in  the  seat  provided  for  it,  that  the  lid  or  door  closes 
without  difficulty,  and  that  the  instrument  touches  the  case  or 
lid  only  at  such  points  as  are  provided  for  supporting  or 
steadying  it.  Place  the  detached  parts  in  their  receptacles 
and  adjust  the  stops  to  hold  them  securely  in  place.  Stuff  the 
case  with  soft  tissue  paper,  as  above  described,  and  close  and 
lock  it,  attaching  the  key  to  the  handle,  strap,  or  other  fixture 
on  the  case.  Wrap  separately  in  two  thicknesses  of  paper  to 
prevent  dust,  etc.,  entering  the  case  and  pack  with  hay,  ex- 
celsior, or  any  other  elastic  material,  in  a  suitable  box. 

THEODOLITES    AND    TRANSITS. 

Theodolites  and  transits,  especially  such  as  have  vertical 
limbs  (arcs  or  circles),  are  by  reason  of  their  construction 
most  diflficult  to  pack  and  most  liable  to  injury  in  transit, 
particularly  if  not  carefully  packed.  Especial  care  will  there- 
fore be  exercised  in  preparing  them  for  shipment,  following 
these  rules : 

Examine  the  baseboard  and  its  attached  screw  plate  to  see 
that  they  are  in  good  order  and  will  hold  the  instrument 
securely  in  place.  Screw  the  instrument  firmly  upon  the 
screw  plate,  lift  the  compass  needle  from  its  pivot,  adjust 
leveling  screws  to  approximate  evenness,  place  in  case  and 
shift  the  instrument  until  it  fits  easily  and  the  door  can  be 
closed  without  making  contact  between  the  instrument  and 
the  case  at  any  point  excepting  where  such  contact  is  intended. 
Screw  up  all  clamp  screws  so  as  to  hold  all  parts  of  the  instru- 
ment firmly  in  position,  using  judgment  and  avoiding  force. 
Place  the  detached  parts  in  their  receptacles,  seeing  that  none 
is  omitted,  and  secure  them  carefully.     Much  damage  fre- 


524 

quently  results  from  a  plumb  bob  or  other  accessory  becoming 
loose  in  the  case  in  transit.  Crumple  soft  paper  into  pads  and 
stuff  them  gently  all  around  the  instrument,  taking  care  not 
to  wrench,  twist,  or  break  any  of  the  delicate  attachments. 
Construct  thus  a  perfect  cushion,  filling  the  case  and  permit- 
ting the  door  to  close  with  light  pressure.  Close  the  door, 
secure  and  lock  it,  and  attach  the  key  to  the  outside  of  the 
case. 

TBIPODS. 

Tripods  shoud  be  boxed  or  crated,  as  they  are  liable  to  dam- 
age in  transit  unless  protected  by  a  rigid  case.  The  box  or 
crate  must  be  long  enough  to  provide  for  a  pad  of  packing 
material  at  each  end  for  the  protection  of  the  head  and  shoes. 
The  tripod  cap  should  be  firmly  screwed  in  place,  and  if  it  is 
missing  the  screw  threads  should  be  fully  protected  by  other 
means. 

SHIPPING    DIKECTIONS. 

Packages  should  be  marked  "  Delicate  Instruments,  Handle 
with  Care,"  and  shipments  should  be  made  by  express  and  not 
by  ordinary  freight. 

Shipments  of  instruments  from  one  military  post  or  sta- 
tion to  another  or  between  posts  and  department  head- 
quarters, or  between  military  headquarters  or  posts  and 
engineer  depots,  will  be  turned  over  to  the  Quartermaster 
Corps  with  request  for  transportation  by  express. 

Shipments  made  from  engineer  depots  to  officers  who  have 
charge  of  public  works  and  who  have  funds  at  their  disposal, 
or  from  such  officers  to  engineer  depots,  will  be  made  on 
Engineer  Department  bill  of  lading  (Forms  34  and  34a)  at 
the  charge  of  the  appropriations  for  such  works.  (G.  O.  l\, 
1905—969423,  M.  S.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XXIX. 
ORDNANCE  DEPARTMEl^. 

289.  Property  accountability,  coast  defenses. — 1.  For  the 

purpose  of  accountability  the  ordnance  property  for  wliicli 
coast  defense  ordnance  officers  are  accountable  will  be  divided 
into  two  divisions,  viz : 

First  Division. — This  will  include  all  seacoast  guns  and 
mortars,  their  carriages,  spare  parts,  implements,  and  equip- 
ments; subcaliber  guns  and  their  fittings;  range-finding  in- 
struments ;  articles  for  mechanical  maneuvers ;  machines  and 
tools  for  permanent  use  at  posts;  drawing  instruments;  and 
all  other  stores  in  which  transactions  affecting  the  account- 
ability therefor  rarely  occur. 

Second  Division. — This  will  include  all  other  articles  of 
ordnance  property  for  which  coast  defense  ordnance  officers 
are  accountable,  and  which  are  not  included  in  the  First  Di- 
vision. All  property  of  the  Second  Division  will  be  accounted 
for  on  semiannual  returns  made  on  Form  No.  18-Oover-B,  and 
Form  No.  18  (using  such  copies  with  blank  or  printed  head- 
ings as  may  be  required),  in  accordance  with  the  instructions 
printed  on  the  back  of  Form  No.  18-Cover-B. 

An  article  will  not  be  considered  as  included  in  both 
divisions. 

2.  The  articles  embraced  in  the  First  Division  will  be  ac- 
counted for  on  a  triplicate  system  of  record  cards  (Form  No. 
17-A),  one  set  of  which  will  be  kept  in  the  office  of  the  Chief 
of  Ordnance  and  the  other  two  sets  in  the  office  of  the  coast 
defense  ordnance  officer.  When  necessary,  in  carrying  out  the 
requirements  of  paragraph  13  of  this  bulletin,  one  of  these 
sets  will  be  transmitted  to  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  and  the 
other  will  be  retained  by  the  coast  defense  ordnance  officer. 
Upon  receipt  back  from  the  ofl^ce  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  of 
the  duplicate  set,  if  any  changes  have  been  made  therein,  the 
triplicate  set  of  cards  will  at  once  be  made  to  agree  therewith. 
Each  card  will  give  the  name  of  an  article,  its  classification, 
and  the  various  quantities  on  hand  at  different  times,  as 
shown  by  the  transactions  recorded  on  the  card.    No  debit  or 

(525) 


526 

credit  entries  will  be  made  on  the  cards,  as  any  alterations  in 
the  quantities  on  hand  will  be  explained  by  reference  to  the 
voucher  authorizing  the  change  of  accountability.  In  de- 
scribing the  articles  on  the  card,  the  distinctive  noun  should 
be  given  first  on  the  line  headed  "Article,"  followed  by  proper 
description,  according  to  the  nomenclature  or  description  given 
in  the  ordnance  price  lists  or  pamphlets. 

3.  All  vouchers  which  cover  property  pertaining  exclusively 
to  the  First  Division  will  be  numbered  in  sequence,  from  1  on 
continuously,  irrespective  as  to  whether  they  cover  receipt  or 
disposition  of  property,  and  the  words  "  1st  Div."  will  be 
placed  right  after  the  voucher  number  on  such  vouchers,  so 
as  to  distinguish  them  from  vouchers  pertaining  to  the  other 
return. 

4.  To  provide  a  record  of  the  last  serial  number  used  and 
the  next  number  available,  and  to  prevent  duplicating  num- 
bers, and  also  to  provide  for  reference  purposes,  etc.,  a  de- 
scription of  each  voucher,  a  continuous  register  or  record  of 
the  vouchers  pertaining  exclusively  to  the  First  Division 
return,  will  be  kept  on  Form  No.  17-B  and  Form  No.  17-B-l, 
in  accordance  with  the  instructions  printed  on  the  back  of 
Form  No.  17-B. 

The  form  below  illustrates  the  method  to  be  followed  in 
making  the  entries  on  this  register. 

Form  No.  17-B. 
(Approved  by  the  Sec.  ofWar  March  18, 1914.) 

Register  of  vouchers  pertaining  exclusively  to  the  return  of 
the  First  Division  ordnance  property. 


Serial 
number 

of 
voucher. 

Date  of 
voucher. 

Received  from  or  issued  to— 

Description  of  property 
covered  by  voucher. 

1 
2 

3 

1914. 
July     3 
July  11 

July  31 

To  C.  0.,  Watervliet  Arsenal . 

From  C.  0.,  New  York  Ar- 
senal. 

From  C.  0.,  Watervliet  Ar- 
senal. 

2  3"  guns,  mod.  of  1903. 
Hydraulic  jacks. 

2  3"guns,  mod.  ofl903. 

5.  When  a  voucher  covers  transactions  pertaining  to  both 
forms  of  returns  it  will  be  considered  as  pertaining  to  the 
return  of  the  Second  Division  property,  but  the  words  "  1st 
Div."  will  be  written  or  stamped  on  such  vouchers  opposite 


527 

the  names  of  the  several  articles  which  are  accounted  for  on 
the  record  cards.  A  change  in  accountability  on  a  card 
authorized  by  a  voucher  pertaining  to  the  return  of  the  Sec- 
ond Division  property  will  be  indicated  by  giving  its  proper 

26 
number  with  the  notation  "  2d  Div."  beneath  it,  as  ^^  -^.^ 

The  form  below  illustrates  the  method  to  be  followed  in 
preparing  the  record  cards. 

Form  No.  17-A, 
(Approved  by  the  Sec.  of  War  March  18, 1914.) 
S.  A.  R.,  1st  Div.  C.  D.  of  Narragansett  Bay. 

Class  i.    Section  j8. 
Article: 

Guns,  3-inch,  15  pdr. ,  model  of  1903. 


Initials 

Date. 

Voucher 
No. 

Quan- 
tity. 

of  cor- 
rect- 
ness. 

Remarks. 

7 

1 

14 

On  hand 

2 

J.  D. 

luns. 

10 

2 

14 

20 

0 

J.  D. 

12 

3 

14 

26 

2 

J.  D. 

O.K. 

6 

2 

15 

80 
2D-. 

3 

J.D. 

6.  When  a  transaction  occurs  in  any  article  accounted  for 
by  a  record  card,  proper  entries  will  at  once  be  made  and 
initialed  to  cover  the  transaction  on  each  of  the  two  copies 
of  the  card,  in  the  duplicate  and  triplicate  sets  on  file  in  the 
office  of  the  coast  defense  ordnance  officer,  and  one  of  these 
copies  of  the  card,  accompanied  by  the  voucher,  then  promptly 
transmitted,  without  letter,  to  the  ordnance  office.  If  the 
voucher  pertains  to  both  forms  of  return  it  will,  nevertheless, 
be  transmitted.  When  this  record  card  has  been  audited,  the 
corresponding  card  covering  accountability  for  the  same  ar- 
ticle on  file  in  the  office  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  will  be  re- 
turned to  the  accountable  officer,  together  with  th*e  voucher 
if  it  pertains  to  the  return  of  the  Second  Division  property. 
On  receipt  of  this  card  by  the  accountable  officer  he  is  required 
to  continue  the  record  on  it,  so  that  it  will  agree  with  the  copy 
previously  transmitted  and  placed  in  the  set  on  file  in  the 
ordnance  office,  and  then  file  it  in  the  duplicate  set  retained 
in  his  office. 


528 

7.  At  the  close  of  each  semiannual  period  (June  30  and  De- 
cember 31)  the  accountable  officer  will  furnish  a  certificate, 
made  on  Form  No.  17-C,  which  constitutes  the  semiannual 
return  of  First  Division  property,  on  which  he  will  relate  the 
quantities  of  the  articles  in  which  transactions  have  occurred 
during  the  period  and  state  that  for  the  remaining  articles 
the  accountability  is  the  same  as  at  the  close  of  the  preceding 
accounting  period.  The  form  below  illustrates  the  method  to 
be  followed  in  executing  these  semiannual  return  certificates : 

Form  No.  17-C. 

(Approved  by  the  Sec.  of  War  March  18,  1914.) 

Semiannual  Retuen — Fikst  Division. 

Coast  Defenses  of  Nareagansett  Bay, 

December  31,  191J{. 
I  certify  that  the  quantities  of  the  articles  of  ordnance  prop- 
erty pertaining  to  the  First  Division  of  the  semiannual  return 
M^ere  the  same  at  the  close  of  the  last  semiannual  accounting 
period  as  they  were  at  the  close  of  the  preceding  semiannual 
accounting  period,  except  in  the  case  of  the  following  articles 
of  ordnance  property  in  which  transactions  have  occurred 
during  the  semiannual  period,  and  that  the  return  covers  the 
actual  quantities  of  each  of  the  different  articles  at  the  end 
of  the  period  for  which  it  is  rendered,  viz : 

Class  I.    Section  4- 

0  Guns,  1-pdr.,  subcaliber  for  12"  rifles,  models  of  1888  and 

1895. 
2  Wrenches,  securing  screw,  for  1-pdr.  subcaliber  gun,  model 

of  1900. 

Class  I.    Section  8. 

4  Pans,  drip,  model  B. 

«  4s  *  *  * 

John  Doe, 
Capt.,  Coast  Arty.  Corps,  U.  8.  A., 

Coast  Defense  Ord.  ojgficer. 
jANtTAEY  2,   1915. 

8.  The  various  certificates,  record  cards,  and  vouchers  per- 
taining exclusively  to  the  semiannual  return,  First  Division, 
will  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  ordnance  officer  of  each  of  the 
coast  defenses,  so  as  to  provide  for  their  safety  and  accessi- 
bility at  all  times.  The  record  cards  will  be  filed  in  suitable 
drawers,  in  which  they  will  be  arranged  according  to  their 
classes  and  sections,  and  the  cards  in  each  section  placed  in 
alphabetical  order. 


529 

9.  When  the  transactions  in  any  article  of  ordnance  prop- 
erty pertaining  to  the  First  Division  of  the  return  exhausts 
the  quantity  previously  on  hand,  the  appropriate  record  card 
is  no  longer  considered  a  live  card,  and  will  be  filed  in  a  sepa- 
rate drawer,  wherein  such  inactive  cards  will  be  arranged 
according  to  their  classification.  If  a  transaction  subse- 
qiiently  occurs  in  this  article,  the  same  card  will  be  again  filed 
with  the  live  cards  and  the  record  continued  thereon. 

10.  When  the  records  of  transactions  occupy  all  available 
space  on  both  sides  of  a  card,  an  additional  card  will  be  em- 
ployed, and  reference  will  be  made  on  this  card  showing  that 
the  records  thereon  are  a  continuation  of  those  on  a  previous 
card.  For  the  purpose  of  accountability  these  two  cards,  and 
any  additional  cards  that  may  be  found  necessary  for  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  record,  will  be  considered  as  one  card. 

11.  When  a  coast  defense  ordnance  officer  is  succeeded  in 
that  capacity  by  another,  the  transfer  of  accountability  for  the 
property  embraced  in  the  Second  Division  will  be  made  after 
the  manner  prescribed  in  Circular  No.  3,  Office  of  the  Chief 
of  Ordnance,  1913,  and  to  cover  the  transfer  of  the  account- 
ability for  the  property  embraced  in  the  First  Division  the 
transferring  officer  will  transmit  to  the  Chief  of  Ordnance 
the  duplicate  set  of  record  cards  on  file  in  his  office,  accom- 
panied by  proper  certificates  executed  on  Form  No.  17-D  in 
accordance  with  the  instructions  printed  thereon.  The  form 
below  will  illustrate  the  method  to  be  followed  in  executing 
the  certificates  on  Form  No.  17-D. 

FOEM  No.  17-D, 
(Approved  by  the  Sec.  of  War  March   18,   1914.) 

I  certify  that  all  the  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  shown  on 
hand  by  the  record  cards  transmitted  herewith  have  this  10th 
day  of  October,  1914,  been  transferred  by  me  to  Captain  John 
Doe,  Coast  Artillery  Corps. 

Frank  Smith, 
1st  Lieut.,  Coast  Arty.  Corps,  U.  S.  A. 
(Number  of  cards  1,000.) 

I  certify  that  all  the  ordnance  and  ordnance  stores  shown  on 
hand  by  the  record  cards  transmitted  herewith  have  been 
received  by  me  from  Lieut.  Frank  Smith,  Coast  Artillery 
Corps,  on  this  10th  day  of  October,  1914. 

John  Doe, 
Capt.,  Coast  Arty.  Corps,  U.  8.  A., 

Coast  Defense  Ord.  Officer. 
(Number  of  cards,  1,000.) 

40062°— 16 34 


530 

These  certificates  will  be  prepared  in  duplicate  and  one  set 
will  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  ordnance  officer  of  the  coast 
defenses  where  the  property  is  located.  Each  certificate  will 
state  the  number  of  accompanying  record  cards. 

12.  When  the  record  cards,  accompanied  by  the  preceding 
certificates,  shall  have  been  received  by  the  Chief  of  Ordnance, 
they  will  be  compared  with  the  record  cards  in  the  ordnance 
office,  and  in  case  they  agree  the  outgoing  officer  will  be  re- 
lieved from  further  accountability  for  the  property,  and  the 
duplicate  set  of  record  cards  will  be  transmitted  to  the  in- 
coming officer,  who,  upon  receipt  of  this  duplicate  set  of  cards, 
will  at  once  have  the  same  compared  with  the  triplicate  set  of 
these  cards  on  file  in  his  office  to  see  that  these  two  sets  of 
the  cards  agree  in  all  respects.  The  next  semiannual  certifi- 
cate return  covering  the  property  embraced  in  the  First  Di- 
vision rendered  by  the  incoming  officer  will  be  modified  in  part 
to  read  as  follows: 

I  certify  that  the  quantities  of  the  articles  of  ordnance  prop- 
erty pertaining  to  the  First  Division  of  the  semiannual  return 
were  the  same  at  the  close  of  the  last  semiannual  period  as 
they  were  when  the  property  was  transferred  to  me. 

***** 

13.  When  it  is  desired  to  transfer  accountability  for  any 
articles  of  ordnance  property  from  one  form  of  semiannual 
return  to  the  other,  a  letter  will  be  addressed  to  the  Chief 
of  Ordnance  by  the  coast  defense  ordnance  officer,  describing 
the  quantities  and  kinds  of  articles  and  the  forms  of  return 
from  which  and  to  which  it  is  desired  to  transfer  the  account- 
ability. In  case  the  application  meets  with  the  approval  of 
the  Chief  of  Ordnance,  a  copy  of  the  communication  and  of  the 
approval  will  constitute  a  voucher  for  the  purpose  of  making 
the  desired  transfer.     {Bui.  13,  19 U— 2133611,  A.  G.  0.) 

290.  Electric  circuits  on  seacoast  gun  carriages. — 1.  All 
electric  circuits  to  be  used  hereafter  on  seacoast  gun  car- 
riages for  different  purposes  are  divided  into  three  kinds,  viz, 
power,  illumination,  and  firing. 

2.  Depending  upon  their  object  or  character,  these  three 
kinds  of  circuits  are  divided  into  classes,  as  follows,  viz: 

Power  circuits:  Class  I.  Retracting  motor.  Class  II.  Re- 
tracting and  elevating  motor.  Class  III.  Traversing  motor. 
Class  IV.  Projectile-hoisting  motor. 

Illuminating  circuits:  Class  I.  Containing  16,  8,  and  2 
candlepower  lamps.     Class  II.  Containing  16  and  8  candle- 


631 

power  lamps.     Class  III.  Containing  16  and  2  candlepower 
lamps. 

Firing  circuits:  Class  I.  Independent  metallic  circuit  for 
each  carriage  containing  firing  pistol  and  safety-firing  switch ; 
current  obtained  from  dry-cell  battery  or  equivalent.  Class  II. 
Independent  metallic  circuit  for  each  carriage  containing  a 
firing  pistol ;  current  obtained  from  dry-cell  battery  or  equiva- 
lent. Class  III.  Metallic  circuit  containing  four  mortars  in 
parallel ;  current  obtained  from  hand-operated  magneto-gen- 
erator. Class  IV.  Independent  metallic  circuit  containing 
firing  pistol,  extending  from  motor-generator  installed  in  em- 
placement to  carriage. 

Power  Ciecuits. 

CLASS  I. 

3.  In  power  circuits  of  this  class  all  parts  of  the  circuit  up 
to  the  ordnance  terminal  box  are  furnished,  installed,  and 
maintained  by  the  Engineer  Department.  All  other  parts  of 
these  circuits,  including  ordnance  terminal  box  in  the  counter- 
weight well,  motor,  etc.,  are  furnished,  installed,  and  main- 
tained by  the  Ordnance  Department.  Two  sizes  of  motors 
are  used:  (a)  Rated  at  4  horsepower,  having  a  speed  of 
about  625  revolutions  per  minute,  but  capable  of  developing 
8  horsepower,  requiring  about  6  kilowatts  during  short  in- 
tervals ;  ( & )  rated  at  7.5  horsepower,  having  a  speed  of  1,000 
revolutions  per  minute,  but  capable  of  developing  15  horse- 
power, requiring  about  12  kilowatts  during  short  intervals. 

4.  Power  circuits  of  Class  I  have  been  applied  to  the  fol- 
lowing carriages  in  service,  viz:  Using  motor  (a):  10-inch 
disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1894-Mi;  10-inch  dis- 
appearing carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1896;  10-inch  disappear- 
ing carriages,  model  of  1901,  Nos.  1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  13,  and  all 
after ;  12-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1896 ; 
12-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1897,  Nos.  1, 
2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  10,  12,  13,  14,  15,  18,  19,  21,  22,  24,  25,  26, 
27,  28,  29,  30,  31,  32,  33,  34,  and  35 ;  12-inch  disappearing  car- 
riages, L.  F.,  model  of  1901,  Nos.  2,  7,  8,  9,  11,  and  all  after. 

Using  motor  (&)  :  14-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F., 
model  of  1907. 

5.  It  is  intended  to  equip  the  10-inch  disappearing  carriages, 
A.  R.  F.,  model  of  1896,  with  the  motor  (a),  and  14-inch  dis- 
appearing carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1907-Mi,  with  the. 
motor   ( & ) . 


632 

CLASSES    II   AND   III. 

6.  For  power  circuits  of  these  two  classes,  which  are  always 
associated,  the  Ordnance  Department  furnishes  and  main- 
tains a  switchboard  and  motor-generator  set.  The  Engineer 
Department  installs  the  switchboard  and  motor-generator  set, 
find  furnishes,  installs,  and  maintains  all  parts  of  the  circuits 
xip  to  the  ordnance  terminal  box,  including  the  connections 
between  the  emplacement  mains  and  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment switchboard.  All  other  parts  of  these  circuits,  including 
ordnance  terminal  box,  motors,  etc.,  are  furnished,  installed, 
and  maintained  by  the  Ordnance  Department.  The  motors 
used  in  Class  II  and  Class  III  circuits  are  rated  at  4  horse- 
power, but  are  capable  of  developing  8  horsepower  during 
short  periods,  and  have  speeds  of  about  625  and  565  revolu- 
tions per  minute,  respectively. 

7.  Power  circuits  of  Classes  II  and  III  have  been  applied  to 
the  following  carriages  in  service,  viz:  10-inch  disappearing 
carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1901,  Nos.  2,  3,  9,  10,  11  and  12; 
12-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1897,  Nos.  9,  11, 
16,  17,  20,  and  23 ;  12-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model 
of  1901,  Nos.  1,  3,  4,  5,  6,  and  10. 

CLASS    IV. 

8.  The  details  of  this  class  of  circuits  have  not  been  com- 
pleted; when  completed,  information  with  regard  to  them 
will  be  issued. 

Illumination  Ciecuits. 

CLASS    I. 

9.  Illuminating  circuits  of  this  class  will  contain  three  or 
four  16-candlepower  lamps,  three,  four,  or  six  8-candlepower, 
and  two  2-candlepower  incandescent  lamps.  The  16-candle- 
power lamps  are  either  110  volts,  requiring  .5  ampere  or  220 
volts,  requiring  .25  ampere,  depending  upon  the  voltage  of 
the  current  supplied  from  the  emplacement  mains,  and  are 
always  connected  in  multiple.  The  8-candlepower  lamps  are 
of  either  74  volts,  requiring  .5  ampere,  or  110  volts,  requiring 
.25  ampere,  depending  upon  the  voltage  of  the  current  sup- 
plied from  the  emplacement  mains,  and  are  connected  in 
multiple  or  series  multiple.  The  2-candlepower  lamps  are  110 
n^olts,  requiring  .1  ampere,  and  are  connected  in  multiple  or 


533 

series  multiple,  depending  upon  the  voltage  of  the  current 
supplied  from  the  emplacement  mains. 

10.  All  wiring  up  to  the  ordnance  terminal  box  will  be  fur- 
nished, installed,  and  maintained  by  the  Engineer  Depart- 
ment. The  remainder  of  the  circuits  will  be  furnished,  in- 
stalled, and  maintained  by  the  Ordnance  Department,  except 
one  16-caudlepower  portable  lamp,  cable,  and  plug  box,  which 
are  also  furnished  by  the  Engineer  Department,  but  will  be 
installed  by  the  Ordnance  Department. 

11.  Illuminating  circuits  of  Class  I  have  been  provided  for 
the  following  carriages,  viz :  6-inch  disappearing  carriages, 
L.  F.,  model  of  1903;  6-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F., 
model  of  1905 ;  6-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of 
1905-Mi;  6-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of 
1905-Mii;  10-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of 
1 894-Mi ;  10-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1896 ; 
10-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1901 ;  12-inch 
disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1896;  12-inch  disap- 
pearing carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1897 ;  12-inch  disappearing 
carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1901 ;  14-inch  disappearing  carriages, 
Tv.  F.,  model  of  1907-Mi.  Illuminating  circuits  of  Class  I  will 
be  provided  for  8-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  models  of 
1894  and  1896. 

CLASS    II. 

12.  Illuminating  circuits  of  this  class  will  generally  contain 
one  16-candlepower  and  two  8-candlepower  lamps  of  the  same 
kind  as  is  used  in  illuminating  circuits  of  Class  I. 

13.  All  wiring  up  to  the  plug  boxes  on  the  base  ring  in- 
stalled by  the  Ordnance  Department  will  be  furnished,  in- 
stalled, and  maintained  by  the  Engineer  Department;  all  the 
remaining  wiring  will  be  furnished,  installed,  and  maintained 
by  the  Ordnance  Department.  The  engineer  ducts  will  ter- 
minate in  the  annular  space  beneath  the  cover  plates;  the 
cables  will  be  drawn  by  the  Engineer  Department  through  the 
holes  in  the  base  ring  drilled  by  the  Ordnance  Department 
for  the  purpose  or  under  the  base  ring,  as  may  be  required 
by  the  location  of  the  plug  boxes. 

14.  Illuminating  circuits  of  Class  II  will  be  applied  to  all 
12-inch  mortar  carriages,  model  of  1896-Mi;  12-inch  mortar 
cariages,  model  of  1896-Mii;  12-inch  mortar  carriages,  model 
of  1896-Miii ;  and  12-inch  mortar  carriages,  model  of  1908. 


534 

CLASS    III. 

15.  Illuminating  circuits  of  this  class  will  generally  contain 
from  three  to  six  miniature  incandescent  lamps.  The  5-inch 
barbette  carriages,  model  of  1903,  and  the  6-inch  barbette  car- 
riages, model  of  1900,  have  lighting  circuits  consisting  of 
2-candlepower,  4.5  to  5  volt  lamps,  connected  to  sights,  the 
current  being  provided  by  dry  cells.  A  rheostat  is  pro- 
vided on  each  battery  box  for  regulating  the  voltage.  The 
4.7-inch  Armstrong  carriages,  5-inch  barbette  carriages,  model 
of  1896,  and  6-inch  Armstrong  carriages  are  provided  with 
illuminating  circuits  for  the  night  sight  lamps.  Two  minia- 
ture lamps  are  provided  for  each  night  sight,  the  current  be- 
ing supplied  by  a  battery  of  dry  cells.  Each  lamp  is  approxi- 
mately 2  candlepower  and  requires  about  4.5  volts.  A  rheo- 
stat is  provided  on  the  battery  box  of  each  lamp  circuit. 
Similar  illuminating  circuits  are  provided  for  the  15-pounder 
barbette  carriages,  model  of  1902.  Six-inch  barbette  car- 
riages, model  of  1910,  are  provided  with  illuminating  circuits 
of  2-candlepower  incandescent  lamps  and  a  16-candlepower 
portable  lamp.  Fifteen-pounder  barbette  carriages,  model  of 
1903,  are  provided  with  illuminating  circuits  of  2-candle- 
power incandescent  lamps  only.  For  carriages  installed  in 
emplacements  where  the  voltage  of  the  mains  is  110,  2-can- 
dlepower lamps  having  a  voltage  of  about  110  and  an  amper- 
age of  about  0.1  will  be  furnished.  For  carriages  installed 
in  emplacements  where  the  voltage  of  the  mains  is  220,  74  or 
110  volt  lamps  in  multiple  or  series  multiple  will  be  furnished. 
For  connecting  the  emplacement  mains  with  the  wiring  on 
the  carriages,  the  Engineer  Department  will  furnish,  install, 
and  maintain  the  necessary  wiring,  the  carriage  ends  of 
which  will  terminate  as  shown  on  the  drawings  of  each 
carriage. 

16.  Illuminating  circuits  of  the  class  provided  for  the  6-inch 
barbette  carriages,  model  of  1910,  will  also  be  provided,  as 
rapidly  as  funds  for  the  purpose  will  permit,  for  4.7-inch 
Armstrong  carriages ;  5-inch  barbette  carriages,  model  of  1896 ; 
5-inch  barbette  carriages,  model  of  1903;  6-inch  Armstrong 
carriages ;  6-inch  barbette  carriages,  model  of  1900.  Illuminat- 
ing circuits  of  the  class  provided  for  the  15-pounder  barbette 
carriages,  model  of  1903,  will  also  be  provided,  as  rapidly  as 


535 

funds  for  the  purpose  will  permit,  for  15-pounder  barbette 
carriages,  model  of  1898— Mi,  and  15-pounder  barbette  car- 
riages, model  of  1902. 

FntENG  CiRCITITS. 
CLASSES  I  AND  II. 

17.  Firing  circuits  of  these  classes  will  be  furnished,  in- 
stalled, and  maintained  by  the  Ordnance  Department. 

CLASS   III. 

18.  In  firing  circuits  of  Class  III  (mortar  carriages)  all 
parts  of  the  circuit  up  to  the  plug  box  on  the  base  ring  of  the 
mortar  carriage  will  be  furnished,  installed,  and  maintained 
by  the  Engineer  Department.  All  other  parts  of  the  circuit, 
including  the  plug  box,  magneto  generator,  conductors  on  the 
carriages,  etc.,  will  be  furnished,  installed,  and  maintained  by 
the  Ordnance  Department. 

19.  Firing  circuits  of  Class  III  will  be  applied  to  all  13-incli 
mortar  carriages,  models  of  1896-Mi,  Mn,  Mni,  and  1908, 
when  funds  are  available  therefor. 

CLASS    IV. 

20.  For  firing  circuits  of  this  class,  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment furnishes  and  maintains  a  motor  generator.  The  Engi- 
neer Department  installs  the  motor  generator,  furnishes,  in- 
stalls, and  maintains  all  parts  of  the  circuit  to  a  point  inside 
the  pedestal  of  the  carriage  as  shown  on  the  emplacement 
drawings,  and  makes  the  connections  of  the  motor  generator 
with  the  emplacement  mains  and  the  circuit  on  the  carriage. 
All  other  parts  of  the  circuit  are  furnished,  installed,  and 
maintained  by  the  Ordnance  Department. 

21.  Firing  circuits  of  Class  IV  will  be  applied  to  the  6-inch 
barbette  carriage,  model  of  1910. 

Obdnance  Terminal  Boxes. 

22.  A  terminal  box  for  each  disappearing  carriage  will  be 
furnished  and  assembled  by  the  Ordnance  Department  in  a 
niche  to  be  made^by  the  Engineer  Department  in  the  counter- 
weight well.     This  niche  should  be  in  the  rear  wall  of  the 


636 

counterweight  well  within  15°  of  the  diameter  bisecting  the 
angle  of  the  field  of  fire,  except  for  the  14-inch  disappearing 
carriage.  For  this  carriage  the  niche  will  be  15°  or  75°  to  the 
right  of  the  diameter;  the  75°  recess  to  be  used  if  the  left 
flank  emplacement  causes  interference  between  the  conduit 
from  the  ordnance  terminal  box  and  the  pit  ladder.  For  all 
10-inch,  12-inch,  and  14-inch  disappearing  carriages,  except 
the  10-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1894-Mi, 
the  niche  should  be  28  inches  high,  measured  from  the  surface 
on  which  the  base  ring  rests,  12  inches  deep,  and  14  inches 
wide.  The  niche  for  the  10-inch  disappearing  carriage,  L.  F., 
model  of  1894-Mi,  will  be  shown  on  the  drawings  of  the  em- 
placement for  that  carriage.  This  carriage,  owing  to  its  con- 
struction, differs  from  the  other  disappearing  carriages  in  that 
it  has  two  terminal  boxes.  One  terminal  box  is  secured  to 
the  transom  of  the  carriage  and  consequently  moves  with  it 
when  the  carriage  is  being  traversed.  The  other  terminal  box 
is  located  in  the  pit  made  by  the  Engineer  Department  at 
the  rear  and  underneath  the  flange  of  the  base  ring  to  which 
the  foundation  bolts  are  attached.  The  cover  for  this  pit  is 
furnished  by  the  Ordnance  Department.  The  center  line  of 
conduit  laid  by  the  Engineer  Department  for  conductors  to 
the  terminal  boxes  for  10-inch  and  12-inch  disappearing  car- 
riages should  enter  the  niches  not  less  than  8  nor  more  than 
16.5  inches  below  the  surface  on  which  the  base  ring  rests; 
for  the  6-inch  disappearing  carriage,  L.  F.,  model  of  1905-Mti, 
and  14-inch,  model  of  1907-Mi,  not  less  than  6  nor  more  than 
11.5  inches  below  the  surface  on  which  the  base  ring  rests; 
for  the  14-inch,  model  of  1907,  not  less  than  6  nor  more  than 
18  inches  below  the  surface  referred  to  above.  For  6-inch  dis- 
appearing carriages,  models  of  1903,  1905,  and  1905-Mi,  the 
niche  should  be  26  inches  high,  measured  from  the  surface  on 
which  the  base  ring  rests,  12  inches  wide  and  8  inches  deep; 
and  of  the  same  dimensions  but  9.5  inches  deep  for  6-inch  dis- 
appearing carriages,  model  of  1898,  and  13.5  inches  deep  for 
8-inch  disappearing  carriages,  model  of  1896.  The  center  line 
of  conduit  laid  by  the  Engineer  Department  for  conductors  to 
terminal  boxes  for  6-inch  and  8-inch  disappearing  carriages 
should  enter  the  niche  not  less  than  8  nor  more  than  16  inches 
below  the  surface  on  which  the  base  ring  rests. 

23.  The  cables  laid  into  the  counterweight  wells  by   the 
Engineer  Department  shall  enter  the  ordnance  terminal  box 


537 

on  either  side  but  not  both  sides  of  the  same  box  and  shall 
be  connected  thereto  by  an  approved  form  of  water-tight 
connection. 

24.  A  vertical  groove  starting  in  the  bottom  wall  on  the 
center  line  of  the  niche,  5  inches  wide,  6  inches  deep,  and 
about  5  feet  long,  will  be  made  by  the  Engineer  Department 
in  the  wall  of  the  counterweight  well  of  each  10-inch,  12-inch 
and  14-inch  disappearing  carriage,  except  the  10-inch  disap- 
pearing carriage,  L.  F.,  model  of  1894-Mi.  A  similar  groove 
3  inches  wide,  3.75  inches  deep  for  6-inch  models  of  1905, 
1905-Mi,  and  1905-Mii,  and  of  14-inch,  model  of  1907-Mi,  4 
inches  deep  for  6-inch  model  of  1903,  5.25  inches  deep  for 
6-inch  model  of  1898,  and  9.25  inches  deep  for  8-inch  model  of 
1896,  and  about  4  feet  long,  will  be  made  by  the  Engineer  De- 
partment in  the  wall  of  the  counterweight  well  of  the  car- 
riages enumerated  above.  These  grooves  are  to  contain 
flexible  metallic  tubing  1,  2,  and  3  inches  in  diameter,  re- 
spectively. Near  the  lower  end  of  each  groove  the  Engineer 
Department  will  provide  two  holes  for  expansion  bolts  for 
securing  the  conduit. 

Teemination   of   Conduits   and   Condtjctobs   at   Carriages. 

25.  The  end  of  each  conductor  led  to  and  terminating  at  a 
carriage  will  be  plainly  tagged  for  convenient  identification, 
and  not  less  than  18  inches  of  extra  length  left  for  connec- 
tions. The  end  of  each  lead-covered  cable  will  be  left  her- 
metically sealed  unless  it  is  to  be  immediately  connected  to  a 
terminal  box  or  other  carriage  wiring. 

26.  For  12-inch  mortar  carriages,  models  of  1896-Mi,  Mix, 
Mm,  and  1908,  the  conduits  for  conductors  should  enter  the 
annular  space  outside  the  racer  6  inches  below  the  level  of  the 
floor  of  the  pit. 

27.  The  carriage  ends  of  conduits  for  conductors  of  illumi- 
nating circuits  of  Class  III  (barbette  carriages  for  rapid-fire 
guns  of  6-inch  and  less  in  caliber)  should  terminate  with 
reference  to  the  diameter  through  the  front  foundation  bolt  as 
follows,  viz: 

28.  Fifteen-pounder  barbette  carriages,  model  of  1903,  on 
radius  90**  to  right  or  left  of  radius  joining  foundation-bolt 
circle  center  with  front  bolt,  and  10  inches  from  center  of  bolt 
circle. 


538 

29.  Five-inch  barbette  carriage,  model  of  1903,  at  any  one 
of  the  four  points  of  intersection  of  the  circumference  of  a 
circle  30  inches  in  diameter  and  having  its  center  coincident 
with  that  of  the  foundation-bolt  circle  and  the  two  diameters 
45°  on  either  side  of  the  diameter  through  the  front  founda- 
tion bolt,  and  should  be  carried  under  the  base  ring  to  the 
plug  boxes  if  so  required  by  their  location. 

30.  Six-inch  barbette  carriage,  model  of  1900,  at  any  one  of 
the  four  points  of  intersection  of  the  circumference  of  a  circle 
40  inches  in  diameter  and  having  its  center  coincident  with 
that  of  the  foundation-bolt  circle,  and  the  two  diameters  45° 
on  either  side  of  the  diameter  through  the  front  foundation 
bolt. 

31.  The  terminal  points  of  conduits  for  other  barbette  car- 
riages will  be  furnished  when  they  shall  have  been  deter- 
mined. 

Cabeiages  in  Service  Equipped  With  Experimental  Power 
Circuits. 

32.  Twelve-inch  disappearing  carriages,  L.  F.,  model  of  1897, 
Nos.  9,  11,  12,  16,  17,  19,  20,  and  23,  are  equipped  with  experi- 
mental electrical  power  systems,  which  it  is  intended  to  con- 
tinue in  use  as  long  as  each  is  serviceable.  Should  it  become 
necessary  to  replace  any  of  these  experimental  power  systems 
the  carriages  will  be  provided  with  power  circuits  of  Class  I. 

33.  The  details  of  the  several  circuits  will  be  determined  by 
the  Chief  of  Ordnance  and  the  Chief  of  Engineers. 

34.  Where  a  complete  and  effective  system  of  wiring  has 
already  been  installed  on  seacoast  carriages,  no  change  will 
be  made  until  the  need  for  extensive  repairs  justifies  replace- 
ment. (G.  0.  1,  1913—1987146,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par. 
Ill,  G.  O.  68,  1913—1987146  A,  A.  G.  0.) 

291.  Drawing  instruments  and  materials  issued  to  Coast 
Artillery. — The  following  drawing  instruments  will  be  issued 
by  the  Ordnance  Department  to  each  garrisoned  Coast  Artil- 
lery fort  having  guns  of  6-inch  or  greater  caliber:  One  beam 
compass.  No.  770,  with  case;  1  beam  compass  bar,  30-inch, 
wood ;  1  beam  compass  bar,  70-inch,  wood ;  1  dividers,  propor- 
tional. No.  437,  and  case;  1  protractor,  steel.  No.  1253;  3 
splines,  xylonite,  36-inch,  No.  1835 ;  8  spline  weights.  No.  2186 ; 
1  straightedge,  xylonite  lined,  maple.  No.  1886,  30-inch;  1 
straightedge,  metal,  No.  2020,  60-inch;  1  Arkansas  oil  stone, 


539 

No.  2720;  1  hardwood  chest  for  drawing  material;  1  map 
measure,  5-inch,  No.  1692. 

The  following  instruments  will  be  issued,  in  addition  to 
those  mentioned  above,  to  every  fort  garrisoned  by  not  more 
than  two  companies  of  Coast  Artillery,  and  for  each  two  com- 
panies in  addition  thereto:  One  set  of  drawing  instruments, 
Key  brand,  No.  897,  with  case;  1  drawing  board,  33  inches 
by  55  inches,  or  larger;  1  pair  trestles,  adjustable,  pine,  No. 
2551-3;  1  set  (10)  irregular  curves,  xylonite,  assorted;  3  horn 
centers,  plain,  No.  2690;  1  pen,  detail,  6-inch,  No.  558-2;  1 
reading  glass,  3-inch,  No.  6970 ;  1  scale,  architect,  12-inch,  No. 
1621;  1  scale,  engineer,  12-inch,  No.  1641;  1  tee  square, 
xylonite,  36-inch,  No.  1887;  1  triangle,  xylonite,  30°  by  60°, 
No.  1855,  6-inch;  1  triangle,  xylonite,  30°  by  60°,  No.  1855,  12- 
inch;  1  triangle,  xylonite,  45°,  No.  1856,  6-inch;  1  triangle, 
xylonite,  45°,  No.  1856,  12-inch ;  1  tin  box,  japanned.  No.  2954, 
with  water  colors.  No.  2920 ;  full  pans,  Nos.  8,  10,  14,  21,  31, 
33,  43,  44,  45,  47,  and  101.  (Colors  to  be  renewed  as  required.) 
Six  brushes,  camel's  hair,  1-6,  No.  3132;  1  nest,  4  cabinet 
saucers.  No.  3166. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  the  following  will  be  issued  to 
each  coast  defense  ordnance  officer :  One  frame,  blue  print,  30 
inches  by  42  inches,  complete.  No.  244 ;  1  tray,  bath,  30  inches 
by  42  inches.  No.  248 ;  2  ^in  tubes  for  10-yard  roll  of  blue-print 
paper,  30  inches  wide.  No.  219 ;  1  pantograph,  wood,  No.  1143. 

The  following  annual  allowance  of  materials  for  each  two 
companies  will  be  issued  if  required:  Two  rolls,  10  yards. 
Anvil  drawing  paper,  mounted,  62  inches  wide.  No.  105;  2 
rolls,  10  yards.  Duplex  drawing  paper,  not  mounted,  42  inches 
wide.  No.  50;  2  rolls,  24  yards  each,  tracing  linen,  42  inches 
wide,  No.  150;  1  roll,  5  yards,  cross-section  paper,  drawing, 
ruled,  unmounted,  10  by  10,  20  inches  wide,  orange;  1  roll, 
5  yards,  brown  print  paper,  42  inches  wide;  1  roll,  50  yards, 
Simplex  detail  paper,  42  inches  wide;  1  quire  Coordinate 
paper  (10.75  by  15.75),  No.  337  L;  6  bottles  indelible  colored 
ink  (Higgins'),  blue,  brown,  green,  carmine,  yellow,  and 
scarlet,  with  tray;  12  bottles  waterproof  drawing  ink  (Hig- 
gins' ) ,  black,  indelible.  No.  2969 ;  1  box  leads  for  instruments, 
2H  and  6H,  No.  3385 ;  3  dozen  drawing  pencils,  3H,  4H,  6H, 
Kohinoor,  No.  3380;  2  pencil  pointers,  No.  3505;  5  dozen 
thumb  tacks.  No.  2678;  1  dozen  detail  pencils.  No.  3  (No. 
3348)  ;  2  pencils,  yellow.  No.  3375-2;  1  dozen  Gillott's  pens, 


540 

No.  303 ;  1  dozen  Gillott's  pens,  No.  404 ;  1  dozen  drawing  and 
lettering  pens,  No.  3203 ;  1  dozen  mapping  pens,  Gillott's,  No. 
3213,  with  holder;  1  box  round  writing  pens;  1  sponge  rub- 
ber, No.  3407 ;  4  erasers,  pencil.  No.  3416 ;  2  erasers,  ink,  No. 
3417 ;  3  bottles  Helios  erasing  fluid,  No.  240  W,  No.  240  R,  No. 
240  Y ;  5  jars  Higgins'  drawing-board  paste ;  2  gross  of  white- 
chalk  for  each  gun  emplacement  and  mortar  pit  in  commis- 
sion; 1  roll,  5  yards,  cross-section  paper,  tracing,  engraved,, 
unmounted,  10  by  10,  20  inches  wide,  orange,  for  each 
company. 

The  coast  defense  ordnance  officer  will,  in  addition,  be 
supplied  annually  with  not  to  exceed  three  10-yard  rolls  of 
prepared  blue-print  paper,  30  inches  wide,  of  medium  thick- 
ness, slow,  fresh,  and  of  best  quality  for  each  company 
when  required.  If  desired,  the  water  colors  and  nests  may  be 
omitted  and  the  following  may  be  supplied  in  their  place: 
One-half  gallon  white  varnish,  1  pint  turpentine,  1  small 
sponge. 

Diluted  colored  inks  may  be  used  for  tinting,  and  if  cov- 
ered with  clear,  white  varnish  the  colors  will  be  retained. 
For  the  different  charts,  atmosphere  charts,  etc.,  which  are 
constantly  in  use  and  liable  to  be  soiled,  blurred,  or  erased, 
a  specially  protected  surface  is  desirable.  This  may  be  sup- 
plied by  thoroughly  cleaning  the  surface  of  drawing  paper 
and  applying  two  or  three  coats  of  white  varnish  after  tinting, 
allowing  each  coat  to  dry  before  applying  the  next.  After 
thorough  drying  and  hardening,  the  gloss  may  be  removed 
with  a  sponge  moistened  slightly  with  turpentine.  After 
being  soiled  it  may  be  cleaned  with  a  sponge  moistened 
slightly  with  turpentine,  new  coats  of  varnish  being  applied, 
and  the  surface  finished  as  before. 

The  component  parts  of  the  set  of  standard  drawing  in- 
struments are  as  follows :  One  compass,  5i  inches,  with  fixed 
needle  point,  pen,  pencil  point,  and  lengthening  bar.  No.  838; 
1  hairspring  divider.  No.  837;  1  bow  divider,  3^  inches,  No. 
750 ;  1  bow  pen,  3^  inches,  with  needle  point.  No.  751 ;  1  bow 
pencil,  3i  inches,  with  needle  point.  No.  752 ;  1  drawing  pen, 
4^  inches,  No.  806 ;  1  drawing  pen,  5^  inches.  No.  808 ;  1  lead 
box,  No.  830 ;  1  case. 

The  numbers  given  in  the  foregoing  lists  refer  to  the  cata- 
logue of  Keuffel  &  Esser,  and  the  material  furnished  will  be 
as  nearly  similar  as  the  regulations  for  purchase  will  permit. 


541 

If  any  instruments  or  materials  are  required  in  excess  of 
tliose  mentioned  herein  tlie  special  necessity  therefor  will  be 
stated  in  the  requisition. 

The  lists  referred  to  herein  are  for  future  issues;  the  sup- 
plies and  instruments  now  on  hand  will  be  used  so  far  as 
practicable,  even  though  they  may  differ  in  make  or  quality 
from  those  now  prescribed.  All  instruments  pertaining  to 
the  Ordnance  Department  in  excess  of  the  allowances  stated 
herein  will  be  turned  in  to  the  proper  armament  officer  for 
overhauling  and  storage  with  a  view  to  their  use  in  replace- 
ment. 

Issues  will  be  made  to  coast  defense  ordnance  officers,  who 
will  be  held  accountable  for  property.  (Par.  II,  G.  O.  74, 
1914—1287028  B,  A.  G.  0.) 

292.  Instructions  relative  to  the  inspection,  repair,  and 
alteration  of  mobile  Artillery  materiel  by  officers  and  em- 
ployees of  the  Ordnance  Department. — 1.  The  inspection, 
repair,  and  alteration  of  mobile  Artillery  materiel  in  the  differ- 
ent military  departments  are  placed  under  the  charge  of 
officers  of  the  Ordnance  Department  as  follows : 

Of  the  commanding  officer,  New  York  Arsenal,  at  Governors 
Island,  New  York  Harbor:  The  Eastern  Department. 

Of  the  commanding  officer,  San  Antonio  Arsenal,  at  San 
Antonio,  Tex. :  The  Southern  Department. 

Of  the  commanding  officer,  Benicia  Arsenal,  Benicia,  Cal. : 
The  Western  Department. 

Of  the  commanding  officer.  Rock  Island  Arsenal,  at  Rock 
Island,  111. :  The  Central  Department. 

Of  the  commanding  officer,  Manila  Ordnance  Depot,  at  Ma- 
nila, P.  I. :  The  Philippine  Department. 

Of  the  chief  ordnance  officer,  Hawaiian  Department,  at 
Honolulu,  Hawaii  Territory:  The  Hawaiian  Department. 

2.  When  mountain,  light,  heavy,  or  siege  cannon  and  their 
carriages  and  other  Artillery  vehicles,  sights,  implements, 
equipments,  fire-control  instruments,  harness,  etc.,  constitut- 
ing the  equipment  of  mobile  Artillery  batteries  and  head- 
quarters detachments,  are  in  need  of  repairs  requiring  the 
services  of  skilled  mechanics  of  the  Ordnance  Department,  the 
commanding  officer  of  the  battery  or  headquarters  detach- 
ment concerned  will  submit  a  report  to  the  officer  charged  by 
section  1  of  this  order  with  the  repair  of  the  materiel,  de- 
scribing the  character  and  extent  of  the  repairs  required  and 


542 

the  cause  of  the  damaged  condition  of  each  article.  Upon  re- 
ceipt of  such  a  report  the  ordnance  officer  in  charge  will  cause 
the  repairs  to  be  made.  If  the  repairs  are  of  such  a  character 
that  they  can  not  be  made  by  the  battery  mechanics  he  will 
furnish  for  the  purpose  such  skilled  mechanics  and  materials 
as  may  be  required,  and  will  inform  the  commanding  officer  of 
the  battery  or  headquarters  detachment,  in  advance,  of  the 
probable  date  on  which  the  mechanics  will  arrive,  and  will 
instruct  the  latter  to  report  in  person  upon  their  arrival,  to 
this  officer.  The  commanding  officer  of  the  battery  or  head- 
quarters detachment,  in  the  absence  of  an  officer  of  the  Ord- 
nance Department,  will  keep  a  record  of  the  hours  worked 
each  day  by  each  man,  and  on  completion  of  the  repairs  will 
forward  a  report  of  the  time  to  the  ordnance  officer  in  charge 
of  the  repairs,  showing  the  date  and  hour  of  arrival  of  each 
mechanic  and  the  manner  in  which  he  conducted  himself  while 
on  duty.  If  the  repairs  are  of  such  a  character  that  they  can 
be  made  by  the  battery  mechanic  the  repairs  should  be  so 
made  and  the  ordnance  officer  charged  with  the  inspection 
of  the  batteries  will  furnish  the  necessary  material  required. 
3.  When  the  repairs  can  not  be  made  at  the  post  by  the  bat- 
tery mechanic  as  referred  to  above,  or  when  they  are  of  such 
slight  character  as  not  to  justify  the  expense  of  sending  a  me- 
chanic to  the  post,  the  ordnance  officer  charged  with  the  in- 
spection will  inform  the  organization  commander  how  these 
repairs  can  be  made  most  expeditiously  and  satisfactorily. 
Authority  is  given  to  the  ordnance  officer  charged  with  the  in- 
spection to  authorize  shipment  of  articles  of  such  limited 
weight  as  may  be  transported  through  the  mails  or  by  express 
at  the  minimum  rate,  as  follows:  To  Watervliet  Arsenal, 
breech  mechanisms  or  parts  thereof;  to  Frankford  Arsenal, 
sights,  range  quadrants,  range-finding  material,  fuse  setters  or 
parts  thereof;  all  other  material  to  the  Rock  Island  Arsenal, 
except  that  in  the  Philippine  Department  articles  requiring 
repairs  will  be  mailed  or  shipped  to  the  commanding  officer, 
Manila  Ordnance  Depot.  If  it  is  considered  that  the  repairs 
can  be  made  at  the  arsenal  at  which  the  ordnance  officer  in 
charge  is  located,  shipments  may  be  made  thereto  as  referred 
to  above.  If  the  repairs  are  considerable,  or  if  they  involve 
work  on  articles  that  are  too  bulky  to  be  shipped  as  above  de- 
scribed, the  ordnance  officer  in  charge  will  request  the  depart- 
ment commander  to  direct  the  shipment  to  an  arsenal  or  depot 


543 

to  be  designated  by  the  ordnance  officer  in  charge  for  the  pur- 
pose. In  all  cases  where  it  is  necessary  for  a  battery  com- 
mander to  turn  in  the  articles  to  an  arsenal  for  repairs  which 
will  decrease  the  efficiency  of  the  battery,  the  ordnance  officer 
charged  with  the  inspection  will  have  the  articles  replaced  at 
once,  if  practicable,  and  in  other  cases  expedite  the  completion 
of  repairs  or  issue  of  new  parts  to  the  greatest  possible  extent 
in  order  that  the  materiel  of  the  battery  may  be  maintained  at 
all  times  in  the  best  possible  condition  for  service.  The  bat- 
tery commander,  however,  will  be  held  responsible  for  any 
part  of  his  equipment  not  being  complete  and  serviceable  un- 
less he  can  show  that  he  has  exhausted  every  means  in  his 
power  to  replace  unserviceable  equipment  or  obtain  the  addi- 
tional equipment  required  to  complete  the  battery.  Delays  in 
repairs  or  filling  requisitions  will  be  reported  by  him  to  the 
Chief  of  Ordnance  through  the  department  commander. 

4.  When  alterations  or  additions  are  directed  to  be  incorpo- 
rated by  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  in  mobile  Artillery  materiel  in 
the  hands  of  Regular  troops,  and  if  such  directions  from  the 
Chief  of  Ordnance  do  not  state  the  arsenal  that  will  furnish 
the  necessary  parts,  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  inspection  of 
the  materiel  will  procure  such  parts,  materials,  and  special 
tools  as  may  be  required  either  by  manufacture  or  by  requisi- 
tion and  will  invoice  these  articles  to  the  post  ordnance  officer. 
If,  under  instructions  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance,  the  necessary 
materials  are  to  be  issued  from  a  designated  arsenal,  the  arti- 
cles will  be  invoiced  by  such  an  arsenal  to  the  post  ordnance 
officer  direct,  but  in  such  a  case  the  ordnance  officer  in  charge 
of  the  inspection  will  be  notified  of  the  date  of  shipment  and 
articles  shipped.  Any  instructions  and  drawings  necessary  to 
clearly  show  the  character  of  the  work  and  the  method  by 
which  it  should  be  done  will  be  sent  from  the  issuing  arsenal 
to  the  ordnance  officer  in  charge,  who  will  forward  them  to  the 
battery  or  headquarters  detachment  commander.  As  in  the 
case  of  repairs,  the  ordnance  officer  in  charge  of  the  inspection 
of  the  materiel  will  decide  whether  the  work  should  be  done 
by  the  battery  mechanics  or  by  an  ordnance  mechanic.  No 
alteration  or  addition  will  be  made  which  has  not  been  previ- 
ously authorized  by  the  Chief  of  Ordnance. 

5.  The  materiel  of  batteries  and  headquarters  aetachments 
of  mobile  Artillery  shall  be  subject  at  any  time  to  the  inspec- 
tion of  designated  officers  of  the  Ordnance  Department,  includ- 


5M 

ing  tlie  firing  of  pieces,  if  deemed  desirable,  to  see  that  it  is  ia 
efficient  service  condition  and  to  place  it  in  such  condition  if  it 
should  not  be  so.  At  these  inspections  the  repairs  or  altera- 
tions that  may  have  been  made  since  the  last  previous  inspec- 
tion should  be  carefully  observed  to  see  that  the  drawings,  in- 
structions, etc.,  have  been  complied  with.  A  statement  of  the 
changes  made  and  of  such  alterations  as  are  still  to  be  incor- 
porated in  the  vehicles  will  be  made  on  the  regular  form  of 
inspection  report  submitted  to  the  Chief  of  Ordnance. 

6.  As  soon  as  practicable  the  inspecting  officer  will  furnish 
directly  to  the  post  commander  information  in  writing  in  re- 
gard to  each  battery  or  headquarters  detachment,  showing  its 
condition  as  regards  ordnance  materiel,  including  any  defects 
or  evidences  of  neglect  or  improper  use  of  materiel  that  the 
inspection  may  disclose.  Department  commanders  will  in- 
struct post,  battery,  and  headquarters  detachment  commanders 
to  furnish  such  assistance  as  may  be  necessary  to  make  the  in- 
spection and  to  perform  the  necessary  work  contemplated  by 
this  order.  The  officers  of  the  Ordnance  Department  will  fur- 
nish battery  commanders  with  certificates  in  duplicate,  stat- 
ing that  the  number  of  rounds  fired  were  expended  in  making 
the  inspection  prescribed  by  this  order.  The  certificates  will 
constitute  vouchers  for  dropping  the  ammunition  from  battery 
commanders'  property  returns.  {Par.  I,  G.  O.  28,  1913 — 
1721932  B,  A.  O.  O.,  as  amended  hy  Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  46,  1913— 
1721932  C,  A.  G.  O.) 

293.  Resizing  of  cartridge  cases,  3-inch  saluting  guns. — 
1.  When  cartridge  cases  for  3-inch  saluting  guns  at  any  post 
become  so  expanded  from  use  that  they  can  not  be  readily 
inserted  in  the  gun,  they  will  be  turned  in  to  the  posts  desig- 
nated below  to  be  resized  and  returned. 

2.  The  resizing  of  these  cartridge  cases  will  be  done  under 
the  direction  of  the  ordnance  officers  of  the  posts  in  question, 
to  whom  resizing  presses  have  been  or  will  be  issued : 

Watertown  Arsenal,  for  the  coast  defenses  of  Boston  and 
Springfield  Armory. 

Watervliet  Arsenal,  for  Madison  Barracks,  Plattsburg  Bar- 
racks, Fort  Ethan  Allen,  West  Point,  3-inch  gun  at  Newburgh, 
and  Fort  Ontario. 

New  York  Arsenal,  for  the  coast  defenses  of  eastern  and 
southern  New  York,  Fort  Jay  and  Fort  Slocum,  Fort  Wood. 

Fort  Niagara,  for  that  post  and  Fort  Porter. 


545 

Sandy  Hook  Proving  Ground,  for  Fort  Hancock. 

Fort  Myer,  for  that  post  and  the  coast  defenses  of  the  Poto- 
mac and  Washington  Barracks. 

Columbus  Barracks,  for  that  post  and  Fort  Thomas  and 
Fort  Wayne. 

Augusta  Arsenal,  for  Fort  McPherson  and  Fort  Oglethorpe. 

Fort  De  Soto,  for  that  post  and  Fort  Dade. 

Fort  Sill,  for  that  post  and  Fort  Logan  H.  Roots  and  Fort 
Reno. 

San  Antonio  Arsenal,. for  Fort  Sam  Houston,  Fort  Clark,  and 
Fort  Mcintosh. 

Fort  Huachuca,  for  that  post  and  Fort  Apache,  Fort  Win- 
gate,  Whipple  Barracks,  and  Fort  Bliss. 

Fort  Logan. 

Fort  Duchesne. 

Fort  Douglas. 

Fort  Rosecrans. 

Benicia  Arsenal,  for  Alcatraz  Island  and  Presidio  of  Mon- 
terey. 

Vancouver  Barracks. 

Boise  Barracks. 

Fort  Yellowstone,  for  that  post  and  Fort  Missoula  and  Fort 
Assinniboine. 

Fort  Keogh,  for  that  post  and  Fort  Lincoln. 

Fort  Robinson,  for  that  post  and  Fort  Mackenzie,  Fort 
Meade,  and  Fort  D.  A,  Russell. 

Fort  Leavenworth,  for  that  post  and  Fort  Riley,  Fort  Crook, 
and  Fort  Omaha. 

Rock  Island  Arsenal,  for  Fort  Snelling,  Fort  Brady,  Fort 
Sheridan,  Jefferson  Barracks,  and  Fort  Des  Moines. 

Fort  Worden,  for  the  coast  defenses  of  Puget  Sound,  Fort 
Lawton,  and  Fort  George  Wright. 

Fort  Davis,  Alaska. 

Fort  St.  Michael,  Alaska. 

Fort  Gibbon,  Alaska. 

Fort  Liscum,  Alaska. 

Fort  Wm.  H.  Seward,  Alaska. 

3.  In  addition,  one  resizing  outfit  will  be  issued  to  the  ord- 
nance officer  of  each  of  the  coast  defenses  not  provided  for  in 
paragraph  2  of  this  order  for  use  in  resizing  the  cartridge 
eases  in  those  defenses.  (G.  0.  21, 1907—1204192,  M.  S.  0.,  as 
revised  hy  office  C.  of  0.) 

40062°- 16 35 


646 

294.  Quarterly  statements  of  mobile  Artillery  materiel 
or  ammunition  in  hands  of  post  ordnance  officers.— Post 

ordnance  officers  who  have  in  their  possession  mobile  Artillery 
materiel  or  ammunition  not  carried  on  corresponding  state- 
ments from  battery,  battalion,  or  regimental  commanders  will 
hereafter  forward  to  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  on  Ordnance  De- 
partment Form  No.  87  a  quarterly  statement  of  cannon,  car- 
riages, ammunition,  etc.,  on  hand.  (Par.  IV,  O.  O.  39,  1914 — 
2163476,  A.  G.  O.) 

Small  Abms  and  Small-Aems  Ammunition. 

BIFLES. 

295.  Submission  of  United  States  rifles,  caliber  .30, 
model  of  1903,  for  the  action  of  inspectors  and  surveying 
officers. — 1.  Experiments  at  the  arsenals  indicate  that  the 
rifle,  with  ammunition  as  now  issued,  should  be  serviceable  for 
from  8,000  to  13,000  rounds.  The  earlier  ammunition  of  1906 
model,  however,  was  loaded  with  a  nitroglycerin  powder,  and 
doubtless  there  are  rifles  in  service  which  were  fired  one  or 
tw^o  seasons  with  this  powder.  With  this  powder  the  life  of 
the  rifle  would  be  about  4,500  to  5,000  rounds.  The  foregoing 
results  obtain  at  the  arsenals  where  the  work  of  cleaning  and 
caring  for  the  rifles  is  done  by  experienced  and  careful  em- 
ployees. The  unserviceable  rifles  turned  in  to  the  arsenals  ap- 
pear to  have  become  so  more  through  want  of  careful  cleaning 
and  through  the  use  of  abrasives  than  by  reason  of  the  actual 
number  of  rounds  fired.  This  appears  from  the  fact  that  the 
rifles  turned  in  are  worn  at  the  muzzles  and  the  barrels  are 
rusted  or  pitted,  whereas  with  proper  care  the  rifles  should 
become  inaccurate  only  by  reason  of  erosion  at  the  bullet  seat. 
It  may  be  considered  that  a  rifle  will  be  fired  400  rounds  in 
one  season.  A  rifle  with  reasonable  care  should  be  good  for 
at  least  10  years  with  the  present  powder,  or  for  about  4,000 
rounds. 

2.  Experience  has  shown  that  in  general  the  accuracy  of 
rifles  is  not  affected  sufficiently  to  make  them  unserviceable 
until  the  diameter  across  the  lands  at  the  muzzle  exceeds 
0.304  inch,  and  that  rifles  measuring  0.308  inch  across  the 
lands  at  the  muzzle  are  generally  unserviceable.  Hereafter 
all  rifles,  before  being  submitted  for  the  action  of  an  inspec- 
tor or  a  surveying  officer  on  the  ground  of  lack  of  accuracy, 
wull  first  be  inspected  under  the  supervision  of  a   commis- 


547 

sioned  officer,  using  cylindrical  plug  gauges  0.304  and  0.308 
inch  in  diameter,  issued  by  tlie  Ordnance  Department  for  the 
purpose  and  to  be  obtained  from  the  post  or  regimental  ord- 
nance officer.  Those  rifles  in  which  the  0.304-inch  plug  gauge 
does  not  enter  or  enters  snugly  will  be  retained  in  service 
without  further  accuracy  tests.  Those  rifles  in  which  the 
0.308-inch  plug  gauge  enters  freely  will  be  reported  as  unserv- 
iceable and  will  not  be  tested  by  targeting.  Rifles  considered 
unserviceable  in  which  the  0.304-inch  plug  gauge  enters  freely 
and  which  will  not  admit  a  0.308-inch  plug  gauge  or  admit  it 
only  snugly  will  be  tested  by  targeting  as  hereinafter  ex- 
plained before  being  submitted  for  the  action  of  an  inspector. 
After  these  tests  witli  plug  gauges  have  been  made,  they  will 
be  certified  to  by  the  officer  supervising  tlie  tests.  Plug  gauges 
will  be  issued  to  post  or  regimental  ordnance  officers  without 
requisition. 

3.  The  test  will  be  made  under  favorable  weather  condi- 
tions by  an  expert  shot  with  the  rifle  at  known  distance 
slow  fire,  under  the  personal  supervision  of  a  disinterested 
officer,  and  will  consist  of  one  target  of  10  shots  at  each  of 
the  ranges,  300  and  500  yards,  the  targets  to  be  preceded  by 
sighting  shots  at  each  range  and  muzzle  rest  to  be  permitted. 
When  practicable  the  expert  making  the  test  will  be  of  an- 
other organization  than  the  one  to  which  the  rifles  belong. 
Before  being  tested  at  each  range  the  rifles  will  be  thoroughly 
cleaned  and  all  metal  fouling  removed  from  the  bore.  The 
best  ammunition  available  will  be  issued  for  testing  the 
rifles,  and  ammunition  of  different  dates  of  manufacture 
should  not  be  used  in  making  targets  for  a  single  rifle.  If 
the  mean  radius  of  these  targets  is  less  than  6.5  inches  at 
300  yards,  or  less  than  13  inches  at  500  yards,  the  rifles  will 
be  considered  sufficiently  accurate  to  be  retained  in  the 
service.  If  the  mean  radius  is  greater  than  that  stated  the 
rifles  will  be  submitted  to  an  inspector  or  surveying  officer 
for  his  action.  The  results  of  the  test  will  be  certified  to  by 
the  officer  supervising  it,  and  will  be  shown  in  the  case  of 
each  rifle,  the  rifle  being  designated  by  its  number  and  the 
initials  of  the  arsenal  where  it  was  manufactured.  If  a 
range  of  500  yards  is  not  available  the  test  should  be  con- 
ducted under  the  same  conditions  at  each  of  the  ranges  200 
and  300  yards.  If  the  mean  radius  of  these  targets  is  less 
than  6.5  inches  at  300  yards,  or  less  than  4.5  inches  at  200 


548 

yards  the  rifles  will  be  considered  sufficiently  accurate  to  be 
continued  in  service. 

4.  The  expenditure  of  the  ammunition  necessary  to  con- 
duct the  test  prescribed  in  the  preceding  paragraph  is  au- 
thorized, but  it  will  be  furnished  by  the  organization  pre- 
senting the  rifles  for  test  from  its  allowance  for  target 
practice. 

5.  The  mean  radius  of  a  group  of  shots  is  determined  as 
follows :  After  removing  the  paper  target  from  the  frame,  lay 
out  vertical  and  horizontal  axes  which  will  contain  the  group 
of  shots.  Measure  the  vertical  distance  from  the  center  of 
each  shot  hole  to  the  horizontal  axis;  the  mean  of  these  dis- 
tances gives  the  vertical  ordinate  of  the  center  of  impact. 
Measure  the  horizontal  distance  from  the  center  of  each  shot 
hole  to  the  vertical  axis;  the  mean  of  these  distances  gives 
the  horizontal  ordinate  of  the  center  of  impact  of  the  group 
of  shots.  After  plotting  the  center  of  impact,  measure  the 
distance  from  the  center  of  impact  to  the  center  of  each  shot 
hole.  The  mean  of  the  distances  from  the  center  of  impact 
to  the  centers  of  the  shot  holes  is  the  mean  radius. 

6.  In  preparing  the  inventory  and  inspection  reports,  or  re- 
ports of  survey,  the  following  data  will  be  shown  thereon : 

(a)  The  number  of  each  rifle  and  its  arsenal  initial. 

(&)  The  date  of  issue  of  the  rifle  to  the  organization  (date 
of  invoice)  and  the  number  of  target  seasons  it  has  been  fired. 

(Par.  I,  Bui.  24, 1913—2033476,  A.  O.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par. 
IT,  Bui.  15,  1915—2033476  A,  A.  Q.  O.,  and  Par.  II,  Bui.  31, 
1915—2033476  B,  A.  G.  0.) 

296.  Use  in  swimming  and  wall-scaling  exercises. — 
1.  Hereafter  United  States  rifles,  caliber  .30,  model  1903,  may 
be  used  in  swimming  or  wall-scaling  exercises,  but  company 
commanders  will  be  held  responsible  therefor. 

2.  The  rifles  will  be  carefully  prepared  for  swimming  exer- 
cises by  the  use  of  plenty  of  oil,  cosmoline,  or  other  suitable 
substance,  and  after  each  swimming  exercise  will  be  carefully 
cleaned  and  dried. 

3.  In  the  wall-scaling  exercise  the  rifle  will  not  be  thrown 
from  the  wall,  but  will  be  taken  from  the  top  of  the  wall  to 
the  ground  on  the  person  of  the  soldier  to  whom  it  belongs 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  ready  for  immediate  use  on  reaching 
the  ground.  (Par.  I,  Cir.  38, 1910,  as  amended  hy  Par.  I,  G.  0. 
43,  1911—1740445  A,  A.  G.  O.) 


549 

297.  Telescopic  musket  sights  not  to  be  separated  from 
rifles. — 1.  As  each  telescopic  musket  sight,  model  of  1908,  has 
been  carefully  adjusted  and  fitted  to  a  specially  selected  rifle 
by  expert  firings  at  the  armories  and  marked  with  the  number 
of  the  rifle  to  which  it  belongs,  it  is  not  intended  that  such 
telescopic  musket  sight  should  be  permanently  separated  from 
its  particular  rifle. 

2.  In  case  it  should  become  necessary  to  transfer  a  telescopic 
musket  sight  from  one  organization  to  another,  the  specially 
selected  rifle  to  which  it  belongs  should  also  be  transferred. 

3.  Likewise,  if  it  should  become  necessary  to  forward  the 
specially  selected  rifle  or  its  telescopic  musket  sight  to  an 
arsenal  for  repairs,  both  the  rifle  and  the  telescopic  musket 
sight  should  be  forwarded.  (Par.  II,  Cir.  49,  1910—U91S10 
A'^  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par.  IV,  Bui.  38,  19H—U91S10 
A^  A.  O.  O.) 

298.  Assembling. — Instructions  relative  to  the  assembling 
of  the  1907  gun  sling  on  the  rifle : 

Assemblage. — The  sling  is  made  up  of  four  parts,  the  long 
strap,  the  short  strap,  and  two  keepers.  To  assemble  it  the 
plain  end  of  the  long  strap  is  passed  through  the  larger  keeper, 
then  through  the  metal  loop  of  the  short  strap,  passing  from 
the  undressed  to  the  dressed  side  of  the  latter,  then  back 
through  the  larger  keeper,  forming  the  arm  loop  dressed  side 
out.  The  same  end  is  then  passed  through  the  smaller  keeper, 
through  the  upper  sling  swivel  from  the  butt  toward  the  muz- 
zle, and  back  through  the  smaller  keeper,  the  arm  loop  being 
completed  by  engaging  the  claw  of  the  long  strap  in  the  proper 
holes  in  the  other  end  of  same. 

The  size  of  the  arm  loop  is  adjusted  to  suit  the  Individual 
who  is  to  fire  the  piece,  the  loop  being  drawn  through  the 
upper  swivel  until  the  claw  comes  well  up  toward  the  upper 
swivel.  The  claw  end  of  the  short  strap  is  then  passed  through 
the  lower  swivel  from  muzzle  to  butt  and  brought  up  and 
engaged  in  the  proper  holes  in  the  long  strap,  drawing  the 
sling  taut.    This  gives  the  parade  position  of  the  sling. 

To  adjust  it  for  firing  or  carrying,  the  claw  of  the  short 
strap  is  disengaged  and  reengaged  in  the  proper  holes  of  the 
short  strap,  no  change  being  necessary  in  the  adjustment  of 
the  arm  loop.     (Cir.  16,  1907—1218323,  M.  S.  0.) 


550 

299.  Spare  parts  of  rifle  and  bayonet  for  repairs. — 

1.  The  spare  parts  of  the  United  States  rifle,  model  of  1903,  its 
appendages  and  accessories,  and  of  the  bayonet,  model  of 
1905,  listed  in  Column  I  of  the  table  following  section  6,  Para- 
graph I  of  this  order,  will  be  issued  to  ordnance  officers  of 
posts  and  regiments  for  the  purpose  of  making  repairs  to 
arms  in  the  hands  of  troops  in  the  field  and  in  garrison.  It 
is  considered  that  the  number  of  the  respective  parts  listed 
will  be  sufficient  to  cover  the  ordinary  repairs  to  100  arms  for 
at  least  one  year;  but  if  for  any  reason  a  greater  number  is 
required,  special  requisition  can  be  made  for  the  additional 
parts  needed,  in  which  case  the  necessity  must  be  fully  ex- 
plained. The  allowance  prescribed  will  be  furnished  with  the 
first  issue  of  arms,  and  thereafter  post  and  regimental  ord- 
nance officers  will  submit  annually  on  July  1  requisitions  for 
such  number  of  spare  parts  as  will  bring  the  number  on  hand 
up  to  the  prescribed  allowance.  No  parts  other  than  those 
named  in  the  list  will  be  issued.  Post  and  regimental  ord- 
nance officers  will  furnish  to  the  various  organizations  in 
garrison  the  spare  parts  actually  needed  to  replace  those  lost, 
broken,  or  unserviceable. 

2.  Each  post  or  regimental  ordnance  officer  and  each  com- 
pany or  troop  is  furnished  with  a  company  repair  kit  for  use 
in  repairing  the  United  States  rifle,  model  of  1903. 

Contents  of  company  repair  kit. — One  hammer,  steel;  1 
anvil ;  2  sets ;  1  hammer,  brass ;  1  block,  wood ,  3  screw 
drivers;  10  drifts,  assorted;  1  pliers;  1  assembling  tool;  1 
bullet- jacket  extractor. 

3.  With  the  model  of  1910  Infantry  equipment  and  the  model 
of  1912  Cavalry  equipment  the  arm-repair  chest,  model  of 
1910,  will  be  issued  to  companies  and  troops  armed  with  the 
United  States  rifle,  model  of  1903,  for  cleaning,  repairing,  and 
preserving  the  arms  and  equipment.  It  will  replace  the  com- 
pany repair  kit. 

Contents  of  arm-repair  chest,  model  of  1910. — ^Tools:  One 
anvil ;  1  bullet-jacket  extractor ;  8  drifts,  assorted ;  1  drift.  No. 
3;  1  drift.  No.  4;  1  eyelet  awl,  for  putting  eyelets  in  belt; 
1  eyelet  set;  1  file,  6-inch,  hand,  with  handle;  1  file,  6-inch, 
round,  with  handle;  1  file,  6-inch,  three-square,  with  handle; 
1  hammer,  steel;  1  hammer,  brass;  1  handle,  tool,  containing 
10  tools ;  1  oiler,  with  cap ;  1  pliers,  flat  nose ;  1  pliers,  round 
nose ;  1  saw,  crosscut,  with  detachable  handle ;  1  screw  driver, 


551 

No.  1 ;  1  screw  driver,  No.  2 ;  1  set,  No.  1 ;  1  tool,  for  assem- 
bling safety  lock  on  sleeve;  1  vise,  1.25  pound.  Spare  parts 
(pistol)  :  Two  extractors;  2  firing-pin  springs;  1  mainspring; 
2  recoil  springs;  2  sear  springs;  2  stock  screws.  Tools  for 
cleaning  pistol :  Ten  cleaning  rods ;  10  screw  drivers ;  10  thong 
brushes.  Cleaning  material :  Two  pints  cosmic ;  3  pints  sperm 
oil;  250  cut  patches  (cotton  flannel)  ;  250  cut  patches  (Tampa 
flannel).  Spare  parts  (rifle):  Two  bolts;  7  firing  pins;  2 
cut-off  plungers ;  2  cut-off  springs ;  2  ejector  pins ;  4  ex- 
tractors; 5  front-sight  covers  (appendages  to  rifle)  ;  2  lower- 
band  screws;  2  mainsprings;  1  safety  lock,  complete;  2  slide 
binding  screws ;  4  slide-cap  pins ;  3  slides,  assembled ;  1  stack- 
ing swivel ;  2  stacking-swivel  screws ;  15  strikers.  For  shoes : 
Two  quarts  neat's-foot  oil.  For  belts:  Fifty  eyelets;  50 
washers  for  eyelets. 

4.  The  spare  parts  of  the  United  States  rifle,  model  of  1903, 
its  appendages  and  accessories,  and  of  the  bayonet,  model  of 
1905,  listed  in  Column  II  of  the  table,  will  be  issued  for  mak- 
ing repairs  and  for  filling  requisitions  from  troops  to  com- 
manding officers  of  ordnance  depots  established  in  time  of  war. 
It  is  considered  that  the  number  of  the  respective  parts  listed 
will  prove  adequate  for  repairing  1,000  arms.  Requisitions 
made  by  commanding  officers  of  ordnance  depots  should  be 
based  on  these  numbers  and  the  number  of  troops  supplied  by 
the  depot. 

5.  Each  ordnance  depot  established  in  time  of  war  will  be 
provided  with  the  following  outfits  of  tools  for  repairing  arms. 
If  the  tools  contained  in  these  outfits  are  in  any  case  found 
inadequate  for  the  work,  special  requisitions  should  be  made 
for  the  additional  tools  required.  For  the  model  of  1903  rifle 
two  company  repair  kits  or  two  arm  repair  chests,  model  of 
1910.  One  armorer's  tool  chest  containing  the  following  tools : 
One  vise ;  1  hand  vise ;  1  screw  wrench ;  1  hand  brace ;  2  vise 
clamps,  copper ;  2  vise  clamps,  wood ;  4  brace  screw  drivers ; 
23  files,  assorted ;  23  wood  handles,  for  files.  For  rifle :  Three 
head  space  gauges  for  rifles  and  carbines,  models  of  1896  and 
1898;  2  head  space  gauges  for  rifle,  model  of  1903;  1  assem- 
bling tool,  lower  band.  For  revolver:  Two  assembling  tools; 
2  crane  bushing  screw  drivers;  12  drifts,  assorted;  4  hand 
screw  drivers,  assorted ;  2  pliers ;  2  sets ;  2  space  gauges,  maxi- 
mum and  minimum ;  2  range  rods. 


552 

6.  In  time  of  war  all  rifles  which  can  not  be  repaired  by- 
troops  from  the  parts  issued  for  that  purpose  will  be  turned  in 
to  the  nearest  ordnance  depot.  After  examination,  those  rifles 
which  can  not  be  repaired  at  the  depot  will  be  shipped  to  the 
Springfield  Armory,  Rock  Island  Arsenal,  or  Benicia  Arsenal, 
as  the  Chief  of  Ordnance  may  direct. 


Name  of  part. 


I. 

Number 

allowed  for 

100  arms. 


II. 

Number 

allowed  for 

1,000  arms. 


UNITED  STATES  RIFLE,  MODEL  OF  1903. 

Bolt: 

Extractorcollar:  ^assembled 

Bolt  stop: 

Bolt-stop  pin Y 

Bolt-stop  spring../ 

Butt  plate 

Butt-plate  cap 

Butt-plate  pin 

Butt-plate  screw,  large 

Butt-plate  screw,  small 

Butt-plate  spring 

Butt-plate  spring  screw 

Butt  swivel: 

Butt  swivel 1 

Butt-swivel  pin . . .  [assembled. 

Butt-swivel  plate.. J 

Butt-swivel  screw 

Cut-oflf 

Cut-off  plunger 

Cut-off  screw 

Cut-off  spindle 

Cut-oflf  spring 

Ejector 

Ejector  pin 

Extractor 

Firing  pin: 

Cocking  piece...  1 

Firing-pin  rod .  .J 

Firing-pin  sleeve 

Floor  plate 

Floor-plate  catch 

Floor-plate  pin 

Floor-plate  spring 

Follower 

Front  sight 

Front-sight  pin 

Guard 

Guard-screw  bushing. 

Guard  screw,  front 

Guard  screw,  rear 

Hand  guard 

Hand-guard  clip 

Lowerband 

Lower-band  screw 

Lower-band  spring . . . 
Lower-band  swivel ... 

Magazine  spring 

Mainspring 


100 


30 
30 
30 
60 
30 
30 
45 
15 
15 
45 
45 
60 
120 
15 
30 
30 
30 


553 


Name  of  part. 


I. 

Number 

allowed  for 

100  arms. 


11. 

Number 
allowed  for 
1,000  arms. 


UNITED  STATES  RIFLE,  MODEL  OF  1903— Continued. 
Rear  sight: 


Base  spring 

Drift  slide  No.  5— 


Drift  slide,  .05  peep..\  r^,   , 

Drift-slide  pin j-assembied. 

Joint  pin : 

Leaf 

Movable  base 

Slide— 

iiidIcap::H^bi«d 

Slide  binding  screw 

Slide-cap  pin 

Slide-cap  screw 

Windage  screw — 

Windage  screw ) 

Windage-screw  collar... 
Windage-screw  knob . . . 

Windage-screw  pin 

Windage-screw  spring. . 
Safety  lock: 

Safety-lock  plunger 

Safety-lock  spindle 

Safety-lock  spring 

Safety-lock  thumb  piece. 

Sear 

Sear  pin 

Sear  spring 

Sleeve: 

Sleeve 

Sleeve  lock 

Sleeve-lock  pin. . . 
Sleeve-lock  spring 

Stacking  swivel 

Stacking-swi  vel  screw 

Stock: 

Guard-screw  bushing. . 


assembled  or  separately. 


it'ock-scVew;::;;:;::--^^««^bi«d. 


stock-screw  nut. 

Striker 

Trigger 

Trigger  pin 

Upper  band 

Upper-band  screw. . . 


APPENDAGES. 

Drift  slide  No.  4: 

Drift  slide,  .04  peep..\„„-gj_T,|g^ 

Drift-slide  pin j-assemoiea 

Drift  slide  No.  6: 

Drift  slide,  .06  peep,  .\aosftmbled 

Drift-slide  pin |assemDiea 

Front-sight  cover 

Oiler  and  thong  case: 

Oil  dropper 

Oiler  cap  washer 

Thong-case  body — 

Oiler  collar 1 

Thong-case  body 

Thong-case  partition 


30 


45 


50 


10 


10 

450 


100 
200 


100 


554 


Name  of  part. 


Number 

allowed  for 

100  arms. 


II. 

Number 

allowed  for 

1,000  arms. 


APPENDAGES— continued. 


Oiler  and  thong  case — Continued. 

Thon^-case  cap— 

Thong-case  cap .  .\assPTnhled 
Thong-case  pad-./^^^®°^^^®^- 
Thong: 

Thong  cord 

Thong  tip 

Thong  weight 

Thong  brush 

Spare-part  container  (wood  part)  — 


ACCESSORIES. 


Cleaning  rod,  model  of  1913 

Brush  section 

Handle  section — 
Handle  section..  1 

Knob 

Knob  pin 

Patch  section 

Second  section 

Swivel 

Swivel  screw 

Swivel  section 

Cleaning-rod  case 

Screw  driver 


BAYONET,  MODEL  OF  1905. 


Bayonet,  complete , 

Bayonet  catch 

Bayonet  grip,  left , 

Bayonet  grip,  right , 

Bayonet  nut 

Bayonet-scabbard  catch . 

Bayonet  screw , 

Bayonet  spring 

Bayonet  washer 


100 


20 

400 

8 

200 

8 

200 

18 

400 

2 

30 

3 

70 

3 

70 

3 

70 

3 

70 

3 

70 

3 

70 

3 

70 

3 

70 

2 

50 

2 

30 

2 

30 

6 

60 

6 

60 

4 

60 

2 

30 

4 

50 

5 

60 

4 

60 

(Par.  I,  G.  0.  26,  19U— 2134809,  A.  G.  0.) 


PISTOLS. 

300.  Kept  on  hand  at  posts  for  issue  for  pistol  practice, 
gnard  duty,  etc. — 1.  There  will  be  kept  on  hand  at  each  post 
garrisoned  by  Infantry,  Coast  Artillery,  Engineers,  or  Ord- 
nance, a  sufficient  number  of  pistols  (with  two  extra  pistol 
magazines  each),  pistol  belts  and  pistol  holsters,  to  permit  of 
the  issue  of  five  to  each  company  belonging  to  a  battalion  of 
Infantry,  and  one  for  each  sergeant  of  Coast  Artillery,  En- 
gineers, or  Ordnance,  not  otherwise  provided  therewith,  for 
use  in  pistol  practice,  interior  guard  duty,  when  on  provost 


555 

guard  and  like  occasions.  Tliese  pistols  are  in  addition  to 
those  authorized  in  Unit  Accountability  Equipment  Manuals. 
At  posts  where  the  organizations  are  provided  with  revolvers, 
a  like  number  of  revolvers  and  revolver  holsters  will  be  kept 
on  hand  in  lieu  of  pistols  and  appurtenances. 

2.  These  extra  pistols  or  revolvers  and  their  appurtenances 
are  Class  B  property  to  be  issued  on  memorandum  receipt 
and  will  not  be  taken  into  the  field.  {Par  V,  G.  O.  63,  19U— 
2nmy,  A.  G.  0.) 

301.  Pistol  equipment  for  ambulance  companies  and  field 
hospital  companies. — For  the  enlisted  personnel  of  each  am- 
bulance company  and  field  hospital  company  the  following 
articles  are  authorized:  Twelve  pistols;  12  pistol  holsters; 
12  slides,  leather ;  12  magazine  pockets,  leather,  double ;  24 
magazines,  pistol,  extra;  252  cartridges,  ball,  pistol,  caliber 
.45.  This  pistol  equipment  will  be  issued  only  to  selected  men, 
for  instruction,  for  their  own  interior  guard  duty,  and  for 
service  in  campaign  as  authorized  by  the  Geneva  Convention. 
(Par.  II,  G.  O.  65,  1915—2322295,  A.  G.  0.) 

302.  Issue  of  pistols,  etc.,  to  inspector-instructors.  Or- 
ganized Militia. — Upon  request  by  officers  detailed  as  inspec- 
tor-instructors of  the  Organized  Militia,  the  nearest  post  ord- 
nance officer  will  issue  on  memorandum  receipt  the  following 
ordnance  supplies:  One  automatic  pistol,  caliber  .45,  model 
of  1911;  2  extra  magazines;  100  pistol  ball  cartridges,  cali- 
ber .45,  model  of  1911 ;  1  pistol  holster ;  1  pistol  belt,  model 
of  1912;  1  dispatch  case.  (Par.  II,  G.  O.  4,  1915—22U523, 
A.  G.  O.) 

SMALL-AEMS   AMMUNITION. 


Supply  to  be  kept  on  hand. — 1.  In  order  that  the 
ammunition  supply  prescribed  may  be  promptly  established 
whenever  that  measure  may  become  necessary,  small-arms 
ammunition  will  be  kept  on  hand  in  time  of  peace  as  follows : 

(a)  By  organizations. — Organization  commanders  will  keep 
on  hand  the  small-arms  ammunition  prescribed  by  the  Unit 
Accountability  Equipment  Manuals.  The  foregoing  ammuni- 
tion will  accompany  the  troops  in  the  field. 

(&)  By  posts. — Port  ordnance  officers  will  keep  small-arms 
ammunition  on  hand  as  follows:  One  hundred  and  twenty 
rounds  for  each  rifle,  Infantry  (except  machine-gun  platoon)  ; 
60  rounds  for  each  rifle,  Cavalry    (except  machine-gun  pla- 


556 

toon)  ;  2,950  rounds  for  each  automatic  machine  rifle,  caliber 
.30 ;  21  rounds  for  each  pistol  or  revolver.  Cavalry  only.  The 
foregoing  ammunition  will  accompany  troops  in  the  field  in  the 
combat  train. 

(c)  By  field  supply  depots. — The  small-arms  ammunition 
kept  on  hand  in  field  supply  depots  will  be  as  follows:  One 
hundred  and  twenty  rounds  for  each  rifle,  all  arms ;  42  rounds 
for  each  pistol  or  revolver,  all  arms;  11,300  rounds  for  each 
machine  gun  or  machine  rifle.  The  foregoing  ammunition  will 
accompany  troops  in  the  field  in  the  ammunition  train. 

2.  The  foregoing  three  classes  of  ammunition  constitute  the 
mobilization  reserve  ammunition.  It  will  be  additional  to 
any  other  ammunition  that  may  be  on  hand  and  will  be  kept 
separate,  intact,  and  ready  for  issue  at  all  times.  The  ammu- 
nition set  aside  for  these  purposes  should  be  of  the  latest  date 
of  manufacture,  the  ammunition  of  earlier  dates  being  re- 
placed and  used  for  target  practice  and  issues.  Department 
commanders  will  cause  such  verifications  or  inspections  to  be 
made  of  this  ammunition  as  will  insure  a  strict  compliance 
with  this  order.  {Par.  I,  G.  O.  49,  1913—1269582,  A.  G.  O.,  as 
amended  by  Par.  IV,  G.  O.  83,  1913—2080920,  A.  G.  0.) 

304.  Inspection  of  original  pacl^ages  containing  blank 
cartridges. — When  an  original  package  containing  blank  car- 
tridges is  first  opened  a  careful  inspection  will  be  made,  and 
should  a  ball  cartridge  be  found  the  complete  package  will  be 
sent  through  military  channels  to  the  Chief  of  Ordnance, 
United  States  Army,  to  enable  the  responsibility  for  the  pres- 
ence of  a  ball  among  blank  cartridges  to  be  located  by  means 
of  the  packer's  initials  stamped  on  the  package.  None  of  the 
marks  on  the  package  should  be  defaced.  {Par.  Ill,  G.  0. 
182,  1905—1065826,  M.  S.  O.) 

AETICLES  OF  PERSONAL  EQUIPMENTS. 

305.  Ordnance  property  in  possession  of  soldier  detailed 
for  duty  at  Scliool  of  Muslietry. — 1.  An  enlisted  man  who  is 
detailed  for  duty  at  the  School  of  Musketry  at  Fort  Sill,  Okla., 
before  his  departure  for  the  school  will  sign  a  memorandum 
receipt  to  his  company  commander  for  all  the  ordnance  prop- 
erty that  is  to  be  carried  away  by  him.  Memorandum  in- 
voice and  receipt  for  such  property  will  be  forwarded  with 
the  soldier's  descriptive  list  to  the  commandant  of  the  School 
of  Musketry,  who  will  sign  the  receipt  and  return  it  to  the  ac* 


557 

countable    officer,    thereby    becoming    responsible    for    the 
property  during  the  period  of  the  soldier's  duty  at  the  school. 

2.  Responsibility  for  property  that  is  lost  during  travel  will 
be  fixed  by  a  surveying  ofiicer. 

3.  If  an  enlisted  man  v^^hile  on  duty  at  the  school  should 
lose,  destroy,  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any  of  the  ordnance 
property  referred  to  in  paragraph  1  of  this  order,  the  value 
of  such  property  will  be  charged  against  him  on  the  first 
pay  rolls  after  it  is  learned  that  the  property  has  been  lost, 
destroyed,  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  and  a  statement  of 
charges  (Ordnance  Department  Form  No.  86),  made  in  dupli- 
cate, furnished  to  the  post  supply  ofiicer,  who  will  replace  the 
articles  so  charged  and  use  the  statement  of  charges  as  a 
voucher  to  cover  the  dropping  of  the  articles  so  issued. 

4.  If  an  enlisted  man  while  on  duty  at  the  school  should 
become  separated  from  the  service,  accountability  for  the 
ordnance  property  left  at  the  school  by  the  soldier  should  bo 
covered  by  the  exchange  between  the  accountable  officers  of 
customary  Invoices  and  receipts,  made  on  Form  No.  146, 
Ordnance  Department,  covering  the  transfer  of  the  property 
from  the  commanding  officer  of  the  organization  from  which 
the  soldier  was  detailed  for  duty  at  the  school  to  the  account- 
able officer  at  the  school.  The  latter  officer  will  then  take 
up  an  account  for  the  property  on  the  return  rendered  to  the 
Ordnance  Department  from  the  School  of  Musketry.  The 
commanding  officer  of  the  organization  from  which  the  soldier 
was  detailed  will  take  immediate  steps  to  have  this  property 
replaced,  turning  over  to  the  supply  officer  the  receipt  of  the 
accountable  officer  at  the  school  for  use  as  a  voucher  to  cover 
the  transaction. 

5.  The  provisions  of  paragraph  1535,  Army  Regulations,  do 
not  apply  in  the  cases  of  enlisted  men  detailed  for  duty  at 
the  School  of  Musketry.  (Par.  II,  G.  0.  158,  1910—1652374, 
A.  G.  0.,  as  amended  hy  0.  C.  0,-2307080  K,  A.  G.  0.) 


ARTICLE  XXX. 

SIGNAL  CORPS. 

306.  Detached  enlisted  men. — 1.  All  enlisted  men  of  the 
Signal  Corps  undergoing  treatment  at  a  general  hospital  or 
detached  and  serving  at  stations  in  the  Eastern  Department, 
except  those  on  duty  in  the  Canal  Zone,  will  be  regarded  as 
members  of  Company  G,  Signal  Corps,  Fort  Wood,  N.  Y.,  and 
their  names  will  be  borne  on  the  rolls  and  other  records  of 
that  company. 

2.  All  enlisted  men  of  the  Signal  Corps  undergoing  treat- 
ment at  a  general  hospital  or  detached  and  serving  at  stations 
in  the  Central  Department  and  Southern  Department  will  be 
regarded  as  members  of  Company  B,  Signal  Corps,  stationed 
at  the  Army  Service  Schools,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans.,  and 
their  names  will  be  borne  on  the  rolls  and  other  records  of 
that  company. 

3.  All  enlisted  men  of  the  Signal  Corps  undergoing  treat- 
ment at  a  general  hospital  or  detached  and  serving  at  sta- 
tions in  the  Western  Department  and  Hawaiian  Department, 
except  those  on  duty  in  connection  with  the  operation  of  the 
Washington-Alaska  Military  Cable  and  Telegraph  System, 
will  be  regarded  as  members  of  Company  M,  Signal  Corps, 
Fort  Mason,  Cal.,  and  their  names  will  be  borne  on  the  rolls 
and  other  records  of  that  company. 

4.  All  enlisted  men  of  the  Signal  Corps  detached  and  serv- 
ing at  stations  in  the  Canal  Zone  will  be  regarded  as  members 
of  Telegraph  Company  H,  Signal  Corps,  Fort  Sam  Houston, 
Tex.,  and  their  names  will  be  borne  on  the  rolls  and  other  rec- 
ords of  that  company. 

5.  All  enlisted  men  of  the  Signal  Corps  detached  and  serv- 
ing at  stations  in  the  Philippine  Department  will  be  regarded 
as  members  of  Company  F,  Signal  Corps,  Manila,  P.  I.,  and 
their  names  will  be  borne  on  the  rolls  and  other  records  of 
that  company. 

6.  All  enlisted  men  of  the  Signal  Corps  serving  at  stations 
on   the   cable   section   and   first   section,   Washington-Alaska 

(558) 


559 

Military  Cable  and  Telegraph  System,  will  be  regardefl  as 
members  of  Company  C,  Signal  Corps,  Valdez,  Alaska,  and 
their  names  will  be  borne  on  the  rolls  and  other  records  of 
that  company. 

7.  All  enlisted  men  of  the  Signal  Corps  serving  at  stations 
on  the  second  section,  Washington-Alaska  Military  Cable  and 
Telegraph  System,  will  be  regarded  as  members  of  Com- 
pany K,  Signal  Corps,  Fort  Gibbon,  Alaska,  and  their  names 
will  be  borne  on  the  rolls  and  other  records  of  that  company. 

8.  All  enlisted  men  of  the  Aviation  Section  of  the  Signal 
Corps,  except  those  assigned  to  aero  squadrons,  will  be  re- 
garded as  members  of  the  School  Detachment,  Aviation  Sec- 
tion, Signal  Corps,  San  Diego,  Cal.,  and  their  names  will  be 
borne  on  the  rolls  and  other  records  of  that  detachment. 

9.  In  order  that  the  commanding  officers  of  the  companies 
and  the  detachment  named  may  have  full  information  for 
use  in  the  preparation  of  muster  rolls,  regarding  all  changes 
in  the  status  of  the  men  of  their  organizations  who  are 
undergoing  treatment  or  on  detached  duty,  the  following 
will  be  furnished  to  them  by  the  immediate  commanding 
officers  of  such  soldiers : 

a.  In  case  of  discharge,  desertion,  death,  furlough  to  the 
Reserve,  retirement,  or  transfer  from  the  Signal  Corps,  a 
complete  descriptive  list  of  the  soldier. 

&.  In  case  of  transfer  to  another  station  without  change 
of  organization,  written  notice  showing  the  station  to  which 
the  soldier  was  transferred,  the  authority  for  the  transfer, 
and  the  date  of  leaving  station. 

c.  In  case  of  departure  on  or  return  from  fjirlough,  a  writ- 
ten notice  giving  the  authority  and  dates  thereof ;  and  in  case 
of  conviction  by  a  summary  court-martial,  a  copy  of  the  sum- 
mary court  record. 

d.  In  case  of  enlistment  or  reenlistment,  a  copy  of  the  sol- 
dier's descriptive  and  assignment  card ;  and  in  case  of  trans- 
fer to  the  Signal  Corps  from  the  line  or  other  staff  organiza- 
tions, a  copy  of  the  soldier's  descriptive  list. 

10.  In  case  of  assignment  to  one  of  the  companies  or  the 
detachment  named  by  transfer  from  another  geographical 
department  or  from  another  Signal  Corps  organization  sta- 
tioned in  the  same  department,  the  soldier's  descriptive  list 
required  by  paragraph  115,  Army  Regulations,  will  be  made  in 
duplicate,  the  original  to  be  forwarded  to  the  commanding 


560 

officer  of  the  station  to  which  the  soldier  is  sent  and  the  du- 
plicate to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  Signal  Corps  com- 
pany or  detachment  to  which  the  soldier's  new  assignment 
carries  him.  Copies  of  descriptive  lists  intended  for  com- 
manding officers  of  companies  stationed  in  Alaska  will  be 
sent  to  the  company  commanders  through  the  officer  in  charge, 
Washington-Alaska  Military  Cable  and  Telegraph  System, 
Seattle,  Wash.  If  the  transfer  to  another  station  involves  a 
transfer  of  the  soldier  from  one  of  the  companies  or  the  de- 
tachment named,  a  triplicate  of  the  soldier's  descriptive  list 
will  be  sent  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  Signal  Corps 
organization  from  which  the  soldier  is  transferred.  (Par.  I, 
G.  O.  66,  1915—2343923,  A.  G.  O.) 

307.  Keturns  of  Signal  Corps  organizations. — Command- 
ing officers  of  Signal  Corps  organizations,  instead  of  rendering 
the  monthly  returns  of  their  organizations  on  Form  No.  30, 
A.  G.  O.,  will  make  such  returns  on  forms  to  be  furnished  by 
the  office  of  the  Chief  Signal  Officer.  {Par.  V,  G.  O.  30,  1915— 
2247198,  A.  G.  0.) 

Aviation  Service. 

308.  Announcement  of  aviators  and  aviation  mechani- 
cians.— 1.  From  time  to  time  there  will  be  announced  in 
special  orders  of  the  War  Department  the  names  of  the  mili- 
tary aviators,  junior  military  aviators,  and  aviation  students 
who  are  on  duty  requiring  them  to  participate  regularly  and 
frequently  in  aerial  flights,  which  orders  will  specify  the  date 
on  which  such  duty  commenced.  When  such  officers  cease  to 
be  on  duty  that  requires  them  to  participate  regularly  and  fre- 
quently in  aerial  flights,  that  fact  will  be  similarly  announced 
in  orders  specifying  the  date  on  which  the  duty  terminated. 

The  dates  specified  in  these  special  orders  will  govern  in  de- 
termining the  period  for  which  increase  of  pay  accrues.  A 
copy  of  the  order  announcing  the  officer  as  being  on  duty  that 
requires  him  to  participate  regularly  and  frequently  in  aerial 
flights  will  be  filed  with  the  first  voucher  upon  which  increased 
pay  is  charged,  and  the  order  will  be  cited  on  all  subsequent 
vouchers  so  long  as  the  increased  pay  is  claimed.  When  the 
officer  ceases  to  be  on  duty  that  requires  him  to  participate 
regularly  and  frequently  in  aerial  flights,  a  copy  of  the  order 
announcing  such  fact  will  be  flled  with  the  voucher  covering 
that  period.    In  stating  claims  for  the  increase  of  pay,  each 


661 

junior  military  aviator  and  military  aviator  will  enter  on  the 
voucher  the  grade  held  under  his  line  commission,  as  the 
increase  of  pay  accrues  only  on  the  pay  of  such  grade  as 
increased  by  longevity  pay. 

2.  From  time  to  time  there  will  be  announced  in  special 
orders  of  the  War  Department  the  names  of  the  enlisted  men 
of  the  Aviation  Section  of  the  Signal  Corps  who  are  rated  as 
aviation  mechanicians  and  the  names  of  those  who  are  on  duty 
requiring  them  to  participate  regularly  and  frequently  in 
aerial  flights,  specifying  the  date  of  the  rating  or  commence- 
ment of  the  duty.  Upon  receipt  of  such  order  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  enlisted  men  concerned  will  make  notation  on  the 
first  pay  roll  for  aviation  mechanicians  as  follows : 

Due  soldier  50  per  cent  increase  from ,  191 — ;  rated 

as  aviation  mechanician ,  191 — ,  per  S.  O.,  No.  — ,  W.  D., 

191— 

And  for  those  on  duty  requiring  them  to  participate  regu- 
larly and  frequently  in  aerial  flights,  the  following : 

Due  soldier  50  per  cent  increase  from  ,   191 — ;  on 

duty  requiring  him  to  participate  regularly  and  frequently  in 
aerial  flights  per  S,  O.,  No.  — ,  W.  D.,  191—. 

Subsequent  rolls  will  contain  the  following  notation  for 
aviation  mechanicians : 

Due  soldier  50  per  cent  increase,  aviation  mechanician. 

And  for  those  enlisted  men  on  duty  requiring  them  to  par- 
ticipate regularly  and  frequently  in  aerial  flights,  the  notation : 

Due  soldier  50  per  cent  increase. 

When  enlisted  men  are  disrated  as  aviation  mechanicians 
or  cease  to  be  on  duty  that  requires  them  to  participate  regu- 
larly and  frequently  in  aerial  flights,  such  fact  will  be  simi- 
larly announced  in  special  orders  of  the  War  Department, 
which  orders  will  specify  the  date  of  the  disrating  or  termina- 
tion of  the  duty,  and  the  commanding  officer  of  the  enlisted 
men  concerned  will  make  notation  on  the  proper  pay  roll  of 
the  date  when  the  men  cease  to  be  entitled  to  the  increase  of 
pay,  citing  the  number,  source,  and  date  of  the  order.  When 
an  enlisted  man  holding  the  rating  of  aviation  mechanician 
reenlists  on  the  day  following  the  day  of  his  discharge,  his 
rating  will  be  viewed  as  continuing  in  force. 

3.  Unmarried  lieutenants  of  the  line  of  the  Army  who  are 
under  30  years  of  age  and  who  desire  a  detail  in  the  Aviation 

40062°— 16 36 


662 

Section  of  the  Signal  Corps  should  apply,  through  military 
channels,  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  including  in 
the  application  a  certificate  to  the  effect  that  to  the  best  of 
their  knowledge  and  belief  they  are  in  good  physical  condi- 
tion and  free  from  abnormality  of  vision  or  hearing.  A  blank 
form  for  this  purpose  will  be  furnished  upon  application  to 
the  Chief  Signal  Officer  of  the  Army.  Before  his  other  quali- 
fications are  inquired  into,  each  applicant  will  undergo  a  thor- 
ough physical  examination,  the  character  of  which  will  be 
prescribed  by  the  Surgeon  General  of  the  Army.  (G.  0.  68, 
1914—2189Jf80,  A,  G.  0.) 

309.  Examinations  for  rating  of  junior  military  avia- 
tor.— Examinations  for  the  rating  of  junior  military  aviators 
\vill  be  held  at  such  times  as  the  exigencies  of  the  service  re- 
quire. Such  aviation  students  as  are  recommended  for  this 
rating  by  the  Chief  Signal  Officer  of  the  Army  to  The  Adjutant 
General  will  be  ordered  before  such  aviation  examining 
board,  to  be  composed  of  three  officers  of  experience  in  the 
aviation  service  and  two  medical  officers,  as  may  be  consti- 
tuted from  time  to  time  to  conduct  such  technical  and  physical 
examinations  as  may  be  prescribed.  The  medical  officers  of 
the  boards  will  take  part  only  in  the  physical  examination. 
The  technical  examinations  will  be  both  theoretical  and  prac- 
tical and  cover  the  following  subjects:  General  adaptability, 
flying,  aeroplanes,  aeronautical  motors,  meteorology,  and  navi- 
gation of  the  air.     (Par.  I,  G.  O.  20,  1915— 227 37 Jf9,  A.  G.  O.) 

310.  Examinations  for  rating  of  aviation  mechanician. — 
Examinations  for  the  rating  of  aviation  mechanicians  will 
be  held  at  such  times  as  the  exigencies  of  the  service  require. 
All  enlisted  men  of  the  Aviation  Section  of  the  Signal  Corps 
who  desire  to  take  the  examination  will  'apply  in  writing  to 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  An  aviation  examining 
board,  to  be  composed  of  three  officers  of  experience  in  the 
aviation  service  and  two  medical  officers,  will  be  constituted 
from  time  to  time  to  conduct  such  technical  examinations  as 
may  be  prescribed.  This  examination  will  be  both  theoretical 
and  practical,  the  theoretical  examination  to  be  limited  to 
such  questions  as  are  considered  necessary  to  show  that  the 
candidate's  practical  knowledge  is  based  on  correct  theoretical 
information.  The  subjects  will  be  maintenance  and  repair 
of  aeroplanes,  and  the  operation,  maintenance,  and  repair  of 
aeronautical  engines.  {Par.  Ill,  G.  0.  86,  1914— 2228807, 
A.  G.  0.  ) 


Radiotelegeaphy. 

311.  Use  between  Army  stations. — 1.  The  use  of  radio- 
telegraphy  for  communicating  between  Army  stations  will  be 
controlled  by  the  provisions  of  the  twelfth,  thirteenth,  and 
fourteenth  regulations  contained  in  section  4  of  the  act  ol 
Congress  approved  August  13,  1912,  published  in  Paragraph 
VII,  Bulletin  No.  16,  War  Department,  1912. 

2.  The  following  are  announced  as  the  standard  wave 
lengths  to  be  used  in  operating  Army  radio  sets : 

Coast  defense  command  shore  stations.  1  kw.  or  more 1,  100  meters. 

Coast  defense  command  shore  stations,  i  kw 825  meters. 

Coast  defense  command  harbor  boats 400  meters. 

Mine  planters 600  meters. 

Transports 600  meters. 

Tractor  sets,  1  and  2  kw 825  meters. 

Skid  sets,  1  and  2  kw 825  meters. 

Pack   sets 500  meters. 

3.  In  case  a  naval  radio  station  and  a  military  radio 
station  are  established  in  close  proximity,  and  interference 
results,  a  working  schedule  should  be  arranged  by  the  re- 
spective commanding  officers. 

4.  If  it  should  be  desired  to  send  an  Army  radiogram  to  a 
place  beyond  the  range  of  the  Army  station,  a  request  to  for- 
ward the  message  should  be  sent  to  the  naval  station,  as  the 
Navy  Department  has  agreed  to  forward  all  Army  messages. 
(Par.  IV,  Q.  O.  53, 1915—2309299,  A.  O.  O.) 

312.  Use  of  "  radio  "  and  "  radiogram  "  for  **  wireless  " 
and  "wireless  message." — In  conformity  with  international 
usage,  the  word  "  radio  "  will  be  used  to  designate  "  wireless  " 
and  the  word  "  radiogram  "  to  designate  "  wireless  telegram  " 
and  "  wireless  message."  {Par.  VII,  Q.  0.  15,  1912—1904833, 
A.  G.  O.) 

313.  Letters  S  0  not  to  be  used  as  call  letters. — In  order 
to  prevent  the  distress  call  SOS  from  being  confused  v»^ith 
any  other  call,  all  radio  stations  of  the  Army  are  prohibited 
from  using  the  letters  S  O  as  call  letters.  (Par.  VI,  G.  O.  23, 
1915—2277237,  A.  G.  0.) 

Telephones. 

314.  Post  telephone  systems. — 1.  For  administrative  pur- 
poses the  following  telephonic  communications  are  authorized 


664 

at  military  posts,  and  will  be  established  by  the  Signal  Corps 
as  rapidly  as  funds  become  available.  Telephones  not  specified 
in  this  order  will  be  installed  only  upon  the  approval  of 
the  Chief  Signal  Officer  of  the  Army,  and  the  specific  need 
for  each  must  be  stated  when  application  is  made  for  its 
installation. 

Oflace  of  the  commanding  officer 1 

Office  of  the  adjutant 1 

Office  of  the  quartermaster 2 

Office  of  the  quartermaster,  additional    (when  approved  in  each 

individual  case;  to  be  on  same  line  with  other  telephone) 1 

Office  of  the  Artillery  engineer  or  signal  officer 1 

Office  of  the  ordnance  officer 1 

Office  of  the  sergeant  major   (when  approved  in  each  individual 

case) 1 

Each  officer's  quarters 1 

Officers'   mess 1 

The  hospital I 

Each  guardhouse 1 

The  post  exchange 1 

The  pumping  station 1 

Power  plant 1 

The   corral 1 

The   quartermaster   dock 1 

Barracks  for  each  organization,  band  included 1 

Quarters  of  the  senior  master  electrician,  electrician  sergeant  at 

Coast  Artillery  forts,  or  electrician  at  interior  posts 1 

Quarters  of  the  quartermaster  sergeant,  Quartermaster  Corps,  at 
each  garrisoned  Coast  Artillery  fort,  not  coast  defense  head- 
quarters, during  the  existence  of  the  unit  system  of  administra- 
tion in  the  coast  defense  command  of  which  such  fort  is  a  unit.  1 

Telegraph  office  (if  located  on  reservation) 1 

Radio  station 1 

Target  range   (when  approved  in  each  individual  case) 1 

At  Artillery  posts  where  there  is  a  local  assistant  to  the  dis- 
trict engineer  officer  the  following  additional  telephones  are 
authorized : 

Office  of  the  local  assistant  to  district  engineer  officer 1 

Quarters  of  the  local  assistant  to  the  district  engineer  officer  (if 
living  at  the  post) 1 

The  telephone  switchboard  will  usually  be  located  in  the 
administration  building.  Only  telephones  supplied  by  the 
Signal  Corps  will  be  connected  in  any  manner  to  these  systems. 

Each  year,  as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  passage  of  the 
Army  appropriation  bill,  tlie  Chief  Signal  Officer  of  the  Army, 
with  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  will  designate  the 


565 

posts  at  which  extended  systems  in  accordance  with  this  order 
will  be  installed  during  that  fiscal  year. 

Pending  such  installations  the  existing  post  teleplione  sys- 
tems will  remain.  Additional  telephones  allowed  under  this 
order  will  be  installed  only  as  funds  are  available  and  when 
the  present  installation  will  permit  of  same  without  excessive 
cost. 

2.  When  the  Quartermaster  Corps  finds  it  necessary  to  con- 
tract for  commercial  telephone  communication  with  a  near-by 
town  it  will  in  every  case  endeavor  to  obtain  this  connection 
by  trunk  service  through  the  Signal  Corps  switchboard.  If  it 
is  impracticable  to  obtain  the  communication  in  this  manner 
the  Quartermaster  Corps  is  authorized  to  contract  for  tele- 
phones in  the  offices  of  the  commanding  ofllcer  and  the  quar- 
termaster, or  such  of  them  as  may  be  necessary,  and  for  the 
rental  of  a  commercial  wire,  together  with  a  sufficient  number 
of  telephones,  and  switchboard  if  necessary,  for  the  official 
business  of  the  post. 

If  this  commercial  communication  is  obtained  by  trunk 
service  through  the  Signal  Corps  switchboard,  spare  conduc- 
tors in  existing  Signal  Corps  cables  or  upon  its  pole  lines  may 
be  used  for  the  trunks ;  but  if  the  service  can  not  be  obtained 
in  this  manner,  the  commercial  company  will  build  and  main- 
tain its  own  lines,  entirely  distinct  from  those  of  the  Signal 
Corps.  In  the  latter  case  the  installation  of  the  commercial 
lines  on  the  Government  reservation  will  be  covered  by  a 
revocable  license,  as  outlined  in  paragraph  3,  in  the  case  of 
posts  having  complete  private  telephone  service. 

3.  At  posts  where  private  telephone  service  is  desired  in 
addition  to  that  provided  by  the  Signal  Corps,  a  revocable 
license  will  be  prepared  for  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of 
War,  covering  completely  the  conditions  under  which  the  poles 
may  be  erected,  the  wires  strung,  and  the  exchange  service 
regulated,  or  the  whole  plant  removed  when  required.  This 
service  will  be  permitted  in  no  case  without  the  approval  of 
the  Secretary  of  War  and  will  be  made  an  entirely  separate 
installation  from  the  Government  lines. 

4.  Telephonic  installations  for  rifle  ranges,  fire-control  pur- 
poses, and  the  Army  service  schools  are  not  included  in  the 
foregoing  provisions.  They  are  provided  for  separately,  ac- 
cording to  the  necessities  of  the  case. 


566 

TELEPHONE  SYSTEMS  AT  COAST  ARTILLERY  POSTS. 

5.  The  telephone  system  of  coast  defense  constitutes  a 
portion  of  its  defense  and  is  installed  on  the  approval  of  the 
Secretary  of  War,  It  will  be  established  and  maintained  from 
funds  appropriated  in  connection  with  the  establishment  and 
maintenance  of  the  fire-control  installation. 

6.  In  addition  to  the  telephones  authorized  for  administra- 
tive purposes  at  each  post  by  paragraphs  1  and  2  of  this  order 
the  following  telephones  will  be  installed  in  each  coast  defense. 

Fire-control  switchboard  room 1 

Battle  commander's  station 2 

Each  fire  commander's  station 

Primary  station  of  a  mine  command 

Mining  casemate 

Meteorological  station 

Tide  station 

Loading   room 

Torpedo  storehouse 

Wharf  (used  by  mine  planter) 

Each  storage  magazine 

Ordnance  storehouse 

Ordnance  machine  shop 

Engineer  storehouse 

Signal  Corps  storehouse 

7.  From  each  post  switchboard  in  coast  defenses  there  will 
be  one  trunk  line  to  the  post  switchboard  at  coast  defense 
headquarters.  When  the  battle  commander's  station  is  located 
at  some  other  post  than  the  coast  defense  headquarters  a 
sufficient  number  of  additional  trunk  lines  will  be  installed  to 
provide  the  necessary  service.  Detached  posts  and  battle 
commands  attached  to  coast  defenses  for  administrative  pur- 
poses will  not  be  included  in  the  coast  defense  telephone 
system. 

8.  In  coast  defenses  provided  only  with  the  temporary  sys- 
tem of  fire  control,  the  telephones  mentioned  in  paragraph  6 
of  this  order  will  be  established  upon  the  approval  of  the 
Secretary  of  War  as  funds  are  available.  Except  in  cases 
where  existing  cables  can  be  utilized,  the  trunk  lines  from  post 
switchboards  and  from  battle  commanders'  stations  to  the 
switchboard  at  coast  defense  headquarters  will  be  established 
only  in  connection  with  the  permanent  fire-control  installa- 
tion, and  the  provisions  of  paragraph  7  of  this  order  will  be 
subject  to  such  modifications  at  the  time  of  installation  as 
may  be  required  by  local  conditions. 


567 

MAINTENANCE    OF    SYSTEMS. 

9.  In  order  to  localize  responsibility  for  the  proper  care 
of  the  switchboard  and  to  secure  experienced  services  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  post  will,  whenever  possible,  have  the 
switchboard  operated  by  men  permanently  detailed  for  that 
purpose. 

10.  Post  telephone  systems,  as  a  rule,  are  to  be  maintainetl 
and  operated  by  members  of  the  garrison. 

INSPECTION  OF  SYSTEMS. 

11.  The  systems  at  interior  posts  will  be  inspected  twice 
annually  by  a  competent  inspector  having  technical  knowledge 
of  magneto  and  common  battery  systems,  these  inspections 
to  be  made,  if  practicable,  during  the  two  months  prior  to 
July  1  and  January  1  of  each  year. 

The  report  covering  these  inspections  will  be  prepared  in 
triplicate  on  Signal  Corps  Forms  Nos.  209  and  211,  one  copy 
to  be  retained  for  the  files  of  the  signal  officer  of  the  post, 
and  the  other  two  forwarded,  through  military  channels,  for 
the  files  of  the  department  signal  officer  of  the  territorial  de- 
partment concerned  and  the  Chief  Signal  Officer  of  the  Army. 

12.  The  systems  of  Artillery  posts  will  be  inspected  in  con- 
nection with  the  other  Signal  Corps  equipments  at  each  post. 
The  report  covering  these  inspections  will  be  prepared  upon 
Signal  Corps  Forms  Nos.  204  and  211  and  forw^arded  as  stated 
in  the  above  orders. 

13.  The  department  signal  officers  of  the  territorial  depart- 
ments will  apply  for  the  necessary  orders  to  have  the  above- 
mentioned  inspections  mado.  (G.  0.  5,  1913 — 1421566  D, 
A.  G.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  9,  1914—2123931, 
A.  G.  O.) 

Washington- Alaska  Military  Cable  and  Telegraph  System. 

316.  Duties  of  officer  in  charge. — The  officer  in  charge, 
Washington-Alaska  Military  Cable  and  Telegraph  System,  un^ 
der  the  Chief  Signal  Officer  of  the  Army,  is  charged  with  all 
that  pertains  to  the  technical  handling  and  maintenance  of 
the  cable  and  telegraph  lines  and  the  receipt  and  disburse- 
ment of  funds  pertaining  thereto,  and  will  exercise  supervi- 
sion over  the  duties  of  the  Signal  Corps  in  connection  with 


568 

the  construction,  operation,  and  mainteaance  of  all  cables,  tele- 
graph lines,  and  radio  installations  of  that  system.  The  com- 
manding general,  Western  Department,  is  charged  with  the 
discipline  of  all  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  Army  con- 
nected with  the  system,  will  render  all  practicable  assistance 
in  its  maintenance  and  operation,  and  will  cause  such  inspec- 
tions to  be  made  as  will  satisfy  him  that  the  discipline  of  the 
officers  and  men  connected  with  the  system  is  satisfactory  and 
that  their  performance  of  duty  is  prompt  and  efficient.  {Par. 
II,  O.  0.  81,  1914—2212708,  A.  O.  0.) 

War  Department  Telegraph  Code. 

816.  Use  and  accountability. — The  War  Department  Tele- 
graph Code,  1915,  replaced  the  W^ar  Department  Telegraph 
Code,  1906,  for  official  telegraphic  code  messages  sent  on  and 
after  December  1,  1915. 

Receipt  of  the  War  Department  Telegraph  Code,  1915,  will 
be  acknowledged  directly  to  the  Chief  Signal  Officer  of  the 
Army,  and  no  further  accounting  for  the  code  will  be  required 
until  it  is  transferred,  when  the  officer  making  such  transfer 
will  forward  his  receipt  for  the  code  to  the  Chief  Signal  Officer 
of  the  Army. 

All  copies  of  the  War  Department  Telegraph  Code,  1906, 
together  with  appendices,  will  be  returned  to  The  Adjutant 
General  of  the  Army.  {Par.  Ill,  O.  0.  56,  1915—2323779, 
A.  a,  0.) 

Note. — For  lists  of  expendable  articles  of  Signal  Corps  property 
issued  to  troops,  see  Paragraph  I,  G.  O.  No.  53,  1915. 


ARTICLE  XXXI. 
EQUIPMENT. 

317.  Flat  type  of  saddle  for  officers. — A  flat  type  of 
saddle  similar  to  the  English  saddle,  covered  with  russet 
leather  and  provided  with  open  stirrups  of  metal,  may  be 
used  by  all  officers  on  all  occasions,  including  test  rides,  ex- 
cept when  on  duty  with  troops  in  the  field,  at  inspections,  at 
drills  (as  a  component  part  of  the  organization),  and  on  occa- 
sions of  ceremony,  in  w^hich  cases  the  regulation  saddle  will  be 
used.     (Far.  II,  G.  O.  197,  1910—1706700,  A.  G.  O.) 

318.  Boxes  and  bedding  rolls — Personal  baggage  of  offi- 
cers in  the  field. — The  personal  baggage  of  officers  when 
taking  the  field  will  be  packed  in  boxes  or  bundles  conforming 
to  descriptions  as  follows : 

1.  A  box  made  of  three-ply  veneer  covered  with  vulcanized 
fiber,  32  inches  by  19  inches  by  13  inches  over  all.  Handles  to 
be  of  leather  and  all  hinges,  locks,  and  handles  to  be  as  flat 
as  possible  so  as  not  to  interfere  with  proper  packing  in 
wagons.  The  weight  of  the  box  when  packed  will  not  exceed 
100  pounds. 

Any  suitable  equivalent,  such  as  the  Army  trunk  locker,  a 
telescope,  or  leather  trunk,  conforming  to  the  prescribed  dimen- 
sions and  weight  and  free  from  projecting  parts  is  authorized. 

2.  A  canvas  roll,  the  bundle  not  to  exceed  39  inches  in 
length  and  21  inches  in  diameter. 

3.  Canvas  bedding  rolls  for  use  in  the  field,  as  contemplated 
herein,  made  in  accordance  with  the  sealed  pattern  in  the 
office  of  the  Quartermaster  General  of  the  Army,  will  be  kept 
on  hand  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps  for  sale  to  officers. 
(Par.  I,  G.  O.  201,  1905—1076850,  M.  S.  0.;  Par,  I,  Cir.  42, 
1906—1143553,  M.  S.  O.;  Cir.  22,  1909—1514234,  A.  G.  0.) 

319.  Instructions  pertaining  to  field  equipment. — 1. 
Field  service  is  defined  to  be  service  in  mobilization,  con- 
centration, instruction,  or  maneuver  camps,  as  well  as  service 
in  campaign,  in  simulated  campaign,  or  on  the  march. 

(569) 


570 

The  complete  equipment  for  field  service  (equipment  *'C") 
consists  of  engineer,  ordnance,  signal,  medical,  and  quarter- 
master property,  and  is  divided  into  two  classes,  "A"  and  "B." 

Equipment  "A"  is  the  equipment  prescribed  for  use  in 
campaign,  in  simulated  campaign,  or  on  the  march.  It  is 
limited  to  the  animals  and  vehicles  prescribed  in  the  Tables  of 
Organization,  the  equipment  and  clothing  worn  on  the  person, 
and  the  articles  carried  on  mount,  and  transported  in  field, 
combat,  and  divisional  trains. 

Equipment  "  B "  is  the  equipment  which,  in  addition  to 
equipment  "A,"  is  prescribed  for  the  use  of  troops  in  mobiliza- 
tion, concentration,  instruction,  or  maneuver  camps,  and 
during  such  pauses  in  operations  against  an  enemy  as  permit 
the  better  care  of  troops. 

Equipment  "  C  "  is  the  sum  of  equipments  "A"  and  "  B,"  and 
therefore  includes  every  article  prescribed  for  field  service  as 
hereinbefore  defined. 

When  troops  are  ordered  on  field  service,  instructions  will 
state  the  letter  designation  of  the  equipment  to  be  taken.  The 
instructions  will  also  specify  whether  mosquito  bars  and  head 
nets  are  to  form  a  part  of  the  equipment,  and  what  winter 
articles,  if  any,  are  to  be  included.  The  same  rule  will  apply 
in  the  issuance  of  subsequent  orders  when  necessary.  Articles 
distinctively  for  winter  use  can  be  transported  as  baggage  on 
the  march  only  when  transportation  in  addition  to  that  pre- 
scribed in  equipment  "A"  is  provided  for  that  purpose.  In 
addition  to  the  allowances  prescribed  as  the  field  equipments, 
service  coats,  cravats,  fatigue  clothing,  and  other  articles  of 
uniform,  extra  bedding,  and  toilet  articles  may  be  taken  by 
officers  and  enlisted  men  with  equipment  "  B,"  when  author- 
ized in  orders  directing  the  movement  of  troops. 

2.  The  articles  of  engineer,  ordnance,  and  signal  property 
listed  in  the  several  Unit  Accountability  Equipment  Manuals 
belong  to  equipment  "A."  The  articles  of  medical  property 
belonging  to  equipment  "A"  are  shown  in  the  Manual  for  the 
Medical  Department.  The  articles  of  quartermaster  property 
belonging  to  equipments  "A,"  "  B,"  and  "  C,"  respectively,  are 
shown  in  Equipment  Tables,  Quartermaster  Supplies,  1915, 
published  in  G.  O.  39,  1915,  A.  G.  O.  {Par.  I,  G.  O.  85,  lOUf— 
2227724,  A.  G.  O.) 

320.  Clothing  component  of  the  iield  kit  and  the  surplus 
kit. — 1.  The  field  kit,  clothing  component,  for  all  arms  and 


571 

branches  of  the  service,  mounted  and  dismounted,  in  addition 
to  the  clothing  worn  on  the  person,  is  composed  of  the  follow- 
ing articles :  One  blanket ;  1  comb ;  1  drawers,  pair  ;  1  poncho 
(dismounted  men)  ;  1  slicker  (mounted  men)^;  1  soap,  cake;  2 
stockings,  pairs ;  1  toothbrush ;  1  towel ;  1  undershirt ;  1 
housewife  (for  1  man  of  each  squad).  The  foregoing  field  kit, 
which  is  carried  on  the  person  by  dismounted  men  and  on  the 
packed  saddle  by  mounted  men,  is  supplemented  by  the  surplus 
kit,  the  two  together  making  up  the  clothing  component  of  the 
service  kit. 

2.  The  surplus  kit  consists  of  1  breeches,  pair;  1  drawers, 
pair;  1  shirt,  olive  drab;  1  shoes,  russet  leather,  pair;  2 
stockings,  pairs ;  1  shoe  laces,  extra  pair ;  1  undershirt.  The 
surplus  kit  pertains  to  equipment  "B"  (Par.  I,  G.  O.  85, 
W.  D.,  1914,  par.  319,  this  compilation),  as  part  of  the  perma- 
nent camp  equipment,  to  be  forwarded  to  troops  when  serving 
in  instruction,  maneuver,  mobilization,  or  concentration  camps, 
or  when  in  active  service  a  temporary  suspension  of  operations 
permits  the  troops  to  refit.  In  peace-time  maneuvers  and 
marches  the  surplus  kit  may  accompany  the  troops,  if  so 
directed  in  the  orders  prescribing  the  movement.  The  vehicles 
and  animals  of  the  combat  train  and  those  representing  the 
divisional  supply  train  will  be  utilized  to  transport  them. 

3.  The  sweater  will  form  part  of  equipment  "A"  (Par.  I, 
G.  O.  85,  W.  D.,  1914,  par.  319,  this  compilation),  pertain- 
ing to  field  service,  and  when  climatic  conditions  require  its 
use  will  be  carried  by  the  soldier  on  his  person.  When  sweat- 
ers are  not  prescribed  to  be  worn  on  the  person,  they  will  be 
collected  into  bundles  of  convenient  size  and  secured  by  burlap 
or  other  suitable  material  or  will  be  boxed.  They  will  be 
marked  ready  for  shipment  to  be  forwarded  when  required. 
In  peace-time  maneuvers  and  marches  the  sweater,  even 
though  not  prescribed  to  be  carried  by  the  soldier  on  the 
march,  may  accompany  the  troops,  if  so  directed  in  the  orders 
prescribing  the  movements.  The  vehicles  and  animals  of  the 
combat  train  and  those  representing  the  divisional  supply 
train  will  be  utilized  to  transport  them. 

The  same  rule  will  apply  in  regard  to  overcoats. 

1  For  all  enlisted  men  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  both  mounted 
and  dismounted  ;  also  for  enlistpd  men  of  the  Hospital  Corps  detailed 
as  ambulance  drivers  and  ambulance  orderlies. 


572 

4.  Surplus  kit  bags  will  be  issued  to  each  organization  at  the 
rate  of  one  to  each  squad,  one  for  the  sergeants  and  one  for 
the  cooks  and  musicians  (or  trumpeters),  and  one  for  every 
eight  men  of  detachments. 

Each  bag  will  be  marked  with  the  letter  of  the  company 
and  the  number  of  the  regiment,  as  provided  in  paragraph 
295,  Army  Regulations,  for  haversacks,  and  the  proper  desig- 
nation of  the  squads  to  which  the  bags  belong,  both  markings 
to  be  in  center  of  front  cover  flap,  as  shown  in  the  following 
illustration : 


5.  The  kit  bag  for  the  sergeants  and  that  for  the  cooks 
and  musicians  (or  trumpeters)  will  be  marked  "  Sergeants," 
*' Cooks  and  musicians  "  (or  Trumpeters),  respectively.  Simi- 
larly, the  kit  bags  for  detachments  will  be  appropriately 
marked. 

The  kit  of  each  man  will  be  packed  as  follows : 
Stockings  to  be  rolled  tightly,  one  pair  in  the  toe  of  each 
shoe;  shoes  placed  together,  heels  at  opposite  ends,  soles  out- 
ward, wrapped  tightly  in  underwear,  and  bundle  securely  tied 
around  the  middle  by  the  extra  pair  of  the  shoe  laces,  each 
bundle  to  be  tagged  with  the  company  number  of  the  owner. 
These  individual  kits  will  be  packed  in  the  surplus  kit  bag  in 
two  layers  of  four  kits  each,  the  breeches  and  olive-drab 
shirts  to  be  neatly  folded  and  packed  on  the  top  and  sides  of 


573 

the  layers,  the  jointed  cleaning  rod  and  case,  provided  for  each 
squad,  being  attached  by  the  thongs  on  the  inside  of  the  bag. 

6.  (a)  In  garrison,  tlie  surplus  kit  articles  are  not  re- 
quired to  be  kept  habitually  packed  and  stored,  or  kept  apart 
from  the  rest  of  a  soldier's  belongings.  The  soldier  should 
have  the  clothing  component  of  the  service  kit.  Surplus  kits 
are  packed  only  when  commanders  require  it  to  be  done. 

(h)  Organization  commanders  will  keep  on  hand  a  suffi- 
cient supply  of  surplus  kit  bags,  marked  as  prescribed  above, 
but  unpacked.     {Par.  T,  G.  0.  56,  1915—2293216,  A.  O.  O.) 

321.  First-aid  packets,  Held  and  instruction.— ^T wo  types 
of  first-aid  packets  are  supplied  by  the  Medical  Department, 
the  field  packet  in  a  sealed  metal  case  and  the  instruction 
packet  in  a  cardboard  box. 

The  field  packet,  which  forms  part  of  the  full  equipment  of 
enlisted  men.  will  be  inserted,  ring  down,  in  the  pouch  for 
first-aid  packet,  and  will  be  carried  as  prescribed  in  the  Uni- 
form Regulations.  The  pouch  and  packet  will  be  regularly 
inspected  and  will  not  be  used  except  for  the  purpose  for 
which  they  are  issued,  and  when  damaged,  destroyed,  or  lost 
through  the  fault  of  the  soldier  to  whom  issued  the  cost  will 
be  charged  against  him  on  the  pay  rolls  of  his  organization. 

The  instruction  packet  will  be  obtained  by  the  surgeons  of 
posts  upon  special  requisition  and  supplied  by  them  to  com- 
pany commanders.  The  allowance  for  this  purpose  will  be 
20  packets  for  each  company,  battery,  and  troop,  and  10 
packets  for  each  band.  The  dressings  contained  in  these 
packets  can  be  used  repeatedly  for  the  practical  instruction 
of  officers  and  enlisted  men,  and  after  being  used  for  this  pur- 
pose they  should  be  repacked  in  the  original  form. 

Both  packets  are  expendable,  but  officers  will  be  held  strictly 
accountable  for  their  proper  and  economical  use,  and  will 
exercise  every  care  to  prevent  any  unnecessary  expenditure. 
(Par.  /,  Cir.  2,  1908—1180526  A,  M.  S.  O.,  as  amended  by  Par. 
I,  Cir.  16, 1908—13J,77/f3,  A.  G.  0.,  and  Par.  V,  G.  0.  U,  1913— 
2041021,  A.  G.O.) 

322.  Cavesson  and  longe. — ^The  cavesson  and  longe  adopted 
as  part  of  the  Cavalry  equipment,  model  of  1912,  for  issue  to 
Cavalry  troops,  is  also  authorized  for  issue — 

{a)  To  Cavalry  organizations  equipped  with  the  old  model 
Cavalry  equipment  in  the  ratio  of  1  cavesson  and  longe  to 


674 

30  individual  horses  or  the  major  portion  thereof,  the  allow- 
ances at  peace  strength  being  as  follows :  For  a  troop,  2 ;  for 
headquarters  troop,  1 ;  for  machine-gun  troop,  2.  {Par.  IV, 
G.  O.  36,  1915—2287777,  A.  O.  O.) 

(b)  To  Field  Artillery  in  the  ratio  of  1  cavesson  and  longe 
to  30  individual  saddle  horses  or  the  major  portion  thereof, 
each  battery  to  have  at  least  one  cavesson  and  longe.  The 
issue  of  these  articles  to  Field  Artillery  will  be  made  on  requi- 
sition and  will  be  optional  with  Field  Artillery  commanders. 
(Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  6,  1915—2235098,  A.  G.  O.) 

(c)  To  Infantry  in  the  ratio  of  1  cavesson  and  longe  to  30 
individual  saddle  horses  or  the  major  portion  thereof,  each 
regiment  to  have  at  least  one  cavesson  and  longe  and  not  more 
than  two  thereof,  to  be  accounted  for  by  the  regimental  ord- 
nance officer.  The  issue  of  these  articles  to  Infantry  will  be 
made  on  requisition  and  will  be  optional  with  Infantry  regi- 
mental commanders.  (Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  U,  1915—2235098  B, 
A.  G.  0.) 

323.  Care  of  saddle  blankets. — Saddle  blankets,  before 
being  folded  and  put  in  the  storeroom  after  use,  will  be  dried 
thoroughly.  When  in  constant  use  they  will  be  washed  at 
least  once  a  month  and  will  be  folded  so  that  the  side  next  to 
the  horse  will  be  changed  frequently.  (Par.  6,  Cir.  47,  1909 — 
15Ji6092,  A.  G.  O.) 

324.  Kezincing  of  steel  horse  collars. — Steel  horse  collars 
may  be  turned  in  to  the  proper  arsenals  by  commanding  offi- 
cers of  batteries  of  Field  Artillery  for  rezincing,  without  the 
action  of  an  inspector,  when  the  zinc  coating  is  worn  off  the 
inside  of  the  collar  where  it  comes  in  contact  with  the  horse's 
shoulder,  which  condition  is  evidenced  by  rusting  of  the 
steel.  Such  shipments  will  be  made  to  the  commanding  officer. 
Rock  Island  Arsenal,  Rock  Island,  111.,  except  in  the  Philippine 
Department,  where  they  will  be  made  to  the  commanding  offi- 
cer, Manila  Ordnance  Depot,  Manila,  P.  I.  (Par.  I,  G.  0.  136 
1911— 182920 Jf,  A.  G.  0.) 

325.  Arms  and  equipments  for  post  and  Coast  Artillery 
noncommissioned  staff  officers. — 1.  The  following  arms  and 
equipments  are  prescribed  for  sergeapts  major,  senior  grade, 
master  electricians,  engineers,  electrician  sergeants,  first 
class,  Coast  Artillery  Corps ;  ordnance  sergeants,  quartermas- 
ter sergeants,  Quartermaster  Corps ;  and  electrician  sergeants, 


576 

second  class,  master  gunners,  sergeants  major,  junior  grade, 
and  firemen   Coast  Artillery  Corps: 

FOR   GARRISON. 

(a)  Provided  by  tlie  Ordnance  Department:  One  noncom- 
missioned staff  officer's  saber;  1  saber  knot;  1  saber  scab- 
bard; 1  garrison  belt,  model  1910. 

FOR   FIELD    SERVICE. 

(a)  Provided  by  the  Ordnance  Department:  One  can,  ba- 
con ;  1  can,  condiment ;  1  canteen ;  1  canteen  cover,  dis- 
mounted ;  21  cartridges,  ball,  piston,  caliber  .45 ;  1  cup ;  1  fork  ; 
1  haversack  (if  dismounted);  1  knife;  2  magazines,  pistol, 
extra;  1  meat  can;  1  pack  carrier  (if  dismounted)  ;  1  pistol; 
1  pistol  belt,  without  saber  ring ;  1  pistol  holster ;  1  pouch  for 
first-aid  packet ;  1  spoon ;  1  spurs,  pair  ( if  mounted )  ;  1  spur 
straps,  set  (if  mounted).  Horse  equipment  (if  mounted) — 1 
bridle ;  1  currycomb ;  1  feed  bag ;  1  grain  bag ;  1  halter,  head- 
stall;  1  halter,  tie  rope;  1  horse  brush;  1  lariat;  1  lariat 
strap;  1  link;  1  picket  pin;  1  saddle;  1  saddlebags,  pair;  1 
saddle  blanket ;  1  surcingle. 

(&)  Provided  by  the  Medical  Department:  One  first-aid 
packet. 

(c)  Provided  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps: 

(1)  A  field  kit  comprising,  in  addition  to  (d)  and  the  cloth- 
ing worn  on  the  person,  the  following  articles:  One  blanket; 
1  drawers,  pair;  1  overcoat  (when  specially  ordered)  ;  1 
poncho  (if  dismounted);  1  shelter-tent  half;  5  shelter-tent 
pins;  1  shelter-tent  pole;  1  slicker  (if  mounted);  1  soap, 
hand,  cake;  2  stockings,  pairs;  1  sweater  (when  specially 
ordered)  ;  1  undershirt. 

(2)  A  surplus  kit  consisting  of:  One  breeches,  pair;  1 
drawers,  pair;  1  shirt,  olive  drab;  1  shoes,  russet  leather, 
pair ;  2  stockings,  pairs ;  1  shoe  laces,  extra  pair ;  1  undershirt. 

(3)  Additional  for  permanent  camp:  One  clothing  roll;  1 
bedsack ;  1  cot ;  1  mosquito  bar. 

{d)  Provided  by  soldier:  One  comb;  1  toothbrush;  1  towel. 

2.  The  foregoing  field  kit,  which  is  carried  on  the  person  by 
dismounted  men  and  on  the  packed  saddle  by  mounted  men, 
is  supplemented  by  the  surplus  kit,  the  two  together  making 
up  the  service  kit. 


576 

3.  The  overcoat  and  sweater  will  not  be  taken  into  tlie 
field  except  when  specially  ordered.  If  these  articles  will 
probably  not  be  required  as  a  protection  against  cold  weather, 
they  will  not  be  issued  or,  if  issued,  will  be  turned  in  to  the 
quartermaster  before  taking  the  field.  The  necessary  articles 
will  be  sent  forward  when  required  or  will  be  issued  by  the 
quartermaster  at  the  place  where  the  soldier  may  be  serving. 

4.  The  equipment  for  field  service,  except  the  clothing  com- 
ponent of  the  service  kit,  will  be  issued  only  when  the  non- 
commissioned officer  is  actually  ordered  into  the  field,  but  at 
other  times  will  be  kept  in  the  possession  of  the  proper  supply 
officer  at  the  post  where  the  soldier  is  serving. 

5.  These  noncommissioned  officers  in  garrison  will  not  be 
required  to  turn  out  in  full  field  equipment. 

6.  When  they  are  paraded  for  reviews  and  inspections  their 
posts  are  as  provided  in  the  Infantry  Drill  Regulations  for  the 
regimental  noncommissioned  staff  (or  battalion  noncommis- 
sioned staff  at  posts  where  no  regimental  noncommissioned 
staff  officers  are  serving) ,  i.  e.,  sergeant  major  on  the  right,  post 
and  other  noncommissioned  staff  officers  on  his  left  in  order  of 
rank,  senior  on  the  right.  (Par.  Ill,  G.  0.  66, 1915—1582423  A 
A.  G.  0.) 

326.  Arms  and  equipments  for  field  service,  unlisted 
men  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps. — 1.  The  following  arms 
and  equipments  are  prescribed  for  field  service  for  each  en- 
listed man  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps : 

(a)  Provided  by  the  Ordnance  Department :  One  canteen  (if 
dismounted)  ;  1  canteen.  Cavalry  (if  mounted)  ;  2  canteen- 
haversack  straps  (if  dismounted)  ;  1  canteen  strap.  Cavalry 
(if  mounted)  ;  21  cartridges,  ball,  pistol,  caliber  .45;  1  cup; 
1  feed  bag  (if  mounted)  ;  1  fork;  1  grain  bag  (if  mounted)  ; 
1  haversack  (if  dismounted);  1  knife;  2  magazines,  pistol, 
extra ;  1  meat  can ;  1  pistol ;  1  pistol  belt,  without  saber  ring ; 
1  pistol  holster ;  1  pouch  for  first-aid  packet ;  1  spoon ;  1  spurs, 
pair  (if  mounted)  ;  1  spur  straps,  pair  (if  mounted). 

(6)  Provided  by  the  Medical  Department:  One  first-aid 
packet. 

(c)  Provided  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps  (horse  equipment 
for  each  mounted  man)  :  1  bridle,  riding;  1  currycomb;  1  hal- 
ter and  strap ;  1  horse  brush ;  1  saddle ;  1  saddle  blanket. 

2.  The  arms  and  ammunition  will  be  kept  in  the  possession 
of  the  quartermaster  of  the  detachment  and  issued  to  the  men 


577 

only  when  they  are  actually  ordered  into  the  field.  One  house- 
wife to  every  eight  men  of  the  detachment  will  then  be  issued 
as  provided  in  paragraph  1215,  Army  Regulations.  (Par.  I, 
G.  0.  66,  1913—2060617,  A.  G.  O.) 

327.  Stencils  for  Quartermaster  Corps  organizations. — 
The  canteen,  haversack,  and  personal  equipment  stencils  issued 
by  the  Ordnance  Department  for  Quartermaster  Corps  detach- 
ments will  also  be  utilized  by  wagon,  autotruck,  pack  train, 
and  bakery  companies ;  no  special  stencils  are  issued  for  those 
organizations.  (Par.  IV,  G.  0.  90, 19U— 2221849,  A.  G.  O.) 
40062°— 16 37 


ARTICLE  XXXII. 

ARMY  RESERVE. 
328.  Regulations  for  the  Army  Reserye. 

COMPOSITION. 

1.  The  Army  Reserve,  established  by  the  provisions  of  the 
second  paragraph  of  section  2  of  the  Army  appropriation  act 
of  August  24,  1912  (37  Stat.,  590,  pp.  36  and  37,  Bui.  No.  15, 
War  Department,  1912),  will  consist  of: 

(a)  Soldiers  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve  for  the  unex- 
pired portions  of  seven-year  terms  of  enlistment,  viz:  (1) 
Those  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve  at  the  expiration  of 
three  years'  service  with  the  organizations  of  which  they  shall 
have  formed  a  part.  (2)  Those  furloughed  to  the  Army  Re- 
serve after  four  years'  service  with  the  organizations  of  which 
they  shall  have  formed  a  part. 

( & )  Those  who  enter  the  Army  Reserve  by  enlistment  or  re- 
enlistment  therein,  viz:  (1)  Those  who  reenlist  in  the  Army 
Reserve  at  the  expiration  of  a  seven-year  term  of  enlistment. 
(2)  Those  who,  being  honorably  discharged  soldiers  of  the 
Regular  Army,  enlist  in  the  Army  Reserve. 

2.  Soldiers  and  former  soldiers  otherwise  eligible  may  enter 
the  Army  Reserve  under  the  following  terms  and  conditions, 
viz: 

(a)  Any  enlisted  man,  at  the  expiration  of  three  years'  con- 
tinuous service  with  the  organizations  of  which  he  shall  have 
formed  a  part  either  under  a  first  or  any  subsequent  enlist- 
ment for  a  term  of  seven  years  may,  upon  his  written  applica- 
tion to  that  effect,  be  furloughed  and  transferred  to  the  Army 
Reserve,  in  the  discretion  of  the  Secretary  of  War.  Any  sol- 
dier so  furloughed  and  transferred  will  not  be  entitled  to  re- 
enlistment  in  the  service  until  the  expiration  of  his  term  of 
seven  years. 

(&)  Any  enlisted  man  serving  either  under  a  first  or  any 
subsequent  enlistment  for  a  term  of  seven  years  is  subject  to 
being  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve  upon  the  completion  of 

(578) 


579 

four  years'  service  witli  the  organizations  of  which  he  shall 
have  formed  a  part,  unless  he  shall  have  applied  for  discharge 
at  the  expiration  of  four  years'  continuous  service  with  such 
organiziatons  with  a  view  to  immediate  reenlistment  for  an- 
other period  of  seven  years,  or  unless  he  shall  have  applied  in 
writing  for  authority  to  remain  with  the  organization  to  which 
he  belongs  until  the  completion  of  his  whole  enlistment,  with- 
out passing  into  the  Reserve,  the  right  to  so  remain  being  sub- 
ject to  good  conduct  and  physical  fitness  for  duty. 

(c)  Any  enlisted  man  who  shall  have  served  a  seven-year 
term  of  enlistment,  either  with  the  organizations  of  which  he 
shall  have  formed  a  part  or  partly  with  such  organizations  and 
partly  in  the  Army  Reserve,  may  be  reenlisted  for  a  further 
term  of  seven  years  under  the  same  conditions  in  the  Army  at 
large  or,  in  the  discretion  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  for  a  term 
of  three  years  in  the  Army  Reserve. 

(d)  Any  person  who  may  have  been  honorably  discharged 
from  the  Regular  Army,  with  character  reported  at  least  good, 
and  who  has  been  found  physically  qualified  for  the  duties  of  a 
soldier,  if  not  over  45  years  of  age,  may  be  enlisted  in  the 
Army  Reserve  for  a  term  of  three  years. 

ENLISTMENT. 

3.  All  enlistments  and  reenlistments  in  the  Army  Reserve 
shall  be  for  a  period  of  three  years. 

4.  Enlistments  and  reenlistments  in  the  Army  Reserve  may 
be  made  by  any  officer  authorized  by  the  War  Department  to 
recruit  for  the  Army.  Rules  and  regulations  governing  the 
enlistment  and  reenlistment  of  persons  for  the  active  Army 
will  apply  to  enlistments  and  reenlistments  for  the  Army 
Reserve  with  .the  following  exceptions : 

(a)  No  applicant  for  enlistment  or  reenlistment  in  the  Army 
Reserve  will  be  held  at  a  general  recruiting  station,  recruit 
depot,  depot  post,  or  other  place,  either  pending  his  acceptance 
or  after  the  enlistment  is  completed,  nor  w^ill  he  be  forwarded 
to  a  recruit  depot,  depot  post,  or  other  place. 

(6)  If  otherwise  qualified,  married  men  may  be  enlisted  or 
reenlisted  in  the  Army  Reserve  without  reference  to  higher 
authority. 

(c)  If  otherwise  qualified,  applicants  not  over  45  years  of 
age  may  be  enlisted  in  the  Army  Reserve. 


580 

(d)  Former  service  as  indicated  in  subdivisions  (c)  and  (d) 
of  paragraph  2  is  required  as  a  qualification  for  enlistment  or 
reenlistment  in  the  Army  Reserve. 

5.  After  the  nature  and  terms  of  enlistment  in  the  Army 
Reserve  have  been  fully  explained  to  the  applicant,  and  before 
the  enlistment  blanks  are  filled,  the  officer  will  read  to  him 
and  offer  him  for  his  signature  the  following  declaration, 
which  forms  part  of  the  enlistment  paper : 

DECLARATION    OF    APPLICANT. 

I, ,  desiring  to enlist  in  the  Army  Re- 
serve of  the  United  States  for  the  term  of  three  years,  do  declare  that 
I  am  of  the  legal  age  to  enlist  (or,reenlist)  and  believe  myself  to  be 
physically  qualified  to  perform  the  duties  of  an  able-bodied  soldier ; 
and  I  do  further  declare  that  I  am  of  good  habits  and  character  in  all 
respects  and  have  never  been  discharged  from  the  United  States  serv- 
ice (Army  or  Navy)  or  any  other  service  on  account  of  disability  or 
through  sentence  of  either  a  civil  or  military  court,  nor  discharged 
from  any  service,  civil  or  military,  except  with  good  character  and  for 
the  reasons  given  by  me  to  the  recruiting  officer  prior  to  this  enlist- 
ment or  reenlistment.   • 


Given  at this day 

of 191__. 


Witness 


Us; 


6.  The  following  form  of  enlistment  contract,  duly  sworn  to, 
will  be  signed  by  each  reservist  on  enlistment : 

THE  UNITED  STATES  OP  AMERICA  : 

State  of 

CiTYj  Town,  or  Military  Post 

I, ,  born  in ,  in 

the  State  of ,  aged years 

and months,  by  occupation  a ,  having 

served  in  the  Army  of  the  United  States  and  having  been  last  discharged 
from at on ,do 

(Name  of  organization.)  (Place.)  (Date.) 

hereby  acknowledge  to  have  voluntarily enlisted  this 

day  of ,  191 ,  as  a  soldier  in  the  Army  Reserve  of 

the  United  States  of  America  for  the  period  of  three  years,  unless 
sooner  discharged  by  proper  authority,  and  subject  to  active  military 
service  upon  the  summons  of  the  President  of  the  United  States  :  And 
do  also  agree  to  accept  from  the  United   States  such  bounty,  pay. 


581 

rations,  and  clothing  as  are  or  may  be  established  by  law.  And  I  do 
solemnly  swear  (or  affirm)  that  I  will  bear  true  faith  and  allegiance 
to  the  United  States  of  America;  that  I  will  serve  them  honestly  and 
faithfully  against  all  their  enemies  whomsoever  ;  and  that  I  will  obey 
the  orders  of  the  President  of  the  United  States  and  the  orders  of  the 
officers  appointed  over  me,  according  to  the  Rules  and  Articles  of  War. 

[seal] 

Subscribed  and  duly  sworn  to  before  me  this day 

of ,  A.  D.  191__. 


Recruiting  Officer. 
MEDICAL    EXAMINATION. 

7.  The  physical  examination  of  applicants  for  enlistment  or 
reenlistment  in  the  Army  Reserve  will  be  conducted  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  authorized  rules  for  the  examination  of  re- 
cruits. 

8.  An  applicant  for  enlistment  or  reenlistment  in  the  Army 
Reserve  at  a  garrisoned  post,  camp,  or  arsenal  where  there  is 
no  medical  officer  or  contract  surgeon  will  be  physically  ex- 
amined before  enlistment  by  the  civilian  physician  employed 
by  the  Medical  Department. 

The  employment  of  civilian  physicians  at  the  prescribed 
rates  is  authorized  for  the  physical  examination  of  applicants 
for  enlistment  or  reenlistment  in  the  Army  Reserve  at  general 
recruiting  stations. 

9.  When  a  soldier  belonging  to  the  Army  Reserve  is  sum- 
moned for  active  service  he  will  be  subject  to  reexamination 
to  determine  his  physical  fitness  for  service  at  the  time. 

PAY    AND    ALLOWANCES. 

10.  Soldiers  in  the  Army  Reserve  not  in  active  service  are 
not  entitled  to  pay  or  allowances. 

11.  When  a  soldier  is  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve  his 
accounts  shall  be  closed  and  he  shall  be  paid  in  full  to  the 
date  such  furlough  becomes  effective.  Soldiers  furloughed 
after  three  or  four  years  shall,  in  addition,  receive  trans- 
portation in  kind  and  subsistence,  as  provided  for  by  the 
Army  appropriation  act  approved  August  24,  1912,  in  the 
case  of  discharged  soldiers. 

12.  In  the  event  of  threatened  or  actual  hostilities,  the 
President,  when  so  authorized  by  Congress,  may  summon  all 


582 

furloughed  soldiers  who  belong  to  the  Army  Reserve  to  rejoin 
their  respective  organizations,  and  during  the  continuance  of 
their  service  with  such  organizations  they  shall  receive  the 
pay  and  allowances  authorized  by  law  for  soldiers  serving 
therein;  and,  under  like  conditions  and  authority,  the  Presi- 
dent may  summon  for  active  service  any  enlisted  man  who 
shall  have  enlisted  or  reenlisted  in  the  Army  Reserve,  and 
during  the  continuance  of  such  active  service  each  soldier  so 
serving  shall  receive  the  additional  pay  now  provided  by  law 
for  the  soldiers  of  his  arm  of  the  service  in  their  second  en- 
listment period.  Upon  reporting  for  duty  and  being  found 
physically  fit  for  service  soldiers  of  the  Army  Reserve  shall 
receive  a  sum  equal  to  $5  per  month  for  each  month  during 
which  they  shall  have  belonged  to  the  Reserve,  as  well  as  the 
actual  cost  of  transportation  and  subsistence  from  their  homes 
to  the  places  at  which  they  may  be  ordered  to  report  for  duty 
under  such  summons. 

13.  For  the  purpose  of  utilizing  as  an  auxiliary  to  the  Army 
Reserve  the  services  of  men  who  have  had  experience  and 
training  in  the  Regular  Army  in  time  of  war  or  when  war  is 
imminent,  and  after  the  President  shall,  by  proclamation,  have 
called  upon  honorably  discharged  soldiers  of  the  Regular 
Army  to  present  themselves  for  reenlistment  therein  within 
a  specified  period,  subject  to  such  conditions  as  may  be  pre- 
scribed in  said  proclamation,  any  person  who  shall  have  been 
honorably  discharged  from  said  Army,  with  character  reported 
as  at  least  good,  and  who  having  been  found  physically  quali- 
fied for  the  duties  of  a  soldier,  if  not  over  45  years  of  age, 
shall  reenlist  in  the  line  of  said  Army  or  in  the  Signal  or  Hos- 
pital Corps  thereof  within  the  period  that  shall  be  specified  in 
said  proclamation,  shall  receive  on  so  reenlisting  a  bounty 
which  shall  be  computed  at  the  rate  of  $8  for  each  month  for 
the  first  year  of  the  period  that  shall  have  elapsed  since  his 
last  discharge  from  the  Regular  Army  and  the  date  of  his 
reenlistment  therein  under  the  terms  of  said  proclamation ;  at 
the  rate  of  $6  per  month  for  the  second  year  of  such  period ; 
at  the  rate  of  $4  per  month  for  the  third  year  of  such  period ; 
at  the  rate  of  $2  per  month  for  any  subsequent  year  of  such 
period ;  but  no  bounty  in  excess  of  $300  shall  be  paid  to  any 
person  under  the  terms  of  the  Army  appropriation  act  ap- 
proved August  24,  1912. 


583 

EECOKDS  AND  REPORTS. 

14.  The  records  of  Class  A  reservists  will  be  kept  as 
follows : 

Quartermaster  Corps. — In  the  office  of  the  Chief,  Quarter- 
master Corps. 

Hospital  Corps. — In  the  office  of  the  Surgeon  General. 

Ordnance  Department. — In  the  office  of  the  Chief  of 
Ordnance. 

Signal  Corps. — In  the  office  of  the  Chief  Signal  Officer. 

General  service  detachments  and  Indian  scouts. — In  the 
office  of  The  Adjutant  General. 

Service-school  detachments. — In  the  office  of  the  comman- 
dant of  the  service  school  where  the  detachment  is  serving. 

Band  and  detachments,  United  States  Military  Academy. — 
In  the  office  of  the  superintendent. 

United  States  Disciplinary  Barracks  Guard. — In  the  office 
of  the  commandant  of  the  disciplinary  barracks  at  which 
serving. 

Battalion  of  Engineers. — ^Noncommissioned  staffs  and  band : 
In  the  office  of  the  battalion  commanders.  Companies :  In  the 
office  of  the  company  commanders. 

Infantry,  Field  Artillery,  and  Cavalry. — Regimental  and  bat- 
talion noncommissioned  staffs  and  bands :  In  the  office  of  the 
regimental  commanders.  Companies,  batteries,  and  troops : 
Id  the  office  of  the  organization  commanders. 

Coast  Artillery  Corps. — Noncommissioned  staff :  In  the  office 
of  the  Chief  of  Coast  Artillery.  Bands:  In  the  office  of  the 
district  commanders.  Companies :  In  the  office  of  the  company 
commanders. 

Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry. — In  the  office  of  the  regi- 
mental commander. 

Philippine  Scouts. — In  the  office  of  the  department  com- 
mander. 

15.  The  records  of  Class  B  reservists  will  be  kept  in  the 
office  of  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.  But  Class  B  re- 
servists may  be  assigned  to  organizations  by  direction  of  the 
Secretary  of  War  and  when  so  assigned  their  records  will  be 
transferred  to  their  respective  organizations  and  thereafter 
kept  as  prescribed  for  reservists  of  Class  A. 

16.  When  a  soldier  is  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve,  he 
will  be  furnished  with  a  reservist's  descriptive  card   (Form 


584 

443,  A.  G.  O. ) .  These  will  be  made  in  duplicate,  one  of  which 
will  be  given  to  the  reservist  and  the  other  sent  to  the  office 
where  the  records  of  the  reservists  are  kept  (par.  14). 

17.  Soldiers  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve  will  be  fur- 
loughed  in  the  grade  held  by  them  on  the  date  the  furlough 
becomes  effective.  When,  in  the  event  of  actual  or  threatene<l 
hostilities,  they  are  summoned  to  join  their  respective  organi- 
zations, they  will  revert  to  the  grade  of  private,  to  take  effect 
on  the  date  of  reporting  for  duty.  Upon  joining  the  organ- 
izations to  which  they  belong,  due  consideration  will  be  given 
to  the  rank  previously  held  by  them. 

18.  In  the  case  of  a  soldier  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve 
from  an  organization  stationed  in  Alaska,  the  Philippine 
Islands,  Hawaii  Territory,  or  the  Panama  Canal  Zone,  if  he 
elects  to  remain  within  the  limits  of  the  territory  or  posses- 
sion in  which  his  organization  is  serving,  his  record  will  be 
kept  by  the  same  general  method  as  prescrbed  in  paragraphs 
21  and  22. 

If  he  does  not  desire  to  remain  within  the  limits  of  the 
territory  or  possession  in  which  his  organization  is  serving,  he 
will  so  notify  his  organization  commander,  in  which  case  the 
latter  will  forward  his  descriptive  card  directly  to  The  Adju- 
tant General  of  the  Army,  giving  the  probable  date  of  the 
reservist's  arrival  and  his  address  in  his  new  place  of  resi- 
dence. Upon  his  arrival  thereat  the  reservist  will  report  on 
Form  445,  A.  G.  O.,  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  the 
fact  of  his  arrival  and  his  address.  He  will  then  be  assigned 
to  an  organization  in  the  United  States  by  The  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral, who  will  notify  him  of  such  assignment  and  send  iiis 
descriptive  card  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  organiza- 
tion to  which  assigned.  Thereafter  his  record  will  be  kept  by 
the  same  general  method  as  prescribed  in  paragraphs  21  and 
22.  The  provisions  of  this  subparagraph  do  not  apply  to  sol- 
diers furloughed  from  the  Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry 
or  from  the  Philippine  Scouts. 

19.  Upon  the  enlistment  or  reenlistment  of  any  man  in  the 
Army  Reserve  the  officer  enlisting  him  will  make  out,  in  ad- 
dition to  the  enlistment  paper,  the  reservist's  descriptive  card 
in  duplicate,  one  of  which  will  be  given  to  the  reservist  after 
enlistment  and  the  other  forwarded  with  the  enlistment  paper 
to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army.     All  enlistments  and 


685 

leenlistments  in  the  Army  Reserve  will  be  in  the  grade  of 
private. 

20.  In  the  case  of  a  person  residing  in  Alaska,  the  Philip- 
pine Islands,  Hawaii  Territory,  the  Panama  Canal  Zone,  or 
Porto  Rico  who  enlists  or  reenlists  in  the  Army  Reserve  his 
record  will  be  kept  in  the  office  of  the  commander  of  the  mili- 
tary forces  in  such  territorial  possession  by  the  same  general 
method  as  prescribed  in  paragraphs  21  and  22. 

In  case  a  reservist  of  this  class  desires  to  return  to  the  ter- 
ritorial limits  of  the  United  States  he  w^ill  report  his  date  of 
departure  to  the  said  commander.  The  latter  will  forward  the 
reservist's  duplicate  descriptive  card  to  The  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral with  the  date  of  probable  arrival  and  address  in  the 
United  States. 

The  reservist  will  report  by  letter  his  arrival  and  address  in 
the  United  States  to  The  Adjutant  General.  Thereafter  his 
record  will  be  kept  as  in  the  case  of  other  Class  B  reservists. 

21.  The  officers  in  charge  of  reservists'  records  will  furnish 
to  each  reservist  by  the  first  day  of  each  quarter  an  addressed 
postal  card  (Form  444,  A.  G.  O.)  upon  which  the  latter  will 
note  the  following: 

Any  change  of  address  since  rendition  of  last  report. 

Any  change  in  name  or  address  of  nearest  relative. 

He  will  then  return  this  card  to  the  address  furnished 
within  the  first  10  days  of  the  quarter. 

The  officer  in  charge  of  the  reservists'  records  will  note 
upon  his  retained  cards  any  changes  which  have  occurred 
since  last  report. 

22.  In  organizations  for  which  monthly  returns  are  ren- 
dered the  number  of  reservists  belonging  to  each  organization 
will  be  noted  on  the  return,  and  on  the  December  muster  roll 
of  such  organizations  the  reservists  will  be  noted  by  name.  In 
all  other  cases  the  officers  charged  with  the  duty  of  keeping 
the  records  of  reservists  will  report  monthly  by  letter  to  The 
Adjutant  General  the  number  in  their  organizations,  and  on 
December  31  of  each  year  they  will  furnish  the  same  office 
with  a  list  showing  all  reservists  by  name. 

In  the  event  of  the  summoning  of  the  reservists  for  active 
service,  the  muster  rolls  and  monthly  reports  of  each  organi- 
zation will  show  separately  the  names  of  those  reservists  who 
have  failed  to  report  in  obedience  to  the  summons  and  of 


586 

those  who  have  reported  but  have  been  rejected  for  active 
service,  together  with  the  necessary  data  in  eacli  case. 

23.  The  records  of  class  B  reservists  will  be  kept  as 
prescribed  in  paragraphs  21  and  22,  with  the  necessary 
modifications. 

FUKLOUGH   AND  DISCHARGE. 

24.  Except  upon  reenlistment  after  four  years'  service  or  as 
now  otherwise  provided  for  by  law,  no  enlisted  man  shall  re- 
ceive a  final  discharge  in  writing  until  the  expiration  of  his 
seven-year  term  of  enlistment,  including  his  term  of  service  in 
the  Army  Reserve. 

25.  A  reservist's  descriptive  card  (Form  443,  A.  G.  O.)  will 
be  furnished  each  soldier  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve. 

26.  The  officer  signing  the  class  A  reservist's  descriptive 
card  will  note  thereon  the  character  of  the  soldier  at  date  of 
discharge.  When  the  company  or  other  immediate  com- 
mander is  of  the  opinion  that  the  active  service  of  a  soldier 
who  is  otherwise  about  to  become  eligible  to  be  furloughed  to 
the  Army  Reserve  has  not  been  honest  and  faithful,  the  pro- 
cedure prescribed  in  paragraph  148,  Army  Regulations,  will  be 
followed.  If  it  be  determined,  in  the  manner  prescribed,  that 
the  soldier's  service  has  not  been  honest  and  faithful,  the 
papers  pertaining  to  the  case  will,  if  the  soldier  be  serving  in 
the  Philippine  Department,  be  forwarded  to  the  department 
commander,  who  will,  if  he  approve  of  the  finding  as  to  the 
soldier's  service,  issue  the  necessary  orders  for  his  discharge 
or,  if  the  finding  be  not  approved,  direct  that  the  soldier  be 
furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve.  In  all  other  cases  the 
papers  will  be  forwarded  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army  for  the  action  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

27.  If  a  soldier  be  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve  while 
absent  from  his  organization,  his  duplicate  descriptive  card 
will  be  forwarded  by  the  officer  signing  the  descriptive  card 
to  the  soldier's  organization  commander. 

28.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  term  of  service  of  a  class  A 
reservist  hi^  discharge,  if  it  can  not  be  handed  to  him  in 
person,  will  be  sent  him  by  registered  mail  to  his  last  reported 
address.  The  duty  of  sending  this  discharge  in  each  particu- 
lar case  devolves  upon  the  officer  charged  with  keeping  the 
reservist's  records  (par.  14). 


587 

In  the  case  of  class  B  reservists  residing  within  the  terri- 
torial limits  of  the  United  States,  the  discharge  will  be  sent 
by  The  Adjutant  General ;  in  the  case  of  reservists  residing  in 
Alaska,  the  Philippine  Islands,  Hawaii  Territory,  the  Panama 
Canal  Zone,  or  Porto  Rico,  by  the  commander  of  the  military 
forces  therein. 

29,  A  soldier  sentenced  by  court-martial  to  confinement 
without  dishonorable  discharge  for  a  period  extending  beyond 
the  time  at  which  he  would  otherwise  be  furloughed  to  the 
Army  Reserve  will  be  held  to  serve  out  his  sentence,  at  the 
expiration  of  which  he  will  be  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve 
01  discharged,  as  his  case  may  require. 

A  soldier  awaiting  trial  or  sentence  at  the  time  he  would 
otherwise  be  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve  will  not  be  fur- 
loughed thereto  pending  the  disposition  of  his  case.  If  sen- 
tenced to  dishonorable  discharge,  he  will  be  so  discharged 
upon  the  date  of  the  receipt  of  the  order  publishing  the  sen- 
tence. If  the  sentence  involve  neither  dishonorable  discharge 
nor  confinement,  he  will  be  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve  or 
discharged,  as  his  case  may  require,  on  the  date  of  the  receipt 
of  the  order  publishing  the  result  of  trial  or  as  soon  there- 
after as  practicable.  If  sentenced  to  confinement  without  dis- 
honorable discharge,  he  will  be  furloughed  to  the  Army  Re- 
serve or  discharged,  as  his  case  may  require,  upon  the  expira- 
tion of  his  term  of  confinement. 

In  respect  to  discharges  for  service  not  honest  and  faithful, 
the  provisions  of  paragraph  26  of  these  regulations  will  be 
observed. 

The  descriptive  card  or  discharge  certificate  will  be  deliv- 
ered to  the  man  on  his  release  from  confinement,  and  not  until 
then.  On  the  date  of  the  furlough  or  discharge  personal  no- 
tice thereof  will  be  given  to  the  soldier  by  an  officer,  and  the 
fact  that  such  notice  was  given  will  be  entered  on  the  guard 
report  and  the  morning  report  and  will  be  indorsed  upon  the 
descriptive  card  or  discharge  certificate. 

30.  Not  less  than  one  week  prior  to  the  date  when  a  soldier 
is  to  be  furloughed  to  the  Army  Reserve  he  will  be  examined 
by  a  medical  officer  as  to  his  physical  condition.  In  case  he 
is  found  to  be  physically  disqualified  for  service  steps  will  be 
immediately  taken  for  his  discharge  on  surgeon's  certificate 
of  disability  in  accordance  with  existing  instructions  govern- 


588 

V 

ing  such  discharge.     The  result  of  the  physical  examination 
will  be  noted  on  the  reservist's  descriptive  card. 

31.  In  the  case  of  the  death  of  a  reservist  a  note  of  this 
fact  will  be  made  on  the  retained  descriptive  card  in  the 
office  of  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  reservist's  records  and  a 
report  of  the  reservist's  death  will  be  made  to  The  Adjutant 
General. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

32.  Reservists  during  their  term  of  service  as  such  will 
not  be  permitted  to  enlist  in  the  Navy,  Marine  Corps,  or  Or- 
ganized Militia. 

33.  Reservists  will  not  be  permitted  to  leave  the  territorial 
limits  of  the  United  States,  except  upon  the  approval  of  the 
Secretary  of  War.  The  application  for  such  permission  will  be 
forwarded  through  military  channels  to  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army. 

34.  Reservists  furloughed  from  organizations  under  orders 
to  take  station  in  Alaska,  the  Philippine  Islands,  Hawaii  Ter- 
ritory, the  Panama  Canal  Zone,  or  Porto  Rico,  will  be  trans- 
ferred to  organizations  stationed  within  the  United  States  by 
The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

35.  A  reservist  changing  his  address  between  the  date  of 
quarterly  reports  will  report  at  once  his  new  address  to  the 
officer  in  charge  of  the  reservist's  records. 

36.  Any  officer  having  knowledge  of  the  fact  that  a  reservist 
is  imprisoned  under  sentence  of  a  civil  court  will  report  the 
case  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  for  the  action  of 
the  Secretary  of  War.  (Q.  O.  11,  1913—1998056,  A.  O.  0.,  as 
amended  hy  Par.  Ill,  G.  0.  Jt,  1915—2227309,  A.  O.  0.) 

329.  Transfers  to  the  Army  Reserve. — 1.  Transfer  of  en- 
listed men  to  the  Army  Reserve,  under  the  provisions  of  Gen- 
eral Orders,  No.  11,  War  Department,  1913,  as  amended, 
paragraph  328,  this  compilation : 

(a)  The  post  or  the  regimental  commander  is  authorized  to 
furlough  any  enlisted  man  eligible  to  be  furloughed  and  trans- 
ferred to  the  Army  Reserve  under  the  provisions  of  sections 
(a)  and  (&),  paragraph  2,  of  that  order. 

(&)  If  the  character  of  a  soldier  who  is  otherwise  eligible 
to  be  furloughed  under  the  provisions  of  section  (a)  is  be- 
lieved to  be  such  as  not  to  warrant  the  granting  of  that  privi- 
lege, the  procedure  prescribed  in  paragraph  148,  Army  Regula- 


589 

tions,  will  be  followed.  The  findings  of  the  board  therein  pre- 
scribed, when  approved  by  the  convening  authority,  will  be 
final. 

(c)  The  post  or  the  regimental  commander  is  also  author- 
ized to  retain  in  active  service  any  enlisted  man  coming  under 
the  provisions  of  section  (&)  who  makes  application  in  writ- 
ing to  remain  with  the  organization  to  which  he  belongs  until 
the  completion  of  his  whole  enlistment,  without  passing  into 
the  Army  Reserve,  provided  that  his  conduct  and  physical 
fitness  warrant  such  action. 

2.  In  the  case  of  every  soldier  who  makes  application  to  be 
furloughed  and  transferred  to  the  Army  Reserve  at  the  expi- 
ration of  three  years'  continuous  service  under  the  provi- 
sions of  section  (a),  paragraph  2,  General  Orders,  No.  11, 
War  Department,  1913,  a  brief  notation  to  that  effect  will  be 
made  in  the  space  for  remarks  on  his  descriptive  and  assign- 
ment card  and  on  his  descriptive  list.  (Par.  II,  O.  O.  47, 
1915—22711S3  A,  A.  G.  0.) 

330.  Reports  on  monthly  returns. — Information  in  regard 
to  reservists  required  by  paragraph  22,  General  Orders,  No. 
11,  War  Department,  February  11,  1913,  paragraph  328,  this 
compilation : 

1.  A  tabulated  statement  will  be  given  on  the  return 
showing — 

(a)  The  number  of  reservists  on  the  last  day  of  the  month. 
(&)  The  number  reported  on  last  monthly  return. 

(c)  The  gain,  by  number,  during  the  month,  giving  the 
causes  of  same  and  the  number  for  each  cause. 

(d)  The  loss,  by  number,  during  the  month,  giving  the 
causes  of  same  and  the  number  for  each  cause. 

2.  In  dropping  the  reservists  from  the  active  strength  of 
the  organization,  the  present  heading  of  "  Transferred  "  un- 
der the  general  heading  of  "  Loss  "  must  not  be  used.  A  head- 
ing of  "  Transferred  to  the  Reserve "  will  be  inserted  and 
used  for  this  purpose.  These  men  must  in  all  cases  be  shown 
separately  from  other  transfers.  (Bui.  41,  1915—2351462, 
A.  G.  0.) 

331.  Information  with  reference  to  legislation  and  or- 
ders relative  to  Army  Reserve. — 1.  An  enlisted  man  who  at 
the  expiration  of  three  years'  continuous  service  is  furloughed 
and  transferred  to  the  Reserve  at  his  own  request  can  not  at 


590 

any  time  during  tlie  four  years'  furlough  period  and  of  his 
own  volition  give  up  his  furlough  and  be  transferred  back  to 
active  service  in  the  active  Regular  Army. 

2.  After  having  made  timely  written  application  to  remain 
with  his  organization  until  the  completion  of  his  whole  seven- 
year  enlistment,  a  soldier  has  the  right  to  remain  in  active 
service  with  his  organization  until  the  completion  of  his  whole 
enlistment,  as  distinguished  from  being  furloughed  to  the  Re- 
serve, subject  only  "  to  good  conduct  and  physical  fitness  for 
duty."    The  privilege  is  not  subject  to  any  other  conditions. 

3.  The  reenlistment  for  a  second  or  subsequent  term  of  seven 
years  of  a  soldier  who  has  completed  a  seven-year  term  is  not 
conditioned  by  the  statute  upon  his  being  under  the  age  of 
45  years ;  neither  is  his  immediate  reenlistment  in  the  Reserve 
for  a  period  of  three  years  so  conditioned. 

4.  The  Secretary  of  War  has  reserved  to  himself,  as  he  may 
under  the  statute,  the  right  to  determine  in  each  case  whether 
or  not  a  soldier  who  has  just  completed  a  seven-year  term  of 
enlistment  shall  be  permitted  to  enlist  in  the  Army  Reserve. 
This  reservation  is,  however,  limited  in  its  effect  to  soldiers 
over  45  years  of  age.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  confuse  re- 
enlistment with  enlistment. 

5.  The  reenlistment  in  the  Regular  Army  of  married  men 
who  have  served  a  seven-year  term  of  enlistment  either  with 
their  organizations  or  partly  with  their  organizations  and 
partly  in  the  Reserve  is  a  question  of  War  Department  policy 
and  not  of  law.  At  present  paragraph  852,  Army  Regulations, 
applies. 

6.  Soldiers  furloughed  after  three  years  on  their  own  re- 
quest are  entitled  to  transportation  in  kind  and  subsistence  to 
the  place,  or  equal  distance,  of  their  enlistment. 

7.  The  legislation  establishing  the  Army  Reserve  provides 
specifically  that  upon  reporting  for  duty  and  being  found 
physically  fit  for  service  a  furloughed  soldier  w^ho  has  been 
ordered  to  rejoin  his  organization  shall  be  reimbursed  for  the 
actual  cost  of  his  transportation  and  subsistence  from  his 
home  to  the  place  at  which  he  may  have  been  required  to  re- 
port under  the  order.  No  similar  provision  is  made  for  a  fur- 
loughed soldier  who,  upon  reporting  pursuant  to  a  like  order, 
is  not  found  physically  fit  for  service.  However,  it  is  as- 
sumed that,  as  the  law  is  silent  on  this  point,  when  Congress 


591 

shall  authorize  the  President  to  summon  the  Reserve  for  active 
service,  provision  will  be  made  for  reimbursement  in  cases  of 
this  kind. 

8.  The  sum  to  be  paid  to  the  discharged  soldier  who  reen- 
lists  under  the  conditions  stated  in  the  legislation  establish- 
ing the  Army  Reserve  is  specifically  designated  as  a  bounty. 
The  sum  to  be  paid  to  the  soldier  furloughed  to  the  Reserve, 
who  under  proper  orders  rejoins  his  organization  for  acti^'e 
service,  is  not  so  designated.  While  the  matter  is  not  entirely 
free  from  doubt,  it  is  the  consensus  of  opinion  that  the  pro- 
vision which  limits  to  $300  the  amount  of  the  "  bounty  "  to  be 
paid  to  the  discharged  soldier  upon  reenlistment  in  pursuance 
of  the  terms  of  the  section,  is  not  to  be  construed  as  limiting 
to  the  same  amount  the  "  sum  "  to  be  paid  to  the  reservist  who 
upon  reporting  for  duty  pursuant  to  proper  orders  is  found 
physically  fit  for  service. 

9.  A  man  who  in  his  first  enlistment  is  furloughed  by  the 
Government  after  four  years'  service ;  who  at  the  end  of  that 
seven  years'  service  reenlists  in  the  active  Army,  and,  when  he 
has  served  three  years  of  his  second  enlistment,  voluntarily 
becomes  a  reservist ;  and  who,  two  years  afterwards,  is  re- 
called to  the  colors,  is  entitled  to  have  the  sum  he  is  to  receive 
upon  reporting  for  duty  and  being  found  physically  fit  for 
service  computed  upon  the  basis  of  the  entire  five  years  during 
which  he  belonged  to  the  Reserve. 

10.  A  man  furloughed,  either  of  his  own  volition  at  the  end 
of  three  years'  active  service  or  by  the  Government  at  the  end 
of  four  years,  as  a  sergeant,  at  the  end  of  that  seven  years' 
enlistment  is  given  his  discharge  as  a  sergeant  but  if  recalled 
to  active  service,  and  he  reverts  to  the  grade  of  private  with 
the  active  Army,  or  the  necessity  having  passed,  he  is  re- 
furloughed  to  the  Reserve,  he  will  be  discharged  as  of  the 

■  grade  actually  occupied  by  him  at  time  of  discharge. 

11.  Paragraph  17,  General  Orders,  No.  11,  War  Department, 
1913,  paragraph  328,  this  compilation,  does  not  apply  to  the 
case  of  an  ex-noncommissioned  officer  who  reenlists  as  a  pri- 
vate in  the  Army  Reserve.  However,  the  reason  underlying 
the  rule  laid  down  in  the  last  sentence  of  said  paragraph  17 
would  apply  to  some  extent  at  least  to  cases  of  ex-noncommis- 
sioned officers  and,  no  doubt,  would  cause  a  similar  course  to 
be  followed. 


592 

12.  Whether  a  man  when  recalled  to  active  service  would  be 
preferably  assigned  to  the  unit  and,  if  possible,  to  the  organi- 
zation in  which  he  formerly  served  is  a  question  of  adminis- 
tration, and  each  case  would  be  decided  upon  its  merits. 
{Bui.  33,  1913— 205] 421,  A.  G.  O.,  as  amended  hy  Par.  IV, 
Bui.  2,  1915—2227309,  A.  O.  O.) 

.  13.  Soldiers  in  the  Army  Reserve  may  compete  for  promo- 
tion under  the  act  of  July  30,  1902  (27  Stat.,  886),  as  well  as 
soldiers  on  duty  with  their  organizations.  (Par.  I,  Bui.  1, 
1915—2246184,  A.  G.  O.) 

14.  Members  of  the  Army  Reserve  are  not  entitled  to  medi- 
cal supplies  and  attendance  and  hospital  treatment.  (Par.  I, 
Bui.  18,  1915—2255370  C,  A.  G.  O.) 


ARTICLE  XXXIII. 

PERMANENT  BOARDS. 

332.  War  Bepartment  Board  of  Review. — Duties  and  re- 
sponsibilities of  tlie  War  Department  Board  of  Review,  con- 
stituted by  General  Orders,  No.  9,  War  Department,  1915,  and 
rules  governing  its  business  procedure : 


The  board  will  take  cognizance  of  all  questions  referred  to 
it  by  proper  authority,  involving  new  or  modified  coast  de- 
fense projects  or  projects  for  the  immediate  laud  defense  of 
coast  fortifications.  It  shall  also  have  the  duty  of  originating 
consideration  of  such  subjects  when  in  its  judgment  necessary, 
and  is  responsible  for  recommending  to  the  Secretary  of  War 
whatever  it  considers  essential  to  establish  the  sufficiency  and 
efl[iciency  of  coast  defense  and  the  immediate  land  defense  of 
coast  fortifications  of  continental  United  States  and  of  its 
oversea  possessions. 

EULES  GOVEBNING  BUSINESS  PEOCEDURE. 

(a)  All  papers  pertaining  to  coast  defense  or  the  immediate 
land  defense  of  coast  fortifications,  which  involve  new  projects 
or  modifications  of  old  projects,  and  which  may  come  to  or 
originate  in  the  War  Department,  after  a  preliminary  con- 
sideration by  such  officers  as  the  Chief  of  Staff  may  direct,  and 
before  final  action  is  taken  by  the  Secretary  of  War,  will  be 
referred  to  the  War  Department  Board  of  Review  for  further 
consideration  and  recommendation. 

(&)  The  board  will  meet  weekly  in  the  large  room  of  the 
Secretary  of  War's  suite  of  offices  on  such  day  and  at  such 
time  as  it  may  decide. 

(c)  The  Chief  of  Staff  will  be  the  presiding  officer. 

{d)  A  permanent  written  record  will  be  kept  of  all  proceed- 
ings of  the  board,  including  a  summary  of  the  questions  con- 
sidered, conclusions  arrived  at,  and  recommendations  made. 
40062°— 16 38  (593) 


594 

(e)  The  original  record  of  tlie  proceedings  of  the  board  will 
be  filed  with  the  permanent  War  Department  records  in  the 
oflace  of  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  and  a  copy  will  be 
filed  with  that  section  of  the  General  StafC  Corps  charged 
with  the  preparation  of  plans  for  the  national  defense. 

(/)  After  the  Chief  of  Staft  has  submitted  the  recommenda- 
tions of  tlie  board  to  the  Secretary  of  War  in  regard  to  any 
particular  project  or  scheme,  and  this  has  received  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Secretary  of  War,  the  project  or  scheme  will  be- 
come and  will  be  designated  as  the  "  approved  project "  of  the 
War  Department.    (Par.  I,  G.  0.  62, 1015—2325115  B,  A.  G.  O.) 

333.  Coast  Artillery  Board.— Such  Ccast  Artillery  ofiicers 
as  may  be  designated  by  the  War  Department  will  consti- 
tute the  Coast  Artillery  Board,  with  station  at  Fort  Monroe, 
Va.,  to  which  may  be  referred  from  time  to  time  all  sub- 
jects pertaining  to  the  Coast  Artillery  upon  which  the  War 
Department  or  the  Chief  of  Coast  Artillery  may  desire  the 
board's  opinion  and  recommendations.  Communications  from 
the  Chief  of  Coast  Artillery  to  the  president  of  the  Coast  Ar- 
tillery Board  may  be  sent  through  the  commandant,  Coast 
Artillery  School,  for  his  information,  and  communications 
from  the  president  of  the  board  to  the  Chief  of  Coast  Artil- 
lery may  be  sent  directly,  provided  that  such  correspondence, 
in  either  case,  be  restricted  to  questions  of  a  purely  technical 
character  that  do  not  involve  matters  of  command,  discipline, 
or  administration  and  that  do  not  relate  to  the  status  or  in- 
terests of  individuals.  (Par.  2,  G.  0. 156, 1905,  as  amended  hy 
par.  2,  G.  O.  107,  1909—1526158,  A.  G.  O.,  and  Par.  Ill,  G.  O. 
2,  1915—1526158  A,  A.  G.  O.) 

834.  Field  Artillery  Board.— 1.  The  Field  Artillery  Board 
shall  be  permanently  stationed  at  Fort  Sill,  Okla.,  and  will  be 
composed  of  such  of  the  following  officers  as  may  be  present 
at  Fort  Sill,  viz:  The  permanent  regimental  commander  of 
the  Field  Artillery  Regiment  stationed  at  Fort  Sill,  Okla., 
who  will  be  president  of  the  board ;  the  lieutenant  colonel  of 
the  regiment  of  Field  Artillery  stationed  at  Fort  Sill,  Okla. ; 
the  commandant,  School  of  Fire  for  Field  Artillery;  senior 
instructor.  School  of  Fire  for  Field  Artillery ;  the  commanding 
officers  of  the  two  instruction  batteries  of  the  School  of  Fire 
for  Field  Artillery  (Batteries  A  and  B,  Fifth  Field  Artillery)  ; 
the  secretary  of  the  School  of  Fire  for  Field  Artillery,  who 
shall  be  the  recorder. 


595 

2.  The  purpose  of  the  board  is  to  consider  such  subjects 
pertaining  to  Field  Artillery  as  may  be  referred  to  the  board 
by  the  War  Department  and  to  originate  recommendations 
looking  to  the  improvement  of  the  Field  Artillery  service. 

3.  Communications  to  and  from  the  Field  Artillery  Board 
will  be  sent  through  the  commanding  officer,  Fort  Sill,  Okla. 
(Par.  II,  G.  O.  53,  1915—231UU,  A.  O.  O.) 


CHRONOLOGICAL  LIST  OF  THE  ORDERS,  CIRCULARS, 
AND  BULLETINS  INCORPORATED  OR  REFERRED 
TO  IN  THIS  COMPILATION. 


1881. 

1899. 

Paragraph  of 

Paragraph  of 

compilation. 

compilation. 

General  Orders : 

General  Orders : 

74 

49 

22 

89,  Par.  I 

139 
139 

1883. 

1901. 

General  Orders : 

76 

187 

General  Orders : 

Circulars  : 

83,  Par.  II 

236 

3,  6th  par 

109 

Circulars : 

8,  6th  par 

108 

30 

26 

1886. 

1902. 

Circulars : 

4,  par.  2 

198 

General  Orders : 

10,  par.  13 

211 

86 

92,  Par.  I 

64 

29 

1887. 

Circulars : 

Circulars : 

18 

27 

11,  par.  3 

37 

12 

112 

1903. 
General  Orders  : 

1888. 

1,  A.  G.   0 

196 

General  Orders: 

Circulars : 

109 

64 

5,  Par.  II,  W. 

6,  W.  D 

D 

110 
170 

1891. 

10,  Par.  I,  W. 

D 

111 

Circulars : 

29,  par.  1,  A.  G.  O 

198 

12,  Par.  I 

221 

1904. 

1897. 

Circulars  : 

General  Orders : 

20,  par.  2 

41 

17,  Par.  I___ 
68 



217 
154 

1898. 

84,   Par.   II__ 

218 

Circulars  : 

143 

198 

5,  par.  2 

213 

(5{ 

179,  Par.  II__ 

)7) 

191 

598 


Chronological  list  of  the  orders,  circulars,  and   bulletins- 
Continued. 


1904. 


Paragraph  of 
compilation. 


Circulars : 

6 

106 

15 

80 

46  __ 

3 

1905. 

General  Orders : 

1 . 

81 

4 

66 

14  __   

-   288 

30,  Par.  I 

95 

67,  Par.  I 

275 

81,  Par.  II 

204 

120 

140 

123,  Par.  I 

66 

156,  par.  2 

333 

158,  Par.  II 

63 

160  _-    __ 

79 

166—  

__   236 

182,  Par.  I 

18 

182,  Par.  Ill 

__   304 

183 

4 

191,  Par.  I 

__   184 

191,  Par.  II 

—   183 

201,  Par.  I 

__   318 

206,  Par.  II 

51 

Circulars : 

6     

148 

18,  par.  3 

30 

21,  Par.  II 

_-   205 

33 

276 

45,  par.  1 

67 

52,  par.  2 

—   283 

52,  par.  3 

—   198 

52,  par.  5 

—   281 

56,  par.  1 

—   279 

63,  Par.  I 

—   239 

1906. 


General  Orders : 
43,  Par.  II. 
52,  Par.  II. 
68 

163 

165,  Par.  I_. 
162,  Par.  II- 


53 

47 

171 

76 

104 

115 


1906. 

Paragraph  of 
compilation. 

General  Orders — Contd. 

179,  Par.  I 71 

199    (note) page  395 

206 171 

Circulars : 

25,  Par.  I 181 

42,  par.  1 318 

42,  par.  2 203 

44  (note) page  397 

45,  Par.  I 37 

50,  par.  2 81 

56 106 

61,  Par.  II__ .     39 

63,  Par.  II 251 

64,  Par.  I 72 


1907. 

General  Orders : 

21 

59 

85 

116 

156,   Par.  Ill 

196,  Par.  I 

206,  Par.  II 

206,  Par.  Ill 

240 

253,  Par.  I 

Circulars : 

2,  Par.  1  (note) -page 

6,  Par.  I 

7,  Par.  I 

16 

26,  Par.  II 

34,  Par.   Ill 

48,  Par.  II :__ 

52 

53,  par.  1 

75    (note) page 

78,  Par.  II 


1908. 


General  Orders : 
14,  Par.  II. 
48,  Par.  II. 
104,  Par.  II_ 


293 
193 
171 

119 
246 

18 
172 
101 

21 
117 

397 

278 

35 

298 

79 

39 

214 

243 

161 

397 

176 


188 
267 
110 


599 


Chronological  list  of  the  orders,  circulars,  and  hulletins- 
Continued. 


1908. 

Paragraph  of 
compilation. 

General  Orders — Contd. 

120,  Par.  I 246 

125,  par.  4 223 

129,  pars.  1  to  8 68 

129,  par.  9 66 

141,  Par.  II 46 

203,  Par.  II 99 

208 61 

Circulars : 

2,  par.  1 321 

11,  par.  1 65 

11,  par.  2 105 

13 122 

16,  Par.  I 321 

16,  Par.  II  (note) -page  397 

17 135 

18,  Par.  II 182 

24 7 

33,  par.  5 66 

34,  Par.  II 188 

51,  Par.  II 171 

51,  Par.  II  (note) -page  397 

55,  par.   1 59 

55,  par.  4 188 

64,  par.  4 60 

68 167 

74,  par.  1 36 

76,  Par.  II 53 

79,  Par.  I  (note) -page  397 

88,  par.  6 254 

88,  par.  7 i. 68 

88,  par.  9 222 

93,  par.  1 59 

97,  Par.  II 75 

98 159 

1909. 


General  Orders : 

2,  Par.  I— . 

4,  Par.  II-. 

26,  Par.  11- 

32 

43 

51,  Par.  II- 

52,  Par.  III. 

54c 

80,  Par.  II-. 


169 

38 

188 

200 

28 

245 

31 

206 

129 


1909. 

Paragraph  of 
compilation. 
General  Orders — Contd. 

96 69 

107,  par.  2 333 

118,  Par.  I 32 

140 61 

149 __-  270 

161 268 

199  — 124 

204,  Par.  I 45 

232,  Par.  II 28 

240,  Par.  I 208 

Circulars  : 

5,  par.  4 194 

22 318 

31 164 

33,  par.  2 42 

47,  par.  6 323 

57 24 

59 24 

65,  Par.  II 198 

70,  Par.  I 33 

74,  Par.  II 258 

77 8 

92,  par.  6 282 

1910. 

General  Orders : 

6,  Par.  I 202 

7,  Par.  II 84 

64,  Par.  I-J: 274 

66    (note) page  395 

67 78 

70 118 

76,  Par.  II 119 

97,  Par.  II 248 

116,  Par.  II 115 

138,  Par.  IV 116 

148 22 

158,  Par.  II 305 

161 247 

181 260 

186,  Par.  I 242 

188,  Par.  II 256 

197,  Par.   II 317 

208 266 

230,  Par.   Ill 93 


600 

Chronological  list  of  the  orders,  circulars,  and  huUetins- 
Continued. 


1910. 

1912. 

Paragraph  of 

Paragraph  of 

compilation. 

compilation. 

Circulars : 

General  Orders — Contd. 

- 

3,  Par. 

1-3 

185 

24,  Par.  IV 

180 

12,  Par. 

I-l— 

17 

24,    Par.   V 

179 

14 

240 

26,  Par.  I 

91 

22 

153 

31 

229 

38,  Par. 

I 

296 

32,    Par.    III__ 

14 

41,  Par. 

I 

194 

41,  Par.  I 

14 

47 

40 

44 

45,  Par.  II 

14 

49,  Par. 

II 

297 

248 

65 

163 

Bulletins  : 

78,  par. 

1 

209 

14,  Par.  I 

17,  Par.  I 

.        165 

16 

1911. 

24,  Par.  I 

.        174 

General  Orders : 

5,  Par.  II ^      4 

28,  Par.   Ill 74 

29,  pars.  1,  2 224 

33 13 

43,  Par.  I 296 

52,  Par.  I 160 

68 168 

80,  Par.  I 188 

91,   Par   II 247 

113,  Par.  II 86 

121 22G 

122,  Par.  II 192 

128 121 

136,  Par.  I 324 

168,  Par.  I 19 

169,  par.  2c 280 

1912. 

General  Orders  : 

1,  Par.  II 211 

3,   Par.   X 94 

11,  Par.  I 186 

14 8 

15,  Par.  VI 262 

15,  Par.  VII 312 

15,  Par.   IX 197 

16,  Par.  I 23 

17 92 

23 174 

24,  Par.  II 84 

24,  Par.  Ill 188 


1913. 

General  Orders : 

1 290 

4,  Par.  II 88 

5 314 

11 328 

13,  Par.  I 229 

14,  Par.   Ill 233 

14,  Par.  IV 252 

17 85 

21 151 

22,  Par.   II 68 

25,  Par.   Ill ,  14 

26,  Par.  IV 177 

28,  Par.  I 292 

30,  Par.  IV 91 

31 11 

32,  Par.   Ill 287 

41,  Par.  II 87 

42,  Par.   Ill 219 

44,  Par.   Ill 173 

44,    Par.   V 321 

46,  Par.   Ill 292 

46,  Par.  IV 224 

48,   Par.   Ill 25 

48,  Par.  V 98 

49,  Par.  I 303 

53,   Par.  Ill 174 

59,  Par.  I 125 

64 133 

65,  Par.  Ill 143 

66,  Par.  I 326 


601 


Chronological  list   of  the   orders,   circulars,  and   bulletins- 
Continued. 


1913. 

Paragraph  of 
compilation. 
General  Orders — Contd. 

68,  Par.  Ill 290 

70 130 

71,  Par.  Ill 92 

71,  Par.  V 201 

72,  Par.  I 22 

74 34 

77,  Par.  II 204 

83,  Par.  IV 303 

Bulletins : 

2,  Par.  II 14 

2,  Par.  Ill 271 

12,  Par.  I 198 

12,  Par.  II 156 

15,  Par.  II 44 

24,  Par.  I 295 

33 331 


1914. 


General 

4, 

5, 

6, 

6, 

8, 

8, 

9, 

9, 

10, 

11, 

11, 

13 

14, 

16, 

20 

22, 

25, 

25, 

25, 

26, 

29, 

30, 

31 

33, 

34, 


Orders : 
Par.  I— 
Par.  III. 
Par.  I__. 
Par.  III. 
Par.  I__. 
Par.  IV. 
Par.  11- 
Par.  III. 
Par.  I__. 
Par.  I__. 
Par.  II_. 


Par.  I. 
Par.  I- 


Par.  II_. 
Par.  II-. 
Par.  III. 
Par.  IV_. 
Par.  I__. 
Par.  I— . 
Par.  II_. 


Par.  III. 
Par.  I 


2 
204 
188 
137 

96 
178 
147 
314 
241 
146 
157 
120 
102 

70 

6 

103 

87 
132 
241 
299 
264 
272 

48 
224 

58 


General 
34, 
37 
39, 
39, 
39, 
39, 
40 
41, 
45, 
45, 
46, 
47 
50 
52, 
54 
57 
57 
58, 
61, 
68, 
63, 
67, 
67, 
67, 
68 
71, 
71, 
73 
74, 
74, 
75 
77, 
78, 
80, 
80, 
81, 
81, 
81, 
85, 
85, 
86, 
88 
90, 
92, 
92, 


1914. 

Paragraph  of 
compilation. 
Orders — Contd. 

225 

14 

80 
253 
294 

87 
231 
232 

54 
103 
216 
149 
234 
138 

10 
210 
452 
141 

68 
300 
138 
150 
113 
277 
308 

88 
152 
126 
235 
291 
227 

22 
173 

20 

98 
155 
315 
220 
319 
171 
310 

70 
327 
237 
114 


Par.  I 

Par    II 

Par    IV              

Par    V 

Par    II 

Par.  I 

Par.  II 

Par.  I 

Par.  I 

(note) 

Par    I 

...page 

Par.  II 

Par.   V 

Par.  VI       _ 

Par.   Ill     _     

Par.  IV  _ 

Par    V 

Par.  I       

Par.  Ill         

Par.  I     _ 

Par.  II          _  - 

Par    III              _  _ 

Par.  I 

Par.  I     _ 

,  Par.  Ill 

,  Par.  I       _     _     _ 

,  Par.  II     _       _ 

Par   IV 

Par.  I 

,  Par.  II 

,  Par.  Ill 

,  Par.  IV             _     - 

,  Par.  Ill 

,   Par.   V 

602 

Chronological  list  of  the  orders,  circulars,  and  hulletins- 
Continued. 


1914. 


1915. 


Paragraph  of 

Paragraph  of 

compilation. 

compilation. 

Bulletins : 

General  Orders — Contd. 

3    (note) 

— page       458 

30,  Par.  II 

57 

IS- 

_ _              289 

30.   Par.   V 

32,  Par.  1  (note) -page 

307 

IS 

195 

202 

16,  Par. 

IV 

228 

33 

212 

19,  Par. 

II 

199 

34 

207 

26,  Par. 

I 

166 

35 

230 

26,  Par. 

II 

III 

238 

107 

36,  Par.  I  .__ 

15 

26,  Par. 

36,  Par.  IV 

322 

38,    Par. 

IV— 

297 

37,  Par.   Ill 

82 

41,  Par. 

II 

166 

39    (note) page 

494 

45 

144 

40,  Par.  I 

69 

47,  Par. 

I 

77 

40,  Par.  II 

210 

47,  Par. 

III 

269 

40,  Par.  Ill 

43,  Par.  I 

175 
90 

1915. 

46 

47,  Par.  I 

123 
102 

(General  Orders: 

47,  Par.  II 

329 

2,  Par. 

I 

286 

50,  Par.  I 

10 

2,  Par. 

II 

87 

50,  Par.  II 

186 

2,   Par. 

III__. 

333 

52 

136 

4,  Par. 

I 

273 

53,  Par.  1  (note)_page 

568 

4,  Par. 

II 

302 

53,  Par.  II 

334 

4,  Par. 

III 

328 

53,  Par.  IV 

311 

6,  Par. 

I 

89 

54,  Par.  I 

234 

6,  Par. 

II 

261 

54,  Par.  II 

235 

6,  Par. 

III 

322 

54,  Par.   Ill 

100 

6,   Par. 

IV 

264 

54,  Par.  IV 

99 

7,  Par. 

II 

255 

56,  Par.  I 

320 

7,  Par. 

III 

34 

56,  Par.  II,  sec.  2 

284 

10 

1 

56,   Par.  Ill 

316 

11,  Par. 

I 

285 

59,  Par.  I 

62 

11,  Par. 

II 

73 

59,  Par.   Ill 

34 

11,  Par. 

VI 

244 

60,  Par.  I 

128 

13,  Par. 

I 

234 

62,  Par.  I 

332 

14,   Par. 

III 

IV 

322 

87 

63 

210 

14,  Par. 

64 

5 

15,  Par. 

I 

83 

65,  Par.  I 

215 

15,  Par. 

II 

248 

65,  Par.  II 

301 

19,  Par. 

II 

55 

65,   Par.   V — 

210 

20,  Par. 

I 

309 

66,  Par.  I 

306 

22    (note) 

—page       494 

66,  Par.   Ill 

325 

23,  Par. 

IV 

273 

66,  Par.  IV 

99 

23,  Par. 

VI 

313 

67,  Par.  I 

249 

25,  Par. 

III— 

58 

Bulletins  : 

25,  Par. 

IV 

19 

1    (first  par.) 

331 

28 

127 

2.  Par.  I 

158 

608 


Chronological  list  of  the  orders,   circulars, 
Continued. 


and   hulletins- 


1915. 


Paragraph  of 
compilation. 


Bulletins — Continued. 

2,  Par.  II 

2,   Par.    IV 


4,  Par.  II 

6 

7,  Par.  I 

11,  Par.  II 

11,  Par.  Ill 

15,  Par.  II 

16,  Par.  I 

16,  Par.  II 

18   (first  par.). 

19,  Par.  I 

19,  Par.  Ill 

19,  Par.  IV 

20,  Par.  III__. 


263 
331 
189 
162 

12 
190 

56 
189 
295 

50 
134 
331 
250 
189 
259 
257 


1915. 


Paragraph  of 
compilation. 


Bulletins — Continued. 

24,  Par.  II 

24,  Par.   Ill 

24,  Par.  IV 

29,  Par.  II 

29,  Par.   Ill 

31,  Par.  II 

33,  Par.  II 

34,  Par.  Ill 

35,  Par.  II 

37,  Par.  I 

37,  Par.  II 

38 

40,  Par.  Ill 

40,  Par.  IV 

41 


43 

50 
254 

13 
189 
295 
9 
189 
265 
145 

50 
131 
142 

97 
330 


INDEX. 


Absence  from  Dnty:  Par.        Sec 

Intemperance  or  other  misconduct 229 

Accounts : 

Civilians  serving  subpoenas 203 

Accounts  Current.     See  Disbursing  OflBcers. 

Accounts,  Pay: 

Separate  for  commutation  and  mounted  pay 230 

Acting  Dental  Surgeons: 

Assistants 276 

Campaign  badges 68 

Contracts 275 

How  carried  on  rolls 276 

Procurement  of  material  or  equipment 277 

Quarters — 

Commutation 230 

Rental 207 

Additional  Pay: 

Clerks  serving  in  Philippine  Islands 154 

Enlisted  men,  extra  duty 62 

Officers  furnishing  own  mounts 222,  230 

Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  The: 

Accounts  of  civilians  serving  subpoenas 203 

Appointment  and  promotion  of  officers 5-8,  10 

Campaign  and  service  badges 66,  68,  69 

Contracts  of  contract  surgeons,  notice  of  mak- 
ing and  annulment 275 

Correspondence  models 174 

Deceased    officers,    soldiers,    and    civilian    em- 
ployees   78 

Deserters 61 

Deserter's  release ^. 44 

Details  to  civil  educational  institutions 130 

Details    to    School    for    Saddlers    and    Battery 

Mechanics,   Field  Artillery 129 

Discharge  of  enlisted  men  by  reason  of  depend- 
ent parent 48 

Efficiency   records 195, 196 

See  also  Efficiency  Records  of  Officers. 

Enlistment  papers  and  muster  rolls,  changes  in_  180 

Enlistment  papers  to  be  forwarded  to 172 

General  prisoners 61 

Graduates  of  military  colleges  and  schools 131 

(605) 


60(5 

Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  The — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Historical  record  of  organizations 84 

Identification    records 171,  200 

List  of  officers  having  knowledge  of  foreign  lan- 
guages        197 

Officers'  detached  service  reports 14 

Orders — • 

Affecting  the  Army 168 

For   marines   serving  with   Army 182 

Officers  returning  from  foreign  service 20 

Remitting  or  mitigating  sentences  of  gen- 
eral  prisoners 58 

Proceedings  of  boards — 

For    appointment   and    promotion    of    offi- 
cers  5,  6,  8, 10 

Unsuitable   or    undesirable    soldiers 50 

War  Department  Beard  of  Review 332 

Record  evidence  in  pension  claims 77 

Records,    etc.,   of   reservists : 328 

Records   of   Chief  of  Staff 168 

Recruiting  service.     See  Recruiting  Service. 
Registry    of    graduates,    service    schools.      See 

Service  Schools. 
Reports  to — 

Of    commandants,     service    schools.      See 

Service  Schools. 
Of      courts-martial      sentences      affecting 

status   of  officers 202 

Of  fouling  of  cables 95 

Of    physical    examinations    and    tests    of 

officers 22,  24,  25 

On  sergeants  major.  Coast  Artillery  Corps_       101 
Rosters  of  noncommissioned  officers   for  tours 

in  Hawaii,  Panama,  and  Philippine  Islands 15 

Statislical  data  of  organizations 83 

Adjutant  General's  Department: 

Blank  forms  and  books,  distribution  of 188 

Physical  tests  of  officers 21,  22 

Supervision  of,  by  Chief  of  Staff 168 

See  also  Staff  Corps  and  Departments. 
Adjutants  of  Departments  and  Divisions: 

Distribution  of  blank  forms  and  books 188 

Records 183 

Adrertising: 

Carbon  copy  of  authority 175 

Vouchers  for 148 

Alaska : 

Disbursing   officers,    funds   in   personal   posses- 
sion         140 

Enlisted  men  returning  from,  discharges  and  re- 
enlistments 45 

General  prisoners  transferred  to  United  States, 

descriptive  lists 56 


607 

Alaska — Continued.  Par.        Sec 

Organizations  ordered  to  and  from,  transfers 

of   enlisted   men 88 

Road    Commission    and    Railroad,    details    of 

officers 14 

Telescope  cases  supplied  enlisted  men  en  route 

to  or  returning  from 246 

Transportation  to  United  States  of  former  sol- 
diers  and    employees 236 

Washington-Alaska   Cable  and  Telegraph   Sys- 
tem        315 

Allowances : 

Arms     and     ammunition.       See     Ammunition ; 
Arms. 

Clothing,  equipage,  etc.,  note page       494 

Drawing  instruments  and  materials 286,  291 

Electric  current  for  lighting 212 

Fuel 210 

Alterations : 

Mobile  Artillery   materiel _ 292 

rians  for  construction 72 

Ambnlance  Companies: 

Pistol  equipment  for 301 

Ammnnitlon : 

Cartridge  cases   for   3-inch   saluting  guns,   re- 
sizing        293 

Field  service — 

Tost  and  Coast  Artillery  noncommissioned 

staff  officers 325 

Quartermaster  Corps  enlisted  men 326 

For  civil  educational  institutions 130 

For  instruction  purposes.  Army  Service  Schools.       121 

For  testing  unserviceable  rifles 295 

Inspection,  etc.,  of  original  packages  of  blank 

cartridges 304 

Inspection  of  mobile  Artillery  materiel 292 

Mobile  Artillery,  quarterly  statements 294 

Supply  of,  for  small  arms,  to  be  kept  on  hand-       303 

Target  practice 87, 136 

Appointments : 

Commissioned  officers — 

Chaplains 7 

Second  lieutenants  : 

Corps  of  Engineers,  from  civil  life 6 

Line  of  Army,  from  Army  and  civil  life-  5, 130 

Philippine   scouts 8 

Noncommissioned  officers — 

Chief  musicians,  colored  regiments 31 

Coast    Artillery    Corps    noncommissioned 

staff 99, 100, 102 

Post  noncommissioned  staff 28 

School  detachments 32 


608 

Appropriations:  Par.        Sec. 

Payment  of  increased  compensation  from  lump.  156 
To  be  expended  solely  for  purposes  for  which 

made I47 

Transactions  between — 

Engineer  and  others 285 

War  and  Navy  Department  bureaus 134 

Arms: 

Ambulance   companies 301 

Coast    Artillery    Corps    noncommissioned    staff 

officers 325 

Field  hospital  companies 301 

Gun  sling,  assembling  on  rifle 298 

Inspection  of  unserviceable  rifles 295 

Issues  to  civil  educational  institutions 130 

Pistols- 
Issued  to  inspector-instructors.   Organized 

Militia 302 

Kept  at  posts  for  practice,  etc 300 

Post  noncommissioned  staff  officers 325 

Quartermaster  Corps  enlisted  men . 326 

Spare  parts,  rifle  and  bayonet 299 

Telescopic  sights  not  to  be  separated  from  rifles.  297 

Wall  scaling  and  swimming  exercises 296 

Army  of  Caban  Occupation  Badge.     See  Medals  and  Badges. 
Army  of  Cuban  Pacification  Badge.     See  Medals  and  Badges. 
Army  Beserve: 

Information  relative  to  legislation  and  orders.  331 
Regulations  governing — 

Composition 328                1, 2 

Enlistment 328                3-6 

Furlough  and  discharge 328           24-31 

Medical    examination 328                7-9 

Miscellaneous 328           82-36 

Pay  and  allowances 328           10-13 

Records  and  reports 328           14-23 

Reports  on  returns,  relative  to  reservists 330 

Reservists — 

Eligible  for  examination  for  commission 831 

Not  entitled  to  medical  treatment 331 

Transfers  to 329 

Army  Service  Schools,  Fort  LearenTrorth,  Eang.: 
General  regulations — 

Academic  board 121           81,  82 

Assistant  commandant 121                    4 

Commandant   121       3, 74-80 

Correspondence    121                  83 

Discipline 121                  72 

Foreign  student  officers 121                  91 

Graduation 121           97,98 

Instruction 121           92-96 

Instructors  and  student  officers 121           87-90 


609 


Army  Serrice  Schools,  Fort  Learenworth,  Kans. — Contd. 

General   regulations — Continued.  Par. 

Library 121 

Miscellaneous 121 

Object 121 

Personnel  and  staff 121 

Post    administration 121 

Secretary    121 

Army  Field  Engineer  School — 

Course  of  study 121 

Examinations 121 

Graduates 121 

Militia  ofllcers,  attendance  of 121 

Object 121 

Student    officers 121 

Army  Field  Service  and  Correspondence  School 
for  Medical  Officers — 

Certificates  of  proficiency 121 

Correspondence  course 121 

Course  of  study 121 

Neglect   of  duty 121 

Object .• ^*_ 121 

■   Period   of   instruction 121 

Qualifications,  report  on 121 

Special   courses 121 

Student   officers 121 

Army  School  of  the  Line — 

Course  of  study 121 

Examinations 121 

Graduates 121 

Militia  officers,  attendance  of 121 

Object 121 

Selection  of  officers  for  detail 122 

Student   officers 121 

Army  Signal  School — 

Course  of  study 121 

Examinations , 121 

Graduates 121 

Militia  officers,  attendance  of 121 

Object 121 

Student  officers 121 

Army  Staff  College — 

Courses  of  study 121 

Examinations 121 

Graduates 121 

Object 121 

Student   officers 121 

Army  Transports.     See  Transports. 
Army  War  College: 

Detail  of  officers 120 

Regulations  governing  organization  and  work.  119 

40062°— 16 39 


Sec. 

84-8G 

99-106 

2 

73 

70,71 

5 

50,61 
52 
53 
49 

46 

48 


59 

62-64 

58 

60 

54,55 

56 

61 

65-69 

57 

22 

23-28 

29,30 

9--21 

6 


41-43 
44 
45 
40 
37 
39 

34 
35 
36-105 
31 
33 


610 

Assignments  and  Details,  Enlisted  Men:  Par.         Sec. 

To  civil  educational  institutions 130 

To  service  schools.    See  Service  Schools. 

With    militia 34 

Assignments  and  Details,  Officers: 

Assignments  of  excess  commissioned  personnel 

in   organizations 14 

Details    to    staff    corps    and   departments,    de- 
tached officers 13 

Employment  of  outside  influence  to  obtain 11 

General  Staff  Corps.     See  General  Staff  Corps. 

Official  records  constitute  basis  of 11, 12 

Sources    of    information    to    be    considered    in 

making 12 

To  civil  educational  institutions.     See  Educa- 
tional Institutions,  Civil. 
To  service  schools.     See  Service  Schools. 

Unattached  officers  to  duty  on  transports 18 

With  militia 13 

Aviation  Service: 

Additional   pay 308 

Aviators,  aviation  students,  and  mechailicians 

announced  in  orders 308 

Details  of  officers 14,308 

Enlisted  men,  how  borne 306 

Examinations  for  ratings — 

Aviation  mechanicians 310 

Junior  military  aviators 309 

Badges.     See  Medals  and  Badges. 
Baggage : 

Field  officers  detailed  to  School  of  Equitation-       125 

Packing  of  officers'  field 318 

Transportation  of — 

Retired  or  deceased  officers 239 

To  Honolulu,  Manila,  etc 238 

Bakers  and  Cooks,  Schools  for: 

Regulations 128 

Bakery  Companies: 

Organization,   etc 264 

Pennant   for 265 

Stencils 327 

Bands : 

Chief    musicians    colored    regiments,    appoint- 
ments          31 

Competition  with  civilian  musicians 75 

Instruments,  care  and  preservation 250 

Barracks  and  Quarters: 

Contracts  for  gas,  electric  current,  and  water 

supply 207 

Electric  current  for  lighting 212 

Fuel   allowances 210 

Leased  quarters,  absent  enlisted  men 209 

Leasing  of  buildings 207 


611 

Barrackg  and  Quarters — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Lockers,  standard  color  for 205 

Use    of    public    buildings    by    officers'    clubs, 

messes,  etc 206 

Wail  lockers,  refrigerators,  chemical  fire  extin- 

guisliers 204 

Barrels : 

Sale  of— 

For  benefit  of  company  and  mess  funds 105 

Without  action  of  inspector 135 

Battalion  Commanders: 

Channels  of  correspondence  in  hattalions 178 

Historical  record  of  organizations 84 

Statistical  data  reports  of  organizations 83 

Training  of  troops 85 

Battery.     See  Companies,  Troops,  and  Batteries. 
Bayonet ; 

Combat,  Instruction  in 85 

Spare  parts  for  repairs 299 

Bedding  Bolls: 

Officers',  for  sale  by  Quartermaster  Corps 318 

Blank  Cartridges: 

Inspections   of   original   packages 304 

Blank  Forms  and  Books: 

Furnished  by  The  Adjutant  General's  Depart- 
ment— 

Blank  forms  for  civil  educational  institu- 
tions          188 

Distribution    to   Army 188 

Furnished  by  the  Army  War  College  Division — 
Text    books   for   civil   educational    institu- 
tions            188 

See  also  Military  Publications. 
Boards  of  Officers: 

Absence    from   duty 229 

Claims  for  damages  to  private  property — 153 

Coast  Artillery  Board 333 

Examining  Boards — 

Appointment  and  promotion,  officers 5-8 

Engineer  and  master  electrician.  Coast  Ar- 
tillery   Corps 99 

For  volunteer  commissions 10 

Ratings,  aviation  service 309,  310 

Use  of  medical  histories 271 

Field  Artillery   Board —       334 

Inadequacy  of  fuel  allowances 210 

Loaning   of   records   to 200 

Unsuitable  or  undesirable  soldiers 60 

War  Department  Board  of  Review 332 

Bonds : 

Arms  issued  to  civil  educational  institutions 130 

Books.     See  Blank  Forms  and  Books ;  Military  Pub- 
lications. 


612 

Boxes:  Par.        Sec. 

Officers'   field  baggage 318 

Packing,  tor  shipping  quartermaster  supplies 241 

Sale  of  empty,  without  action  of  inspector 135 

Brigades  (Tactleal)  : 

Removal  of  charge  of  desertion  by  regimental 

commander  in 43 

Brigade   (Tactical)   t'ommanders : 

Hxamining  boards  for  promotion 8 

Loaning  of  records  to  courts  and  boards 200 

Training  of  troops 85 

Buildings : 

Fuel 210 

Leasing  of 207 

Lighting 212 

Naming  after  living  officer  forbidden 72 

Bulletins: 

Issue  and  files  of  War  Department 186 

Issued  by  department  and  division  commanders 

furnished  to  War  Department  bureaus 187 

Burials: 

Reports 78 

Business  Methods: 

Administrative  headquarters  -. ^       183 

Inspection  of,  at  department  headquarters 184 

Cablegrams.     8ee  Telegraphing. 

€able  Lines  In  Narlgable  Waters: 

Approval  of  plans  for 284 

Cables: 

Fouling   of,   reports 95 

Submarine  mine,  test,  repair  and  classification-         96 
Tables  of  sizes 133 

Cadets,  Military: 

Eligibility  of  ex-cadets  for  commissions 5, 6  4,  2 

Typhoid  immunization 273 

Campaign  Badges.     Bee  Medals  and  Badges. 

Camps: 

Instruction,  Organized  Militia — 

Attendance    of   troops 93 

Rations 255 

Naming  after  living  officer  forbidden 72 

Plan  of,  for  bakery  companies 264 

Privileges  for  Young  Men's  Christian  Associa- 
tion           80 

Rental  of  camp  grounds 207 

Service  in,  defined  as  field  service 319 

Soliciting  of  claims  in,  prohibited 76 

Supply   officers 136 

Cartridge  Cases  for  S-lnch  Saluting  Guns: 

Resizing  of 293 

Caralry : 

Appointments,  second  lieutenant 5 

Cavesson  and  longe,  issue  to 322 


613 

Cayalry — Continued. 

Detached  officers —  Par.        See. 

Apportionment 13 

To  attend  service  practice _ 88 

Details  to  service  scliools.    See  Service  Schools. 
Excess  commissioned  personnel  in  organizations-  14 

Field  officers  to  attend  target  practice  of  Field 

Artillery 88 

Obstacle  ride  for  officers 25 

Promotion  of  officers 8 

Provisional   units 82,90 

Schools  of  equitation : 8ft 

Sergeant-instructors  for  duty  with  militia 34 

Squadrons,  channels  of  correspondence 178 

Statistical  data  reports 83 

Swordsman's  badge » 70 

Caresson  and  Longe: 

Issue  of,  to  Cavalry,   Field  Artillery,   and   In-    ' 

fantry 322 

Celebrations : 

Attendance  of  troops 93 

Central  Department: 

Transportation   requests,   supply  of 237 

See  also  Department  Commanders. 
Certificates : 

Officers  shipping  private  mounts — 

From  place  of  purchase  to  station 2fi0 

To  Philippine  Islands,  exemption  from  in- 
spection fee 263 

On  ordnance  property  returns 289 

Certificates  of  Deposit: 

Delay  in  returning  to  Treasury  Department 145 

Certificates  of  Disability: 

Discharge  of  soldier  refusing  surgical  operation-         53 

Preparation  on  typewriting  machines 194 

Certificates  of  Merit: 

Announcement  of  awards 64 

Badge,  issue  of 6<J 

Certificates  of  Proficiency: 

Firemen,    Coast  Artillery    Corps 102 

Garrison    schools.      See    Garrison    Schools    for 

Officers. 
Graduates  of  military  colleges  and  schools,  fur- 
nished by  War  Department 131 

Post   schools.     See  Pest   Schools   for  Enlisted 

Men. 
Service  schools.     See  Service  Schools. 
Changes  In  Begnlatlons  and  Manuals: 

How    published 186 

Not  to  be  kept  as  a  separate  file 186 

Chaplains : 

Appointment  and  duties 7 

Promotion 8 


614 

Ouiis,  Harbor:  Par.        Sec. 

Existence  of,  to  be  certified  on  returns 287 

Checks: 

Indorsements  on 142 

Object  for  which  drawn 140,  141 

Outstanding,  lists  of 143, 152 

Transactions  between   engineer   and  other   ap- 
propriations         285 

€lieniloal  Fire  Extinguishers: 

Instructions  governing  use  of 204 

Chief  Hnslclans: 

Colored  regiments,  appointment 31 

Monthly  examination  of  band  instruments 250 

Chief  of  Coast  Artillery : 

Assistant  to  Chief  of  Staff,  duties,  etc 168 

Coast  Artillery  Corps  noncommissioned  staff 99 

Coast   Artillery    School.      See    Coast    Artillery 
School. 

Correspondence  with  Coast  Artillery  Board 333 

See  also  Coast  Artillery  Corps. 
Chief  of  Engineers: 

Electric  circuits,  seacoast  gun  carriages 290 

Engineer   School 124 

Inspections  of  steam  boilers 138 

Pipe  or  cable  lines  in  navigable  waters 284 

Training  of  Engineer  troops 89 

See  also  Corps  of  Engineers ;  Engineer  De- 
partment. 
Chief  of  Ordnance: 

Arms,  etc.,  civil  educational  institutions 130 

Electric  circuits,  seacoast  gun  carriages 290 

Mobile  Artillery  mat6riel — 

Alterations  or  additions 292 

Quarterly  statements,  materiel  and  ammu- 
nition        294 

Post  ordnance  sergeants,  appointment 28 

Property  accountability,  coast  defenses 289 

Reports  of  service  practice,  Field  Artillery 87 

School  for  Saddlers  and  Battery  Mechanics  of 

Field    Artillery :____ 129 

Swordsman's  badge 70 

See  also  Ordnance  Department. 
Chief  of  Staff.     See  General  Staff  Corps. 
Oiief  Signal  Officer  of  the  Army: 

Aviation  section,   Signal  Corps 308,310 

Officers   for    detail    to   Army    Service    Schools. 
See  Army  Service  Schools. 

Post  telephone  systems 314 

Returns  of  Signal  Corps  organizations 307 

War  Department  Telegraph  Code 316 

Washington-Alaska   Cable   and   Telegraph   Sys- 
tem           315 

See  also  Signal  Corps. 


615 

Clilefs  of  Bnreans:  Par.        Sec. 

Certificates  of  deposit 145 

Civilian  employees.     See  Civilian  Employees. 
Comptroller's  decisions  received  by,  to  be  noted 

by  the  Judge  Advocate  General 177 

Contracts  for  auditor 150 

Department  and  division   commanders'   orders, 

etc.,  furtiished  to 187 

Detached  service  of  oflScers 14 

Loaning  of  records  to  courts  and  boards 200 

Officers  delinquent  in  rendition  of  money  ac- 
counts         146 

Services  obtained  from  post  exchanges  and  laun- 
dries          117 

Special  deposit  accounts 149 

Transactions  between  appropriations 285 

See  also  Staff  Corps  and  Departments. 
China  Campaign  Badge.  See  Medals  and  Badges. 
Circulars : 

Desertion,  filing  at  posts 185 

Issued  from  department  and  division  head- 
quarters, furnished  to  staff  bureaus 187 

CItH  Educational  Institutions.     See  Educational  Insti- 
tutions, Civil. 
Civilian  Employees: 

Admission    to    Government    Hospital    for    the 

Insane 161 

Baggage.     See  Baggage. 
Clerks — 

Increased  pay  while  serving  in  the  Philip- 
pine Islands 154 

Transfers  to  and  from  Philippine  Islands-       154 

Compensation   for   injuries 167 

Deaths  and  burials,  reports  of 78 

Efficiency  ratings,  not  to  suffer  on  account  of 

militia  duty 157 

Forbidden  to  aid  in  soliciting  of  claims 76 

Forbidden  to  instruct  persons  for  civil  service, 
consular  and  diplomatic  service  examina- 
tions   4 

Gifts  or  presents,  restriction  on 3 

Holidays — 

Falling  on  Sunday 164 

Labor  Day,  per  diem  employees 165 

Saturdays 166 

Loss  or  damage  to  private  property  in  trans- 
portation        240 

Membership  in  National  League  of  Government 

Employees 158 

Notarial  work 159 

Payment  from  lump-sum  appropriations 156 

Political  activity  and  assessments  or  contribu- 
tions        163 


616 


CiTilian  Employees. — Continued.  Par. 

Transportation  to  United  States  of  former 236 

Travel    allowances 155 

Typhoid   immunization 273 

Usury    prohibited . 160 

Vaccination 272 

Voting  in  congressional  elections 162 

CiTilian  Physicians:  • 
Examination    of   applicants   for   enlistment   in 

Army  Reserve 328 

Practicing  on  military  reservations 79 

Civilians : 

Accounts  for  serving  subpoenas 203 

Appointment   as  second   lieutenants — 

Corps  of  Engineers 6 

Line  of  Army 5 

Vaccination,   on  reservations 272 

Clyil  Serrice  Examinations: 

Officers   and   employees   forbidden    to    instruct 

persons  for 4 

Civil  War  Campaign  Badge.     See  Medals  and  Badges. 
Claims: 

Compensation  for  injuries,  employees 167 

Pension — 

Evidence  from  the  records 77 

Investigations  by  pension  examiners 77 

Private  property — 

Damaged  from  military  operations 153 

Damaged  or  lost  in  transportation .  240 

Soliciting  of,  on  posts,  etc.,  prohibited 76 

Clothing  and  Eqnipage: 

Allowances  and  price  list,  note page  494 

Band  instruments,  care  and  preservation 250 

Canvas  bags  for  recruits 247 

Clothing  component,  field  kit  and  surplus  kit_  320,  325 

Deserters'  clothing 248 

Dishonorably  discharged  soldiers'  clothing 249 

Equipment     tables,      quartermaster      supplies, 

note page  494 

General  prisoners — 

Clothing  pertaining  to,  disposition  of 249 

Issues  of  clothing  to 248 

Telescope  cases,  issue  and  disposition 246 

Tents,  stovepipe  openings  not  to  be  cut  in 251 

Uniform,  odd  articles  of 245 

Coiwt  Artillery  Corps: 

Appointments,  second  lieutenant 5 

Coast  Artillery  Board 333 

Coast    Artillery    School.      See    Coast    Artillery 

School. 
Noncommissioned  staflf  officers — 

Appointment,  duties,  etc 99, 100, 102 

Arms  and  equipments,  garrison  and  field 

service 325 


Sec. 


617 


Coast  Artillery  Corps — Continued. 

Noncommissioned  staff  officers — Continued.  Par.       Sec. 

In  garrison,  not  required  to  turn  out  in  full 

field  equipment 325 

Reviews  and  inspections,  posts  at 325 

Sergeants  major,  reports  on 101 

OflSicers — 

Apportionment  of  detached 13 

Details    to    service    schools.     See    Service 
Schools. 

Examination  for  promotion 8 

Excess  in  companies 14 

Exemptions,     graduates     Coast     Artillery 

School  9 

Physical  tests 21, 22 

Rated   enlisted    men,   number   allowed,    rating, 

etc 103 

Sergeant-Instructors  for  duty  with  militia 34 

Bee  also  Chief  of  Coast  Artillery. 
Coast  Artillery  School: 

Enlisted  men's  division 123 

Object,  organization  and  personnel 123 

Officers'  division — 

Courses  of  study 123 

Examinations 123 

Graduation 123 

Student  officers 123 

Regulations    123 

School  board — 

Constitution   and  duties 123 

Examination  papers : 

Admission   to  enlisted  men's  division 

of  school 123 

Engineer,  Coast  Artillery  Corps 99 

Firemen,  Coast  Artillery  Corps 102 

Garrison      schools,      Coast      Artillery 

officers 118 

Master    electrician,    Coast    Artillery 

Corps 99 

School  year ^ 123  51 

Coast  Defense  Commanders: 

Boards,  unsuitable  or  undesirable  soldiers 50 

Details  to  Schools  for  Bakers  and  Cooks 128 

Enlisted  candidates  for  admission  to  Coast  Ar- 
tillery  School.     See  Coast  Artillery   School. 
Firemen,  Coast  Artillery  Corps  courses  of  in- 
struction        102 

Rated  enlisted  men,  rating  and  disrating 103 

Reports — 

Fouling  of  cable  or  other  materiel  of  de- 
fenses          95 

Statistical  data  of  companies 83 


39-50 
1-14 

19-26 
27-31 
32-38 
16-13 


15 


618 

Coast  Defense  Commanders — Continued. 

Rosters  of  noncommissioned  officers  eligible  for      Par.        Sec 
tours    in    Hawaii,    Panama,    and    Ptiilippine 

Islands 15 

Coast  Defense  Commands: 

Clerks  and  switchboard  operators 62 

Damage   to    private    property   from    heavy-gun 

practice 153 

Engineer  property — 

Drawing  instruments  and  material 286 

Harbor  charts,  actual  existence  certified  on 

property    returns 287 

Ordnance   property — 

Accountability    for 289 

Drawing  instruments  and  material,   issue 

of 291 

Rated  enlisted  men,  number  allowed,  etc 103 

Records,  safe-keeping  of  confidential 94 

Staff   officers 96,  99,  100, 102 

Submarine-mine   property — 

Ordnance  property  regulations  govern  when 

applicable 97 

Test,  repair,  and  classification  of  cable 96 

Telephone  systems 314 

See  also   Seacoast  Fortifications. 
Code: 

War  Department  Telegraph,  use  and  account- 
ability   —       316 

Commanding  Officers: 

Absences   of  officers  or  men   "  not  in   line   of 

duty  " 229 

Detached  service  of  officers 14 

Details  to  Schools  for  Bakers  and  Cooks 128 

Determine    suitability    of    mounts    of    subordi- 
nates  223.  225 

Escapes  of  general  prisoners,  investigation 55 

Historical  record  of  organizations 84 

Identification    records 171 

Inspections  for  detection  of  venereal  disease 92 

Prevention  of  soliciting  of  claims  at  posts,jetc_         76 

Provisional   units 90 

Reports — 

Deaths   and  burials 78 

Desertion  and  apprehension  of  deserters 61 

Escape  and  apprehension  of  general  prison- 
ers           61 

Statistical  data  of  organizations 83 

Selection  of  officers  for  detail  at  School  of  Mus- 
ketry         127 

Training  of  troops 85 

Unit  accountability  equipment 136 

Commissaries : 

Regimental,  payment  of  troops 231 


619 

Commntatlon :  Par.        Sec. 

Heat,  Hawaii,  zones  for  determining 210 

Militia  oflacers  attending  service  schools.     See 
Service  Schools. 

Quarters,   heat,  and  light 230 

Subsistence,  discliarged  soldiers 233 

Companies,  Troops,  and  Batteries: 

Ambulance    and    field    hospital,    pistol    equip- 
ment         301 

Bakery 264,  265,  327 

Coast  Artillery  Corps,  rated  enlisted  men 103 

Funds.    See  Funds,  Special. 

Historical  record 84 

Noncommissioned   officers,   restrictions   on   em- 
ployment          39 

Packing  of  property  for  shipment 243 

Provisional 82,  90 

Training  and  instruction 85 

Comptroller's  Decisions : 

To  be  forwarded  to  Judge  Advocate  General  for 

notation   177 

"  Confidential "  : 

Use  of  word  in  correspondence 176 

Construction : 

Contracts,  protest  against  award 132 

Control  and  supervision  at  posts 73 

Installation  of  electric  lighting  and  power  cir- 
cuits             74 

Consular  Service  Examinations: 

Officers    and    employees    forbidden    to    instruct 

persons  for  4 

Contracts : 

Copy  for  auditor,  to  be  forwarded  promptly 150 

Gas,  electric  current,  and  water  supply 207 

Protest  against  award  of 132 

Contract  Surgeons: 

Campaign  badges 68 

Contracts 275 

Duty  on  transports 267 

Contributions : 

Political   163 

Restrictions  on,  for  gifts  or  presents 203 

Cooking : 

Cooking  equi^paent — 

Field,  turned  in  when 219 

Portable  gas  cookers  from  recruit  depots, 

disposition    of 244 

Utensils,  allowances,  etc.,  note page       494 

Fuel   for 210 

Corps  of  Engineers: 

Appointments  of  second  lieutenants  from  civil 

life 6 

Details  to  service  schools.     See  Service  Schools. 


620 

Corps  of  Engineers — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Promotion  of  officers 8 

Sergeant-instructors  for  duty  witli  militia 34 

Statistical  data  report  of  organizations 83 

Training  of  troops 89 

Correspondence.     See  Military  Correspondence. 

Coancils  of  Administration: 

Hospital   council  book 113 

Coorts-Martial : 

Evidence  of  genuineness  of  handwriting 201 

Loaning  of  records  to 200 

Sentences — 

Affecting  status  of  officers,  notification  to 

The  Adjutant  General 202 

Suspension  of  part  involving  dishonorable 

discharge 54 

Subpoenas,  accounts  of  civilians  for  serving 203 

Trial  of  enlisted  men  for — 

Failure  to  report  for  venereal  prophylaxis.         92 
Refusing  to  submit  to  surgical  operations.         53 

Courts  of  Inquiry: 

Loaning  of  records  to 200 

Cows: 

Hospital,  forage  for 112 

Purchase  from  company  funds 108 

Damages  to  Private  Property: 

From  military  operations 153 

In  transportation 240 

Damages  to  Public  Property.     See  Public  Property. 

Deaths  and  Burials: 

Reports  of 78 

Debts  of  Enlisted  Men: 

Due  company  fund  by  deserters 110 

For    merchandise 40 

Post  exchanges 116 

Post  laundries 115, 116 

Deceased  Officers: 

Inventory  of  effects,  preparation  on  typewrit- 
ing m^^chine 194 

Reports  of  death  and  burial 78 

Shipment  of  baggage,  etc 239 

Deceased  Soldiers: 

Campaign  badges  part  of  effects  of 67 

Inventory  of  effects,  preparation  on  typewriting 

machine    194 

Reports  of  death  and  burial „         78 

Decisions  of  Comptroller: 

To  he  forwarded  to  Judge  Advocate  General  for 

notation   177 

Dextal  Surgeons: 

Assistants 276 

Campaign   badges 68 


621 

Dental  Surgeons — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Commutation  of  quarters 230 

How  carried  on  rolls 276 

Procurement  of  material  and  equipment 277 

See  also  Acting  Dental  Surgeons. 
Department  Commanders: 

Absences  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  not  in  line 

of  duty 229 

Ammunition  supply,  small  arms 303 

Condemned  horses  for  issue  to  militia 259 

Enlisted  men — 

Discharge    by    purchase    and    reason    of 

dependent  parent 48 

Transfers,     organizations    designated    for 

Philippine    service 46 

Examining  boards  for  promotion 8 

Field  Artillery — 

Attendance  of  officers  at  service  practice —  88 

Tests  of  troops  and  materiel 87 

Fires  in  stables 211 

General  prisoners,  escapes 55 

Inspection  of  mobile  Artillery  materiel 292 

Issues  of  soap,  candles,  etc.,  during  field  serv- 
ice    253 

Loaning  of  records  to  courts  and  boards 200 

Orders — 

Copies  of,  for  War  Department  bureaus 187 

Publication  of  honorable  mention 64 

Post  and  garrison  schools,  supervision 118 

Record  keeping  and  business  methods  at  head- 
quarters      183 

Schools  for  Bakers  and  Cooks 128 

Target  practice 85 

Test  rides — 

And    marches 22 

Obstacle  ride,  Cavalry  and  Field  Artillery.  25 
Troops — 

Attendance  at  celebrations,  etc 93 

Instruction  and  training 85 

Unsuitable  or  undesirable  soldiers 50 

Wall   lockers   and  refrigerators   not   to   be   re- 
moved from  posts  without  authority  of 204 

Descriptive  and  Assignment  Cards: 

Certain  enlisted  men  of  Signal  Corps 306 

Dishonorably    discharged    soldiers,    etc.,    reen- 

llsting 173 

Entry  relative  to  identification  record 171 

Men  assigned  or  transferred  to  stafC  corps  or 

departments 172 

Men   desiring  furlough  to  Reserve   at  end   of 

three  years'  service 329 

Typhoid   immunization 273 


622 

BewriptlTe  Cards:  Par.        Sec 

Horses  of  mounted  officers 261 

Public  animals 257 

B«gcrIptiTe  Lists: 

Assistants  of  dental  surgeons 276 

Certain  enlisted  men  of  Signal  Corps 306 

Character  given  on  discharge  certificate 51 

Entry  relative  to  identification  record 171 

General  prisoners 56 

Men  assigned  or  transferred  to  staff  corps  or 

departments r 172 

Men   desiring   furlough   to   Reserve  at  end  of 

three  years'  service 329 

Men  detailed  to  Mounted  Service  School 125 

Men  ordered  to  Schools  for  Bakers  and  Cooks 128 

Quartermaster  property  in  hands  of  men  chang- 
ing  station 215 

Reservists 328 

Typhoid   immunization 273 

Deserters : 

Apprehension,  reports  of 61 

Clothing,    abandoned   by 248 

Debts  to  company  fund 110 

"  Deserter's  Release  " — 

Issue  and  effect 44 

Notations  on  enlistment  papers,   on  reen- 

listment 173 

Desertion — 

Circulars,  filing  at  posts 185 

"  Deserter's  Release "  does  not  remove  or 

modify  charge  of 44 

Dishonorable  discharge  for  desertion  and 

fraudulent   enlistment 52 

Removal    of    charge    by    regimental    com- 
mander   43 

Reports  of 61 

Enlistment   papers,  when  authorized  to  reenlist-  173 
Detached  Service,  Enlisted  Men: 

Foreign,  fuel  reimbursement 210 

With  militia 34 

With  provisional  units 90 

Detached  Service,  Officers: 

Apportionment  of  detached  officers 13 

Detached  Field  Artillery  officers  to  attend  serv- 
ice practice 88 

Details  to  staff  corps  of  detached  officers 13 

Foreign,  fuel  reimbursement 210 

Laws  and  instructions  governing 14 

Records  and  reports : 14 

Detachments,  School: 

Noncommissioned  officers — 

Appointments 32,  99 

Warrants 33 


623 

Detachments,  School — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Transfers  to  and  from 32 

See  also  Service  Schools. 
Details.     See  Assignments  and  Details. 
Diplomas,  Service  Schools.     See  Service  Schools. 
Diplomatic  Service  Examinations: 

Officers    and    employees   forbidden    to   instruct 

persons  for 4 

Dishnrsing  Officers: 

Cash  receipts,  daily  entry 140, 141 

Certificates  of  deposit,  delay  in  returning 145 

Checks  of — 

Indorsements  on 142 

Lists  of  outstanding 143, 152 

Object  for  which  drawn 140, 141 

Comptroller's  decisions  received  by,  to  be  noted 

by  the  Judge  Advocate  General 177 

Computation  of  annual  or  monthly  pay 144 

Copies  of  contracts  for  auditor,  to  be  forwarded 

promptly 150 

Funds  in  personal  possession 139, 140 

Illegal   expenditures 147 

Income  tax  collected  at  source — 

Instructions  for  quartermasters 234 

Method  of  accounting  for 235 

Money  accounts — 

Accounts  current : 

Income  tax  deductions 235 

Payments  from  available  balances 151 

Delinquency  in  rendition 146 

Retained,  disposition  of 152 

Special  deposit  account 149,  235 

Transactions  between   engineer  and  other  ap- 
propriations         285 

Vouchers   for   advertising 148 

Discharge  Certificate: 

Certificate  of  proficiency,  School  of  Musketry, 

noted  on 127 

Character  given  on,  to  be  noted  on  descriptive 

lists,  rolls,  and  returns : 51 

Defacing,    after   character   has   been   given   by 

commander 49 

"  Deserter's  Release  "  does  not  entitle  deserter 

to 44 

Not  to  be  prepared  on  typewriting  machine 194 

Discharge  of  Enlisted  Men: 

By  purchase 48 

By  reason  of  dependent  parent 48 

Character  given  on  discharge  certificate.     See 
Discharge  Certificate. 

"  Deserter's  Release  "  is  not  a  discharge 44 

Discharge  and  reeniistment,  terms  expiring  at 

sea 45 


624 


IMscharge  of  Enlisted  Hen — €!ontlnued. 

Dishonorable —  Par.        Sec. 

For  desertion  and  fraudulent  enlistment 52 

Suspension  of  execution  of :  • 

Instructions  for  courts  and  reviewing 

auttiorities 54 

Wlien  suspended — 

Soldier  is  carried  on  rolls  of  his 

orc:anization 54 

Soldier  is  prisoner  within  mean- 
ing of  A.  R.  938 56 

Eligible  to  furlough  to  Army  Reserve 328 

For  convenience  of  Government — 

For  reenlistment,  where  term  would  expire 

at  isolated  station 47 

Noncommissioned     oflScers,     organizations 

designated  for  Philippine  service 46 

For  disability,  when  refusing  surgical  operation-         53 
Ordered    to    United    States    from    Philippine 

Islands  and  Hawaii  for  discharge 45 

Travel  allowances.     See  Travel  Allowances. 

Unsuitable  or  undesirable  for  service 50 

I>isclpllne : 

At  service  schools.     See  Service  Schools. 

Delay  in  answering  official  communications 181 

Escape  of  prisoners 55 

Marines  serving  with  Army 182 

On  transports 266 

Diseases : 

Infectious  or  epidemic,  protection  at  posts 79 

Venereal — 

Prevention  and  detection 92 

Stoppage  of  pay  for  absence  due  to 229 

Divisions  (Tactical)  : 

Bakery  companies 264 

Removal  of  charge  of  desertion  by  regimental 

commander  in 43 

Division  (Tactical)  Commanders: 

Enlisted  men,  discharged  by  purchase 48 

Examining  boards  for  promotion 8 

Loaning  of  records  to  courts  and  boards 200 

Orders — 

Copies  for  War  Department  bureaus 187 

Publication  of  honorable  mention 65 

Prisoners,   escapes 55 

Troops — 

Instruction  and  training 85 

Payment  of,  in  field 231 

Undesirable  or  unsuitable  soldiers 50 

Docked  Horses: 

Not  to  be  taken  to  Philippine  Islands 262 


625 

I>Tawlng  Instraments:  Par.        Sec. 

Engineer  Department,  allowances  and  prioe  list-       286 
Ordnance  Department,  issued  to  Coast  Artillery-       291 
Ih-ugs: 

Intemperate   use  of 220 

Eastern  Department: 

Transportation  requests,   supply   of 287 

See  also  Department  Commanders  ;  Panama. 

Educational  Institntions  Army.     See  Garrison  Schools 

for    Officers ;    Post    Schools    for    Enlisted    Men ; 

School    for    Saddlers   and    Battery   Mechanics   of 

Field  Artillery  ;   Service  Schools. 

Edacational  Institntions,  CIyII  : 

Affiliation  of  students  with  militia 130  36-38 

Apportionment  of  details  to 130  2 

Arms,  etc.,  issues  to 130  39-59 

Blank  forms  and  textbooks  furnished  to 188 

Bond  to  cover  issues  of  arms,  etc 130  60-69 

Classification 130  4-« 

Details  of  officers  and  noncommissioned  officers-       130  7-17 

Distinguished  colleges  and  honor  schools 130  32-35 

Duties  of  officers  and  noncommissioned  officers 

detailed  to 130  18-21 

Graduates — 

Appointment  as  second  lieutenants 130  35 

Certificates  issued  to,  by  War  Department-       131 

Inspections 130  31 

Military  publications  for  sale  to 189 

Organization  and  instruction 130  22-30 

EfBcieney  Batings,  ClTilian  Employees: 

Not  to  suffer  on  account  of  militia  duty 157 

EflRciency  Records  of  Officers: 

Compilation  and  custody 195 

Considered  in  making  assignments  and  details.  11, 12 

Data  for 195. 196 

List  of  officers  having  knowledge  of  foreign  lan- 
guages         197 

Notation  on — 

Certificate  of  proficiency.  School  of  Mus- 
ketry        127 

Employment  of  outside  influence  to  obtain 

assignments,  etc 11 

Failure  to  take  obstacle  ride 25 

Standing  in  garrison  and  service  schools. 
See  Garrison  Schools  for  Officers;  Serv- 
ice Schools. 
Kffleieney  Report:?  of  Officers: 

Entries  relative  to  maintenance  of  organization 

equipment 136 

Summary  of,  for  efficiency  records 195 

40062°— 16 40 


626 

Electric  Circnits:  Par.         Sec. 

Lighting  and  power,  installation  at  posts 74 

On  seacoast  gun  carriages 290 

Electrician  Sergeants,  Coast  Artillery  Corps: 

Appointment,  duties,  etc 99,  123 

Arms  and  equipment 325 

Electricity : 

Allowances  for  lighting 212 

Contracts  for 207 

Electric  Plants: 

Light  and  power,  fuel  allowances 210 

Seacoast  fortifications,  spare  parts  for 98 

Engineer  Corps.     See  Corps  of  Engineers. 
Engineer  Department: 
Civilian  clerks — 

Increased  pay  while  serving  in  Philippine 

Islands 154 

Transfers  to  and  from  Philippine  Islands.       154 
/See  also  Civilian  Employees. 
Drawing  instruments  and  materials  issued  by_       286 

Electric  circuits  on  seacoast  gun  carriages 290 

Electric  lighting  and  power   circuits,   installa- 
tion           74 

Engineer  School.     ;Sfee  Engineer  School. 

Field  equipment  of  troops 319 

Harbor  charts,  existence  of  to  be  certified  on 

returns 287 

Inspection  of  steam  boilers 138 

Pipe   or   cable   lines   in   navigable   waters,    ap- 
proval of  plans  for 284 

Settlement    of    transactions    between    engineer 

and   other  appropriations 285 

Spare  parts  for  electric  plants,  seacoast  forti- 
fications          98 

Supervision  of,  by  Chief  of  Staff 168 

Surveying  and  other  instruments,  packing  and 

shipping 288 

Unit  accountability  equipment 136,  137 

/See  also  Chief  of  Engineers ;  Corps  of  En- 
gineers ;    Staff  Corps   and   Departments. 
Engineer  School: 

Commandant 124  3-5 

Course  of  instruction 124  12-15 

Directors  and  instructors 124  8-11 

Discipline 124  20 

Examinations 124  16-19 

Graduation 124  21,22 

Object,  supervision,  and  control 124  1,  2 

Regulations 124 

Secretary 124  6, 7 

Engineers,  Coast  Artillery  Corps: 

Appointment,  duties,  etc 99 

Arms  and  equipment 325 


627 

Enlisted  Men:  Par.        Sec. 

Absences  not  in  line  of  duty 229 

Army  Reserve 328-331 

Assignments  and  details.    See  Assignments  and 

Details,  Enlisted  Men. 
Character  given  on  discharge  certificate.     See 

Discharge  Certificate. 
Chief    musicians,    colored    regiments,    appoint- 
ment          31 

Credit  at  post  laundries 115 

Deceased  soldiers.     See  Deceased  Soldiers. 
Desertion  and  deserters.     See  Deserters. 

Detached  men  of  Signal  Corps,  how  borne 306 

Detached  service.     See  Detached   Service,   En- 
listed Men. 
Details  to  service  schools.    See  Service  Schools. 
Discharges.     See  Discharge  of  Enlisted  Men. 
Encouragement     of     exercise     and     recreation 

among 92 

Enlistments.     See  Enlistments  ;  Reenlistments. 
Equipment.     See  Equipment. 
Extra  duty — 

Clerks ;  seacoast  defenses,  switchboard  op- 
erators ;  on  Washington-Alaska  Tele- 
graph System 62 

Forbidden  to  aid  in  the  soliciting  of  claims 76 

Foreign  service.     See  Foreign  Service. 
Furloughs.     See  Furloughs. 
Held  in  service  beyond  terms  of  enlistment — 
At  isolated  station,  when  soldier  desires  to 

reenlist 47 

Terms  expiring  at  sea  en  route  to  United 

States 45 

Hospital  Corps.     See  Hospital  Corps. 
Identification  records.     See  Identification  Rec- 
ords. 
Indebtedness — 

Prisoners  restored  to  duty 232 

To  merchants 40 

To  post  exchanges 116 

To  post  laundries — 

Charge  of,   on  pay  rolls 115 

Is  indebtedness  to  United  States 116 

Letters,  mailing  in  the  field 199 

Noncommissioned     officers.       See     Noncommis- 
sioned Officers. 

Ordnance  property,  loss  or  damage 193,  305 

Payments.     See  Payments  to  Enlisted  Men. 

Physical  inspections 92 

Post   schools 118 

Promotion — 

Applicants  for  retirement 41 

From  ranks.     See  Appointments. 


628 

Enii»ted  Men— Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Provisional    units 82 

E*urchase  of  discharge 48 

Quartermaster  property  in  hands  of,  changing 

station 215 

Quarters — 

Commutation  and  rental 207,  230 

Lreased,   of  absent  enlisted   men 209 

Noncommissioned  staff  officers 30 

Refusing  to  submit  to  surgical  operations 53 

Reservists.     See  Army  Reserve. 

Transfers.    See  Transfers  of  Enlisted  Men. 

Transportation — 

To  homes,  retired 42 

To  United  States,  former 236 

Trial  for  failure  to  report  for  venereal  prophy- 
laxis          92 

Typhoid   immunization 273 

Unsuitable  or  undesirable 50 

Vaccination 272 

Bnilsted  Strength  of  Army: 

Additional  sergeants,  Infantry  and  Field  Artil- 
lery, for  duty  w^ith  militia 34 

Maintained  as  prescribed  in  Tables  of  Organi- 
zation          82 

BnUstments : 

Army   Reserve 328 

Enlistment  papers — 

Data  for  changes  on 180 

Disposition   of 172 

Identification  records 171 

Preparation  of,  enlistment  of  dishonorably 

discharged  men 173 

See  also  Descriptive  and  Assignment 
Cards  ;  Descriptive  Lists. 
Hollstment  period,  computation,  enlistment  of 

dishonorably    discharged    men 173 

Fraudulent,  dishonorable  discharge  for 52 

Equiptuent : 

Bakery   companies 264 

Cavesson  and  longe,  issue  to  Cavalry,  Field  Ar- 
tillery, and  Infantry 322 

Hnlisted  men — 
Field : 

Field  kit  and  surplus  kit — 

Clothing  component 320 

How    carried 320 

First-aid  packets,  information  and  in- 
structions  concerning 321 

Instructions   pertaining  to 319 

Quartermaster  Corps,  enlisted  men 326 

Surplus  kit  bags,  issue,  marking,  and 

packing 320 

Sweaters  and  overcoats,  how  carried-  320,  325 


629 

Eqvipmeiit — Continued. 

Enlisted  men — Continued.  Par.        See. 

Field  and  garrison : 

Coast    Artillery     Corps,     noncommis- 
sioned staff 325 

Post  noncommissioned  staft: 325 

Hospital  Corps  : 

Horse  equipments,  mounted  men 280-282 

Men  en  route  to  Philippine  Islands —       278 
Pistol  equipment,  ambulance  and  field 

hospital  companies 301 

Expendable  articles — 
Lists  of: 

Supplied     by     Quartermaster     Corps, 

note page       458 

Supplied  by  Signal  Corps,  note page       568 

Unit  accountability  equipment 136 

Field  cooking,  to  be  turned  in  when 219 

Horse  collars,  steel.  Field  Artillery,  rezincing —       324 

Instructions  in  care  of 85 

Officers — 

Boxes  and  bedding  rolls,  field  baggage 318 

Saddle,  flat  type  authorized 317 

Reconnaissance 286 

Saddle  blankets,  care  of 323 

Stencils    for    Quartermaster    Corps    organiza- 
tions  -       327 

Unit  accountability 136, 137 

Equitation : 

Encouragement  of 21,  22 

Instruction  in — 

Enlisted  men  of  Hospital  Corps 280 

Part  of  garrison  training,  mobile  army 85 

School  of.     See  Mounted  Service  School. 

Schools  in  mounted  commands 86 

Examination  for  Appointment: 
Commissioned  officers — 

Chaplain 7 

Corps  of  Engineers,  from  civil  life 6 

Exemptions 5, 130  9,  27 

Line  of  Army,  from  Army  and  civil  life 5 

Philippine  Scouts,  reappointment  of 8 

Volunteers 10 

Noncommissioned  staff  officers — 

Coast  Artillery  Corps 99,100,102 

Post '■ 28 

See  also  Boards  of  Officers. 
Examination  for  Promotion: 
Commissioned  officers — 

Exemptions 8,9  28,51 

Laws  and  regulations 8 

Enlisted  candidates  for  commission 5 


630 

Examination  for  Promotion — Continued.  Par. 
To  grades  of  electrician  sergeant,  first  class,  and 
sergeant    major,    senior    grade,    Coast    Artil- 
lery Corps 99,100 

See  also  Boards 'of  Officers. 
Examinations : 

Civil  service,  consular  and  diplomatic,   officers 

and  employees  not  to  instruct  for 4 

For  detail  at  Army  War  College 120 

For  rating — 

Aviation  mechanicians 310 

Junior  military  aviators 309 

See    also    Examination    for    Appoint- 
ment ;  Examination  for  Promotion ; 
Physical  Examinations. 
Examining  Boards.     See  Boards  of  Officers. 
Exchange,  Post: 

Indebtedness  of  enlisted  men,  why  entitled  to 

payment  of 116 

Laundries  operated  by,  how  designated 114 

Quarters  for  Young  Men's  Christian  Association.         80 

Regulations,    note page       232 

Services  for  Government,  restrictions  on  fur- 
nishing          117 

Exchanges : 

Company,  establishment  of,  prohibited 104 

Exercises,  Physical: 

Gymnastics,  instruction  in 85 

To  be  encouraged  among  soldiers 92 

Expendable  Articles: 

Supplied  by  Quartermaster  Corps,  note page       458 

Supplied  by  Signal  Corps,  note page       568 

Unit  accountability  equipment 136 

Expositions : 

Attendance  of  troops 93 

Express  Transportation.     See  Transportation. 
Extra-Duty  Pay: 

Clerks,  seacoast  defenses ;  switchboard  oper- 
ators ;  on  Washington- Alaska  Telegraph  Sys- 
tem           62 

Extra  Issues: 

Ice  to  organizations  of  Philippine  Scouts 254 

Soap,  candles,  etc.,  during  field  service 253 

Farriers    and   Horseshoers,   School   for.     See  Mounted 

Service  School. 
Field  Artillery: 

Appointments,  second  lieutenants 5 

Attendance  at  School  of  Musketry  of  officers  at 

Fort   Sill 127 

Attendance  of  officers  at  service  practice 88 

Battalions,  channels  of  correspondence 178 


Sec. 


631 

Field  Artlllet)  ^^Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Cavosson  and  longe,  issue  to 322 

Detached  officers — 

Apportionment  of 13 

To  attend  service  practice 88 

Details  to  service  sctiools.    See  Service  Schools. 
Examination     and     classification     of    gunners, 

note page       202 

Excess    commissioned    personnel    in    organiza- 
tions   14 

Horse  collars,  steel,  rezlncing 324 

Inspection,  repair,  and  alteration  of  materiel —       292 

Instruction   order 87 

Obstacle  ride  for  officers 25 

Promotion  of  officers 8 

Quarterly    statements,    materiel    and    ammuni- 
tion        294 

Regimental   headquarters   detachments,    admin- 
istration, instruction,  and  command 90 

School  for  Saddlers  and  Battery  Mechanics 129 

School  of  Equitation 86 

School  of  fire  instruction  units — 

Exempt  from  annual  instruction  order 126 

Officers  exempt  from  garrison  school  course-       126 

Sergeant-instructors  for  duty  with  militia 34 

Statistical  data  reports 83 

Tests  of  troops  and  materiel 87 

Field  Artillery  Board: 

Constitution   and   duties 334 

Field  Cooking  Equipment: 

Turned  in,  when 219 

Field  Engineer  School.     See  Army  Service  Schools. 

Field  Equipment.     See  Equipment. 

Field  Hospital  Companies: 

Pistol  equipment  for 301 

Field  Service: 

Equipment 319,  320,  325,  326 

Issues  of  soap,  candies,  etc.,  during 253 

Officers'  personal  baggage,  packing 318 

Officers  to  keep  in  condition  for 21,  22 

Orders  for,  to  designate  equipment  to  be  taken.       319 

Term  defined 320 

Training  for.     See  Training  and  Instruction  of 
Troops. 

Field   Service   and   Correspondence   School    for    Medical 
Officers.     See   Army  Service  Schools. 

Field  Training: 

Object,  bases  and  elements 85 

Final  Statements: 

Cltargea  for  loss  or  damage  of  ordnance  property.       193 

Men  discharged  by  purchase 48 

Not  to  be  prepared  on  typewriting  machine 194 

Stoppages,  absences  not  in  line  of  duty 229 


632 

Finger  Pri«t  and  Photographic  System  of  Identifteatioii.       Par.     •    Sec. 

See  Identification  Records. 
Fire  BxtingHishers,  Chemical: 

Instructions  governing  use 204 

Firemen,  Coast  Artillery  Corps: 

Arms  and  equipment 325 

Certificates  of  proficiency 102 

Instrnction,  appointment,  and  duties 99,  102 

FInt-Aid  PaeiietB: 

Information  and  instructions  concerning 321 

For^e : 

Horses  of  mounted  officers 222,223,225 

Hospital   cows 112 

FM-elgn  Armies: 

Data  concerning 170 

F«relgn  Languages: 

List  of  officers  liaving  Icnowledge  of 197 

Fvreign  Serrlee: 

Bnlisted  men — 

Date  of  arrival  in  United  States  from 17 

Discharges    and    transfers,    organizations 

designated  for  Philippine  service 46 

Hawaii,  Panama,  and  Philippine  Islands  : 

Tours 15  1 

Transfers  of  noncommissioned  officers 

to  and  from 15  2—5 

Officers — 

Date  of  arrival  in  United  States  from 17 

En  route  to  Hawaii  or  Philippine  Islands 
to  report  to  commanding  general,  West- 
em  Department 19 

Individually  ordered  on,  transport  accom- 
modations    18 

Returning  from,  via  San  Francisco,  to  re- 
port there 20 

Tours  and  extension  of  tours,  Panama,  Ha- 
waii, and  Philippine  Islands 15,  16  1 

Frandnlent  Enlistment: 

Dishonorable  discharge  for  desertion  and 52 

Fuel: 

Allowances,  issues,  sales,  responsibility,  etc 210 

Excess   consumptions 210 

Fires  in  stables 211 

Reimbursement   for,   officers   and   enlisted   men 

serving  abroad 210 

Standard  and  equivalents 210 

Temperature  zones 210 

See  cUso  note page       452 

Pnnds,  Public: 

Advertising,  vouchers  for 148 

Available  balances,  payments  from 151 

Cash  receipts,  daily  entry 141 

Certificates  of  d^wsit,  delay  in  returning 145 


633 

Fonds,  Public — Continued. 

Checks —  Par.        Se^. 

Indorsements  on 142 

Objects  for  which  drawn 140, 141 

Outstanding  lists  of 143, 152 

Illegal   expenditures 147 

Money  accounts — 

Delinquency   in   rendition    of 146 

Retained,   disposition   of 152 

Pay,  computation  of  annual  or  monthly 144 

Personal  possession  of  disbursing  officers 139, 140 

Post  laundry  funds 114 

Proceeds  of  sales — 

Post  manure 221 

Waste  products 135 

Special  deposit  account,  disbursing  and  collect- 
ing officers 14© 

Transactions  between  appropriations 134,  285 

Treasury  warrants,  Indorsements  on 142 

Funds,  Special: 
Company — 

Accumulation  : 

Establishment  of  exchanges  for,  pro- 
hibited         104 

Sale  of  flour  sacks  and  barrels 105 

Debts  due  by  deserters 110 

Expenditures  authorized  :  * 

For  articles  of  food,  troops  on  practice 

marches 107 

Generally 10« 

Purchase  of  cows 108 

Purchase  or  repair  of  typewriters 109 

Expenditures  unauthorized  : 

For  articles  of  food,   troops   in   cam- 
paign   :       107 

For  rent  of  land  for  gardens _ 109 

General  mess — 

Sale  of  flour  sacks  and  barrels  for  benefit  of _       105 
Hospital — 

Forage  for  hospital  cows 112 

Purchases  of  articles  of  rations  from '.       Ill 

Statements  of,  constitute  hospital  council 

book 118 

Provisional    units 90 

Furloughs : 

Candidates  for  commission 35 

Enlisted  men  at  service  schools.     See  Service 

Schools. 
Soldiers    changing    station    by    order    of    War 

Department 36 

To  Army  Reserve 328,  329,  331 

Game  and  Fish  Laws: 

Not  operative  on  military  reservations 81 


634 

Gardens :  Par.        Sec. 
Rent  of  land   for,   from  company   funds  unau- 
thorized          109 

Garrison  Schools  for  Officers: 

Attendance  of  officers 118  8-17 

Attendance  of  officers  of  tlie  Organized  Militia.       118  49-60 

Certificate  of  proficiency 118  39,  40 

Examination 118  28-38 

Examination  papers,  disposition  of 118  43 

Exemption  from  examination  for  promotion 118  42 

Instruction — 

Annual   period  of 118  7 

Preliminary  course 118  20-22 

Regular   course 118  23-27 

Instructors 118  18,  19 

Personnel  of  service  schools  not  required  to  at- 
tend.    See  Service  Schools. 

Postgraduate  work 118  45-48 

Reports  in  case  of  deficiency 118  41 

Supervision  over 118  61 

Textbooks 118  44 

Garrison  Training: 

Object,  bases,  and  elements 85 

Gas: 

Contracts   for 207 

General  Mess  Fnnd: 

Sale  of  flour  sacks  and  barrels  for  benefit  of 105 

General  Prisoners.     See  Prisoners. 
General  Staff  Corps: 
Chief  of  Staff- 
Details,  duties,  etc 168,  332  1-5 

Office: 

A  supervising  bureau  of  War  Depart- 
ment        168  3 

Direct   correspondence 168  13 

Divisions  and  duties  of  assistants  in 

charge 168  6-15 

Divisions,  not  offices  of  record 168  15 

Compilation  of  laws,  etc.,  relating  to 168 

Details,  duties,  etc 168  16-20 

Examination  questions,  garrison  schools 118 

Inspection    of    civil    educational    institutions. 
See  FJducational  Institutions,  Civil. 

Test  rides  for  officers  of 22 

War  College  Division — 

Army  War  College.    See  Army  War  College. 

Data   concerning  foreign  armies 170 

Information  to  and  from  military  attaches.       170 

Maps  to  be  furnished 169 

Military  publications  : 

List  of,  for  issue  or  sale  to  Army, 
militia,  and  educational  institu- 
tions           189 


635 

General  Staff  Corps — Continued. 

War  College  Division — Continued. 

Military  publications — Continued.  Par.       Sec 

Policy  in  reference  to  distribution  to 

Army 190 

Textbooks  for  educational  institutions.        188 
Gifts  or  Presents: 

Restrictions  on 3 

Government  Hospital  for  the  Insane: 

Admission  of  civilian  employees 161 

Gnn  Carriages : 

Electric  circuits  on 290 

Gun  Sling: 

Assembling  of,  on  rifle 298 

Handwriting : 

Evidence    of   genuineness    of,    in    court-martial 

trials 201 

Harbor  Charts: 

Existence  of,  to  be  certified  on  returns 287 

Hawaiian  Department: 

Commutation  of  heat 210 

Enlisted  men  returning  from,  discharges  and  re- 
enlistments  45 

Field  cooking  equipment,  organizations  ordered 

to   and    from 219 

General  prisoners  transferred  to  United  States, 

descriptive  lists 56 

Officers  proceeding  to — 

Report    to    commanding    general,    Western 

Department 17 

Transport  accommodations 18 

Telescope  cases  supplied  enlisted  men  en  route 

to  or  returning  from 246 

Tours  of  duty  in 15 

Transportation  of  baggage  to 238 

Transportation  requests,  supply  of 237 

Transportation    to    United    States    of    former 

soldiers  and  employees 236 

See  also  Department  Commanders. 
Headquarters  Companies  and  Detachments: 

Administration,  instruction,  and  command  of —         90 
Heat: 

Commutation 210,  230 

Contracts 207 

See  also  Fuel. 
Historical  Record: 

Staff  corps,  regiments,  etc 84 

HoUdays : 

Falling  on  Sunday 164 

Labor  Day,  per  diem  employees 165 

Saturdays 166 

Honorable  Mention: 

Publication  in  orders 64 


636 

Hone  Collars:  Par.        Sec. 

Steel,  Field  Artillery,  rezincing  of 324 

Hone  Equipment: 

Enlisted  men,  Quartermaster  Corps 326 

Hospital  Corps — 

Care  of 282 

Supply  of 281 

,  Post    and    Coast    Artillery    Corps    noncommis- 
sioned staff  officers 325 

Saddle  blankets,  care 323 

Henemanship : 

Encouragement  of  and  tests  in 21,  22 

See  also  Equitation. 
HMBes  of  Mounted  Officers: 

Certificate  of  officers  having  mounts  transported-      260 

^Descriptive  cards  to  accompany  shipments 261 

Docked  horses  not  to  be  taken  to  the  Philippine 

Islands 262 

Exemption  fi*om  payment  of  entrance  fee,  Phil- 
ippine Islands 263 

Leasing  of  stabling 1 207 

Maintenance  at  Government  expense 222,  223,  225 

MalleiUy  administration  of 258 

Suitable  mount — 

Qualifications  for 222,  224 

Suitability     determined     by     commanding 

officers 223,  225 

Training,  period  allowed  for 225 

Use  in  test  and  obstacle  rides 24,25 

H«ne8,  Public: 

Condemned,  issued  to  militia 259 

Descriptive   cards 257 

Furnished  Hospital  Corps,  care  of 280,  282 

Instructions  in  training 85 

Mallein,  administration  of 258 

Officers  on  militia  duty 226 

Remounts ;  allowance,  requisitions,  issues,  and 

training 256 

Hospital  Corps: 

Equipment  of  enlisted  men  en  route  to  Philip- 
pine Islands 278 

Horse  equipment — 

Care  of 282 

Supply  of : 281 

Instruction   in   equitation 280 

Pistol  equipment  ambulance  and  field  hospital 

companies 301 

Sergeant-instructors  for  duty  with  militia 34 

Transportation  of  public  property  with  members 

of 279 

Hospitals : 

Cases  marked  "  not  in  line  of  duty  "  transferred 

to 229 


637 

Hospitals — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Funds.     See  Funds,  Special. 

Investigations  by  pension  examiners  at 77 

Soliciting  of  claims  at,  prohibited 76 

Use  of  lye  on  floors 283 

Ice : 

Issue  of,  to  Philippine  Scouts 254 

Identification  Becords: 

Loaning  to  courts-martial,  boards,  etc 200 

System  prescribed 171 

See   also    note page       397 

Illnminating  Supplies: 
Electric  cunenc — 

Allowances  of  lamps  and  current  for  light- 
ing         212 

Excess  consumptions 212 

Sale  of,  to  retired  officers 213 

Income  Tax: 

Collected  at  source — 

Method  of  accounting  for 235 

Officers  subject  to 234 

Quartermasters  collecting 234 

Indebtedness  of  Enlisted  Men: 

Due  company  fund  by  deserter 110 

For  merchandise 40 

To  post  exchanges 116 

To  post  laundries 115, 116 

Indian  Campaign  Badge.     See  Medals  and  Badges. 

Indorsements: 

Method  of  writing  in  correspondence 174 

On  checks  and  Treasury  warrants 142 

Infantry : 

Appointments,  second  lieutenant 5 

Battalions,  channels  of  correspondence 178 

Cavesson  and  longe,  issued  to 322 

Detached  officers,  apportionment  of 13  ; 

Details  to  service  schools.    See  Service  Schools. 
Excess    commissioned    personnel    in    organiza- 
tions          14 

Field  officers  to  attend  target  practice  of  Field 

Artillery 88 

Promotion  of  officers 8 

Provisional   units,   administration,   instruction, 

and  command 90 

Sergeant-instructors  for  duty  with  militia 34 

Statistical  data  reports 83 

Injuries : 

Compensation  for  civilian  employees 167 

Dental,  material  for  treatment 277 

Inspections :  ' 

Business  methods,  department  headquarters 184 

Civil. educational  institutions 130  ■  31 

Fuel-consuming  apparatus 210 


638 

Inspections — Continued.  Par.        Sec 

Mobile  Artillery   materiel 292 

Original  packages  containing  blank  cartridges.  304 

Physical,  of  troops 92 

Post  telephone  systems 314 

Steam  boilers  and  pipes 138 

Unserviceable  rifles 295 

Wall  lockers  and  refrigerators 204 

Inspector  General's  Department: 

Form  for  lists  of  outstanding  checks 143 

Inspection    of    business    methods,    department 

headquarters 184 

Promotion  of  officers 8 

Supervision  of,  by  Chief  of  Staff 168 

Sec  also  Staff  Corps  and  Departments. 
Inspector-Instrnctors,  Organized  Militia: 

Assignments 13 

Eligibility  for  detail  to  staff  corps 13 

Issue  of  pistols  to 302 

Inspectors : 

Condemned  horses  for  issue  to  militia 259 

Test  of  Field  Artillery  troops  and  materiel 87 

To  report — 

As  to  adequacy  of  fuel  allowances  at  posts.  210 
Company    commanders    failing    to    secure 

proper  shoes  for  troops 91 

Ofllcers  failing  to  take  obstacle  ride 25 

Instroments : 

Band,  care  and  preservation 250 

Drawing,  issued  by  Ordnance  Department 291 

Engineer  Department — 

Drawing,  issue 286 

Surveying  and  other  instruments,  packing 

and   shipping 288 

Insnlar  Affairs,  Enroan  of: 

Details  of  officers  in 14 

Intemperance : 

Drugs  and  alcoholic  liquors 229 

Inventory  and  Inspection  Reports: 

Horses  for  issue  to  militia 259 

Rifles --  295 

Issues : 

Drawing  instruments  and  materials 286,  291 

Expendable  articles — 

Quartermaster  supplies,  note page  458 

Signal  Corps  supplies,  note page  568 

Fuel - 210 

Ice  to  organizations  of  Philippine  Scouts 254 

Soap,  candles,  etc.,  during  field  service 253 

Unit  accountability  equipment 136 


639 

Jadge  Advocate  General  of  the  Army :  Par.         Sec. 

Comptroller's  decisions   to   be   referred   to,   for 

notation 177 

Jadge  Advocate  tienerars  Department: 

Detail  of  officers  in 14 

Promotion  of  officers 8 

Supervision  by  Chief  of  Staff 168 

Judge  Advocates  of  Courts-Martial: 

Administration  of  oatbs  of  office 5  1 

Records  loaned  for  use  of  courts 200 

Kitchen  Utensils: 

Allowances,  note page       494 

Kits: 

Field,  service  and  surplus 320,325 

Surplus  kit  bags 320 

Lamps.     See  Illuminating  Supplies. 
Laundries : 

Agents,  company  noncommissioned  officers  not 

to  be  employed  as 39 

Charges  on  pay  rolls  for  work 192 

Operated  by  post  exchanges  and  private  parties, 

how  designated 114 

Post — 

Competition  with  private  establishments —        114  17 

Credit  to  enlisted  men 115 

How  designated 114 

Indebtedness  of  enlisted  men  : 

Charges  of,  on  pay  rolls 115 

Is  indebtedness  to  United  States 116 

Regulations 114 

Services  for  bureaus  of  War  Department 114  15,  16 

Services  for  Government,  restrictions  on —        117 
Leases : 

Buildings  and  grounds 207 

Quarters — 

Absent  enlisted  men 209 

Officers,  acting  dental  surgeons,  pay  clerks, 

nurse  corps,  enlisted  men 207 

Troops 207 

Rooms  for  recruiting  purposes 207,  208 

Stabling  for  officers'  private  mounts 207 

Leaves  of  Absence: 

Officers  at  service  schools.     See  Service  Schools. 
Letters : 

Method  of  writing 174 

Soldiers',  mailing  in  the  field 199 

Light: 

Commutation 230 

Contracts 207 

Electric,  allowances  of  current 212 

Liqaors : 

Alcoholic,  intemperate  use  of 229 


640 

I.Ocken :  Par.        Sec. 

Standard  color  for  all 205 

Trunk — 

Identification   marks 242 

Wail,  use,  etc 204 

Use  of,  for  officers'  field  baggage 318 

Loss  of  Property: 

In  transportation,  private  property 240 

Ordnance  property 193,  305 

Quartermaster    property 216 

Lye: 

Use  of,  on  hospital  floors 283 

Mttehine-Giin  Companies  and  Troops,  Provisional: 

Administration,  instruction,  and  command 90 

Hail  Hatter: 

Letters  of  soldiers  in  the  field 199 

Penalty  envelopes 198 

Uallein  Treatment: 

Administration 258 

Hannals : 

Changes,  how  published 186 

Destruction  of  obsolete 191 

Issue  and  sale 189 

Submarine    mining,    tests    of    submarine-mine 

cable 96 

Trade  schools,  engineer  troops 89 

Unit  accountability  equipment 136 

Hanure  at  Posts: 

Disposition  of 221 

Haps: 

Confidential,  actual  existence  to  be  certified  on 

engineer   property    returns 287 

Copies  to  be  furnished  War  College  Division 169 

Harches : 

Field  training 85 

Practice  and  test.     See  Physical  Tests  of  Offi- 
cers. 

Harlne  Corps: 

Communicating  orders  to,  serving  with  Army —       182 

Officers  not  to  command  troops  of  Army . —       268  ' 

Officers  to  attend  Army  War  College 120 

Officers  to  attend  School  of  Musketry 127 

Uniform  on   transports 269 

Harking : 

Quartermaster  property  for  issue  or  shipment —       241 

Surplus  kit  bags ^ 320 

Trunk  lockers 242 

Haster  Electricians,  Coast  Artillery  Corps: 

Appointment,  promotion,  duties,  etc 99 

Arms  and  equipment 325 

Haster  Gunners,  Coast  Artillery  Corps: 

Appointment,  duties,  etc 99 

Arms  and  equipment 325 


G41 

Hedsl8  and  Badges : 

Campaign  badges —  Par.         Sec. 

Authority  for  issue 66 

China,    Civil    War,    Indian,    Spanish,    and 

Philippine,  award  of 68 

Issue  to  militia  and  sale  to  persons  in  civil 

life,  note 167 

Notation  of  issue  on  soldier's  record 66 

Part  of  effects  of  deceased  soldiers 67 

Procedure  in  case  of  loss 1 66 

Certificate  of  Merit  Badge — 

Authority  for  and  conditions  of  issue 66 

Medal  of  Honor — 

Announcement  of  awards 64 

Presentation  of 63 

Philippines  Congressional  Medal — 

Issued  for  enlisted  service  in  Regular  Army_         65 

Repair  of,  issued  by  Ordnance  Department 71 

Service  badges — 

Army    of    Cuban    Occupation    and    Cuban 

Pacification — Issue  and  sale 69 

Swordsman's  badge 70 

lledlcal  Attendance: 

Army  transports 267 

Reservists  not  entitled  to 331 

Medieal  Department: 

Acting    dental    surgeons.      See   Acting    Dental 

Surgeons. 
Civilian  clerks,  transfers  to  and  from,  and  ad- 
ditional pay  for,   Philippine  service 154 

See  also  Civilian  Employees. 
Dental  surgeons.     iSfee  Dental  Surgeons. 

Field  equipment  of  troops 319 

Finger-print  apparatus  and  supplies 171 

B^rst-aid  packets 321 

Hospital  Corps.    See  Hospital  Corps. 
Hoepitals — 

Funds.    See  Funds,  Special. 

Investigation  of  pension  claims  by  pension 

examiners 77 

Soliciting  of  claims  in,  prohibited 76 

Use  of  lye  on  floors 283 

Medical  officers.     Sec  Medical  Officers. 
Nurse    corps,    quarters,    rental,    and    commuta- 
tion   207,  230 

Supervision  of,  by  Chief  of  Staff 168 

Typhoid  prophylactic 273 

See    also    Staff    Corps    and    Departments ; 
Surgeon  General  of  the  Army. 
MecUeal  Officers: 

Certificates  of  disability 63 

Duty  on   transports 267 

40062°— 16 41 


642 

Vedical  Officers — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Field  Service  and  Correspondence  School.     Bee 
Army  Service  Schools. 

Identification  records 171 

Members  of  boards  of  oflBcers 5,6,8,10,271 

Physical  examinations — 

Candidates  for  foreign  service.  State  De- 
partment         274 

Clerks  for  Philippine  service 154 

Oflacers,  annual 22 

Promotion 8 

Reports  of  deaths 78 

Supervision  of  practice  of   civilian   physicians 

at   posts 79 

Typhoid  prophylaxis 273 

Vaccination 272 

Venereal  diseases — 

Inspections  of  troops  for 92 

Lectures  on  sexual  physiology 92 

Transfers  of  cases _ 92 

Nileag'c  and  Expen.ses: 

OflScers  inspecting  militia 227 

Official  travel  route  between  United  States  and 

Europe 228 

Military  Attaches: 

Information  to  and  from 170 

Military  Aviators.     See  Aviation  Service. 
Military  Commissions: 

Loaning  of  records  for  use  of 200 

Military  Correspondence: 

Carbon    copies    of    requests    for    authority    to 

advertise 175 

Channels  of  communication — 

Address 174 

Between  Chief  of  Coast  Artillery  and  Coast 

Artillery  Board— 333 

Correspondence  affecting  settlement  of  ac- 
counts         152 

Decisions  of  comptroller,   for  notation  by 

Judge  Advocate  General 177 

Enlistment  papers  and  muster  rolls,  data 

for  changes  in 180 

In  battalions  and  squadrons 178 

Marine  Corps,  serving  with  Army 182 

Reenlistment,  applications  for 179 

Relating  to  service  schools.  See  Service 
Schools. 

With  Field  Artillery  Board 334    . 

With  service  schools  and  technical  boards, 

from  office  of  Chief  of  Staff 168 

With  State  officials  and  Army  officers  on 
militia  duty  from  Division  of  Militia 
Affairs 168 


643 

Military  Correspondence — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

"  Confidential,"  use  of  word  in 176 

Debts  of  soldiers  to  merctiants 40 

Letters  and  indorsements,  mettiod  of  writing 174 

Penalty  envelopes 198 

Prompt    reply    to    official    communications    re- 
quired        181 

Record  at  administrative  Iieadquarters 183 

Military    Education.      See    Educational    Institutions, 
Civil ;  Garrison  Schools  for  Officers  ;  Post  Schools 
for  Enlisted  Men ;  Schools  for  Saddlers  and  Bat- 
tery Mechanics  of  Field  Artillery  ;  Service  Schools. 
Military  Posts.    See  Camps ;  Posts  and  Reservations. 
Military  Publications: 

List  of,  for  issue  or  sale  to  Army,  militia,  and 

j        civil  educational   institutions 189 

Obsolete,    destruction    of 191 

Policy  in  reference  to  distribution  to  Army 190 

See  also  Blank  Forms  and  Books. 
Military  Situation: 

Officers  to  refrain  from  publication  of  views  on_  1 

Militia  Affairs,  Division  of: 

Duties,  etc 168 

Militia,  Organized: 

Camps  of  instruction — 

Attendance  of  troops 93 

Rations 255 

Condemned  horses  of  Army  issued  to  Field  Ar- 
tillery           259 

Duty  of  officers  with — 

Furnishing  of  mounts  when  required  for 226 

Not  mounted  duty  in  sense  of  A.  R.  1272_       226 

With  mounted  organizations 226 

Employees'  ratings  not  to  suffer  on  account  of 

duty  in 157 

Inspector-instructors,  issue  of  pistols  to 302 

Military  publications,  issue  and  sale 189 

Officers  inspecting,  mileage  and  expenses 227 

Officers    of,    attending    service    schools.      See 
Service  Schools. 

Sergeant-instructors 34 

Mine  Planters; 

Rated    enlisted    men,    Coast    Artillery    Corps, 

number  allowed 103 

Vaccination  and  typhoid  immunization  of  civil- 
ian employees  on 272,  273 

Mobile  Army: 

Provisional   units,   administration,   instruction, 

command 90 

Training — 

General  instructions 85 


644 

Noblle  Army — Continued. 

Training — Continued-  Par.       Sec. 

Supplemental  instructions : 

Engineer  troops 89 

Equitation   schools   in    mounted    com- 
mands           86 

Field  Artillery- 
Detached  officers  to  attend  serv- 
ice practice 88 

Instruction  order 87 

Fit  of  shoes  and  care  of  feet  of  sol- 
diers           91 

MoMle  Artillery: 

Inspection,  repair,  etc.,  of  materiel 292 

Quarterly  statements  of  materiel  and  ammuni- 
tion         294 

Noney  Accounts.    See  Disbursing  Officers  ;  Funds,  Pub- 
lic. 
mounted  Offlcerg: 

Mounts  and  pay.     See  Horses  of  Mounted  Offi- 
cers ;  Payments  to  Officers. 
HoDnted  Service  School: 

Enlisted  men,  detail  of 125  8 

Exemption  of  graduates  from  test  rides 23 

Graduates  to  instruct  in  schools  of  equitation, 

mounted  commands 86 

Regulations 125 

School  for  Farriers  and  Horseshoers 125  7 

School  of  Equitation — 

Courses  for  noncommissioned  officers 125  6 

Courses  for  officers 125  o-5 

Special  regulations 125  9 

Mules : 

Descriptive  cards 257 

Mallein  treatment 258 

Musicians : 

Competition  with  civilians 7S 

See  also  Chief  Musicians. 
Miuter  Bolls: 

Data  for  changes  on 180 

Dental   surgeons  and  enlisted  assistants,   how 

carried 276 

Detached  enlisted  men,  Signal  Corps 306 

Men  under  suspended  sentence  of  dishonorable 

discharge 54 

Notation  on,  of  character  given  on  discharge 51 

Preparation  on  typewriter 194 

Provisional  units . 9* 

National  League  of  GoTernment  Employees: 

Membership  in 158 

Navy : 

Hx-midshipman,  eligibility  for  commission 5,  6 

Officers  to  attend  Army  War  College 120 


645 

Nayy — Continued.  Par.        Sec 

Officers  to  attend  School  of  Musketry 127 

Transmission    of    Army    radiograms    by   naval 

stations 311 

Uniform   on   transports 269 

Nonoommlssioned  Officers: 

Coast    Artillery    Corps.      See    Coast    Artillery 
Corps. 

Details  to  civil  educational  institutions  of  re- 
tired.    See  Educational  Institutions,  Civil. 

Details  to  service  schools.    See  Service  Schools. 

Fuel 210 

Illuminating  supplies 212 

Of  companies,  restrictions  on  employment 39 

Of  organizations  designated  for  Philippine  serv- 
ice, discharge 46 

Of  provisional  units 82,90 

Of  school  detachments,  appointments  and  war- 
rants   32,  33 

Post  noncommissioned  staff.    See  Post  Noncom- 
missioned Staff  Officers. 

Quarters,  assignment  to  noncommissioned  staff-         30 

Responsibility  for  heating  equipment  in  quar- 
ters        210 

Sergeant-instructors,  Organized  Militia 34 

Swordsmanship    course.    School    of    Equitation. 
See  Mounted  Service  School. 

Transfers    between     organizations     in    United 
States  and  Panama,  Hawaii,  and  Philippine 

Islands   15  2-5 

Notarial  Work: 

Civilian  employees 159 

Nurse  Corps: 

Commutation  of  quarters 230 

Rental  of  quarters 207 

Oaths  of  Office: 

Administration 5  1 

Obstacle  Bide.     See  Physical  Tests  of  Officers. 
Officers : 

Absences  not  in  line  of  duty 229 

Appointment.     See  Appointments. 

Assignments.      See    Assignments    and    Details, 
Officers. 

Attendance  at  practice  marches.     See  Physical 
Tests  of  Officers. 

Baggage.    See  Baggage. 

Boards.     Bee  Boards  of  Officers. 

Clubs  and  messes,  use  of  public  buildings 206 

Commercial  interests  in  Philippine  Islands 2 

Commutation  of  quarters 230 

Courts-martial  sentences  affecting  status  of 202 

Deceased  officers.    See  Deceased  Officers. 


646 

Officers — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Detached  service.     See  Detached  Service,   Offi- 
cers, 
Details.    See  Assignments  and  Details,  Officers. 
Disability,  use  by  boards  of  papers  bearing  on 

origin 271 

Efficiency    records.      See   Efficiency   Records   of 

Officers. 
Equipment — 

Boxes  and  bedding  rolls,  field  baggage 318 

'  Saddle,  flat  type  authorized 317 

Forbidden  to — 

Aid  in  the  soliciting  of  claims 76 

Instruct    for   civil    service    and   other   ex- 
aminations   4 

Use    outside    influence    to    obtain    assign- 
ments,   etc 11 

Foreign  languages,  knowledge  of 197 

Foreign  service.     See  Foreign  Service. 

Fuel 210 

Garrison  schools 118 

Gifts  or  presents,  restrictions  on 3 

Illuminating  supplies 212 

Income  tax 234,235 

Leaves  of  absence  at  service  schools.     See  Serv- 
ice Schools. 
Loss  or  damage  to  private  property  in  trans- 
portation         240 

Oaths  of  office 5 

Obstacle    ride.    Cavalry    and    Field    Artillery. 

See  Physical  Tests  of  Officers. 
Official    correspondence.      See   Military    Corre- 
spondence. 
Payments.     See  Payments  to  Officers. 
Physical  tests.     See  Physical  Tests  of  Officers. 
Private  mounts.     See  Horses  of  Mounted  Offi- 
cers. 

Promotion 8 

Rental  of  quarters 207 

Responsibility      for      heating      equipment      in 

quarters 210 

Retired.     See  Retired  Officers, 
To  refrain  from  publication  of  views  on  mili- 
tary situation 1 

Typhoid  immunization 273 

Vaccination 272 

Official  Communications: 

Prompt  reply  required 181 

See  also  Military  Correspondence. 
Orders : 

Affecting  status  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  at 
service  schools.     See  Service  Schools. 


647 

Orderg — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 
Announcing  awards  of  medal  of  honor  and  cer- 
tificate of  merit 64 

Aviators  and  aviation  meclianicians  announced 

in  -_— ^ 308 

Department    and    division    headquarters,    fur- 
nished staff  bureaus 187 

For  field  service,  to  designate  equipment  to  be 

taken 319 

Publishing  honorable  mention 64 

Hating  and  disrating  enlisted  men,   Coast  Ar- 
tillery  Corps 103 

Remitting  or   mitigating   sentences   of  general 

prisoners 58 

Suspending  execution  of  dishonorable  discharge-  54 

To  marines  serving  with  Army,  channels 182 

Travel,  civilian  employees 155 

Travel,  duty  on  transports,  unattached  ofllcers-         19 
See  also  Bulletins  ;  Changes  in  Regulations 
and  Manuals. 
Ordnance  and  Ordnance  Stores: 

Accountability  for,   men  detailed  to  School  of 

Musketry 305 

Accounting  for,  in  coast  defenses 289 

Cavesson   and   longe,   Cavalry,   Field  Artillery, 

and  Infantry 322 

Drawing  instruments  and  materials  issued  to 

Coast   Artillery 291 

Horse  collars,  steel,  rezincing  of 324 

Horse  equipments  for  Hospital  Corps 281 

Inspection  upon,  etc.,  of  mobile  Artillery  ma- 
teriel         292 

Issue  to  civil  educational  institutions 130 

Lost  or  damaged,  charges  on  pay  rolls 193 

Outfits  for  resizing  cartridge  cases 293 

Quarterly  statements,  mobile  Artillery  materiel 

and  ammunition 294 

Unit  accountability  equipment 36,  37 

Unserviceable  rifles 295 

See  also  Ammunition ;  Arms, 
Ordnance  Department: 

Civilian  employees.     See  Civilian  Employees. 

Detail  of  ofllcers  in 14 

Electric  circuits  on  seacoast  gun  carriages 290 

Medals  and  badges  issued  by — 

Repair  of 71 

Swordsman's  badge,  issue 70 

E*romotion  of  officers 8 

School  for  Saddlers  and  for  Battery  Mechanics 

of  Field  Artillery 129 

Supervision  of,  by  Chief  of  StafC 168 

See  also  Chief  of  Ordnance;   Staff  Corps 
and  Departments. 


648 

Ordnance  Officers:  Par.         Sec. 

Coast  defenses 62,  289,  291 

Inspection,  etc.,  mobile  Artillery  materiel 292 

Post 293-295,  299,  302,  303 

Regimental 295,  299 

Ordnance  Sergeants: 

Examination  of  applicants  for  appointment 28 

Reports  of  discharge 29 

Overcoats : 

How  carried  in  field 320,  325 

Paeklng: 

Company  and  regimental  property 243 

Instruction  In 85 

Quartermaster  supplies 241 

Surveying  and  other  instruments 288 

Panama : 

General  prisoners  transferred  to  United  States, 

descriptive  lists 56 

Tours  of  duty  in 15 

Panama  Canal: 

Detached  service  of  officers 14 

Settlement    of    transactions    between    engineer 

and  canal  appropriations 285 

Pay: 

Annual  or  monthly,  computation  of 144 

Clerks    transferred    to    and    from    Philippine 

Islands 154 

Pay  Clerka: 

Commutation  of  quarters,  heat,  and  light 230 

Employment,  etc 216 

Rental  of  quarters 207 

Payments : 

Accounts  of  civilians  for  serving  subpoenas 203 

From  available  balances 151 

From    lump-sum    appropriations,    civilian    em- 
ployees   156 

Purchases  not  made  by  formal  contract 150 

Payments  to  Enlisted  Men: 

Aviation  duty,  additional  pay 308 

Commutation  of  rations,  discharged  soldiers 233 

Commutation,  quarters,  heat,  and  light 230 

Extra-duty 62 

Overpayments 231 

Payment  of  troops 231 

Stoppages — 

Absence  from  duty  due  to  misconduct 229 

Indebtedness  of  prisoner  restored  to  duty_  232 

Veterinarians  may  witness 26 

Payments  to  Officers: 

Aviation  duty,  additional  pay 308 

Commutation,  quarters,  heat,  and  light 230 

Income  tax  deductions 234,  236 


649 

Payments  to  Officers — Continued.  Par.         Sec. 

Mileage  and  expenses — 

OflScers  inspecting  militia 227 

Official  route  of  travel  between  the  United 

States  and  Europe 228 

Mounted  pay — 

Accounts  for  separate,   when  prepared  in 

advance 230 

Duty  with  militia  not  mounted  duty 226 

Mounts  : 

Character  of,  for  which  drawn 222 

Commanding  oflBicer  to  determine  suit- 
ability   223,  225 

Interpretation      of      term      "  suitable 

mount  " 224 

Period  allowed  for  training 225 

Stoppages,  absence  from  duty  due  to  miscon- 
duct         229 

Pay  Rolls: 

Additional    pay,    aviation    duty 308 

Charges  on — 

Ijaundry  work 115, 192 

Loss  or  damage,  first-aid  packets 321 

Ordnance  property 193,  305 

Extra-duty  pay 62 

Overpayments 231 

Preparation  in  the  field  or  in  time  of  war 231 

Preparation  on  typewriting  machine 194 

Stoppages — 

Absence  due  to  misconduct 229 

Indebtedness  of  prisoner  restored  to  duty 232 

Penalty  Envelopes: 

Authorized  and  unauthorized  uses 198 

Penalty  clause  may  be  written  or  printed 198 

Pennants : 

Baking    companies    and    other    quartermaster 

establishments 265 

"  Homeward-bound,"  on  transports 270 

Pension  Claims: 

Evidence  from  the  records T7 

Investigations  by  pension  examiners — _ 77 

Soliciting  on  posts,  etc.,  prohibited 76 

Philippine    Campaign   Badge   and   Congressional   Medal. 

See  Medals  and  Badges. 
Philippine  Constabulary: 

Details  of  officers  with 14 

Philippine  Department: 

Clerks,  transfers  to  and  from 154 

Commercial  interests  of  officers  in 2 

Disbursing   officers,    funds   in    personal   posses- 
sion         139 

Docked   horses  not  to  be   taken   to  Philippine 

Islands 261 


650 

Phllippino  Department — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 
Enlisted  men  returning  from,  discharges  and  re- 
enlistments    45 

Equipment  of  Hospital  Corps  men  en  route  to_       278 
General  prisoners  transferred  to  United  States, 

descriptive   lists 56 

Identification  records 171 

Increased  pay  of  clerks  serving  in 154 

Officers  proceeding  to — 

Exemption  from   fee  for   entrance  inspec- 
tion of  mounts 263 

Report    to    commanding   general.    Western 

Department 17 

Transport  accommodations 18 

Organizations  going  to — 

Discharges  and  transfers 46 

Property  supplied  for  post  use  not  to  be 

taken 218 

Telescope  cases 246 

Turn  in  field  cooking  equipment 219 

Organizations    returning    from — 

Discharges  and  reenlistments 45 

Telescope  cases 246 

Turn  in  field  cooking  equipment 219 

Payment  of  commutation  of  quarters,  enlisted 

men 230 

Stoppages  of  pay,  absences  not  in  line  of  duty.       229 

Tours  of  duty  in 15 

Transportation  of  baggage  to 238 

Transportation  to  United  States  of  former  sol- 
diers and  employees 236 

See  also   Department  Commanders. 
Philippine  Scouts: 

Appointment  and  promotion  of  officers 8 

Issue  of  ice  to  organizations 254 

Physical  Examinations: 

Candidates   for   foreign   service,   appointments, 

State  Department 274 

Civilian  clerks  for  Philippine  service 154 

Of  troops  for  venereal  diseases 92 

fiee    also    Examination    for    Appointment ; 
Examination    for    Promotion ;    Physical 
Tests  of  Officers. 
Physical  Exercise: 

JTor   officers,    regular    and   systematic    exercise 

enjoined 21,  22 

Gymnastics,  etc.,  instruction  of  troops 85 

To  be  encouraged  among  soldiers 92 

Physical  Tests  of  Officers: 

Attendance  at  practice  marches 21,  22 

Physical   examinations,    annual 21,  22 

President's  order  requiring  annual 21 


651 

Physical  Tests  of  Officers — Continued. 

Test  rides  and  marches,  annual —  Par.        Sec. 

Exemptions    from 22,  23 

Instructions  governing  _ 22 

Marcliing  test,  field  officers,  Coast  Artillery 

Corps 22 

Obstacle  ride,  Cavalry  and  Field  Artillery.         25 

Use  of  flat  type  saddle 317 

Use  of  private  mounts 24,  25 

Pipe  Lines  in  NarigaWe  Waters:  i 

Approval   of   plans   for 284 

Pistols: 

Ambulance  and  field  hospital  companies 301 

For  practice,  etc.,  at  posts 300 

Inspector-instructors  of  militia 302 

Political  Activity: 

And  assessments  or  contributions,  civilian  em- 
ployees           163 

Porto  Rico: 

Disbursing  officers,   funds   in   personal   posses- 
sion         139 

Porto  Blco  Regiment  of  Infantry: 

Appointment  and  promotion  of  officers 8 

Details  of  officers  with 14 

Post  Commanders: 

Applications  for  reenlistment 179 

Attendance  of  officers  at  Field  Artillery  service 

practice 88 

Bands  playing  outside  posts 75 

Boards  of  officers — 

Candidates  for  commission 5,  6, 10 

Unsuitable  or  undesirable  soldiers 50 

'Cavalry    and    Field    Artillery,    to    conduct    ob- 
stacle rides 25 

Control  and  supervision  of  construction  work —         73 
Extension  of  privileges  to  Young  Men's  Chris- 
tian   Association 80 

Fuel-consuming  apparatus  and  methods  of  fir- 
ing         210 

Furloughs  or  delays  to  enlisted  men 36 

Garrison    schools.      See    Garrison    Schools    for 

Officers. 
Inspection  of  wall  lockers,  refrigerators,  and  fire 

extinguishers 204 

Instruction  and  training  of  Field  Artillery 87 

Instruction  in  equitation.  Hospital  Corps 280 

Operations  of  laundries.    See  Laundries. 

Paroled  prisoners 57 

Permission  for  pension  examiners  to  make  in- 
vestigations            77 

Physical  exercise  of  officers 22 

Post  schools.      See  Post   Schools  for  Enlisted 
Men. 


652 

Post  €ominander8 — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Prevention  of  soliciting  of  claims  on  posts 76 

Quarters  for  noncommissioned  staff  oflScers 30 

Regulation  of  practice  of  civilian  physicians  on 

posts 79 

Reports- 
Deaths  and  burials 78 

Deserters  and  general  prisoners 61 

Fouling  of  cables,  coast  defenses 95 

Service  badges,  issue  of 69 

Retained  money  accounts,  etc.,  stored  at  posts.  152 

Schools  of  equitation  in  mounted  commands 86 

Shoes  and  facilities  for  fitting  at  posts 91 

Supervision  of  duties  of  post  quartermasters 216 

Venereal  diseases,  prevention  and  detection 92 

Post  Laundries.     See  Laundries. 
Post  Noncommissioned  Staff  Officers : 

Arms  and  equipments,  garrison  and  field  service.  325 
Employment,  quartermaster  sergeants.  Quarter- 
master Corps 216 

Examination  of  candidates  for  appointment 28 

In   garrison,  not  required  to  turn  out  in  full 

field  equipment 325 

Reports  of  discharge 29 

Review  and  inspection,  posts  at 325 

Pest  Qnartcrmasters.     ISee  Quartermasters. 
Posts  and  Reservations: 

Bands  playing  outside  posts 75 

Buildings,  etc.,  naming  after  living  oflBcers  for- 
bidden   72 

Civilian  physicians  practicing  on 79 

Contracts  for  gas,  electric  current,  and  water 

supply 207 

Control  and  supervision  of  construction  work 73 

Deaths  and  burials,  reports  of 78 

Drawing  instruments   and   material   issued  by 

Engineer  Department 286 

Electric  current,  allowances  for  lighting 212 

Electric  lighting  and  power  circuits,  installation-  74 
Exchanges.     See  Exchange,  Post. 

Fuel,  instructions  governing  issue 210 

Game  and  fish  laws  not  operative  on  reserva- 
tions   81 

Laundries..     See    Laundries. 

Manure,  disposition  of 221 

Pension  examiners  may  investigate  claims  at —  77 

Pistols  for  practice,  guard  duty,  etc 300 

Property  issued  for  post  use  not  to  be  taken  to 

Philippine  Islands 218 

Quartermaster   salesroom 220 

Refrigerators  not  to  be  removed  from  buildings 

at  posts 204 


65a 

Posts  and  Beserrations — Continued.  Par,        Sec. 

Saluting  guns,  resizing  cartridge  cases 293 

Schools.      See    Garrison    Schools    for    Officers; 
Post  Schools  for  Enlisted  Men. 

Small-arms  ammunition  kept  at  posts 303 

Soliciting  of  claims  on,  prohibited 76 

Supply  officers 136 

Telephone  systems 314 

Typewriting  machines  not  to  be  moved  from 217 

Use  of  public  buildings  for  officers'  clubs,  etc 206 

Wall  lockers  not  to  be  removed  from  buildings.  204 
Young  Men's  Christian  Association,  privileges 

for 80 

Port  Schools  for  Enlisted  Men: 

Regulations  and  supervision 118 

Post  Surgeons.     See  Medical  Officers. 

Practice  Marches: 

Attendance  of  officers 21,  22 

Troops 85 

Presents : 

Restrictions  on 3 

Prisoners : 

Clothing- 
Disposition  of 249 

Issues    to , 248 

Descriptive  lists 56 

Dishonorable  discharge,  suspension  of 54,  56 


Investigation    of 55 

Reports  of  escape  and  apprehension 61 

Orders  remitting  or  mitigating  sentences,  form 

of 58 

Parole  of 57 

Restored  to  duty,  collection  of  indebtedness  of-       232 

Transferred  to  United   States 56 

Transportation  allowance  on  release — 

In  case  of  fraudulent  enlistment 59 

Last  enlisted  in  Alaska,  Hawaii,  or  Philip- 
pine Islands  _^ 60 

Private  Property; 
Claims —    ^ 

For  damages  to,  from  military  operations-       153 

For  loss  of,  in  transportation 240 

Professional  Books  and  Papers: 

Retired  or  deceased  officers 239 

Promotions : 

Commissioned  officers — 

Laws  and  regulations 8 

Use  of  outside  influence  to  obtain 11 

Hnlisted  applicants  for  retirement 41 

From  the  ranks 5 

See  also  Examination  for  Promotion. 


654 

Provisional  Units,  Tables  of  Organization:  Par.        Sec. 

Administration,  instruction,  and  command 90 

Enlisted  men  for  detail   with .         82 

Public  Animals.     See  Horses,  Public  ;  Mules. 
Publications.     See  Military  Publications. 
Public  Buildings: 

Electric  current,  allowances  of 212 

Fuel  allowances 210 

Quarters  for  Young  Men's   Christian  Associa- 
tion          80 

Use  of,  by  officers'  clubs 206 

Public  Funds.     See  Funds,  Public. 
Public  Property: 

Accountability  and  responsibility — 

Drawing  instruments  and  material : 

Issued  by  Engineer  Department 286 

Issued  by  Ordnance  Department 291 

Ordnance  property,  coast  defenses 289 

Organization  commanders  and  post  supply 

officers 136 

Quartermaster  property  at  posts 216 

Submarine  mine  property 96,  97 

Barrels,  boxes,  etc.,  sale  without  action  of  in- 
spector        135 

Embezzlement   or   loss,   pertaining  to   Quarter- 
master Corps 216 

Loss  or  damage,  ordnance  property 198,  305 

Packing  and  marking  for  shipping.     See  Mark- 
«       Ing;  Packing. 

Retained  property  accounts,  disposition  of 152 

Sales.     See  Sales  of  Public  Property. 

Steam  boilers  and  pipes,  inspection  of 138 

Stores    procured   by   bureau    of   War   or    Navy 

Department  for  another  bureau 134 

Supplied    for    post    use,    not    to    be    taken    to 

Philippine  Islands 218 

Transfers,  quartermaster  property 214,  215 

Transportation.     See  Transportation. 
Typewriting  machines   not  to  be  moved  from 

station 217 

Unit  accountability  equipment — 

Classification,  etc 136 

Organizations  changing  station 137 

Wires  and  cables,  tables  of  sizes 133 

Purchase  of  Supplies: 

By  one  bureau  for  another 134 

Contracts,  protest  against  award 132 

Wires  and  cables,  tables  of  sizes 133 

Quartermaster  Corps: 

Army   transports.      See    Transports. 

Badges  and  medals  furnished  by 65,  66,  68,  69 

Bakery   companies 264,  265 

Band  instruments 250 


655 

Qoartermaster  Corps — Continued. 

Barracks    and    quarters.       See    Barracks    and 

Quarters.  Par.        See. 

Bedding  rolls  for  sale  to  officers .318 

Civilian  clerks — 

Admission  to  Government  Hospital  for  In- 
sane         161 

Transfers  to  and  from,  and  additional  pay 

for  Philippine  service 154 

See  also  Civilian  Employees. 
Clothing    and    equipage.      See    Clothing    and 
Equipage. 

Commercial  telephone  service 314 

Electric  lighting  and  power  circuits 74 

Electric   plants,    seacoast    fortifications,    spare 

parts 98 

Enlisted  men  of — 

Arms  and  equipment,  field  service 326 

Attached  to  provisional  units 90 

Forage  for  hospital  cows__ 112 

Fuel 210 

Illuminating  supplies 212,  213 

Laundries.     See   Laundries. 

Pay   clerks 216^230 

Pennants   for   establishments 265 

Post  quartermasters.     See  Quartermasters. 
Public  animals.     See  Horses,  Public ;  Mules. 
Quartermaster  sergeants,  Quartermaster  Corps.        28, 

29,216 

Stencils  for  organizations  of 327 

Supervision  of,  by  Chief  of  Staff 168 

Transportation.     See  Transportation. 

See    also    Quartermaster    General    of    the 
Army  ;  Quartermaster  Property  ;  Quarter- 
masters ;   Quartermaster  Supplies ;   Staff 
Corps  and  Departments. 
Quartermaster  General  of  the  Army: 

Delays  in  accomplishing  transfers  of  supplies- _       214 
Examination    papers,    candidates    fqr    appoint- 
ment of  quartermaster  sergeant,  Quartermas- 
ter   Corps 28 

Excess  fuel  consumptions  at  posts 210 

Expenses  of  officers  inspecting  militia 227 

Leases  and  contracts 207 

Remounts  for  the  Army 256 

Removal  of  typewriting  machines 217 

Reservations  on  transports 18.238 

Stoppages  of  pay 229 

Quartermaster   Property: 

Embezzlement  or  loss 216 

Field  cooking  equipment,  to  be  turned  in  when.       210 
For   post   use,   not   to   be   taken   to   Philippine 

Islands 218 


656 

Qaartermastor  Property — Ck)ntinued.  Par.        Sec. 

1b  hands  of  enlisted  men  changing  station- 215 

Lockers..     See   Lockers. 

Manure,  disposition  of 221 

Portable  gas  cookers  from  recruit  depots,  dis- 
position    244 

Refrigerators  and  fire  extinguishers 204 

Responsibility  of  post  quartermasters 216 

Steam  boilers  and  pipes 138 

Transfer    of 214 

Typewriters  not  to  be  moved  from  station 217 

Qoariermasters : 

Income-tax  collections 234 

Leases  and  contracts 207 

Payments — 

Commutation  of  quarters,  etc 230 

Of  troops 231 

Poet — 

Canvas  bags  for  recruits 247 

Disposition  of  post  manure 221 

Duties,  responsibilities,  etc 216 

Issues  and  sales  of  fuel 210 

Operation  of  post  laundries 114 

Property  transferred  with  enlisted  men 215 

Telescope  cases  for  enlisted  men 246 

Wall  lockers  and  refrigerators 204 

Promotion 8 

Rations  for  militia  in  joint  camps 255 

Transfers  of  property 214 

Travel  allowances,  discharged  soldiers 233 

Qaartermastcr  Supplies : 

Expendable  articles  issued  to  troops,  note_page  458 

Field  equipment  of  troops 319 

Ice  for  organizations,  Philippine  Scouts 254 

Marking,  for  issue 241 

Packing  and  marking  for  shipment 241 

Rations.     See  Rations. 

Salesroom  at  posts 220 

Sales  to  Young  Men's  Christian  Association 80 

Quarters: 

Commutation 230 

Considered  as  not  available,  when 230 

Electric  current  for  lighting 212 

B^eld  oflBcers  detailed  to  School  of  Equitation 125 

For  noncommissioned  staff  officers 30 

Fuel    allowances 210 

I^easod,  absent  enlisted  men 209 

Leasing 207 

Militia  officers  attending  service  schools.     See 
Service  Schools. 

Term  "  public  quarters  "  construed 230 

Young  Men's  Christian  Association  in  garrison 

and  field 80 


657 

Radio  Telegraphy:  Par.        Sec. 

"  Radio  "   and   "  radiogram  "    used   for   "  wire- 
less "  and  "wireless  message  " 312 

Standard  wave  lengths 311 

Transmission  of  Army  radiograms  by  naval  sta- 
tions   311 

Use  between  Army  stations 311 

Use  of  letters  S  O  as  call  letters  prohibited 313 

Rations : 

Commutation,  discharged  soldiers 233 

Militia  at  joint  maneuvers 255 

Purchase  of  articles  of,  from  hospital  fund 111 

Savings  privilege  suspended  during  maneuvers-  255 
Reconnaissance  Equipment : 

Allowances  for  each  set 286 

Records : 

Army  reservists 328 

Carbon  copies  for 174 

Coast  defenses,   confidential — 

Harbor  charts,  etc.,  existence  to  be  certified 

on  returns 287 

Safekeeping 94 

Historical  record  of  organizations  and  staff  de- 
partments   , 84 

Identification 171,  200 

Information  from,  in  pension  claims 77 

Loaning  to  courts-martial,  boards,  etc 200 

Method  of  keeping — 

At  administrative  headquarters 183 

Desertion  circulars,  filing  at  posts 185 

Of  oflacers — 

Constitute     basis     of     assignments     and 

details 11, 12 

Detached  service 14 

Typhoid  immunization 273 

Recreations : 

Physical,  to  be  encouraged  among  soldiers 92 

Recrnitlng  Service: 

Leasing  of  rooms  for 207,  208 

Recruiting  officers,  paroled  general  prisoners 57 

Recruits — 

Identification  records 171 

Issue  of  canvas  bags  to 247 

Physical  examination,  note page  395 

Typhoid  immunization 273 

Vaccination 272 

Transportation  requests,  supply  of 237 

See  also  Enlistments ;  Reenlistments. 
Reenlistments : 

Applications  for,  channels 179 

Army   Reserve 328 

40062  •— 16 42 


658 

Beenllstments — Continued. 

Day  following  discharge —  Par.        Sec. 

Rated  enlisted  men,  Coast  Artillery  Corps.       103 

Soldiers  ordered  to  isolated  stations 47  ^ 

Terms  expiring  at  sea 45 

Deserters,  dishonorably  discharged  soldiers,  etc_       173 
Refrigerators : 

Instructions  governing  use,  etc 204 

Regimental  Commanders: 

Boards,  unsuitable  or  undesirable  soldiers 50 

Historical  record  of  organizations 84 

Officers  and  enlisted  men  for  detail  to  service 

schools.     See  Service  Schools. 
Removal  of  charge  of  desertion  against  soldier.         43 

Reports,  statistical  data  of  organizations 83 

Rosters  of  noncommissioned  officers  eligible  for 
tours   in    Hawaii,    Panama,    and    Philippine 

Islands  15 

Schools  of  equitation  in  mounted  commands 86 

Training  and  instruction  of  troops 85 

Regimental  Commissaries : 

Payment  of  troops 231 

Regiments : 

Packing  property  of,  for  shipment 243 

Provisional  units — 

Enlisted  men  for  detail  with 82 

Regulations   for 90 

Regulations : 

Changes  in  Army  and  other,  how  published 186 

Destruction  of  obsolete 191 

Issue  and  sale 189 

Reimbursement : 

Expenses  of  officers  inspecting  militia 227 

EMel,  officers  and  enlisted  men  serving  abroad —       210 
Private  property  lost  or  damaged  in  transporta- 
tion         240 

Remounts : 

Allowances,  requisitions,  issues,  and  training —       256 
Rentals : 

Of  quarters,  etc _* 207 

Telephone  service  at  posts 314 

Repairs : 

Mobile  Artillery   materiel 292 

To  rifle  and  bayonet 299 

Reports : 

Army    reservists 328 

Campaign  badges  and  service  badges 66,69 

Charges  on  pay  rolls,  loss  or  damage  ordnance 

property _ 193 

Commandants  of  service  schools.     See  Service 

Schools. 
Deaths  and  burials  at  posts  and  in  the  field —         78 
Desertion  and  apprehension  of  deserters 61 


669 

Reports— Continued.  Par.        Sec. 
Discharge     of     post     noncommissioaed     staff 

officers 29 

Escape  and  apprehension  of  general  prisoners 61 

Excess     commissioned     personnel     in     organi- 
zations   14 

Field  Artillery  service  practice 87 

Fouling  of  cables,  seacoast  defenses 95 

Fuel 210 

liarrison   schools.     See   Garrison    Schools   for 
Officers. 

Injuries  to  employees 163 

Inspection  of  post  telephone  systems 314 

Officers'   detached  service 14 

On  officers — 

Annual  physical  examination  and  test 21,  22,  25 

Courts-martial  sentences  affecting  status 202 

Deficient    in    service    practice,    Field    Ar- 
tillery   87 

Failing  to  secure  proper  shoes  for  troops 91 

Falling  out  on  or  failing  to  take  practice 

marches 21 

On  sergeants  major.  Coast  Artillery  Corps 101 

Operation  of  post  laundries 114 

Prisoners  violating  parole , 57 

Sale  of  waste  products 135 

Sanitary,  to  show  dates  of  physical  inspections 

of  troops 92 

Statistical  data  of  organizations 83 

Submarine-mine  cable,  test,  repair,  and  classi- 
fication   96 

Requisitions : 

Blank  forms  and  books  furnished  by  Adjutant 

General's  Department 188 

Cavesson  and  longe,  for  Field  Artillery  and  In- 
fantry   322 

Clothing  for  general  prisoners 248,  249 

Drawing  instruments  and  materials  issued  by 

Ordnance  Department 291 

First-aid   packets 321 

Mallein 258 

Military  publications  furnished  by  Army  War 

College  Division 188, 189 

Musical   instruments 250 

Remounts 256 

Spare  parts — 

Electric  plants,  seacoast  fortifications 98 

Repairs  to  rifle 299 

Special  deposit  account  forms 149 

Stencil  outfits,  for  marking  quartermaster  sup- 
plies    241 

Supplies  and  services  for  post  laundries 114 

Swordsman's  badges 70 


660 

Requisitions — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Telescope  cases 246 

Unit  accountability  equipment 136 

Reservists.     See  Army  Reserve. 

Retired  Enlisted  Men: 

Details  to  civil  educational  institutions 130 

Promotion  of  applicants  for  retirement 41 

Transportation  to  homes 42 

Retired  Officers: 

Details  to  civil  educational  institutions 130 

Duty  with  militia  not  mounted  duty 226 

Sale  of  illuminating  supplies  to 213 

Shipment  of  baggage 239 

Retiring  Boards.     See  Boards  of  Officers. 

Returns  of  Troops: 

Enlisted  assistants  of  dental  surgeons  carried 

on  hospital 276 

Information  relative  to  reservists 330 

Notation  on,  of  character  given  on  discharge 51 

Provisional   units 90 

Signal  Corps  organizations 307 

Rifles : 

Assembling  of  gun  slings  on 298 

Inspection  of  unserviceable 295 

Spare  parts  for   repairs 299 

Telescopic  sights  not  to  be  separated  from 297 

Use  in  swimming  and  wall-scaling  exercises 296 

See  also  Arms. 

Sacks : 

Sale  of,  for  benefit  of  company  and  mess  funds.       105 

Saddle : 

Flat  type  authorized  for  use  by  officers 317 

Saddle  Blankets: 

Care  of 323 

Sales  of  Public  Property: 

Forage  for  hospital  cows 112 

Fuel 210 

Illuminating  supplies,  to  retired  officers 213 

Post   manure 221 

Quartermaster     and     subsistence     supplies     to 

Young  Men's  Christian  Association 80 

Waste  products,  without  action  of  inspector —       135 

Saluting  Guns: 

Resizing  cartridge  cases 293 

Sarlngs  of  Rations: 

Suspended  during  maneuvers 255 

School  Detachments: 

Noncommissioned  officers — 

Appointment 32,  99 

Warrants   33 

Transfers  of  enlisted  men  to  and  from 32 

See  also  Service  Schools. 


661 

Sehoel   for   Farriers   and   Horseshoers.     See  Mounted 

{Service  Scliool. 
Sdiool  for  Saddlers  and  for  Battery  Hechanics  of  Field 

Artillery:  Par.        Sec. 

Regulations i 129 

Scliool  of  Equitation.     See  Mounted  Service  School. 
Scliool  of  Fire  for  Field  Artillery: 

Courses    of   instruction 126  10, 11 

Object   and   personnel 126  2-8 

Part  of  command  of  Port  Sill,  Okla 126  1 

Regulations   126 

School  of  Musketry: 

Administration 127  1-18 

Admission  of  officers  of  militia,  Marine  Corps, 

and  Navy 127  II-7 

Attendance  of  officers  of  Field  Artillery  regi- 
ment at  Fort   Sill 127  II-7 

Courses  of  instruction 127  j      ~     '    ^ 

Object   and    personnel 127         1-2, 15 

Ordnance  property  in  hands  of  enlisted  men 305 

,  Part  of  command  of  Fort  Sill,  Okla 127  I-l 

Regulations 127 

School    year 127  II-l 

Selection   of   student  officers  and   noncommis- 
sioned   officers 127         II-2-7 

School  of  the  Line.     See  Army  Service  Schools. 

Schools.     See   Garrison    Schools   for   Officers ;    Post 
Schools  for  Enlisted  Men ;  Service  Schools. 

Schools  for  Bakers  and  Cooks: 

Regulations '. 128 

Schools  of  Eqnitation: 

In  mounted  commands 86 

Seaeoast  Fortifications: 

Damages  to  private  property  from  gun  prac- 
tice        153 

Electric  circuits,  gun  carriages 290 

Electric  lighting  and  power  circuits,  installa- 
tion           74 

Electric  plants,  spare  parts 98 

Safe-keeping  of  records  concerning 94 

Switchboard  operators,  extra  duty 62 

See  also  Coast  Defense  Command. 

Sergeant-Instrnctors,  Organized  Militia: 

Selection  for  duty,  etc 34 

Sergeants  Major,  Coast  Artillery  Corps: 

Appointment,  promotion,  duties,  etc 99, 100 

Arms  and  equipment 325 

Reports  on 101 

gervlee  Badges.     See  Medals  and  Badges. 


662 

Services:  Par.        Sec. 
By  bureau  of  War  or  Navy  Department  for  an- 
other  bureau 134 

By  post  exchanges  and  laundries  for  Govern- 
ment  1 117 

Transactions   between   engineer   and   other  ap- 
propriations         285 

Service  Schools: 

Graduates  to  be  utilized  in  training  troops 85 

School   detachments 32,33,99 

Tactical   instruction  of  troops  to  accord  with 

teachings  of 85 

See  also  Army  Service  Schools ;  Army  War 
College ;  Coast  Artillery  School ;  Engineer 
School ;  Mounted  Service  School ;  School 
for  Saddlers  and  for  Battery  Mechanics  of 
Field  Artillery ;  School  of  Fire  for  Field  Ar- 
tillery ;  School  of  Musketry ;  Schools  for 
Bakers  and  Cooks. 
Shipping.     See  Packing;  Transportation. 


Fit  of,  for  troops 85,  91 

Signal  Corps: 

Aviation   section.     See  Aviation   Service. 
Civilian    clerks — 

Increased  pay  while  serving  in  the  Philip- 
pine Islands 154 

Transfers  to  and  from  Philippine  Islands.       154, 
See  also  Civilian  Employees, 
Code,  War  Department,  use  and  accountability.       316 

Detached  enlisted  men,  how  borne 306 

Details  to  service  schools.    See  Service  Schools. 
Electric  lighting   and  power   circuits,  installa- 
tion          74 

Expendable    articles,    Signal    Corps    property, 

note page       568 

Field  equipment  of  troops 319 

Post  telephone  systems 314 

Promotion  of  officers 8 

Returns  of  organizations 307 

Sergeant-instructors  for  duty  with  militia 34 

Supervision  by  Chief  of  Staff 168 

Unit  accountability 136,  137 

Washington-Alaska  Cable  and  Telegraph   Sys- 
tem— 

Duties  of  officer  in  charge ^^ 315 

Extra-duty  men 62 

See  also   Chief   Signal   Officer  of  the 
Army ;     Radio     Telegraphy ;     Staff 
Corps  and  Departments ;  Telegraph- 
ing. 
Signaling: 

Instruction   in — .-         85 


663 

Signal  School.     See  Army  Service  Schools. 

Sonthern  Department:  Par.        Sec 

Transportation  requests,  supply  of 237 

See  also  Department  Commanders. 
Spare  Parts: 

Electric  plants,  seacoast  defenses 98 

Repairs  to  rifle  and  bayonet 299 

Squadrons : 

Channels  of  correspondence. 178 

Training  of  troops 85 

Stables : 

Fires    in 211 

Leases   of 207 

Staff  College.     See  Army  Service  Schools. 
Staff  Corps  and  Departments: 

Details  in 13, 14 

Details  of  officers  to  Army  War  College 120 

Historical  record  of 84 

Physical  tests  of  officers 22 

Promotion  of  officers 8 

See  also  Chiefs  of  Bureaus. 
Steam  Boilers  and  Pipes: 

Inspections  of 138 

Stencils : 

For  marking  quartermaster  supplies 241 

For  Quartermaster  Corps  organizations 327 

Stoppage  of  Pay: 

Absence  from  duty  due  to  misconduct 229 

Indebtedness  of  prisoner  restored  to  duty 232 

Submarine  Mine  Property: 

Cables,  test,  repair,  and  classification 96 

Ordnance  Property  Regulations  govern 97 

Subpoenas : 

Accounts  of  civilians  for  serving 203 

Subsistence  Stores: 

Salesroom  at  posts 220 

Sunday : 

Extra-duty  pay 62 

Observance  of  holidays  falling  on 164 

Supply  Companies: 

Administration,  instruction,  and  command 90 

Surgeon  General  of  tlie  Army: 

Officers  for  detail  to  Field  Service  School  for 

Medical  Officers 121 

Physical  examination,  aviation  service 308 

See  also  Medical  Department. 
Surgical  Operations: 

Soldiers  refusing 53 

Surplus  Kit  Bags: 

Issue,  marking,  and  packing 320 

Sorveying  Instruments: 

Packing  and  shipping 288 


664 

Surveying  Officers:  Par.        Sec. 

Damages  to  private  property 153 

Loss  of  ordnance  property 305 

Loss  or  embezzlement  of  quartermaster  prop- 
erty         216 

Sweaters : 

How  carried  in  field 320,  325 

Swimming : 

Instruction 85 

Use  of  rifle  in 296 

Switchboard  Operators: 

Extra-duty   pay   for 62 

Swordsmanship : 

Badge  for 70 

Course  at  Scliool  of  Equitation.     See  Mounted 
Service  School. 

Instruction,  part  of  garrison  training 85 

Tables  of  Organization: 

Bakery   companies,    organizations,    etc.,    shown 

in 264 

Enlisted    strength    to    he    maintained    as    pre- 
scribed in 82 

Regulations  for  provisional  units  prescribed  in_         90 
Tableware : 

Allowances,  note page       494 

Target  Practice: 

Ammunition  for 136 

Field    Artillery 87,  88 

Mobile  army,  periods  for 85 

Provisional  units 90 

See    also    Training    and    Instruction    of 
Troops. 
Telegraphing : 

Cablegrams 252 

Code  or  cipher 252,316 

Instructions  supplemental  to  Army  Regulations-       252 

Night  telegrams 252 

Omission  of  unnecessary  words . 252 

See  also  Radio  Telegraphy. 
Telephones : 

Commercial    service 314 

Post  systems,  maintenance,  inspection,  etc 314 

Telescope  Cases: 

Issue  and  disposition 246 

Telescopic  Musket  Sight: 

Not  to  be  separated  from  rifle 297 

Temperature  Zones: 

In  connection  with  fuel  allowance.     See  Fuel. 
Tents : 

Stovepipe  openings  not  to  be  cut  in 251 

Young  Men's  Christian  Association 80 

Test    Bides    and    Marches.      See    Physical    Tests    of 
Officers. 


665 


Par. 

Field  Artillery  troops  and  materiel 87 

Rifles,  before  submitting  to  inspector 295 

See  also  Physical  Tests  of  Officers. 
Textbooks.     See  Blank  Forms  and  Books ;  Military 

Publications. 
Torpedo  Depot,  Fort  Totten,  N.  T.: 

Records  of  tests  of  submarine-mine  cable 96 

Turning  in  submarine-mine  property  to 97 

Tonrnaments : 

Attendance  of  troops 93 

Training  and  Instrnction  of  Troops: 

Bakery   companies . 264 

Engineer  troops 89 

Equitation  schools  in  mounted  commands 86 

Field  Artillery — 

Detached  officers  to  attend  service  practice-         88 

Instruction    order 87 

Fit  of  shoes  and  care  of  feet  of  soldiers 91 

Mobile  army,  general  instructions 85 

Provisional    units 90 

School   troops — 

School  of  Fire  for  Field  Artillery,  instruc- 
tion  batteries 126 

^  School  of  Musketry 127 

Transfers  of  Unlisted  Men: 

Cost  of 37 

Ordnance  property  indebtedness 193 

Organizations  changing  station  between  United 

States  and  Alaska 38 

Organizations  designated  for  Philippine  service-         46 

To  and  from  school  detachments 32 

To  Army  Reserve.     Sec  Army  Reserve. 

To  staff  corps  or  departments 172 

Transfers  of  Property: 

Ordnance  property,  men  detailed  to  School  of 

Musketry 305 

Quartermaster  property 214 

Unit  accountability  equipment  and  other  prop- 
erty         136 

Transportation: 
Baggage — 

Field  officers  detailed  to   School  of  Equi- 
tation           125 

Of  deceased  or  retired  officers 239 

To  ponolulu,  Manila,  etc 238 

Discharged  soldiers 233 

Express,  surveying,  and  other  instruments 288 

Forage  for  hospital  cows 112 

For  individual  officers  on  transports —         18 

Former  soldiers  and  employees  to  the  United 

States — 236 


Sec. 


666 

Transportation — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

General  prisoners  on  release — 

In  case  of  fraudulent  enlistment 59 

Last  enlisted  in  Alaska,  Hawaii,  or  Philip- 
pine  Islands 60 

Officers'     mounts.       See    Horses    of    Mounted 

Officers. 
Packing  and  marking  property  for.     See  Mark- 
ing; Packing. 
Portable  gas  cookers  sent  from  recruit  depots.       244 

Private  property,  loss  or  damage  in 240 

Property  with  members  of  Hospital  Corps 279 

Requests,  supply  of 237 

Tentage  and  equipment,  Young  Men's  Christian 

Association 80 

Transports : 

Accommodations  for  individual  officers 18 

Blank  forms  for  troops 188 

Homeward-bound    pennants 270 

Medical   attendance   on 267 

Officers  of  Marine  Corps  not  to  command  troops 

on    268 

Punishment  of  offenses  committed  on  board 266 

Unattached  officers  assigned  to  duty  on 19 

Uniform  to  be  worn  by  Navy  and  Marine  Corps 

on 269 

Travel  Allowances; 

Civilan  employees 155 

Discharged  soldiers 233 

Men  discharged  by  purchase  not  entitled  to 48 

Men  furloughed  to  Army  Reserve 331 

Militia  officers  attending  service  schools.     Bee 

Service    Schools. 
Travel  route  between  United  States  and  Europe.       228 
Treasury  Warrants: 

Indorsements  on 142 

Troops : 

Attendance  of — 

At  celebrations,  expositions,  etc 93 

At  militia  camps  of  instruction 93 

Officers  of  Marine  Corps  not  to  command 268 

Payment  of 231 

See    also    Training    and     Instruction    of 
Troops. 
Trunk  Lockers.     See  Lockers. 
Typewriting  Machines: 

Not  to  be  moved  from  station 217 

Preparation  of  muster  rolls  and  other  papers  on_       194 

Purchase  or  repair  from  company  fund 106 

Typhoid  Immunization: 

Instructions   governing 273 

Noted  on  descriptive  and  assignment  card  and 
descriptive  list 273 


667 

Typhoid  Immnnization — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Prophylactic  furnished  by  Medical  Department.       273 

Records 273 

Uniform : 

Campaign  and  other  badges  part  of 66,  69,  70 

Disposition  of  articles   of — 

Abandoned  by  deserters 248 

Odd  articles 245 

Pertaining  to  dishonorably  discharged  sol- 
diers        249 

Pertaining  to  general  prisoners 249 

Navy  and  Marine  Corps  on  transports 269 

Wearing  by  general  prisoners 249 

Unit  Accountability  Equipment: 

Classification,  accountability,  etc 136 

Organizations  changing  station 136,  137 

United  States  Disciplinary  Barracks: 
Descriptive   lists — 

Prisoners  recommended  for  restoration  to 

duty 56 

Prisoners  transferred  to 56 

Parole  of  prisoners 57 

Usury : 

By  civilian  employees,  prohibited 160 

Vaccination : 

Instructions  governing 272 

Venereal  Diseases: 

Prevention  and  detection 92 

Stoppage  of  pay  for  absence  due  to 229 

Vessels : 

Army  transports.     Sec  Transports. 

Inspection  of  boilers  and  steam  pipes 138 

Naming  after  living  officers  forbidden 72 

Officers  and  crews  excepted  from  Saturday  half- 
holiday  order 166 

Veterinarians,  Cavalry  and  Field  Artillery: 

Campaign   badges 68 

Commutation  of  quarters 230 

Entitled  to  salutes  from  enlisted  men 27 

May  serv& — 

As  exchange  officers 26 

On  boards  of  survey 26 

On  councils  of  administration 26 

May  witness  payments  to  enlisted  men 26 

Not   competent   to   sit   as   members   of   courts- 
martial  26 

Volunteers : 

Examination  of  applicants  for  commission  in__         10 
Voting : 

In  congressional  elections,  civilian  employees—       162 
Vouchers : 

Advertising 148 

Commutation  of  quarters,  heat,  and  light 230 


668 

Touchers — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 

Purchases  not  made  by  formal  contract 150 

Services  for  Government  by  post  exchanges  and 

laundries 117 

Transactions   between   engineer  and   other  ap- 
propriations         285 

Wall  Lockers.     See  Lockers. 
Wall-Scaling  Exercises : 

Use  of  rifle  in ^ 296 

War  Department: 

Appointment  and  promotion  of  officers 5-8, 10 

Board  of  Review 332 

Certificates  of  proficiency  for  graduates  of  civil 

educational  institutions 131 

Civilian  employees.     See  Civilian  Employees. 
General  Staff.    See  General  Staff  Corps. 
Orders    remitting    or    mitigating    sentences    of 

general  prisoners 58 

Telegraph  Code 316 

Warrants : 

Noncommissioned    officers    of    school    detach- 
ments            33 

Washin^on-Alaska  Military  Cable  and  Telegraph  System : 
Duties  of  commanding  general.  Western  Depart- 
ment         315 

Duties  of  officer  in  charge 315 

Enlisted  men,  Signal  Corps,  on  duty  with 306 

Extra-duty  men 62 

Waste  Products: 

Sale  without  action  of  inspector 135 

Water  Supply: 

Contracts  for 207 

Western  Department: 
Alaska — 

Disbursing  officers,  funds  in  personal  pos- 
session         140 

Enlisted  men,  organizations  ordered  to  and 
from  : 

Discharges  and  reenlistments 45 

Telescope  cases 246 

Transfers   38 

General    prisoners    transferred    to   United 

States,  descriptive  lists 56 

Road  commission  and  railroad,  details  of 

officers 14 

Transportation    to   United    States,    former 

soldiers  and  employees 236 

Washington-Alaska    Cable    and    Telegraph 

System 315 

Officers  en  route  to  Hawaii  or  Philippine  Islands 

to  report  to  commanding  general 19 


"Western  Department — Continued.  Par.        Sec. 
Officers    returning    from    foreign    service    via 
San  Francisco  to  report  to  commanding  gen- 
eral           20 

Transportation  requests,  supply  of 237 

See  also  Department  Commanders. 
Wireless  Message: 

"  Radiogram  "  to  be  used  for,  and  "  radio  "  for 

wireless 312 

Wires  and  tables: 

Tables  of  sizes 133 

Toang  Men's  Christian  Association: 

Privileges  in  garrison  and  field 80 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.00  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


AKonix 


JUL  24  t9b2 


7^ 


^-^ 


^m 


INTER-LIBRARt: 


40AR 


APR    31968 


LD  21-5m-l,'39(7053s7) 


VB  403;  6    . 


357437 


^ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  UBRARV 


